bee

SBYD UNDER THÁ AUTH

xr

`- Issvep Max, 1881.

TRANSACTIONS

PROCEEDINGS

Kaya kt x Ne.) Leland, Wellington
‘NEW ZEALAND TU

188 3
YOO. XVI.
EDITED AND PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OY THE BOARD OF
GOVERNORS OF THB INSTITUTE
BY

JAMES HECTOR, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S.

Issue May, 1884,

WELLINGTON
LYON & BLAIR, PRINTERS, LAI

TRUBNER & CO., 60, PATERNOSTER ROW Ji

CORRIGENDUM.

PAGE
145, line 8, The statement as to size refers to the original drawings. The figures on
plates iii to viii are reduced

CONTENTS.

— —

TRANSACTIONS.

1.—ZooLooY.
PAGES

Art, I. E of ied — A: By » deme,
B.A,

IL A Moniga si the New Zealand AA. By E. und E 49—113
III. Notes Es a Native Species of a By £ He foie With a
D ptive Note by Prof. Hut .. 113—118
IV. Dita of a new — of eae (Lepidoptera). E R. W.
Fereday, M.E.S.L. . .. 119—120
V, Further Wd on Coccide in e Zealand, with Descriptions of
new Species. By W. M. Maskell, F.R.M.S.. .. 120—144
VI. On ge B Kak it of ad aaa: Quoy and Gaimard. By
B. Kirk, M.A. .. 145—160
VII. Not on some New Zealand oe Snell, with Descriptions of
w Species. By Prof. F. W. H . 161—186
VIII. Revision d - Land TON of era Zealand. By Captain F.
.. 186--212
IX. sities on some daria Mollusca, with Descriptions of new Species.
By Prot. F. W. Hutto .. 212—216
X. Revision of the recent Bhachiglonsate Moltusca of New tardes;
By Captain F. W. H 16—233
XI. Descriptions of new eec By PR M. on. F.L. s. 234—240
a new Species of Daphnia. By Geo. M. Thomson .. . 240—241
XIIL On the ae — D conta] with — of new
pecies. By .. 242—248
XIV. "S io the Pa ey p of New Zealand, "
Charles Chilton, M.A.
XV. On MM M of o”. Wiens in New Zealand. By A. T.
U A

. 249—265

XVI. Effect of Cold on Fishes. By Neil Heath xa . 275—218
XVII. On the Occurrence of Phalaropus fulicarius, fees - Rod e
C.M.G.,

. 279—280

a alaro re in New et By ccu von Haast,

XVIII. ber the SS of the Spinous Shark (Echinorhinus spinon

New Zealand Waters. By T. Jeffery Parker, a
pyesi of Biology in the University of Otago sa
XIX. 9n. a Torpedo (T. fusca, ? n. - ) indie a near Dunedin, m.
y T. Jeffery Parker à;
AX. or a Specimen of the boni Ribbon Fish libia, pu ut
* i) p.), isi ne at Moer aki, dea By - Jelery a

er

XXI. On the Siculos of ‘the Head i in Palin, wa Lai Refer.
ce to the Classification of the Genus. By T. Jeffery Parker... 297—307
XXII. —— on the e; Habits of the Eastern Golden Plover
Charadrius fulvus). By C. H. Robson. C orania by W. x
alter: C.M.G., Sc.D., PR. 8, ..

vi, Contents.

Art. XXIII. On some rare T of New — = By Walter L.
Buller

PAGES

. 308—318

XXIV. On Honda E ni H. RES By W. W.
Smith ommunicated by Dr. Buller us +. 918—322
XXV. Notes on New Zealand Iehthyology. By Dr. Hear "e .. 922—328

II.—Borany.

XXVI. A further en randa patios known e Ae of New
Zealan L.S.

d. By W. Col

XXVII. On the — of "e s RESTA lunario, Sv, (ogm
wort) in New Zealan D. Enys

XXVIII. A Bird- ii. Tree. By R. H. Govett
XXIX. Notes on Botrychium lunaria. By T. Kirk, F. L, 8.
XX. Botanical Notes, By T. Kirk

XXXI. Rotes of the Occurrence of a Species of Rhagodia at Port
y By T. Kirk xs

Nicholson.
XXXII. Description of a new Pine. By d. Kirk
XXXIII. ee of new antt tollected on Shears mi
Kirk

bs

XXXIV. Notice of the ipe of luni in New Zealand, with
De By T. Kirk

escription of a new Species.

XXXY. On Lycopodium varium, R. Br., send L. bltardieri, Spring 2 vith
y T. Kirk

Description of a new Form
XXXVI. Notes on Cormigialia, with Denis of new Species B
Kirk sa

XXXVII. Deuriuion of a new li Plant, By R. Brown.
municated by Professor F. W. Hutton

XXXVIII. Oi the natural Spread of the a in the Karaka District.
A. T. Urquhart

XXXIX. On the "oii of the Ad Goldfields. By J. Pers B.A.
XL. Notice of Olearia hectori, Hook. f. By D. Petrie, M.A.
XLI. Notes on new Species of Plants. By J. Buchanan, F.L.S.
XLII. Botanical Notes. By J. Buchanan ..
XLII. Campbell Island and its Flora. By J. Dich
XLIV. On Sette a = of e dre x Charles Knight,

XLV. go > the Dice = the genus Bhagodia in New Zealand.

T. heeseman, F.L.S,, Curator of the Anc kland Mu

XLVI. ch to the New op Flora. By T. F. Cheeseman

XLVIL A Revision of - -" —
Cheeseman

d — of Meise oa yr d
IIL—CnzuisTRY.
XLVIII. On the Pottery Clays of the Auckland District. By J. A. Pond .

~

ca IV.—Gzorosy. -
È. J A few Notes on Mm Springs at Lyttelton. By R. M. Laing
^w =. L. On the Occurr A

some new Minerals in New Zealand. By
a Got] F c. S., — > maman = spector of

LI. er sedis Lower Gorge of the Waimakariri. By Captain PF. W.
LII. Recent Dibri in the Nei 3y

gibouvhioca f Mat
Donald Sutherland. Communicated by = Me pala Sound. By

LIT. Direct Evidence of a Change i
y Ashley Hunter, C.E,

n the "S of ome Waikato Dis-

. 325—363

368—364

. 871— 374
. 974—315

376—377

T.
378—382

394—396

. 898—400

. 400—408

um. 408—409

409 -—413

414—449

+ 443—446

447—448

448—449
| 449—454
+ 454—458

» 459—460

Contents. vii,

V.— MISCELLANEOUS. AGES

ART, LIV. "— Remarks upon the TERA = the Organic Saga
of New Zealand. By W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S. . 461—467

LV. Oa the Brown Trout — “i ds Púa No. 2. By
W. Arthur, C.E . 467—512
LVI. Sorghum Experiment, 1832- 83. By Mr. Fa Gillies - .. 512—517

LVII. The io of wn aT A "o to Messrs. portas ne an
B eman Phillip . 518—532

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE,

Fifteenth Annual Report of the Board of Governors et .. .. 535
Accounts of so New Zealand Institute 1882—83 536

Reports MOM Survey, Publications, Libraio, Meteorology,
we eps d Laborato . 936—544

PROCEEDINGS.
WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Address by President. (Abstract) .. oe .. 547
Remarks on the Volcanoes of the di: mela By Dr. Hutchinson xe 547

On the Pa Rocks of the East Sorsi of Mg: By A. McKay.
(Abstract) e .. 547—548
Notes on ona in E By Dr. iden. (Abstract) aR 548

On the History of the Aorere rei gir since the Miocene times. By
S. H. Cox

, F.G.S. (Abstract) 548
Remarks on Fi berg et from Port Nicholson. by Dr. Hector . 548—549
Note on a Calf of Kogia breviceps. By Dr. Hector sà Se
Note on a Fossil Ammonite from Nugget Point. By A. MeKa > .. 549
On Earth Tremors and Earthquakes. By the Hon. R. Hart. OS Sen 549
On a eed arr (Tremoctopus ot — " C. H. Robson at
Nap By T. W. Kirk. (Abstract) . 519—550
On the ui of E — for the first time, it laii in Wallington
District. By T W. Kirk. (Abstract) 550

On certain i of Burning Camphor in Water. By W. Skey. (Abstract). 550
n the Origin of the Old Lake Basins of Otago. By A. McKay. (Abstract ).. 550—551

Description of an Aerolite at Urenui. By F. L. Dodds. si “A x» 551

Note of Oranges grown at Bay of Islands .. ; ci Em 551

Remarks concerning - oe gir fai E J. C. eo
(Abstract) 551

On Abs con of Energy by utilizing "Water-p + By J. c. Crawford
Remarks on Tidal Ù By Dr. Di (Abstract ) .

On the Lower Miocene Formation in New Zealand. By Dr. nte ‘(Absit
On Earthquake Disturbances in the Ocean. By Dr. Hector..
Remarks on the Maori Rat. By the Hon. G. R. Johnson .. mw
gegio a “nina of Samaritan Pentateuch. n EW. Pennefather, LL.M.

On Lir idi of the ni and Celestial pom Di their pa
t Tidal Disturbances. By Dr. Hector. (Abstract) .. . 555— sod

..

ans : ERAS for 1883 si vi i .. 556—557
Election of Officers for 1884 ix 557
Non- i-e TE Vodo, being a Reply to Mr. Frankland. By »

On Snuset Glows. By DE Hester, abstract) j^ sa e 957

viii. Contents.

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE.
Anniversary Address by the President, (Abstract)
On a new Genus of Silphide. By Captain T. Broun, M.E. S.
Our Water Supply. By Mr. Justice Gillies N ws
PEA: of some new gn of Beetles of the > Genus Sagola By Captain

The Law of Tolerance. By E. A. Mackechnio . ..
Comparative Philology and its relation to Polynesia, By Prof. T.H. "Tucker ee
. New Species of Carabide. By Captain T, Broun .. ..
A Visit to Lord Howe's Group, Central Polynesia. By G. H. Moas ae
Psychological Investigations. By W. D. Campbell, F.G.S.
ew Species of Coleoptera. By Captain T. Broun ..

The Spell of the Supernatural. By E. A. Mackechnie
New Species of Coleoptera. By Captain T. Broun ..

The Citizenship of Women. By Dr. Wallis
The New Zealand Railways. By S. Vaile
Abstract of Annual Report
Election of Officers for 1884

oe ee se
es ee ee

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY.
The Small Birds Question. By M. Murp
On the Artesian Water Supply of Christchurch. By Ck E
On the Economic Limit to the Use of Reservoirs. By E. Dobson
Notes on the Fertilization of Red Clover. Ry J.B. Armstrong
À Visit to the Central Alps of New Zealand. By Dr. R. von Fastest v

The Germ Theory of ew with spacial id to the paia of Con-
umption. By Dr. R. H. Bakewell

On the Hot Winds of Al By F. RAI +»
Abstract of Annual Report
Election of Officers for 1884

ee oe oe oe

OTAGO INSTITUTE.

Élibeyos of Callorhynchus antarcticus described. By Dr. T. J. Parker
The Nationalization of Land. By F

The Lower Harbour and Bar of PES By G. M. Barr, CE.

Election of Officers for 1884 i Pt si ss
eo anita, By A. Monti

, WESTLAND Sa
Abstrg+t of Annual m "M

HAWKE'S BAY Punosormicay d
n of Officers for 1883 si

Abstract of Annual Report for 1882 = =
Contributions a a better Knowled

ge a red Mor ua Part V. t
W. Coles, Scie Maoris and the Gre n Pona 8, gone: I. By
The Indigenous Vegetable Predusts of the County, By W. Doa: |

ee

Contents,
Notes on Zoological Specimens. By Mr. Hamilton v.
On the Men of Science who preceded us in these Seas and Lande with particular
reference to their labours, adventures, and tragical ends. By W. Colenso..
Abstract of Annual Report S" s is a ha “>
SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE.
On the Distribution of Seeds. By J. C. Thomson ‘ ..
On the Physical Geography of the North Island. By J. T. nia vs
On the Physiology of Plants and Tree Life. By W. S. Hamilto sè ..

On Wind in Southland. By J. T. Thomson ‘o
On Lunar Influences and DEE pee connected docenti. By the Rev.
elough

On the Resources of Southland. By Mr. cido " ae
On the Coal and Lignite Deposits of Southland. By W. $. Usata S
On certain Finds of Moa bones. By Mr. Webber .. xs ss de
Abstract of Annual Report s T ae vs s «e
Election of Officers for 1884 ex da "i és ee
NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
Formation of Society .. «s .. .. .. oe as
Election of Officers for 1884 se ve se $4 ee
Inaugural Address by the President. (Abstract) oe as ..
Notes on the Mineral Resources of New Zealand. By J. Park "i e
On Forest Culture. By Mr. Hackett x i. cw s ve
Description of Fossils. By J. Park se e + xs
Description of a new Octopus. By J. P a sa ..

On the Formation of a Sanitary Section. By Col. Walcott
The Dee Beds ud Wakapuaka and the Port owe with some Saks on ihe
ulder and its Formation. By W. Well

On = Leg wi of a new Species of Kiwi. By = von Hand. (Abstract)
APPENDIX.

Meteorological Statistics for 1883 v^ >é Ne se is

Notes on the Weather during 1883 m s> ..

Earthquakes reported in New Zealand during 1883 ts

Honorary Members of the New Zealand Institute .. sa $ =

Ordinary Members of the New Zealand Institute ..

List of Institutions and Individuals to whom this Volume is i pdebatetk
Corrigendum .. a «è vs es $
Contents š: x .. T
List of Plates .. ..
Board of Governors of the New vi Institute ..
Abstracts of Rules and Statutes of the New Zealand Institute
List of Incorporated Societies .. "e
Officers of Incorporated Societies and ida — the Rules ee m
voce ges of the President, His Excellency Sir W. F. D. Jervois,

C.M.

B etc. .. oe ee ee ae xix—xxxix

LIST OF PLATES.

TO FACE
PAGE.
Prats. I. MaskELL.— Coccide XT ka . 128
3, LI LI 136
III H. B. Kirk.—Sepioteuthis bilineata è i 148
IV. ” ” ” a 148
Nu» n " y ee 1^ 4:028
VI. yy z " : vi i ate NE
VIL, » » T I: = pa 100
MIL asses A " A ZA Vs «415.1140
IX. Hurron.—Land Shells .. x e. PN dr nn M
x. á » is by se . EM
XI. T Mala STRA a ca s. 184
XII, G. M. THOMSON. ge AS paie Fi = .. 240
XH. is o and Daphnia ne ia is UJ
XIV. " i Pycnogonida s $a ss MEM
XV. » » » és ix xe M
XVI. È à T 248
XVII. Cnirrox.— Sessile-eyed Crustacea ee E ica .. 256
"Adeo abra * iae heit 3 * 8 TET
XIX. , " > iu s ed Wi 264
Xx, " »— is " es my
XXL , " ; + : : i SA
XXII. Parxer.—Torpedo fusca a ce i 284
XXIII. m Regalecus argenteus — .. ix EM ES 4, 11298
SAN n ati si sn cd arti 206
XXV. Palinurus x và Li di ve 806
XXVI. T. o» — Podocarpus acutifolius i & Fe 0-870
RAV. ou Brachycome thomsonii is di xi vi NE
XXVIII. AR Amphibromus fluitans i di um a vt
ARIK Lycopodium varium var, m SP xd E re
SA. Carmichelia enysii : 378
XXXL, » uniflora è ; à 221380
A , » williamsii AN hn SR 380
XXXIII. rkii “i avin 308
XXXIV. i Pri linariifolia and p. deri > „>, 894
XXXV. Hectorella elongata and H. cespitos 5 +. 894
AIXE C prostrata .. ay “a da 396
XXXVIL |. , Pleurophyllum hookeri Se j ER 2o c NEUE
XXXVIIL © , © Views of CampbellIsland ., - : . 398
m SIX, KwronT.—Lichens -
e ss si m x «s 000
XL. n n ee "s ba se ds .. 404
XLI. a ni E
XLII ado: -okki of Disove near Milford Boia Pm Go WEM
XLIII. ARTHUR. —Brown Trout o 480
xii di kx .
” ” .. .. .. T4 we 496

A ee,

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE.

ESTABLISHED UNDER AN ACT OF THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF NEW ZEALAND
TITULED “THE NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE ACT, 1867.”

Boarp or GOVERNORS.
(EX OFFICIO.)
His Excellency the Governor | The Hon. the Colonial Secretary.
(NOMINATED.)

The Hon. W. B. D. Mantell, F.G.S., W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S., James
Hector, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., the Ven. Archdeacon Stock, B.A.,
Thomas Mason, M.H.R., the Hon. G. M. Waterhouse, M.L.C.

(ELECTED.)
1883.— The Hon. William Rolleston, M.H.R., James McKerrow, Martin
Chapman.
1884.—The Hon. Wm. Rolleston, M.H.R., James McKerrow, Dr. Buller,
C.M.G., F.R.S.
MANAGER :
James Hector.
Honorary TREASURER :
The Ven. Archdeacon Stock.
SECRETARY :
R. B. Gore.

—

ABSTRACTS OF RULES8 AND STATUTES.
GAZETTED IN THE “NEW ZEALAND GAZETTE,” 9TH Marcu, 1868.
Section I.

Incorporation of Societies.

1. No Society shall be incorporated with the Institute under the provisions of ‘ The
New Zealand Institute Act, 1867," unless such Society shall consist of not l
twenty-five members, subscribing in the aggregate a sum of not less than ity
sterling annually, for the promotion of art, science, or such other branch of kno Cage |—
for which it is assoviated, to be from time to time certified to the satisfaction 0. citas.
Board of Governors of the Institute by the Chairman for the time being of the Society. —

2. Any Society incorporated as aforesaid shall cease to be incorporated with the
Institute in case the number of the members of the said Society shall at any time become
less than twenty-five, or the amount of money annually subscribed by such members shall
at any time be less than £50.

oe

Xl. New Zealand Institute,

3. The bye-laws of every Society to be incorporated as aforesaid shall provide for the
expenditure of not less than one-third of its annual revenue in or towards the formation
or support of some local public Museum or Library; or otherwise shall provide for the
eontribution of not less than one-sixth of its said revenue towards the extension and
maintenance of the Museum and Library of the New Zealand Institute.

Society incorporated as aforesaid, which shall in any one year fail to expend
the proportion of revenue affixed in manner provided by Rule 3 aforesaid, shall from
thenceforth cease to be incorporated with the Institute. :

5. All papers read before any Society for the time being incorporated with the
Institute, shall be deemed to be communications to the Institute, and may then be
published as Proceedings or Transactions of the Institute, subject to the following
- regulations of the Board of the Institute regarding publications :—

Regulations regarding Publications.

(a.) The publications of the Institute shall consist of a current abstract of the
proceedings of the Societies for the time being incorporated with the Institute,
to be intituled, “ Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute,” and of transactions
comprising papers read before the Incorporated Societies (subject, however, to
selection as hereinafter mentioned), to be intituled, “ Transactions of the New
Zealand Institute.”

(b.) The Institute shall have power to reject any papers read before any of the
Incorporated Societies,

(c.) Papers so rejected will be returned to the Society before which they were read.

(d.) A proportional contribution may be required from each Society towards the cost
of publishing the Proceedings and Transactions of the Institute.

(e) Each Incorporated Society will be entitled to receive a proportional number of
copies of the Proceedings and Transactions of the Institute, to be from time to
time fixed by the Board of Governors. i

(f.) Extra copies will be issued to any of the members of Incorporated Societies at
the cost price of publication.

6. All property accumulated by or with funds derived from Incorporated Societies
and placed in the charge of the Institute, shall be vested in the Institute, and be used
and applied at the discretion of the Board of Governors for public advantage, in like

manner with any other of the property of the Institute.

T. Subject to ‘ The New Zealand Institute Act, 1867,” and to the foregoing rules, all
Societies incorporated with the Institute shall be entitled to retain or alter their own
form of constitution and the bye-laws for their own management, and shall conduct their

. 8. Upon application signed by the Chairman and countersigned by the Secretary of
any Society, accompanied by the certificate required under Rule No. 1, a certificate of
gncorpe}ition will be granted under the Seal of the Institute, and will remain in force as
the foregoing rules of the Institute are complied with by the Society,
Section II.
For the Management of the Property of the Institute.

3 9. All donations by Societies, Public Departments, or Private Individuals, to the
Museum of the Institute, shall be acknowledged by a printed form of receipt, and shall be

a
Abstract of Rules and Statutes. xiii.

10. Deposits of articles for the Museum may be accepted by the Institute, subject to
a fortnight’s notice of removal to be given either by the owner of the articles or by the
Manager of the Institute, and such deposits shall be duly entered in a separate catalogue.

11. Books relating to Natural Science may be deposited in the Library of the Insti-

tute, subject to the following conditions :—

(a.) Such books are not to be withdrawn by the owner under six months’ notice, if
such notice shall be required by the Board of Governors.

(b.) Any funds specially expended on binding and preserving such deposited books,
at the request of the depositor, shall be charged against the books, and must be
refunded to the Institute before their withdrawal, always subject to special
arrangements made with the Board of Governors at the time of deposit.

(c.) No books deposited in the Library of the Institute shall be removed for temporary
use except on the written authority or receipt of the owner, and then only for a
period not exceeding seven days at any one time.

12, All books in the Library of the Institute shall be duly entered in a catalogue

which shall be accessible to the public.

13. The public shall be admitted to the use of the Museum and Library, subject to

bye-laws to be framed by the Board.

Section III.

The Laboratory shall, for the time being, be and remain under the exclusive
management of the Manager of the Institute.
Section IV.
Or Date 23RD SEPTEMBER, 1870.
Honorary Members.

Whereas the rules of the Societies incorporated under the New Zealand Institute Act
provide for the election of Honorary Members of such Societies ; but inasmuch as such
Honorary Members would not thereby become members of the New Zealand Institute, and
whereas it is expedient to make provision for the election of Honorary Members of the

ew Zealand Institute, it is hereby declared—

1st. Each Incorporated Society may, in the month of November next, nominate for

election as Honorary Members of the New Zealand Institute three persons, and
in the month of November in each succeeding year one person, not residing in
the colony.

2nd. The names, descriptions, and addresses of persons so nominated, together with

the grounds on which their election as Honorary Members is recommended, shall
be forthwith forwarded to the Manager of the New Zealand Institute, and shall
by him be submitted to the Governors at the next succeeding meeting.

8rd. From the persons so nominated, the Governors may select in the first yesse

more than nine, and in each succeeding year not more than three, wh LE
from thenceforth be Honorary Members of the New Zealand Institute, provided j
that the total number of Honorary Members shall not exceed thirty. erem

LIST OF INCORPORATED SOCIETIES.
NAME OF SOCIETY. DATE OF INCORPORATION,
WeLLINcton PuiLosoPHIcAL Society -
AUCKLAND INSTITUTE - - = - .
PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE or CANTERBURY -
Oraco INSTITUTE " s È È A
WestLAND INSTITUTE - - - " è

9i q
E pal
== E
E p
Sa
EB
e LM
H pa
Qo 00
fer

[s 0)

22nd October, 1868.
18th October, 1869.
21st December, 1874.
81st March, 1875.
21st July, 1880.
20th December, 1883.

Hawxe's Bay PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE è
SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE - å P i i
NeLson PHiLosoPHICAL SOCIETY - > È

WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1888 :—-President—The Hon. G. Randall Johnson,
M.L.C. ; Vice-presidents—Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.R.S., A. K. Newman, M.B.,
M.R.C.P.; Council—R. Govett, M. Chapman, James Hector, M.D., C.M.G.,
F.R.S., 8. H. Cox, F.G.S., F.C.S., T. King, W. T. L. Travers, PLS E
B. Hutchinson, M.R.C.8.; Auditor—H. F. Logan ; Secretary and Treasurer
—R. B. Gore.

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1884 :—President—Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.R.S. -
Vice-presidents—A. K. Newman, M.B., M.R.C.P., R. Govett; Council—
James Hector, M.D., C.M.G., F.R.S., S. H. Cox, F.G.S., F.C.S., T. King,
W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S., F. B. Hutchinson, M.R.C.S., G. W. Grabham,
M.D.Lond., Martin Chapman; Auditor—H. F, Logan; Secretary and
Treasurer—R. B. Gore.

Extracts from the Rules of the Wellington Philosophical Society.

5. Every member shall contribute annually to the funds of the Society the sum of
one guinea.

6. The annual contribution shall be due on the first day of January in each year.

7. The sum of ten pounds may be paid at any time as a composition for life of the
ordinary annual payment.

14.; The time and place of the General Meetings of members of the Society shall be
ed by the Council and duly announced by the Secretary,

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE,
OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1888 :—President—Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D.:
Vice-presidents—E. Mackechnie, T. Peacock, M.H.R.; Council—G. Sick,
J. L. Campbell, M.D., W. D. Campbell, F.G.8., Mr. Just

ice Gillies, Hon.
Colonel Haultain, Neil Heath, J. Martin, F.G.8., J. A. Pond, Rev. A. G.

Purchas, M.R.C.S.E., H. G. Seth Smith, S. Percy Smith, F.R.G.8.;
Secretary and Treasurer—T, F., Cheeseman, F,L.S.; Auditor—T, Macffarlane.

Incorporated Societies. xv.

Orrice-BEARERS FOR 1884 :—President—H. G. Seth Smith, R.M. ; Vice-
presidents—Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D.; E. A. Mackechnie ; Council—
G. Aickin, Professor F. D. Brown, B.Sc., J. L. Campbell, M.D., Hon.
Colonel Haultain, Neil Heath, J. Martin, F.G.S., J. Murray Moore, M.D.,
T. Peacock, M.H.R., J. A. Pond, Rev. A. G. Purchas, M.R.C.S.E., $.
Percy Smith, F.R.G.S.; Secretary and Treasurer—T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.8.,
F.Z.S.; Auditor—T. Macffarlane.

Extracts from the Rules of the Auckland Institute.

1. Any person desiring to become a member of the Institute, shall be proposed in
writing by two members, and shall be ballotted for at the next meeting of the Council.

4. New members on election to pay one guinea entrance fee, in addition to the annual
subscription of one guinea, the annual subscriptions being payable in advance on the first
day of nat; for the then current year.

mbers may at any time become life-members by one payment of ten pounds ten
chili i in lieu of future annual subscriptions.

10. Annual General Meeting of the Society on the third Monday of February in each
year. Ordinary Business Meetings are called by the Council from time to time.

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY.

OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1883-:—President—Professor F. W. Hutton; Vice-
presidents—R. W. Fereday, E. Dobson; Treasurer—W. M. Maskell; Secre-
tary—Geo. Gray ; Council—Professor J. von Haast, Dr. Symes, C. Chilton,
T. Crook, J. Inglis, T. 8. Lambert.

OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1884 :—President—R. W. Fereday ; Vice-presidents
Professor F. W. Hutton, J. Inglis; Treasurer—W. M. Maskell ; Secretary
—C. Chilton; Auditor—C. R. Blakiston; Cowncil—H. R. Webb, G. Gray,
G. Hogben, E. Dobson, T. Crook, Dr. Lendenfeld.

Extracts from the Rules of the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.

21. The Ordinary Meetings of the Institute shall be held on the first Thursday of

each grs during the months from March to November inclusive.
. Members of the Institute shall pay one guinea annually as a subseription to the

M E the Institute. The subscription shall be due on the first of November in every
year. y member whose subscription shall be twelve months in arrears, shall
be a member d the Institute, but he may be restored by the Council if it sees fit.

37. Members may compound for all annual subscriptions of the current and e
years by paying ten guineas,

OTAGO INSTITUTE.

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1883 :—President—A. Montgomery; Vice-presidents—
W. Arthur, C.E., Rev. Dr. Roseby; Hon. Secretary—Professor Parker ;
Hon. Treasurer—D. Petrie, M.A.; Auditor—D. Brent; Council—Dr. Hocken,
Professor Scott, G. M. Thomson, F. Chapman, R. Gillies, G. Joachim,
Professor Mainwaring Brown.

*

xvi, Incorporated Societies.

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1884 :— President —Donald Petrie, M.A.; Vice-
presidents—Alex. Montgomery, Professor Scott; Hon. Secretary—Professor
Parker; Hon. Treasurer—J. C. Thomson; Council—F. R. Chapman, W.
Arthur, C.E., Professor Mainwaring Brown, Professor Ulrich, R. Gillies,
F.L.S., G. M. Thomson, F.L.8., T. M. Hocken, M.R.O.8.; Auditor—D.
Brent, M.A,

8. An Annual General Meeting of the members of the Society shall be held in
January in each year, at which meeting not less than ten members must be present,
otherwise the meeting shall be adjourned by the members present from time to time,
until the requisite number of members is present, i

(5.) The session of the Otago Institute shall be during the winter months, from May
to October, both inclusive.

WESTLAND INSTITUTE.

OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1883 :—President—W. A. Spence; Vice-president—
T. O. W. Croft; Hon. Treasurer—J. P. Will; Secretary—Richard Hilldrup.

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1884.—President—W. A. Spence; Vicó-president—
T. O. W. Croft; Treasurer—J. P. Will; Secretary—Richard Hilldrup.

Extracts from the Rules of the Westland Institute.

8. The Institute shall consist :—(1) Of life-members,
one time made a donation to the Institute of ten poun
persons who, in reward of Special services rendered to
mously elected as such by the Committee or at the general half-yearly meeting. (2) Of
members who pay two pounds two shillings each year. (3) Of members paying smaller
sums, not less than ten shillings,

5. The Institute shall hold a

half-yearly meeting on the third Monday in the months
of December and June.

A

Pe i HAWKE’S BAY PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE.
- S&S OFFICE-BEARERS rom 1888 :—President—The Right Rev. the Bishop of
Waiapu; Vice-president —W. I. Spencer; Hon, Secretary and Treasurer—W,
Colenso; Council—T, W, Balfour, J. N. Bowerman, H. R, Holder, T. K,
Newton, F. W, C. Sturm, C. H. Weber ; Auditor—T, K. Newton.
Extracts from the Rules of the Hawke's Bay Philosophical Institute.
3. The annual subscription for each member shall be one guinea, payable in advance,
on the first day of January in every year,

Incorporated Societies. xvii.

4, Members may at any time become life-members by one payment of ten pounds ten
shillings in lieu of future annual subscription

(4.) The session of the Hawke’s Bay soglio Institute shall be during the winter
months from May to October, both inclusive; and general meetings shall be held on the
second Monday in each of those six months, at 8 p.m.

SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE.

OFFICE-BEARERS FOR 1883 :— President —J. T. Thomson, C.E., F.R.G.S. ;
Vice-president—Rev. P. W. Fairclough; Secretary and Treasurer—J. C.
Thomson; Council—Dr. Galbraith, Messrs. Carswell, Denniston, Hamilton,
Robertson, Scandrett.

OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1884 :—President—J. T. Thomson; Vice-president—
Mr. Denniston; Secretary—W. S. Hamilton; Treasurer—W. R. Robertson ;
Council—Dr. Galbraith, — Scandrett, — Webber, J. T. Martin, — Carswell,
J. B. Greig.

NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

OFFICE-BEARERS FoR 1884:—President—The Bishop of Nelson; Vice-
presidents--Dr. L. Boor, A. S. Atkinson; Secretary—Dr. J. Hudson;
Treasurer—J. Holloway; Council —The Hon. J. C. Richmond, J. Meeson,
M. Fearnley, J. Park, Col. Walcott.

Extract from the Rules of the Nelson Philosophical Society.
4. That members shall be elected by ballot.
6. That the annual subscription AE nee one guinea,
7. That the sum of ten guineas ma position of tl l subscripti
16. That the meetings be held ai
23. That papers read before the Society shall be immediately delivered to the Secretary.

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS
i oF g

THE PRESIDENT,

HIS EXCELLENCY SIR W. F. D. JERVOIS,

G.C.M.G., C.B., Erc.,

DELIVERED TO THE MEMBERS OF THE NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE, AT THE
ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD ON THE 8TH AUGUST, 1883.

GENTLEMEN,—

There is, I think, a special value in meetings such as the present,
affording as they do an opportunity for looking back, not only at the
proceedings of the Institute, but also at some of the principal events in
the literary and scientific world, during the past year, and then of
glancing forward at the aim and objects of the Society in the future.

The New Zealand Institute already possesses a history of its own,
and one which reflects great credit on the members of its various
incorporated Societies, and I may add on the colony as a whole.
Thirty-two years ago, when the total European population was but
32,000, the New Zealand Society was founded, mainly through the
instrumentality of Sir George Grey; and, although it never met with — .
the success that it deserved, we cannot regard the efforts of its pues”
moters as thrown away. They were the real pioneers of the” move-
ment; they broke up the virgin soil, and planted the germ out of *
which has sprung the present Institute, with branches established i:
almost every provincial district, and an influence extending from
Auckland to Invercargill, dd

The existing Association, however, dates only from 1867, when the
Act for its establishment was passed, or rather from the following
year, when the separate bodies then existing at Wellington, Auckland,
and Christchurch became incorporated with the central Institute.

XX. New Zealand Institute,

Since that date have been added the local Institutes of Otago, West-
land, Hawke's Bay, and Southland, all of which, I am glad to learn,
are in a flourishing condition, both as regards numbers and vitality.
An Association at Nelson was also incorporated, but I regret to
say that circumstances led to its ceasing to exist as a branch of the
New Zealand Institute. I trust, however, that efforts which are now
being made to resuscitate it will meet with deserved Success,

The principal objects of the Institute as thus founded may be
gathered from the list of subjects on which special information was
desired, mentioned in the preface to the first volume of Transactions.
They include, in short, all subjects of peculiar interest to the country,

. whether ethnological, zoological, geological (including chemical and

mineralogical), or botanical ; suggestions for improvements in agricul-

not one of these subjects that has been not merely touched upon, but
very carefully gone into; in fact, I greatly doubt whether any young
country in the world has been so systematically investigated as New
Zealand has been under the auspices of this Institute. I need not
say how much of this has been due to the untiring energy of
Dr. Hector, who has not only been the life and soul of the Society,
but has had the laborious duty of editing the Volumes of Transactions.
Three years ago, at the time when it was resolved to limit the
Government expenditure in every way possible, it was contemplated
to discontinue the annual grant of £500 for the publication of the
Transactions; but the Board of Governors were able to give so good
an account of the proceedings of the Institute that. on further con-
sideration, the vote was allowed, and has since been continued.

e Institute has moreover been useful not only as a centre for
the operations of local societies, but also as a focus for the work of
various kindred departments, such as the Colonial Museum, the
Geological Survey, the Laboratory, the Botanic Garden, the Observa-
tory, the Meteorological Department, the Department of the Inspector
of Weights and Measures, and the Patent Office. "These would, no
doubt, have in any case existed ; but had they been entirely separate,

Anniversary Address. xxi.

The various Museums which are under the charge of the In-
stitute, and the incorporated Societies, have all been more or less
enriched during the last year; notably that at Auckland, by the
beautiful and valuable Pompeian statue presented, amongst other
works of art, by Mr. Mackelvie. This Museum is also one of the
many institutions at Auckland which have been so largely benefited
by the munificence of the late Mr. Costley ; and, although it will not
actually belong to the Institute, the Auckland members will have the
additional advantage of the splendid library presented to that city by
Sir George Grey.

TRANSACTIONS FOR 1882.

The large volume of Transactions and Proceedings for 1882 gives
evidence of the genuine and valuable work that is still being done by
the Institute. Amongst the essays which are printed at length in
the volume, I wish especially to refer to Mr. Meyrick’s learned and
careful account of his examinations concerning the Micro-lepidoptera
of New Zealand, a comparatively new field for zoological research.
The object of such inquiries may not at once be obvious, but they are
nevertheless of great value as being immediately connected with im-
portant agricultural interests; the minute moths, which form the
subject of investigation, being amongst the most frequent causes of
blight in plants. I am glad to observe that Mr. Meyrick intends
continuing these investigations, and publishing the results through
the medium of the Institute. Mr. Colenso’s rambles through the
forest have added materially to our knowledge of the ferns and plants
indigenous to this country ; and I trust that, although it seems a matter
of great difficulty, the attention which Mr. Arthur has drawn to
the question of the disease which is now playing havoc amongst the
trout in Lake Wakatipu may ultimately lead to the discovery of some
means whereby it may be overcome. The acclimatization of foreign
varieties of fish is of such importance as a means of increasing the
food-supply of this country, that it is a matter for serious concern
that a disease should have appeared amongst the one variety —English — ..«
trout—which it was hoped had been successfully introduced. LET

I am particularly glad to find that the attention of members in —
both Islands has again been drawn—as it had on several previous
occasions—to the important, but too often forgotten, subject of forest
conservation. As was pointed out by Captain Walker, in the inter-
esting and exhaustive addresses delivered by him in 1876 and 1877,
which are printed in the 9th volume of the Transactions, silviculture
is doubly useful : first, on account of the value of the product; and,
secondly, on account of the change of climate it brings about. |

xxii. New Zealand Institute.

It appears, from the paper read by Mr. Justice Gillies before
the Auckland Institute, that the cork tree may be most successfully
cultivated in that district, and that each tree above the age of twenty-
five years may be calculated to produce on an average about 9s.
worth of cork every year; whilst Mr. McArthur, speaking at Inver-
cargill, pointed out that in a few years the demand for railway sleepers
alone—not to mention the other purposes in the way of building,
carving, and fencing, for which timber is required—will exhaust the
supply of native wood, and that the difficulty should be met by plant-
ing quickly-growing trees, such as larch and fir, on a large scale, with-
out delay : in short, “ planting here should follow the sawmillers, and
this cannot be done too soon."

With regard to forest conservation as concerning the question of
climate, I may quote the words of Mr. Firth, who, in a paper read
before the Auckland Institute in 1874, remarks that: “ Denudation
of timber produces barrenness of soil, increases insect life, creates
drought, diminishes rain, accelerates evaporation, causes floods and
untimely frosts, lessens the production of food, diminishes population,
aud finally degrades a nation. The glory of many an ancient empire
departed with its forests. To-day Persia and Spain present sad but
warning spectacles of desolation and degradation, which, though
partially due to various causes, have been intensified by the destruc-
tion of their forests.”

The forms which the evils resulting from want of timber take differ,
of course, in different countries. In addition to the remarks made
by Mr. McArthur, Mr. Travers, in speaking before the Wellington
Philosophical Society, has pointed out that the destruction of the
forests in this country has already caused disastrous floods, and Dr.
Meldrum and Dr. Hutchinson have explained how similar causes are
bringing about similar results in Mauritius and the Sandwich Islands.
From all parts of the world the story is the same. I lately received
from the Secretary of State for the Colonies an interesting despatch
on the subject, with reference to a large part of Southern Europe.
Austria, Switzerland, and France have turned their attention to the
reforesting of the bare mountain slopes; but in many districts of
Italy the evil has gone on unchecked, and, in consequence of this, the
floods are higher, and the average flow of the rivers is lower, than it
used to be at the time when the mountains were clothed with timber and
vegetation. Last September the inundations in the Province of Venetia,
which were, no doubt, to a great extent brought about by this cause,
resulted in serious loss of life and wholesale destruction of property.

I am glad to learn that this important subject has for some time
been under the consideration of the Government of New Zealand.

Anniversary Address. xxiii.

Time will not allow me to make more than a passing mention of
the papers of Mr. Samuel Locke and Mr. Barstow concerning the
Native race and the history of the earliest European settlers in this
colony; of Dr. Newman’s paper respecting the healthiness of New
Zealand; or of many other contributions. I will only add that I
cannot look through the compressed report of the local Societies with-
out a feeling of regret that I have no opportunity of reading at greater
length several of the interesting papers, of which only an abstract can
be given.

The honorary members who have been added to the roll of the
Institute during the last year are: Professor W. B. Carpenter, the
eminent physiologist, who has done great service to New Zealand by
assisting in the organization of the University ; Sir Wm. Thompson,
from whose researches in physics and especially in electricity, this
colony, in common with other countries, is deriving daily benefit ;
and Professor Ellery, the well-known astronomer at the Melbourne
Observatory, whose work in the preparation of star catalogues is of
great benefit in all survey operations in these latitudes.

SCIENCE.

The past year has been one of exceptional activity in the world of
science. Astronomers in all quarters of the globe have been watching
with keen interest the movements of the magnificent comet which
was visible last spring; two months ago we had the opportunity of
seeing one of the most beautiful of astronomical phenomena—a total
eclipse of the sun; and in December last scientific parties were de-
spatched by almost every European. nation to take careful observations
of the transit of Venus.

COMET.

In the recent volume of Transactions there is a valuable paper on
the constitution of comets, which was read before the Southland
Institute last: October by Mr. Fairclough. There and elsewhere
you will find it stated that, according to Kepler, comets are asi”
numerous as fishes in the sea. But, however that may be, there is
no doubt that they may be numbered by hundreds of thousands, and
that they are indeed the most numerous family of bodies in the
universe. The movements of some hundreds only, however, have
been studied, and of these only a few by the aid of modern appliances.
They all describe a course round the sun ; but, whilst some revolve in
orbits occupying only a comparatively short period, which can be
calculated with precision— as, for instance, Encke’s Comet and
Halley’s Comet, which accomplish their revolutions in about three

XXlV. New Zealand Institute.

and a half years and seventy-six years respectively—the elements of
the motion of others are not sufficiently known to admit of their
return being predicted.

Those who recollect the great comet of 1843 confess that it hardly,
if at all, surpassed the one of last year in brilliancy, although some
maintain that it exceeded it in the apparent length of its tail as seen
from the earth. The large majority of those now living, however,
have never seen anything that can be compared to the magnificent
comet of 1882. It was visible from all quarters of the globe, and so
brilliant as to be seen with the naked eye at noon in a clear sky.
On the 17th of September a unique observation was made at the
Cape, where the comet was seen to pass right up to the sun's limb,
after which it became invisible, not intercepting the faintest portion
of the sun's light. The following morning it passed its perihelion
passage so close as to be within the region beyond which the great
solar jets of incandescent hydrogen (to which I will presently refer
in another connection) are often seen to extend. It must, whilst in
that position, have been exposed to a heat so intense, that rock-crystal,
agate, or the most infusible substance we know of, would have been
vapourized. The gigantic tail covered a space at least as long as
the distance between the earth and the sun, and, although apparently
of very small substantiality, several observers report that they saw
distinctly in the sky the black shadow cast by the tail of the comet.

The question as to the relations between the comets of 1843,
1880, and 1882 is one of great interest. According to Mr. Chandler,
the orbit of the comet of last year is such as to be quite inconsistent
with a short period of revolution, and, if so, it must be distinct from
either of the earlier comets,—or from the earlier comet, supposing
those of 1843 and 1880 to be identical.

Another view has lately been put forward in the “ Observatory,”
from which I quote the following words :—“ The physical appearance
of the comet, which like that of 1843, and unlike that of 1880, showed
at first a decided nucleus, together with the intimation of a period
very considerably greater than that of the interval from the 27th
January, 1880, the date of perihelion of the 1880 comet," to September,
1882, “ suggest that perhaps the 1843 comet suffered disintegration
when at its nearest approach, and that the 1880 comet was a portion
of ite less condensed material, whilst the body of the comet with the
principal nucleus, suffering less retardation than the separated part,
has taken two and a half years longer to perform a revolution.”

The latest, and I understand the most accurate, calculations, how-
ever, attribute to the orbit of the comet of 1882 a period of 840 years,
so that the last time it passed round the sun was about the year 1140,
in the days of King Stephen,

Anniversary Address. XXV.

` ECLIPSE.

The total eclipse of the sun, visible throughout this part of the
world, which took place on the 6th of May last, had been looked forward
to by men of science with special attention, on account of the interest-
ing questions which it was expected to solve.

The roseate protuberances of the chromosphere which are seen
surrounding the limb of the sun during an eclipse were, by the
investigations which were made during and consequent upon the
eclipse of 1868, proved to be jets, composed almost exclusively of
incandescent hydrogen gas, to which I before referred in speaking
of the passage of the comet, bursting forth from the layers of vapour
which form the atmosphere to the sun. Amongst these vapours
spectrum analysis has detected sodium, magnesium, and calcium.

Beyond this atmosphere, however, there is visible during a total
eclipse a magnificent silvery aureole, or luminous corona, which may
reach to a distance equal to an entire radius of the moon's orbit. It
is not yet certain of what this corona is composed, and it is quite
possible that it may be a magnetic phenomenon analogous to the
aurora borealis. The remarkable association of the breaking-out of
sun-spots with the occurrence of violent magnetic storms on the sun's
surface gives support to this view. A marked instance of this
occurred on the 19th November last, when telegraphic communica-
tion was interfered with throughout the world, and an aurora was visible
over both hemispheres, associated with a very large sun-spot.

To the corona again immense appendices have been observed.
Whether they are dependent on the coronal atmosphere, or are really
streams of meteorites circulating round the sun, was still uncertain ;
and this was one of the questions which it was hoped would be
decided by the observations taken during the eclipse of 1883,
especially as bearing on the remarkable theory lately put forth by Dr.
Siemens to explain the maintenance of the sun’s energy, which sug-
gests that energy thrown off from the equatorial regions of the sun is
reabsorbed at the sun’s poles, to be again re-formed into a source
of power. p.

From the observations of the eclipse it was moreover expected that
information would be furnished respecting the small round spots which
have frequently been observed to appear and disappear in front of the
sun’s orb. Can these be planets, revolving round the sun, but which
the illumination of our atmosphere, so bright in the neighbourhood
of the sun, conceals from us at other times? There are but two ways
in which the matter can be investigated— viz., the attentive study of
the solar surface (a work of great difficulty), and the examination
of the circumsolar region whilst an eclipse renders such examination
possible. As ordinary eclipses have only a duration of two minutes

XXVI. New Zealand Institute.

at the point where the phase is maximum, the eclipse of the 6th May
last, which was to have a duration three times as great, was looked for-
ward to the more eagerly, and scientific parties were sent out from
England, France, and America to examine the phenomenon from
Flint and Caroline Islands, situated to westward of the Marquesas,
and the nearest points of land to the central line. We have learnt,
by telegram, that the observations made by them were successful,
especially as regards the photographs taken; but it is impossible to
discuss the details of the results until further accounts reach us.
TRANSIT OF VENUS.

Next, as regards the transit of Venus. I need scarcely mention
that the object of observing the transit of Venus across the sun’s
disc is to determine the distance of the sun from the earth ;—in the
words of Sir George Airey, “the noblest problem in astronomy.”
Although, through the sublime discoveries of Copernicus and Kepler,
we have a just conception of the order of the solar system and its
relative dimensions as expressed in Kepler’s Law: that the squares of the
periodic times of the planets in their orbits are to each other as the cubes
of their distances from the sun; yet we know not with anything like
absolute certainty any of these distances. But, in virtue of the law
just quoted, given the true distance of any of the planets from the
sun or from each other, and we have all the rest. The distance we
seek, therefore, is not alone that of the earth from the sun, but in
reality the base-line of the universe.

The sun’s distance was to the ancient-astronomers an insoluble prob-
lem, owing to the want of adequate instrumental means. Aristarchus
gave the distance as nineteen times that of the moon, which, accord-
ing to our value of the moon's distance, would give that of the sun
under 5,000,000 miles. Even so late as the time of Kepler, not 300
years ago, the estimate of the sun's distance was 13,000,000 miles, or
less than one-seventh of what is now accepted.

. . Iudeed, in Kepler's time, the idea of utilizing the transit of
Venus, as astronomers now do, was not thought of. It was reserved
for the celebrated Scottish philosoper, James Gregory, in 1663, to
point out the probability of. determining the sun's parallax by means
of the transit of Venus,

As is well known, these transits occur in pairs, the first and
second of a pair being divided by an interval of only eight years,
whilst between one pair and another there are successively intervals of
1055 and 1213 years. Thus, there were transits of Venus in 1631
and 1639; next in 1761 and 1769 ; the present generation has been
specially favoured by having seen the transits of 1874 and 1882; and
the next will not take place till 2004 and 2012.

Anniversary Address. xxvil.

Dr. Halley, of comet renown, who died in 1742, left to his
countrymen, not only the famous prediction of the return of his
comet, which has since been twice verified at the appointed times, but
also the most earnest recommendation to observe the transits of
Venus of 1761 and 1769. Halley's injunction was well obeyed,
especially in 1769, when the observations of Captain Cook’s expedi-
tion at Otaheite, combined with observations at other stations in
various parts of the world, resulted in the conclusion, until recently
relied on as correct, that 95,000,000 miles is the true distance of the sun.

The mention of the honoured name of Cook recalls to mind how
close the association is between the observation of the transit of Venus
in 1769 and the rediscovery and settlement of these southern lands.

The principle of the observation is that followed by the surveyor
in ascertaining the distance of an inaccessible object. A line is
measured on the ground, also the two angles which it forms with the
inaccessible point; the third angle of the triangle is then inferred,
and the computation of the distance required is one of the simplest in
plane trigonometry. But the distance to the inaccessible sun is so
immeasurably great that any base line which the surveyor could mark
off on the earth’s surface would be as useless for the purpose as a
mathematical point. Even if we could stay the sun in his course, and
grant other impossible conditions, the most delicate instrument would
fail to show any convergence of the sides of the wished-for triangle.
In other words, there would be no parallax.

The solution of the problem must be tried in some other way,
and the most obvious thing to do, in the first instance, is to increase
the length of the base. The longest possible base on the earth is, oi
course, the diameter of the earth itself. By placing observers suitably,
in widely separated parts of the globe, the longest practicable base will
be obtained, but still the problem is insoluble, unless we can have some
intermediate body of known rate of circular motion coming in line
between the observers and the sun. In the problem before us, Venus
is that body, and, as she is, at transit, nearer the earth than the sun _.

in the ratio of about 2 to 5, it will be seen that, to observers widely —

apart, Venus must necessarily come in line with the edge of the sun
at different times to the two observers ; just as would be the case were
two observers, standing apart on the bank of a river, each to signal
as a passing boat came in line with a tree on the opposite bank. It
would be seen that an interval of time elapsed between the two signals.
This interval, in the case of Venus, gives the measure of the angle
subtended at the sun by the base line joining the stations of the
observers. For the rate of the motion of Venus relative to that of
the earth being known, the interval observed is convertible into

XXViil. New Zealand Institute.

angular measure; hence the problem can be solved. This, of course,
is a very general statement of the principle of the observation, and
takes no account of the many difficulties in giving effect to it, or of
the laborious and abstruse computations in the after reduction of the
observations.

The methods of observation are known as Halley’s and Delisle’s.
In Halley’s the duration of the transit is observed from two stations,
so selected that internal ingress and internal egress may be observed
at both; also that, by the rotation of the earth, the interval between
ingress and egress may be increased at the one station and diminished
at the other. The duration of the transit gives the length of the
chords which Venus traces on the face of the sun, from which
the angle or parallax is deduced. Halley’s method does not require
any great accuracy in the longitudes of stations, and in that respect
was very convenient at the time it was promulgated, the longitudes of
distant points not being then well known. But, as both ingress and
egress must be observed at both stations, there is always great risk of
failure from unfavourable weather. Previous to the transit of 1874
the utilization of this method was very carefully considered by Sir
George Airey and others. As it was found that full advantage of it
could only be obtained by establishing a station on the Antarctic Con-
tinent, the proposal was abandoned, and it was decided to rely on
Delisle’s method. This has the advantage that two observations suffice
—one of internal ingress or egress at each of two stations. The
exact time-differences between the two observations is the essential
point in this method, consequently the absolute accuracy of the longi-
tudes of the observing stations, which is now obtained through the
electric telegraph, is of paramount importance.

The transit of 1874, which I suppose all present here can recol-
lect, excited great interest. The observations on that occasion received

earty and substantial assistance from Governments, and no less than a
quarter of a million sterling was expended in the aggregate by different
nations on this object. It was observed from numerous stations
throughout the globe, but, unfortunately, the observations in New
Zealand were obscured through bad weather.

On this occasion, with the view of avoiding the errors incidental
to observations of contact, photography was employed in addition to
other means, and a series of pictures was obtained showing Venus
in transit across the Line. The distances of the planet from the edge
of the sun were afterwards measured micrometrically and at leisure
from the picture. The English astronomers, however, found the
photographs unsatisfactory; though, on the other hand, the Americans
met with considerable suecess in this mode of observation.

Anniversary Address. xxix.

The result of the observations of the transit of 1874 cannot be
regarded as satisfactory ; for, whilst Sir George Airey, in his official
report, stated the solar parallax as 8:76/— corresponding to 93,375,000
miles— Colonel Tupman and Mr. Stone, from the very same observa-
tions, deduced the parallax respectively as 8:81" and 8'88”. The
agreement to within the tenth of a second of arc in angular measure
seems, at first sight, very close; but, so vast is the distance represented
in the solar parallax by that fraction, that these three calculations
differ to an extent considerably exceeding a million of miles. ;

The observations of the transit of Venus of last year were under-
taken by all civilized nations with the same zeal and interest that
characterized the efforts of 1874. On this occasion the British
astronomers discarded photography, whilst the Americans relied greatly
on that means of observation.

In New Zealand the egress alone could be seen, and was observed
from thirteen stations by seventeen scientific gentlemen, amongst
whom were Dr. Hector, Mr. McKerrow, and Archdeacon Stock.
There were also an English party of observers, near Christchurch,
under Colonel Tupman, and an American party at Auckland, under
Mr. Edward Smith, of the United States Coast Survey. The
Government assisted liberally both by grants of money and by placing
the Telegraph Department at the disposal of the observers. Unfor-
tunately, Dr. Hector’s observation at Clyde was partially intercepted
by a cloud, but, with the exception of this contretemps, the observa-
tions in New Zealand were entirely successful. I cannot but remark
that it reflects great credit on the colony that so many gentlemen
should have voluntarily engaged in this work ; and I have no doubt
that, when the report of the results of the British expeditions are
published, their services will receive cordial acknowledgment.

e observations of last year’s transit throughout the world were
attended with thorough success, and it is expected that, when the
calculations have been completed, a great step will be made

towards reconciling the conflicting results that have hitherto been

obtained. But, before the question can be finally set at rest, the -
results of the observations on the transit of Venus must be reconciled
with those obtained by other methods, which it would be out of place
for me now to discuss.

Judging, however, from the conclusions already derived from
various independent calculations, it seems probable that the true
distance of the earth from the sun will be found to be between
ninety-two and ninety-three millions of miles.

Meanwhile the scientific world awaits with the greatest interest
the calculations of astronomers on this vital problem. The impor-
tance of it is not merely to be regarded as one which concerns

XXX. New Zealand Institute.

the scientific astronomer alone; for, to state it shortly, until we
have the means of affixing accurate numerical values to those forms
of vibration which are at present loosely known to us as light, elec-
tricity, magnetism, and other imponderable forms of energy, we can
only imperfectly avail ourselves in practical life of these wonderful
agents in ministering to the wants of mankind.

After dealing with the immensities of celestial space, it is not
without an effort that we drag ourselves down to consider matters
more immediately connected with our own little planet, less than
8,000 miles in diameter, and one is insensibly led to exclaim, in the
language of the old Hebrew Psalmist, “ When I consider Thy
heavens, the work of Thy fingers, the moon and the stars which Thou
hast ordained, what is man that Thou art mindful of him, or the
son of man that Thou visitest him!” Yet, in our present state of
existence, it is unavoidable that our minds should be mainly occupied
in attending to the ways and works of our fellow-men upon this
sublunary sphere.

ENGINEERING.

The year is marked by the completion of great feats and the
commencement of fresh efforts in engineering. The geological
difficulties which for some time seemed insuperable to the completion
of the San Gothard Tunnel have been overcome, and another route,
which may be of some importance both as regards passengers and the
mail service, has thus been opened between Australasia and England.
The great canal that is to cut the Isthmus of Panama is in process of
construction, and a second Suez Canal is contemplated. Tunnels
have been commenced under both the Severn and the Mersey, and,
were it not for political considerations, the great scheme of connecting
England with the Continent would no doubt be speedily progressing.
The Frith of Forth is being bridged over by what will be, when
completed, the boldest structure of the kind throughout the world,
with gigantic spans of no less than 1,700 feet.

ELECTRICITY.

But the subject which at present commands most attention in the
scientific world is the use of the electric current; and it may be well
to note here how far we have now advanced in the various ways of
utilizing this marvellous instrument. One of the chief obstacles for
many years to the use of electric force was the great cost of producing
an electric current so long as chemical means had to be resorted to.
This has been overcome by the invention of the dynamo-machine,
which has been brought to such a state of perfection that by it we
are enabled to convert mechanical into electrical force, and back again

Anniversary Address. XXXÌ.

into mechanical force, with a marginal loss of not more than 20 per
cent.; frictional resistance and the deterioration of the materials com-
posing the instrument, caused by continuous working, being reduced
to a minimum. The principles involved in the construction of these
machines have been known to scientific men for some years; but their
practical introduction is due to M. Gramme, whose efforts have been
the immediate cause of the marvellous advance that has been made in
the last few years in the utilizing of electricity. We have already
in this city examples of one form of electric action—I refer, of
course, to the transformation of electric into heat energy, so as to
produce incandescent electric light. The principal arguments in
favour of electric light are that it is colourless, and thus enables
us not only to see pictures and flowers by it as perfectly as we can by
sunlight, but also to carry on photography and many other industries
as well at night as during the day. It is free from those products of
combustion which not only heat the lighted apartments, but substitute
carbonic acid and deleterious sulphur compounds for the oxygen upon
which respiration depends; and supports growing plants instead of
poisoning them. Interesting experiments have for some time been
made as to the influence of the electric light on wheat, oats, and
barley, and it has now been conclusively proved that, so far from its
having any harmful effect, cereals placed under the influence of an
electric lamp grow much more rapidly than those which are exposed only
to the light of the sun; whereas any one who has tried to keep plants
in a room constantly lighted with gas knows only too well how prone
they are to wither and die. : A

As we have lately heard, this light has already been introduced '
into English mines, and there can be no doubt but that it will ere long
supersede gas in all public places and large halls; but it does not seem
probable that it will for some time compete with it successfully as a
means of lighting smaller buildings. The great convenience of gas
for heating as well as lighting is a strong argument in its favour,
whilst for the degrees of temperature ordinarily required electricity
is hardly available. For intense heat, -however —I mean above.
1,800? C.—it possesses advantages that far surpass any offered by
combustion. It is hardly too much to hope that ere long there
will be in this colony iron furnaces worked by the current generated
by neighbouring rivers or tidal waves. Owing to the comparative
smallness of our towns, the great advantage of this as a means of
avoiding smoke-fogs may not seem at present a question of practical
importance, but when we consider the probable increase of factories,
and the rapid growth of our cities, and that from the imperfect
combustion of coal there is a constant exhalation of carbonic oxide, .

xxxii. New Zealand Institute.

a poisonous compound which when in large quantities causes sickness
and death, we can realize how vastly important the absence of smoke
may be to the health of future generations.

At the same time it must be admitted that gas has as yet not been
fairly treated; it has been regarded almost entirely as a means of
lighting, not sufficiently as a means of heating, and hardly at all as a
motive-power. Dr. Siemens (who has protested strongly against this
mistake) confidently predicts that, before many years have elapsed, we
shall find in our factories and on board our ships, engines, with a fuel
consumption not exceeding llb. of coal per effective horse-power per
hour, in which the gas-producer takes the place of the present steam-
boiler.

With regard to electricity as a motive-power, electric railways are
already in existence in Ireland and in Germany ; but scientific men
seem of opinion that, except in cases in which natural sources of
energy, such as hills and waterfalls, are found, it will be long before
electrie power can take the place of steam on ordináry railways. I
need not point out, however, that this is a country in which such
sources of energy abound everywhere. I trust that at no distant
day the force which is now applied in the form of friction necessary
to hold back the trains in their descent of the Rimutaka Hill,
and which is now dissipated and lost in wear and tear, may be utilized
for propelling the engines for miles of their journey along the level
country.

Whilst speaking of scientific discoveries as applied to practical
matters, I cannot leave unmentioned a process which, though ex-

' tremely simple in itself, is likely to mark an era in the history of
the colony, and greatly to increase its wealth. I refer to the freez-
ing of meat, and other products which might perhaps be similarly
treated. I may mention, in passing, that the object of the process is
not, as might have been supposed, tv change the temperature
of the atmosphere, but to suspend the vivifying powers of the
germs which are continually floating about in it. As Professor
Tyndall has pointed out, in his lecture before the Royal Institution
in 1877 and elsewhere, animal matter may remain uncorrupted for
months exposed to the air, provided that air is rendered perfectly
free from these germs; whereas the slightest contact with air
in its ordinary impure state—a mere pin-hole in the vessel contain-
ing the clarified atmosphere, for instance—admits the germs, and
corruption ensues. The attempt to exclude the atmosphere from
meat during the passage to Europe has been made, and has been
found impracticable; but the desired result has been obtained by
chilling the air to such an extent that the vivifying power of these
germs is suspended.

Anniversary Address. xxxiii.

The coldness of the nights in New Zealand makes the climate
specially favourable for the process of freezing the meat; but,
admirable as are the arrangements at Belfast, near Christchurch
(where I had the pleasure of witnessing the operations), and else-
where, I feel that much may yet have to be considered in the
working-out of the details.

The principle of the machinery now in use is, that air is first
compressed to such an extent that it attains a temperature of 300°,
is then passed through cold tubes so as to be restored to its
former temperature, though in its compressed state, and is then
allowed to re-expand to its original dimensions, which causes its
temperature to fall to zero. It seems probable, however, that, under
some circumstances, it will be found that other means—as, for
instance, the application of ammonia, ether, or sulphurous acid—
are more suitable for freezing purposes than the compression of air.

LITERATURE.

. I consider it a most healthy sign of the times that, during a period
in which scientific knowledge has so rapidly advanced, literary study
and research have made such steady and remarkable progress. Time
would not permit me even to emunerate the principal literary works
of the past year; but, to take merely one branch as an example—
archæology—how much is there to tell !

| DISCOVERIES IN EGYPT.

Foremost amongst the archzological discoveries must be placed

the interesting investigations which have recently been made in

t.
a 1878 some ruins at Tel-El-Maskutah, which had previously
been considered * not worth visiting” (although some scholars had
believed them to mark the site of Raamses, mentioned in the book of
Exodus), were practically examined, and, amongst other things, was
found a sculptured group, which was conveyed to Ismailia. When Sir
Erasmus Wilson’s exploring expedition commenced operations last
year, the first step taken by M. Naville, who was in command of the
party, was to examine these carvings. He observed that they were
dedicated to the god Tum, the setting sun, and describe Rameses II.
(the great monarch of the 18th Egyptian dynasty, who reigned in
the 14th century B.C.) as the friend of Tum. Hence he conjectured
that they might come from one of the many cities which bore the
sacred or temple name (as opposed to the popular name) of Pe-Tum
(i.e., the abode of Tum) ; and that this Petum might be the same as
the City of Pithom, which is mentioned in Exodus i, ll, as one of
the treasure cities built by the children of Israel for Pharaoh. On

Cc

xxxiv. New Zealand Institute.

the strength of this conjecture, M. Naville, in February last, com-
menced excavations at Tel-El-Maskutah; and before he had been
many weeks at work he had laid bare a vast enclosure, about 200
metres square, divided into square chambers built of large bricks,
principally made without straw ; all the chambers were without doors,
and were evidently intended an for dwelling-rooms, but for store-
houses or granaries. This was in fact the Temple of Tum, and the
monuments found in the enclosures point clearly to its having been
founded by Rameses II., although added to in the 22nd dynasty.

The Egyptian city “Thuku” had already been identified with the
Suecoth of the Bible; but now the missing link in the chain of
identification was to be supplied. Certain inscriptions on statues
referred to “Pe Tum in the city of Thuku," that is, “ Pithom in
the city of Succoth;” in other words, Pithom was the name of the
temple from which the city, which was also called Succoth, took its
name. Thus, in the words of Mr. Stanley Lane Poole, “Not only
do we see the actual storehouses which the children of Israel are
related to have built, but we now know “the first station on their
journey from Egypt to Palestine," when, as we read in the twelfth
chapter of Exodus, they “ journeyed from Rameses to Succoth.” In
this way, by the explorations of a party which had only been at work
for a few weeks, the identification of Pharaoh the oppressor with
Rameses II. has been almost established, and the authenticity of the
biblical narrative strongly confirmed ; and every student of archeology
will watch with the deepest interest the further investigations of those
who have begun with so remarkable a success.

AT TROY,

With regard to the excavations in the Troad, however, the result
of the latest investigations has been rather to lead us to modify con-
clusions formerly arrived at than to add to the list of archeological
discoveries. Until a few years ago, the site of Homer's Troy was
disputed—some placing it on the spot now known by the name of
Hissarlik, others at the modern Village of Bunárbashi, about six miles
to the south, others again maintaining that Troy never had any
existence except in the poet's imagination. Dr. Schliemann, nearly
ten years ago, astonished the literary world by announcing that,
having carefully examined both places, he had proved that there were
no relics of antiquity worth mentioning at Bunárbashi, but that at
Hissarlik he had unearthed the ruins not only of the Homeric City,
including the Palace of King Priam, the Scean Gate, the great
surrounding wall, and the great Tower of Ilium, but even the still
earlier town which had been destroyed by Hercules !

Anniversary Address. XXXV.

To state it shortly, he claimed to have discovered the remains of
five cities, one above another, the second from the bottom being the
city described by Homer, and the fifth being the Greek city known as
Ilium, built shortly after the founding of Rome. He admitted that
the ruins of the fire-destroyed city which he identified with Troy,
hardly corresponded with the palaces “ with polished corridors
adorned,” described in the Iliad, but replied that the destruction took
place long before Homer was born, and the description was added to
by tradition and poetic license, The same spots were investigated
last September by Mr. Jebb, Professor of Greek at the Glasgow
University, and formerly Public Orator at Cambridge, and he has
come to the conclusion that Dr. Schliemann’s view—that he has dis-
covered the very City of Priam, and proved that the Iliad was based
upon real facts; that [ium did really exist, and that Homer, even
although he exaggerates, nevertheless sings of events that actually
happened— must be definitely abandoned.

He admits, however, that the ruins of the five cities described by
Schliemann exist ; that one, or perhaps two of them, represents the
Greek Colony of Ilium, and that the earliest, or possibly the earliest
two—if we may distinguish between the city destroyed by fire and an
earlier settlement—dates from pre-Hellenic times; that this may have
been the town the siege of which gave rise to the poetic legend of
Homer. But he contends that neither the ruins themselves, nor the
surroundings, correspond with the poet’s description ; and arrives at
the somewhat unsatisfactory conclusion, “ that the Homeric data are
essentially irreconcilable with each other, being, in fact, derived partly
from Bunárbashi, and partly from Hissarlik.” He adds that, in his
belief, * Bunárbashi was the place where the oldest legends or lays,
local to the Troad, placed Troy,” and that “ Hissarlik may have been
the centre around which poets of the Ionian epic school grouped
incidents or traits which they added të the original nucleus.”

I may remark, however, that this is just the opposite to the order
in which legends would seem likely to grow. I should rather have
expected that the story would have been originally told about the city
which was burnt, and afterwards, when the site was forgotten, have
been transferred to some neighbouring locality where the surroundings
are more imposing or romantic.

It must, at any rate, be admitted, that the discoveries of Dr,
Schliemann, both in the way of ruined walls and buildings which he
has found, and of pottery, jewellery, wrought metals, and armour
which he has collected, are amongst the most valuable of the many
additions that have been made in recent years to our knowledge of
archeology, although he has probably gone too far in identifying the

XXXVi. New Zealand Institute.

several remains of antiquity which he has brought to light with the
subjects mentioned in legends which have been handed down to us
through the uncertain traditions of the poets.

The unhappy complications in Eastern Europe of a few years ago
have at least brought forth some good results to antiquarian e es
Thessaly having been ceded to Greece, learned men at Athens are
already taking steps for the preservation of any objects of interest
which may be brought to light on that classic soil. In Cyprus,
English, Greek, and Turk are united in the careful search for
Cypriotie, Phoenician, and Greek remains, which no doubt still
abound in that island, no longer, I am glad to say, to sell to the
highest bidder in Western Europe or America, but to form a local
museum at Nicosia. !

The Commission which is now labouring at Rome has already
been rewarded, besides minor triumphs, by the discovery of the walls -
of Antemn®, a city which is mentioned by Virgil, when he tells how—

Five mighty towns, their anvils set
With emulous zeal their weapons whet :

S , Tib renowned.
And strong Atina there are found,
d nd crowned

and which is stated by Livy to have been the hirih-place of Hopelli
the wife of Romulus, and to have been one of the cities that joined
in the attack on Rome in revenge for the rape of the Sabines. How
far we can regard the incidents related by Livy as literally true, or
whether we must treat them as a vast pile of legend built on a
slender foundation of history, it would be out of place for me here
to consider; but at least we may take it as a fact that Antemna was
a town which flourished ere Rome was built, and was destroyed long
before the time of Pliny, and that even a very few years since it was
believed that no traces of it could be found.

rning to geographical research, much valuable information has
been obtained concerning the hitherto little known countries of Central
Asia, by the explorations of O’Donovan in the Merv Oasis, by Floyer
in Beloochistan, Baber in Western China, and other travellers both
English and Russian.

The results of the interesting geographical and ethnological
investigations made by my friend M. Miklouho Maclay during his
scientific travels in South-Eastern Asia and Oceanica, have been given
to the world by means of lectures before the Russian Geographical
Society, and are soon to appear in a complete form, the work being
published at the expense of the Emperor. Recent events, which have
turned our attention to New Guinea, make the information he has
collected during several prolonged visits to that island of special

Anniversary Address. XXXvil.

importance. So determined was M. Maclay to lose no opportunity
of acquiring a knowledge of the Papuan race, that he submitted to
all the discomforts of living amongst them for several months at a
time, away from all European society, dwelling in a small hut, and
for some time supporting himself by hunting. He has come to the
conclusion (in opposition to the view formerly held) that the inhabi-
tants of New Guinea are all of one race, although some who dwell
near the coast have intermarried with the Malays and the inhabitants
of other islands; and so low is the stage of culture to which they
have attained that they have not learned even how to kindle a flame,
but can only carry a torch from another fire; yet even amongst
savages such as these the labours of the missionaries have not been
in vain, as they have succeeded in teaching them something of the
truths of the Christian religion, and have introduced the art of
reading and writing. M. Maclay is of opinion, although he will
not speak positively until he has made further investigations, that the
Australian blacks are not connected either with the Papuans or the
Polynesians, but form an independent race. I have lately heard that
he has returned to this part of the world to carry on his ethnological
investigations ; and I trust that, should he come to New Zealand, he
will be cordially weleomed by the members of the Institute.

Whilst speaking on this subject I should like to draw the atten-
tion of all here to the Geographical Society of Australasia, which, I
learn, has been founded, and before which an interesting paper on
New Guinea was lately read by Mr. La Meslee. I believe that the
establishment of a society by which the residents in the various
colonies would be united for the advancement of geographical know-
ledge, more especially in connection with the imperfectly known parts ,
of Australasia, would be of great value, whether regarded from a
scientific, commercial, or educational point of view, and I sincerely
hope that New Zealand will unite with the other colonies in so
admirable an undertaking.

The hand of death seems to have been unusually busy during the
past year amongst men of science and letters. Scarcely had. the
grave closed over the remains of Charles Darwin before the news
reached us of the fatal accident which had carried away Professor
Balfour, at the early age of 32, one of the ablest and most promising
men of his generation at Cambridge. In Professor Palmer we have
lost one of the brightest scholars of Oriental literature. Amongst
others whose loss we have to deplore are—Mr. Green, whose careful
researches, made in spite of all the obstacles of a life of anxiety and
feeble health, have placed English history in a new light; Robert-
son, the Ecclesiastical historian; Anthony Trollope, one of the most

xxxviii. New Zealand Institute.

popular of modern novelists; Stanley Jevons, the logician; and,
last not least, Spottiswoode, the late President of the Royal
Society, a man celebrated no less for his ability and scientific attain-
ments than for his high character and benevolence, lately laid to
rest in Westminster Abbey, amidst statesmen, warriors, poets, and
heroes of literature and science, whose names will ever be honoured
throughout the British Empire.

And now, having referred to the history of the Institute in the
past, and glanced at a few of the principal events which have recently
taken place in the world of science and literature, 1 turn to the
future, and ask, what do we set before us as the object of the Insti-
tute, and with what attainment may we rest content ? I have already
spoken of the various subjects which were specially recommended for
study fourteen years ago. Of these, some few (such as the history
of the Maori race, about which Mr. Colenso, Mr. Travers, and others
have contributed valuable and exhaustive papers) may be considered as
almost completed ; others, perhaps, have for various reasons ceased to
be of importance ; but the large majority call for further investigation,
and will for many years demand careful research. I think, too, that
the time has come when it may fairly be considered whether the
subjects on which papers are specially desired should not take a wider
range. The Institute and the incorporated societies supply machinery
which is already being utilized, but which I believe to be capable of
being utilized to a greater extent than it is at present, in the grand
work of diffusing general education. In this sense I regard the
Institute as supplementary to the schools, which are so rapidly
increasing in number, and the University Colleges which are being
established in all the centres of population in New Zealand, as a
means by which that spirit of inquiry which has been aroused in early
youth may find scope in later life. The great discoveries that are
being every day made in the scientific world show us that, in
the present state of society, some amount of scientific education
is, in most cases, essential to make a successful practical man,
a faet which none are more ready to admit than those who them-
selves feel the want of such a training. At the same time I would
impress on every member of the Society that science, in the
popular sense of the term, is only a part of education; and I trust
the day may be far distant when literature is neglected, as some
fear it may be, for the study alone of purely external objects.
I believe that vast good is done by those who bring before the notice
of others the thoughts and actions of great men, whether in ancient
or modern times, in other parts of the world, By this means, a
healthy desire for improvement may be instilled into the minds of

Anniversary Address. XXXIX.

many who otherwise would have but little inclination or opportunity
for independent study, and the general taste will be elevated. At
the same time let each man who has the ability add something
original, in his own department of information, whether pertaining
to science or literature, to the common stock of knowledge.

It is thus that we, who have derived so rich an inheritance from
the toils, the attempts, and even the failures of our ancestors, may, in
our turn, labour to lay up a store for our descendants which shall
make them nobler, wiser, and more enlightened than ourselves; thus,
that each generation may rise superior to those which have gone
before; thus, that the dreams of the Past may become the realities
of the Present and the starting-point for the Future. In the words

of the poet,—
Thy far-off children shall possess
le i i

an ;
Thro’ thy blind craving novel powers they gain,
An in its pain.

Thy heights unclimbed s e their wonted way,
Thy hope their memory and thy dream their day.

TRANSACTIONS

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE
1883.

I.—ZOOLOGY.

Arr. 1.—Descriptions of New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera.*
By E. Meyrick, B.A.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 3rd May, 1883.)
Il.—@COPHORIDA.
Tae (Ecophorida are the principal family of the Tineina in New Zealand,
as in Australia, and attain considerable development ; 55 species are here
described, but the actual number is probably much more considerable. In
addition to those characterized, I have included in an appendix references
to descriptions of some other species, which I have not yet satisfactorily iden-
tified. The family here constitutes about a sixth of the entire Micro-Lept-
doptera; in Australia it forms more than a fourth, whilst | in Europe it is
about a thirtieth.

I have elsewhere discussed the internal development of the family, and
its relation to other families of the group, and need not again enter into
these questions. Two points, however, present themselves, on which some-
thing needs to be said ; firstly, the relation of this portion of the fauna to
Australian forms, and secondly, the inferences to be drawn from the
character of the fauna itself.

Since the family occupies such a prominent position in both Australia
and New Zealand, compared with such other regions as are yet known, it
seems at first sight reasonable to infer a more or less close interconnection
between the species of these two countries. Such an impression is not con-
firmed on investigation. No species is yet known common to both. Four-
teen genera are found in New Zealand ; of these, ten are endemic, three occur
also in Australia, and one is cosmopolitan. Of the three genera shared
with Australia, two /Eulechria and Phleopola) are large and typically
Australian genera, represented in New Zealand by three species, obviously
mere stragglers ; the third, Trachypepla, is a typical New Zealand genus of

* For Parts I. and IL, see Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xv., art. i.

4 Transactions.— Zoology.

probably considerable extent, and is represented in Australia by two species
only, evidently also stray wanderers. Of the ten endemic genera, none are
very elosely related to Australian forms; the nearest approach is made by
Nymphostola and Proteodes, monotypic genera which are certainly akin to
Hoplitica, but whose common ancestor must have possessed characters not
now exhibited by any allied Australian genus. Nearly the same may be
said of the affinity of Atomotricha and Brachysara with Eulechria. The
other six, of which three are probably rather extensive, are more closely
allied to each other and to @cophora than to any Australian form. Finally,
although (Ecophora is a cosmopolitan genus, the New Zealand species
appear to form a single numerous group, having no direct affinity with the
Australian species of the genus, any more than with the European. From
these facts it may be concluded that it is not improbable that a slight inter-
change of species has taken place at some date not exceedingly remote, but
that it is certain that almost the whole of the group is of much more ancient
origin, and was derived from another and quite distinct region. I consider
it probable that a much closer affinity will be found to exist with South
America, of which little is known in this group; but there is one well-
defined case of relationship, viz., between Gonionota and Semiocosma, which
are apparently more nearly related together than to any other genus.
Attention should also be given to the undoubted affinity of Trachypepla
with the European Anchinia and Cacochroa; these latter are very small
genera, remote from any other European forms, and of Alpine habit; they
are probably surviving remnants of a once more extensive stock.

It is remarkable that of the New Zealand genera not one has vein 7 of
the forewings terminating in the hindmargin. This character is found in
more than half of the Australian genera, many of them being of great
extent and doubtless also of considerable age. Nearly all the New Zealand
species belong to the group in which vein 7 terminates in the costa, and
this is undoubtedly much older, being the original type of the family ; a few
are of the intermediate form, in which this vein terminates in the apex. It
is elear, then, that this portion of the New Zealand fauna is older than the
corresponding group in Australia. It is important that the food-plants of
the larve should be ascertained; they would probably point to the oldest
portion of the New Zealand flora. It is probable that Trachypepla and
Semiocosma, like other principal genera of these islands, are attached to
lichens or mosses. Several species of GZcophora seem to be specially
adapted to Fagus solandri, as also is Proteodes, all being protectively
coloured.

It wil be necessary to examine the South Pacific Islands, before the
origin of the New Zealand fauna can be decided. I made a hurried

Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 5

inspection of the Rev. T. Blackburn’s collections from the Hawaiian Islands ;
the (cophoride appeared to be altogether absent, their place being taken by
a peculiar group of the Gelechida.

The following is an abstract of the family characters of the Gcophoride,
which will be found given more fully in my paper on Australian species of
the family :—

Head with appressed hairs and side-tufts. Antenne shorter than fore-
wings, in male regularly ciliated, basal joint often with a pecten of long
hair-scales. Maxillary palpi usually distinct, small, simple. Labial palpi
well developed, curved, ascending, acutely pointed. Hindwings not broader
than forewings, elongate-ovate or lanceolate (not in New Zealand). Fore-
wings with 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa or apex (elsewhere also to
hindmargin), 1 furcate at base. Hindwings with 8 veins, 3 and 4 from a
point, 6 and 7 parallel.

Larva sixteen-legged, habits various.

The following is a tabulation of the fourteen New Zealand genera :—

la. Vein 7 of forewings to apex
2a. Forewings with tufts of raised n

3a. Ciliations of antenne moderate, even . ES de .. 7. Trachypepla.
3b. a 3 "s long, d kara vs js .. 4. Atomotricha.
2b. Forewings smooth.
3a. Thorax r .. AS "i sa m ds Ln Phieopola.
ooth.
ks Grits bins of antenne long (5) k we .. 5. Brachysara.
4b. 3 a DI sedes (1 to Di T .. 8. Eulechria.
e. ry short (3).
5a. Savai ipse en n shorty tufted beneath .. 1. Nymphostola.
5b. n nly scaled .. .. 2, Proteodes.
lb. Vein 7 of forewings ie cos
2a. Terminal joint of Res ith median tooth of scales .. .. 9. Semiocosma.
» 8moo

da Bivona joint a palpi more or less tufted beneath.
ye Vein 2 of forewings si ap remote from angle of cell .. 8. Aochleta.
ar angle .. T ee ve dw EM
: 3b. irc ‘pint of "n prc scaled.
4a. Basal joint of antenne without per
5a. Thorax crested .. A és .. 10. Lathicrossa.
5b. smooth sù .. 12. Gymnobathra.
4b. Basal joint of HACER with dome
5a. Ciliations of antenne in an even seri . 18. Ecophora.
5b whorled or doting vid did) 14. Cremnogenes.
. NympuostoLa, Meyr.

Head loosely haired, ida large, dilated posteriorly; in male an
expansible pencil of long hairs on side of face beneath eye. Antenne in
male stout, somewhat serrate, very shortly ciliated (1), basal joint: ‘rather
stout, without pecten. Palpi moderately long, second joint reaching base
of antenne, clothed with dense rather loose scales, with a short projecting

” n n

6 Transactions.—Zoology.

triangular tuft of scales beneath towards apex, terminal joint as long as
second, stout, strongly reflexed. Thorax smooth. Forewings somewhat
oblong, broad, apex obtusely rounded, hindmargin perpendicular, rounded
beneath. Hindwings as broad as forewings, broadly ovate, apex and hind-
margin evenly rounded, cilia 1. Abdomen moderate. Middle tibie
roughly haired beneath; posterior tibi» clothed with rather short rough
hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to apex, 2 fron’ distinctly before angle of
cell. Hindwings with vein 5 bent and approximated to 4 at base.

This and the next genus are very closely allied, differing mainly in the

structure of the palpi. Both are confined to New Zealand, but remote in

character from the other New Zealand genera of the family, closely ap-

proaching the Australian Hoplitica, from which they are distinguished by

the very short ciliations of the antenne. Both must be regarded as des-

cendants of a common ancestor, very nearly resembling Hoplitica, and

doubtless an immigrant from Australia.

1. Nymph. galactina, Feld.

(Cryptolechia galactina, Feld., Reis. Nov., Pl. CXL., 34; (Nymphostola) Meyr., Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1882, 492).

Media, alis ant. niveis, puncto disci postico nigro, venis omnibus punctis
minimis griseis notatis ; post. niveis.

Male, female.—23-26 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and
legs snow-white. Forewings broad, costa strongly arched, apex obtuse,
hindmargin straight, not oblique; white, with a faint greenish tinge
between the veins ; all the veins are marked at regular intervals with faint
minute dark grey dots; a more conspicuous dark grey dot in dise beyond
middle; a very slender indistinct dark grey hindmarginal line: cilia
white. Hindwings and cilia white.

A very delicate and conspicuously distinct species.

Stated by Professor Hutton to have been bred from a green pupa found
on Myrtus bullata.

Hamilton, Dunedin, and Otira Gorge, in January ; probably widely dis-
tributed in forest regions.

2. Prorropes, Meyr.

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts large, spreading. Antenne in
male moderate, somewhat serrate towards apex, very shortly ciliated (4),
basal joint moderate, without pecten. Palpi moderately long, second joint
reaching base of antenne, thickened with appressed scales, rather rough
beneath, terminal joint much shorter than second, rather stout, slightly
rough anteriorly. Thorax smooth. Forewings somewhat oblong, mode-
rately broad, apex obtusely rounded, hindmargin not oblique. Hindwings
as broad as forewings, ovate, rounded, cilia 1. Abdomen moderate.

Meyricr.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 7

Posterior tibie clothed with rather short rough hairs. Forewings with
vein 7 to apex, 2 from before angle of cell. Hindwings with vein 5 bent
and approximated to 4 at base.
2. Prot. carnifex, Butl.
ta ra Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 406; (Proteodes) Meyr., Proc.
n. Soc .W., 1882, 493; Cryptolechia rufosparsa, Butl., 1.c. 406). :

Media, peu d griseo-ochreis vel flavis, interdum ferrugineis, costa
ferruginea, linea perobliqua punetoque disci obscuris griseis, venis omnibus
punetis crebris griseis notatis; post. albis, apice leviter griseo.

Male, female.—20-23 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous or
yellow, palpi generally somewhat suffused with ferruginous. Antenne grey.
Abdomen whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, tarsi more ochreous, anterior
tibie and tarsi dull ochreous-carmine. Forewings rather broad, posteriorly
dilated, costa rather strongly arched, in female faintly sinuate in middle,
apex obtuse, hindmargin nearly straight, not oblique; light greyish-ochreous
or yellow, often irregularly suffused with reddish or ferruginous, sometimes
wholly ; costal edge obscurely ferruginous or deeper yellow, except about
+ and 2; sometimes an irregular greyish suffusion ; the darker shades of
colour, when distinct, usually tend to form a very oblique transverse fascia
before middle, extending along costa to base, and a large patch along
posterior half of costa; a curved linear dark ferruginous or blackish-grey
mark in disc, extending from } to 4, extremities directed upwards, generally
obsolete in middle, or sometimes wholly ; all veins regularly dotted with
blackish-grey, but these dots sometimes obsolete ; often a dark grey hind-
marginal line : cilia light greyish-ochreous or yellow. Hindwings whitish,
apex often narrowly suffused with grey, sometimes with a grey ragga
line; cilia whitish.

Extremely variable; the yellow and ferruginous forms (which are
principally characteristic of the female) are strikingly similar in size, shape,
and colouring to the decaying or fallen leaves of the beech, which is its
principal food-plant. Mr. J. D. Enys called my attention to this mimetic
resemblance, in which most of the beech-feeding insects participate.

Larva 16-legged, rather stout, cylindrical, tapering behind ; pale
whitish-green or yellowish-green, on sides generally more greyish-green ;
dorsal broad, irregular, dark fuscous-purple, sap-green, or yellowish-green
mixed with reddish-ochreous, bisected by a slender interrupted whitish-line,
and dilated on posterior margin of segments ; lateral sap-green or obsolete ;
subspiracular slender, interrupted, dark fuscous-purple or faintly pinkish ;
spots small, shining, dark-fuscous ; head ochreous-brown or yellowish-
green ; second segment greener than body, or blackish marbled with pale
ochreous ; remarkably variable. Feeds on Fagus solandri (the common

8 - Transactions.— Zoology.

mountain beech, miscalled “ birch "), making a slight web amongst the
leaves, from which it is very readily dislodged. Pupa short, stout, pale-
greenish, irregularly shaded with brownish, in a slight cocoon. Although
specially attached to the Fagus, on which it occurs in great abundance, the
larva probably affects various shrubs; and I think I have met with it on
. Fuchsia excorticata.

Christchurch, Mount Hutt, Castle Hill, Arthur’s Pass, from J anuary
to April; larve in all stages in January.

3. EuLecuria, Meyr.

Head loosely scaled, sidetufts large. Antenna in male moderate
evenly and moderately or rather strongly ciliated (1 to 2), basal joint
moderate, with strong pecten. Palpi moderate or rather long, second joint
hardly reaching or rarely somewhat exceeding base of antenne, thickened
with appressed scales, somewhat loose or slightly rough beneath, terminal
joint somewhat shorter than second, moderate, recurved. Thorax smooth.
Forewings elongate, moderate, apex rounded more or less strongly, hind-
margin obliquely rounded. Hindwings slightly narrower than forewings,
elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia + to 1. Abdomen moderate,
generally strongly margined. Posterior tibie clothed with long hairs
above. Forewings with vein 7 to apex, 2 from or close before angle of
cell. Hindwings normal.

A very large Australian genus, represented in New Zealand by two
species very different from each other, but quite of Australian types; they
appear to be stray immigrants. This and the four succeeding genera are
nearly allied together, and are quite distinct from those that precede and
follow.

8. Eul. zophoéssa, Meyr.
(Eulechria zophoéssa, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1882, 515.)

Minor, alis ant. fuscis, punctis disci tribus, macula coste post medium
parva, strigaque postica flexuosa saturatioribus ; post. saturate griseis.

Male.—154 mm. Head fuscous, mixed with whitish-ochreous. Palpi
dark fuscous, second joint whitish-ochreous internally and at extreme
apex, apex of terminal joint whitish-ochreous. Antenne dark fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, becoming ochreous posteriorly. Abdomen dark
fuscous. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous, tarsi whitish-ochreous
beneath ; posterior legs dark grey, apex of joints whitish-ochreous, Fore-
wings somewhat dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin -
obliquely rounded ; fuscous, slightly reddish-tinged, basal 3 irregularly
mixed and suffused with whitish-ochreous, and thinly irrorated with dark
fuscous, hindmargin rather broadly suffused with dark fuscous ; a small
dark fuscous spot at base of costa, and another at base of inner margin; a

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 9

small dark fuscous spot in disc before middle, a second in dise beyond
middle, and a third almost directly beneath first on fold; first and second
connected by a clear whitish-ochreous line, beneath which is a fourth
similar spot between them; a small dark fuscous spot on costa at $, its
apex suffusedly confluent with second discal spot; a very indistinct suffused
strongly curved dark fuscous line from 2 of costa to anal angle, beneath
closely approximating to hindmargin : cilia dark fuscous-grey, mixed with
whitish-ochreous. Hindwings dark grey ; cilia grey, with a dark grey line
near base.

An inconspicuous but distinct species.

Wellington, in January ; one specimen.

4. Eul. photinella, Meyr.
(Eulechria photinella, Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1882, 541.)

Minor, alis ant. albido-griseis, basi, maculis coste duabus obscuris,
tertia dorsi, quarta apicis, punctis disci tribus strigaque postica saturate
griseis ; post. griseis. i

Male.—17 mm. Head fuscous-grey mixed with ochreous-whitish, espe-
cially on face. Palpi fuscous-grey, base of terminal joint, and extreme apex
of second ochreous-whitish. Antenne grey- Thorax fuscous-grey, irrorated
with whitish. Abdomen light ochreous-grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous.
Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous-grey, with ochreous-whitish rings at
middle and apex of tibie, and apex of tarsal joints; posterior legs ochreous-
whitish, tarsal joints grey towards base. Forewings moderately elongate,
somewhat dilated, costa moderately strongly arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; light fuscous-grey, irregularly irro-
rated and suffused with whitish, especially in dise and posteriorly ; base of
wing very narrowly suffused with dark fuscous; a very ill-defined small
dark fuscous-grey spot on costa at 2, and a similar rather larger one on
costa slightly beyond middle; a third on inner margin slightly before
middle ; a tolerably well-defined small roundish dark fuscous spot in disc
before middle, a second obliquely before it on fold, and a third in disc
beyond middle; a short inwardly oblique cloudy dark fuscous-grey streak
from costa at $, emitting an irregular outwards-curved line to inner
margin before anal angle; apex dark fuscous-grey : cilia whitish, at
and above apex suffused with grey, on basal half mixed irregularly with
- dark fuscous-grey. Hindwings grey; cilia white, with a dark grey line
near base.

Wellington, in January; one specimen.

4. AromorricHa, Meyr.

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts small. Antenne in male moderate,

with fine long ciliations (5), in whorls of six a& apex of joints, basal joint

10 Transactions.— Zoology.

moderate, with strong pecten. Palpi moderately long, second joint exceed-
ing base of antenne, clothed with appressed scales, rough and somewhat
furrowed beneath, terminal joint shorter than second, slender, recurved.
Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, apex rounded, hindmargin very
obliquely rounded, surface with tufts of scales; in female abbreviated,
broadly lanceolate. Hindwings as broad as forewings, elongate-ovate, hind-
margin rounded, cilia 2; in female much abbreviated, lanceolate or almost
obsolete. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibise clothed with loose hairs
above. Forewings with vein 7 to apex, 2 from hardly before angle of cell.
Hindwings normal.

Allied to Fulechria, differing in the long whorled ciliations of the
antenne, the tufts of scales on the surface of forewings, and the abbreviated
wings of the female. This and the following genus are closely allied, and
are apparently descendants of a single progenitor, both being confined to
New Zealand ; these two genera stand in exactly the same mutual relation
as Hoplitica and Proteodes.

5. Atom. ommatias, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. fuscis, saturatiori-nebulosis, signis disci tribus arcuatis
lineaque postica transversa obscuris saturatioribus : post. albido-griseis.

Male.—21-24 mm.; female.—18-18 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale
fuscous, more or less suffused with dark fuscous. Antenne pale fuscous,
slenderly annulated with dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs
ochreous-whitish, tarsal joints suffused with dark fuscous towards base.
Forewings elongate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; light fuscous,
irregularly or wholly suffused with dark fuscous; a large tuft of raised
scales almost at base, and two or three much smaller in disc ; an obscurely
indicated pale dot in dise before 4, partially surrounded by a dark ring, and
a similar one on fold obliquely beyond it; a dark fuscous crescentic spot in
dise slightly beyond middle, extremities directed downwards, anteriorly and
posteriorly distinctly margined with paler; aslender dark fuscous transverse
line from 4 of costa obliquely outwards, twice angulated above middle,
thence running to $ of inner margin, often obsolete: cilia pale fuscous,
mixed with dark fuscous, with a row of cloudy dark fuscous spots. Hind-
Wings whitish-grey or grey, with a darker grey discal spot; cilia grey-
whitish, with one or two cloudy dark grey lines.

Considerably broader - winged, and generally darker, than Brach.
sordida. :

An early spring species, occurring tolerably commonly at rest on tree-
trunks and fences round Christchurch, in August and September; the
female is quite incapable of flight.

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 11

5. Bracuysara, Meyr.

Head smooth, sidetufts small, appressed. Antenne in male moderate,
with fine long ciliations (5), in whorls of eight at apex of joints, basal joint
moderate, with strong pecten. Palpi short, second joint not nearly reaching
base of antenne, with short loose rough hairs beneath somewhat projecting
anteriorly, terminal joint short, slender, curved. Thorax smooth. Fore-
wings elongate, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded. Hind-
wings as broad as forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin very faintly
sinuate, cilia 1. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibie clothed with loose
hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to apex, 2 from hardly before angle of
cell. Hindwings normal.

Closely allied to the preceding genus, but differing in the structure of
the palpi, and the smooth surface of forewings. The female is unknown to
me, but I should not be surprised to find that it had abbreviated wings, as
in Atomotricha.

6. Brach. sordida, Butl.
(Ecophora sordida, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 405.)

Media, alis ant. angustis, dilute fuscis, vitta media nigricante interdum
obsoleta, signis disei duobus arcuatis lineaque postiea transversa obscuris
saturatioribus; post. albidis.

Male.—20-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light fuscous, somewhat
mixed with darker. Antenne light fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish.
Legs ochreous-whitish, anterior pair obscurely suffused with fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, distinctly sinuate in middle,
apex round-pointed, hindmargin extremely oblique, slightly rounded ; light
fuscous, sometimes slightly mixed with darker; a straight narrow tolerably
well-defined blackish longitudinal streak somewhat above middle from base
nearly to apex, tending to be very slightly interrupted at $ and 3, rather
suffused beneath towards apex and near base, sometimes entirely obsolete ;
when obsolete, there are sometimes visible an arched fuscous mark before 1
and another just beyond middle, which are usually obscured by the streak ;
a slender very obscure fuscous transverse line from $ of costa to 2 of inner
margin, twice angulated above middle, usually terminating the longitudinal
streak, often obsolete : cilia light fuscous, with a cloudy blackish interrupted
basal line. Hindwings whitish, slightly suffused with ochreous-grey towards
| costa; cilia whitish, with faint cloudy grey basal and apical lines.

Variable in respect of the central streak, but easily known at once from
the preceding species by the narrower wings, apart from generic differences.
Butler’s description would do tolerably for either, but I have seen a speci-
men of this species identified by Butler himself. :

Mr. R. W. Fereday formerly met with this species abundantly in the
Rakaia district. di

12 Transactions.— Zoology.

6. PuLeoroLa, Meyr.

Head with loosely appressed scales, sidetufts large, loosely spreading.
Antenne in male moderately stout, somewhat serrate, moderately and
evenly ciliated (1), basal joint rather elongate, moderate, without pecten.
Palpi long, second joint reaching or exceeding base of antenne, dilated with
dense appressed scales, slightly rough beneath, terminal joint as long as
second or somewhat shorter, moderate or stout, strongly recurved. Thorax
with dense posterior crest. Forewings elongate, moderate, apex bluntly
rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded. Hindwings as broad as forewings
or somewhat narrower, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia 4 to 2.
Abdomen moderate, strongly margined. Middle tibie with a median whorl
of projecting hairs, and roughly short-haired beneath ; posterior tibie
clothed with long dense hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to apex, 2
from angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

An Australian genus of moderate extent ; the single New Zealand species
appears truly referable here, but my specimen is hardly good enough to
allow of accurate determination.

7. Phle. dinocosma, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. fuscis, ochreo-nebulosis, costa partim, dorsi basi, maculis
‘disci tribus strigulaque media nigricantibus ; post. albido-griseis, lunula
media saturatiore.

Male.—19 mm. Head pale ochreous, with a few dark fuscous scales
between antenne, and a dark fuscous spot on each side of crown. Palpi
with second joint whitish-ochreous, base and a subapical ring dark fuscous,
terminal joint dark fuscous, apex, base, and anterior edge whitish-ochreous.
Antenne pale ochreous, indistinetly ringed with dark fuscous. Thorax pale
ochreous, anteriorly suffused with dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochre-
ous. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous, tibie with central and apical
whitish-ochreous rings, tarsi with whitish-ochreous rings at apex of joints ;
posterior legs ochreous-whitish, tarsal joints somewhat infuscated at base.
Forewings moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded,
hindmargin obliquely rounded ; pale ochreous, coarsely and suffusedly
irrorated with fuscous ; costal edge suffusedly dark fuscous, interrupted by
a very small pale ochreous spot in middle, and a rather larger one at 3; a
dark fuscous spot at base of costa, and a linear mark along base of inner
margin ; a short linear dark fuscous mark along fold near base; a very small
round dark fuscous spot in dise at 4, and a rather larger subquadrate spot
below and slightly beyond it, both margined anteriorly and posteriorly with
pale ochreous ; an irregular subquadrate suffused dark fuscous spot in disc
beyond middle, similarly margined ; between this and first discal spot is a
short longitudinal dark fuscous streak; a small suffused dark fuscous spot

Mzvnick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 13

beyond third discal spot; from costal spot at } proceeds a slender irregular
outwards-curved pale ochreous line to before anal angle, touching this spot
posteriorly ; a suffused dark fuscous line along hindmargin and apical fourth
of costa, interrupted by pale ochreous dots : cilia whitish-ochreous, mixed
with fuscous, with clear whitish-ochreous spots opposite hindmarginal dots.
Hindwings light-grey, more whitish-grey towards base, with a distinct
erescentic-oval darker grey spot in middle of disc; cilia grey-whitish, with
an indistinct grey line near base.

Immediately separable from all other species of the genus by the distinct
central lunule of the hindwings.

Wellington, in January; one specimen.

7. TaacHyPEPLA, Meyr.

Head loosely haired, sidetufts moderate or rather large, loosely spread-
ing. Antenne in male moderate, somewhat serrate, moderately and evenly
ciliated (1 to 14), rarely fasciculated, basal joint moderate, with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate or rather short, second joint not exceeding base of
antenne, densely scaled, somewhat rough beneath, terminal joint markedly
shorter than second, moderate, curved. Thorax smooth or crested pos-
teriorly. Forewings elongate, moderate or narrow, apex obtuse, hind-
margin very oblique; surface with tufts of raised scales. Hindwings dis-
tinctly narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin slightly
rounded, cilia 2 to 1. Abdomen moderate, strongly margined. Posterior
tibi» clothed with fine moderately long hairs above. Forewings with vein
7 to apex, 2 from angle of cell. Hindwings normal,

An interesting and characteristically New Zealand genus, of which at
present only two other species are known, from Eastern Australia.
Amongst the genera with vein 7 to apex, it is immediately known by the
tufts of scales on the forewings, and the moderate ciliations of the antenn®.
It is certainly allied to the European Anchinia and Cacochroa, but is of an
older type. The larve are unknown, but I think it probable that they
may be found to feed on moss or lichens. The species are forest-frequent-
ing, and often found at rest on fences or tree-trunks. The first three
species appear to mimic the droppings of birds, and the rest moss or
lichens.

With respect to the variation of structure, T. leucoplanetis, T. spartodeta,
T. anastrella, and T. lichenodes have the thorax distinctly crested, whilst in
the rest it is smooth. T. leucoplanetis and T. anastrella have longer cilia-
tions of the antenne (14), and in the latter species they are distinctly
fasciculated; in all the other species of which the male is known the
ciliations are moderate and even. The genus does not, however, admit of
subdivision.

14 Transactions. —Zoology.

The following is a tabulation of the species :—
la. Head dark fuscous.
2a. Forewings with clear white markings.
3a. Basal half white .. be ve .. os Es .. 8, leucoplanetis.

s IM uox <a Di às es s .. 9. euryleucota.
BR ocu. NAM ua et os ee A eS ai .. 10. conspicuella.
2b. Forewings without white markings .. pe ed .. 16. anastrella.

1b. Head light greyish or ochreous,
2a. Hindwings dark fuscous .. s MEE US ix .. 17. lichenodes.
2b. grey. :
3a. Anterior transverse line very obtusely angulated .. .. 12. nyctopis.

is * » rectangularly ‘© ,, vs .. 11. spartodeta.
3c. » acutely 35 si .. 14. protochlora.
2c. Rida rat n. 3 y = Ss .. 15. aspidephora.
le. Head white ae AE z .. 13. galaxias.

8. Trach. AA n. TM

Parva, alis ant. dimidio anteriori niveo, posteriori fusco, coste basi
nigrieante, macula coste anteapicali cum linea transversa conjuncta nivea ;
post. griseis.

Male.—11-124 mm. Head dark fuscous, face white. Palpi dark
fuscous mixed with white, internally whitish. Antenne dark fuscous.
Thorax dark fuscous, posteriorly mixed with white. Abdomen whitish-
grey. Legs dark fuscous, middle tibie with central and apical whitish
rings, posterior tibie whitish, all tarsi with whitish rings at apex of joints.
Forewings moderate or rather short, costa moderately arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; white, very faintly ochreous-tinged
in disc; base of costa dark fuscous, dilating basally to touch inner margin ;
a large fuscous-grey transverse patch, its inner edge nearly straight, ex-
tending from middle of costa to middle of inner margin, outer edge convex
below middle, extending from 2 of costa to middle of hindmargin, margins
irregularly mixed with blackish, and containing some white scales in disc
and towards anal angle, and some spots of raised ferruginous scales par-
tially margined with blackish ; a grey spot on costa before apex, and a small
irregular grey patch extending along upper part of hindmargin : cilia grey,
white at base along hindmargin and below anal angle. Hindwings grey,
apex darker ; cilia grey.

The smallest and proportionally shortest- epe species of the genus,
very distinet.

Hamilton and at the foot of the Otira Gorge, in January ; two specimens.

9. Trach. euryleucota, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate fuscis, macula magna basali alteraque parva
coste postica lineam transversam emittente canis, coste basi nigra; post.
saturate griseis.

Mryricxk.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 15

Male, female.—14-17 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne dark fuscous.
Thorax white, anterior margin dark fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs
dark fuscous, apex of tarsal joints obscurely pale. Forewings elongate,
costa arched towards base and apex, rest nearly straight, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded; dark fuscous; a large white
basal patch, slightly ochreous-tinged, outer edge slightly irregular, extend-
ing from } of costa to before middle of inner margin; a small elongate
blackish spot on base of costa; two large spots of raised ochreous-brown
scales, partially black-margined, in disc before middle, and two smaller ones
beyond middle; a small somewhat triangular inwardly oblique white spot
on costa at 4, emitting from its apex a slender white outwards-angulated
line to hindmargin above anal angle, anteriorly blackish- margined : cilia
fuscous-grey, with an obscure darker line. Hindwings fuscous-grey, darker
towards apex; cilia fuscous-grey, with an obscure darker line.

Nearly allied to the following, but immediately known by the consider-
ably larger white basal patch, and differing also in the unevenly arched
costa and deeper colouring, with the clear white thorax.

Auckland, Wellington, Dunedin, in January ; eight specimens.

10. Trach. conspicuella, Walk.
(Gelechia conspicuella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 651; Gelechia taongella, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
PI. CXL., 45.)

Minor, alis ant. fuscis, macula ad basim transversa angustiori alteraque
parva coste postica nebulosa lineam transversam emittente canis; post.
griseis.

Male, female.—18-16} mm. Head, palpi, and antenne fuscous. Thorax
fuscous, posteriorly mixed with white. Abdomen pale fuscous. Legs dark
fuscous, apex of tarsal joints pale. Forewings elongate, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; fuscous,
suffused with dark fuscous towards costa, more ochreous-tinged towards
inner margin ; an irregularly triangular white patch towards base, its base
resting on basal hid of inner margin, its apex touching costa at +; a very
large tuft of raised blackish and fuscous scales on fold at y, a smaller one
above it, and two others in disc beyond middle ; a small suffused white spot
on costa at 2, emitting a cloudy outwards-angulated white line to anal angle,
anteriorly blackish-margined: cilia grey, with two obscure dark fuscous
. lines. Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey.

.. Differs from T. euryleucota by the much smaller and differently shaped
| white basal patch, the lighter and more confused colouring, the suffusion of
the white costal spot, and the lighter hindwings.

Wellington and Christchurch, in December and January ; common at
rest on fences.

16 Transactions. —Z oology.

11. Trach. spartodeta, n. Sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute griseo-ochreis, linea antica transversa rectangulata,
altera postica sinuata, maculaque coste media elongata saturate fuscis,
macula disci parva ferruginea ; post. dilute griseis. `

Female.—15 mm. Head and palpi pale greyish-ochreous, terminal joint
of palpi with two obscure dark fuscous rings, second joint obscurely banded
with dark fuscous. Antenne fuscous. Thorax pale greyish-ochreous, mixed
with dark fuscous, Abdomen grey. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous,
with pale greyish-ochreous rings at apex of joints ; posterior legs whitish-
ochreous, slightly infuscated. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa
moderately arched, apex nearly pointed, hindmargin hardly rounded, very

oblique ; greyish-ochreous, somewhat mixed with dark fuscous ; markings
cloudy dark fuscous ; a small spot at base of costa, and another on inner
margin near base ; a transverse line from + of costa to + of inner margin,
forming a right angle outwards in dise, where it is mixed with ferruginous,
and preceded near inner margin by a tuft of raised scales ; a narrow elongate
spot along central third of costa, connected with a raised ferruginous spot
in middle of disc, beneath which is a raised tuft and some irregular dark
fuscous spots; a transverse line proceeding from costa at $ obliquely
inwards, a little beneath costa sharply bent outwards, and thence curved to -
anal angle; three or four small cloudy marginal spots round apex : cilia
pale greyish-ochreous, mixed with dark fuscous. Hindwings pale grey,
apex and hindmargin darker; cilia grey-whitish, with two faint grey lines.

This and the three following species are closely allied, and are most
easily distinguished from one another by the angulation of the anterior
transverse line ; in this species and 7. galaxias it forms nearly a right angle,
put in this species the head and forewings are greyish-ochreous, whilst in
T. galaxias they are white; the apex of the forewings is more pointed than
usual.

Wellington, in January; one specimen.

12. Trach. nyctopis, n. sp

Minor, alis ant. griseis, striga antica transversa leviter flexa nigra,
interdum fascia lata pallidiori, macula coste media elongata lineaque postica
transversa sinuata saturate fuscis ; post. griseis.

Male, female.—181-17 mm. Head and palpi whitish-grey, second joint
of palpi externally suffused with dark fuscous. Antenne grey. Thorax
whitish-grey, sometimes mixed with dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs
dark fuscous-grey, middle tibie with central and apical whitish rings, all
tarsi with whitish rings at apex of joints. Forewings elongate, rather
narrow, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely
rounded ; grey, coarsely irrorated with dark fuscous ; base of costa, and a

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 17

small spot on inner margin near base dark fuscous ; a thick black transverse
streak from + of costa to + of inner margin, becoming obsolete towards
margins but very conspicuous in dise, very obtusely and roundly angulated
outwards in middle, including two tufts of raised scales, between which is a
ferruginous mark; between this streak and base the ground-colour is often
dark grey; beyond this streak is sometimes a broad transverse whitish band,
becoming white on costa, but generally suffused and obsolete; an elongate
cloudy dark grey spot along costa about middle, beneath which are some
irregular ferruginous marks in disc ; two small tufts of scales in dise beyond
middle ; a cloudy blackish-grey transverse line proceeding from costa at +
obliquely inwards, a little beneath costa sharply bent outwards, and thence
curved to anal angle; two or three obscure blackish-grey spots round apex :
cilia whitish-grey, with two cloudy dark fuscous lines. Hindwings grey,
towards apex dark grey; cilia whitish-grey, with two cloudy grey
lines.

Characterized by the very obtuse angulation of the anterior line, which
is so rounded as hardly to form any apparent angle, and is also much
thicker, blacker, and more conspicuous in disc than in the allied species.

Christchurch and Dunedin, in January and February; common in
forest.

18. Trach. galaxias, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. canis, griseo-sparsis, postice interdum griseo-suffusis,
fascia ad basim lata postice fere rectangulata nigroque marginata, coste
triangulo medio, lineaque postica transversa sinuata saturate griseis ; post.
griseis. `
Male, female.—14-15 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint
externally dark fuscous, except towards apex, apex of terminal joint
blackish. Antenne grey. Thorax dark grey, irregularly mixed with
white. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, middle tibie with whitish
central and apical wings, posterior tibie grey-whitish, all tarsi with whitish
rings at apex of joints. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; white, with a few scattered
grey scales ; a small dark fuscous spot at base of costa; a dark grey trans-
verse band near base, its inner edge more or less near to base and suffused |
into ground-colour, outer edge extending from } of costa to } of inner
margin, edged with blackish and almost rectangularly angulated outwards
in middle, preceded by a black tuft of raised scales above and below middle,
between which are some ferruginous scales ; a triangular dark grey patch
on costa about middle, its apex touching a ferruginous irregularly blackish-
margined spot in dise, and connected with inner margin beyond middle by
a twice strongly dentate blackish line; a suffused grey spot on costa at 1,

2

18 Transactions.— Zoology.

another on middle of hindmargin, and sometimes a larger one on inner
margin before anal angle, sometimes all partially confluent ; a slender
cloudy blackish transverse line from costal spot to anal angle, irregularly
sinuate, and strongly dentate inwards beneath costa: cilia whitish, with
two cloudy dark grey lines. Hindwings grey, apex and hindmargin
darker ; cilia grey-whitish, with a faint darker line.

At once distinguished by the white head and white ground-colour of the
forewings; in the form of the anterior line it approaches T. spartodeta.

Hamilton, Wellington, and the Bealey River, in January; four
specimens. % ;

14. Trach. protochlora, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albidis, virescenti-suffusis, fascia ad basim, triangulo
costes medio maculaque apicis griseis, linea antica transversa acute angulata
nigra; post. griseis.

Male.—184-144 mm. Head, pale whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, second joint dark fuscous on basal half, terminal joint with a dark
. fuscous subapical ring. Antenne dark fuseous. Thorax ochreous-whitish,
anterior margin suffused with dark grey. Abdomen light ochreous-grey,
anal tuft ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, middle tibie with whitish central
and apical rings, posterior tibie grey-whitish above, all tarsi with whitish
rings at apex of joints. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; whitish, with nume-
rous scattered ochreous-green scales, forming an irregular suffusion, and
also partially suffused with light greyish; a small blackish spot at base of
costa; basal third of costa dark grey: a slender sharply defined black line
from + of costa to 4 of inner margin, very acutely angulated outwards in
middle, becoming obsolete on margins, preceded by a tuft of raised scales
above and below middle; a small triangular dark grey patch on middle of
costa, beneath which are two raised tufts of scales almost completely
margined with black, upper one greenish, lower white ; lower tuft almost
connected with.inner margin beyond middle by some black scales; a small
cloudy grey spot on costa at 2, whence a partially obsolete blackish line
proceeds to anal angle, sharply angulated inwards beneath costa ; a cloudy
grey spot on upper half of hindmargin ; two or three ill-defined blackish
dots round apex, sometimes confluent: cilia grey-whitish, greenish-tinged,
with a cloudy grey line obseurely spotted with blackish. Hindwings grey;
cilia grey-whitish, with a cloudy grey line.

Well separated by the acute angulation of the anterior line, and the
ochreous-green suffusion of the ground-colour.

Palmerston, and at the foot of the Otira Gorge, in January and Feb-
ruary ; three specimens.

LI

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 19

15. Trach. aspidephora, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albidis, partim ochreo-suffusis, macula coste postica
magna subtriangulari alteraque apicis parva saturate griseis, nigro-mixtis ;
post. griseo-albidis.

Male, female.—181-141 mm. Head and antenne whitish-ochreous.
Palpi whitish-ochreous, mixed with dark fuscous, terminal joint with a
blackish subapical ring. Thorax whitish-ochreous, anterior margin mixed
with dark fuscous. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous,
a central ring of median tibie, hairs of posterior tibie, and apex of all joints
ochreous-white. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, slightly
sinuate in middle, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
whitish, irregularly suffused with whitish-ochreous ; basal 2 of costa dark
grey, with a small blackish basal spot; an obscurely indicated slender
blackish transverse line in disc before middle, nearly rectangularly angu-
lated, wholly obsolete towards margins, preceded by two tufts of raised pale
ochreous scales above and below middle; a small elongate cloudy dark grey
spot along costa somewhat beyond middle, beneath which is a raised ochre-
ous partially blackish-eireled spot in dise, and between this and anal angle
another raised tuft; a cloudy blackish-grey elongate outwards-curved spot
extending from 3 of costa to the blackish-circled discal, more or less suf-
fused beneath ; from this near costa proceeds a transverse blackish line to
anal angle, obtusely angulated outwards in middle; a cloudy blackish-grey
apical spot, rather produced along hindmargin : cilia ochreous-whitish, with
two cloudy blackish lines. Hindwings grey-whitish, apex darker; cilia
whitish, with a cloudy grey line.

Very distinctly characterized by the dark markings combining to form
a large posterior patch on the costa, contrasting with the pale ochreous
suffusion of the ground-colour.

Christchurch and Dunedin, in December and January ; not uncommon
in forest. `

16. Trach. anastrella, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. fuscis, saturatiori-suffusis, linea antica transversa fere
rectangulata nigra, altera postica sinuata costeque triangulo saturate
fuscis; post. saturate fuscis.

Male.—111-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, somewhat
mixed with whitish-ochreous. Antenne dark fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. ©
Legs dark fuscous, middle and posterior tibie with ochreous-whitish central
and apical rings, all tarsi with ochreous-whitish rings at apex of joints.
Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched, slightly sinuate in middle,
&pex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; fuseous or ochreous-
fuscous, coarsely irrorated with dark fuscous or blackish ; sometimes a

20 Transactions.— Zoology.

suffused oblique ochreous transverse spot almost at base; a tuft of raised
scales at base; a cloudy blackish transverse line from } of costa to 4 of
inner margin, tolerably rectangularly angulated in middle, preceded by two
large tufts of raised scales above and below middle; beyond this the ground-
colour is suffusedly paler or mixed with ochreous-whitish towards costa ;
costa suffusedly dark fuscous towards middle; two tufts of raised scales in
disc beyond middle; a very ill-defined dark fuscous transverse line from
4 of costa to anal angle, angulated inwards beneath costa, sometimes
followed on costa by an ochreous-whitish spot: cilia fuscous, with two
cloudy blackish lines. Hindwings dark fuscous-grey; cilia fuscous, with a
cloudy darker line.

Differs from all by the general dark fuscous colouring, without definite
pale markings; it is shorter-winged than any preceding species except
T. leucoplanetis.

Christchurch, the foot of the Otira Gorge, Dunedin, and Invercargill, in
December, January, and March ; not uncommon.

17. Trach. lichenodes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate purpureo-fuscis, partim flavido-sparsis, maculis
disci tribus parvis nigris, macula dorsi ad basim albida, macula dorsi postica
fasciaque marginis postici flavidis ; post. saturate fuscis.

Female.—143 mm. Head dull whitish-yellow ; palpi broken. Antenne
dark fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, slightly mixed with whitish-ochreous.
Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous, middle and posterior tibie with
yellow-whitish central and apical rings, all tarsi with yellow-whitish rings
at apex of joints. Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded; dark purplish-fuscous; base mixed
with black, with a tuft of raised scales; a trapezoidal ochreous-white patch
on inner margin, extending from near base to 4, and reaching half across
wing; between this and costa the ground-colour is mixed with whitish-
yellow; a cloudy very irregular whitish-yellow fascia from costa at 4 to
fold, containing two tufts of raised black scales in disc ; a roundish black
spot in dise beyond middle, partially margined with whitish, on its lower
margin containing a tuft of raised white scales, and connected with a semi-
oval whitish-yellow spot on inner margin; a small cloudy whitish-yellow
spot beneath costa at 2, barely touching costa and hindmarginal suffusion ;
a suffused whitish-yellow hindmarginal patch extending from costa to anal
angle, attenuated to a point beneath, mixed with dark fuscous towards
hindmargin beneath apex: cilia whitish-yellow, with an ill-defined dark
purplish-fuscous apical spot, a larger one at anal angle, and a cloudy
basal line. Hindwings dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous, with a cloudy darker
line,

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 21

In form of wing approaching the preceding, but differing from all in
the purplish-fuscous forewings variegated with yellowish, and the yellowish
head.

Bealey River, in January; one specimen taken in my presence by Mr.
J. D. Enys, who kindly transferred it to my possession.

8. AocnrETA, Meyr.

Head with appressed scales. Antenne in male moderate, evenly and
moderately ciliated (1), basal joint rather elongate, without pecten. Palpi
rather long, second joint exceeding base of antenne, densely scaled, scales
forming a short loose rough projecting tuft towards apex beneath, terminal
joint as long as second, slender, curved, slightly roughened in middle.
Thorax smooth (?). Forewings elongate, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique.
Hindwings as broad as forewings, somewhat trapezoidal, ` hindmargin
rounded, cilia 2. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibie clothed with long
fine hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to costa, 2 from considerably
before angle of cell. Hindwings with veins 8 and 4 short-stalked.

Nearly allied to Semiocosma, differing essentially in the structure of the
palpi, of which the second joint is distinctly tufted, and the terminal joint
lacks the median tooth of scales; the forewings also appear to be without
raised tufts. The genus is doubtless a development of Semiocosma, and
contains only one species, confined to New Zealand.

18. Aochl. psychra, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. albidis, griseo-sparsis, postice partim griseo-suffusis,
punctis disci duobus minimis ocelloque nigris ; post. albidis.

*Male.—91 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish, sprinkled with fuscous-
grey. Palpi grey-whitish, mixed with fuscous, basal half of second joint
dark fuscous externally, terminal joint with a slender dark fuscous ring
above middle. Antenne grey. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs dark-
fuseous, posterior tibie with grey-whitish hairs, all tarsi with obseure
whitish rings at apex of joints. Forewings elongate, slightly dilated, costa
gently arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique, nearly straight; whitish,.
irregularly irrorated with grey and fuscous scales; these tend to form
suffused markings, a spot on middle of inner margin, another above anal
angle, a narrow suffusion along posterior half of costa, and an apieal patch ;
a small cloudy darker spot towards hindmargin in middle ; a minute black
det in disc at +, another slightly above it in middle, and a very small
blackish ocellus in disc at 3: cilia whitish, with two cloudy grey lines.
Hindwings whitish ; cilia whitish, with two faint grey lines.

Not closely resembling any other species.

Castle Hill; one specimen received from Mr. J. D. Enys, without
date.

22 Transactions.— Zoology.

9. Semiocosma, Meyr.

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts large, loosely appressed. Antenne
in male stout, very shortly ciliated (+), basal joint moderate, without pecten.
Palpi moderately long, second joint not exceeding base of antenne,
thickened with dense scales, somewhat loose beneath, terminal joint rather
shorter than second, slender, recurved, with a tooth of erect scales in
middle on posterior surface. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate,
moderate, apex rounded, hindmargin almost straight, oblique; surface with
tufts of raised scales. Hindwings as broad as forewings, elongate-trape-
zoidal, hindmargin faintly sinuate, cilia 4. Abdomen moderate, slightly
flattened, distinctly margined. Middle tibie with a median whorl of pro-
jecting hairs, roughly short-haired beneath ; posterior tibis with moderate
dense somewhat appressed hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to costa, 2
from considerably before angle of cell. Hindwings with vein 5 bent and
approximated to 4 at base.

Not nearly allied to any New Zealand genus except Aochleta, and distin-
guished from all genera of the family, except the South American Gonionota,
by the median tooth of scales on the terminal joint of the palpi; from
Gonionota, which possesses similar palpi and also tufts of scales on the
surface of the forewings, and is doubtless nearly related, it may be separated
by the smooth thorax (in Gonionota the thorax is crested), and probably by
other points, but Zeller’s description of the genus is given in so little detail,
that they cannot be stated. There can also be little doubt that the genus
has some true affinity with the European Psecadia.

The genus is confined to New Zealand; I have five species, of which
the folowing is a tabulation :—
la. Head dark fuscous
lb ,, white or

2a. Ground-colour of forewings suffused.

3a. With a sharply angulated blackish transverse line about + 21. epiphanes.
3b. Without angulated anterior line £x .. 22. prasophyta.
2b. Ground-colour of forewings clear.
3a. With three transverse strigæ na .. 20. picarella.
3b. With disconnected marks ve .. 19. peroneanella.
19. Sem. COR Walk.
(Gelechia peroneanella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 658; ice lichenella, ib. 769;
GEeophora huttonii, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 511.)

« 23. austera.

Media, alis ant. dilute-viridibus, signis sine contortis serieque punc-
torum marginis postici nigris; post. albidis, apicem versus griseis.

Male, female,—15-27 mm. Head pale green, or sometimes whitish.
Palpi pale green, second joint with basal third and a subapical ring, ter-
minal joint with apex, a median band, and a dot near base black. Antenne

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 23

dark fuscous, basal joint pale green. Thorax pale green, a small spot on
each side of neck, an oblique mark on each side of back, and a small poste-
rior spot black. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs dark fuscous, tibie with
central and apical rings, tarsi with apex of joints whitish, posterior tibie
with whitish hairs above. Forewings moderate, costa gently or moderately
arched, faintly sinuate in middle, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique, slightly
sinuate or nearly straight; pale green, with sharply defined black linear
markings; a dot at base, and a small mark near base on costa, connected
along costal edge; a dot on inner margin near base; a mark very near
base and an inwardly oblique bar in disc at 4, connected centrally by a lon-
gitudinal line; an oblique bar from costa at +, forked at apex, not reaching
middle; a short longitudinal mark beneath fold at +, anteriorly furcate ; a
short oblique bar in disc below middle, very shortly furcate beneath; a
short sinuate oblique bar in disc beyond middle, furcate above, (in Southern
specimens connected centrally with preceding by a longitudinal line) ; all
these markings preceded in dise by tufts of raised scales; a spot on costa
beyond middle, furcate at apex; a sinuate dentate transverse bar in disc
about 4; a row of small spots along hindmargin and apical third of costa:
cilia pale green. Hindwings grey-whitish, posteriorly suffused with fuscous
grey, with an obscure darker central spot, and a dark fuscous interrupted
hindmarginal line ; cilia whitish-grey, becoming whitish-green round apex,
with a faint darker line.

A beautiful insect, mimicking the colour of the long drooping lichens
on which it always sits, and on which the larva probably feeds; the mark-
ings are not united to form complete transverse strige, as in S. picarella.
Butler’s huttonii is merely a bleached specimen.

Hamilton, Christchurch, Dunedin, in December and January ; tolerably
common, and probably widely distributed. The slight difference in mark-
ing between forms from the North and South Islands is worthy of notice.

20. Sem. picarella, Walk.
(Ecophora picarella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 699; Psecadia teras, Feld., Reis. Nov., Pl.
CXL,., 28.)

Major, alis ant. niveis, strigis tribus transversis contortis, signis duobus
posticis serieque punctorum marginis postici nigris; post. griseis, disco
albido-suffuso.

Male, female.—22-28 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint with
basal third and a subapical ring, terminal joint with apex and a median
band black. Antenne dark fuscous, basal joint white at base. Thorax
white, anterior margin, a central arrowhead, and small posterior spot black.
Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs dark fuscous, median ring of tibie and apex
of all joints whitish, posterior tibie with whitish hairs above. Forewings

24 Transactions.—Z oology.

moderate, costa gently arched, faintly sinuate in middle, apex rounded,
hindmargin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; white, with sharply defined
black linear markings ; costa black at base, emitting a transverse streak,
twice deeply angulated, to inner margin at 1, its inner angle connected by
a bar with base of inner margin; an irregular oblique transverse streak
from + of costa to fold, sending a tooth inwards beneath costa and another
outwards above fold, apex reflexed towards base and sinuate ; a small spot
on inner margin beyond middle ; a short inwardly oblique streak from costa
beyond middle, emitting from middle of posterior edge an oblique sometimes
interrupted line almost to anal angle, whence proceeds from middle of
anterior edge a short branch obliquely downwards, and from # of posterior
edge a short streak obliquely upwards, almost confluent with a small spot
towards costa; a somewhat crescentic transverse bar near hindmargin
above middle; discal markings partially preceded by tufts of raised scales ;
a row of coarse black dots along hindmargin and apical third of costa:
cilia white, with a small black apical spot, and another in costal cilia on
second dot before apex. Hindwings grey, irregularly suffused with grey-
whitish in disc, with a dark fuscous interrupted hindmarginal line; cilia
grey-whitish, with a cloudy grey line.

A distinct and striking species.

Dunedin, in January ; rather common on fences and at light.

21. Sem. epiphanes, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. canis, griseo-conspersis, macula basali postice angulata

alteraque coste magna signis nigris notata saturate fuscis; post. griseo-

S.

Male.—20 mm. Head white, lower half of face sharply fuscous.
Palpi white, second joint with basal 4 and a subapical ring dark fuscous,
terminal joint with a median blackish band. Antenne dark fuscous.
Thorax grey, mixed with white. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs dark
fuscous, central ring of tibie and apex of all joints white, posterior tibie
with whitish hairs above. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, apex
obtuse, hindmargin nearly straight, rather oblique; whitish, densely
irrorated and partially suffused with grey; a dark fuscous basal patch,
bounded by a blackish-fuscous line from 4 of costa to 4 of inner margin,
acutely angulated outwards on fold, containing a large tuft of scales near
base, and two others before posterior margin ; immediately beyond this line
the ground-colour is clearer white; a tuft: of scales beneath fold at 3; a
large fuscous patch, mixed with dark fuscous, extending on costa from + to
i, anterior edge oblique, reaching fold, posterior edge inwardly oblique,
reaching middle, lower edge angularly excavated; this patch contains a
large tuft of scales near middle of anterior edge, a smaller tuft in lower

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 25

anterior angle, and a third in lower posterior angle, first tuft bordered above
anteriorly by a short blackish mark, second on three sides posteriorly by an
angulated blackish streak, third anteriorly and posteriorly by two short
straight blackish streaks ; a very indistinct cloudy grey angulated transverse
line near hindmargin ; a row of cloudy dark grey spots along hindmargin
and apical third of costa: cilia whitish, with an indistinct grey line. Hind-
wings grey-whitish, slightly darker towards apex ; cilia grey-whitish.

Very distinct by the grey colouring, and dark costal and basal patches.

Wellington, in January ; one fine specimen.

22. Sem. prasophyta, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. canis, virescenti-suffusis, strigula ad basim, squamis
disci sparsis, punctis coste lineaque marginis postici nigris; post. griseis,
basim versus albidis.

Male, female.—17-18 mm. Head white (?). Palpi white, second joint
with a subbasal and subapical ring, terminal joint with a median ring
black. Antenne grey-whitish, obscurely annulated with fuscous, basal
joint whitish, with a fuscous subapical spot. Thorax whitish, anteriorly
mixed with dull green and black. Abdomen grey-whitish. Anterior tibie
dark fuscous with central and apical whitish rings, middle tibie dark
fuscous broadly suffused with whitish towards centre and apex, posterior
tibie whitish, all tarsi dark fuscous with whitish rings at apex of joints.
Forewings moderate, costa gently arched, sinuate in middle, apex obtuse,
hindmargin slightly sinuate, oblique ; whitish, irrorated and partially suf-
fused with dull ochreous-green, especially on central third and towards
hindmargin ; extreme base and an irregular streak from costa near base to
base of inner margin black; a small cloudy blackish spot on costa before
middle, and another beyond middle; two tufts of green scales in disc before
middle, followed by scattered black scales, and two tufts beyond middle,
preceded and followed by black scales; a clear whitish sinuate transverse
line from 2 of costa to before anal angle; three black dots on posterior third
of costa, and an interrupted black hindmarginal line: cilia fuscous, with a
cloudy blackish line. Hindwings grey, becoming whitish towards base;
cilia grey-whitish, with a cloudy grey line.

Not to be confused with any other species.

Wellington and Taranaki, in January and February ; two specimens.

23. Sem. austera, n. Sp.

Media, alis ant. fuscis, fascia antica lineaque postica curva vix pallidi-

oribus, signo disci arcuato saturatiori ; post. saturate fuscis.

ale.—17-18 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous.
Palpi dark fuscous, second joint mixed with pale ochreous, terminal joint
with a suffused pale ochreous band above and below middle. Legs dark

26 Transactions.—Z oology.

fuscous, median ring of tibia and apex of all joints whitish-ochreous. Fore-
wings moderate, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin oblique,
hardly rounded; dull fuscous, mixed with darker and lighter ; the lighter
tint appears to form an obscure transverse fascia before middle parallel to
hindmargin, and a curved transverse line from $ of costa to before anal
angle; a tuft of dark fuscous scales beneath fold at $; an arched dark
fuscous mark in dise beyond middle; hindmargin and apical fourth of costa
obscurely spotted with darker: cilia fuscous, with a darker line. Hindwings
dark fuscous, somewhat lighter towards base ; cilia fuscous, with a cloudy
darker line.

Conspicuously distinct by its deep fuscous colouring.

Wellington, in January ; two specimens.

10. LarHIcROSSA, n

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts Bere ary loosely spreading.
Antenne in male moderate, strongly serrate towards apex, very shortly
ciliated (4), basal joint moderate, without pecten. Palpi moderately long,
second joint not exceeding base of antenne, thickened with dense appressed
scales, terminal joint as long as second, rather stout, curved. Thorax
crested posteriorly. Forewings moderate, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique.
Hindwings as broad as forewings, trapezoidal, hindmargin slightly sinuate,
cilia $. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibie with short rough hairs above.
uisi: with vein 7 to costa, 2 from rather before angle of cell. Hind-
wings normal.

Allied to Gymnobathra, from which it is distinguished by the very short
ciliations of the antenna, and the thoracic crest. The single species is
confined to New Zealand.

24. Lath. leucocentra, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. saturate fuscis, maculis coste duabus parvis serieque
punctorum marginis postici albido-ochreis, punctis disci tribus niveis; post.
saturate fuscis.

Male.—15 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, suffused on crown and fore-
head with dark fuscous. Palpi whitish-ochreous, externally sprinkled with
dark fuscous, anterior edge marked throughout by a slender dark fuscous
line. Antenne dark fuscous. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous, with a
few whitish-ochreous scales. Legs dark fuscous, central ring of tibiæ, hairs
of posterior tibie, and apex of all joints whitish-ochreous. Forewings
moderate, somewhat dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin
oblique, almost straight, very faintly sinuate beneath apex ; dark fuscous,
with irregularly scattered whitish-ochreous scales; a very small whitish-
ochreous spot on middle of costa, and a rather larger transverse spot on
costa at 2, giving rise to a very faint curved line of whitish-ochreous scales

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 27

to anal angle; a white dot in diso at 4, a second hardly beyond middle,
and a third somewhat larger on fold between these; a row of whitish-
ochreous dots along hindmargin and apical fourth of costa: cilia dark
fuscous. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, with a darker basal line.

The conspicuous white discal dots afford an easy point of recognition.

SI in January; one specimen received from Mr. A. Purdie.

11. THAMNOSARA, N. g.

Head with appressed scales, sidetufts moderate, loosely spreading.
Antenne in male moderate, biserrate, moderately and evenly ciliated (1),
basal joint rather long, without pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not
exceeding base of antenne, densely scaled, beneath with long projecting
hairscales, forming a large square tuft, terminal joint slightly shorter than
second, slender, curved. Thorax smooth. Forewings moderate, apex
rounded, hindmargin oblique. Hindwings as broad as forewings, elongate-
ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia 4. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibie
shortly rough-haired above. Forewings with vein 7 to costa, 2 from rather
before angle of cell. Hindwings normal.

Allied to Gymnobathra, of which it is probably a development ; differs
from all New Zealand genera except Aochleta in the tuft of the second joint
of palpi; but in Aochleta the tuft is much less developed. Vein 2 of the fore-
wings is widely remote from the angle of the cell; and veins 8 and 4 of the
hindwings are stalked. Only one species is known, peculiar to New Zealand.

25. Thamn. chirista, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-fuscis, saturate fusco creberrime irroratis ; post.
griseis.

Male, Veni —18-14 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax fuscous-
grey; terminal joint of palpi grey-whitish, anterior edge dark fuscous.
Abdomen grey, anal tuft pale greyish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous; pos-
terior tibie and apex of all tarsal joints whitish, Forewings moderate,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
whitish fuscous, very densely and finely irrorated with dark fuscous; a few
scattered black scales: cilia whitish fuscous, on lower half densely irrorated
with dark fuscous. Hindwings grey, somewhat darker towards apex ; cilia
whitish-grey, with a darker line near base.

A very dull-coloured and inconspicuous insect.

Christchurch, in December; three specimens e bush, in indif-
ferent condition.

19. GYmNoBATHRA, Meyr.
Head loosely scaled, sidetufts large, appressed, projecting over fore-

head. Antenne in male moderate, moderately and evenly ciliated (1),

basal joint rather elongate, moderate, without pecten. Palpi moderate,

28 Transactions. —Z oology.

second joint reaching base of antenne, with smooth appressed scales, some-
what loose beneath towards apex, terminal joint shorter than second,
slender, recurved. Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, moderate, apex
obtuse, hindmargin somewhat concave or rounded, oblique. Hindwings
slightly narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia
1 to 2. Abdomen moderate. Posterior tibie clothed with rather short
hairs above. Forewings with vein 7 to costa, 2 from rather considerably
before angle of cell. Hindwings normal. i

Nearly allied to Œcophora, from which it is separated by the absence of
the basal pecten of antennæ, differing also in the greater remoteness of vein
2 of the forewings from the angle of cell. The forewings are more tri-
angular, and the hindmargin sometimes markedly concave. The genus is
` endemic in New Zealand, so far as is known, and has attained some degree
of development ; it is doubtless an offshoot of GZcophora.

I have nine species, which may be tabulated as follows :—

la. Hindwings ochreous-yellow .. ee s m .. 33. hyetodes 9 .
1b. is fuscous or grey.
9a. Hindmargin of forewings distinetly concave.
3a. Posterior fascia straight " 4 n kr .. 33. hyetodes d .
3b. RT , angulated 1a "s Hs sa .. 82. hamatella 3 .

9b. Hindmargin of forewings not distinctly concave.
3a. Forewings densely irrorated with dark fuscous A .. 99. tholodella.

: vi ot n » ” »
4a. Costa and hindmargin spotted with dark fuscous .. 90. calliploca.
i cw 4: not spotted is de .. 28. parca.
1c. Hindwings more or less whitish.

2a, Hindwings becoming grey at apex.

3a. Forewings grey .. «s >. is d ix .. 94. philadelpha.

3b. i yellow . S" a + dle .. 31. flavidella.
2b. Hindwings becoming grey at base oe +s es .. 26. coarctatella.
2c. 5 wholly ochreous-whitish.

3a. Forewings with two transverse fascie è si .. 82. hamatella ? .

3b. » not fasciated .. ae si sa ib .. 27. sarcozantha.

26. Gymn. coarctatella, Walk.
(Cryptolechia coarctatella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 768.)

Media, alis ant. rufo-ochreis, punctis disei tribus saturate griseis inter-
dum obsoletis ; post. ochreo-albidis, basim versus griseo-suffusis.

Male, female.—17-20 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-ochreous.
Antenne grey-whitish, slenderly annulated with dark fuscous, basal joint
reddish-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish, an-
terior pair infuscated. Forewings moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa
moderately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin somewhat sinuate, rather

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 29

oblique; reddish-ochreous; a round cloudy dark fuscous-grey dot in disc at
4, a second at 2, a third more obscure on fold beyond first, in the female speci-
men all obsolete; cilia reddish-ochreous, becoming whitish-ochreous towards
tips. Hindwings whitish, faintly ochreous-tinged, towards inner angle
suffused with grey ; cilia whitish, tinged with grey at inner angle.

Immediately known by the grey basal suffusion of the hindwings, and
the pronounced reddish-ochreous forewings. This and the two following
species are rather closely allied. i

Wellington and Castle Hill, in January; two specimens. Walker's type
is certainly of this species ; it is stated to be from Auckland, but no reliance
can be placed on this.

97. Gymn. sarcowantha, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. dilute ochreis, punctis disci tribus saturate ochreo-
fuscis ; post. ochreo-albidis.

Male.—19-20 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax whitish-ochreous,
sometimes slightly reddish-tinged. Abdomen and legs ochreous-whitish.
Forewings elongate, somewhat dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse,
hindmargin oblique, nearly straight ; whitish-ochreous, with a few scattered
reddish-ochreous scales, margins sometimes partially suffused with deeper
ochreous; a reddish-ochreous or dark fuscous dot in disc at +, a second,
larger and oblique, at 2, and a third, very small, on fold very obliquely
beyond first: cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings whitish, faintly ochreous-
tinged: cilia ochreous-whitish.

Very near the preceding, but with the forewings more elongate, and the
ground-colour lighter, without pronounced reddish tinge, and the hind-
wings without any grey suffusion.

Dunedin and Christchurch, in January and March; six specimens.

28. Gymn. parca, Butl.
(Ecophora parca, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 405.)

Minor, alis ant. ochreis vel flavis, interdum griseo-mixtis, costa palli-
diori, punctis disci tribus saturate griseis sepius obsoletis ; post. griseis.

Male, female.—19-16 mm. Head palpi, and thorax ochreous or yellow-
ish. Antenne dark-grey. Abdomen grey-whitish, anal tuft ochreous-
whitish. Legs whitish, more or less wholly suffused with fuscous-grey.
Forewings moderate, somewhat dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse,
hindmargin obliquely rounded ; dull ochreous or yellow, sometimes partially
suffused with reddish-ochreous, especially towards inner margin, and some-
times mixed with grey, except along a costal band; sometimes a cloudy
round dark grey dot in dise before middle, a second beyond middle, and a
third on fold obliquely beyond first, but often these are absent, or some-
times indicated by a reddish-ochreous suffusion ; cilia ochreous or yellowish,

30 Transactions.— Zoology.

paler and sometimes greyish towards tips. Hindwings grey, somewhat
darker towards apex; cilia ochreous-whitish or grey-whitish, sometimes
with a cloudy grey line.

Very variable, but hardly to be confused with any other ; immediately
known from the two preceding species by the grey hindwings and smaller
size.

Wellington, Christchurch, Lake Wakatipu, in December and January ;
generally common on bare grassy hills; at Lake Wakatipu it occurred
sparingly up to an elevation of 4,000 feet.

29. Gymn. tholodella, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. fuscis, ochreo-conspersis, punctis disei tribus saturatio-
ribus; post. griseis. ;

Male, fenale.—19-18 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light brownish-
ochreous, more or less mixed and suffused with dark fuscous. Antenne
brownish-ochreous, annulated or suffused with dark fuscous. Abdomen
grey-whitish, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, central ring
of anterior and middle tibi» and apex of all joints whitish, posterior tibise
with whitish hairs. Forewings moderate, somewhat dilated, costa moder-
ately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin oblique, hardly rounded; light
brownish-ochreous, densely mixed and irregularly suffused with dark
fuscous; generally a clear pale spot on costa before middle; a cloudy
round dark fuscous dot in disc before middle, a second, oblique and some-
times obscurely double, in disc beyond middle, and a third on fold obliquely
beyond first: cilia pale ochreous, with a cloudy dark fuscous line near base.
Hindwings grey; cilia pale ochreous, with a faint fuscous line.

Not nearly resembling any other; the pale ochreous cilia contrast
noticeably with the ground-colour on both wings.

Hamilton, Palmerston, Christchurch, Dunedin, from January to March ;
common, and sometimes very abundant, in forest; probably of general
occurrence.

. 30. Gymn. calliploca, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, fusco-sparsis, punctis disci tribus, costae
quinque posticis serieque marginis postiei saturate fuscis; post. dilute
griseis.

Male.—17 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale |
whitish-ochreous ; second joint of palpi externally, and anterior margin of
thorax suffused with dark fuscous ; anterior and middle tibie dark fuscous
with pale central and apical rings, tarsi banded with dark fuscous. Fore-
wings moderate, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin straight,
oblique ; pale whitish-ochreous, finely and scantily irrorated with fuscous
and dark fuscous scales; a small dark fuscous spot at base of costa ; five

Meyrickr.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 31

conspicuous dark fuscous dots on posterior half of costa; a dark fuscous
dot in dise before middle, a second beyond middle, and a third on fold
rather beyond-first ; a cloudy dark fuscous streak along hindmargin from
apex nearly to anal angle, thickest above, attenuated beneath; a row of
cloudy dark fuscous dots along hindmargin, partially obscured in the streak :
cilia pale whitish-ochreous, basal half with fine dark fuscous bars on the
veins. Hindwings pale grey, cilia grey-whitish.

At once recognizable by the conspicuous dark costal dots.

Dunedin, in January ; one specimen received from Mr. A. Purdie.

91. Gymn. flavidella, Walk.
(Gelechia flavidella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 655; (Ecophora utuella, Feld., Reis. Nov.,
Pl. T

Minor, alis ant. dilute flavis, punctis disci tribus nigrieantibus, triangulo
marginis postiei inferiori dilute fusco, antice nigro-marginato, umbramque
costam versus emittente, ciliis fuscis; post. albis, postice roseo-griseis.

Male, female.—19-16 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax pale
yellow. Abdomen rosy-whitish. Legs rosy-grey, central ring of tibie and
apex of all joints whitish, posterior tibie with whitish hairs. Forewings
moderate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex almost acute,
hindmargin straight, rather strongly oblique; pale yellow, rarely irrorated
and suffused with reddish-ochreous; extreme costal edge pale fuscous,
becoming deeper at base; a dark fuscous dot in disc before middle, a
second beyond middle, and a third rather obliquely beyond first on fold; a
triangular light rosy-fuscous patch on lower half of hindmargin, anterior
side margined by a slightly curved black line, emitting from its apex a
narrow inward-curved rosy-fuscous suffusion towards costa at $, very faint
above, posteriorly sometimes margined by a few black scales: cilia rosy-
fuscous. Hindwings white, posteriorly suffused with pale rosy-fuscous ;
cilia very pale rosy-fuscous, more whitish towards inner angle,

A beautiful and very distinct species.

Auckland, Taranaki, Wellington, and Christchurch, in January and
February ; common amongst bush, but principally in the North Island.

: 32. Gymn. hamatella, Walk.
(Ecophora hamatella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 700.)

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, interdum ochreo-suffusis, fusco-sparsis,
linea transversa antica recta, altera postica angulata, punctis disci duobus
strigulaque transversa, ciliis etiam saturate fuscis; post. M. griseis, F.
albidis.

Male, female.—15-18 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax whitish-
ochreous, suffused with deeper ochreous. Abdomen ochreous whitish. Legs
dark grey, apex of tarsal joints whitish, posterior tibie with whitish hairs.

32 Transactions.—Zoology.

Forewings moderate, considerably dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched,
in male more strongly, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, oblique ; whitish-
ochreous, irregularly irrorated with fuscous, sometimes wholly suffused
with ochreous-fuscous ; costal edge suffusedly dark fuscous; a straight
narrow somewhat irregular dark fuscous fascia from + of costa to + of inner
margin, dilated on margins; a round dark fuscous dot towards costa in
middle, and another (sometimes two longitudinally placed) above fold in
middle; a short linear dark fuscous transverse mark in dise beyond middle ;
a narrow dark fuscous fascia from $ of costa to $ of inner margin, rather
acutely angulated outwards above middle, dilated on costa: cilia dark fus-
cous. Hindwings in male rather light grey, with a darker central lunule,
cilia whitish-grey ; in female whitish, posteriorly slightly ochreous-tinged,
cilia ochreous-whitish.

This species and the preceding form the transition in the shape of the
forewings from the rounded to the subfalcate apex. It varies considerably
in depth of colour, but the characteristic fascia can generally be made out.

Christchurch and Akaroa, from January to March; not uncommon
amongst bush.

33. Gymn. hyetodes, n. Sp.

Media, alis ant. M. fuscis, F. ochreo-flavis, punetis disci tribus obscuris
fasciaque postica recta nebulosa saturatioribus; post. M. saturate griseis,
F. ochreo-flavis.

Male. —20 mm. Head and thorax greyish-fuscous. Palpi whitish,
anterior edge marked by a sharp black line throughout, second joint also
with a black stripe on each side. Antennæ dark fuscous. Abdomen fus-
cous-grey. Legs dark fuscous, apex of tarsal joints whitish, posterior
tibie grey. Forewings moderate, considerably dilated posteriorly, costa
moderately arched, apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, rather strongly oblique ;
light fuscous, paler posteriorly, irrorated with darker; an indistinct darker
dot in disc before middle, and a second rather obliquely beyond it on fold ;
a cloudy dark fuscous transverse fascia from 2 of costa to $ of inner margin,
obsolete on margins, posterior edge tolerably well-defined, slightly concave,
anterior edge suffused, containing an obscure darker dot in disc: cilia with
basal half dark fuscous, apical half whitish-ochreous. Hindwings dark
fuscous ; cilia dark fuscous, tips paler.

Female.—26 mm. Similar to male, but head, thorax, abdomen, poste-
rior tibise, forewings, and hindwings with fuscous colour wholly changed to
golden-ochreous.

I have little hesitation in uniting these sexes ; although at first sight
very dissimilar, the difference is of ground-colour only, and I suspect that
the yellow tints of the female are protective, approaching those of a decaying

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 33

leaf. This and the next species are characterized by the elegant form of
the subfalcate forewings, of which however the apex is less produced than
it appears to be.

Wellington, in February; two specimens of each sex taken by Mr. R.
W. Fereday.

34. Gymn. philadelpha, n. sp.
Media, alis ant. griseis, leviter albido-sparsis, ciliorum apice albo; post.

griseo-albidis, apice leviter griseo.

Female.—25 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, somewhat suf-
fused with pale grey. Palpi whitish-ochreous. Antenne grey, basal joint
whitish-ochreous. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey, central ring of mid-
dle tibie and apex of all joints ochreous-whitish, posterior tibise ochreous-
whitish. Forewings moderate, posteriorly dilated, costa moderately arched,
apex acute, hindmargin sinuate, rather strongly oblique ; grey, somewhat
mixed with ochreous-whitish: cilia with basal half grey, terminal half
. ochreous-whitish. Hindwings grey-whitish, apex somewhat suffused with

light grey ; cilia whitish, round apex greyish-tinged.

Very similar in form to G. hyetodes, but differing from both sexes in the
grey forewings, the absence of markings, and the whitish hindwings. It is
probable that the male may have some points of difference from the female.

Mount Hutt, in January ; two specimens taken by Mr. R. W. Fereday,
without note of elevation.

18. Cicornora, Z.

Head smooth, sidetufts moderate, loosely appressed, projecting somewhat
above antenne. Antenne in male moderate, somewhat serrate, moderately
and evenly ciliated (1), basal joint rather elongate, moderate, with strong
pecten. Palpi moderate, second joint not exceeding base of antenne, with
appressed scales, somewhat loose beneath, terminal joint shorter than
second, moderate, curved, Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, moderate
or rather narrow, apex obtusely pointed, hindmargin very oblique, slightly
rounded. Hindwings somewhat narrower than forewings, elongate-ovate,
hindmargin rounded, cilia 4 to 1. Abdomen moderate, often somewhat
flattened, more or less distinctly margined. Posterior tibie clothed with
long fine hairs. Forewings with vein 7 to costa, 2 from or somewhat before
angle of cell, rarely stalked with 3. Hindwings normal.

This is the typical genus of the family ; it is also the most widely dis-
tributed, and probably one of the oldest and most extensive. It is well
represented in Europe, North America, and Australia, and there is every
likelihood that it will be found to be nearly cosmopolitan; but its limits
have been so ill understood by many writers, that no reliable authority can
be quoted at present for its occurrence elsewhere. The larve are little

3

94 Transactions.—Zoology.

known, but appear to feed mostly on dead wood, bark, and seeds; the habits
of none of the New Zealand species are known, and it is of considerable
importance to discover them. The imagos generally frequent bush.
Nineteen species are here described, which may be thus tabulated :—
la. Forewings strongly dilated posteriorly.
2a. Forewings grey or whitish-ochreous a 2x iE .. 49. griseata.
2b. reddish-ochreous-brown "m A ex .. 43. phegophylla.
ib, Forewings not noticeably dilated.
2a. Forewings narrow.
3a. With sharply defined fascie.

4a. Head dark fuscous .. ʻi i di di .. 58. chrysogramma
Rel (elites Aga i. s vit i e T .. 52. hoplodesma.
3b. With fascism obscure or obsolete ne a HR .. bl. siderodeta.

2b. Forewings moderate. `
3a. Forewings yellow or whitish-ochreous.
4a. Head suffused with dark fuscous .. - és .. 48. anema.

4b. , yellow or whitish-ochreous.
5a. Thorax wholly yellow ve oe sa .. 44. oporea.
5b. » partially dark Rea
6a. Forewings a a dark anterior fascia .. .. 38. chloritis.
6b. without anterior fascia.
Ta. eder half of thorax TES dark fuscous.
= Forewings ochreous .. A i . 45. horea.
pale yellow . 49. macarella.
7b. Si half of thorax not wholly aui foie
8a. Forewings yellow . xi . 46. ome.
8b. pale whitish. ademit vs .. 47. apanthes.
3b. Forenings brownish- has ni Li SN ʻi .. 35.pseudospretella.

4a. Without definite markings .. cte "y is .. 50. homodoza.
4b. With distinct darker markings.
5a. Forewings coarsely irrorated with reddish fuscous .. 36. scholea.
- without reddish fuscous scales.
6a. Costa with cloudy darker spots.
7a. Head ochreous-white .. dà x} .. 40. contextella.
Tb. , more or less grey.
= Discal dots well defined .. .. —. 37. letharga.
bscure or obsolete .. .. 39. epimylia.
6b. a not ek = .. ce ^. 41. hemimochla.
85. (Ec. REA Sti.

Media, alis ant. ochreis, saturate fusco conspersis, maculis disci tribus
parvis serieque postica subcostali ac marginis postici saturate fuscis ; post.
dilute griseis.

Male, female.—17-21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light brownish-
ochreous, strongly suffused with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa
gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; light

Mzvnick.— On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 35

brownish-ochreous, densely mixed with dark fuscous ; a small round dark
fuscous spot in disc before middle, a second beyond middle, and a third
directly beneath first on fold; a row of cloudy dark fuscous spots from
beyond middle of costa to hindmargin beneath apex, thence along hind-
margin to anal angle: cilia light brownish-ochreous, mixed with dark
fuscous. Hindwings whitish-grey, posteriorly darker ; cilia whitish-grey.

Specifically remote from any native species.

The larva feeds on seeds, skins, dried insects, etc., and is capable of
doing great damage in a museum.

This well known species has been introduced from e ge and i is very
common in houses, probably throughout New Zealand. I have observed it
at Hamilton, Napier, Wanganui, Wellington, Christchurch, Castle Hill, and
Dunedin, from December to March.

86. Œc. scholea, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. dilute griseis, rufescenti-conspersis, maculis coste tribus
anticis, punctis disci duobus, tertio plice post primum disci posito, lineaque
postica transversa angulata saturate fuscis; post. griseis.

Male, female.—19-21 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax greyish-
ochreous mixed with fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs dark
fuscous, anterior and middle tibie with central ring, hairs of posterior tibie
and apex of all joints whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, costa mode-
rately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded; pale
greyish, coarsely irrorated with reddish-fuscous and dark fuscous, especially
towards costa and hindmargin ; a cloudy dark fuscous spot on base of costa,
another on costa at 4, and a third in middle ; a dark fuscous dot in disc at
1, a second at 3, and a third obliquely beyond first on fold ; a very obscure
interrupted dark fuscous transverse line from 3 of costa to anal angle,
angulated outwards in middle, somewhat dentate beneath costa: cilia
greyish-ochreous, obscurely mixed with dark fuscous at base. Hindwings
light grey, towards apex dark grey: cilia grey-whitish, with a grey
ine.

A dull-coloured species, not nearly allied to any but Œ. letharga ; from
this it differs by the larger size, reddish-fuscous irroration, and position of
the third discal dot obliquely beyond the first.

Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin, Invercargill, from December to
February ; common.

87. Œe. letharga, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-griseis, fusco-conspersis, maculis coste tribus
anticis nebulosis, punctis disci duobus, tertio plice ante primum disci
posito, lineaque postica transversa angulata saturate fuscis ; post.
griseis,

36 Transactions. —Zoology.

Male.—16-16} mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax ochreous-
whitish, mixed with fuscous-grey, Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Anterior
and middle legs fuscous-grey, central ring of ‘tibie and apex of all joints
ochreous-whitish ; posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin extremely obliquely
rounded; pale whitish-grey, slightly ochreous-tinged, and irrorated with
dark fuscous; a cloudy fuscous spot on costa at base, another at }, and a
third in middle; a small cloudy dark fuscous spot in dise near base; a dark
fuscous dot in disc before middle, a second beyond middle, and a third

rather obliquely before first on fold; a cloudy fuscous outwards-bent trans-
` verse line from 2 of costa to anal angle, indented inwards beneath costa :
cilia pale whitish-ochreous, sprinkled with dark fuscous. Hindwings: light
grey, apex darker ; cilia grey-whitish, with a distinct grey line near base.

Smaller and paler than the preceding, without reddish tinge, and with
the third discal dot placed obliquely before the first.

Dunedin, in January ; three specimens.

88. Œe. chloritis, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-flavidis, coste basi ac puncto sub plica posito
nigris, fascia antica angusta plicam non superante, linea anguli analis
obliqua, lineaque transversa postica obsoleta griseis ; post. griseis.

Male. — 154 mm. Head whitish-ochreous yellow. Palpi whitish-
ochreous, second joint externally mixed with dark fuscous. Antenne
ochreous-whitish, obscurely annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax dark
fuscous, posterior margin whitish-yellowish. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs
dark fuscous, posterior tibie and apex of all joints whitish-yellowish.
Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, hindmargin
very oblique, slightly rounded ; pale dull whitish-yellowish ; base of costa
suffusedly dark fuscous; a very oblique indistinct grey streak from near
costa at + to middle of fold; a blackish dot below fold a little before
extremity of this streak ; a cloudy dark grey transverse mark on anal
angle; a faint greyish posterior suffusion, obscurely indicating a transverse
line very near handmargin : cilia pale dull whitish-yellowish, with several
rows of dark grey points, most distinct towards tips. Hindwings grey;
cilia whitish, with a cloudy grey line near base.

Of somewhat doubtful specific affinity ; differing from all the other
yellow species in the more elongate forewings, and the transverse anterior
and submarginal grey lines.

Lake Wakatipu (1,000 feet), in December; one specimen.

89. e. epimylia, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute griseis, maculis coste tribus, quarta plice,

punctisque disci duobus obscuris saturatioribus; post. griseis; capite griseo.

Mryricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 87

Male, female.—113-18 mm. Head and thorax pale grey mixed with
darker. Palpi whitish-grey, second joint externally densely irrorated with
blackish, terminal joint with two or three slender blackish rings below
middle. Antenne dark grey. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous, central
and apical ring of middle tibie, hairs of posterior tibi®, and apex of all
tarsal joints whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; whitish-grey, densely and
irregularly irrorated with dark grey, tending to form cloudy very indistinct
patches on costa at }, middle, and 3, leaving interspaces somewhat paler;
an indistinct cloudy dark fuscous spot on fold at }, a cloudy spot on anal
angle, sometimes preceded and followed by a smaller spot, a dot in disc
before middle and beyond that on fold, and another in disc beyond middle,
all very indistinct and sometimes obsolete : cilia whitish-grey, with several
rows of dark grey points. Hindwings light grey; cilia whitish-grey.

Nearly allied to Œ. conteatella, and having a similar mottled appearance,
but readily known by its smaller size, slightly narrower wings, general grey
tints, and especially the grey head.

Castle Hill (2,500 feet), in January ; beaten in great abundance from
Fagus solandri.

40. (Ec. conteatella, Walk.
(Gelechia conteztella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 656.)

Minor, alis ant. canis, griseo-sparsis, fascia ad basim, altera post
medium, maculis costee duabus, lineaque postica sinuata saturate griseis,
striga obliqua sub plica posita signoque disci arcuato nigris; post. dilute
griseis ; capite ochreo-albo. ——

Male, female.—18-15 mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi white, second
joint irrorated with dark fuscous except at apex, terminal joint with a cloudy
dark fuscous submedian ring. Antenne grey. Thorax whitish or ochreous-
white, anterior margin suffused with dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous. Legs dark fuscous, middle tibie with central and apical rings,
hairs of posterior tibi®, and apex of all tarsal joints ochreous-whitish.
Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin
very obliquely rounded; white, irregularly irrorated with fuscous-grey ; a
cloudy dark grey fascia from base of costa, and a second from costa at 1,
confluent in middle and extending almost to inner margin at }, mixed with
ochreous at apex, and margined posteriorly by an oblique blackish streak
below middle, sometimes connected with a blackish dot in dise before
middle; a cloudy dark grey fascia from rather beyond middle of costa to
anal angle, containing an ochreous partially blackish-circled spot in disc,
and mixed with ochreous beneath ; a small blackish mark on inner margin
before this fascia, separated from it by a white line; a cloudy dark grey

38 Transactions. —Zoology.

spot on costa at 4, giving rise to a curved cloudy blackish-grey transverse
line to anal angle; all these grey markings are sometimes partially suffused
and confluent; a cloudy dark grey apical spot: cilia white, irregularly
mixed with dark grey, forming a cloudy spot at apex and anal angle. Hind-
wings pale grey; cilia grey-whitish.

Separable from (E. epimylia by the larger size, ochreous-white head, and
white ground-colour of forewings ; from (E. hemimochla by the distinct grey
costal spots and transverse fascie, and always well-defined oblique streak
beneath fold.

Christchurch, Dunedin, Lake Wakatipu, and Invercargill, in December
and January ; rather common.

41. Œc. hemimochla, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albidis, griseo-conspersis, striga sub plica posita obliqua,
punctis disci duobus, striga anguli analis obliqua, maculaque subapicali
nigricantibus ; post. albido-griseis ; capite ochreo-albo.

Male, female.—143-16 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, basal 3 of second joint, and base and apex of terminal joint
suffused with dark fuscous. Antenne grey. Thorax ochreous-whitish,
more or less mixed with grey. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Anterior and
middle legs dark fuscous, central ring of middle tibise, and apex of all joints
ochreous-whitish ; posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ;
white, irregularly suffused with whitish-ochreous, and sprinkled with grey
and a few blackish scales; costal edge dark fuscous at base; an oblique
dark fuscous streak from fold before middle to near inner margin before 4,
generally distinct on fold only ; a blackish dot in dise before middle, and a
larger. one beyond middle, sometimes connected with apex of oblique streak
by a cloudy dark fuscous line; a cloudy dark fuscous bar extending from
anal angle almost or quite to second discal dot; a cloudy dark fuscous
apical spot, suffusedly produced along hindmargin ; sometimes a curved
transverse cloudy dark fuscous line near hindmargin, indented inwards
beneath costa, often obsolete: cilia whitish, with rows of dark fuscous
points, forming a cloudy spot at apex and anal angle. Hindwings whitish-
grey or light grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Closely allied to Œ. contextella, and best separated by the absence of the
distinct lighter and darker spots of the costa; also somewhat larger and
duller, less variegated, without entire fascise, the oblique streak beneath the
fold not generally distinct, and the hindwings lighter.

Hamilton, Wellington, and Napier, in January and March ; rather
common. Probably this species may be confined to the North Island, and
CE. conteatella to the South.

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 39

42. (Ec. griseata, Butl.
(Ecophora griseata, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 405.)

Media, alis ant. dilatatis, albido-ochreis griseisve, punctis disci duobus,
signo sub plica posito obliquo, macule coste media nebulosa alteraque
anguli analis saturate fuscis ; post. griseo-albidis griseisve.

Male, female.—15-19 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax whitish-
ochreous, often suffused with grey; terminal joint of palpi with sub-basal
and subapical dark fuscous rings. Abdomen ochreous-whitish or grey.
Legs dark fuscous-grey, central and apical rings of middle tibie, hairs of
posterior tibie, and apex of all tarsal joints ochreous-whitish. Forewings
moderate, posteriorly strongly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, hindmargin obliquely rounded ; varying from pale whitish-ochreous
to dull grey ; the paler specimens sometimes partially suffused with grey,
or mixed with reddish-ochreous in disc, and on fold towards base; a slender
oblique dark fuscous streak almost from inner margin at j to disc before
middle, often partially obsolete ; a dark fascous dot in disc above apex of
this streak, and a second in disc beyond middle; a cloudy dark fuscous spot
on anal angle, often almost obsolete, anteriorly edged with a darker dot on
margin ; a transverse outwards-curved, often partially obsolete, fine dark
fuscous line from $ of costa to before anal angle, irregularly sinuate towards
costa, where it is generally more distinct: cilia pale whitish-ochreous, gener-
ally suffused with numerous rows of dark grey points, tips clear pale
ochreous. Hindwings whitish-grey or grey; cilia ochreous-whitish, often
suffused with grey.

This and the next species are distinguished from all the rest by the
posterior dilation of the forewings; Œ. griseata varies a good deal in colour,
but can hardly be mistaken.

Christchurch, Castle Hill, Dunedin, and Invercargill, from December to
March ; common.

48. Œc. phegophylla, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. dilatatis, ochreo-rufis, puncto disci strigaque dorsi
indentata ochreo-albidis, partim flavo-suffusis ; post. saturate griseis.

Male.—21-22 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi ochreous-yellow,
externally mixed with dark fuscous. Antenne dark fuscous. Thorax
ochreous-yellow, suffused with fuscous except on posterior margin. Abdomen
grey. Legs dark fuscous, hairs of posterior tibia and apex of all joints
ochreous-yellow, beneath wholly ochreous-yellow. Forewings moderate,
posteriorly strongly dilated, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, hind-
margin oblique, hardly rounded ; reddish-ochreous-brown, becoming deeper
towards inner margin; a minute ochreous-whitish dot in disc beyond
middle; an ochreous-whitish streak along inner margin from base to 3,

N

40 Transactions.—Zoology.

towards extremities suffused with bright ochreous-orange, its upper margin
rather deeply indented at 4, thence somewhat dilated, and again attenuated
to apex : cilia reddish-ochreous brown, beneath anal angle ochreous-whitish
suffused with orange. Hindwings dark grey ; cilia grey, extreme base pale.

A very distinct and handsome species, in form of wing very closely
approaching the preceding ; in colour it is approached by the much smaller
and narrower-winged Cremnogenes oxyina, but the resemblance is analogous
merely, and due in each case to protective imitation of the colouring of a

- dead beech-leaf.

- At the head of Lake Wakatipu, in December; two T from a
solandri.

44, Œc. oporaa, n. sp.

Media, alis ant. saturate flavis, linea coste basali nigrescenti, interdum
punctis disci tribus rufis; post. griseis; thorace flavo.

Male, female.—18-20 mm. Head and thorax deep ochreous-yellow.
Palpi ochreous-yellow, lower $ of second joint externally suffused with dark
fuscous. Antenne grey. Abdomen grey. Anterior legs dark fuscous ;
middle and posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa
moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin oblique, slightly rounded ;
deep yellow, sometimes suffused with reddish-ochreous towards middle of
inner margin, anal angle, and apex; a short slender blackish streak along
base of costa; sometimes a reddish- fuscous dot in disc before middle, a
second beyond middle, and a third on fold directly beneath first, but these
are usually quite obsolete, especially the first: cilia yellow, sometimes
mixed with reddish-ochreous. Hindwings grey, darker posteriorly; cilia
grey. i

Larger and deeper yellow than any of the other yellow species, from all
of which it is at once separated by the wholly yellow thorax.

Castle Hill (2,500 feet), in January; common amongst Fagus solandri.

(He. horea, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, flavido-suffusis, striga coste basali
nigrescenti, signo plice, altero anguli analis, punctisque coste duobus
obscuris saturate fuscis; post. griseis ; thorace antice saturate fusco, postice
flavido.

Male, female.—181-15 mm. Head light yellowish-ochreous. Palpi
light yellowish-ochreous, basal half of both joints finely irrorated externally
with dark fuscous. Antenne in male dark fuscous, in female whitish-
ochreous annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax light yellowish-ochreous,
anterior half suffused with dark fuscous. Abdomen grey, apex whitish-
ochreous. Anterior legs dark fuscous; middle legs whitish-ochreous
irrorated with dark fuscous, except in middle of tibie and at apex of joints ;

Mrvrrcx.—Ou New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 41

posterior legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings moderate, costa moderately
arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; whitish-
ochreous, rather suffused with yellowish-ochreous, costal margin yellowish-
ochreous ; costa suffusedly blackish towards base; a few blackish scales on
fold at 4, on costa in middle and at 2, and above anal angle ; posterior half
of wing more or less irrorated very finely with fuscous : cilia pale yellowish-
ochreous, irrorated with fuscous points, especially on tips round apex, and
on a spot at anal angle. Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish-grey.

Differs from all the other yellow species in its distinct ochreous tint,
especially on costa and cilia; not very close to any other. !

Hamilton and the Bealey River, in J anuary ; four specimens.

46. Œc. armigerella, Walk. ,
(Ecophora armigerella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 698.)

Minor, alis ant. flavis, striga coste basali nigrescenti, interdum punetis
disci duobus lineaque anguli analis obliqua saturate fuscis ; post. griseis ;
thorace flavo, humeris anguste nigrescentibus. .

Male.—1434-17 mm. Head yellow. Palpi pale ochreous-yellow, second
joint with basal $ suffused with dark fuscous externally. Antenne dark
fuscous. Thorax yellow, anterior margin of shoulders narrowly dark
fuscous. Abdomen grey. Anterior and middle legs dark fuscous, apex of
tarsal joints obseurely whitish ; posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings
moderate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin rounded,
rather strongly oblique; rather deep yellow ; basal fourth of costa rather
broadly blackish ; a dark fuscous ill-defined dot on fold before middle, and
another in dise beyond middle, often both absent; sometimes a few fine
scattered dark fuscous scales, forming a bar from second dot to anal angle,
a curved transverse line near hindmargin, and an apical spot, but these are
usually obsolete : cilia yellow, with a fuscous-grey spot at apex and another
at anal angle. Hindwings grey, darker posteriorly ; cilia light grey.

This and the two following species are closely allied, and have consider-
able superficial likeness; (2. armigerella differs from both the others by its
bright yellow colour, and by the narrow dark fuscous spot along the anterior
margin of shoulders.

Dunedin, Lake Wakatipu, and Invercargill, from December to February ;
common.

The British Museum type of this species is lost, but Walker’s descrip-
tion can hardly refer to any other.

47. GZc. apanthes, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute albido-ochreis, vix flavido-suffusis, striga cost®
basali nigrescenti, macula apicis parva, interdum punctis disci tribus
lineaque anguli analis obliqua saturate fuscis; post. albido-griseis ; thorace
dilute albido-ochreo, macula humeri interiori saturate fusco.

49 Transactions.— Zoology.

Male.—143 mm. Head pale whitish-ochreous. Palpi pale whitish-
ochreous, basal 2 of second joint and lower half of terminal joint externally
irrorated with dark fuscous. Antenne dark fuscous. Thorax pale whitish-
ochreous, with an oblong dark fuscous spot on each shoulder not touching
lateral margin. , Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Anterior legs dark fuscous ;
middle legs ochreous-whitish irrorated with dark fuscous except at apex of
joints; posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa mode-
rately arched, apex obtuse, hindmargin rounded, rather strongly oblique ;
pale whitish-ochreous, slightly suffused with pale yellowish; basal third of
costa broadly dark fuscous; a dark fuscous dot in dise before middle, a
second beyond middle, and a third on fold directly beneath first, first and
third sometimes obsolete; sometimes a bar of scattered dark fuscous scales
between second dot and anal angle; some scattered dark fuscous scales at
apex and towards hindmargin: cilia ochreous-whitish, sometimes with
| scattered grey points, and with a cloudy dark fuscous spot at apex, and a

grey spot at anal angle. Hindwings whitish-grey ; cilia whitish.

‘Closely allied to Œ. anema, but slightly brighter, the hindwings lighter, the
head and thorax wholly whitish-ochreous except an internal spot on shoulders.
Hamilton and Cambridge, in January ; two specimens. |

(Hc. anama, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. albido-ochreis, levissime griseo-irroratis, striga coste
basali, strigula anguli analis obliqua, interdum etiam signo plice saturate
fuscis ; post. griseis ; thorace saturate fusco, macula lateris parva pallida.

Male.—184-144 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, finely and closely
irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi pale whitish-ochreous, externally
irrorated with dark fuscous except at apex of joints. Antenne whitish-
ochreous, obscurely annulated with dark fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous,
with a small whitish-ochreous lateral spot. Abdomen grey. Anterior and
middle legs dark fuscous, with ochreous-whitish rings at apex of joints?
posterior legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa moderately
arched, apex blunt-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; very pale
whitish-ochreous, with fine scattered light fuscous scales; basal third of
costa broadly dark fuscous ; a short inwardly oblique dark fuscous mark on
fold at +, sometimes obsolete ; a cloudy oblique dark fuscous bar from disc
beyond middle to anal angle: cilia very pale whitish-ochreous, with lines
of grey points, forming a broader dark grey shade before tips. Hindwings
grey, darker posteriorly ; cilia light grey.

Separable from all its immediate allies by the dark fuscous suffusion of
the head, as well as of the entire thorax except a small lateral spot ; the
forewings have a peculiar dull appearance, due to the fine fuscous irroration,
which is only perceptible under a lens.

Lake Wakatipu, in December ; four specimens.

Muvz1cx.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 48

49. (Ec. macarella, n. Sp.

Minor, alis ant. dilute flavis, coste basi nigrescenti, interdum signo
plice lineaque anguli analis obliqua obscuris saturate fuscis ; post. albido-
griseis ; thorace saturate fusco, margine postico anguste flavido.

Male, female.—193-14 mm. Head pale yellow. Palpi whitish-yellow,
basal half of both joints externally irrorated with dark fuscous. Antenne
ochreous-whitish, basal joint dark fuscous except at apex. Thorax dark
fuscous, with small lateral and posterior pale yellowish spots. Abdomen
grey-whitish. Anterior legs dark fuscous ; middle legs ochreous-whitish
irrorated with dark fuscous, except at apex of joints; posterior legs
ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched, apex
blunt-pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; pale yellow, somewhat
suffused with deeper yellow ; costa dark fuscous towards base; sometimes a
few dark fuscous scales on fold at 4, and on a bar from disc to anal angle :
cilia pale yellow, with several rows of grey points, and a darker grey shade
before tips. Hindwings whitish-grey ; cilia grey-whitish.

Readily known by the pale yellow colouring, the less defined basal mark
on the costa, and the almost wholly dark fuscous thorax. |

Christchurch, in January ; four specimens.

50. Œc. homodoxa, n. sp. :

Minor, alis ant. albido-griseis, saturatiori irroratis, signo plice ante
medium alteroque anguli analis vix saturatioribus ; post. griseis.

Male, female.—154-173 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and legs light grey
finely irrorated with dark fuscous. Antenne darkfuscous. Abdomen light
grey. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, hind-
margin very oblique, hardly rounded; pale whitish-grey, very finely and
closely irrorated with dark fuscous-grey ; indications of an inwardly oblique
dark fuscous mark beneath fold about 4, and a perpendicular mark on anal
angle, both almost obsolete : cilia grey-whitish, with several rows of dark
fuscous-grey points. Hindwings grey, in female rather darker ; cilia light
grey, with a cloudy darker basal line.

An obscure-looking species, differing from the other grey species in the
more elongate forewings, the uniform darker irroration, and the absence of
distinct darker markings.

Lake Wakatipu, in December ; two specimens.

51. Œc. siderodeta, n. sp. i

Minor, alis ant. angustis, ochreis, saturate fusco-suffusis, interdum
fasciis tribus obliquis obscuris, dorso sepius basim versus pallidiori; post.
saturate griseis.

Male, female.—12-14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous, densely
mixed with dark fuscous. Antenne dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs dark
fuscous, central ring of tibiw, hairs of posterior tibise, and apex of all joints

44 Transactions.—Zoology.

whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, more strongly
near base, apex pointed, hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; brownish-
ochreous, densely irrorated with dark fuscous, which tends to form three
broad oblique cloudy fascie, but these are often wholly suffused and con-
fluent; generally there is a more or less distinctly clear brownish-ochreous
space towards base of inner margin : cilia ochreous-whitish, with numerous
irregular rows of dark fuscous points, tips clear whitish. Hindwings dark
fuscous ; cilia grey, towards base dark fuscous.

An inconspicuous species, but readily known by the peculiar form of the
forewings, ochreous suffused ground-colour, and tendency to form three
cloudy fasci®.

Christchurch, Dunedin, and Lake Wakitipu, from December to February ;
common, especially at rest on fences.

52. Œc. hoplodesma, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. angustis, dilute flavis, coste dimidio antico, fasciis tribus
obliquis quartaque marginis postici griseis ; post. griseis.

Male.—123 mm. Head and palpi light yellow. Antenne dark fuscous.
Thorax light yellow, mixed with fuscous grey. Abdomen whitish-grey.
Legs dark grey, hairs of posterior tibie and apex of all tarsal joints whitish.
Forewings elongate, narrow, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin extremely obliquely rounded ; light yellow, somewhat deeper in
disc; markings very pale whitish-grey, closely irrorated with dark grey
scales; a streak along anterior half of costa; a cloudy spot on inner margin
near base; a narrow oblique transverse fascia from + of costa to before
middle of inner margin, and a second from middle of costa to Ẹ of inner
margin, both slightly interrupted below middle; a third, less oblique, from
3 of costa to anal angle, obscurely connected with second near inner
margin; an irregular streak along hindmargin: cilia light yellow, with
numerous lines of grey points. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-grey, base
slightly darker.

A distinct and pretty species.

South Rakaia, in March ; one specimen received from Dr. W. H. Gaze.

53. (Ec. chrysogramma, n. sp

Minor, alis ant. angustis, saturate flavis, basi, fasciis duabus obliquis,
macula coste postica transversa, strigaque marginis postici saturate pur-
pureo-fuscis ; post. saturate fuscis.

Female.—124 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs
dark purplish-fuscous, apex of tarsal joints ochreous-whitish. Forewings
elongate, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, hindmargin very obliquely
rounded ; deep golden-yellow; extreme base dark fuscous; anterior half of
costal edge dark fuscous; markings dark purple-grey, edged with blackish-

Meyriox.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 45

fuscous; a rather broad slightly curved oblique transverse fascia from + of
costa to 1 of inner margin, and a second from middle of costa to $ of inner
margin ; a transverse somewhat narrower perpendicular spot from costa at
3, reaching more than half across wing, narrowed beneath, almost touching
second fascia ; a streak along hindmargin : cilia dark purple-grey. Hind-
wings and cilia dark fuscous.

Allied to the preceding, but very distinct ; it is a striking and handsome
species.

Wellington, in December ; one specimen at rest on a fence.

14, CREMNOGENES, N. g.

Head smooth, sidetufts small, loosely spreading. Antenne in male
moderate or rather stout, with whorls of cilia at joints or closely set over
whole surface (1-2), basal joint rather elongate, with pecten. Palpi mode-
rately long, second joint somewhat exceeding base of antenn®, with dense
appressed scales, slightly rough beneath towards apex, terminal joint
shorter than second, slender, curved. Thorax smooth. Forewings mode-
rate, apex pointed, hindmargin oblique. Hindwings somewhat narrower
than forewings, elongate-ovate, hindmargin rounded, cilia $. Abdomen
rather elongate, stout. Posterior tibie clothed with long fine hairs. Fore-
wings with vein 7 to costa, 2 from near angle of cell. Hindwings normal,

Closely allied to GZcophora, from which it differs in the ciliations of the
antenne in male; these are not arranged in a single series, but either in
whorls at the joints (C. ozyina), when they are also proportionately longer,
or closely set over the entire surface (C. aphrontis). I think these two
forms may be justly included in the same genus, at least for the present ;
besides these I have probably two other species of the genus, which I
cannot venture yet to describe.

54. Cremn. oxyina, n. Sp.

Minor, alis ant, M. saturate fuscis, ferrugineo-mixtis, F. rufo-ochreis,
fasco-mixtis, interdum striga dorsi indentata pallida, signo sub plica posito
punctoque disci nigricantibus ; post. saturate fuscis.

Male, female.—18-15 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
dark fuscous, slightly ochreous-tinged ; thorax with a small sharply-defined
ochreous-whitish lateral spot. Legs dark fuscous-grey. Forewings in
male elongate, in female rather shorter, costa moderately arched, apex
pointed, hindmargin slightly sinuate, extremely oblique; dark fuscous, —
mixed and suffused with reddish-ochreous or ferruginous, in female almost
wholly reddish-ochreous, becoming deeper along fold ; an ochreous-whitish,
often indistinct or obsolete, streak along inner margin from base to i,
attenuated posteriorly, upper margin deeply dentate before middle, indenta-
tion filled with a small black spot; a dark fuscous dot in disc beyond

46 Transactions.— Zoology.

middle, in male obscure; a curved transverse dark fuscous line near hind-
margin, often obsolete: cilia in male ferruginous mixed with dark fuscous,
in female reddish-ochreous, lighter towards tips. Hindwings dark fuscous-
grey; with a dark fuscous line near base.

Easily known by its ferruginous or reddish-ochreous colouring, which
in the female closely approaches that of the much larger Cicophora
phegophylla.

Lake Wakatipu, in December ; very common amongst Fagus solandri,
from 1,000 to 3,000 feet.

; . 55. Cremn. aphrontis, n. sp.

Minor, alis ant. ochreo-flavis, partim griseo-suffusis, puncto disci nigro ;
post. saturate griseis, basim versus dilutioribus.

Male, female.—12-143 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-yellow, anterior
edge of palpi suffusedly dark fuscous. Antenne blackish. Thorax dark
fuscous, with yellowish lateral and posterior spots. Abdomen dark grey,
posteriorly becoming whitish-ochreous. Legs dark grey, apex of joints
obscurely ochreous-whitish, posterior tibia with very dense ochreous-
whitish hairs. Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched, apex round-
pointed, hindmargin very obliquely rounded ; grey, more or less wholly
suffused irregularly with ochreous yellow; a blackish dot in dise beyond
middle: cilia pale ochreous-yellow, somewhat mixed with grey. Hindwings
grey, darker towards apex: cilia ochreous-whitish, suffused with dark grey
towards base.

The irregular grey suffusion causes this insect to look like a yellow
species in bad condition. A

Arthur’s Pass, in January; common amongst the grass and rough
herbage, at about 5,000 feet.

——————

APPENDIX.

A certain number of descriptions, probably referable to species of this
family, I have not been able to identify with any specimens in my posses-
sion. Some of these probably indicate good species ; others are so inade-
quate as to remain always unidentifiable. I give here a list of these, with
remarks; the number prefixed to each is for reference in the index
only.

56. Izatha attactella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 787.

I noted this in the British Museum collection as apparently a new
species of Semiocosma. Large; forewings whitish, irrorated with grey,
with a black longitudinal interrupted streak, some dark fuscous transverse
discal marks, and: a row of black spots along hindmargin and apical third
of costa ; hindwings light grey. .

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Micro-Lepidoptera. 47

57. Gelechia copiosella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 1028.

I marked this also as probably a new species of Semiocosma. Moderate ;
forewings blackish, clouded and streaked with cinereous ; hindwings dark
fuscous. The diagnosis however describes it as black, with a silvery-white
discal dot. Said to be from Auckland.

58. CEcophora apertella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 698.

These specimens (amongst which is mixed one of (Ze. armigerella, as I
believe), appeared to me, when I saw them, to be a new species of
GEcophora, but I was not then well acquainted with the yellow group.
Less ; forewings golden-yellow, without markings; hindwings grey. Said
to be from Auckland.

59. Tingena bifaciella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 810.

1 did not identify this species, but suspect it might possibly be a yellow
specimen of Gymnobathra parca, Butl., in which case the name would have
to be adopted for the species. Butler’s remarks on these species are
worthless; I have seen (Zcophora macarella labelled by Butler himself as
his parca, but the original type of parca in the British Museum belongs
truly to the species which I have described under that name.

60. GZcophora ademptella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 698.

The types of this I marked as a good species, probably of Gymnobathra
or (Ecophora. Forewings purplish-fuscous, costa yellowish except at base
and apex, a yellow streak along inner margin not reaching anal angle ;
hindwings fuscous.

61. GZcophora limbata, Butl., Cist. Ent., vol. ii., 560.

I have not seen this; probably a good species. Forewings dark fuscous,
costa bright yellow; hindwings dark fuscous; head yellow. Blenheim.

62. Gelechia collitella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 655.

I could not identify this type at the time. Forewings rather broad, pale
cinereous-fawn colour, with four discal spots and a subterminal line rising
from a costal spot fuscous; hindwings light grey. I now think this might
refer to a variety of GZcophora griseata.

68. Gelechia convulsella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 656.

Perhaps a new GEcophora. Forewings whitish, with four irregular dark
grey bands, four black dots in disc, and a row along hindmargin and apical
fourth of costa; hindwings grey. Said to be from Auckland.

64. Gelechia innotella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 652.

Quite unidentifiable, but may very possibly be GZcophora pseudospretella.

65. Gelechia contritella, Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., 657.

This appears to be some species of Trachypepla, but is so worn and
broken as to be absolutely unidentifiable; moreover the description can
hardly be reconciled with the type, so that the name must be altogether
dropped. i

48 Transactions. —Z oology.

66. Ecophora munda, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxl., 88.

Represented in the figure as a small triangular-winged species, with the
forewings crossed by oblique rows of dots. I know of no species with this
character.

67. GEcophora melinella. Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. cxl., 41.

This figure appears to me insufficient for identification.

In the following indices the numbers refer to those prefixed to each
genus and species. The names italicized are synonyms.

INDEX or GENERA.

Aochleta, Meyr. .. “aoe Nymphostola, Meyr. posue o
Atomotricha, Meyr. es, da (Ecophora, Z. i + OS
Brachysara, Meyr. .. 3. 20H Phleopola, Meyr. .. sg 8
Cremnogenes, n. g. .. i LA Proteodes, Meyr. .. rene S
Eulechria, Meyr. .. LU ds Semiocosma, Meyr. .. a Sile
Gymnobathra, Meyr. sd Thamnosara, n. g. +. eke
Lathicrossa, n. g. .. a ae Trachypepla, Meyr. .. sl
INDEX or SPECIES. È
ademptella, Walk. .. 60k hyetodes, n. sp. a db
anema, n. Sp. Es ci #8 innotella, i5 64
anastrella, n. sp. .. sa 10 letharga, n. sp "T 87
apanthes, n. sp : + 47 leucocentra, n. sp. .. 24
apertella, Walk 58 leucoplanetis, n. sp coe
aphrontis, n. sp 3 . 55 lichenella, Walk. .. $. 19
armigerella, Walk os 46 lichenodes, n. sp 17
aspidephora, n. sp. .. = ED limbata, Butl. es +. 61
attactella, Walk i ci BS macarella, n. sp. +». 49
austera, n. sp sa «6:28 melinella, Feld » «s Yl
bifaciella, Walk. .. 59 munda, Feld «1.00.
calliploca, n. sp... ne DU. nyctopis, n. sp. sa sa Li
carnifex, Butl j da we ommatias, n. sp 5
chirista, n. sp. da 198 opor®a, n. sp . 44
chloritis, n. sp be +. 38 oxyina, n. sp d .. 54.
chrysogramma, n. sp. 2 DE parca, Butl. .. ie c9.
coarctatella, Walk. .. «» 20 peroneanella, Walk. to dl
collitella, Walk. .. ». B9 phegophylla, n. sp. .. sa 48.
- conspicuella, Walk... «4:10 philadelpha, n. sp. .. .. 34
conte i ia s. 40. photinella, Meyr. .. 4
contritella, Walk. .. ec BB piearella, W he .. 20
convulsella, Walk. .. .. 63 prasophyta, n.sp. .. 1,92,
copiosella, Walk 5 ba DA protochlora, n. sp. .. os 14.
dinocosma, n. sp. .. ic on pseudospretella, Stt. -e 0D.
epimylia, n. sp. v sè 99. psyehra, n. sp. Um bs R0
epiphanes, n. sp. .. «» 21. rufosparsa, Butl. .. sv A
euryleucota, N. Sp. .. 2 M sarcoxantha, n. sp. .. NT

2

avidella, ee se DN scholea, n. sp. $ s. 06.
galactina, Feld, EN Li siderodeta, n. sp. .. C ON

Meryrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 49

Inprx or Spacres—continued.

galaxias, n. sp. FU deu Eos sordida, Butl. Ki SERA
griseata, Butl. su s. 44, spartodeta, n.Sp. .. pe EA
hamatella, Walk. .. ie Dd. taongella, Feld. Rp ks AU.
hemimochla, n. 8p. .. he AL, teras, Feld. .. .. <. 20.
homodoxa, n. sp. .. Le "UU. tholodella, n. sp. œ. ci 29.
hoplodesma, n. BD. i $1452. . utuella, Feld. La e BE
horza, n. sp. Es t. 45. zophoéssa, Meyr. .. pie
huttonii, Butl, SE «v 18.

Art. IL.—4 Monograph of the New Zealand Geometrina.
By E. Merxricx, B.A.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 2nd August, 1883.]

I unpertoox the preparation of this paper, the subject of which does not fall
within the limits of my special duty, by request ; and on the conviction that
the work was both highly desirable, and not otherwise likely to be executed.
The Geometrina are naturally the first group to attract the attention of
Lepidopterists in New Zealand ; the butterflies and Bombycina are but few
in number ; the Noctuina also are neither numerous nor obtrusive. But the
Geometrina are present everywhere, and are often elegantly or even
briliantly coloured, and their great variability makes them appear more
numerous specifically than they are. Notwithstanding, it has been so
impracticable for local collectors to get their specimens named, that very
few have as yet attempted to do any good with them. The literature on
the subject consists entirely of scattered papers and lists, all partial, and
generally quite irreconcilable with each other; and the accumulation of
synonymy has been so great, that it might well alarm a beginner. Many
of the forms described as species are merely varieties, and the genera and
families adopted by English writers are in the main both unnatural and
unintelligible, being based wholly on wing-form and superficial resemblauce,
and necessarily incapable of accurate definition. The present paper is
intended to provide a tolerably secure foundation for other workers, who
will supply the omissions and correct the errors which were inseparable from
the circumstances of the case. For their guidance, I will explain fully how
far the paper is reliable.

I have never before investigated the genera of the Geometrina, and have
no access to any works bearing on species outside New Zealand, except
Guenée's. The conclusions of Lederer and Heinemann have therefore not

50 Transactions.—Zoology.

been available to me, a very serious loss. It is possible, then, that some of
the genera which I have been obliged to regard as new have been previously
characterized by them from other species; and that my limitations of some
genera already known may not coincide exactly with theirs. The family
classification which I have adopted might also require modifications, if I
had larger material at my command. On the other hand, the genera which
I have here established can be relied on as both natural and accurately
definable, and the families are limited and arranged on correct principles,
and are also strictly definable as regards New Zealand species at least.
Moreover, in view of the specialization of the fauna, it is highly probable
that most of the genera are endemic, and are therefore justly considered as
new.

As regards the specific nomenclature, it must be observed that I have
never even seen Walker’s descriptions (though indeed it is improbable that
they would have helped me much in the identification of his species), nor
have I been able to examine his types in the British Museum. On this
question it has been necessary to accept the identifications of Mr. A. G.
Butler, who has to some extent cleared up the difficulties ; I believe his
statements are tolerably correct on this subject, where he has the types
before him, though his identifications of other authors’ species from descrip-
tions are frequently wrong. There are, however, still several of Walker’s
species unidentified, as to which I know nothing. Guenée described a
number of species in the“ Entomologists Monthly Magazine,” from specimens
sent by Mr. R. W. Fereday; of each of these Mr. Fereday preserved an
exactly similar duplicate, and these I have seen, so that the identification
of them is absolutely assured. Felder's and Butler's species I have iden-
tified from their works; in some cases I have also seen specimens of
Butler’s species named by himself.

The limits of each species are almost certainly correct ; this was a very
important point, and I believe has been satisfactorily attained by the
examination of very large material. The localities and seasons recorded
must not be understood as exclusive ; it was only possible to record observed
places and times, dependent largely on the habits of observers ; thus com-
paratively few observations have been made in the North Island. Some
new species will doubtless be found in the higher latitudes, and probably
a good many more in the interior of the mountain ranges.

In the descriptions of genera and species I have endeavoured to be as
brief and concise as possible, consistently with accuracy. To assist in the
ready determination of these I have given analytical tables throughout, both
of the genera and species. The synonymy is given in full. Little is known
of the larve ; most recorded observations are of little service, owing to the .

Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Geometrina, 51

uncertain identification of species; they are for this reason placed in an
appendix. The only localities given are those for which I have direct
authority from labelled specimens; those quoted by Walker and Butler are
very often quite erroneous, and I have neglected them altogether. It is
very desirable that collectors should at once begin to work out the larval
habits of these insects, and make accurate descriptions of the larve, which
will probably be found as variable in colour as the imagos. All information
as to localities, seasons, and habits will be of value, and also, in the case of
mountain species, as to the elevation at which they are found.

Of the New Zealand Geometrina Doubleday described six species in the
appendix to Dieffenbach’s “New Zealand.” The descriptions are very
brief, but I have identified all with tolerable certainty. Walker in his
“ British Museum Catalogues” published no less than 92 names, of which
26 represented new species, 47 were synonyms, and 19 are unidentified.
Guenée in his “ Phalenites,” and in a paper published in the “ Entomo-
logists’ Monthly Magazine,” described 25, of which only 5 were new, the
rest being all synonyms of species previously known. Felder in the ** Reise
der Novara ” has figured 42 as new; of these 11 are in fact new, 27 are
synonyms, and the other 4 I have not yet been able to identify satisfac-
torily. Butler has published various descriptions—sometimes accompanied
with figures, which are mostly very poor—in the “Catalogue of New
Zealand Lepidoptera," appended to the “ Voyage of the ‘Erebus’ and
‘Terror, ” a paper in the “ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London” for 1877, and two papers in the “ Cistula Entomologica,” 82
in all; of these 10 are new, 19 are synonyms, and the other three appear
unidentifiable. Mr. Fereday has described two species, of which one is
new. In the present paper I have added 80 others, including all known to
me, and bringing up the total number to 89. Two or three of those which
I have described may perhaps be found amongst Walker’s unidentified
species, but this was unavoidable. In an appendix I have added references
to all descriptions which I have not been able to identify, but it must not
be supposed that these indicate additional species; probably almost all will
prove to be synonyms of others previously described ; they are numbered
separately for convenience of reference.

The classification of the Geometrina is founded almost wholly on char-
acters drawn from the neuration, which is more complex than usual; the
antenne and palpi are liable to no considerable amount of diversity, and
are not generally of more than secondary importance. The legs and other
organs afford no tangible points, at least among the New Zealand species.
The shape of the wings, often employed by superficial observers, is not of
the least value, being purely specific. In cases where a specimen cannot

52 Transactions.— Zoology.

be spared for dissection, the neuration can be made out by denuding a
small portion of the under-surface with a camel’s-hair brush moistened ;
the part requiring denudation is the neighbourhood of the areole, as in
general the other veins can be sufficiently discerned on the lower surface
under a lens. Of course the student should first make himself acquainted
by full dissection with the ordinary position of the veins, and the nature of
the more important points to be observed.

I will repeat here the explanation given in a former paper of the mode
of reckoning the veins, with special reference to the Geometrina. These are
numbered in order, beginning from that nearest to the inner margin, and
ending with that nearest to the costa. The forewings have normally 12
veins, of which 1 and 12 rise separately, the rest from the margins of a
central cell. Similarly the hindwings have normally 8 veins, of which 1
and 8 are separate, the rest rising from a central cell. Sometimes a vein
may be obsolete, especially in the hindwings, which thus appear to have
only 7. The veins are assumed to rise from the cell independently of one
another, unless otherwise stated. Rarely there is a small additional free
vein vetween 1 and the inner margin; this is termed la. The veins
rising from the upper margin of the cell are in the Geometrina constantly
liable to unite for a short distance in the middle of their course, and then
separate again; this I have termed anastomosing. In consequence of it,
there is usually formed a small additional cell (termed the areole) upon the
margin of the main cell; this areole may be single, double, or even triple
(though not in New Zealand), according to the number of veins anasto-
mosing. Vein 12 is also liable to anastomose with 11. This curious
structure is highly characteristic of the group. Other organs require little
explanation. The length of the ciliations or pectinations of the antenne is
given by numbers in brackets, and is expressed in terms of the breadth of
the antennal stalk; where the two series of pectinations are unequal, the
inner series is denoted by a, the outer by b prefixed to these numbers.

GEOMETRINA.

Ocelli always absent. Tongue well-developed. No maxillary palpi.
Labial palpi well-developed, usually porrected, roughly scaled. Antenne
moderate, filiform, or dentate, simple, ciliated, or pectinated, pectinations
diminishing in length towards base and apex. Abdomen and legs without
special characters. Forewings with 12 veins (rarely vein 11 obsolete),
1 simple, 7, 8, and 9 always on a common stalk, 10 generally anastomosing
with 9, 11 generally anastomosing with 10, 12 sometimes anastomosing
with 11. Hindwings with 8 veins (often 7 by obsolescence of 5), normal
vein 8 free or anastomosing with 7 towards base, always leaving 7 before
the transverse vein,

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 53

Larva with 10 (rarely 12) legs, three pairs of abdominal legs being
usually absent.

A very well-defined and interesting group ; sometimes but erroneously
regarded as a single family, though it certainly comprises several. This
error has probably been due to Guenée, who established on superficial
grounds families which he could not define, and thereby caused an impres-
sion that no accurately definable families existed. I cannot pretend to any
certainty in my views of the families hereafter defined ; they may be
capable of further subdivision, or require partial amalgamation ; they are
however natural and accurately limited as regards New Zealand species.

The following considerations on the process of development of the group
will justify the main outline of my scheme of classification. The ancestral
form of the Geometrina must have had 12 veins in the forewings, 7, 8, and
9 on a common stalk, the rest all separate; and 8 veins in the hindwings,
all separate, and vein 8 free. This is the only form from which all existing
types could have originated. Taking first the hindwings, there are two
main types at present predominant; (A) in which there are 7 veins, 5 and
6 separate, and 7 not anastomosing with 6; and (B) in which there are 8
veins, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7. These form the two prin-
cipal subdivisions of the group; it will be seen that (A) differs from the
type by the loss of a vein (normal vein 5 which is obsolete, existing only as
a slight fold), and (B) by the stalking of 6 and 7, and anastomosing of 8
with 7. Probably, therefore, the hindwings of the ancestral form were
relatively broader than in either of these, since both changes are such as
would be likely to result from a contraction of space. This difference of
method indicates unmistakeably that the development of the Geometrina has
proceeded on two distinct main branches, the types of which will be found
to correspond with the Ennomide and Larentida respectively, as I have
defined them. Comparing the forewings of the same types, it will
appear that in the Larentide vein 10 always anastomoses with 9, and
11 with 10, whilst in the Ennomide they are often separate; in the
Larentide also vein 11 often coincides wholly with 10 on lower portion,
so that it appears to rise from the upper margin of a simple areole, or
even from 9 above areole ; this structure, which obviously implies a
greater remoteness from the type, is hardly ever found in the Ennomide.
In the Larentide, therefore, the single areole resulting from this latter
modification marks a later development, and the first three sections of
that family are of more recent origin than the other two. So also the
Acidalide, which have this same character, are later as a whole than the
Larentide, from which they differ by vein 8 of the hindwings tending to free
itself from 7, a reversionary but more recent development. Instances of

54 Transactions.—Zoology.

peculiar structure in the Larentide occur; thus in Parysatis and Tatosoma
vein 8 of the hindwings is wholly distinct from 7, but connected with it by
a bar in middle; this bar must undoubtedly be produced by the lateral
extension of a former anastomosis, and as the genera are not otherwise
closely allied, it must have arisen independently in each case. A bar at
first sight similar is found in Elvia and Pasiphila connecting vein 12 of the
forewings with the areole, but in this case it is simply vein 11 which runs
into 12 instead of to the costa. Both these structures must be more recent
than the type. Finally there are the two genera representing in New Zea-
land the families Boletobide and Lyrceida ; in both of these the hindwings
have 8 veins, but 8 is free from 7, the neuration of the forewings being
similar to that of the Ennomide ; these are therefore only separated from
the Ennomide by the full complement of veins in the hindwings, and are
consequently a more ancient form, certainly the oldest in New Zealand ;
probably the hindwings of Lyrcea are almost exactly those of the ancestral
form of the group.

At the end of the Geometrina I have added the solitary species which
represents in New Zealand the Siculina, since it is sometimes mistaken for -
a Geometrid. The neuration is of a much simpler type ; all the veins of
the forewings are separate, except 8 and 9, which are short-stalked ; all the
veins of the hindwings are also separate, and 8 is free. On referring to my
description of the theoretical type-ancestor of the Geometrina, it will be seen
that this genus only differs from it by the separation of vein 7 from the stalk
of 8 and 9. I think, then, that this group—both small and restricted in dis-
tribution—is undoubtedly to be regarded as one allied to but distinct from
the Geometrina, and as representing a still earlier stage in development than
even the progenitor of that group. Further back than this it is not neces-
sary at present to go.

In view of the fragmentary state of our knowledge of the Geometrina of
other countries, and the erroneous plan of classification so commonly
adopted, it is only possible to make a few general observations on the rela-
tionship of the New Zealand genera to those found elsewhere. Two
genera are much larger than any of the rest—Larentia and Pasithea, very
closely allied moreover to each other—and contain a third of the whole
number of species ; the species in these genera are as a rule very constant,
and almost all frequent the mountain-ranges of the interior, and-from their
habits are probably in great part grass-feeders. These must form a part of
the earliest fauna, which has had time for full specific development, and is
attached to the most ancient part of the islands, and one of the earliest
orders of flowering plants ; if regarded as forms of a single type, they are
represented by congeners probably throughout the world. They are thus

Mzvzick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 55

exactly analogous to Crambus, Scoparia, and (Ecophora in other groups,
cosmopolitan genera, more largely developed in New Zealand than else-
where, proportionately to the rest of the fauna ; this greater predominance
being due to less active competition. Azelina and Drepanodes are instances
of characteristic South American genera, and I am inclined to believe that
almost all the Ennomide will be found to have a South American affinity ; all
these are represented severally by one or two species only, all are dwellers
in the forest, and almost all are highly variable. These must be referred
to a later immigration, attached to more highly organized plants, and
specially connected with South America. Ancient as the date of this must
have been it has hardly sufficed for the development of species, though
abundant variation has taken place. A parallel case may be found in
various genera of the Tortricina (e.g. Adoxophyes), which display high
specific variability, and are probably of contemporaneous origin. The
single genus of Siculina (Siculodes) is also highly characteristic of South
America. Four species (Acidalia rubraria, Hippolyte rubropunctaria, Asthena
pulchraria, and Arsinoé subochraria) are common to Australia and Tasmania,
as well as New Zealand, being equally abundant in both regions. There is
no doubt of their natural occurrence. Indeed, it is curious that they were
all among the first species described from the islands. But they are all
characteristically Australian, and have probably found their way thence to
New Zealand in comparatively recent times. All are rather variable, but
not more so than might be expected in species of the requisite flexibility of
constitution. A fifth (Detunda egregia) is stated by Felder to occur in Aus-
tralia. It is, however, a characteristically New Zealand species, and it
would be impossible to accept the Australian habitat without better evidence
than that afforded by a nomadic collection from many countries, in which
confusion of labels may so easily have arisen.

Most of the other genera are small, and at present of uncertain origin.
Panagra is characteristically Australian, but is represented by a peculiar
species. Tatosoma represents a disconnected group now widely scattered,
and probably everywhere diminishing; Europe, Borneo, Ceylon, South
America, and Australia each furnishing peculiar allied genera. Statira and
Dasyuris are local developments of Pasithea. Cidaria, the most cosmopolitan
genus of the group, though less developed here than Larentia, is very closely
allied with it, and probably of contemporaneous origin.

The preparation of this paper would have been impossible without the
aid of Mr. R. W. Fereday, whose extensive collection furnished most of the
material for it. I am indebted to his liberality for numerous specimens, as
well as for his assistance in investigating the whole collection, and for most
of the localities and dates furnished hereafter, with notes on habits in some

56 Transactions.—Zoology.

instances. The number of specimens examined is indicated in each instance
after the description, but, in the case of the commoner species, these are
really a selection from a much larger number not retained. I have examined
also a small collection from the Otago Museum, forwarded to me by Pro-
fessor Parker.

The following is a tabulation of the five families represented ; under the
head of each family is given a tabulation of the genera agg in it.

la. Hindwings with : veins a i ASTE SSL . 5. Ennomide.
1b.
2a. Vein 8 of nest i connected with 7 near transverse vein .. 2. Larentide.
2b. 5, »» " free, or very shortly anastomosing with
7 near base.
3a. Vein 11 of forewings separate .. iS as bs .. 3. Boletobide.
3b. » not separate.
i: bui double i si AP e. si .. 4 Lyrceide.
4b. ,, single wt “i ca Sn ex ‘o 3,1. .Acidalida:

1. ACIDALIDA.

Antenne of male not pectinated. Forewings with vein 11 rising out of
10, areole simple, 12 free. Hindwings with 8 veins, 8 free or touching
7 near base only.

Hardly represented in New Zealand ; of the two species found, one is
very abundant in Australia, whence it jas doubtless immigrated, the other is
not yet known from elsewhere.
la. Veins 6 and 7 of hindwings separate me .. 2. Acidalia.
1b 2 ee aa P from poll or stalked © ES +. 1. Theoxena.

1. THEOXENA, n. g.

Palpi moderate, triangularly scaled, porrected. Antenne in male bicili-
ated with long tufts of cilia (5). Forewings with vein 6 from below 9,
7 from angle of areole, 10 out of 9 above 7, 11 anastomosing shortly with 9,
12 free, closely approximated to 11 on areole. Hindwings with veins 6 and
7 from a point or short-stalked, 8 free, closely approximated to 7 from base
to near transverse vein.

1. Theox. scissaria, Gn.

(Panagra scissaria; Gn., E.M.M., v., 43.)

. Male.—23-25 mm. Forewings narrow, hindmargin rather strongly
sinuate; dull white, slightly sprinkled with dark fuscous; a curved dark
fuscous median streak from inner margin near base almost to apex, sharply
defined above, suffused beneath ; a black dot in dise, and a row of dots on
hindmargin. Hindwings elongate, narrow, apex broadly projecting ; white ;
a blackish dot in disc, and a row on hindmargin.

Constant, and very different from anything else.

Christchurch, and towards foot of Mount Hutt (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; a
plain-frequenting species, occurring in January; ten specimens.

Muyx1cx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 57

2. AcipaLia, Tr.

Palpi moderate, triangularly scaled, porrected. Antenne in male bicili-
ated with long tufts of cilia (4-5). Forewings with vein 6 from below 9,
7 from above areole, 10 out of 9 above 7, 11 anastomosing shortly with 9,
12 free. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 separate, 8 very shortly anastomos-
ing with 7 near base.

A very large genus, almost cosmopolitan, but only represented in New
Zealand by one species, which must be regarded as an established immi-
grant from Australia.

2. Acid. rubraria, Dbld.
(Ptychopoda (?) rubraria, Dbld., Dieff. N.Z., ii., 286, Walk., 781; Fidonia (?) acidaliaria,
k., 1037; Acidalia figlinaria, Gn., ix., 454, pl. xii., 8.)

Male, female.—17-21 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
light ochreous, reddish-tinged, irrorated with blackish; a cloudy dark
fuscous irregular dentate slightly curved line about +, a second in middle,
and a third more blackish and followed by a narrow fuscous band at $
subterminal row of cloudy fuscous spots ; a small black discal spot on second
line; a hindmarginal row of black dots, sometimes confluent. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin somewhat projecting in middle ; rather more reddish
than forewings; a cloudy dark fuscous line before middle; a small black
discal spot; three irregular dentate cloudy dark fuscous lines between
middle and hindmargin, last two often forming rows of spots; a hindmar-
ginal row of blackish dots, often confluent.

Somewhat variable in intensity of colouring, but not otherwise; no
difference between Australian and New Zealand specimens.

Napier, Wellington, Nelson, Christchurch, Mount Hutt, and probably
everywhere, except perhaps in the extreme south; also common to New
South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania; in very dry grassy places, in Sep-
tember, January, February, and March, very common ; thirty specimens.

2. LARENTIDA

Forewings with areole single or double, vein 11 anastomosing with or
rising out of 10, 12 free, rarely receiving 11. Hindwings with 8 veins, 8
anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein, rarely con-
nected only by a bar near transverse vein, 6 and 7 almost always stalked.

The genera represented from five natural groups or sections.
la. Areole single.

2a. Vein 8 of hindwings connected with 7 by a bar near transverse vein .. sect. A.
2b. anastomosing Ad with 7.
3a. Vein 11 of tesi separate from 12 . it et “a .. sect, B.
3b. 5 running into 12 .. .. .. oe .. sect. C.
lb. Areole id.
2a. E S O .. sect. D.
2b. z anastomosing strongly with 7 "i cà .. sect, E.

Transactions. — Zoology.

SECTION A.
This includes Parysatis only.
Section B.
1a. Antenne of male minutely ciliated .. da .. . 4. Hippolyte.
bipectinated.
iis Vein 11 of forewings rising out of 9.
3a. Vein 6 of forewings out of 9 .. Ps sa . 10. Harpalyce.
si from below 9 ù e. To Thyone.
2b. Vein 11 je forewings out of margin of oat
3a. Vein 6 of forewings from a point with or below 9.
4a. Vein 7 of forewings from considerably above areole . 11. Stratonice.
4b. ii from below angle of areole .. 5. Epiphryne.
3b. Vein 6 of forewings rising out of 9.
4a. Vein 7 of forewings from considerably above areole — .. 9. Eurydice.
4b. Es 5 from angle of areole .. A .. 6. Hermione.
4e. S a from below angle of areole .. .. 8. Panopea.
SECTION C.
la. Antenne of male bipectinated .. .. "E ie s .. 12. Elvia.
1b iu » biciliated ' .. ci de a Ap: .. 13. Pasiphila.
SectIon D.
Contains only the singular genus Tatosoma.
ECTION E.
la. Antenne of male bipectinated.
2a. Thorax more or less densely hairy beneath E à .. 91. Pasithea.
2b. a NO
3a. Vein 6 of ioni rising out of 9 .. ie 5d . 20. Larentia,
3b. from a point with 9 ʻi << .. 17. Epyaza.
1b. Antenne of ata ini pectinated.
2a. Thorax hairy beneath.
3a. Antenne of male dentate a e sa as .. 23. Dasyuris.
3b. t m filiform 10 ix Hi da .. 22. Statira.
2b. Thorax not hairy.
3a. Antenne of male dentate.
4a. Palpi very long, attenuated ^ La Ki . 25. Panagra.
db; a is Varie di da .. 18. Arsinoe.
3b. Antenne of male filiform.
4a. Vein 6 of forewings rising out of 9 i .. 19. Cidaria.
4b- from a point with or d: 9.
ba. Palpi e aiias and short .. 15. Asthena.
5b. , moderate or long, m Midi.
6a. Vein 7 of forewings from angle of areole .. 16. Scotosia.
from below angle of areole .. 24. Cephalissa.

6b. ” ”
: SECTION A.
8. PARYSATIS, n. Y.

Palpi short, arched, roughly scaled beneath. Antenne in male——?,
in female bipectinated (a8, 65). Forewings with vein 6 from below 9,
7 from below angle of areole, 10 very shortly anastomosing with 9, 11 out

Meryricxk.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 59

of 10 considerably before angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings with veins
6 and 7 stalked, 8 separate, united to 7 before transverse vein by an oblique
bar.

This singular genus is of quite uncertain affinity, and stands at present
alone. The simple areole, and connecting bar of 7 and 8, can only have
arisen by modification of the normal type of this family, to which it must
be referred. It is also the only New Zealand genus except Detunda in
which the female has pectinated antenne ; but this character recurs in a
few exotic genera not otherwise allied.

3. Parys. porphyrias, n

Female.—20 mm. Forewings moderate, costa sinuate in middle, apex
almost acute, hindmargin deeply excavated on upper half and more shortly
on lower third, so as to project bluntly below middle ; yellow-ochreous,
irregularly mixed with brown and purplish ; veins clearly marked with
fuscous ; two slender ochreous-brown transverse lines, dilated on costa,
first before middle, bent inwards near costa, second beyond middle, almost
straight ; beyond second a broad purplish shade, except near costa, dilated
beneath to reach hindmargin ; hindmargin purple: cilia white on excava-
tions. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin shortly sinuate near inner angle ;
pale ochreous mixed with fuscous and purplish; a fuscous transverse line
before middle; a very broad purplish hindmarginal band.

Probably variable in colour; it is however the only species of the
family, except Harpalyce humeraria, in which the hindmargin of the fore-

wings is angulated.

I took one fine specimen amongst forest in the Otira Gorge, at 1,700
feet, in January.
Seotion D.

As all the genera in this section are small, I give a tabulation of all the
species together, which may assist in their ready determination.
la. Apex of forewings distinctly projecting.

2a. Hindm

argin of forewings angulated i s .. 1l. Harp. humeraria.
bowed.
da. Hindwings gray Whit ish s T sa .. 9. Eur. cymo
3b. yellowish- sa w$ sa .. 10. Harp. cn
lb. Apex of ironing not per
a. Hindwings ochreous-yellow
3a. Forewings fuscous "n we x: .. 12. Strat. catapyrrha.
b. besos TM $e e. .. 7. Thyon. abrogata.

2b, Birni not ochreous-yellow.
^ 3a. Forewings without distinct lines =e re .. 6. Herm. zanthaspis.
3b. .

with numerous lines.
da. dins straight, very oblique és X .. 8. Panop. verriculata.
Pa » dentate, parallel to i FA Oia
a. Discal dot of forewings minu 4. Hipp. rubropuncta

si » m a fo aia € wil Am B. Hk. i a

60 Transactions.— Zoology.

4, HiPPOLYTE, n. g.

Palpi short, very slender, porrected. Antenne in male minutely cili-
ated (1). Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from hardly below angle
of areole, 10 anastomosing strongly with 9, 11 out of 10 somewhat before
angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anasto-
mosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein.

4. Hipp. rubropunctaria, Dbld.

(Ptychopoda rubropunctaria, Dbld., Dieff. N.Z., ii, 287; Asthena risata, Gn., ix., 438;
Asthena mullata, Gn., E.M.M., v., 42; Acidalia pulchraria, Butl. Cat., pl. iii., 18
(nec. Dbld.).)

Male, female.—19-22 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly
bowed ; whitish-ochreous, slightly rosy-tinged ; twelve slender rosy or rosy-
fuscous dentate slightly curved strie, leaving a clear space between sixth
and seventh on costal half; first, sixth, and eighth dotted with black on
veins; a larger black dot on sixth above middle; lower half of sixth to
eighth sometimes clouded with blackish-grey ; a small reddish spot on ninth
in middle; a row of black dots on hindmargin. Hindwings moderate,
hindmargin somewhat projecting in middle; colour, strie, and black dots
as in forewings.

Variable in respect of the absence or presence of a blackish suffusion of
lower half of the median lines; Australian and New Zealand specimens are
quite similar. :

Larva 10-legged, cylindrical, rather stout, segmental divisions incised ;
pale dull green, sometimes suffused with pink, brown, purple, or dark
green ; dorsal purplish-brown, suffused, central line whitish ; spiracular
whitish, broadly margined above with purplish-brown ; segmental divisions
pale yellowish-brown. Feeds on Haloragis alata (Haloragacea). Pupa in
a slight earth-covered cocoon.

Palmerston (Wanganui), Nelson, Christchurch, Dunedin, from Sep-
tember to March, amongst bush; also common in New South Wales,
Victoria, and Tasmania; eighteen specimens. The description of the

e

larva was furnished me by Mr. R. W. Fereday, who bred the species.
5. EPIPHRYNE, n. g.

Palpi short, slender, porrected, shortly haired beneath. Antenne in
male bipectinated (a7, b10). Forewings with vein 6 from a point with 9, 7
from somewhat below angle of areole, 10 very shortly anastomosing with 9, 41
out of 10 considerably before angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings with veins 6
and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein.

5. Epiphr. undosata, Feld. `
(Cidaria undosata, Feld., exxviii., 2.)

Male, female.—21-24 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
pale yellow, sometimes suffused more or less entirely with light brownish ;
costa generally suffused with light brown ; eight or nine slender irregular

SA —

A

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 61

somewhat curved dentate fuscous strise, variable in strength and intensity ;
fifth hardly dentate and sometimes obsolete, leaving a rather wide space
between fourth and sixth; a small blackish spot on fifth above middle;
hindmargin fuscous. + Hindwings moderate, hindmargin somewhat project-
ing in middle; colour and stris as in forewings, but first three and fifth
strie absent; a small blackish discal dot.

Very variable in the presence and extent of the light brownish suffusion.

Wellington, Christchurch, Mount Hutt, Dunedin; very common in
bush, from August to peg and in rins thirty specimens.

6. HERMIONE, n.

Palpi short, slender, porrected, roughly n beneath. Antenne in
male bipectinated (a 5, b7). Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from
angle of areole, 10 shortly anastomosing with 9, 11 out of 10 considerably

. before angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 short-

stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein,
I allied to Epiphryne.
6. Herm. wanthaspis, n. sp.

Male, female.—27-380 mm. Forewings moderate; hindmargin hardly
bowed ; bright yellow; costa suffused with reddish-fuscous, and marked
with five short oblique darker marks; a transverse oval dark fuscous spot
in dise above middle, sometimes touching costal suffusion ; a transverse
row of very faint fuscous dots from last costal mark. Hindwings moderate,
hindmargin slightly projecting in middle; very pale whitish-yellow ; two
strongly curved transverse rows of very faint fuscous dots between middle
and hindmargin.

Apparently constant.

Lake Guyon, in February and March (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ;
specimens.

7. Tayong, n. g.

. Face with a slight cone of projecting scales. Palpi moderate, straight,
porrected, shortly rough-scaled above and beneath. Antenne in male bipec-
tinated (a 6, b 8). Forewings with vein 6 from slightly below 9, 7 from
somewhat below angle of areole, 10 out of 9 below 8, 11 anastomosing
rather shortly with 9, 12 free. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 stalked, 8
anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein.

7. Thyon. abrogata, Walk.
(Aspilates abrogata, Walk., 1075 ; Fidonia (?) servularia, Gn., E.M.M., v., 43.)

Male, female.—22-27 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly
rounded ; ochreous-yellow ; generally eight cloudy blackish somewhat bent
transverse lines, variable in strength, often more or less wholly obsolete,
especially towards base, usually in female; eighth generally rather thick,

62 Transactions.— Zoology.

interrupted above and below middle; sometimes a large blackish discal dot
on fifth above middle; a narrow blackish hindmarginal band: cilia white,
base grey. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin slightly projecting in middle ;
colour and markings as in forewings, but lines always obsolete towards
base. .

Variable in the strength or obsolescence of the dark transverse lines, but
very different from any other species.

Christchurch, and Castle Hill (2,500 feet), in February and March, in
waste ground ; common; seventeen specimens.

8. PANOPAA, N. Y.

Palpi short, porrected, second joint roughly scaled beneath, terminal
joint moderate. Antenne in male bipectinated (a8, b10). Forewings with
vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 anastomosing rather
shortly with 9, 11 out of 10 considerably before angle, 12 free. Hindwings
with veins 6 and 7 long-stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near base to
near transverse vein.

8. Panop. verriculata, Feld.
(Cidaria verriculata, Feld., exxxi., 20.)

Male, female. —32-86 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
pale whitish-ochreous ; about eighteen fine straight very oblique fuscous
strie, parallel to a line from apex to before middle of hindmargin, obscurely
dotted with blackish on veins; ninth to eleventh rather darker and stronger
than rest, twelfth rather fainter; a large black discal dot above middle.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rather flattened ; markings as in fore-
wings, but ninth stria obsolete. |

Constant. A beautifully perfect instance of imitative colouring ; the
fine parallel dotted stri are precisely similar to those of the long drooping
dead leaves of the Cordyline, on which the insect always sits ; Mr. Fereday
informs me that it is careful to place its wings so that the strie are parallel
with those of the leaf. There is no affinity whatever between this species

` and Scotosia gobiata, Feld., the points of resemblance being purely superfi-
cial and acquired for similar purposes.

Christchurch and Dunedin, always on Cordyline, in October, November,
February, March, and May ; fifteen specimens.

9. Evrypice, n.g.

Face with a strong cone of scales. Palpi moderately long, porrected,
roughly scaled. Antenne in male bipectinated (6). Forewings with
vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from considerably above angle of areole, 10 anas-
tomosing strongly with 9, 11 out of 10 rather before angle of areole, 12 free.
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near
base to near transverse vein.

,

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 63

9. Eur. cymosema, n. sp.

Male, female.—25-29 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rather
strongly sinuate; brown-whitish, sometimes more or less suffused with
brown; numerous fine dark fuscous sinuate subdentate lines ; three before
middle and four beyond middle more blackish, generally partially suffused
with brown, leaving a clear median space on costal half, in which is a trans-
verse blackish discal dot; hindmargin suffusedly greyish; a suffused oblique
dark fuscous subapical streak. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin irregularly
crenulate, somewhat projecting in middle; grey-whitish; several subdentate
grey lines, only distinct towards inner margin ; a dark grey discal dot.

Variable only in the de ee of brownish suffusion ; in the markings of
the forewings it agrees almost exactly with some forms of Harp. megaspilata,
but, apart from structure, may be always known by the whitish hindwings,
and rather larger size.

Dunedin ; ten specimens sent to Mr. Fereday by Captain Hutton.

10. HARPALYCE, n. g.

Face with a cone of projecting scales, Palpi rather long, triangularly
sealed, porrected. Antenne in male bipectinated (5-7), Forewings with
vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 out of 9 below 8, 11 shortly
anastomosing with 9, 12 free. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 stalked,
8 anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein.

Closely allied to Eurydice.

10. Harp. megaspilata, Walk.
esca (?) ee, Walk., 1198; Cidaria assata, Feld., cxxxi., 4; Cidaria
ta, Feld , 6; Larentia (?) rufescens, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 502.)

diei gee mm. Forewings moderate, apex rounded, hind-
margin strongly sinuate; whitish-ochreous, reddish-fuscous, or grey;
about eighteen transverse curved dentate fuscous or dark fuscous stri®;
seventh to twelfth usually darker or blackish, diverging so as to leave a
clear pale or sometimes whitish space between eighth and ninth towards
costa or throughout, containing a blackish discal dot above middle; a
fuscous or blackish blotch towards hindmargin beneath apex. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin sinuate above middle, obtusely projecting in middle ;
pale yellowish-ochreous, sometimes fuscous-tinged ; towards inner margin
indistinctly striated with fuscous.

Very variable in colour, and also in the discal approximation of the
median lines; the form of the forewings is, however, rather peculiar and
easily recognized.

Makatoku (Hawke’s Bay), Wellington, Nelson, Christchurch, Mount
Hutt, Dunedin, and probably throughout the islands; common amongst
bush, from December to March ; forty-five specimens,

64 Transactions. — Zoology.

11. Harp. humeraria, Walk.

(Macaria (?) humeraria, Walk., 940; Lozogramma obtusaria, Walk., 985 ; Cidaria flexata,
Walk., 1421; Cidaria obtruncata, Walk., 1421; Sestra fusiplagiata, Walk., 1751;
Itama (?) cinerascens, Feld., exxxi., 1.)

Male, female. —29-34 mm. Forewings moderate, apex acute, hindmargin
excavated on upper half, acutely projecting in middle ; varying from light
grey to light reddish-fuscous ; about eighteen irregular dentate darker striæ,
sometimes partially obsolete ; first three, seventh and eighth, and eleventh
to thirteenth usually more distinct and blackish; seventh and eighth closely
approximated, forming a small blackish or reddish spot on inner margin,
sometimes partially suffused with blackish ; eleventh to thirteenth closely
approximated, widely remote from eighth, parallel to hindmargin; a blackish
discal dot; sometimes a broad purplish-grey median band; sixteenth some-
times spotted with blackish towards costa; a hindmarginal row of blackish
dots. Hindwings moderate, upper angle broadly projecting, hindmargin

shortly projecting in middle; varying from whitish-grey to very pale
^ reddish-fuscous, faintly striated with darker.

Very variable in colour, but always distinguishable by the peculiar form
of wing.

Wellington, Christchurch, Mount Hutt; common amongst bush, in
January, February, April, and May; probably generally distributed; twenty
specimens.

I cannot certainly verify the synonyms quoted from Walker for this
species ; I judge from Mr. Butler’s remarks that all these names refer to
one species, but am not sure that it is this; he does not allude to Felder’s
figure, which is certainly a variety of this.

11. STRATONICE, D. g.

Palpi rather long, porrected, second joint with very long spreading hairs
beneath, terminal joint long, smooth, almost concealed. Antenne in male
bipectinated (a 5, b7). Forewings with vein 6 from hardly below 9, 7 from
considerably above areole, 10 anastomosing very strongly with 9, 11 out of
10 rather before angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7
stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse vein.

The palpi of this genus resemble those of Pasithea.

12. Strat. catapyrrha, Butl.
(Fidonia (?) catapyrrha, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 392, pl. xliii., 2.)

Male, female.—16-21 mm. Forewings rather narrow, hindmargin
rounded ; light ochreous-brown, irregularly mixed with whitish, and
densely irrorated with blackish ; a curved blackish line near base, followed
by a whitish line, two approximated dark fuscous lines, a second whitish
line, and a slender fuscous fascia, marked with blackish on anterior edge

Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 65

and on veins, all parallel; a small blackish discal dot; a cloudy blackish
line beyond middle, dilated on costa, preceded by a fainter line, and bordered
posteriorly by a white line, central third forming a broad bidentate projec-
tion; an indistinct whitish dentate subterminal line, preceded by a dark
fuscous shade. Hindwings rather elongate, hindmargin rounded; deep
ochreous-yellow, base mixed with dark fuscous; an angulated median line,
an irregular subterminal fascia, and hindmargin dark fuscous. Forewings
beneath yellow, with two blackish posterior streaks from costa, and a
reddish spot beneath apex ; hindwings beneath reddish, disc longitudinally
whitish, with irregular median and subterminal blackish bands.

Constant; it would be interesting to know the cause of the beautiful
colouring of the under-surface, which is probably protective.

Mr. R. W. Fereday found this species common in the grassy bed of a
dry lagoon near Lake Guyon, in February and March; I beat a specimen
from bush in the Otira Gorge, at 1,800 feet, in January. Twenty
specimens.

Section C.
12. Envia, Walk.

Face smooth. Palpi rather long, straight, porrected, densely rough-
sealed above and beneath, terminal joint short. Antenne in male stout,
flattened, bipectinated (23). Thorax somewhat crested. Forewings with
vein 6 from a point with 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing mode-
rately with 9, 11 out of 10, running shortly into 12. Hindwings with veins
6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near base to near transverse
vein.

13. Elv. glaucata, Walk.

(Elvia glaucata, Walk., 1431, Feld., exxxii., 25; Elvia donovani, Feld., exxxii., 5.)

Male.—22-24 mm. Forewings moderate, costa sinuate, hindmargin
irregular, somewhat projecting above middle; whitish-ochreous, usually
more or less wholly suffused with bluish-green or bluish-grey; dark markings
varying from somewhat darker green to dark bluish-grey, but black mark-
ings constant ; a straight dark fascia near base, bent inwards on margins,
posteriorly edged with black; a narrow angulated cloudy dark fascia beyond
this; an irregular angulated dark fascia before middle, edged with black
anteriorly ; a somewhat curved subdentate cloudy dark line beyond middle,
beyond which is a similar black line, interrupted below: middle, dilated on
costa; a broad dark hindmarginal band, sometimes containing a pale
subapical space, and an incomplete ochreous-whitish subterminal line.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin dentate, with a longer tooth before
middle ; pale whitish-ochreous, hindmargin sometimes green ; basal third

5

66 y Transactions.—Zoology.

and a median line pale iridescent grey ; a sinuate row of black dots beyond

middle, generally distinet only on inner margin; an incomplete grey or

greenish subterminal line.

Very variable in colour and distinctness of marking. A singular-looking
species; at rest the wings are not flat, but peculiarly folded longitudinally.

Christchurch, Akaroa, and Dunedin ; common amongst bush, from
December to February ; fifteen specimens.

18. PASIPHILA, N. g. :

Face with a cone of scales. Palpi rather long, roughly scaled above and
beneath, porrected. Antenne in male biciliated with fascicles of cilia (24).
Forewings with vein 6 from a point with 9, 7 from below angle of areole,
10 anastomosing strongly with 9, 11 out of 10, running shortly into 12.
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with 7 from near
base to near transverse vein.

Nearly allied to Eupithecta, Curt.

14. Pasiph. bilineolata, Walk.

(Eupithecia (?) bilineolata, Walk., 1246; Eupithecia (?) muscosata, Walk., 1246; Eupi-
thecia indicataria, Walk., 1708; Eupithecia inexpiata, Walk., 1708, Butl., Cat.,
pl. it, 19; Eupithecia semialbata, Walk., 1708; Eupithecia cidariaria, Gn.,
E.M.M., v., 62; Eupithecia fumipalpata, Feld., exxxi., 33; Cidaria aquosata, Feld.,
exxxii., 38; Helastia charybdis, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 503; Helastia calida, Buil.,
Cist. Ent., ii., 504.)

Male, female.—16—24 mm. Forewings moderate, costa sinuate or arched,
hindmargin rounded, crenulate ; whitish, whitish-ochreous, reddish-ochre-
ous, light fuscous, greyish, or green, sometimes coloured with alternate
bands; numerous irregular sinuate dentate dark fuscous or green lines,
sometimes partially obsolete ; some beyond middle are angulated in disc ;
sometimes a broad median band suffused with fuscous, and irregular spots
towards anal angle, middle of hindmargin, and on costa before apex ; some-
times dise wholly occupied by a very large irregular transverse snow-white
blotch. Hindwings short or moderate, hindmargin rounded, erenulate,
sometimes emarginate towards inner angle; varying from whitish to
fuscous or dark grey ; a dark fuscous discal dot ; numerous curved dentate
dark fuscous and green lines, only distinct towards inner margin, one
beyond middle stronger and blackish.

Extraordinarily variable ; the shape of wing varies a good deal, and the
colour infinitely ; the lines are, however, always identical in form when
perceptible. All the forms are connected by insensible gradations, and I
consider it certain that there is only one New Zealand species of this genus.
The varieties do not appear local as a rule, but Mr. R. W. Fereday found a
constant dark bluish-grey variety frequenting rock-faces on Mount Hutt at
2,500 feet; it is without doubt a variety only.

Meryrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. | 67

Masterton, Wellington, Nelson, Christchurch, Mount Hutt, Dunedin,
and probably throughout the islands; on tree-trunks, fences, rocks, ete.,
from November to March and in June, resting with the wings expanded as

in Eupithecia ; eighty-four specimens.
Section D.
14. Tarosoma, Butl.

Face smooth. Palpi long, straight, porrected, shortly rough-scaled,
terminal joint short. Antenne in male simple, stout, gradually dilated
from base to near apex, apex attenuated. Abdomen in male very exces-
sively elongate. Hindwings in male deeply excised near inner margin,
inner marginal lobe folded Y a long pocket, fringed with hairs. Fore-
wings with vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from or above angle of areole, 10 anas-
tomosing moderately with 9, 11 anastomosing moderately with 10, 12 free.
Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 separate, 8 free, united with 7 before trans-
verse vein by an oblique bar. ;

This singular genus is a remnant of a widely diffused but now fragmen-
tary group, to which belong also Lobophora (Europe), Rhopalodes (South
America), Sauris (Ceylon), and Remodes (Borneo). In all the hindwings of
the male are peculiarly modified, usually much diminished in size, and with
inner margin formed into a distinct lobe, the object of which is unknown.
A similar structure is found only in one or two genera of Tortricina. Rho-
palodes is the nearest genus to this, but vein 5 is said to be obsolete, and
the lobe does not form a pocket; in Sauris the areole is simple, and the
antenne thickly scaled ; in Remodes the areole is also simple, the antenn®
flattened and scaled, and the inner margin is farnished with three super-
posed lobular folds, so that it represents the extreme of development in
this direction.

Nore.—As terminations in -soma are often erroneously regarded as
neuter by entomologists ignorant of the classical languages, it may be
worth mentioning that such names as Tatosoma, Leptosoma, etc., can by
their formation be nothing but the feminine of adjectives.

la. Forewings green.

2a. With four transverse lines vs ee wk. a .. 15. lestevata.
. , numerous lines E i Ax sia "m .. 16. transitaria.
1b. Forewings whitish-ochreous .. 7 .. 17. agrionata.

15. Tat. lestevata, Walk.
(Cidaria lestevata, Walk., 1416; Sauris ranata, Feld., exxxi., 11.)
Male.—84-85 mm. Forewings moderate, costa arched, hindmargin
very oblique, bowed above middle; yellowish-green, deeper beyond mark-
ings; four irregular subdentate black lines, angularly sinuate, first towards
- base, second before middle, third beyond middle, fourth broken aud ill-

68 Transactions.— Zoology.

defined, subterminal ; a deeper green discal dot; extreme costal edge
spotted with blackish. Hindwings short ; greenish-ochreous-whitish ; a
grey discal dot.

A beautiful and conspicuous species.

I have only seen two specimens, sent to Mr. Fereday by Mr. T. H.
Potts, who took them near Christchurch.

16. Tat. transitaria, Walk.
(Cidaria transitaria, Walk., 1419; Sauris mistata, Feld., exxxi., 12.)

Male, female.—26-85 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded
or very faintly sinuate ; ochreous-whitish, irregularly suffused with dull
light olive-green ; a black furcate streak along inner margin towards base ;
numerous irregularly sinuate and dentate dark fuscous strie, irregularly
marked with blackish ; a more conspicuous one beyond middle, partially
edged with white posteriorly, twice shortly angulated on upper half, and
deeply concave on lower half. Hindwings in male small, in female rather
small ; in male pale greyish-ochreous, in female greyer and darker.

Apparently constant.

Wellington, Christchurch, and Dunedin, amongst bush, in January and
May; Mr. R. W. Fereday has taken it at sugar ; ten specimens. é
17. Tat. agrionata, Walk.

(Cidaria agrionata, Walk., 1417; Cidaria tipulata, Walk., 1417 ; Cidaria inclinataria,
Walk., 1418; Cidaria collectaria, Walk., 1419.)

Male, female.—81-34 mm. Forewings elongate, costa rounded, hind-
margin very obliquely rounded, somewhat sinuate below middle; whitish-
ochreous ; numerous irregular dentate dark fuscous strie ; a dark fuscous
median band, broad on upper half and with sinuate margins, suddenly
contracting and narrow on lower half, margins nearly straight. Hindwings
in male much reduced, small, elongate, in female rather small; grey, paler
towards base.

Apparently constant except in intensity of markings.

Christchurch aud Akaroa (Mr. R. W. Fereday), in January, and from
March to May, amongst bush ; eight specimens.

Section E.
15. Astaena, Hb.

Face smooth. Palpi short, slender, porrected. Antenne in male
slender, filiform, shortly ciliated (3). Forewings with vein 6 from a point
with 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing moderately with 9, 11
anastomosing moderately with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal.

A genus occurring also in Europe, America, Australia, and perhaps
generally.
la. Lines of wings green .. m si da de sa .. 18. pulchraria.
1b. "n » purplish-grey .. ae zt vt éa .. 19. schistaria.

Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 69

18. Asth. pulchraria, Dbld.

(Acidalia pulchraria, Dbld., Dieff. N.Z., ii, 286; Chlorochroma plurilineata, Walk., 563,
676; Asthena ondinata, Gn., ix., 438, pl. xix., 4, Butl. Cat., pl. iii, 20; Cidaria
ondinata, Feld., exxviii., 17.) .
Male, female,—24-26 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin more or

less rounded; greenish-whitish; numerous light bluish-green slightly curved

dentate strie ; a darker green discal dot; costa narrowly fuscous. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin somewhat projecting in middle ; colour, stris,
and discal dot as in forewings, but strie absent towards base.

Variable in form of wing, principally in convexity of hindmargin ; occa-
sionally the fuscous suffusion of the costa is very slight. From Tasmania I
have a form which is brighter and yellower green, with the lines and hind-
margin straighter.

Hawke’s Bay, Wellington, Arthur’s Pass (2,600 feet), and Dunedin,
amongst bush, in January; also from Tasmania and South-east Australia
ten specimens.

19. Asth. schistaria, Walk.

(Acidalia schistaria, Walk., 782; Asthena ad punti Walk., 1588; Acidalia tuhuata,

eld.,

Male, female.—23-26 mm. enga moderate; hindmargin rounded
or faintly sinuate ; grey-whitish ; numerous purplish-grey slightly curved
dentate strie ; a dark fuscous discal dot; a stria before middle and another
beyond middle generally darker or partially blackish, sometimes broadly
suffused on lower half; a hindmarginal row of very numerous dark fuscous
dots. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin in male rounded, in female pro-
jecting in middle ; colour and markings as in forewings.

Variable in intensity of colouring and in the presence of the median
suffusion.

Wellington, Christchurch, Akaroa, Dunedin, especially fsi Lep-
tospermum, from January to March ; twenty-one specimens. I do not know
that this species is found in Australia, but should think it very probable.
It only differs from the preceding in colour, but I have seen no approach to
any connecting forms.

16. Scorosra, Stph.

Face with more or less projecting scales. Palpi moderate, roughly tri-
angular-scaled, porrected. Antenne in male stout, serrate, shortly ciliated
(4). Thorax slightly crested. Forewings with vein 6 frum a point with or
below 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing moderately with 9, 11
anastomosing rather strongly with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal.
la. Anterior lines of forewings more oblique than hindmargin .. 20. gobiata.
wo È 2COM G dE .. 21. deltoidata.

70 Transactions.—Z oology.

20. Scot. gobiata, Feld.

(Cidaria gobiata, Feld., exxxi., 2; Phibalapteryx simulans, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, 506 ;

: Phibalapteryz undulifera, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 506; Phibalapteryx anguligera, Butl.,
Cist. Ent., ii., 507; Phibalapteryx rivularis, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 507
Male, female.—25-87 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded,

crenulate ; pale whitish-ochreous; very numerous fine slightly dentate
ochreous-fuscous strie parallel to a line from $ of inner margin to apex,
but somewhat bent near costa, and tending to form darker dots on veins ;
one about 4, a second before middle, and a third slightly beyond middle
| generally more conspicuous and partially marked with blackish, except
towards costa, third often more irregular and with a variable projecting
median tooth; a minute black discal dot on second, sometimes enlarged
into a small round spot; a sinuate dark fuscous or blackish line from
middle of disc to apex, suffused beneath. Hindwings moderate, hind-
margin slightly rounded, crenulate ; colour, transverse strise, and discal
dot as in forewings.

Very variable, but always easily recognizable.

Wanganui, Wellington, Nelson, Christchurch, Dunedin, amongst bush,
common from November to June ; thirty-four specimens.

21. Scot. deltoidata, Walk.

(Coremia deltoidata, Walk., 1321; Cidaria inclarata, Walk., 1411; Cidaria perductata,
Walk., 1412; Cidaria congressata, Walk., 1412; Cidaria conversata, Walk., 13;
Cidaria descriptata, Walk., 1414 ; Cidaria bisignata, Walk., 1415; Cidaria aggregata,
Walk., 1415 ; Cidaria congregata, Walk., 1415; Cidaria plagifurcata, Walk., 1416;
Coremia pastinaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 4; Cidaria inopiata, Feld., exxxii., 3; Cidaria
monoliata, Feld., exxxii., 8; Cidaria perversata, Feld., cxxxii., 14, 24.)

Male, female.—80-86 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly
rounded, straight, or somewhat concave, more or less erenulate ; ochreous-
brown; numerous dark grey or dark fuscous somewhat irregular shortly
dentate strie ; a narrow dark fuscous fascia before middle, and a rather
broader one beyond middle, more or less approximated, sometimes both cut
below middle by a broad biconcave bar of ground-colour ; included median
band often grey; a small black transverse discal spot; often first fascia
preceded and second fascia followed by a narrow whitish or white fascia; a
very obscure whitish subterminal line. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded, crenulate; light brownish-ochreous, greyer towards base and
inner margin; numerous obscure incomplete dark grey strie.

Extremely variable, yet not so as to justify so long a list of synonyms.

Wellington, Christchurch, Mount Hutt, Dunedin, Lake Wakatipu, and
probably throughout the islands, abundant from December to February ;
fifty-two specimens. Mr. R. W. Fereday informs me that this species is
now scarce near Christchurch, where it was formerly very abundant, having
been nearly exterminated by the increase of birds.

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 71

17. Epyaxa, n. g.

Face with a short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, triangularly scaled,
porrected. Antennæ in male bipectinated (5-7). Forewings with vein 6
from a point with 9, 7 from or somewhat below angle of areole, 10 anasto-
mosing moderately with 9, 11 anastomosing moderately with 10, 12 free.
Hindwings normal.
la. Central band with a very strong broad abrupt projection... .. 25. chlamydota.
1b. n T » small angular or rounded ^

2a. Hindwings whitish-ochreous .. n ia

2b

. 24. semifissata.

: is rey.
3a. Liu of central band nearly straight .. “e .. 23. orophyla.
A T » js , strongly concave AS .. 22. rosearia.
22. Ep. rosearia, Dbld.
(Cidaria rosearia, Dbld., Dieff. N.Z., ii., 285, Butl. Cat., pl. iii, 13; Coremia ardularia,
Gn., E.M.M., v., 63; Coremia inamenaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 63.)

Male, female.—25-28 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin very
faintly sinuate; in male pale whitish-grey, faintly ochreous-tinged, in
female generally more ochreous and sometimes yellowish ; numerous very
indistinct darker strie, dotted with blackish on veins; a small rather
darker basal patch, its outer edge sharply angulated above middle; a
rather darker moderately broad median band, partially mixed with fuscous,
its margins sometimes blackish on upper half, containing a paler space
above middle, in which is an elongate transverse black dot; anterior edge
of band rather deeply sinuate-concave, posterior edge shortly and obtusely
projecting in middle and towards costa, somewhat concave on lower half;
hindmargin suffusedly darker ; a short dark grey suffused oblique subapical
streak: in female all markings are only rather darker than ground-colour.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; whitish-grey, faintly striated
with darker.

The female is variable in ground-colour, the male very constant.

Christchurch, Akaroa, Dunedin; very common, especially at light, in
March and from May to September, so that it is essentially a winter
species ; fifty-five specimens.

C. ardularia, Gn., is the male, and C. inamenaria, Gn., the female of
this species; C. subidaria, Gn., quoted by Butler as a synonym, is an
Australian species and not identical.

23. Ep. orophyla, n. sp.

Male, female.—28-33 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin very
faintly sinuate ; grey, slightly fuscous-tinged, and obscurely striated with
whitish, sometimes with blackish dots on veins; a blackish line near base,
irregularly bent near costa; a moderately broad median band enclosed by
two fuscous blackish-edged fascie, sometimes confluent on lower half, their

72 Transactions.—Z oology.

inward margins dentate; anterior edge of band almost straight, posterior
edge rather sharply angulated in middle, more shortly towards costa; a
short suffused dark fuscous subapical streak. Hindwings moderate, hind-
margin rounded ; light grey, faintly ochreous-tinged, very faintly striated.

Quite constant, and the sexes alike; larger and greyer than the preced-
ing, from which it is immediately distinguished by the straight anterior edge
of the median band.

Dunedin, Castle Hill (2,500 feet), Mount Hutt, Lake Wakatipu (4,000
feet); a southern and mountain species, frequenting open ground, in
December and January; twenty-eight specimens. _

4. Ep. semifissata, Walk.
(Coremia semifissata, Walk., 1320; Coremia ypsilonaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 64; Cidaria
delicatulata, Gn., E.M.M., v., 94.)

Male, female.—26-28 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin faintly
sinuate; in male whitish, striated with fuscous-grey, veins dotted with
blackish, in female whitish-ochreous, strie dark fuscous; a blackish line
towards base, with a short acute tooth or angulation beneath costa; a
moderately broad median band enclosed ‘by two fuscous blackish-edged
fascie, confluent on lower half, including a small blackish discal dot, and
marked on submedian vein with whitish-ochreous ; anterior edge of band
sinuate-concave, posterior edge more or less sharply angulated in middle,
somewhat rounded towards costa; a darker hindmarginal suffusion, termi-
nated above by a short suffused dark fuscous subapical streak. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded ; light yellowish-ochreous, base sometimes
greyish-tinged, and with faint greyish strie.

Constant; the female more ochreous-tinged, and the markings darker
and more defined than in male. .

Christchurch, Mount Hutt, Dunedin, amongst open bush, from Novem-
ber to April, very common ; fifty-one specimens.

Here also Guenée has described the sexes as distinct species.
25. Ep. chlamydota, n. sp.

Male, female.—27-29 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rather
strongly sinuate, crenate; very pale whitish-ochreous; a small pale greyish-
purple basal patch, margined by a strongly outwards-curved or angulated
fuscous fascia, becoming blackish posteriorly ; three or four parallel light
ochreous-fuscous lines, partially confluent towards costa; a broad light
greyish-purple median band, margined on both sides by a fuscous blackish-
edged fascia, becoming dark fuscous externally; its anterior edge irregularly
concave, posterior edge with a broad truncate projection in middle, beneath
which is a short triangular indentation ; a fuseous pale-circled discal dot ;
an indistinct purplish hindmarginal fascia, darker above and attenuated
to apex, and preceded by an irregular reddish-ochreous suffusion, extending

Massie. —On New Zealand Geometrina. 73

to costa. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin projecting in middle, crenate ;
deep ochreous-yellow, hindmargin more reddish-tinged, base paler; some-
times suffused with light purplish-grey, except an ochreous-yellow sub-
terminal fascia.

Apparently somewhat variable in colour.

Wellington, Christchurch, and Akaroa, amongst bush, in November and
January; three specimens in the collections of Mr. R. W. Fereday and the
Otago Museum.

18. ARSINOE, n. g.

Face with projecting scales. Palpi moderate, triangularly scaled, por-
rected. Antenne in male stout, strongly dentate, teeth moderately ciliated
(3). Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 ana-
stomosing moderately with 9, 11 anastomosing strongly with 10, 12 free.
Hindwings normal.

This genus occurs also in Australia.
la. Hindwings rounded .. s a sé m “a .. 26. subochraria.
lb. » dentate "e +. 27, prionota.

26. dn ular, Dbld.
Canio : subochraria, para CNA , 285; Camptogramma subochraria, Butl.,
em

Es Camptogramma s sending Gn., X. 425; Camptogramma fuscinata,
- M.M b

Male, ande. Mp os mm. Forewings din hindmargin rounded ;
yellow, faintly striated with darker ; costa narrowly suffused with purplish-
fuscous ; a well-defined black discal dot; a narrow purplish-fuscous sinuate
fascia or line beyond middle, posteriorly well-defined; anteriorly suffused,
and dilated on inner margin; a suffused fuscous hindmarginal band, pre-
ceded by one or two faint dentate fuscous strie. Hindwings moderate,
hindmargin rounded ; yellow, paler towards base, more ochreous or reddish-
tinged posteriorly.

ar. fuscinata. All wings more or less strongly suffused with light
purplish-fuscous, fascia darker.

Constant except in respect of the fuscous suffusion.

Wanganui, Nelson, Christchurch, Mount Hutt, Dunedin ; very common
in open ground, frequenting the tussock-grass, from November to April ;
common also in Tasmania and. Victoria ; forty-eight specimens. The
variety fuscinata is worth naming, as it appears to be confined to New
Zealand ; Mr. Fereday states it to have been formerly locally abundant in
the SWRIRPY plains ; but it shades gradually into the type.

27. Ars. prionota, n. sp.

Male, female.—27-31 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded,
in male crenate, in female dentate ; light-ochreous; numerous indistinct
sinuate dentate fuscous or dark fuscous strie; in male costa and hind-
margin suffused with dull light green; a broad median band indistinctly

74 i Transactions.— Zoology.

suffused with dark fuscous, in female hardly perceptibly, the lines forming
its posterior edge bent in middle into a rather strong indented projection ;
in male an indistinct dark fuscous subterminal suffusion ; an indistinct
dark fuscous discal dot. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded,
dentate ; ochreous-whitish ; some irregular incomplete dark fuscous lines
towards inner margin ; a dark fuscous hindmarginal line.

Probably variable in colour and suffusion.

Castle Hill (2,500 feet) and Dunedin ; three specimens in Mr. Fereday's
collection, received from Mr. J. D. Enys and Capt. Hutton.

. 19. Ciparn, Tr.

Face with a more or less developed cone of scales. Palpi moderate or
short, roughly triangular-scaled, porrected. Antenne in male stout
serrate, shortly ciliated (1-1). Thorax sometimes crested posteriorly.
Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 almost from angle of areole, 10
anastomosing moderately with 9, 11 anastomosing moderately with 10,
12 free. Hindwings normal.

An extensive genus, probably of universal distribution.
la. Posterior edge of central band very acutely indented below

angulation vs 14:29
1b. Posterior edge of ani band ot i add
2a. Forewings green.

. rirata.

3a. Median band RRE e N^ PA "i > .. 90. purpurifera.
3b. gre
da. indwinis grey- ia. “e .. 32. callichlora.
4b. more or less tinged with reddish- PERA .. 31. similata.

2b. Forewings um green.
3a. Lines dentate $4 «le 2% T ee .. 33. chaotica.
3b. .,, not dentate Se A 94 su ys .. 98. triphragma.
28. Cid. triphragma, n. sp.

Male.—26-27 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin strongly sinuate ;
pale dull greyish-purple ; a very small darker basal patch, outer edge
strongly convex, margined by a dark fuscous fascia, posteriorly whitish-
edged ; a dark fuscous fascia before 4, irregularly outwards-curved,
posteriorly suffused, anteriorly sharply defined and whitish-edged ; a
minute blackish discal dot; a dark fuscous fascia beyond middle, forming
a strong angle in middle, upper and lower halves both inwards-curved,
anteriorly suffused, posteriorly sharply defined and whitish-edged. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin somewhat irregular, projecting in middle ;
whitish-ochreous mixed with pale purplish ; an angulated darker band
before middle.

A very distinct species, probably not variable.

Blenheim ; two specimens received by Mr. Fereday from Mr. Skellon.

- Muvricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 75

29. Cid. rixata, Feld.
(Cidaria rirata, Feld., cxxxii., 1; Coremia squalida, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 505.)

Male, female.—24-82 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin sinuate,
crenulate; rather dark ashy-grey, somewhat mixed partially with light
olive-green ; numerous irregular dentate dark fuscous strie, except on a
median space, containing a black discal dot; basal third somewhat mixed
with whitish, with two cloudy angulated whitish strie at }, partially suf-
fused with greenish, and two others less angulated rather nearer base ;
beyond the posterior pair the dark stria coalesce on lower half to form a
blackish fascia ; a double whitish line considerably beyond middle, dentate
anteriorly, sinuate near costa, obtusely bent outwards in middle, emitting
a long sharp tooth inwards below middle; beyond these a third parallel
less distinct whitish or greenish line; a very sharply dentate whitish sub-
terminal line, closely approaching this on lower half, anteriorly suffusedly
blackish-margined ; an oblique suffused blackish subapical spot. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin rounded, crenulate ; in male whitish-ochre-
ous, becoming greyish towards base, in female light grey; a grey discal
dot; an obscure angulated median band somewhat darker, or represented
by several incomplete strie; an obscure grey dentate subterminal line.

Constant; immediately recognizable from all other species of the
family in New Zealand by the very fine acute indentation of the posterior
margin of the median band below middle.

Wellington, Mount Hutt, and Otira Gorge (1,600 feet), common amongst
bush in January; twenty-four specimens.

30. Cid. purpurifera, Fereday.
(Cidaria purpurifera, Fereday, N.Z. Journ. Sc., 1883, A)

Male, female.—98-31 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin faintly
sinuate, crenulate; dull rather light olive-green; two obscure irregular
dentate blackish strie near base, second followed by whitish scales; two
irregular sinuate dentate blackish strie at 4, curved outwards above middle,
suffusedly confluent on lower half, first slightly whitish-margined anteriorly ;
two other very irregular dentate blackish strie beyond middle, forming a
. broad subquadrate projection in middle third, which is wholly suffused with
dark fuscous, second posteriorly white-margined, more broadly towards
costa; between these two pairs of strie the included median band is dull
greyish-purple; a dentate white subterminal line; an oblique blackish sub-
. apical spot, white-margined above. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded, crenulate ; light brownish-ochreous.

Constant; a very elegant species.

Mount Hutt, in wooded gullies, common in December and January (Mr.
R. W. Fereday); sixty specimens.

76 Transactions. — Zoology.

81. Cid. similata, Walk.
(Cidaria similata, Walk., 1413 ; Cidaria timarata, Feld., exxxii., 19.)

Male, female.—29-33 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded,
crenulate ; whitish-fuscous, suffused almost throughout with rather bright
green; numerous irregular shortly dentate dark fuscous strie, towards base
angulated above middle ; two pairs before middle converging and confluent
on lower half into a narrow fascia, spotted with blackish, and posteriorly
markedly concave; two other pairs of more irregular twice sinuate strie
beyond middle also converging similarly but less strongly ; a broken sub-
dentate white subterminal line, preceded by fuscous spots. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded, crenulate ; whitish-ochreous, more reddish-
ochreous towards inner margin, with numerous incomplete dentate obscure
grey stri.

Constant ; the thorax is rather strongly crested.

Christchurch and Dunedin, usually at rest on moss-grown tree-trunks,
from November to March ; seventeen specimens.

82. Cid. callichlora, Butl.
(Cidaria callichlora, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 509.)

Male.—31 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded, crenate ;
yellowish green, irregularly suffused with rather darker green; numerous
irregular dentate blackish lines; two of these before middle and three at $
suffused with blackish on lower half, indicating a median band, of which
the posterior edge forms a short bidentate projection in middle, and a short
simple projection towards costa ; a slightly paler subterminal line preceded
by an irregular blackish suffusion ; a small blackish discal dot. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded, crenate ; grey-whitish ; several indistinct
grey lines, only perceptible near inner margin ; a black hindmarginal line.

Probably constant. o

Christchurch, in March (Mr. R. W. Fereday); two specimens.

88. Cid. chaotica, n. sp.

Male, female.—25-29 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded,
crenulate ; dark fuscous, slightly mixed with pale ochreous, or with a very
broad pale ochreous median band; numerous dentate blackish or dark
fuscous strie ; two adjacent ochreous-fuscous or partially whitish-ochreous
blackish-margined lines at 4, followed by a row of white dots ; two similar
lines at 2, sinuate beneath costa, with a strong bidentate angulation below
middle, almost touching hindmargin, and preceded by a row of white dots ;
an obscure blackish discal dot; a small whitish-ochreous mark on costa
before apex; a blackish interrupted hindmarginal line. Hindwings mode-
rate, hindmargin rounded, crenulate ; light ochreous-grey ; several grey
strie towards inner margin; an obscure darker discal dot.

pa

Muyrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 77

Apparently variable in colour and suffusion ; distinguished however
from all New Zealand species of the family by the approximation of the
posterior margin of the central band to the hindmargin, which the angula-
tion almost touches.

Akaroa, Mount Hutt, Arthur’s Pass (2,600 feet), and Dunedin, amongst
bush, in January and February ; five specimens.

20. LarENTIA, Tr.

Face with a more or less developed cone of scales. Palpi moderate,
roughly triangular-scaled, porrected. Antenne in male bipectinated (a 8-5,
b 6-8). Thorax not hairy beneath. Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9,
7 from (rarely above) angle of areole, 10 anastomosing moderately with 9,
11 anastomosing moderately with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal.

Also a cosmopolitan genus, largely represented in New Zealand.
la. Hindwings distinetly yellow.

2a. Forewings with clear white markings.

3a. With six white fascie .. i La ys $a .. 38. clarata.
3b. ,, two whitelines .. “a di sa .. 94. stinaria.
2b. Forewings without white La.
3a. Forewings clear yellow.
4a. With numerous datate brown lines a us .. 44. prasinias.
4b. ,, four rows of dots «d +. 40. chlorias.
3b. Forewings whitish-ochreous or rollos:
4a. Median projection of central ES bidentate .. .. 43. helias.
4b. » ‘s » unded .. . 50. bulbulata.
1b. Hindwings not des.
2a. Forewings suffused with green .. SA es .. .. 39. beata.
2b. Forewings not green.
3a. Posterior lines of forewings more oblique than hindmargin 35. prefectata.

3b. not more oblique.
4a. Alec flee of — rump aa “3 as .. 36. nephelias.
4b. resen
5a. Contes iad Vithodt cius seien
6a. Cilia barred .. us .. 41. egrota.
DD. n unicolorous $i és ca .. 42. psamathodes.

5b. Central band with median moles:
6a. Projection simple.
Ta. Forewings dark fuscous-grey .. pe .. 49. anthracias.
Tb. “a light greyish-ochreous To: +» 37. cataphracta.
6b. Projection bidentate.
7a. Hindmargin of forewings Gest sinuate .. 46. obarata.

7b. F
2 pedia large . is a i .. 47. petropola.
5 non or small.
p With a clear white line T" median
a .. 45. chionogramma.

9b. Without ,, b n n „ ++ 48. cinerearia,

78 Transactions.— Zoology.

94. Lar. stinaria, Gn.
(Camptogramma stinaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 92.)

Male, female.—94-28 mm. | Forewings moderate, hindmargin somewhat
sinuate; rather deep ochreous-yellow, somewhat suffused with fuscous on
median band except towards costa, and on hindmargin; a white posteriorly
blackish-margined line from inner margin at + to disc before middle; a
white anteriorly blackish-margined transverse line beyond «middle, mode-
rately sinuate. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded; rather deep.
ochreous-yellow.

Constant and very distinct. :

Christchurch, Dunedin, and at the foot of Mount Hutt, frequenting
Carex subdola in December and January (Mr. R. W. Fereday); twenty
specimens.

95. Lar. prafectata, Walk.
(Acidalia prefectata, Walk., 781; Acidalia subtentaria, Walk., 1610; Acidalia abscondi-
taria, Walk., 1611, Butl. Cat., pl. ii., 21.)

Male, female.—36-41 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin hardly
rounded ; dull grey-whitish ; several very faint grey strie towards base, tend-
ing to form dots on veins; a small: dark grey discal dot; a nearly straight
grey line from beyond middle of hindmargin to costa before apex, dotted
with dark grey on veins; rather before this is a very faint grey parallel
line, and between it and hindmargin are four straight cloudy grey lines,
gradually converging towards costa. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded; dull grey-whitish, with a median grey line, and six posterior
faintly subdentate hardly curved grey lines.

Quite constant.

Christchurch, in November, frequenting swampy places (Mr. R. W.
Fereday) ; twenty-three specimens.

86. Lar. nephelias, n. sp.

Male, female.—32-34 mm. Forewings moderate, in female narrower
and more elongate, hindmargin rounded; pale whitish-grey, slightly ochre-
ous-tinged ; an indistinct suffusion of dark fuscous scales before middle; a
small dark fuscous discal dot; a rather irregular cloudy dark fuscous line
beyond middle, sinuate beneath costa, shortly angulated in middle; a very
faint stria beyond this; a hindmarginal band composed of two rows of
cloudy partially confluent dark fuscous spots, separating on costa: cilia
pale whitish-grey. Hindwings moderate, in female narrower, hindmargin
rounded; ground-colour as in forewings, with a few grey scales pos-
teriorly.

A remarkable-looking species.
I took two fine spécimens above Arthur's Pass (4,600 feet) in January.

Merricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 79

87. Lar. cataphracta, n. sp.

Female. —29-31 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly
rounded ; pale greyish-ochreous ; markings white, black-margined, some-
times obsolete on costa; a basal patch and two curved slender fascia
towards base, their margins dentate; a variable central fascia, sometimes
rather broad and even throughout, but generally with margins approxi-
mated or confluent below middle, margins hardly dentate ; a cloudy fuscous
parallel line beyond this; a rather narrow fascia at $, shortly angulated
in middle and towards costa, margins entire; beyond this a cloudy fuscous
parallel line; a dentate white subterminal line; a short cloudy white
oblique subapical streak, beneath blackish-margined : cilia whitish, some-
times barred with dark fuscous. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
` extremely pale greyish-ochreous ; cilia as in forewings.

` Variable in the form of the central fascia, and in the distinctness of the
bars of the cilia, which are sometimes wholly absent. I have not seen the
male, but the species is so apparently allied to the following, that there can
be little doubt of its position.

Arthur’s Pass (3,000 feet), Lake Guyon, and Lake Wakatipu (4,000
feet), amongst grass, from December to March; seven specimens,

38. Lar. clarata, Walk.
(Larentia elarata, Walk., 1197, Butl. Cat., pl. iii, 14; Cidaria pyramaria, Gn.,
.M.M., v., 93.)

Male, female.—98-85 mm. Forewings e olcala, hindmargin rounded;
light brownish-ochreous ; markings white, margined by dentate blackish
lines, sometimes obsolete on costa; a small basal patch; two narrow
curved fascise towards base; a moderate median fascia, contracted or often
obsolete in middle by coalescence of its margins, containing a strongly-
marked black discal dot; a narrow irregular fascia beyond middle, sinuate
beneath costa, rather strongly angulated in middle; a sinuate dentate
blackish stria rather before this, and a second beyond it; a well-marked
subterminal line; cilia white, barred with dark fuscous. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded ; ochreous-yellow ; cilia as in forewings.

Variable only in the form of the central fascia; always easily separ-
able from the preceding by the yellow hindwings and more dentate
markings.

Castle Hill (2,500 feet), Mount Hutt, and Dunedin, in open grassy
places, in December and January ; thirty specimens.
89. Lar. beata, Butl.
(Cidaria beata, Buti., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 397, pl. xliii., ET

Male, female.—22-28 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
olive-green, irregularly mixed with whitish-yellowish, tending to form trans-
verse strie; a narrow strongly-curved blackish-green fascia near base,

80 ` Transactions.— Zoology.

anteriorly suffused, posteriorly irregularly dentate and whitish-margined ; a
darker or blackish-green median band, margined on both sides by first a
blackish and then a white line, both margins irregularly dentate, anterior
margin concave, posterior margin projecting beneath costa, and with a
strong bidentate angulation in middle; within the median band is often a
clear white space on costal half, and sometimes a smaller one on inner
margin; generally a black discal dot; a dentate white subterminal line,
anteriorly dark-margined: cilia with basal half yellowish, apical half
white, barred with blackish. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
whitish-ochreous, sometimes slightly greenish-tinged, with an obscure row
of grey spots before hindmargin ; cilia as in forewings.

Variable in the presence or extent of the median white markings;
allied to the preceding.

Christchurch, Akaroa, Mount Hutt, Dunedin, Lake Wakatipu, com-
monly amongst bush, from December to February, in April and June;
twenty-five specimens.

40. Lar. chlorias, n. sp.

Male.—80 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin hardly rounded ;
bright yellow; base of costa dark fuscous-purple ; a curved row of three
very small dark purple-fuscous spots about }, and another of four spots
before middle, costal spots larger; a triangular purple blotch on costa
before apex, reaching half across wing, anteriorly margined by a strongly
Sinuate bluish-black streak; a row of three dark purple-fuscous dots from
apex of this to inner margin, and a subterminal row of six similar dots ;
cilia yellow. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; rather paler than
forewings, with two curved posterior rows of cloudy purple-fuscous dots.

A very beautiful and conspicuous species.

I took one fine specimen in a wooded gully near Castle Hill, at 3,100
feet, in January.

41. Lar. egrota, Butl.
(Selidosema egrota, Butl., Cist. Ent., ü., 499.)

Male, female.—26-31 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
pale brownish-grey ; basal third with about eight fine dentate slightly
curved dark grey striæ; a black discal dot; four similar strie placed together
beyond middle; two others more indistinct forming a subterminal line,
beyond which the hindmargin is slightly darker: cilia barred with blackish
and whitish. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded; slightly paler
than forewings, without markings ; cilia pale brownish-grey, sometimes
barred.

Only varying slightly in depth of colouring ; the isolation of the four
postmedian strie is a good point.

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 81

Christchurch and Dunedin, in November, February, and March; twelve
specimens.

42, Lar. psamathodes, n. Sp.

Male, female.—30-83 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly
rounded, crenulate ; whitish-ochreous, slightly brownish-tinged ; numerous
fine almost straight subdentate fuscous lines parallel to hindmargin, in-
distinct towards base, darker posteriorly; a black discal dot; an indistinct
whitish subterminal line, preceded by a dark fuscous shade; a hindmarginal
row of large black dots in pairs. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin slightly
rounded, crenulate; very pale whitish-ochreous-grey ; several grey lines,
only distinct near inner margin; a hindmarginal row of large black dots in
pairs.

Constant ; an inconspicuous species.

Wellington and Dunedin; received by Mr. R. W. Fereday from Captain
Hutton, and in the collection of the Otago Museum ; eight specimens.

^. 48, Lar. helias, n. sp.

Male.—80 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded; very pale
whitish-ochreous ; costa and hindmargin ochreous-yellow; three or four
obscure fuscous strim towards base; a dark fuscous dentate strongly curved
line at 4; a moderately broad reddish-ochreous-brown median fascia, con-
tracted beneath, anterior edge almost straight and marked with a blackish
dot above middle, posterior edge irregularly dentate, and shortly projecting
below middle ; a yellowish-ochreous line parallel and a little beyond this ;
fuscous-margined, followed by a slender irregular fuscous fascia, separated
from the ochreous-yellow hindmarginal fascia by a dentate pale line ; cilia
pale fuscous-reddish. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded; ochre-
ous-yellow, paler towards base; a dark grey discal dot; cilia pale fuscous-
reddish.

Very distinct.

Dunedin, in January ; two specimens.

44. Lar. prasinias, n. sp.

Male, female.—26-29 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly
sinuate ; bright yellow ; numerous cloudy confused dentate brownish stris ;
a moderately broad rather dark fuscous median band, including a large ill-
defined clear yellow patch on upper half, containing a black dot; its margins
dentate, anterior margin concave, posterior margin moderately angulated in
middle, sinuate above; a subterminal row of small dark fuscous spots;
cilia yellow, barred with dark fuscous. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded ; pale yellow; basal half finely and obscurely striated with bluish- -
grey; hindmargin reddish-tinged, with a subterminal row of small grey
spots.

6

82 Transactions,— Zoology.

Constant; a very elegant insect.

Castle Hill, taken by Mr. J. D. Enys ; seven specimens.

È 45. Lar. chionogramma, n. sp. i

Male.—28 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin slightly rounded,
crenate; pale greyish-ochreous, irrorated with dark fuscous, forming
indistinct irregular striw; the suffusion of these forms a rather broad
median band, its margins dentate, anterior margin concave, inter-
ruptedly white-edged, posterior margin with a short bidentate median pro-
jection, white-edged, more strongly and conspicuously on upper half; a
black white-circled discal dot; a dentate white subterminal line, preceded
by a dark suffusion. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin somewhat project-
ing obtusely in middle, crenulate ; pale grey irrorated with darker; a
median band of four dark grey lines; hindmargin suffused with dark grey,
including a whitish dentate subterminal line.

Probably constant ; although inconspicuous, not like any other.

' Mount Hutt, in a wooded gully in December (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; two
specimens (not good).
46. Lar. obarata, Feld.
(Cidaria obarata, Feld., exxxii., 33.)

Male, female.—20-26 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin very
strongly sinuate, crenulate ; grey-whitish, sometimes more greyish or
ochreous-tinged ; a basal patch of four outwards-curved subdentate
blackish-grey lines, sometimes suffused together ; beyond these are two
similar lines, often obsolete except on costa; two dark fuscous lines before
middle and three beyond middle, sometimes suffused with grey to form a
median band, its anterior edge irregularly concave, posterior edge strongly
blackish on upper half, subdentate, with a moderately strong bidentate
median projection; a small blackish discal dot; three or four indistinct
dentate grey lines beyond this, often obsolete except on costa ; cilia barred
with dark fuscous. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin irregularly sinuate,
crenate; grey-whitish ; several angulated grey lines between 4 and hind-
margin; sometimes basal $ wholly suffused with grey ; eilia spotted with
dark fuscous.

Somewhat variable in colour and suffusion.

Wellington, Christchurch, and at the foot of Mount Hutt; a plain-
frequenting species, especially attached to gorse-hedges (Mr. R. W. Fere-
day), from November to January ; thirty specimens.

47. Lar. petropola, n. 8p. ;

Male, female.—89 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
dark grey, densely irrorated with bluish-whitish ; costa broadly suffused with
ochreous-whitish anteriorly ; a very obscure curved ochreous-whitish line

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 83

towards base, anteriorly dark-margined ; two obscure curved subdentate
adjacent whitish lines about 4, followed by a dark line; a blackish discal
dot; a very irregular dentate curved dark grey line beyond middle, followed
by two adjacent whitish lines; a sharply dentate obscure whitish subterminal
line, anteriorly dark-margined. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
markings as in forewings, but more obscure, paler and more suffused
towards base.

A fine species, with a peculiar bluish tinge.

I took two specimens at rest on rock-faces in the Otira Gorge, at 1,800
feet, in January, and saw others.

48. Lar. cinerearia, Dbld.

(Cidaria (?) cinerearia, Dbld., Dieff. N.Z., ii., 286; Larentia (?) inverata, Walk., 1199, Butl.
Cat., pl. iii., 11; Larentia semisignata, Walk., 1200; Larentia inoperata, Walk., 1201 ;
Larentia punctilineata, Walk., 1202, Butl. Cat., pl. iii., 12; Cidaria dissociata, Walk.,
1734; Cidaria semilisata, Walk., 1735 ; Larentia corcularia, Gn., E.M.M., v., 61;
Larentia infantaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 62; Helastia eupitheciaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 95;
? Cidaria spheriata, Feld., cxxxi., 14.)

Male, female.—16-25 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
ochreous-whitish or grey-whitish, irrorated with grey ; numerous dark grey
or dark fuscous regular dentate strie, tending to form dots on veins; two
adjacent near base, two others before middle, and three beyond middle
darker and more conspicuous, especially on upper half, where they are
often marked with blackish; a small blackish discal dot; the three post-
median lines twice irregularly sinuate in and above middle; a blackish
interrupted hindmarginal line. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
pale grey, from + to hindmargin faintly marked with dentate angulated
darker stris.

Varies considerably in size, colour, and strength of marking; but I can
find no point of distinction to justify the separation of any form as a
distinct species. Three main forms occur; one large, greyer, and more `
uniform, without strong markings; a second of middle size, whiter and
generally strongly marked, sometimes bluish-tinged, only found in the
hills; and a third small, greyish but ochreous-tinged, strongly marked;
these are connected by scarcer intermediate forms, and are, I believe,
due to the direct effect of food and situation. The larva feeds on
lichens.

Christchurch, Castle Hill (3,000 feet), Dunedin, Lake Wakatipu (3,500
feet), and probably generally, at rest on walls, fences, rocks, ete., from
December to March, very common ; fifty-four specimens,

84 Transactions,— Zoology.

49. Lar. anthracias, n. sp.

Male.—24-25 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin sinuate ; dark
fuscous, faintly striated, more or less sprinkled with whitish ; a curved
blackish line near base, posteriorly obscurely whitish-margined ; a curved
obscure whitish fascia at 4, blackish-margined and bisected by a blackish
line; a well-defined black discal dot; a white fascia, partially mixed with
fuscous, beyond middle, anteriorly strongly blackish-margined, posteriorly
more obscurely, and bisected by a blackish line, somewhat irregular, mode-
rately angulated in middle; an obscure dentate yellowish or whitish
subterminal line; an interrupted black hindmarginal line. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark fuscous; two nearly straight lines
before middle faintly darker; a faint paler or sometimes whitish sinuate
fascia beyond middle, margined and bisected with darker.

Varies slightly in distinctness of pale markings.

Mount Hutt, and Lake Wakatipu (5,400 feet), on the open mountain
sides, in December and January ; twelve specimens.

50. Lar. bulbulata, Gn.
(Cidaria bulbulata, Gn., E.M.M., v., 94.)

Male, female.—20-24 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded;
dark ochreous-fuscous, irregularly mixed and striated with ochreous-whitish ;
a curved whitish line towards base, and another at $; a double whitish
line beyond middle, strongly sinuate in and above middle; in the included
median space are two irregular strongly dentate dark fuscous lines, more or
less wholly coalescing to form irregular rings, upper one largest and con-
taining a dark fuscous dot; beyond the double whitish line is a more ob-
scure parallel line; a strongly dentate ochreous-whitish subterminal line.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; orange, faintly striated on inner
margin: cilia dark grey, tips pale.

Constant, except in the forms of the median rings.

Christchurch, Castle Hill (2,400 feet), and Dunedin ; common in grassy
places, in September, January, and March ; twenty-five specimens.

21. PASITHEA, N. Y.

Face roughly haired. Palpi moderate, second joint with long or very `
long spreading hairs beneath, terminal joint moderate or rather long, often
concealed. Antenne in male bipectinated (a 8-8, b 5-10). Thorax beneath
more or less strongly clothed with long hairs. Forewings with vein 6
rising out of 9, 7 almost from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing moderately
with 9, 11 anastomosing moderately or very shortly with 10, 12 free.
Hindwings normal.

Essentially distinguished from Larentia by the hairy under-surface of.
thorax.

Muyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 85

la. Forewings with well-defined white markings.
2a. Hindwings dark fuscous with white or DUE markings.
e Hindwings reddish beneath .. .. se ». 56. callicrena.

yell
4a, Apiéll half d inis vinti white .. a. ee +. 53. mechanitis.
4b. » barred with dark fuscous.
5a. dokad line very shortly dentate sù .. 55. strategica.
5b. » subdentate .. di .. 54. paradelpha.
2b. Hindwings sates or pale yellowish.
3a. Hindwings with a dark fuscous subterminal fascia,
4a. Forewings with a narrow central orange fascia .. +. 57. perornata.
F without central fascia .. de va +». 58. niphocrena.
3b. Hi ndwings without dark subterminal fascia .. de +. 51. insignis.
1b. Forewings without white markings.
2a. Hindwings dark fuscous or grey.
3a. Cilia barred "e es .. óa "x b. ^. 52. orphnea.
3b. ,, unicolorous m. sh ss ue ^ +. 63. omichlias.
2b. Hindwings orange.
3a. Wings beneath with a sharply marked straight central line 59. feroz.
3b. Central line not straight.
4a. Central line of hindwings nodi and evenly curved .. 60. zopyra.

b. sinuate.
5a. Basal half of aa yen wholly dark fuscous 61. vulcanica.
is i > not dark fuscous .. +. 62. brephos.
51. Pas. insignis, Butl.
(Aspilates insignis, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 393, pl. xliii., 1.)

Male.—80-88 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded; ochre-
ous-brown; a slightly curved white streak from base of inner margin to
disc beyond middle, beneath dark-margined, posterior extremity connected
with a very obscure whitish line from costa near base; a nearly straight
white transverse streak from before apex to before anal angle, anteriorly
dark-margined, Hindwings moderate, hindmargin unevenly rounded ; deep
ochreous-yellow, brownish-tinged; base mixed with dark fuscous ; a suf-
fused brown hindmarginal band.

Female.—24-27 mm. Wings rather narrower than in male; forewings
pale whitish-ochreous, finely sprinkled with dark fuscous, especially towards
base; markings as in male. Hindwings whitish-yellowish, base sprinkled
with dark fuscous.

Constant; a strikingly distinct species.

Castle Hill, about 4,000 feet; common on the bare mountain side, in
January; twenty-six specimens.

52. Pas. orphnea, n. sp.

Female.—28-80 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; dark
fuscous, mixed with yellowish and whitish, which tend to form alternate
fascia ; a discal dot and numerous curved irregularly dentate blackish lines,

86 Transactions.— Zoology.

varying in strength and intensity; cilia barred with blackish and whitish.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; dark fuscous; a blackish discal
dot; a cloudy whitish irroration forming a double curved fascia beyond
middle, and a dentate subterminal line; cilia as in forewings.

Imitative in colour of the dark lichen-grown rocks.

I took three specimens almost on the summit of Ben Lomond, Lake
ee at 5,600 feet, in January.

53. Pas. mechanitis, n.sp.

Male, female.—19-28 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin CRE
dark fuscous, densely irrorated and median band almost wholly suffused
with yellow; a nearly straight yellow or whitish line towards base, anteriorly
strongly blackish-margined ; an irregularly curved white line at +, poste-
riorly strongly blackish-margined; a small blackish discal dot; an irregu-
larly angulated slender dark fuscous median line, beyond which is another
almost confluent with next line; a white line beyond middle, anteriorly
strongly blackish-margined, strongly angulated in middle, subdentate be-
neath; a slender very sharply dentate irregular yellow subterminal line ;
cilia with basal half dark grey, apical half wholly white. Hindwings dark
fuscous, base irrorated with yellow; an irregular obscure yellow fascia
before middle; a white sinuate median line, sometimes yellow above; sub-
terminal line and cilia as in forewings. |

Constant, except that the white markings tend to be suffused with
yellow.

Arthur’s Pass (3,100 to 4,600 feet), and Mount Hutt, common in

grassy places on the mountains, from January to March; fifteen speci-

mens. |
54. Pas. paradelpha, n. sp.

Male.—21-23 mm. Forewings moderate, costa straight, hindmargin.

rounded; dark fuscous, densely and finely strewn with yellowish and a few
whitish scales; a curved cloudy whitish line towards base, anteriorly
blackish-margined ; a slightly bent whitish line at 3, posteriorly blackish-
margined; sometimes a small blackish discal dot, and slender curved

median line; a clearly marked white line beyond middle, anteriorly .

strongly blackish-margined, shortly and obtusely angulated in middle, and
inner margin shortly toothed above and below middle; an irregular sinuate
subdentate whitish-yellowish subterminal line: cilia im basal half dark
grey, apical half sharply barred with dark fuscous and white. Hindwings
somewhat elongate, hindmargin rounded; dark fuscous; basal half irro-
rated with pale yellowish; a very obscure curved whitish shade before
middle ; a well-defined strongly-curved white median line; a very irregular
subdentate whitish-yellowish subterminal line ; cilia as in forewings.

Mzvnick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 87

Easily separated from the preceding by the barred cilia, the absence of
any clear yellow colouring, the less prominent angulation of the post-
median line, and the more elongate wings.

I found the species common amongst grass on Ben Lomond, Lake
Wakatipu, at about 5,000 feet, in December ; five specimens.

55. Pas. strategica, n. sp.

Female.—35 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; dark
fuscous, thinly irrorated with yellowish; a slender straight oblique white
fascia towards base ; a narrow somewhat irregular slightly curved white
fascia before middle; a narrow whitish median fascia, broadly suffused with
yellowish, bent above middle ; a rather narrow well-defined white fascia `
beyond middle, sharply angulated in disc; a sharply dentate white sub-
terminal line; cilia barred with white and dark fuscous. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded ; dark fuscous, base irrorated with yellowish ;
a somewhat sinuate whitish fascia suffused with yellowish before middle; a
white strongly angulated fascia beyond middle ; subterminal line and cilia
as in forewings. Hindwings beneath suffused with golden-yellow ; mark-
ings as above.

A fine and conspicuous species. ,

Lake Guyon, in January; one specimen in Mr. Fereday's collection,
received from Mr. Travers.

56. Pas. callicrena, n. sp.

Female.—34 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; blackish,
irregularly suffused with light reddish; markings ochreous-whitish, dark-
margined ; a slender somewhat sinuate oblique fascia towards base; a
moderate twice sinuate fascia before middle ; a moderately broad sub-
dentate fascia beyond middle, sinuate above middle; a sharply dentate
subterminal line: cilia reddish-whitish, barred with dark fuscous. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark grey; a very obscure whitish
line before middle; a moderate whitish fascia beyond middle, sinuate-
curved in middle; subterminal line and cilia as in forewings; beneath
ground-colour reddish.

Probably constant; very handsome.

Mr. R. W. Fereday took one fine specimen at the head of Lake Waka-
tipu, high up the mountains, above the forest-level, amongst grass in
January. : |

57. Pas. perornata, Walk.
(Fidonia perornata, Walk., 1672.) !

Male, female.—23-25 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
dark fuscous ; base narrowly orange mixed with white; four slender orange
fascim, generally partially white except third; first straight ; second

88 Transactions.—Z oology.

parallel but dentate ; beyond second a short straight parallel orange streak
from costa; third median, irregularly sinuate, sometimes partially obsolete ;
fourth dentate, sharply angulated in middle; an irregular dentate bright
orange line near hindmargin. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
orange ; base mixed with dark fuscous ; an oblique line near base, a
sometimes double irregular sharply angulated line before middle, an
irregular dentate interrupted subterminal fascia, and a row of partially
confluent spots on hindmargin dark fuscous.

Tolerably constant.

Wellington, Lake Coleridge, and at the foot of Mount Hutt, in grassy
places, during February and March (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; eighteen
specimens.

58. Pas. niphocrena, 0. sp.

- Female.—24-25 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded; rather
dark fuscous, mixed and obscurely striated with orange; a curved white
subdentate line before +, anteriorly blackish-margined ; a similar white line
beyond 4, posteriorly plackish-margined ; space between these sometimes
suffused with orange; a slender irregularly dentate white fascia beyond
middle, rather strongly angulated in middle, anteriorly blackish-margined,
posteriorly closely followed by a dentate orange line; a dentate orange line
near hindmargin, dilated on costa. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded; orange, lighter anteriorly; basal half dark fuscous mixed with
orange, its outer edge irregularly curved; a dentate subterminal fascia and
narrow hindmarginal fascia dark fuscous, sometimes obscure.

Possibly when the male is known this may prove to be a Dasyuris.

I took two specimens on the mountain-side above Arthur’s Pass at 4,500
feet, in January.

59. Pas. ferox, Butl.
(Fidonia feroz, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 392, pl. xlii., 8.)

Female.—24 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; fuscous,
partially greyish-tinged ; a dark ochreous-fuscous nearly straight dentate
stria about 1, between which and base are three others fainter; an obscure
discal dot; a dark ochreous-fuscous nearly straight dentate stria in middle,
between which and hindmargin are seven or eight similar stria becom-
ing gradually more strongly curved. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded; bright orange; base mixed with dark fuscous; a straight strongly
marked median line, an obscure parallel line beyond it, three fine sub-
dentate curved lines parallel with hindmargin, and a hindmarginal line
dark fuscous. Forewings and hindwings beneath orange; markings of
both as in hindwings above, but the four posterior lines separated by
yellowish-whitish interspaces.

Mevricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 89

The pale terminal band of the undersurface is a peculiar feature.
Castle Hill, taken by Mr. J. D. Enys; two specimens.
- 60. Pas. zopyra, n. Sp.

Male.—19mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark fuscous-
grey with a bluish tinge, with numerous regular dentate transverse strie
and a discal dot darker. Hindwings bright deep orange; basal third dark
fuscous, its outer edge rather sharply angulated ; two parallel hardly bent
lines towards middle, a subdentate subterminal line, and a slender hind-
marginal fascia dark fuscous. Forewings and hindwings beneath orange ;
forewings with an irregular curved line before middle, four parallel sinuate-
curved lines beyond middle, subterminal and hindmarginal fascie dark
fuscous; hindwings with a strongly sinuate-curved line at 4, indistinct
curved median and subterminal lines, and slender hindmarginal fascia dark
fuscous. E

Constant; the smallest species of the group.

Mount Hutt, on the shingle in the bed of a gully in January (Mr. R.
W. Fereday); six specimens.
61. Pas, vulcanica, n. sp.

Female.—22 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark
fuscous-grey, somewhat mixed with whitish ; numerous irregular dentate
darker strie ; an irregular curved slender blackish fascia towards base; an
irregular blackish fascia before middle; another beyond middle, forming
two rather strong rounded projections in and above middle; cloudy sub-
terminal and hindmarginal fascia. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded; deep orange; basal half wholly dark fuscous, its outer edge twice
deeply sinuate ; a line near and parallel to this, an irregular dentate sub-
terminal fascia, and a hindmarginal fascia partly confluent with it, dark
fuscous. Forewings and hindwings beneath light orange, with two parallel
twice obtusely angulated lines beyond middle, subterminal and hindmarginal
dentate fascie, also two straight incomplete anterior lines in forewings, and
a sinuate anterior line in hindwings dark fuscous.

Easily recognizable by the dark basal half of the hindwings.

I found this species settling on the roads near Makatoku, Hawke’s Bay,
in March; Mr. Fereday has it from the Kaweka range in the same district,
taken in January; three specimens.

62. Pas. brephos, Walk.
(Fidonia (?) brephosata, Walk., 1037, Butl. Cat., pl. iii, 14; Larentia catocalaria, Gn.,

E.M.M., v., 62; Fidonia brephos, Feld., Cxxix., 5; Fidonia enysii, Butl., Proc. Zool.

Soc, Lond., 1877, 391, pl. xlii., 9.)

Male, female, —23-25 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
brownish-grey, with dark fuscous markings; numerous irregular dentate
transverse strie; two before middle and three beyond middle more strongly

90 Transactions.—Zoology.

marked, the latter forming two irregular projections in and above middle ;
a discal dot; cloudy subterminal and hindmarginal shades. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded; bright orange; base mixed with dark
fuscous ; a straight line about 4, two parallel sinuate lines in middle, a
curved subterminal line, and a dentate hindmarginal fascia dark fuscous ;
all the lines vary in intensity, and one or other is often obsolete. Forewings
and hindwings beneath orange, with a discal dot, two parallel angulated
lines beyond middle, an irregular subterminal fascia and dentate hind-
marginal fascia dark fuscous, often partially obsolete.

Varies slightly in the distinctness of the dark markings.

Castle Hill (8,000 feet), Arthur's Pass (8,000 feet), Lake Wakatipu
(3,000 feet), Invercargill (sea-level), Nelson, and Mount Hutt, especially
settling on roads or bare ground, from December to March; thirty specimens.
I have corrected Walker’s barbarously-formed name.

63. Pas. omichlias, n. sp.

Male.—25-26 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark
grey, irrorated with whitish; several obscure dark fuscous lines towards
base ; a slender curved dark fuscous fascia before middle ; a blackish discal
dot; a somewhat broader irregular subdentate dark fuscous fascia beyond
middle, forming a short bidentate projection in middle, and a shorter simple
projection towards costa ; sometimes two pale lines beyond this, and a pale
subterminal line; a blackish-grey hindmarginal line; cilia pale grey. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin rounded; rather dark grey ; three faintly indi-
cated darker median lines alternating with paler; a blackish-grey hind-
marginal line ; cilia whitish-grey.

A dull-looking species, resembling a small Statira hectori, and might be
passed over for Larentia cinerearia.

Castle Hill, taken by Mr. J. D. Enys, “high up” (probably about 5,000
feet) ; two specimens.

22. STATIRA, n. Y.

Face roughly haired. Palpi moderate, porrected or ascending, with
long or very long spreading hairs beneath, terminal joint moderate, nearly
concealed. Antenne in male filiform, simple, pubescent. Thorax hairy
beneath. Forewings with vein 6 rising out of 9, 7 almost from angle of
areole, 10 anastomosing moderately with 9, 11 anastomosing strongly with
10, 12 free. Hindwings normal.
la. Hindwings orange.

2a. Postmedian line of hindwings curved, parallel to median -. 65. anceps.

2b. » T angulated, remote in middle

tem medían .. +s +. +. 64. homomorpha.
lb. Hindwings dark ne with whitish me ki de da ». 66. hectori.

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 91

64. Stat. homomorpha, n. sp.

Male.—28 mm. Forewings moderate, costa rather i arched near
base, hindmargin slightly rounded; dark fuscous-grey, with numerous ir-
regular darker stri»; a pale curved fascia towards base, mixed with whitish
and bisected by a dark line; a second about 4; a third beyond middle, ir-
regularly dentate and sinuate; an obscure pale subterminal line. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin rounded; bright orange; basal space up to
first line mixed with dark fuscous; a nearly straight line about 4, a second
more obscure beyond and parallel to it, a third irregularly angulated and
subdentate beyond middle, a narrow irregular interrupted subterminal
fascia, and a dentate hindmarginal fascia dark fuscous. Forewings and
hindwings beneath orange, with a straight line before middle, an angulated
line beyond middle, an interrupted subterminal fascia, and a hindmarginal
fascia blackish ; two additional anterior incomplete lines in forewings.

Readily identified by the postmedian line of the hindwings.

Mount Hutt, in January (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; five specimens.

65. Stat. anceps, Butl.
(Fidonia anceps, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 392, pl. xliii., 3.)

Male.—27-80 mm. Forewings moderate, costa moderately arched,
hindmargin slightly rounded; dark fuscous-grey, irrorated with bluish-
whitish ; the absence of the irroration produces numerous irregular den-
tate sinuate darker strie ; two before middle and two beyond middle more
strongly marked, enclosing a moderately broad clear space, containing a
blackish discal dot; a darker subterminal shade, and another on hind-
margin. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded; rather deep ochre-
ous-yellow; basal space up to first line mixed with dark fuscous; a straight
line about 3, two somewhat curved parallel median lines, an irregular par-
tially-interrupted subterminal fascia, and a hindmarginal fascia dark fuscous.
Forewings and hindwings beneath yellow, with a straight line before middle,
an angulated line beyond middle, an interrupted subterminal fascia, and a
hindmarginal fascia blackish.

Constant; less intensely coloured than its allies.

Nelson, Arthur's Pass (3,000 feet), and Castle Hill (3,100 feet), in
January, settling on bare ground and roads; twelve specimens.

66. Stat. hectori, Butl.
(Euclidia hectori, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 387, pl. xlii., 4.)

Male.—88 mm. Forewings moderate, costa abruptly arched near base,
hindmargin almost straight or slightly rounded; dark fuscous-grey, irro-
rated with bluish-whitish; markings obscurely blackish ; an irregular curved
dentate line near base; a strongly-marked irregular twice sinuate line
about 1, closely followed by a similar less marked line; a small discal spot;

92 Transactions. —Zoology.

a band of three parallel irregular dentate twice sinuate lines beyond middle,
posterior two partially confluent, last strongest ; hindmargin broadly and
suffusedly darker: cilia barred with dark fuscous and white. Hindwings

~ moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark fuscous, base irrorated with bluish-
whitish ; a curved cloudy whitish line before middle, a second in middle, a
third more irregular and distinct beyond middle, and a fourth, slender and
irregular, towards hindmargin. Forewings and hindwings beneath whitish,
with four irregular fascie and a hindmarginal band dark fuscous.

Tolerably constant.

Lake Wakatipu (on the summit of Ben Lomond, 5,700 feet) and Mount
Hutt, in December and January, flying rather actively about the face of
precipices ; eight specimens.

23. Dasyuris, Gn.

Face with ‘projecting hairs. Palpi moderate, porrected, roughly scaled
beneath, terminal joint short. Antenne in male rather stout, dentate,
shortly ciliated (+). Thorax hairy beneath. Forewings with vein 6 rising
out of 9, 7 almost from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing moderately with
9, 11 anastomosing moderately with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal.

Established by Guenée for the single species here included in it; closely
allied to Pasithea. The name Dasyurus is employed amongst the Mammalia ;
it is not primarily desirable to employ two names so similar as Dasyurus
and Dasyuris, but as they are not identical, there is no valid reason for
changing them when once given.

67. Das. partheniata, Gn.
(Dasyuris partheniata, Gn., E.M.M., v., 93.)

Male, female.—27-28 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
pale yellowish-orange, markings rather dark fuscous ; basal space mixed
with dark fuscous, bordered by an irregular fascia, angulated sharply in
middle; a narrow fascia before middle, and a broader fascia beyond middle,
between which is a transverse line, and a discal dot; posterior edge of
second fascia with a moderately sharp angulation in middle, a shorter one
towards costa, and irregularly dentate throughout, first fascia and median
line parallel to this; an irregular subterminal fascia, and another along
hindmargin, sometimes partially confluent beneath, their margins dentate :
cilia barred with whitish and dark fuscous. Hindwings moderate, hind-
margin rounded; deep orange; base mixed with dark fuscous; an angu-
lated median line, a slender irregularly dentate or interrupted subterminal
fascia, and a slender dentate hindmarginal fascia dark fuscous ; cilia as in
forewings.

Tolerably constant ; a pretty species.

At the foot of Mount Hutt, amongst tussock-grass, in March (Mr. R. W.
Fereday) ; sixteen specimens.

Muyr1cx.—On New Zealand Geometrina, 98

94. CEPHALISSA, n.g.

Face smooth. Palpi rather long, straight, porrected, triangularly scaled.
Antenne in male slender, minutely ciliated (1). Forewings with vein 6
from a point with 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 anastomosing shortly
with 9, 11 anastomosing shortly with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal.

It is rather doubtful to which genus this is most allied.

68. Ceph. siria, n. Sp.

Male, female, —16-18 mm. Forewings moderate, costa sinuate, hind-
margin strongly sinuate ; rather dark reddish-fuscous, markings darker; &
narrow curved fascia towards base, posteriorly obscurely edged with yel-
lowish-white ; a median band, moderately broad on costa, much narrower
towards inner margin, both margins obscurely edged with yellowish-white,
only distinct on costa, anterior margin sinuate, posterior margin sinuate,
somewhat projecting in middle; an indistinct suffusion towards apex.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin irregular, obtusely projecting in middle ;
bright deep orange, tinged with reddish-fuscous on hindmargin ; cilia dark
fuscous,

Constant; specifically quite isolated.

Dunedin; received by Mr. R. W. Fereday from Capt. Hutton, and pro-
bably a mountain species; six specimens.

25. Panacra, Gn.

Face loosely haired. Palpi long, straight, porrected, attenuated. An-
tenne in male dentate, ciliated (1). Forewings with vein 6 rising below 9,
7 from below angle of areole, 10 anastomosing strongly with 9, 11 anasto-
mosing strongly with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal,

This genus seems specially characteristic of Australia, where there are
many species; the New Zealand species is very different from any other
known to me.

69. Pan. faleatella, Walk.
(Samana falcatella, Walk., xxvii., 197.)

Male.—31 mm. Forewings moderate, costa almost straight, apex acute,
hindmargin sinuate ; whitish-ochreous, slightly yellowish-tinged ; a longi-
tudinal fine black streak from near base to middle of disc, above edged with
a faint brownish suffusion ; a short black longitudinal dot in dise above and
beyond middle; a narrow black streak from near middle of inner margin to
near apex, attenuated at each end, posteriorly edged with a faint brownish
suffusion ; a row of minute black dots on hindmargin. Hindwings mode-
rate, apex obtusely projecting, hindmargin bent below middle; white; a
black discal dot ; a row of minute black dots on hindmargin.

A very distinct species.

I have only seen one specimen, received by Mr. R. W. Fereday from
Captain Hutton, probably taken in the neighbourhood of Dunedin.

94 Transactions —Zooloyy.

3. BOLETOBIDA.

Forewings with areole simple, 11 separate, 12 free. Hindwings with 8
veins, 6 and 7 separate, 8 free, approximated to 7 towards base.

A very small family, probably approaching extinction, inhabiting moun-
tains in Europe and probably other restricted localities.

26. Cacorsonos, Butl. 4

Face smooth. Palpi long, straight, porrected, roughly scaled above and
beneath. Antenne in male pectinated on inner side only. Forewings with
vein 6 from a point with 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing mode-
rately with 9, 11 separate, approximated to 10 in middle, 12 free. Hind-
wings with veins 6 and 7 separate, 8 free, closely approximated to 7 from
base to near transverse.

I have not seen the male; if Butler's description of the antenne is
correct, it is the only New Zealand genus with uniserial pectinations.

70. Cac. niger, Butl.
(Cacopsodos niger, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, 395, pl. xliii., 4.)

Female,.—18 mm. Forewings rather narrow, costa sinuate, hindmargin
sinuate ; white, slightly mixed with grey; inner margin narrowly grey;
a slender black fascia almost at base; a slender black fascia at 4, dentate
inwards above middle, dilated on costa; a slender black fascia beyond
middle, sharply angulated in middle, dilated on costa, connected below
middle with preceding fascia by a suffused bar; close beyond this a rather
broad parallel grey fascia ; an indistinct grey subterminal line. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded; dark grey.

Butler described his species from a single male, which was very much
darker than this, almost wholly suffused with dark grey, but I have no
doubt of the identity of the species, which probably varies a good
deal.

I took a single specimen near Lake Wakatipu in December, at about
1,500 feet.

4. LYRCEIDA.

Forewings with areole double, 11 anastomosing with 10, 12 anastomos-
ing with 11. Hindwings with 8 veins, 6 and 7 separate, 8 free, not ap-
proximated to 7.

I have been obliged to form this family for the single included genus,
which is allied to the Ennomide, but differs essentially from them. It is of
a decidedly primitive type, and approaches in the hindwings nearly to the
ancestral form of the group.

27. Lyroza, Walk.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, slender, arched, appressed to face.

Antenne in male filiform, simple. Forewings with vein 6 from below 9,

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 95

7 from below angle of areole, 10 anastomosing shortly with 9, 11 anasto-
mosing shortly with 10, 12 anastomosing shortly with 11. Hindwings with
veins 6 and 7 separate, 8 free, not approximated to 7.
71. Lyre. alectoraria, Walk.
(Lyrcea alectoraria, Walk., 259; Aspilates (?) primata, Walk., 1076, Butl. Cat., pl. iii., 4;
dropia mirtaria, Walk., 1506, Butl. Cat., pl. iii., 5; Amilapis (?) acroiaria, Feld.,

exxiii, 6; Lyrcea varians, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 496.)

Male, female.—34-44 mm. Forewings moderate, apex acute, sharply
projecting, hindmargin obtusely angulated in middle, often crenulate; light
ochreous or brownish-ochreous, irregularly irrorated with dots of slightly
darker or blackish scales; extreme costal edge generally blackish or rosy ;
faint indications of a darker curved line before middle, a sinuate median
line, and an angulated line beyond middle, almost obsolete; generally a
distinct blackish discal dot; sometimes a round silvery-white spot below
middle, and another above and beyond middle, margined with dark fuscous,
often bisected by a dark vein ; often several suffused blackish spots towards
apex and hindmargin. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin crenulate, some-
what projecting in middle; colour and markings as in forewings, lines
usually obsolete.

-Exceedingly variable in almost every respect.

Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin, amongst bush, from September to
January, and in April and May ; thirty-eight specimens.

5. ENNOMIDA.

Forewings with areole double, single, or absent, 12 free or anastomosing
with 11. Hindwings with 7 veins (normal vein 5 absent), 5 and 6 separate,
7 free, approximated to. 6 towards base.

An extensive family of universal distribution, but not reaching any
degree of development in New Zealand. Most of the species occurring are
highly variable. As the genera are all small, I give a tabulation of all the
species together, besides that of the genera.
la. Antenne of male bipectinated.

2a. Vein 12 of forewings anastomosing with 11.

3a. Vein 11 of forewings separate .. wa +» 29. Zylobara.
anastomosing with dor .. 91. Boarmia.
2b. Vein 1 of La free.
3a. Vein 11 of forewings obsolete .. i dè .. 28. Hybernia.
3b. » present.
dni Vein 11 of forewings atona with 10 +. 84. Declana.
4b. separate.
5a. orn 10 of forewings touching 9.
vs Terminal joint of palpi short, conical . 30. Pseudocoremia.
» long, clavate, exon 33. Detunda.
5b. par 10 of foréiiiiugs separate ., .. 82. Barsine,

96 Transactions,—Z oology.

1b, Antenne of male not pectinated.

2a. Vein 12 of forewings touching or anastomosing with 11.

3a. Vein 11 separate .. os sa
3b. anas Ss with 10 . A .. ee
2b. Vein 12 of forewings fre
3a. Vein 11 separate.
4a. Coxe and femora densely haired beneath ..
po Es » mov hairy sa ra
3b. Vein 11 rising out of 10.
4a. Antenne of male simple .. s s.
4b. s » dentate, ciliated .. i
SPECIFIC TABULATION.
la. Hindmargin of forewings distinctly angulated.
2a. With a strong acute subapical tooth os m
2b. Without ,,
8a. Apex strongly piangi

4a, Posterior line straight si sa ..
i » curved .. Ss £u >
3b. Apex slightly projecting.
4a. Lines represented by dots .. si oe
4b. ,, entire, distinct.

5a. Forewings with a distinct subapical tooth
5b, without ,, v da
1b, Hindmargin of forewings rounded.
2a. Forewings with rough scales.
3a. With an angular black basal spot.
4a. Hindmargin spotted with black
b. i not spotted ES ob al
3b. Without an angular black basal spot.
4a. Hindwings wholly white
4b. 7 partially greyish or as
5a. Costal strigule of forewings direct
DE E oblique ..
2b. Forewings smooth.
3a. Hindwings fuscous or ochreous-fuscous.
4a. Postmedian line parallel to hindmargin

Ab. È , much more oblique than hind-

margin. se
3b, Hindwings ca a or mae:
4a. Postmedian line dentate.
5a. Forewings greenish-tinged Es ee
5b. » ochreous-tinged sa Pe
4b. Postmedian line regular sua ri è»
3c. Hindwings whitish.
4a. Hindwings suboblong se .. "T
4b, si rounded ..
3d. Hindwings pale grey irrorated with dark Li

88. Stratocleis.
37. Amastris.

36. Phyllodoce.
39. Azelina.

40. Drepanodes.

35. Atossa.

88. Azel. fortinata.

89. Drep. muriferata.

87. Strat. streptophora,

85. Am, encausta.

. 86. Strat. gallaria.

84. Phyll. nelsonaria,

. 79. Det. atronivea.

80. Det. egregia.

. 83, At. niveata.

ee

81. Decl. floccosa,
82. Decl. crassitibia.

78. Bars. panagrata.

. 77. Boarm. dejectaria.

76. Pseud. melinata.
74. Zyl. productata.
75. Pseud. lupinata ¢.

73. Zyl. fenerata

fe "
+ 75. Pseud. lupinata $.

72. Hyb. indocilis,

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 97

28. Hypernia, Latr.

Face smooth. Palpi short, roughly scaled, porrected. Antenne in
male bipectinated (5-6). Female semiapterous. Forewings with vein 6
from below 9, 7 out of 9, 10 separate, 11 obsolete (probably coincident
with 10), 12 free. Hindwings normal.

A small genus, occurring also in Europe; the only one in New Zealand
in which the female is semiapterous, or vein 11 of the forewings absent.

72. Hyb. indocilis, Walk.
(Zermizinga indocilisaria, Walk., 1530; Hybernia boreophilaria, Gn., E.M.M., v., 61.)

Male.—25-34 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded, crenu-
late ; pale fuscous-grey, closely irrorated with dark fuscous ; a somewhat
irregular curved cloudy dark fuscous line at }; an irregular median line ;
a third beyond middle, twice sinuate; a fourth towards hindmargin, some-
times followed by a very obscure whitish dentate subterminal line; a
blackish hindmarginal line. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin somewhat
obtusely projecting in middle, crenulate ; colour as in forewings; a curved
obscure line before middle; a dark fuscous discal dot; a distinct hardly
sinuate dark fuscous line” beyond middle; an obscure darker subterminal
shade; a blackish hindmarginal line.

Female.—12-14 mm. Wings exceedingly narrow, apex suddenly dilated,
angles acute, hindmargin dentate; colour and markings as in male, but
lines black and sharply marked.

Tolerably constant.

Christchurch and the plains near, from July to January. Mr. R. W.
Fereday states that the male is found plentifully amongst Leptospermum, at
rest on the bare ground, and the female on the stems ; thirty-five specimens.
I have corrected Walker’s inadmissibly barbarous name.

29. ZyLoBara, Butl.

Face with somewhat projecting scales. Palpi moderate, roughly scaled,
porrected. Antenne in male bipectinated (9-12). Forewings with vein 6
from below 9, 7 out of 9, 10 and 11 separate, 12 anastomosing shortly with
11. Hindwings normal; 1a distinct.

73. Zyl. fenerata, Feld.

(Rhyparia fenerata, Feld., cxxxi., 7; Zylobara fenerata, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 498.)

Male.—33-35 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin unevenly rounded,
crenulate ; very pale whitish-grey, slightly ochreous-tinged, irrorated with
dark fuscous; scattered dark fuscous marks indicating several fragmentary
dentate lines and a discal spot ; a double cloudy dark fuscous dentate sub-
terminal line, distinct throughout; a row of large black dots on hind-
margin. Hindwings oblong, inner margin extremely short, lower margin

98 Transactions. —Zoology.

\

long, oblique, hindmargin short, rounded, crenulate, with a more promi-
nent tooth near lower margin ; grey-whitish, hindmargin irrorated with
grey.

Probably varies somewhat in the distinctness of the lines. The male is
always recognizable by the peculiarly-shaped hindwings ; but I believe that
the female will be found to have them of the ordinary form, and will be best
distinguished from allied species by the strong dentation of the lines.

Palmerston (Wanganui), Makatoku (Hawke’s Bay), and Christchurch,
amongst forest, at rest on tree-trunks, in March ;' seven specimens.

74. Zyl. productata, Walk.
(Larentia productata, Walk., 1197; (?) Selidosema pungata, Feld., exxxi, 23; Selido-
sema (?) fragosata, Feld., cxxxi., 29.)

Male.—89-84 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; whitish,
more or less irrorated with fuscous and dark fuscous, sometimes forming
numerous fine short strigule ; a narrow curved cloudy dark fuscous fascia
a little before median band; the dark fuscous irroration forms a broad
median band, sometimes wholly suffused with dark fuscous, margined by
whitish lines, anterior edge concave, posterior edge shortly dentate and
more or less angulated above middle ; in one specimen this band is reduced
to a large costal spot; a dentate white subterminal line, preceded by an
incomplete row of cloudy dark fuscous spots; a suffused oblique dark
fuscous subapical spot; a row of black dots on hindmargin. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded ; pale ochreous-yellow, darker posteriorly,
towards base irrorated with grey; a grey discal spot.

Varies very much in the distribution of the dark fuscous colouring ; the
female will probably have whitish hindwings.

Wellington and Dunedin, in January; eleven specimens.

80. PsEUDOCOREMIA, Butl.

Face smooth. Palpi rather short, roughly scaled, porrected. Antenne
in male bipectinated (5-9). Forewings with 6 from below 9, 7 from below
angle of areole, 10 shortly touching 9, 11 separate, 12 free, la running
into 1. Hindwings normal; 1a distinct.

Closely allied to the preceding genus.

75. Pseud. lupinata, Feld.

(Cidaria lupinata, Feld., exxxi, 19; Pseudocoremia lupinata, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, 496;

Pseudocoremia suavis, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 497; Pachycnemia usitata, Butl., Cist.

Ent., ii., 501.)

Male, female.—29-85 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
grey-whitish, often partially suffused with pale fuscous, irrorated with dark
fuscous ; two parallel curved dark fuscous lines towards base; a sinuate
dark fascous line somewhat before middle, sometimes broadly dilated with

4

Murr10x.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 99

blackish on lower half or throughout; generally a small transverse discal
spot; two parallel strongly sinuate dark fuscous lines somewhat beyond
middle, upper half concave anteriorly, lower half concave posteriorly ; two
parallel dentate dark fuscous subterminal lines, sometimes blotched with
blackish above middle and on inner margin ; sometimes all these lines
obsolete, and often a cloudy dark fuscous longitudinal streak near and
parallel to inner margin ; a row of black dots on hindmargin. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded; in male pale whitish-ochreous-yellow, in
female whitish, posteriorly more or less irrorated with grey.

Excessively variable; but the postmedian lines (when visible) have
always the same characteristic form, different from any of the allied
species. The posterior tibia of male are furnished with a long pencil of

S.
Christchurch, Akaroa, Mount Hutt, Dunedin, amongst bush, often at
“rest on tree-trunks, in January and June; fifty-four specimens.
76. Pseud. melinata, Feld.
(Numeria, melinata, Feld., exxix., 9; Pseudocoremia indistincta, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 1877, 394, pl. xliii., 8.)

Male, female.—26-34 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded ;
in male white, in female whitish-grey, irrorated with blackish, and often
dark olive-green; markings strong, blackish, generally suffused with dull
olive-green ; two irregular dentate curved or angulated parallel lines
| towards base; a sinuate line before middle, very variable in strength and
intensity ; two dentate sinuate parallel lines somewhat beyond middle,
second sometimes obsolete; two dentate parallel subterminal lines, first
much more strongly marked; a hindmarginal row of black dots. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin rounded ; in male whitish-ochreous, in female
light brownish-ochreous ; often partially or wholly irrorated with grey ;
base or hindmargin sometimes suffused with grey; generally a grey
discal dot, subterminal line, and hindmarginal row of dots.

Very variable ; the dull greenish tinge, however, is very characteristic.

Wanganui, Wellington, Christchurch, Castle Hill (2,600 feet), Arthur’s
Pass, (3,000 feet), and Dunedin, probably everywhere, amongst bush, from
January to March ; fifty-one specimens.

81. Boaruta, Tr.

Face with somewhat projecting scales. Palpi rather short, somewhat
arched, roughly scaled. Antenne in male bipectinated (2-8). Forewings
with vein 6 from below 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 out of 9 above
origin, anastomosing again very shortly with 9, 11 anastomosing shortly
with 10, 12 anastomosing shortly with 11. Hindwings normal.

An extensive genus, of world-wide distribution.

100 Transactions.—Z oology.

77. Boarm. dejectaria, Walk.
(Boarmia dejectaria, Walk., 394; Boarmia attracta, Walk., 394; Boarmia exprompta,
, 395; Tephrosia patularia, Walk., 422, Butl. Cat, pl. iii, 8; Tephrosia
senta Walk., 422; Scotosia erebinata, Walk., 1358; Scotosia stigmaticata, Walk.,

1359; Scotosia lignosata, Walk., 1361; Gnophos pannularia, Gn., E.M.M., v., 42;

Scotopteryx maoriata, Feld., cxxvi., 4; Hemerophila (?) sulpitiata, Feld., OKEY 45

Hemerophila caprimulgata, Feld., exxvi., 12.

Male, female.—31-54 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin varying
from crenate to strongly dentate; ochreous-fuscous, irregularly mixed and
more or less suffused with dark fuscous, tending to form small fine strigule ;
a curved dentate dark fuscous line at }; a small dark fuscous discal spot,
sometimes centred with pale bluish-grey, sometimes forming an ocellated
ring; an obscure darker irregular median shade; a curved dentate dark
fuscous line beyond middle, more oblique than hindmargin; a very ob-
scurely darker dentate subterminal line; often a small snow-white spot
before middle of hindmargin. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin varying
from crenate to strongly dentate ; colour and lines as in forewings.

Exceedingly variable ; the variation in form of wing is curious.

Taranaki, Makatoku (Hawke’s Bay), Wellington, Christchurch, Dunedin,
amongst forest, from November to March ; thirty-seven Lento

82. BARSINE, n.g.

Head tufted between antenne, face with a slight cone of scales. Palpi
moderate, densely scaled, porrected. Antenne in male bipectinated (5-6).
Forewings with vein 6 from below 9, 7 out of 9,10 and 11 separate, 12 free.

Hindwings normal.

78. Bars. panagrata, Walk. |
(Scotosia panagrata, Walk., 1360; Angerona menanaria, Walk., 1500; Epirrhanthis (?)
antipodaria, Feld., exxvi., 3; Hyperythra desiccata, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 495; Hype-

rythra arenacea, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 495.)

Male, female,—38-44 mm. Forewings moderate, hindmargin rounded,
crenate, apex faintly projecting ; ochreous-fuscous, more or less mixed or
suffused with dark fuscous; a dark fuscous curved dentate line at 3; a
small transverse whitish ochreous or sometimes white discal spot, suf-
fusedly margined with dark fuscous; a very obscure darker twice sinuate
median shade; a dark fuscous dentate line at %, curved outwards above
middle; before the first line and beyond the second are often whitish-
ochreous bands, tending to form several spots; an obscure dark fuscous
dentate subterminal line. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded, cre-
nate; colour and markings as in forewings, but first and subterminal lines
obsolete.

Very variable.

Masterton, Christchurch, and Akaroa, from March to May, amongst
bush ; twenty-three specimens,

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 101

33. Derunpa, Walk.

Face roughly haired. Palpi moderate, second joint ascending, densely
rough-haired beneath, terminal joint slender, clavate, porrected. Antenne
in male bipectinated (4-5), in female also shortly bipectinated (14). Fore-
wings with rough scales. Forewings with vein 6 from a point with or out
of 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 from areole or out of 9, anastomosing
shortly with 9, 11 separate, 12 free. Hindwings normal, 3 and 4 separate.
Femora densely hairy beneath.

| This and the two following genera are sometimes mistaken for Noctua ;
the neuration shows that there is no real connection. The peculiar palpi
are also noteworthy, being alike in all three genera. D. egregia has vein 6
of the forewings rising out of 9, 10 also out of 9, and veins 6 and 7 of the
hindwings extremely closely approximated at base; in D. atronivea these
points do not occur.

79. Det. atronivea, Walk.
(Detunda atronivea, Walk., in ii, we Chlenias (?) manrifera, Fereday, Trans. N.Z.
i. (1879), 268, pl. ix., 1.) 4

Male, RITO mm. RE elongate-triangular, costa almost
straight, slightly sinuate, hindmargin rounded, crenate; white; costa
marked with small quadrate black spots, inner margin with irregular
transverse black marks, hindmargin with elongate semi-oval black spots; a
black basal spot beneath costa, with a strong posterior projection, and
a shorter one beneath; a brown black-margined fascia near base, twice
strongly angulated ; an irregular black fascia from before middle of costa to
beyond middle of inner margin, interrupted above middle; an irregular
brown black-margined fascia from middle of costa to anal angle, anterior
edge with irregular projections above and below middle, posterior edge
emitting an irregular branch to costa before apex, black margin strong and
partially broken beneath into disconnected spots. Hindwings moderate,
hindmargin rounded, crenate; grey, darker posteriorly; a faint darker
median shade; a fine well-marked irregular dark grey line towards hind-
margin, with a sharply angulated median projection.

A most striking and conspicuous species ; the markings vary somewhat
in detail.

Wellington and Napier; five specimens received by Mr. piane from
correspondents.

80. Det. egregia, Feld.
(Chlenias egregia, Feld., exxxi., 24; Fereday, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xii., 268, pl. ix., 2.)

Male, female.—48-47 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa almost
straight, slightly sinuate, apex somewhat projecting, hindmargin otherwise
rounded, crenate ; white; inner and hindmargins somewhat suffused with

102 Transactions.— Zoology.

grey, tending to form transyerse strigule ; costa very shortly spotted with
_ fuscous; a blackish spot at base beneath costa, with a very strong posterior
projection, and a shorter one beneath ; a brown fascia near base, parallel to
hindmargin, posteriorly black-margined, anterior edge straight, posterior
edge twice sinuate-concave ; a small blackish mark on inner margin beyond
middle; an irregular brown partially black-margined fascia from costa
before middle to anal angle, anterior edge with a short median projection
ending in a transverse blackish mark, posterior edge emitting from middle
an irregular moderately broad branch to costa before apex. ‘Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded, crenate ; grey, paler towards base; three
faint discal dots and a sinuate line beyond middle indistinetly darker.

Appears to vary very little.

From the female of a pair taken in cop. Mr. Fereday obtained eggs which
hatched out in February, but the young larve refused all kinds of food-
plants offered, and died. At this stage they were 10- legged, very slender,
dark purplish-brown, almost black; spiracular creamy- -white, wrinkled ;
head shining pale brown.

Christchurch, Akaroa, and the Otira Gorge, in November and January
(Mr. R. W. Fereday); four specimens. Felder gives it from Australia ;
this certainly requires confirmation.

34. Decuana, Walk.

Face rough. Palpi rather long, second ascending, roughly scaled, with
long hairs beneath, terminal joint long, slender, clavate, porrected. An-
tenne in male bipectinated (24-5). . Femora and under-side of thorax
clothed with very dense long hairs. Forewings with rough scales. Fore-
wings with vein 6 from below 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 rising out
of 9 and anastomosing again moderately with 9, 11 anastomosing mode-
rately with 10, 12 free. Hindwings normal, veins 3 and 4 sometimes
stalked

D. floccosa has veins 8 and 4 of the hindwings stalked, D. crassitibia

separate.
81. Decl. floccosa, Walk.
(Declana floccosa, Walk., xv., 1649; Argua scabra, Walk., xxviii., erru-

cosa, Feld., exxxi., 22; Declana feredayi, Butl., Proc. Zool. dem Wisin; ‘oats , 398,

pl. xliii., 5; Declana nigrosparsa, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 500.)

Male, female.—34-388 mm. Forewings elongate, somewhat oblong,
rather dilated posteriorly, hindmargin rounded, crenate ; very pale whitish-
grey ; costa and inner margin marked with short direct blackish strigule ;
often numerous scattered dark fuscous or black strigule, especially below
middle of disc ; some of the raised scales beyond first and second lines and
along dorsal vein are often ochreous-yellow ; a slender dark fuscous often

E

Mzxxnick.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 108

obscure line towards base, irregularly angulated above middle; a second
similar line beyond middle, twice deeply sinuate ; both these sometimes
marked with dark fuscous or blackish blotches ; a sinuate cloudy dark
grey median shade, often obsolete ; a similar shade from apex, parallel and
near to second line. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin shortly dentate ;
whitish-grey ; a cloudy fascia before middle, and a broad ‘hindmarginal
band often darker grey.

Very variable ; normally coloured in imitation of lichens.

Christchurch, amongst bush and coming freely to sugar, in August,
November, and from March to June (Mr. R. W. Fereday) ; thirty speci-
mens.

82. Decl. crassitibia, Feld.
(Amphitape crassitibia, Feld., cix., 10 (2).)

Male.—33-86 mm. Thorax with a strong crest curved forwards.
` Abdomen longer and stouter than in D. floccosa, sometimes largely de-
veloped, with large anal tuft. Forewings as in D. floccosa, but costa
somewhat more sinuate; whitish or pale ochreous, often partially suf-
fused with brownish, especially towards apex; costa with numerous fine
oblique black strigule ; a short blackish longitudinal mark from base; an
irregularly curved double dark fuscous or blackish line towards base, and a
similar twice inwards sinuate line at 2; both these vary very much in
shape, tending to be sharply angulated towards each other and even con-
nected on submedian fold; second margined on upper half posteriorly by a
fascous suffusion, more blackish on costa, followed by a pale apical space ;
generally two rows of blackish marks towards hindmargin. Hindwings as
in D. floccosa ; white or pale whitish-ochreous, hindmargin slightly suffused
- with fuscous.

Female.—Forewings with apex more projecting ; grey-whitish, very
finely irrorated with dark grey ; costal strigule as in male; other markings
obsolete, or represented by a few blackish dots. Hindwings fuscous-grey,
paler towards base.

Very variable, and the sexes are also very different; but the species
may always be recognized by the fineness and obliquity of the costal
E

ule.

Blenheim and Dunedin, received by Mr. Fereday from Mr. Skellon and
Captain Hutton ; eight specimens.

85. ATOSSA, n. g.

Face roughly haired. Palpi moderate, second joint ascending, densely
rough-haired beneath, terminal joint long, slender, clavate, porrected.
Antenne in male stout, dentate, minutely ciliated. Femora densely hairy
beneath. Forewings with rough scales. Forewings with vein 6 from

104 Transactions.—Z oology.

below 9, 7 from angle of areole, 10 anastomosing shortly with 9, 11 rising
out of 10 before angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings normal, veins 8 and
4 from a point.
— allied to the preceding.
9. At. niveata, Butl.
(Declana niveata, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 500.)

Male.—30 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa somewhat sinuate,
hindmargin rounded, dentate; dull white, faintly irrorated with grey ; costa
marked with short indistinct dark grey direct strigule; an irregular line
towards base, and another twice angulated about 2, obscurely indicated by
dark grey scales; some scattered dark grey strigule before hindmargin.
Hindwings moderate, hindmargin crenate, angularly projecting in middle ;
wholly white.

I took one fine specimen at rest on a tree-trunk near Dunedin, in
February.

36. PayLLODOCE, n.g.

Face shortly rough-haired. Palpi moderate, arched, ascending, shortly
rough-scaled, terminal joint short. Antenne in male rather stout, pubes-
cent. Coxe and femora densely rough-haired beneath. Forewings with
vein 6 from below 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 shortly touching 9,
11 separate, 12 free. Hindwings normal.

84. Phyll. nelsonaria, Feld.
(Gonodontis (?) nelsonaria, Feld. cxxiii., 3; Gonodontis felix, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1877, 389, pl. xlii., 10.)

Male.—88-39 mm. Forewings moderate, apex rather projecting, hind-
margin rather strongly angulated in middle, upper half appearing concave,
somewhat crenulate ; fuscous, reddish-fuscous or ochreous, tending to form
short transverse darker and lighter strigule; some small irregular white
marks on costal edge; an irregular curved and rather strongly dentate
whitish line about +, posteriorly dark-margined; a small pale-centred dark
fuscous or reddish-fuscous discal spot; a straight whitish line about 3
anteriorly dark-margined. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin rounded,
unevenly crenate; pale reddish-fuscous, more or less irrorated with grey ;
a small grey discal spot ; a slightly curved grey line beyond middle.

Varies considerably in colour.

Nelson and Dunedin ; four specimens.

97. AMASTRIS, n. Y.

Face smooth. Palpi short, rough-haired beneath, porrected. Antenne
in male stout, serrate, shortly ciliated (1). Forewings with vein 6 from
below 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 rising out of 9 above origin,
anastomosing again shortly with 9, 11 anastomosing shortly with 10, 12
anastomosing shortly with 11. Hindwings normal.

Mevricx.—On New Zealand Geometria. 105

85. Am. encausta, n. sp.

Male, female.—29-33 mm. Forewings moderate, costa arched at base,
apex almost acute, hindmargin obtusely projecting somewhat above middle,
upper part slightly concave; varying from pale whitish-grey, slightly
purplish-tinged, to light reddish-ochreous-brown, generally with numerous
scattered fuscous or dark fuscous strigule, sometimes forming an irregular
suffusion in disc and along hindmargin, and on an incomplete subterminal
band ; three short dark fuscous streaks from costa, first and third oblique,
second less defined, direct ; from third often a sinuate row of dark fuscous
dots to inner margin. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin slightly crenulate ;
pale whitish-ochreous-yellow; sometimes a row of darker dots beyond
middle.

Varies much in colour.

Makatoku (Hawke’s Bay), Nelson, Christchurch, Otira Gorge (1,500
feet), Castle Hill (2,500 feet), and Mount Hutt, from January to March,
amongst bush ; thirty-one specimens.

It seems improbable that this common species should have escaped des-
cription. I suspect therefore it will be found among Walker’s list, but as I
have no authority for its identification I have been compelled to attach a ,
name to it. .

38. STRATOCLEIS, n.g.

Face with a slight cone of scales. Palpi rather long, porrected, roughly
sealed. Antenne in male stout, subdentate, minutely ciliated (+). Fore-
wings with vein 6 from below 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 very
shortly touching 9, 11 free, 12 very shortly touching 11. Hindwings
normal.

86. Strat. gallaria, Walk.
(Selenia gallaria, Walk., 185, Butl. Cat., pl. iii, 6, 7; Euchlena (?) palthidata, Feld.,
exxxii, 21, 22.)

Male.—26-27 mm. Forewings moderate, costa strongly arched towards
base, apex acute, hindmargin shortly dentate below apex and above middle,
thence straight, oblique; whitish-ochreous, slightly suffused with pale
reddish-fuscous, and thinly sprinkled with blackish, basal and apical thirds
sometimes wholly reddish-fuscous; a curved dark fuscous line at 3, strongest
on costa, angulated above and below middle, preceded by a much fainter
parallel line; an irregular curved fuscous median line, sometimes indistinct,
darkest on costa, angulated below costa and indented inwards below
middle; a minute black discal dot beyond middle; a nearly straight dark
fuscous oblique line beyond middle, sometimes followed by a pale posteriorly
dark-margined dentate line; two short cloudy irregular blackish lines from
inner margin beyond this; a short upwardly oblique cloudy dark fuscous

106 Transactions.— Zoology.

mark on hindmargin above middle. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin
rounded; ground-colour as in forewings, posterior half sometimes reddish-
fuscous; sometimes a faint irregular darker line before middle; a minute
blackish discal dot; a straight dark fuscous line rather beyond middle, on
inner margin followed by a cloudy dark fuscous spot.

Variable in colour and strength of marking.

Palmerston (Wanganui), Makatoku (Hawke’s Bay), Christchurch, in
February and March; eight specimens.

87. Strat. streptophora, n. sp.

Male, female.—32-84 mm. Forewings moderate, costa somewhat arched
towards base, apex strongly projecting but hardly acute, hindmargin some-
what irregular, with a strong shortly bidentate projection in middle; pale
whitish-ochreous-yellow, coarsely irrorated with ochreous-brown ; four dark
ochreous-fuscous lines; first towards base, irregular, shortly angulated near
inner margin ; second before middle, straight, rather broad ; a black discal
dot; third beyond middle, strongly curved, oblique; fourth subterminal,
curved, followed by a row of crescentic white dark-margined spots. Hind-
wings moderate, hindmargin crenate, with two more prominent teeth in
middle; ochreous-whitish, hindmargin more ochreous; some scattered grey
and ochreous scales; a dark grey discal dot; a subterminal row of grey
partially obsolete spots.

Probably varies much in colour and intensity of markings.

Otira Gorge (1,600 feet) and Dunedin, in January, amongst bush; four
specimens.

89. AzeLIna, Gn.

Face with some projecting hairs. Palpi rather long, obliquely ascend-
ing, roughly scaled, attenuated. Antenne in male thick, simple. Fore-
wings with vein 6 from below 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 very
shortly touching 9, 11 separate, 12 free. Hindwings normal.

A genus of some extent, specially characteristic of South America.
Guenée made a separate genus (Polygonia) of the New Zealand species, but
without any point of distinction.

88. Azel. fortinata, Bus

(Polygonia fortinata, Gn., E.M.M., V., 41; Caustoloma (?) ziczac, Feld., exxxii., 4.)

Male, female.—33-38 mm. Forewings moderate, costa sinuate, apex
acute, projecting, hindmargin with a strong sharp tooth a little below apex,
and a broader subdentate projection in middle ; rather light reddish-fuscous ;
a dark reddish-fuscous curved line at 4, emitting two strong sharp angula-
tions posteriorly ; a dark reddish-fuscous discal dot ; a dark reddish-fuscous
line beyond middle, shortly and obtusely angulated outwards above and
below middle. Hindwings moderate, hindmargin with two short teeth

Meyricxk.—On New ATE Geometrina. 107

beneath apex, and a strong bidentate projection in middle; colour as in
forewings, but basal half much paler; -a faint darker line near base; an
irregular dark reddish-fuscous line slightly beyond middle, bounding the
pale area.

Constant.

Nelson, Akaroa, and Mount Hutt, in January and February (Mr. R. W.
Fereday); twelve specimens.

40. Drepanopes, Gn.

Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, triangularly scaled, por-
rected. Antenne in male moderate, simple. Forewings with vein
6 from below 9, 7 from below angle of areole, 10 very shortly touching
9, 11 rising out of 10 before angle of areole, 12 free. Hindwings
normal.

Also a characteristic South American genus. The single New Zealand
species is very similar to some South American forms,

89. Drep. muriferata, Walk.
(Cana muriferata, Tata 1635; Panagra ephyraria, Walk., 1761; ? Zanclognatha
ria, Feld., exxiii., 26; ‘Canela (?) haastiaria, Feld., cxxiii., 32.)

Male, female—80-84 x mm. Forewings moderate, apex falcate, hind-
margin bowed in middle; ochreous-brown ; costa marked with short fine
blackish strigule ; some scattered black scales towards base and beyond
line; a short oblique cloudy dark fuscous mark on costa at 4, two white
dots placed transversely in disc above middle, surrounded by a darker
suffusion ; a straight dark ochreous-fuscous line or row of dots from costa
a little before apex to inner margin beyond middle; a cloudy dark grey
curved shade from apex, becoming obsolete above middle. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin rounded; ochreous-brown ; a white discal dot; a
straight dark ochreous-fuscous median line.

Varies probably considerably in colour. The hindmargin of the fore-
wings is represented in Felder’s figure of Z. cookaria as distinctly angulated ;
I have seen no case of this.

Taranaki, Christchurch, Dunedin, amongst forest, in February and
March ; five specimens.

SICULINA.
SICULIDA.

Being only acquainted with one genus, I can give no enlarged charac-
ters for these higher groups. It will be sufficient to point out that the
separation of vein 7 of the forewings from the stalk of 8 and 9, and the
16-legged larva, remove the genus from the Geometrina, whilst the separa-
tion of veins 7 and 8 of the hindwings distinguishes it no less clearly from
the Pyralidina.

108 Transactions.—Z oology.

41. SicuLopes, Gn.

Face densely scaled, subconical. Palpi short, porrected, densely scaled,
terminal joint short. Antenne in male rather stout, dentate, shortly
ciliated (+). Forewings with 12 veins, 8 and 9 short-stalked, rest separate.
Hindwings with 8 separate veins, 6 and 7 approximated towards base,
8 free, approaching 7 in middle.

Hitherto only known from South America, where it attains considerable
development.

90. Sic. subfasciata, Walk. >

(Morova subfasciata, Walk., Suppl., ii., 523; Cacecia gallicolens, Butl., Cat., 46.)

Male, female.—24-27 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa rather
strongly sinuate, suddenly and strongly bent near apex, apex rectangular,
hindmargin strongly sinuate; reddish-ochreous, often suffused with reddish-
fuscous ; reticulated throughout with reddish-fuscous or dark fuscous ;
three indistinct darker fascie, tending to become obsolete towards inner
margin; first about 1, curved; second beyond middle, dilated above, fur-
cate on costa; third subterminal, slender, furcate on costa. Hindwings
moderate, hindmargin sinuate so as to project broadly in middle; colour
and reticulation as in forewings ; an indistinct darker fascia near base, and
a broader one in middle.

Variable in depth of colouring.

Larva 16-legged, living in gall-like swellings of the stem of Parsonsia
(Apocynea), according to Mr. Fereday ; I have seen the empty galls
said to be produced by this species. Pupa in the same position. An
accurate description of this larva and its habits would be of much
value.

Christchurch, Akaroa, and Dunedin, amongst bush, in January and
February; ten specimens.

Aprenpix I.

The following have been described or figured as New Zealand species,
and are not yet identified; probably most are synonyms of species pre-
viously described ; a few seem to have been recorded in error; there may
perhaps be two or three additional species among them. They are num-
bered consecutively with the others, for convenience of reference in the
index.

91. Ennomos ustaria, Walk., 1519.

92. Ischalis thermochromata, Walk., 1750.

93. Panagra hypenaria, Gn., Butl. Cat., pl. iii., 10. This is a well-
known Australian species, of which I have seen no New Zealand specimen ;
it is probably stated to occur by error.

Meyricx.—On New Zealand Geometrina. 109

94. Panagra promelanaria, Walk., 1666, Butl. Cat., pl. iii., 17. Pro-
bably another error; it appears to refer to a very common Australian
species.

95. Panagra venipunctata, Walk., 1666. This should be identical with
the preceding.

96. Aspilates euboliaria, Walk., 1684. Type said to be lost; I conjec-
ture this is a synonym of Ars. subochraria, Dbld.

97. Larentia subductata, Walk., 1198.

98. Larentia infusata, Walk., 1199.

99. Larentia lucidata, Walk., 1200.

100. Larentia (?) quadristrigata, Walk., 1200; Larentia interclusa, Walk.,
1202.

101. Coremia robustaria, Walk., 1320,

102. Coremia plurimata, Walk., spé

103. Coremia (?) inductata, Walk., 1322.

04. Camptogramma correlata, ub. 1330, Butl. Cat., pl. ii., 15.

105. Phibalapterya suppressaria, Walk., 1721.
06. Scotosia denotata, Walk., 1861; Scotosia humerata, Walk, 1362 ;
Phibalapterya parvulata, Walk., 1721.

107. Scotosia subobscurata, Walk., 1858.

108. Scotosia subitata, Walk., 1362.

109. Cidaria (?) rudisata (!), Walk., 1420.

110. Chalastra pellurgata, Walk., 1480.

111. Cidaria ascotata, Feld., exxxi., 9.

112. Cidaria adonata, Feld., exxxi., 81. Perhaps= Larentia cinerearia,
Dbld.

113. Microdes toriata, Feld., cxxxi., 34. Appears to me to be a common
Australian species, and is probably stated to occur by error.

114. Cidaria semilineata, Feld., exxxi., 36. Perhaps= Pasiphila bilineo-
lata, Walk.

115. Larentia (?) falcata, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 501.

116. Coremia heliacaria, Gn., x., 420. An Australian species, stated by
Butler to occur, but probably on an erroneous identification

117. Melanthia arida, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 505. The description
appears unintelligible, and I conceive that some words have dropped
out. |

118. Coremia casta, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii., 558.

AppenDIx II.

Captain Hutton collected and published in the Transactions of the New
Zealand Institute notices of the larve of several species of the Geometrina :
it is however impossible to be sure that the species were correctly identified,

110 Transactions. —Zoology.

and I have therefore thought it best to add these notes in the form of an
appendix, referring them to the species to which they seem to belong ; they
will serve as aids to future discovery.

Pasiphila bilineolata, Walk. (A) Larva brown, rough, segments trans-
versely wrinkled ; 6th, 7th, and 8th segments with a pair of dorsal papille,
those of 7th much largest. On Clematis indivisa ; bred in April. (B) Larva
black, smooth, with a more or less interrupted white lateral line; varies in
colour, sometimes reddish ; head brown. On Veronica salicifolia; bred in
November.

Asthena schistaria, Walk. (A) Larva smooth, dull green; dorsal thin,
white; subdorsal narrow, yellow ; a white lateral band, more or less black-
edged; head dark green. (B) Larva pale brown, longitudinally marked
with darker; a curved black mark, convex backwards, on back over last
pair of prolegs. On Leptospermum ericoides ; bred in March.

Scotosia gobiata, Feld. (A) Larva Reed brown marbled with grey; a
large tubercle on back, preceded by a small one. On Leptospermum scoparium ;
bred in March. (B) Larva brown; a single tubercle on segment in front of
prolegs. On Leptospermum ericoides ; bred in November and December.

Epyaxa rosearia, Dbld. Larva smooth, green or yellowish-green ; a few
scattered yellow hairs ; segmental divisions yellow. On Rumew and Sonchus;
bred in March.

Hybernia indocilis, Walk. Larva grey, marbled with brown; a few black
hairs ; dorsal spots white, black-margined. Bred in April.

AAN lupinata, Feld. Larva olivaceous brown; second (?)
segment greenish; a few long black hairs; a large dorsal papilla on 8th
segment. Bred in May.

Barsine panagrata, Walk. Larva light green, sometimes marbled with
light pink; spiracular white, shaded with red above; spiracles bright
orange; a pair of brown spots on each segment. On Aristotelia.

Declana floccosa, Walk.’ Larva 12-legged; skin wrinkled, with a row of
pectinated tufts on each side; a few black hairs; brown, reticulated with
yellowish, or variegated with green and browaish-purple ; spiracles yellow,
black-margined ; a pair of small tubercles on 12th segment (? 13th). On
Aristotelia and Ulex; bred in July.

InpEX TO GENERA
The numbers refer to those nme to the genera in classified order.

7

Acidalia, Tr. ia Barsine, n. g. SA è

Amastris, n.g. .. sà ir :* Boarmia, Tr. è xx Bl
Arsinoé, n. g. ti SA Cacopsodos, Butl. Fa 6.
Asthena, Hb. sa cet RS Cephalissa, n. g. .. v. A
Atossa, n. g. ay $2 38D. Cidaria, Tr. AM 4 UM

Azelina, Gn. .. sio: 0% Dasyuris, Gn. oa se. 28.

&

Meyricxk.—On New Zealand Geometrina.

eclana, Walk

Panopea, n. g.

INDEX TO Pig impe

Parysatis, n.g. ..
Pasiphila, n.g. ..
Pasithea, n. g. si
Phyllodoce, n. g.

Psendocoremia, Buil

Stratocleis, n.g. +.
Stratonice, n.g. ..
Tatosoma, Butl.

Theoxena,n.g. +.
Thyone, n. g. +
Zylobara, Butl. ..

8.
pte TO SPECIE

+. 3
48.
vic id.

36.
.. 30,
war Be
wis} 41.
0 B22,
oe 88,
es 11,
ay) 14,
— 9
sacs tide
»«..- 29.

111

The numbers refer to those prefixed to each species in order ; the names in italics are

synonyms.

abrogata, Walk.

piecanduonta, Walk.

calida, Butl.

callichlora, Butl. ..
callicrena, n. SP. ..
caprimulgata, Feld.

casta, Butl. .. "t
cataphracta, n. sp...
catapyrrha, Butl. ..
catocalaria, Gn. ..

chlamydota, n. sp...
chlorias, n. sp...
cidariaria, Gn...
cinerascens, Feld. ..
cinerearia, Dbld. ..
clarata, Walk. sis
collectaria, Walk. ..

crassitibia, Feld. ..
cymosema, n. sp. ..
dejectaria, Walk. ..
delicatulata, Gn. ..
deltoidata, Walk, ..
denotata, Walk. .,

- 32,
+». 66.
ee 77.
os 118.
os, 9f.
as. iu.
.. 62.
cis. 98.

2.1.
suo Ab.
sais le
+» 40.
s» 14.
REPE t n
=: 48.

4:588.
asia
we pee
Pera |
Bree e
a» . B9.
.. 48.
«104.
«oi B2,
— Y
oo 71.
nie M

112

descriptata, Walk.
desiccata, Butl. ..

ferox, Butl.. ‘
figlinaria, Gn :
Jfexata, Walk .

fragosata, Feld. ..
fumipalpata, Feld...
fuscinata, Gn.
fusiplagiata, Walk.
gallaria, Walk. ..
gallicolens, But].

inclinataria, Walk.
indicataria, Walk...
ado Buil...

infantaria, Gn. — ..

&
Transactions. — Zoology.
Inpex ro SPECIES—Continued.
CRE infusata, Walk
SRI inoperata, Walk. ..
ES: inopiata, Feld ie
ui ES. insignis, Butl se
80. interclusa, Walk. ..
«185. inverata, Walk. ..
«45762. lestevata, Walk. ..
. 89. lignosata, Walk. ..
TTI. lucidata, Walk *
«96. lupinata, Feld «s
48. manzifera, Fereday
TT. maoriata, Feld. ..
115. mechanitis, n. Sp. ++.
ese, megaspilata, Walk.
sai BE. melinata, Feld...
79; menanaria, Walk. ..
IUE mistata, Feld. $i
aa “OVA mixtaria, Walk.

2. monoliata, Feld. ..
SITE, mullata, Gn. id
H AMT. muriferata, Walk. ..

88. muscosata, Walk. ..
UE nehata, Feld È
14. nelsonaria, Feld. .
T Hn. nephelias, n. sp
£t. niger, Butl sè
86. nigrosparsa, Butl. .
wer 90, niphocrena, n. sp
ii I9. niveata, Butl
22 2M. obarata, Feld xm
se 8p. _ obtruncata, Walk. ..
06: obtusaria, Walk. ..
«e YO. omichlias, n. sp. +.
iy A ondinata, Gn. e
ve oM, orophyla, n.sp. +.
H. hnea, is
+ TOG: palthidata, Feld, ..
i. de. panagrata, Walk. ..
20794. pannularia,
mST. paradelpha, n. sp. ..
Fo partheniata, Gn. ..
(2 3b arvulata, Wal
76. pastinaria, Gn. ..
34-74. patularia, Walk. ..
103. pellurgata, Walk. ..
(S T. perductata, Walk. .
e» 48, perornata, Walk. ..

de

Meyrick.—On New Zealand Geometrina.

perversata, Feld. ..
petropola, n. sp. .
plagifurcata, Walk.
plurilineata, Walk.
plurimata, Walk. ..
porphyrias, n.sp. ..
prefectata, Walk. ..
prasinias, n. Sp. ..
primata, Walk. ..
ota, n. sp.

Tama n. oe
quadristrigata, Walk.

ranata, Feld. fe
isata, Gn. .. zs
rivularis, Butl. ..
rixata, Feld. I
robustaria, Walk...
rosearia, Dbld. ..
rubraria, Dbld.

rubropunctaria, Dbld.

rudisata, Walk. ..

scabra, Walk. oe
istaria, Walk. ..
scissaria, Gn, we

scriptaria, Walk. ..
semialbata, Walk. ..
semifissata, Walk...
semilineata, Feld. ..
semilisata, Walk. ..
semisignata, Walk.
servularia, Gn.

InpEx or SPECIES—continued.

similata, Walk. pe
simulans, Butl. ..
siria, n. Sp. .. ee
spheriata, Feld. ..
squalida, Butl.
stigmaticata, Walk.
stinaria, Gn. is
strangulata, Gn. ..
strategica, n. sp. +.
streptophora, n. sp.

undulifera, Butl. ..
usitata, Butl. ee

ypsilonaria, Gn.
ziczac, Feld. i
zopyra, N. sp. Le

113

*

114 Transactions.—Zoology.

Art. IIL.— Notes on a Native Species of Mantis. By T. H. Ports. With
a descriptive Note by Professor Hurrow.

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, Tth January, 1883.]
Tus insect has been observed in several localities during the last three
years. It appears to be widely distributed in this island. We first heard
of it as having been taken in a garden at Riccarton, a short distance from
Christchurch. Soon afterwards, through the kindness of Mr. Nalder, speci-
mens were obtained at Akaroa. It has been found at Amberley, forty miles
north of Christchurch. Walter Potts, in the month of April last, discovered
it on some flowers in a garden so far south as Clyde, which lies inland in
the Otago Lake District, and plentifully in and about Cromwell.

The young emerge in the spring months in numbers; from a single egg-
case perhaps as many as twenty or more may appear. We have known
them make their way out early in September, at intervals throughout that
month and part of the next till the 24th October. At first they are of a
pale pea-green or pale green on the limbs and under-parts, above brown or
purplish-black, with the eyes very prominent, and a bluish spot on the an-
terior limbs. The bright green larve sometimes appear crowded together
when forcing their way through the lids of the egg-cases. At this time
they measure some 5 or 6 lines in length. As soon as they have quitted
their prison-homes they exhibit great activity in their movements, swiftly
coursing hither and thither; perhaps at no other period of their existence do
they display so much restlessness.

The body is usually so carried that the lower part of the abdomen just
clears the ground ; only the two lower pairs of limbs are generally required
for locomotion, the anterior pair are kept folded. It may be noticed that the
posterior pair of limbs are most robust, and longer than the middle pair.
The insect in its larval state not only runs with great swiftness, but it can
leap several inches at a bound, a feat that is rarely performed. In running
the body is kept nearly upright. At the same time that we note the energy
of its movements, it must not be omitted that there are seasons in which it
displays an almost inexhaustible power of “ masterly inactivity.” These
times of quiet, when it remains so long motionless, or nearly so, may be a
part of its tactics for securing the presence of victims within reach of its
fatal arms. The most difficult feat it is seen to perform is the recovery of
its proper position when lying on its back on a plane surface, often for a
long time it kicks and struggles in a very helpless manner. The feet are
adapted for travelling over a polished surface, such as glass presents ; the
figure can be easily depressed so as to appear nearly flat. The anterior
limbs, only occasionally used as legs, are kept carefully cleaned, particular
attention is paid to the blade-like teeth with which these limbs are armed,

Li
Porrs.—On a Native Species of Mantis. 115

When about making an attack it approaches its intended prey near
enough to secure it with a dash, its movements are sometimes slow, delibe-
rate. It stands with its anterior limbs folded with an innocent rather than
a menacing air, now and then raising itself or lifting the prothorax
in a stealthy, quiet manner, as if to judge accurately of its dis-
tance ; or the head is turned as the victim moves, and with one swift
dart the insect is secured. In considering the manner of the manipulation
of its food, it must be remembered that it only consumes living insects ; it
displays remarkable coolness and positive indifference to the sufferings of
its prey. Let us suppose it has caught a house-fly ; this is held securely on
the teeth of one of the anterior limbs, both arms are used and brought to
the long tearing or cutting mandibles ; it commences the feast usually by
taking off some morsels from the head, the fly struggling, kicking or
vibrating its wings; various parts are deliberately severed notwithstanding
these strong protests on the part of the fly; some of the parts so cut off are
rejected, notably wings and legs, other portions of the wretched fly are cut
off into edible morsels. During the progress of the meal, the posterior pair
of limbs are held rather wide apart and securely planted to resist the efforts
of the struggling fly. The Mantis holds on steadily as it feeds, employing
both forearms, deliberately plucking its prey away from the mandibles by a
downward and forward action ; whilst masticating a portion taken off, the
anterior limbs are held extended a short distance from the mouth till it is
ready for a fresh bite, when the tearing process is repeated. It discloses
something of the fastidiousness of the gourmét in selecting only certain
parts of the fly for consumption, much of the carcase being neglected and
cast away; occasionally it has considerable difficulty in ridding the teeth of
these remains; sometimes these are cast off with a single shake of the
limbs, or several attempts are required to effect this; so powerful are the
efforts at times that the insect itself recoils bodily. Whilst eating, the fine
hair-like antenne are kept nearly upright, or they are slightly moved for-
wards and back again to-an almost vertical position ; the mandibles project
from over the mouth; the head is moved and turned freely. In drinking,
which is seldom indulged in, the body is bent so that its form is slightly
curved.

It is quite possible that so much of the body of the fly is rejected
because it has ceased to exist under the tearing of the mandibles ; we have
never seen the Mantis attempt to feed on a dead insect ; it may be its special
- function to exist on living food. The posterior limbs are employed not only
to assist in supporting the body, they act also as feelers to ascertain the
security of a foothold or to clasp firmly a leaf or spray and thus enable the
insect to hang downwards whilst the forearms are folded ready for action.

116 Transactions. —Z oology.

It will attack any small moving thing that it is likely to be able to hold,
such as flies, moths, spiders, etc., we have often seen it with a fly in the
teeth of each anterior limb; young of its own kind are devoured as readily
as any other food. Its appetite is at times voracious, as we have seen it kill
and devour parts of fourteen small flies within a very brief space of time ;
it can pick a small spider from off its web with singular dexterity. With
all its cruelty or ferocity it is timid, retiring from the contact of anything
that touches it suddenly ; often it retreats before the boisterous blue-bottle-
fly. The house-fly is a favourite prey; in pursuit it steadily traverses the
smooth surface of window-panes, the structure of the feet allowing it to pass
over the lower surface of glass at almost any angle. We have kept many
of these insects in a room where they seldom left the windows during the
daytime, getting their own food in ample supply. It is worth noticing that
flies often approach this terrible enemy as though heedless of its presence, .
or in some way fascinated by its appearance. When climbing an upright
branch the ascent is made in a spiral direction, sometimes all the limbs are
used in climbing ; should a couple meet suddenly, they at times spar at
each other, but as far as we have observed these hostile movements have
been unattended by the infliction of any damage.

At the time of its periodical moults it is dull and listless, not caring for
food. The casting of the skin, which takes place at intervals during the
larval state, is accomplished by throwing itself on the back, when with
numberless struggles it wriggles out of its old covering. Gradually the
figure of the insect widens and the rudiments of the future wing-processes
are developed, these make marked progress after each moult. The cast
coverings are discarded in one piece generally, showing the form of the
antenne, of the claws, of the teeth of anterior limbs, etc. E

. The sexes may be distinguished by a slight difference of form, that of
the male is the more slender, the antenne are more produced; in the
perfect insect the wings of the female are not so long in proportion to the
rest of the body as those of the male. The perfect insect exhibits also
some difference of colouration, the bright light green gives place to a duller
tone, the edges of the keeled sides of the prothorax assume a dull amethys-
tine tint, a deeper tinge of a similar hue stains the limbs in various parts,
the teeth of the forearms being thus coloured; the blue spot around the
auditory organs is very noticeable.

It is particular in cleaning and dressing the head; the action of the fore-
limb as used for this purpose, at once reminds one of the manner in which
a cat passes its paw over ears and eyes.

The perfect insect does not, except on occasions, walk so nearly erect as
in the larval state; it seldom uses its wings or only for a brief flight, we
have but rarely seen it make a flying dart at its prey. Its colour harmonizes

Porrs.—On a Native Species of Mantis. 117

so well with many kinds of leaves, that it is difficult to distinguish the
insect when lodged thereon, this kind of protection has probably caused
it to be frequently overlooked. We believe it to be affected by atmospherie
changes; when a low temperature prevails it is dull and sluggish ; hence
the locality of Clyde has been particularly mentioned, as there a considerable
range of temperature is experienced.

The reproductive habits seem to offer some peculiar features, which
removes it from those of many other forms of insect life, these are therefore
given in detail as facts of interest. At or near breeding time the male is
restless, the female is ready for pairing in about ten days after assuming
her perfect form, and usually receives the male without any previous
demonstrations of courtship on the part of her mate, further than a some-
what close companionship; sometimes, yet rarely, the male chases and leaps
on the female, The time of congress is prolonged and varies in duration,
it frequently occupies from two to four hours ; the operation is repeated
from day to day; a pair kept secluded in an ample enclosure were observed
to be in congress daily from the 11th of January to the 18th, both days -
inclusive, again on the 20th, on this date separating at 7 p.m.; they were
again united at 9 p.m., remaining in that state till 1.80 a.m. on the
21st.

During their union, both insects keep the anterior limbs folded, the male
having often all his limbs clear of the ground, yet so bent as to enable him
to cling securely to the female, or sometimes partly supported by the base
and part of the outer edge of a portion of one of the wings. The wings of
the female remain closed; access is sometimes obtained rather sideways, in
which case the wings are partly thrust aside. During the operation, in
the female a series of brown-coloured stigmata are freely displayed and
become apparently inflated or depressed as the female raises or depresses
part of her body.

After the abdomen of the female becomes distended, for some days she
appears dull and drowsy, with appetite less keen ; when about ten days
have elapsed, she makes that curious egg-mass, from which the young in
due course come forth. The formation of the egg-mass is a very interesting
sight, all her limbs are employed in sustaining her during the proceeding ;
a quick lateral motion of the lower part of the body accompanies the deposit
of the bright glittering material which, as it dries, sticks fast to the article
on which it is placed. When first extruded, the matter shines or glistens
like very minute bright bubbles or granules; it is smoothed and shaped by
the distended orifice, whilst the ovipositors are trained over the centre of the
top of the mass. The egg-masses measure from 4 inch to more than 1 inch
in length, formed of a series of inclined horny cells, with a sloping

118 Transactions.—Zoology.

membranous lid, the spaces between the lids filled with a soft white froth-
like substance, the whole series of cells being fastened together on each
side by a strong layer of chitine. Each cell is ‘05 or ‘06 inch in
breadth.

After this great labour is completed, the female remains for some hours
still as though thoroughly exhausted, her attenuated form shows to what
an extent her bulk has been drawn upon to furnish material for the egg-
cases. In a short time her vigour and appetite return, and she is again
eagerly catching here living prey. After the lapse of a few days, her form
again becomes distended, and she is ready for the formation of a fresh egg-
mass.

Five or six of these masses are usually made by one female of one pair
under observation. The first egg-case was finished on 16th January, at
5 a.m.; a second one was made on the 25th of the same month, at
11.45 p.m. These structures soon lose their brilliancy, and become of a
dull whitish colour, which gradually darkens to brown. They are often
placed in an irregular group. ‘The female visits them and stands over them
at times. In a warm room the young leave the egg-case in about fifty days
after the eggs are deposited.

Nore sy Proressor Hurron.

Specimens of the insect, whose habits are here described, were sent by
me several years ago to Mr. Wood Mason, but I do not know if it has as
yet received a name. The following diagnosis will be sufficient for recog-
nition :—

Animal green; the anterior coxe and costal vein of the wings yellowish:
a bright blue spot on the anterior femora around the auditory organ.
Head smooth, wider than the thorax. Prothorax keeled, with a groove on
the keel anterior to the suture; rough. Wings of uniform texture. An-
terior limbs with the cox finely denticulated on each side: lower margin
of the femora with 15 teeth, alternately larger and smaller, on the inside,
five longer ones on the outside, and four in the median line near the audi-
tory organ, one of which is larger. Tibia with 12 teeth on the inside and
11 smaller ones on the outside, increasing in length distally; the ba
tooth very long and curved.

Male.—Length, 1:15; of pronotum, ‘87; of elytra, 1:01 inch.

Female, —Length, 1:2; of pronotum, ‘82; of elytra, 1:10 inch.

^

Frrepay.—On a new Species of Cidaria. 119

Art. IV.—Description of a new Species of Cidaria (Lepidoptera).
By R. W. Ferepay, M.E.S.L.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 2nd August, 1883.]
Cidaria purpurifera, n. sp.

Male.—Primaries above with a very broad central belt, having a broad
projection extending to near the subterminal line between the first and
third median nervules ; the outer margin of the projection in the form of a
bracket |; central area of the belt traversed by a broad pale purplish band,
edged on each side by a thin and very irregular sinuated and indented
dark chocolate-brown line; on each side of the purplish band, and occupy-
ing the spaces between it and the inner and outer margin of the central
belt, is a narrow band of olive-green mottled with dark chocolate-brown,
the part within the projected portion of the central belt being entirely filled
up with dark chocolate-brown ; the outer and inner margin of the central
belt irregularly sinuous and indented, and edged with a thin line of dark
chocolate-brown ; subterminal line white and crenate, and having blotches
of dark chocolate-brown between some of its angles; the space between the
central belt and the subterminal line olive-green next the central belt, with
a very conspicuous suffused white line, broadest between the costa and the
projection of the central belt; external border olive-green, suffused near
the apex with dark chocolate-brown; a marginal line of dark chocolate-
brown lunular spots, edged with white; basal patch olive-green suffused
with brown at its outer margin which has angles and indentations similar
to those uf the inner margin of the central belt; space between basal patch
and central belt paler olive-green, suffused with white on its outer margin;
an apical costal patch of pale olive-green diminishing from the subterminal
line to a point at the apex, and suffused externally with white; central spot
absent; cilia chequered with dark chocolate-brown and whitish. Primaries
below with a band of three dusky sinuous and dentated parallel lines be-
yond the middle, the lines dark and distinct on the costa, but fading
towards the inner margin of the wing; the space between the outer of
the three lines and the base, pale brown; the space beyond the outer line
similar to the upper side but paler, and having pale brown in the place of
the olive-green ; basal half of costa irrorated with dark chocolate-brown ;
marginal line of lunular spots and chequered fringe as on upper side; a
distinct discocellular spot formed by a short transverse streak; in some
specimens the markings are much more indistinct and in some almost
obliterated.

. Secondaries above tawny-ochreous, with three very indistinct transverse
sinuous and dentated parallel lines a little before the middle of the wing ;
outer margin edged with a very thin line of darker ochreous; cilia not

120 Transactions.—Zoology.

chequered, basal half tawny-ochreous, exterior whitish. Secondaries below
very pale whitish-brown; basal half irrorated with dark chocolate-brown,
and the three transverse lines, and a short abbreviated line, near the anal
angle, formed by condensation of such irroration ; a very thin lunular mar-
ginal dusky line ; cilia pale with indistinct dusky chequers.

Thorax, olive-green. Abdomen, tawny-ochreous, with anal tuft, and
tufted along the sides. Palpi, connivent, in form of a beak. Antenne
finely serrated.

Length of body, 4"' ; Expanse of wings, 11'"—1" 1”,

Female.—Appears to differ from the male only in size, form of antenna,
and absence of abdominal tufts. Antenne simple, scarcely pubescent.

Length of body, 43". Expanse of wings, 1" 1'/—1" 2”

Hab. New Zealand, plentiful in bushy gullies between the eastern
spurs of Mount Hutt, Canterbury. -

This species is readily distinguished by the purplish belt, brilliant white
lines, and bright olive-green of the primaries. In all but colour it much
resembles Cidaria rixata, Feld. (Coremia squalida, Butl.), but is at once
distinguishable therefrom by the outer margin of the dark central belt
being very deeply indented along the lower branch of the median nervure.
C. rizata is found in abundance under overhanging banks of river-beds, in
bushy gullies where the water has excavated holes and hollows beneath the
roots of trees. Poking under these banks with a stick brings them out in
numbers, when they fly a little way, and settle again, always in a similar
place. C. purpurifera, though found in the same locality, does not take to
the excavations, but is found by beating the bush and herbage on the banks
above; I have taken it in December and January, but not having been to
the locality at any other time, cannot say if it is out in any other month.

Art V.—Further Notes on Coccide in New Zealand, with Descriptions of
Species. By W. M. Masxezz, F.R.M.S.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 4th October, 1883.)
Plates I. and II.
1st Group. —DIASPIDA.
Genus, Aspidiotus, Bouché.
1. Aspidiotus aurantii, mihi.
(Trans., vol. € 199: vol. xiv., p. 217.)
Tur must be abandono as a species. From a communication from
M. Signoret, I find that it is identical with A. coccineus, Gennadius. .A
description of this last is to be found, I believe, in a Report to the Minister

MasxeLL.—On New Zealand Coccide. . 121

of Agriculture in Greece. Mr. Comstock, who adopted my name for the
insect, in his Report on the Coccide of the United States, seems to have
been equally unaware with myself of the description of Gennadius. I have
always thought that this insect must have been originally introduced from
Europe.
2. Aspidiotus sophore, sp. nov.
Fig. 1.

The puparium is normal in shape, flat and nearly circular, of a bluish-
grey tint ; diameter about +; inch.

The female resembles generally A. nerii or any other of the genus,
having a peg-top shape, the abdominal segments shrinking up into the
thoracic portion after gestation. There are five groups of spinnerets, of
which the upper group has four orifices, the remainder seven or eight. In
some specimens only four groups are to be made out. The edge of the
abdomen ends in two conspicuous median lobes, and at each side for a little
distance are a number of scaly serrated hairs resembling those of A. nerit.

From Sophora tetraptera.

Only a few species of Aspidiotus are reported as having five groups of
spinnerets, the normal number being four, and some having no groups.
The present insect seems to resemble generally A. oxyacantha or A. tilia,
Signoret; but differs in the arrangement of the hairs on the edge of the
abdomen.

Genus Poliaspis, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xii., p. 293.

Mr. Comstock, in a monograph of the Diaspide (Second Rep. of the
Dep. of Entomology of the Cornell University Experiment Station, 1883,
p. 126), which he has kindly sent me, adopts this genus, and describes a
new American species of it; but remarks that he is “ far from feeling sure
that the genus will prove to be a natural one.” I would urge that it has at
least as good a claim as the kindred genus Leucaspis, which Mr. Comstock
admits without remark. Dr. Signoret, in a letter to me, says of my genus
Poliaspis—“ I think this genus is distinct.

Genus Mytilaspis, Targioni-Tozzetti.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 192.)
1. Mytilaspis pyriformis, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 192: vol. xiv., p. 215.)

Mr. Comstock (loc. cit., p. 125) asks whether this insect is really a
Mytilaspis, and seems inclined to refer it rather to Chionaspis. I find that
in my former papers I have omitted to observe that the male puparium is
not greatly different from that of the female, though from my placing it
under Mytilaspis I inferred this. The male puparium of Chionaspis is quite
different.

122 Transactions.—Zoology.

Genus, Diaspis, Costa.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 192.)
1. Diaspis santali, sp. nov.

Puparium of female yellowish-grey in colour, sometimes with a greenish
tinge, outline oval; very convex: pellicles black, very inconspicuous, placed
at one end of the puparium.

Adult female orange-red in colour, reaching +; inch in length, peg-top
shaped ; the abdominal segment very small as compared with the rest of
the body, and the two next segments slightly overlap it. Abdomen ending
in two conspicuous, prominent, median
lobes, and at each side of them two semi-
circular depressions: several branched
and serrated hairs in the region of these
lobes. ‘There are no groups of spin-

nerets, nor can I detect any single ones.
There is no wide depression of the edge between the median lobes.

Male puparium elongated, with plack pellicle: but I have not seen the |
insect itself.

On twigs of Maire (Santalum cunninghamii), sent me by C. Winkel-
mann, Esq., from Napier. It is in company with Rhizococcus fossor, de-
scribed below : but the latter is always on the leaves of the plant.

The forms of the male and female puparia show this insect to be a
Diaspis, though it seems in many respects to resemble rather Aspidiotus.
I find no described species of the genus possessing the same features in the
abdominal segment, especially the absence of spinneret groups. Nor do I
think it is a Chionaspis. :

Genus, Fiorinia, Targioni-Tozzetti.

Mr. Comstock (loc. cit., p. 110), discards the above name and calls the
genus ““Uhleria ,” for the reason, he says, that Targioni, establishing it to
include the original species Diaspis fiorinia, changed the specific name to
pellucida, “ According to the rules of nomenclature now generally adopted
by zoologists,” he says “ the original specific name must be restored and
a new generic name given.” I think this is a great pity if correct, and
tends to introduce endless confusion, and prefer to leave the original name
as above.

The characteristic feature of this genus is the great size of the female
pellicle of the second stage, which almost, or quite, fills the puparium.

1. Fiorinia minima, sp. nov.

—
—

pum @

—
—

Figs. 2, 8.
The puparium is oval, being indeed almost altogether made up of the
second pellicle, with a narrow edge of fibrous secretion, as shown in the

E

MasxELL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 123

diagram (fig. 8). The first pellicle is comparatively large, and the exuviæ of
antenne are visible on it. These pellicles are, as usual in the Diaspidw,
yellow: the fibrous portion white and very thin. Length of puparium gj
inch nearly.

Adult female of the general form of Mytilaspis. The abdominal segment
(fig. 2) is somewhat long, the edge broken by a number of deepish curvili-
near serrations, and ending in two inconspicuous median lobes, with three
others much smaller on each side. From the serrations spring some hairs.
There are five groups of spinnerets, but the three upper ones, almost or
quite conjoined, form a nearly continuous arch containing 40 to 50 orifices :
the two lower groups have 15 to 20. There are several single spinnerets.
The adult insect before gestation nearly fills the space covered by the second
pellicle: after gestation it shrinks up into very small compass at the
cephalic end of the puparium : colour pink.

I have not seen the male insect, but the male puparium is rather longer
than that of the female, much narrower, and carinated above.

From Brachyglottis repanda and Panax arboreum, but the insect seems to
be uncommon.

This insect differs from the European F. pellucida in its extremely
minute size, in the serrations of the abdomen and the number of its hairs,
and in the absence of two tubercles seen in the European species between
the antenne of the young insect.

2. Fiorinia cci sp. nov. ?

Fig.

Puparium irregularly oval, being Li chiefly by the second pellicle,
with a narrow edge of fibrous secretion. Length about j; inch. Pellicles
dark yellow.

Adult female (fig. 4) of general form of Mytilaspis, but the cephalic end
is slightly prolonged into a compressed cylinder. Lateral corrugations five,
each bearing at the edge three sharp spines. The edge of the abdominal
segment is much broken by serrations and ends in two broadish median
lobes with two smaller lobes on each side. Several sharp, long spines
are set in pairs along the serrated edge. Groups of spinnerets normal,
the three upper forming a continuous arch. Colour of insect dark
grey.

I have not seen the male.

This insect was sent to me on some gooseberries from a garden at
Amberley by Dr. Morris. I scarcely know what to make of it. From the
locality it is hardly likely to be — P" but no other insect of the genus
is at all like it.

124 Transactions.— Zoology.

3. Fiorinia stricta, sp. nov.
Figs. 5-9.

Puparium very narrow, the length being about five times the width.
The second pellicle fills almost the whole of it, half of the first pellicle
appearing at the cephalic end, and a very narrow edge of secretion running
down the sides, which are almost straight and parallel. The diagram
(fig. 6) shows the arrangement. Length of puparium about # inch: colour,
for the female, almost black; for the male, white.

The first pellicle shows the compressed cylindrical form of the head,
spoken of under the last insect, F. grossularie. Indeed, this appears to be
a character common to all the genus Fiorinia in this country, with the ex-
ception of F. minima.

The second pellicle, which forms the puparium, appears to be entire
throughout almost all its length. But at the posterior end, as shown in
fig. 6, it is cut across by several transverse corrugations dividing it into
narrow segments; and the edge, generally semicircular, is sharply serrated,
but the serrations are not so deep as in F. minima. This pellicle is very
strong and hard, and by its dark colour makes the puparium altogether
look black.

The adult female is very small in comparison with the second pellicle
(fig. 6). After gestation, indeed, it shrinks up at the cephalic end so as to
become difficult of detection. It has the general form of Mytilaspis, with
compressed cylindrical head. The lateral corrugations bear no spines.
The abdominal segment (fig. 5) is somewhat elongated, and the edge is
broken into a number of protruding, sharp-pointed lobes, giving it the.
appearance of acomb. There are no median lobes like those of almost all
other Diaspide. Spinnerets normal of the genus, the three upper groups
joined in an arch. Length of adult female before gestation about s's inch :
colour dark brown or purple.

The male paparium is, in shape, similar to that of the female: but of
- course, as there can be here no second pellicle, it is composed almost
altogether of fibrous secretion. Its colour, therefore, is white, with the
first pellicle, which is black, at the cephalic end. Length, about +;
inch.
The adult male has the normal form, generally, of the Diaspidw. The
antenne (fig. 7) have ten joints, of which the first two are very short, the
rest long, thin, hairy, and about equal to each other, except the last, which
is a little shorter and broader, being irregularly fusiform. Amongst the
hairs on this last joint is one a little longer than the rest and bearing a ter-
minal knob. Foot normal (fig. 8); the claw is very slender, and the four
knobbed digitules are fine hairs. There is a strong spine at the extremity

Masrett.—On New Zealand Coccide. 125

of the tibia (see fig. 8). The abdominal spike (fig. 9) springs from a
tubercle at the end of the abdomen, having a small setiferous tubercle on
each side. The haltere is normal.

I have this insect on Dendrobium (sent by the Rev. Mr. Colenso), and on
Hedycarya (sent by C. P. Winkelmann, Esq.), both from Hawke’s Bay. I
do not think it is common.

There is no mistaking F. stricta: the very long and narrow second pel-
licle, with its segmented extremity and black colour, and the comb-like
serrations of the abdominal segment in the adult female, clearly distinguish
it from all others. The male, alone, would not suffice for identification : it
might easily be taken for a male of Mytilaspis cordylinidis or Chionaspis
dubia, though it may be known from the former by the black colour of its
first pellicle, and from the latter by the absence of keels on the puparium:

2nd Group.—_LECANIDA.

In my first paper (Trans., vol. xi., p. 205) I divided this group into
three subsections—Lecaniea: Lecanio-diaspide: Pulvinariee. In the second
of these I included the New Zealand genera Ctenochiton and Inglisia: and I
afterwards added Lecanochiton. I am inclined now to propose a new general
arrangement of the whole group.

M. Signoret, in his Monograph (Annales de la Soc. Entom. de la France,
25 Mars, 1868, p. 268 et seq.), admitted the subsection Lecanio-diaspide,
first proposed by Professor Targioni, but confined it to the four genera Pol-
linia, Planchonia, Asterolecanium, and Lecaniodiaspis. Of these, the first
three cover themselves with a hard test, the fourth forming a sac of felted
matter. He excluded from the subsection the following genera of covered
Lecanide :—Signoretia, Eriopeltis, Philippia, Vinsonia, Ceroplastes, Fair-
mairia, and placed the two genera Ericerus and Carteria in a separate posi-
tion, being somewhat abnormal. Mr. Comstock follows a similar course,
describing several species of Ceroplastes, but remarking that he has not
found any Lecanio-diaspide in America (Report of the U.S. Commissioner
of Agriculture, 1881: Report of the Entomologist, p. 278, note).

When the subsection was established by Professor Targioni one of its
characters was that the females become ‘“ apodous in the adult stage." I
imagine that it is this which induced M. Signoret and Mr. Comstock to
narrow its limits. But I see no sufficient reason for this. The Diaspide
are not separated from the Lecanide because the females become apodous,
but because their whole habit differs, by the formation of tests or puparia
composed partly of discarded pellicles, by their life-history in these
tests, and by the peculiar nature of the abdominal segment in the female.
Moreover, there would seem to be no greater reason for selecting the loss
of the feet as a character than the loss of the antenne. Now, in the

126 — Transactions.—Z oology.

Lecanio-diaspide of Targioni, Planchonia loses its antenna, Lecaniodiaspis
keeps them. But it appears to me that there is an organic difference
between the secretion of a test, whether of wax, or felt, or cotton, and the
absence of any test at all. The difference between the naked genus Lecanium
and the covered genus Ceroplastes is, I take it, much greater than that
between Ceroplastes and Vinsonia.

In my paper of 1878 (Trans., vol. xi., p. 207), I introduced the subsec-
tion Lecanio-diaspide with an extension of its limits; and I was led to this
in great measure because the term itself seemed so apt for expressing the
main difference between certain genera and the rest of the Coccid family,
that is, the possession of certain characters common to all Lecanide
together with the formation of tests as in the Diaspide (though not neces-
sarily including any pellicles). I then added to the subsection the genera
Ctenochiton and Inglisia, and in my paper of 1881 (Trans., vol. xiv., p. 221)
the genus Lecanochiton.

There appears to be only one character common to all the Lecanide
which can be easily and clearly made out. It is the presence, at the
abdominal extremity of the female, of a more or less deep cleft, above which,
on the dorsal side, are two small protruding (usually more or less triangular)
lobes. Other characters, of course, exist, such as the generally monomerous
mentum, the usually stationary position of the adult female, the antenne
with almost always (in the adult) six or seven joints, and so on. But these
distinctions cannot always be exactly observed. For instance, it is often
exceedingly difficult, if not impossible, to tell whether the mentum is
monomerous or dimerous. But, as far as my own observation goes, and
from the description of M. Signoret and others, I know of no species of
Lecanide which does not exhibit quite clearly enough the abdominal cleft
‘and its two lobes. In the group Diaspide the abdomen has no such .
appearance: there is sometimes, as in Chionaspis dubia, mihi, or Diaspis
rose, Sandberg, a slight median depression, but the whole form of the part
is quite distinct. In the group Coccide the abdomen either has no appear-
ance of division, as in the Dactylopii (see fig. 19g., Trans., vol. xi., pl.
viii.), or else ends with prominent processes, which I have called “anal
tubercles,” as in Eriococcus hoherie, mihi (Trans., vol. xii., pl. vii., figs.
14, 20). I append to this paper (figs. 22, 23, 24, and 25), diagrams to give
a comparative view of the three groups.

It follows then that the group to which an insect belongs can be at once
discerned by reference to the abdominal extremity. There is one exception
to this in the insect producing stick-lac, Carteria lacea, where the cleft and |
lobes are not casily made out; and there are the genera Kermes, Pollinia,
etc., where the adult insect shows the cleft and lobes of Lecanide while the
young has the anal tubercles of Coccide. But exceptions prove the rule.

MaskELL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 127

The number of joints of the antenne, the number and character of the
digitules, and the sheath of the penis in the male, are points on which
specific and generic distinctions may well be founded ; but the joints of the
antenne are often difficult to determine, and various observers may imagine
seven joints where others see only six and others eight. An instance of
this difficulty is given below, under Ctenochiton perforatus. With regard to
the mentum, it seldom happens that this can be thoroughly well examined
in an adult or old female. It is usually stated also that a special character
of the Lecanide is the immobility of the adult female. But, first, this is
certainly not a distinction from the Diaspide, for in that group the insects
become apodous, and therefore fixed, from an early stage; and, secondly,
no Lecanid is more stationary than Icerya purchasi, an undoubted member
of the Coccid group; for this insect, as soon as it begins to form its pecu-
liar ovisac, ceases altogether to move about and simply becomes gradually
raised up a tergo. In point of fact, with the exception of the abdominal
cleft and lobes, there is probably not any character of the Lecanide which
cannot be found in some one or other of the remaining groups.

This being so, I would confine the distinguishing character of this
group to its abdominal features, and would employ for its subsections the
nature of, or the absence of, the secretion produced. In this way the fol-
lowing key would show a gradually progressive series, linked with the
Diaspide by Lecanochiton and with the Coccide through Hermes and
Planchonia.

2ND. GROUP.
Insects presenting at all stages a cleft at the abdo-
minal extremity, and, above it on the dorsal side,
two more or less conspicuous and triangular lobes LECANIDA,
Subsection I.
Insects covering themselves with a secretion, com-
posed chiefly of waxy, horny or glassy matter ... LECANIO-DIASPIDE.
Test horny, partly formed of the second pellicle ... Lecanochiton,

Test waxy, with single fringe of broad segments — ... Ctenochiton.
Test waxy, produced into radiating branches e. Vinsonia.
Test waxy, without fringe or branches i ... Ceroplastes.
Test waxy, elevated, as if double js .. Fairmairia.
Test glassy, conical or — oie dai :

with air-cells d x ... Inglisia.
Test agglomerated in a waxy mass sui da ;

of insects, male and female he .. Carteria.

Test absent for the female, present and aggregate in
a waxy mass for the male .. = .. Ericerus,

128 Transactions.—Z oology.

Subsection II.
Insects naked
Insects propagating vihat ovisac, ini.
Insects propagating without ovisac, allein re-
taining = w antennæ ...

Insects propag without ovisac, cis TU
feet and sufi
Insects forming ovisac ... RES As T

Subsection III.

Insects covering themselves with a secretion of cottony
or felted matter

Secretion felted, appearing snk’ in the Jast sii dia
gestation ...

Secretion felted, foetan a "n completa s sae, lidi
gestation ... ^

Secretion felted, sitas sicilia sac

Secretion cottony, covering the insect culi in e im
stage, after gestation

Secretion cottony, forming ione: Sae, betoro ges-
tation

LECANIER.
Lecanium.

Lecanopsis.
Aclerda.
Pulvinaria.
LECANIO-COCCIDA.
Signoretia.

Lecaniodiaspis.
Philippia.

Lichtensia.

Eriopeltis.

The series rue trei mat Mon all Fa Lecanide proper.
Between it and the Coccide proper would come a small group, combining
the characters of the two, and linking them together, thus :—

8RD GROUP.
Insects presenting at one stage the anal tubercles of
Coccide, at another the cleft and lobes of Lecanide
Subsection I.

Insects naked ‘
Insects globular ... a: du a
Subsection II.
Insects covering themselves with a secretion of €
or waxy matter
Test hard, waxy, with single fringe
Test hard, waxy, with double fringe ...

HEMI-COCCIDA.

KERMITIDA.
Kermes.

CrYPTO-KERMITIDA.
Pollinia.
Asterolecanium.

In the foregoing series I have omitted da genus ST AREA Targioni,
not being able to make out exactly its distinction from Lecanium ; also the
genus Planchonia, because, as stated in my paper of 1881 (Trans., vol. xiv.,
p. 223), it has the anal tubercles of Coccide in all stages. In the case of
. many of the genera given above, as for instance Pollinia and Asterolecanium,
or Lecanopsis and Aclerda, I do not know whether the. distinctions given by
authors are sufficient: but I have not seen all these insects.

TRANS.NZINSTITUTE,VOLXVEPLI.

E

WMMasked, del.

MasxeLL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 129

Of the genera given above, the following have been reported by me as
indigenous to New Zealand—Lecanochiton, Ctenochiton, Inglisia ; and several
species of Lecanium have been introduced. |

Strictly speaking, perhaps Ctenochiton, Vinsonia, Fairmairia, and Inglisia
might properly be united under the same genus Ceroplastes. Still there is,
I think, a sufficiently marked distinction between the tests of all to allow of
their separation; at least, the distinction is quite as marked as that of the
genera Aspidiotus and Diaspis in another group.

Subsection I.—LECANIO-DIASPIDA,
lst Genus, Lecanochiton, mihi.
1. Lecanochiton metrosideri, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xiv., p. 222.)
Figs. 26, 27.

I have found the male of this insect, last year. It has the generally
normal form of Lecanide, the abdominal spike or sheath of the penis being
moderately long, straight, and stoutish. Antenne (fig. 26) of ten joints, of
which the first two are very short, the third much longer and expanded at
the tip, the fourth more than twice the length of the third; the remaining
six almost equal, about the length of the third, but stouter and rounder,
being almost moniliform. All the joints but the first two have hairs. Foot
generally normal; the tibia slightly expanded at its tip, with a strong spine;
claw slender, with four digitules, fine hairs (fig. 27). Colour dark red;
thoracic band inconspicuous. Length, exclusive of spike, about j^ inch.
The test is white and glassy.

When describing the female of this species in 1881 I had specimens
only from rata trees in Milford Sound, at the extreme south-west of New
Zealand. The male above described I found, with a great number of
females, on the pohutukawa, near Auckland, almost at the extreme north.
This last tree, Metrosideros tomentosa, of the same genus as the rata, does
not grow, I believe, far south of Auckland. The occurrence of Lecanochiton
on it is therefore another instance of the persistence of certain Coccids on
certain trees. Milford Sound and Auckland are, I suppose, 700 miles |
apart, but in both the insect attacks the same genus of plant. In the same
way Inglisia leptospermi may be looked for with almost certainty on the
manuka (Leptospermum) from one end of the islands to the other, and
probably both it and Lecanochiton confine themselves to one kind of tree.
Some Coccids, as the Dactylopii, or Fiorinia astelie, or Lecanium hesperidum,
are not so particular.

The antenne of the male Linda are peculiar, and distinguish it
from all Coccids known to me. As a rule, the four or five terminal joints of
the male antenne are elongated, in this insect they are nearly globular.
This character, and the employment of the second pellicle in the test of the
female, clearly differentiate the species.

9

130 - Transactions. — Zoology.

2nd Genus, Ctenochiton, mihi.
1. Ctenochiton perforatus, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 208.)

I have come to the conclusion that the female antenne of this insect
have only six joints. The point is by no means easy to settle. After the -
second, which is very short, comes a long joint, which I have hitherto
taken for two. At the extremity of this there are three or four hairs, and
half-way along its length a hair springing from a very small depression,
which seems to run in a ring round the joint, and this ring I have con-
sidered as a true division. I think now that it is not so, and that the third
joint is really a very long one, almost equal indeed to all the rest of the
antenna. Fig. 28 shows the features referred to. The point is of impor-
tance in this respect, that one of the characters distinguishing the genus
` Ctenochiton from Ceroplastes I have taken to be the seven-jointed antenne,
Ceroplastes having six. I have not made a thorough examination lately of
the antenne of Ctenochiton viridis. C. piperis and C. spinosus have, I think,
undoubtedly seven joints. In any case, the fringed test is a sufficient dis-
tinction of the genus.

2. Ctenochiton flavus, sp. nov.
Figs. 10-21.

Female test (fig. 10) golden, waxy, flat beneath, convex above ; outline
circular or slightly elliptical, with a fringe of broadly triangular segments
round the edge. Apex of the test an irregular elongated mass of wax, the
remainder divided into two concentric series of plates, the inner series
pentagonal with sharp angles, the outer pentagonal with rounded angles
and with the outer side forming the base of the segments of the fringe.
The inner series forms often irregular lumps of wax.

The adult female (fig. 11) fills the test, shrivelling up after gestation : it
is consequently flat beneath, convex above, with general outline of Lecanide.
The spiracular spines, as shown in figs. 11 and 13, are very long and con-
spicuous : from their base a double row of minute circular spinneret orifices
runs as far as the spiracle, with two or three outlying ones at the base of
the spine: and I think a single row of the same kind of orifices runs across
the body to the spiracle on the other side. Along the edge of the body
there is a series of conical sharp spines (fig. 18): and scattered all over are
many tubular projecting spinnerets as shown in the same figure. The
abdominal cleft is deep, and the two lobes are conspicuous on the dorsal
side: these lobes are not, as usual in the Lecanide generally, smooth, but
irregular, and each bears at the end three or four strong spines. The
antenne have six joints (fig. 14): but the third joint often looks like two, as

MaskELL.—On New Zealand Coccid®. 181

there is a sort of false division near its end, with a hair or two, like that
noticed above under C. perforatus. The last joint has several very long
hairs. Feet (figs. 15, 16) normal of the group: the upper digitules fine
long hairs, the lower pair very broad. The anal ring (fig. 17) bears a
number of long hairs of which eight seem to be conspicuous. The colour
of the insect is a golden brown ; diameter about yy inch.

The second stage of the female (fig. 12) is normal of the genus, showing
the wavy outline, somewhat strongly marked in many specimens but not
conspicuous in others. The spiracular spines are prominent, and a row of
conical spines runs round the edge of the body, as in the adult. The test
is at first very thin and brittle, and with a fringe of broad, shallow, seg-
ments: but afterwards becomes thicker, and in the end, before the change
to the final stage, it approaches almost the form of the waxy test of an
adult Ceroplastes.

The young insect is normal.

The male test (fig. 18) is much narrower than that of the female, having
an irregularly rectangular edge with deep curvilinear depressions. It is
glassy, white and shining, flat beneath and elevated above, and marked
with numerous horizontal strie. The upper central portion is sometimes
flat, sometimes an irregular mass of the glassy secretion. On the lower
side there is often a plate of secretion, so that the pupa is almost entirely
enclosed. The adult male (fig. 19) is normal of the genus. - The legs are
very long and slender ; the four digitules are fine hairs. At the extremity
of the tibia there is a strong spine. Abdominal spike, or sheath of the
penis, slightly curved, with a seta on each side of its basal tubercle. An-
tenne of ten joints (fig. 20): the first two very short, the rest longer and
equal. On the last joint (fig. 21) are several long hairs, of which three are
kuobbed.

From Brachyglottis repanda and Panaw arboreum, only in the North
Island, as yet. Mr. Buchanan, of the Geological Survey, has kindly sent
me specimens.

The shape and colour of the test, and the arrangement and form of the
spinnerets, differentiate this species from others of the genus. In the pro-
minence of the spiracular spines it resembles C. elongatus, mihi: in the row
of conical spines round the edge it resembles C. fuscus, described below ; but
both of these are otherwise different.

` 8. Ctenochiton fuscus, sp. nov.
Figs. 29, 30.

Test of the adult female elliptical in outline, flat below, convex above,
the elevation being greater than usual; almost black in colour, composed
of a thin dark waxy secretion. ‘The fringe is conspicuous, and has the

132 Transactions.—Zoology.

appearance of teeth, the segments being triangular and set somewhat
closely together. It attains sometimes a length of nearly } inch, a breadth
of + inch, and a height of #; inch, being thus rather a large species. The
inside of the test is whitish. |

The adult female fills the test, and shrivels after gestation into a conical
mass, requiring maceration or boiling in potash in order to make out the
organs. The antenne (fig. 29) are not long. I cannot say exactly whether
there are six or seven joints (I have figured seven), as they are much con-
fused: on the last joint are several longish hairs. The foot (fig. 80) shows
the tibia broadening to its extremity, with two hairs at the tip: the upper
digitules are stronger and thicker than usual, and the lower pair end in
conspicuously broad plates. On the edge of the body is a row of small
conical spines, as in the last species. Colour of the insect almost black.

In the second stage the female is less wavy in outline than in other
species of the genus, and in its later period is somewhat thick, with the
edges turned inwards. Feet normal: digitules fine. Antenne short and
thick, with six joints, of which the third and fourth are the longest: on the
last joint some long hairs. The abdominal lobes are irregularly triangular.

Young insect normal.

I have not seen the male; but its test appears to be narrow, white, and
glassy.

From Brachyglottis repanda, in the “ Dry Bush,” near Christchurch.

The black colour both of the test and the female, its large size, and the
digitules of the foot, sufficiently distinguish this species. Much of the
blackness of Coccids is due to the presence of fungoid growths which always
accompany them (I suppose, Fumago); but in this case the colour is that of
the insect.
4, Ctenochiton depressus, sp. nov.

Figs. 31, 32.

Test of female flat, nearly circular, thin, waxy, greyish-coloured : the
fringe is inconspicuous or absent in the latest stage, but normal at earlier
periods. Diameter about + inch. There are no rows of air-cells, or per-
forations, in the test.

Adult female filling the test and as usual shrivelling after gestation :
colour brownish or grey. Antenne (fig. 81) of six joints, the third being
the longest and, as is commonly the case, often appearing like two. On the
last joint a few long hairs. Foot normal: the upper digitules are fine hairs,
the lower pair only a little broader. Anal ring and lobes normal.

In the second stage the usual wavy edge is conspicuous: the test is
thin, glassy, with normal fringe. Antenne and feet normal. The insect
is somewhat thick, with yellowish colour.

Young insect normal.

MasxeLL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 188

Test of the male elongated, narrow, flat beneath, slightly convex above,
white, glassy, thin and brittle, with a conspicuous fringe of which the
segments are truncato-triangular (fig. 82). The test is divided into tessel-
lations, the median row of which is quadrangular, with two series of pen-
tagonal divisions between it and the fringe. Near the abdominal extremity
a transverse narrow slit cuts the test in two, leaving a small segment at the
extreme end apparently separate. Length of the test about 7 inch. The
adult male is yellowish-red in colour, about 3 inch in length, exclusive of
the wings. General form normal. Antenne long, with ten joints, all
long and equal, except the two first which as usual are very short: all the
joints have several hairs. Legs normal, but the tibia are very long and
slender and only a little thickened at the tip; tarsi somewhat thick ; digi-
tules fine hairs. Abdominal spike longer, I think, than usual, and very
slightly curved. Four pairs of eyes.

On Plagianthus, Cyathea, and a few other plants sent to me from
Hawke's Bay by the Rev. Mr. Colenso.

This insect resembles, to the naked eye, somewhat nearly Ctenochiton
perforatus, mihi, but the female differs in the absence of the curious perfor-
ations in the test of that species and in the shorter and thicker antenna
with also more long hairs on the last joint. The test of the male is also
different.

Subsection II.—LcANIEX.
Genus Lecanium, Illiger.
1. Lecanium sp., parasitized.

It is by no means uncommon, especially in the North Island, to find on
many trees in the forests a number of circular brown spots on the leaves,
varying from 4 to 4l inch in diameter, slightly convex and with a velvety
appearance. On examination these spots are found to be chiefly fungoid :
they cannot always be easily detached from the leaf, and often several of
them are connected together by a thin sheet of fungoid growth so that a
large patch comes off at once. On turning them over, very often nothing
more is to be seen than from the upper side: but many specimens may be
found showing in the centre of the under-surface a small oval object
embedded in the brown mass. Closer examination shows this to be, in
most cases, a Lecanid insect; but identification is very difficult, and it is
almost impossible to make out the organs, even after prolonged maceration
and boiling. It is impossible to render the insect transparent enough for
complete study. i

This is the effect of parasitism, and the insect in question is a Lecanium
which has become covered with fungoid growth. Ido not know exactly to
what species to refer it. In general form it resembles L. hesperidum, but it

134 Transactions. — Zoology.

is much smaller, averaging only 4i, inch in length. I do not quite see,
also, why L. hesperidum, which is free from fungus in our gardens, should
be so subject to it in the forests; indeed, almost exclusively so, for few
other insects suffer in the same way. Fiorinia astelie is sometimes found
in the same state, and I have specimens of an Alewrodes from Pelorus
Sound also attacked by fungus; but this little Lecanium seems to be the
chief victim.
Subsection III.—LeEcANIO-cocoma. +.

The species forming this subsection are all European, and I how not

seen any in New Zealand.
8rd Group.—HEMI-COCCIDA.

I have not seen a true Kermes in New Zealand, but have received from
South Australia an insect of this genus which deserves full examination.

The genus Asterolecanium, which I have placed under this group in my
foregoing list of genera, is to the naked eye similar to Planchonia, and it
requires an examination of the abdominal region in all stages to detect the
difference. But M. Signoret distinctly states that the adult Asterolecanium
has the abdomen of the Lecanide.

4th Group.—COCCIDA.

Charaeterized by the absence in all stages of the deep abdominal
cleft, and by the prolongation of the abdomen into lateral processes, more
or less conspicuous, which I have called in these papers ** anal tubercles.”
In some genera, as Dactylopius, these tubereles are scarcely noticeable, but
may usually be made out on close examination (see Trans., vol. xi., pl. viii.,
figs. 19d and 199). In others, as Icerya, there is so much secretion and
hair on the abdomen of the adult that the tubercles can scarcely be
detected. But in no case, I think, can any of the species be mistaken for
Lecanide.

As for the mentum, it is usually tri-merous; but this character is varia-
able, and also most difficult to make out.

Genus Planchonia, Signoret.
1. Planchonia epacridis, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xiv., p. 224.)

I think this species may stand. As remarked above, it outwardly
resembles Asterolecanium.

Genus Eriococcus, Vergini;
Eriococcus araucarie, mihi.
(Trans., vol, xi., p. 218.)

This appears to be certainly distinct. M. Signoret informs me that he
has lately received some specimens from Spain. Mr. Comstock reports it
also from the United States, but refers it to the next genus Rhizococcus,

MaskELL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 135

partly because it has, he says, seven-jointed antenne. I am unable to
agree with him : at least, after examination of many specimens I can only
detect six, though certainly one of them sometimes appears double. In
Eriococcus hoheria, mihi, there is no room for doubt. But this character of
the antenne is, as Mr. Comstock admits, most uncertain. It will be seen
below that the two insects which I propose to place under Rhizococcus have
less than seven joints in the antenne.
Genus Rhizococcus, Signoret.

M. Signoret and Mr. Comstock agree in attributing to this genus the
distinctions of—1st, seven-jointed antenne; and 2nd, absence of cottony
sac, at least until gestation. ‘I am doubtful how far either of these may be
really sufficient: but probably the second may be admitted: the first is of
no value. I think, with Mr. Comstock himself (Ann. Report of the Dep.
of Agric., 1880, p. 839, note), that it would be best to include all under
Eriococcus.

1. Rhizococcus celmisie, sp. nov.
Figs. 88-35.

Female (fig. 83) deep red in colour, of oval outline, convex above and
flattened below ; length about ¿y inch. The segments of the body are not
very distinct. The abdomen ends in two large and conspicuous anal
tubercles, each of which bears one strong and fairly long terminal seta and
three other spines (fig. 84). The anal ring has eight hairs. Antenne
(fig. 85) of six joints, sometimes looking like seven. Mentum doubtfully
di-merous. The four digitules of the foot are long fine hairs. The tibia is
a little shorter than the tarsus (a character exceptional in an adult insect,
occurring only in this genus and Acanthococcus). The trochanter bears one
long hair and two short ones. A few large conical spines (spinnerets) are
scattered over the body, and a row of smaller ones, like hairs with tuber-
cular bases, runs transversely on each segment: also some circular spinne-
rets. At the edge of the body, all round, is a row of the large conical
spines, which are set in groups of three on the posterior segments, of four
or five on the median segments, and almost continuous on the head. When
the insect is alive these spines are often agglutinated with cottony secretion
so as to give the appearance of ‘a short fringe. The four spiracles are
somewhat large and circular.

On Celmisia, sp., from the Southern Alps.

I have only one stage of this insect, the adult female before gestation,
and cannot say precisely what sort of sac, if any, it forms. Rut this would
be probably normal. The insect differs from the European R. gnidii in ©
size, colour, and habitat, in the digitules of the foot, and in the grouping of
the conical spines of the edge, which are only in pairs in R. gnidüi,

136 Transactions.— Zoology.

2. Rhizococcus fossor, sp. nov.
Figs. 36-88.

Adult female (fig. 36) greenish yellow in colour, sometimes brown,
almost circular in outline, flat beneath and slightly convex above: length
about 2, inch. In the last stage, after gestation it becomes dark brown.
The cephalic part is smooth; the remainder segmented. The abdomen
ends in two very small anal tubercles, which are nevertheless somewhat
conspicuous on account of their brown colour. Between them there
protudes a long thick pencil of white cotton, which is resolvable into six.
Antenne (fig. 87) short, with six joints, the last joint bearing several long
hairs. Feet very small; the femur rather thick: the tibia is shorter than
the tarsus by about one-third: the four digitules are long fine hairs. The anal
tubercles have not terminal sete; and I can only make out four hairs on
the anal ring. A row of a few conical spines, set far apart, runs round the
edge of the body, but I can see none elsewhere, nor any circular spinnerets.
There is no sign of a sac in any stage.

In the second stage the insect is oval, flatter than the adult, and of a
rich golden colour: length about 3, inch. The segments of the body are
somewhat more distinct than in the adult. The anal tubercles are pro-
portionately larger, and bear terminal sete. Antenne longer than in the
adult, with six joints. Feet also longer. All round the edge runs a row
of conical spines, set more closely than in the adult; and from each of
these springs a long curly tube of white cotton, making a kind of fringe to
the body; each tube is a little dilated at the end, and then tapers to a narrow
point (fig. 88). The base of each conical spine is a somewhat large tubercle.

The young insect has the general form of the young Eriococcus hoheria :
colour yellow; length about s inch. Antenne as in adult, with six joints.
The feet are somewhat large. Anal tubercles thick, bearing a terminal
seta and one shorter hair. Along the edge of the body is the usual row of
conical spines, set somewhat far apart, and four other longitudinal rows are
seen on the surface. The mentum is large and, I think, di-merous.

This insect is viviparous. The females are often full of young larve,
and, as these are born, they are sheltered in a cavity beneath the mother,
as in some of the Lecanide. They do not remain there long, but soon
begin their travels, and move rapidly.

The male insect is red in colour, about +1; inch in length, undergoing
its last transformation in a minute, white, cottony, oval sac. Antenne of
nine joints: the first two short and thick, the third very long and slender,
the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh about half as long as the third, thicker
and rounder, the eighth rather shorter, and the ninth very short and
nearly globular. All the joints have hairs. Legs slender: the tarsus

TRANS.NZINSTITUTE VOLAVEPL IT.

Ci
y 0 =

K ig =
JU
RES

MM askell, del. de

MasxeLL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 187

rather less than half as long as the tibia: the four digitules are fine
hairs. The usual hairs and spine on the tibia, and two spines on the
lower edge of the tarsus, not far from the claw. There are three pairs of
eyes. The abdominal spike is short and thick, and exhibits a curved
appendage similar to, but rather longer than, that of Acanthococcus
multispinus, mihi (Trans., vol. xi., pl. viii., fig. 187). This appendage is,
indeed, common to the three genera Eriococcus, Acanthococcus, and Rhizococ-
cus. At the base of the spike are two rather strong sete, one on each side.

Rhizococcus fossor does not construct a cottony sac (for the female), but,
instead, buries itself usually in a circular hole or pit, in the leaf it lives on.
Many adult insects may be found simply resting on the leaf, accompanied
by a number of young larve and females in the second stage. But in most
cases they pass their last stage in a pit. The young insect is very active :
the female of the second stage moves about sluggishly ; in the last stage it
is fixed and stationary. At first it appears simply to lie on the leaf (on the
under-side), but in a short while, whether from some chemical action pro-
duced by it or by mechanically compressing the cells of the plant, a circular
elevation or wall on the leaf is raised up round the insect. At the same
time the portion of the leaf beneath the body i is pressed downwards, and a
corresponding elevation appears on the other side: this elevation assumes a
brown tint. As the depression continues and the wall grows the insect
sinks deeper in the leaf, becoming more and more buried, and the wall
curls over it a little, so that in fact the orifice of the pit is somewhat
smaller than the cavity below. The insect lies in the pit (which may
average about 41 inch in diameter at the opening, and is circular) with the
head downward, and the anal tubercles and pencil of white cotton appear-
ing over the wall, I presume to attract the male. Afterwards, as gestation
proceeds, the whole body disappears in the pit, where the young larve are
born. These cavities in the leaf look like small volcanic craters, and the cor-
responding brown elevation on the other side of the leaf is quite conspicuous.

Sometimes two insects may be found in the same pit, one lying over the
other. I suppose the upper one simply took advantage of a ready-made
domicile. The insects which are not in pits are generally darker in colour
than the others.

On leaves of maire, Santalum cunninghamii, from the North Island, sent
to me by C. P. Winkelmann, Esq., of Te Aute.

This is an interesting and peculiar insect, certainly differing from any
that I know of in the genus. The curious mode adopted by it of burrowing
into the leaf is, I think, unique. Ctenochiton viridis, mihi, produces a
certain depression in the leaf it lives on, but by no means so complete a
shelter for itself as does this little Rhizococcus.

138 Transactions.—Zoology.

Genus, Dactylopius, Signoret.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 218.)
1. Dactylopius alpinus, sp. nov.
Figs. 39, 40.

Adult female dark purple in colour, the body thick and fat, inactive,
enclosed in a mass of white closely felted cotton. When immersed in
alcohol it produces a rich red tint. Length sometimes as much as + inch.
The internal substance is very oily. The body is normally segmented ;
anal tubercles inconspicuous. Anal ring large, with six hairs. Antenne
normal of the genus, with eight joints (fig. 89). The feet are normal; the
two upper digitules are long fine hairs, the lower pair are somewhat
broader. Mentum di-merous. All over the body there are a number of
tubular projecting spinnerets, and many others circular; and on the three
posterior segments are three rows of large conical spines, similar to those
of Rhizococcus. Although the anal tubercles are not as prominent as in
some of the Dactylopii, they are somewhat thick, with broad bases.

‘ Young insect dark brown in colour, of generally normal form, about 4;
inch in length. Antenne (fig. 40) of six joints. Feet normal. Anal tuber-
cles thick and broad, and rather more prominent than in the adult. There
are a few small spines on the body.

In the second stage the insect generally resembles the young larva, but
is larger, and the body is covered with a great number of small circular
spinnerets intermixed with others which have a bulbous base and fine hair-
like tubes. Anal tubercles inconspicuous, bearing the usual spines. A few
conical spines appear on the posterior segments. Antenne of six joints.

I have not seen the male.

.On a species of Veronica, sent me by Mr. J. D. Enys, from the upper
valley of the Waimakariri, in the Southern Alps, near the glaciers.

The large conical spines, or spinnerets, on the posterior segments, dis-
tinguish this species, besides its size and very deep purple colour producing
a rich tintin alcohol. The thick sac of white cotton in which it envelopes
itself may probably be also an important character: in no stage, I think, is
it like the ordinary ** mealy bug," the type of Dactylopius.

2. Dactylopius calceolarie, mihi.

(Trans., vol. xi., p. 218.)

Since first describing this insect I have received specimens from the
forests of Stewart Island, in the extreme South of New Zealand, on a
native grass, Danthonia, and on a leaf of Phormium. As Stewart Island
is almost destitute of cultivation, and is certainly the last part of the colony
where one would expect to find in the forests a new importation from other
countries, I take it that D. calceolaria is undoubtedly indigenous.

MasxzLL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 189

Some of the specimens on Danthonia were more than } inch long, so
that the insect is quite a large one.

8. Dactylopius glaucus, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 219.)

I consider this also a good species, distinct from the last by its green
colour and small size, which never exceeds +; inch.

I have obtained one mutilated specimen of a male. As far as I can
make it out it offers no very distinctive character, except that the abdo-
minal spike or sheath of the penis seems to be accompanied by a curved
appendage as in Acanthococcus multispinus, mihi (Trans., vol. xi., pl. viii.,
fig. 18 f).

Genus Pseudococcus, Westwood.

A genus separated from Dactylopius by having nine joints in the an-
tenne of the adult female, and only two digitules on the foot.

Westwood’s original genus is described as “having females not fixed
and clothed with a woolly secretion ” (Int. to Mod. Class of Insects, vol. ii.,
appendix, p. 119), characters which, in point of fact, would include the
whole group Coccide. M. Signoret has confined its limits as above.

1. Pseudococcus astelia, sp.nov. +
Figs. 41-44.

Adult female about +; inch long, yellowish-brown, covered with a not
very abundant white cotton. General form resembling Dactylopius : the
body segmented, anal tubercles inconspicuous, anal ring with six hairs.
Antenne (fig. 41) with nine jgipis, of whieh the third, fourth, and fifth are
the longest; the second, sixth, and ninth a little shorter ; the first, seventh,
and eighth the shortest. The fourth, fifth, and sixth are the narrowest, the
two ends of the antenna being thieker than the middle. The eighth joint
is a little expanded at the tip; and the ninth is fusiform, with a shallow
. depression at the extremity. All the joints have a few long hairs, and on
the eighth is one a good deal stronger than the others. The legs (fig. 42)
have the tibia twice as long as the tarsus: the claw is slender, and has no
tooth on the inner edge. There are only two digitules (the lower pair)
which are long and fine. The trochanter bears one short bristle. The
whole leg is slender and long. The eyes (fig. 43) are tubercular and
smooth, showing after maceration in potash a small dark terminal spot.
The body is covered with a number of spinnerets of two kinds, as shown in
fig. 44; those with simple concentric circles are the largest, and are
found all over the integument: the others are placed in groups at the
edges of the segments and also in great numbers at the cephalic and
abdominal extremities. Interspersed with these spinnerets are several
hairs, mostly very short, but on the head are some pretty long. From the

140 Transactions. — Zoology.

anal tubercles spring two strong sete with tubercular bases, not very long.
The mentum is di-merous and bears a few hairs on the tip. In the groups
of spinnerets at the edges of the segments are found a few small conical
spines. The four spiracles are small and simple.

I have not seen the male.

On a species of Astelia sent to me by the Rev. Mr. Colenso, from the
forests of Hawke’s Bay.

This insect appears to be most nearly allied to Pseudococcus mespili,
Geoffroy, found in France on medlar and plane trees. The arrangement of
the spinnerets in groups on the segments and in great numbers at the two
extremities, the long hairs on the head and the length of the tibia, are
similar in both. I find, however, in M. Signoret’s description of the
European insect no mention of the two kinds of spinnerets. The main
differences between the two seem to be in the antenne and the foot. In
P. mespili the second joint of the antenna is the longest and the rest
diminish gradually to the ninth: and the claw of the foot is strong and
broad and shows a small tooth on the inner edge near the point. In
P. aceris, another European insect, the mentum bears at its tip a large
number of hairs. Both of these insects, too, are red in colour.

Genus Icerya, Signoret.
1. Icerya purchasi, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xi., p. 221.)

Through the kindness of M. Signoret I have had an opportunity of
comparing this insect with I. sacchari, the Mauritian species, and I find
that it is undoubtedly and markedly distinct. T. sacchari does not seem to
form an ovisac with longitudinal grooves, nor does the body of the insect,
although somewhat hairy, show the great tufts of black hairs and the
curious projecting glassy tubes springing from large brown ** coronetted ”
bases which are marked features of I. purchasi. The number of the cir-
cular spinneret orifices is also much smaller in the Mauritian insect.

Icerya purchasi has spread greatly in the last two years. It had just
reached Napier at the date of my last paper; it has now established itself
in that district, not only in gardens but in the native forests. In Auckland
it is attacking all sorts of plants, from apple and rose trees to pines,
cypresses, and gorse, and it is spreading over a large district. It has
reached Nelson, and I have had many communications from that place
complaining of its ravages. From the ** Nelson Colonist ” I learn that it is
devouring wattles, cypresses, gorse, and many other plants. At the same
time nobody seems to try to destroy it. With the example of California
and the Cape of Good Hope before us we may be sure that ere long this
pest will become a dreadful nuisance. I have tried to warn the people of

MaskELL.—On New Zealand Coccide. 141

Nelson and Auckland, but no remedy has been attempted. The best autho-
rities in America have come to the conclusion that the only cure is the de-
struction of infected plants. Some day the people of New Zealand will have
to find this out also, but the longer it is delayed the worse the work will be.

Whether this pest will spread in our colder southern climate as it has in
the warmer north remains to be seen. Our gardeners here are not in much
dread of outdoor insects, they confine their attentions to those in green-
houses. They may be right, still the winter even in Canterbury is not
severe enough to kill these insects, and I know that in the Christchurch
public gardens many trees have had to be burnt simply on account of the
ravages of Coccide. If Icerya purchasi, as seems likely, makes, it way down
here, I very much doubt whether gardeners will find it an easy matter to
keep it in subjection.

Genus Ceelostoma, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xii, p. 294.) -
1. Celostoma zelandicum, mihi.
(Trans., vol. xii., p. 294: vol. xiv., p. 226.)

The haltere of the male in this insect, which I had at first taken to
resemble that of Porphyrophora, has, as I find, four terminal sete, and
generally resembles that described and figured below, under my next species.

2. Calostoma wairoense, sp. NOV.
Figs. 45-51.

Male insect so nearly resembling C. zelandicum in outward appearance
that it may be very easily mistaken for it, haying a red or purplish body
about 4 inch long, bluish wings with strong red nervures, prominent eyes
with numerous large facets, and antenne of ten joints. The antenne (fig.
45) are, however, more slender than in that species, and have fewer and
finer hairs. The legs also have fewer hairs, especially on the tibia. The
claw differs entirely, not only from C. zalandicum, but also from every
other species known to me. Instead of having two, or four, or no digitules,
it shows a great number of them, forming indeed a sort of brush round
the claw (fig. 47). I have counted as many as twenty-four of these
digitules, each of which springs from the claw itself, the tarsus not exhibit-
ing any. All the digitules are knobbed. On the tarsus there are several
strong spines on the inner edge. The sheath of the penis and the penis
itself resemble those of C. zalandicum. The haltere (fig. 48) has an inflated
sac-like body diminishing to a cylindrical tube, from the extremity of which
spring four strong curved sete of no great length; very frequenti; y only
three are seen. The abdomen has several segments, and each segment
bears a number of short fine hairs springing from a minute tubercular base;
the hairs are intermixed with numerous circular spots, as in C, zalandicum,

Ern

142 Transactions.— Zoology.

but in that species these are simply two concentric circles, whereas in
C. wairoense they exhibit (fig. 49) an outer circle with six smaller ones
within it.

The male pupa is bright red, and is enclosed in a small cylindrical sac
of white cotton slightly tinged with red. Apparently these sacs are found
in great numbers. A mass of several hundreds together was sent me on
one occasion, and, after about six weeks (in the depth of winter) two or
three hundred males emerged.

Amongst this mass of male puparia were a few (perhaps half a dozen)
objects which I took for females, at least before the hatching of the males.
They certainly were not male pups, but I cannot exactly make out what
they are. They were much shrivelled, but on maceration in potash
regained their original form. Length about + inch: the body elliptical,
segmented, generally resembling C. zelandicum; colour dark purple.
Antenne (fig. 50) of nine joints, all nearly equal in length, the first two
somewhat broad, the Ee uinum to the fifth and then widening again
to the last, which is almost globular. All the joints are short, and on each
there is one ring of hairs with tubercular bases, forming a sort of crown.
The eyes are small, tubercular and smooth, conical and a little projecting,
with a small terminal spot. Legs (fig. 51) strong and thick. The
trochanter bears one very long hair. Tibie somewhat dilated at the
extremity, with a few spines on the inner edge. Tarsi thick, tapering
towards 4 ne claw, which is normal in shape, and has two lower digitules,
which are long, fine, knobbed hairs. Anal ring oval, without hairs. There
is no sign of anal tubercles. The segments of the body bear a number of
longish fine hairs with tubercular bases, interspersed with circular
spinneret orifices. These last show two concentric circles and a central
spot. The hairs and spinnerets are most numerous at the two extremities.
There are twenty-four spiracles, i.e., one at each side of each segment ;
the spiracles are simple, and the trachew small. There is not the least
sign of a mouth, neither rostrum, mentum, or rostral sete. I should have
mentioned that the tibie are twice as long as the tarsi.

I have not seen any specimens which I can take to be adult females,
nor any young larve. I presume that the adult female will have antenne
of eleven joints.

My specimens were sent to me by T. Cheeseman, Esq., of Auckland,
who informs me that the insect is found in the District of Wairoa, attacking
Phormium and Leptospermum.

. There is no doubt that this is a distinct species. The antenne and
legs of the male differ from those of C. zelandicum, but the claw of the foot
is quite sufficient to distinguish it from that and all other Coccide. I have

Masxe1L.—On New Zealand Coccide. 148

therefore no hesitation in considering it as new, even without seeing the
adult female. As regards the stage last described, which is certainly not
the male pupa, I have been in some doubt. The specimens were found
amongst several hundred male puparia ; but there were only five or six of
them to be seen, though I made diligent search. A very similar form is
found amongst male puparia of C. zelandicum—so similar indeed that,
except in colour, the two are almost identical. In my paper of 1879
(Trans., vol, xii., p. 296), I described, or rather alluded to, this form as the
second stage of the female C. zelandicum. I afterwards discovered the
error and corrected it in vol. xiv. Unless this form be the second stage of
the male insect I do not know what it can be ; but if it is, then the male of
Celostoma must pass through more transformations than any other Coccid.
The normal stages are—1, the egg; 2, the young larva (identical, or nearly
so, for male and female); 3, the pupa; 4, the perfect insect. Now, the
form under consideration is certainly not the pupa, and equally certainly

not the young larva just hatched; it is neither the egg nor the perfect .

male. Similarly (in C. zelandicum) it is not the larva, nor the adult, nor
the second stage. It would seem therefore that the insects of this genus
pass through a transformation more than other Coccids. There is one
point to be noted. 1 have observed above that in this form the antenne

have nine joints, and the tibie are twice as long as the tarsi. The first

character is conclusive against the insect being adult; the pe pum
is one which, in most Coecids, is considered to indieate an adv ed stage
M. Signoret (Ann. de la Soc. Entom. de France, 1874, p. 548, note) says:
“In studying the Coccidæ it should be noted that almost always, when a
specimen is found with the tibia shorter than the tarsus, it is a larva.”
The rule is not without exceptions, e.g. Kermes, Acanthococcus, ete. Still, it
holds good generally, and in this case shows, I I think, clearly that the form
in question is by no means the first after the egg. Itake it to be an inter-
mediate state preceding the pupa of the male.

I am still puzzled by the absence of any sort of mouth. In the form
just mentioned there. is an orifice between the second pair of legs, as in the
adult C. zelandicum, but nothing more. & di

e.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES I. AND II.

Pra

Fig. 1. Aspidiotus sophore, abdomen of Hes Sa d i x

2. Fiorinia minima x
boas of fais in di e a. ist | pellicle : b. ond t

Sabini: b > sali female; d. secretion A a
4. Fiorinia grossularie, abdomen of female .. si "n È "ud. * UO
5. „ stricta, abdomen of female .. x 100
6. diagram of female in Superum: | a. ink sande b. ona

pellicle : C. quus female; d. secretion

144

Transactions.—Zooloyy.

Fig. 7. Fiorinia stricta, antenna of male .. E

8. P » foot of em

2 » Spike of m zs
10. Gténochtton flavus, ora view um test sè
it. si i;
12. ET si Praed 2nd Tue
13. > » Spiracular spine and de
14, s » Antenna of female vs
15. Se » foot of female .. x
16. $ 33 » to show digitules ..
1T AR „ anal ring of female ia
18. » » testof male, dorsal view
19. "m » male di
20. A » antenna of oe
21. si » last joint of Keil of dille

Fig. 22. Diagram of abdomen of prc
23 ” — Lecanid

”

24. K

”

=Coccide Delon
Coccide ipod

26. Tolo MS Lube antenna of male .
o

male

” ”
28. Ctenochiton perforatus, antenna of female ..

29. »À fuscus, antenna of female Lm
30. > » foot of female (two digitules iin) in
at. TR depressus, mae of female ği P
82. E. he inge of test of male i» è

33. Rhizococcus ome adult female .. P 4

34. + pet omen of female .. .

35. ETN of female `.. ^p
36. b dk adult female ` i

= ia , antenna of female .

spines and spinnerets, 2nd eb

E DEDE i ded antenna of female. ..

antenna of young insect

41. Da stabi antenna of female ..

42. » » foot of female e
43. 5 » eye of female ss
44 si È spinnerets Pan female ..
45. Calostoleli wairoense, antenna J^ ai

”

”

”

”

foot of m

.

claw and pem of pecu RA
ight haltere of male MES

spots and hairs of male

antenna, 9nd stage of male ..

foot, 2nd stage of male

.

PxxxxxxXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXxX

BOX E X OX UE RN A MEX

H. B. Krrx.—On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 145

Art. VI.—On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata, Quoy and Gaimard,
By H. B. Kirx, M.A
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 81st October, 1883.]
: Plates III.-VIII.

(Norz.—Owing to my having been unable, until within the last week or
two, to obtain large and perfect specimens, I have not, as a rule, introduced
other than relative measurements. The drawings, except those from the
| microscope, are natural size; and with the exception of pls. v., vi., vil.,
fig. 1, and viii., figs. 5-9, are made from the specimen figured at pl. iii. I
regret that I have been unable to replace all the drawings by those of large
specimens. The largest specimen I have seen measures 14 inches along
the posterior surface of the mantle, this length not including any portion of
the fins. To avoid confusion of terms, I have described the animal as
though it were in a walking position, head downwards; but have adopted
the practice, sanctioned by Professors Nicholson and Huxley, of showing
the drawings in the reverse position. The terms anterior and posterior are
applied to the so-called “ dorsal " and “ ventral ” surfaces respectively.)

The distribution of Sepioteuthis bilineata is given by Professor Hutton
(Manual of N.Z. Mollusca, 1880) as from Wellington to Auckland. In
Wellington Harbour it is tolerably abundant during late spring and
summer; but, with the exception of a few small ones in July, I have
never seen a specimen during the winter months, Professor Hutton points
out that there is nothing in Dr. Gray's description of S. major that does
not apply to this species. The habitat of S. major is given as Cape of
Good Hope (Catalogue of Mollusca in the British Museum); but Dr. Gray's
description is very brief. Moreover, he gives S. bilineata in his catalogue.

External Characters.

The body is elongated and somewhat cylindrical in shape, but is flat-
tened on the posterior surface, and still more so on the anterior surface.
Its widest part is immediately above the base of the mantle, thence it
narrows regularly to its extremity, where it is rounded. The edge of the
mantle forms a complete collar round the ‘‘neck.” On the anterior aspect
of the animal the mantle-border is produced into a marked angle on the
median line, this angle lodging the anterior extremity of the internal shell.
From this point it recedes towards the posterior aspect, rising slightly on
either side of the funnel, but immediately falling away in a well-defined -
curve at the base of the funnel. The two slight angles formed by L
duction of the posterior mantle-border mark the tips of the “ articular "
cartilages, adapted to fit into the “ hinge” cartilages of the funnel.

146 Transactions.— Zoology.

` Fins.—The fins are large and thick. They are attached to the sides of
the body near its anterior aspect, and start from the mantle-border or close
to it. They at once begin to expand, and their outline forms a curve
widest at about its middle. They extend somewhat beyond the extremity
of the body and coalesce. Their margin becomes thin, and often allows the
coloured dorsal integument to shine through its substance like a purple
band. Below the dermal layer is a thick muscular coat, whose fine but
well-marked fibres extend from the inner to the outer margin of the fin.
At the widest part of the fin they are parallel, but on either side they begin
to radiate towards the outer margin, this radiation being most marked on
the upper side. As the extremity of the body is approached they become
less noticeable, and immediately opposite the extremity are not generally
observable. On both aspects of the fin they are usually visible through the
epidermis, and where they are most marked can be distinctly felt with the
finger. "

On the anterior aspect of the body the line of union of the fins is dis-
tinctly visible, although the fins are so apparently a continuation of the

mantle that there is no marked depression.

Head.—The head is broader than long, its greatest width being at the
projecting eyeballs. Behind these it contracts to a kind of “ neck,” similar
to that noted by Professor Owen when speaking of Sepia palmata (Trans.
Zool. Soc. of Lond., vol. xi., part 5). Below the eyes there is also a well-
marked contraction at the base of the arms, though this contraction is not
so striking as the upper one. The anterior surface of the head is flattened,
and between the eyes is a depression which lodges the anterior production
of the mantle-border when the neck is contracted. The posterior surface of
the head is also flattened and has a marked depression which lodges the
funnel. The eyes are on the sides of the head and are directed straight
outwards. They present the character of the family in being covered with
skin. When the tentacles are extended the sacs for their partial reception
are easily discovered by pressure.

The ridge of integument (pl. iii. b) running behind the eye and parallel
with its curve, and which Professor Owen in his description of S. brevis
(Trans. Zool. Soc. of Lond., vol xi., part 5) regards as an external ear, is
very well marked, amounting indeed to a groove covered by a fold of integu-
ment. This organ is, so far as I can discover, the same that is regarded by
Professor Huxley Anatomy of Invertebrated Animals, 1877), and by Pro-
fessor Macalister (Introduction to Animal Morphology, 1876), as olfactory
in function. It is neither so large nor so striking as in Loligo vulgaris,
figured in Professer Nicholson’s Manual of Zoology, p. 428 of sixth
edition,

H. B. Kirx.—On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 147

Funnel (pls. ii iv. a, and viii, fig. 16).—The funnel is large, flat-
tened, somewhat conical in shape, longer than broad, and rounded at its
apex. On each side of its base is a cartilaginous expansion, presenting a
` groove to lodge the articular ridges developed on the inner surface of the
mantle. Its margins lie loosely upon the funnel. Between the surface of
the head and the funnel are muscular bands; and these are so strongly
developed on either side as to form a cup-shaped cavity at the base of the
funnel between it and the head.

Inside the aperture of the funnel is a strongly-marked infundibular
valve (pl. viii, fig. 15i), so placed that, when depressed, it entirely
closes the aperture. Its free portion forms a semi-circular curve; but
the lower part is attached by the margins, so that, when the free por-
tion closes the aperture, the opening of the funnel leads into a blind
cavity.

Arms (pls. iii., viii., figs. 5-8).—The fourth pair of arms is the longest ;
next in length is the third; next the second; the first being the shortest
and slightest. The arms of the fourth pair are 4-angular in section, and
present a slight groove on the peripheral surface, the groove being caused
mainly by the great production of the anterior peripheral margin, which is
continued below to form the outer wall of the tentacular sac. Those of the
third pair are 3-angular, the peripheral surface presenting a sharp angle.
The second pair are 8-angular or irregularly 4-angular ; and the first have
the peripheral surface rounded, or approach 3-angular.

The fourth and third arms on each side are connected by a peripheral
web, which forms the outer wall of the tentacular sac. This web is attached
to the inner peripheral margin of the fourth arm, and to the centre of the
peripheral surface of the third arm. It extends to near the tip of the fourth
arm, but only a short distance along the third. A very small web connects
the third and second arms; and the second and first have a small web
attached at the base to the peripheral surface of each. It extends a
very short distance along the second arm, and a still shorter along the
first.

The arms all taper to their extremity. There is a well-marked
brachial membrane extending along each side of the acetubular sur-
face of the arms and forming a fold, at whose base the suckers are
inserted.

The suckers are arranged in alternate pairs, and this arrangement is
observable from the point near the base of the arms at which they first
begin to near the tapering extremity, where they become minute tubercles.
Each sucker (pl. viii., figs. 10, 11) is sub-spherical or shortly cylindrical in
shape, and is borne on a pedicel attached, not to the centre of the base of

148 Transactions.—Zoology.

the sucker, but a little to one side. The margin of the sucker has a
horny ring with small teeth more strongly marked on the higher than on
the lower side. From the base of each pedicel a raised band runs across
the brachial membrane to its edge.

Tentacles.—The tentacles vary in length relatively to the body, but
when thrown back and fully extended often reach beyond its extremity.
They are oval in section, except at the clavate portion where they are 8-
angular. The suckers are similar to those on the arms, but are arranged
in alternating rows of four, are larger and have the horny ring more
strongly marked. A membrane, similar to that on the arms, is developed
on each side of the acetabular surface.

Fach tentacle has a muscular band attached for a short distance near
its base and widening into a web which connects it with the inner wall of
the tentacular sac. The sac is not large enough to receive more than a
short portion of the tentacle, and probably contraction is limited to the
extent of the muscular band.

Oral Surface.—The outer lip or buccal membrane (pl. iii. a) is a simple
membrane with seven marked angles, showing the points of attachment of
brachial frena. The structure here is very similar indeed to that deseribed
by Professor Owen as occurring in Loligopsis ocellata (Trans. Zool. Soc. of
London, vol. xi., pt. v.). Of the frena, the first springs from the small
basal web between the arms of the first pair; on each side of this is one
springing from between the second and third arms; next one springing
from the base of the acetabular surface of each third arm; then a similar
one from each fourth arm. The surface of the buccal membrane is
smooth. i

The inner lip (pl. vii., fig. 1a.) is thick and muscular, and its border is
marked by strong regular corrugations. f

The whole surface of the head and body is richly spotted with chroma-
tophores. They extend over the anterior surface of the fins, but only a
short distance from the body on the posterior surface. They extend along
the peripheral surface of the arms, and even along the surface of the first
three brachial frena. They oceur sparingly on the acetabular surfaces of
all the arms, and on the peripheral surface of the tentacles. There are
none on the funnel.

Microscopic Structure of the Integument. l

The chromatophores, when examined under the microscope, show, as
prevailing colours, black or very deep brown, chocolate-brown, cloudy-
purple, full pink, and pale yellow. Each chromatophore appears to have
around it a few loose muscular fibres ; and at times I have fancied I have
detected a loose transparent capsule, with muscular fibres in its walls. In

TRANS NZINSTITUTEVOL AVIPLIT.

SEPIOTEUTHIS BILINEATA.
HE Kirk, del,

TRANS NZINSTITUTE VOLXVIPLIV

SEPIOTEUTHIS BILINEATA.

HBKirh, del.

H. B. Krrx.—On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 149

such cases the chromatophores are well-defined; but often the outline is
very ill-defined in one direction. This may, however, be due to the
coloured contents having flowed out, leaving a part of the capsule empty,
its thin walls being often invisible from their transparency.

The chromatophores appear to be in two distinct layers, as at times one
may be seen distinctly overlying another. Thus a deep brown chroma-
tophore may be seen over a yellow one; pink may be seen over yellow ;
chocolate-brown over pink, and so on.

Above the layer or layers containing the chromatophores is a colourless
cuticular layer ; below it is a layer containing muscular fibres.

The whole integument is very loosely attached by fine muscular fibres
to the substance of the animal; it is loose, but nowhere wrinkled, and is
very elastic.

Cartilages.

The cartilages are—the cephalic cartilage, the neck cartilage, the hinge
and articular cartilages, and the pinnal cartilages.

Cephalic cartilage (pl. viii., fig. 2).—The cephalic cartilage forms, when
the animal is in a walking position, a roof for the eye-balls.. An idea of its
general shape may perhaps be best obtained by imagining a broadly cordate
leaf with its apex and the base of the midrib infolded towards the centre.
The posterior side shows a marked depression, and the outline is here
strongly concave. From within the central point of the posterior margin
rises a slight prominence, which gives off two small wing-like cartilaginous
expansions which lie upon the eye-ball. The anterior outline is concave, as
are to some extent the lateral margins. The cartilage is pierced at its
centre by the aperture for the gullet and visceral nerve branches. This
aperture has its margin strengthened by a cartilaginous ridge on either side,
the two ridges receding slightly from the aperture, but becoming confluent
on the posterior aspect and rising to form the prominence already noted.
In the cup formed by the receding of these ridges lies the peri-cesophageal
nerve ring. On either side of the ridge formed by their confluence are two
perforations.

Neck cartilage (pl. viii., figs. 8, 4).—Lying on the neck is a cartilage of
irregular diamond shape. Its sides are incurved, so as to give ib a spoon-
shape. Attached to it, and passing upwards, is a double muscular band
attached at its opposite extremity to a tough membrane which covers the
gladius. Thus the neck of the animal is strongly attached to the anterior
part of the mantle. The anterior aspect of the cartilage has a raised central
ridge, grooved throughout its length. This ridge corresponds with the
channel of the gladius.

150 Transactions.— Zoology.

Hinge and articular cartilages (pl. iv., b, c).—The hinge cartilages are two
developments, one on each side of the funnel. Part of the cartilage is free
and expands slightly on the surface, having a longitudinal central groove.
The portion that is imbedded in the substance of the funnel is triangular in
section, the base being at the surface. This cartilage is long and narrow,
and the ends of the surface-portion are rounded.

Corresponding with these hinge cartilages are two slightly raised car-
tilaginous ridges, one on each side of the inner posterior surface of the
mantle. These cartilages are not so marked as those of S. brevis, Owen
(Trans. Zool. Soc. of Lond., vol. xi., pt. v.). When the mantle is contracted
they fit into the cartilaginous sockets on the funnel. They extend quite to
the mantle-border, forming the angles that on the posterior surface give the
appearance of shoulders. It is impossible to observe any definite outline in
the imbedded portion; indeed it would seem that the ridges are rather
hardened elevations of the mantle than true cartilages.

Pinnal cartilages.—A long cartilage, having a low thickened central
ridge with thin dilatations on each side, extends the whole length of each
fin. A section in the thickest part shows a low triangle, whose broad base
lies against the body of the animal, and to whose sides the muscles of the
fins are attached; but the outline is in most parts irregular.

A thin cartilaginous plate of oval outline lies at the base of the
funnel. 3
Muscles.

On a dissection along the posterior surface being made, one of the most
striking features are the musculi retractores infundibuli (pl. iv. a) extending
from the base of thè funnel to somewhat beyond the centre of the anterior
surface of the mantle, where they are attached, one on each side of the
gladius. In the groove between these elongated muscular masses lie the
intestine and ink-sac, the penis and the œsophagus, with the mass of the

ver.

The double muscular band already spoken of as being attached to the
neck cartilage probably serves to change the position of the neck. The
neck has also two well-marked muscular masses lying under the musculi
retractores infundibuli.

Each arm shows a central mass of muscle-fibres channelled for blood-
vessels and nerves. From this central mass radiating fibres are given off
to a circular muscular coat lying beneath the surface of the arm.

Gladius (pl. viii., fig. 1).

The gladius is lanceolate in shape, and is transparent. The central rib
is well marked, and has a deeply excavated channel. It extends beyond
the dilated wings about one-sixth of the total length. The broadest part is

H. B. Kmx.—0On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 151

at about three-fifths of the total distance from the apex, where the breadth

is about one-tenth of the length. The gladius is lodged in the anterior

aspect of the mantle; and the posterior wall of its chamber is formed by a

tough transparent coat, whose consistency approaches that of cartilage

where it covers the apex. The gladius extends the whole length of the

mantle.
Circulatory and Respiratory Organs (pls. iv. and v.)

The systemic heart (pl. iv. d) lies about the centre of the pervisceral
cavity. In shape it is nearly triangular, the base of the triangle lying
towards the oral end of the body. ‘The right side is the larger, owing to
the great cephalic aorta being given off from this side. Lying at the base
of the branchise are the large branchial hearts (pl. v., fig. 17), globosely
ovoid in shape, and with their axis forming an acute angle with that of the
body. At its inner end each has a small fleshy appendage (pl. v., fig. 17”),
and each is encased in a chamber with transparent membranous walls
(id., k).

As it approaches the heart the vena cava (id., b) divides, one branch
going on each side of the intestine at its point of flexure and entering the
branchial heart on its upper surface. Veins (pl. iv., v, v) are seen converg- -
ing on the inner side of the mantle to enter the vena cava. These cross
from the mantle by the peritoneal membrane which is thickened for the
purpose. Similar veins run from the anterior aspect of the body, entering
the vena cava with those from the sides of the mantle.

After passing from the branchial heart through the gills the blood enters
the systemic heart at the two dilatations (‘‘ auricles”) already noted as
giving the triangular shape to the heart. The left auricle is the more
strongly marked, the right being somewhat obscured by the great develop-
ment at the point whence the cephalic aorta (pl. v., 1c) is given off.
Shortly from its commencement this aorta gives off branches to the liver.
At its opposite end the heart contracts to give off the posterior aorta (id., A),
which, shortly after its commencement, divides into three branches, these
being borne along reflexions of the peritoneal membrane to the mantle.

The branchie (pl. iv., g, g; pl. v., fig. 1) are large and prominent, the
tip extending to beyond the base of the funnel. About 70 non-ciliated
lamelle are given off on each side. The continuation of the branch of the
vena caya, after passing through the branchial heart, forms the central axis
of the gill on the anterior side; and it is attached throughout the whole
length of the gill by a suspensory membrane (id., a) to the anterior mantle
surface. On the posterior side, the branchial vein forms the central axis.
Each lamella is bordered by two capillaries, one running from each of the
axes of the gill and meeting at the apex of the lamella, and themselves

152 Transactions.— Zoology.

borne on a fine suspensory membrane. Across the space between them
stretch still smaller plume-like lamelle (id., fig. 2), each with a small
capillary. These sub-lamelle look like repetitions of the entire gill; but,
on microscopic examination, it is seen that they consist of a capillary
with a very thin membrane thrown into transverse folds (fig. 8) on each
side.

| The renal organ (fig. 19) is well-developed on the branches of the vena |
cava. Two long lobes extend over the heart, which they almost hide ; and `
each of these lobes has a well-marked opening, which communicates with its
branch of the vena cava. Thus, if air be blown into one of the openings,
it inflates its branch of the vena cava, and also the branchial heart into
which that branch opens.

Reproductive Organs. ;

Male (pl. vi.).—The male organs consist of a testis, vas deferens,
** prostate" gland, duct of the “ prostate,” receptacle of spermatophores
and penis. The testis (fig. 19) lies at the ab-oral end of the body, is
large, irregularly oval in outline, and flattened. Its lower outline is con-
cave, its upper convex. It is encased in a thin membrane attached on its
anterior surface and uniting it below with the inner anterior surface of the
mantle. | |

The vas deferens communicates with the capsule of the testis towards
the upper end. Its commencement seems rather to be lost in the mem-
brane than to have a well-marked opening. It is short but slender, and
does not present the convolutions noticed in all descriptions of the male
organs of Cephalopods that 1 have seen.

The vas deferens opens into a long, cylindrical vesicula seminalis,
which leads to the “ prostate” gland. The walls of the vesicula present
well-rnarked transverse plico. Except that it narrows at either end, it is of
about the same thickness throughout. It contains spermatozoa, which
appear, when examined with the }-in. objective, to be simple straight rods.
Though the walls of the vesicula appear to be thick and white, they are in
reality thin and transparent, the white colour being caused by the sper-
matozoa. The plice may possibly be due to only partial distention.

The “ prostate” gland (fig. 1d; fig. 2) is a delicate tube, presenting
marked convolutions, and having the appearance, when viewed on the
posterior aspect, of a spiral coil. At the point where the vesicula seminalis
enters it is dilated (3); then there is a strong convolution; then a slightly
expanding tubular portion (2), which leads to a sac-like portion (1). Near
the point where the vesicula enters is a small cocal dilatation (4); and a
similar dilatation is produced from the saccular portion from which the
duct springs.

TRANS NZINSTITUTEYOL XVLELY

; X
Lc > ES) ene.

SS

SEPIOTEUTHIS BILINEATA.

AB Kirk, del.

TRANS NZINSTITUT EVOL XVLPIYI

SEPIOTEUTHIS BILINEATA.

AR Kir; del.

H. B. Kmx.—On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 158

From the saccular portion, near the opening of this dilatation, springs
the duct of the “ prostate” (c). The wall of the “ prostate" contains a
network of branching and interlacing fibres.

The “ prostate” gland differs from that of S. brevis, Owen, where it is
described as an “oblong, blind, glandular sac.” Loligopsis ocellata, Owen,
too, shows a blind sac with a single duct for ingress and egress. Indeed
this character seems common, so far as I have been able to discover; but
the species at present under notice differs widely in having the “ prostate "
a thickened tube or canal with ingress at one end and egress near the other.

The duct of the “ prostate” (fig. 1c) is slender, and has transparent
walls. It leads to the receptacle of spermatophores, into which it opens
near its upper end.

The receptacle of spermatophores (b) is a large sac with thin transparent
walls, and is usually packed with spermatophores and loose spermatozoa.
It opens by a wide mouth into the penis (a) of whose base it appears to be
a simple dilatation.

The penis tapers gradually towards its opening, which has an uneven,
almost fringed margin.

When in sità the vesicula seminalis and the duct of the “ prostate ” lie
parallel to each other along the receptacle of spermatophores, to whose
walls and to each other they are held by a membranous connection. The
whorls of the prostate are held together by similar connections, so closely as
to require the exercise of the utmost care to sever them without injury to
` the organ. The vesicula, duct, and receptacle of spermatophores thus held
together lie transversely to the axis of the testis.

Spermatophores (pl. vi., figs. 8-7).—A common length of the spermato-
phores is about 9 lines, but this is often exceeded. The shape varies
somewhat, but the general outline is the same. One end is thickened,
often club-shaped, or with a knob; from this end the spermatophore
tapers, but as the opposite end is approached there is often a slight dilata-
tion and the end is obtuse, never, so far as I have been able to observe,
filamentous. The outer case is transparent and of tolerable consistency.
The thick end is mainly occupied by a sac containing spermatozoa, which
extends for varying distances, but seldom, if ever, half the length of the
spermatophore. To this sac is attached a sponge-like body of definite
though slightly varying shape, resembling the turned handle of an awl.
This body fits into the spermatophoric tube like a piston. From it
extends towards the thin end of the tube a flat spirally coiled thread
enclosed in a transparent case. The thread may extend to the thin end of
the spermatophore and be there attached, or it may extend nearly to the
end and then be recurved, or it may not extend right to the end.

154 Transactions.—Zoologij.

Professor Huxley (Anat. of Invertebrated Animals), on the authority of
M. Milne-Edwards, describes the spring and the piston-like body as re-
sembling the sponge of a gun with a spiral screw turned on the handle. I
have carefully endeavoured to confirm this observation so far as the species
under notice is concerned, but have not been able to do so. There seems
to be always a spirally coiled thread encased in a transparent tube or
sheath. The nearest approach to an axis bearing a screw is when the coils
are thrown close together, as often happens. I have added a sketch (fig. 7)
of a close portion of a coil, drawn from the + in. objective with the camera
lucida.

Female.—The only female specimen I have been able to obtain is a very
small one (about 2 inch. in length) and much mutilated. The organs I have
been able to observe are the long, narrow, nidamental glands, lying on the
median line just above the gills, the oval flat and apparently stalked acces-
sory glands immediately below them, and the ovary. The ovary in this
specimen is very small and is somewhat pyramidal in shape, the apex lying
at the upper end of the body. I am not sure that I have correctly observed
the oviduct, but what I take to be the oviduct opens on the left side, having
passed under the branchial heart.

(Nore.—The fact that this specimen is the only female among ten that I
have examined, and that the males were all fully ready for congress, would
seem to show that sexual selection may have considerable scope among
the members of this species.)

Alimentary System, (pl. vii.

Mandibles (fig. 2).—Within the annular inner lip already noticed, are two
vertical conchiolin jaws forming the beak, the posterior jaw overlapping the
anterior one. The exposed parts are reddish-brown in colour, while the
covered parts are transparent and colourless. Hach jaw consists of an
uncus, ale and apophysis, the ale being backward and lateral expansions
of the uncus.

In the anterior or upper-jaw the uncus runs forward in a decurved line,
terminating in a sharp point. The outer border of the ale forms a con-
tinuous curve with this line, and runs backward to about half the length of
the apophysis, from which it stands out prominently. The lower border of
the ale is a concave curve; and the front border, from the margin of the
uncus, presents a waved outline. The apophysis extends downwards, its
greatest length being at its outer margin. It is fully twice the size of uncus
and ale. Its inner border forms a convex curve, which extends round to
the under-border, where it becomes concave.

In the posterior or under-jaw the uncus is not so large as that of the
upper-jaw, is more obtuse, and is proportionately stouter. The ale extend

H. B. Kmx.—On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 155

but a short distance backwards on the outer aspect, being here shortened
by a concave border. At the sides they expand and become irregularly
oblong in shape. They have a somewhat irregularly waved outline and
extend forward beyond the uncus, so as to cover the inner portion of the
ale of the upper-jaw. The apophysis extends outwards and backwards
with a slight curve, its shortest length being at the median line, where the
margin is concave. Its greatest length is within, where the margin is con-
vex. The apophysis slopes rapidly from the median line, leaving a well
marked keel.

(Note.—In describing the jaws I have not adhered to the rule of speak-
ing of the animal as though it were in a walking position, but have noticed
them as they are detached and shown in the drawing.)

Taste-organ (fig. 3 a).—Within the jaws and on the posterior side of the
mouth is the gustatory organ, showing a fairly well-marked division into
two lobes. It is soft and uncurved, and under the microscope shows inter-
lacing fibres.

Odontophore (fig. 8b).—Next follows the broad radular band which
works in and out of a socket in the centre of a raised papilla. It is armed
with seven rows of silicious teeth. Its upper part is expanded, and has the
margins recurved. The lower part has the margins incurved so as to form
a cylinder, and it is probable that this part is but little used in mastication.
The teeth on the upper part are stronger and stouter.

The central row of teeth consists of slightly curved, rather stout and
obtuse spines, whose bases develope short obtuse prominences, one on each
side, giving the denticles of this row a 8-fid appearance. The first lateral
row consists of slightly curved spines, somewhat more acute than those of
the median row. The spines have the base also developed as in the
median row, but the inner basal spine is somewhat shorter than the
outer. The next two rows consist of longer curved spines without basal
spinules.

Faucial follicles (fig. 8 d). Next come the two “faucial follicles.” They
are attached along one side, starting at the tongue and continuing to the
commencement of the esophagus. They are very well developed. The
free margin is straight, and when folded over they form a covered channel
over the radular socket.

Salivary glands.—The mandibles, tongue, odontophore, and faucial
follicles are contained in the buccal mass, which narrows into the «eso-
phagus. Outside the buccal mass, at the commencement of the esophagus,
are two slightly-raised papille, the lingual salivary glands. Further along
the esophagus, and imbedded in the liver, are two salivary glands with
well-marked ducts.

156 Transactions.— Zoology.

(Esophagus (fig. 1c).—The buccal mass narrows into the cesophagus,
which passes through the nerve-collar and peri-csophageal cartilaginous
ring, and is continued to the stomach without ingluvial dilatation. It
dilates slightly as it enters the stomach.

Stomach (fig. 1m).—The stomach is saccular and thick-walled. It
shows two slight constrictions. The walls present on their inner surface
strong longitudinal plice, which are prolonged into the intestine, and con-
tinue throughout its length.

Lying within the stomach is a loose tunic or sac with thick, though
almost transparent, walls, showing longitudinal plicw or corrugations. It
has a wide orifice at one end, and at the other is thin or open. I have not
been able to discover that it has any organic connection with the walls of
the stomach, but as I have found it in all the specimens I have examined, I
do not think its occurrence can be accidental.

The pyloric opening is at the lower end of the stomach and close to the
cardiac opening. The commencement of the intestine is shown by a well-
marked constriction. Neither cardiac nor pyloric opening is protected by
a valve.

Pyloric cecum (fig. 1n).—Immediately following the constriction there
is given off a long cecal dilatation with thin but tough transparent walls.
It expands at its attached end and tapers gradually to its opposite rounded
extremity. When in sitú it forms a half curve round the stomach. As will
be presently noticed, the hepatic ducts open into this cecum. On the
broadest part of its wall, at the attached end is a circular coat formed by a
radiating mass, whose nature I have not discovered.

Intestine (fig. 1h).—From the pyloric cwcum the intestine narrows :
gradually until the anus is reached. At somewhat less than half the
distance between the cecum and the anus it is folded over so as to
form a distinct flexure. The anus has two stalked and leaf-like lateral
valves.

Ink-sac (fig. 1h).—The ink-sac is large and broad. Its highest and
broadest part lies near the intestinal flexure, and from this part it narrows
to its opening into the anus, Its coat is silvery and, in places, iridescent ;
and the dark sepia shows through the sac-walls. Throughout its length
it is held closely to the intestine by a membrane.

Liver (fig. 1 f).—The liver is large, extending from immediately above
the cephalic cartilage for about two-thirds of the length of the cesophagus.
It is encased in a capsule showing under the miscroscope close fibres and
yellow concretions. The liver itself is loose, and under the microscope shows
clustered follicles and interlacing tubes with abundant yellow concretions.
The bilobed condition is not observable. |

H. B. Kmx.— On the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 157

The hepatic ducts are two, and open close together into the commence-
ment of the pyloric cecum. They have developed upon them the light-
coloured spongy ‘ pancreatic” glands, which show under the microscope a
loose fibrous tissue interspersed with yellow concretions (fig. 4). The
fibrillar tissue is more loose and the yellow concretions larger, but less
numerous, than in the liver. There is everywhere a network of ramifying
tubes.

The whole of the organs are enclosed in a peritoneal membrane, which
sends three mesenteric reflexions to the mantle, one of the arterial branches
from the posterior aorta running along the anterior border of each
reflexion.

Nervous System.

The main masses of the nervous system are aggregated into a large
circular band (pl. vii., fig. 1d) surrounding the gullet and lying in the
aperture of the cephalic cartilage. On the anterior side of the gullet
lie the cerebral and superior buccal ganglia, almost confluent and on the `
posterior surface are the inferior buccal, pedal, and parieto-splanchnic gan-
glia. The cerebral ganglion sends off optic nerves which enlarge greatly,
forming the optic ganglia (pl. vii., fig. 1 e). I have not been able to dis-
cover the auditory nerves. From the parieto-splanchnic ganglia two nerves
run, one on each side, towards the anterior aspect of the animal, passing
under the columellar muscle and each forming on the back of the pallial
chamber and at the side of the gladius a large stellate ganglion (fig. 1 9),
which sends branches over the mantle. For about half their course the
nerves to these ganglia are imbedded in the liver.

On the intestine, at the point where the pyloric cecum is given off is a
well-marked ganglion (fig. 11), which appears to be connected with the
main nervous centres by a nerve following the course of the intestine. This
ganglion gives off radiating fibres on all sides.

Eyes.

The eyes are lateral, are large and prominent and are covered by
a transparent layer of integument. The eyeball is invested by a silvery
tapetum composed of loose cells in two layers, one or both of which contain
numerous refracting corpuscles. In front this passes into the loose iris,
but I have not been able to observe any cartilage of the iris. The tapetum
is lightly attached and can be easily removed. Then comes a thin, trans-
parent, apparently muscular membrane, covering a thin cartilaginous coat
which becomes thickened slightly in front. The membrane is not continued
beyond the thickened front edge of the cartilaginous coat. Within the
opening is suspended a cartilaginous ring, to which is attached a fringed
radiating membrane having the lens in its centre. This is the corpus

- 158 Transactions.—Z4oology.

ciliare. The lens is surrounded by a deep groove, so as to form practically
two lenses, the outer one being the smaller, the inner the larger and more
convex. It is in the groove of the lens that the fringe of the corpus ciliare
is attached. Within the eye is the fluid vitreous humour. The eye is
lined by a delicate layer of loose cells, underlaid by a pigment layer, and
then the inner layer of the retina.

Behind the eyeball, and forming as it were a cushion at its base, is a
peculiar development of nervous tissue, the “ white body.” It consists of
rounded or irregular, apparently nucleated cells.

Auditory Organs.

In the substance of the cephalic cartilage are excavated two auditory
chambers, one on either side of the ridge already referred to. Their
walls give rise to several rounded protuberances, which are most
numerous on the side nearest to the nervous ring. The two cham-
bers approach each other on the posterior side, where the dividing wall
becomes thin and transparent. Each contains a single large otolith,
composed of carbonate of lime. The otoliths, (pl. viii., figs. 12-14) are
somewhat flattened, and are similar in shape, though one is a little larger
than the other. The main portion of the otolith has one of its margins
markedly convex, while the other is roughened and uneven, with two fairly
well-marked excavations. From this mass the otolith narrows to an end.
All the surface, except the roughened part referred to, is white and smooth
so far as can be seen with a pocket magnifier ; but the microscope shows
a rugose surface.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES III.-VIII.
PrarE 111,—Sepioteuthis bilineata.

Pirate IV.—Dissection along posterior surface, showing position of organs.
a, funnel.
b,b, hinge cartilages.
€,c, articular cartilages.
d,d, musculi retractores infundibuli.
e, penis.
f, intestine.
f’, ink-sac.
9,9, branchie.
h. descending aorta.
v,v, veins from the mantle.
k,k, branchial hearts with appendages.
1, ascending aorta with arterial branches,

Fig.

H. B. Kirx.—Ou the Anatomy of Sepioteuthis bilineata. 159

Prats III.—continued.
m, prostate gland.
n, vesicula seminalis.
o, receptacle of spermatophores.
p, testis.
q, Stomach.
7, pyloric coocum
8, end of the sad exposed by tearing the membranous covering.
Prate V.—Circulatory and Respiratory Organs.
a, suspensory membrane of branchia.
b, vena cava.
c, descending aorta.
d, intestine, cut and turned aside to show branching of vena cava.
e,e’, left and right branches of vena cava, covered by renal organs.
f, branchial heart.
f', appendage of branchial heart.
g, left lobe of renal organ. The opening is below; the tip of the blow-tube is
inserted in the opening of the right lobe.
h, ascending aorta, with arterial branches.
k, cut edge of membrane encasing branchial heart.
Portion of a single branchial lamella, drawn with the camera lucida from the
1 in. objective.
Portion of the last, drawn with the camera lucida from the } in. objective, and
showing the way in which the transverse capillary membranes of the lamelle
are folded.

Puare VI.—Male Organs.

Sketch of the male organs after the membranes holding the vesicula seminalis,
duct of the prostate, and whorls of the prostate, have been severed.

a, penis.

b, receptacle of spermatophores.

c, duct of the prostate.

d, prostate gland.

e, vesicula seminalis.

f, vas deferens.

g, testis.

The prostate gland as in siti. The small figures, 1, 2, 3, 4, show the parts so
n ¿L

A spermatophore, natural size.

The same enlarged.

A portion of the same, drawn with the camera lucida from the 1 in. objective.

Another portion.

A close portion of a spiral coil from near the thin end of a spermatophore,
showing a solid appearance. From the } in. objective with the camera
lucida,

100 E Transactions.—Z oology.

Puate VII.—Alimentary and Nervous Systems.
Fig. 1. Sketch of Alimentary and main portions of Nervous System.
: a, inner lip.
- b, buccal mass.
c, esophagus.
d, nerve collar.
e, optic ganglion.
f, liver.
9, ganglion stellatum
h, intestine, sini in anus with lateral anal valves.
i, ink-sac.
k, pancreatic glands, along the course of the hepatic duct.
l, splanchnic ganglion.
m, stomach.
n, cecum.
Fig. 2. Mandibles.
* anterior or upper.
b, posterior or lower.
Fig. 3. Scd mass cut open and mandibles removed. The point of the curved needle
is inserted in the cesophagus.
a, taste organ.
b, odontophore, turned aside. i
e, socket of odontophore. > ds
d,d, faucial follicles.
Fig. 4. Portion of pancreatic gland, drawn from the 1 in. objective with the camera
lucida
^ Pate VIII.
Fig. 1. Gladius.
2. Cephalic cartilage.
3,4. Neck cartilage, posterior and anterior aspects; showing attached muscular
bands.
5-9. Sections through Ist, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th right arms and clavate portion of
tentacle. The dark line shows the extent of the chromatophoric surface.
10. A single sucker.
11. Section of the same.
12. An otolith, natural E. on dark ground.
13, 14. View of both surfaces of an otolith, much enlarged,
15. The funnel cut open.
i, the infundibular valve.

gA E dS
ue Ez
5° gp

SEPIOTEUTHIS,

E

/LINEATA,

SEPIOTEUTHIS. BILINEATA

M PARA del

4

Hurros.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 161

Art. VII.—Notes on some New Zealand Land Shells, with Descriptions of

new Species, By Professor F. W. Hurrox. |

a before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 7th June, 1883.]
Plates IX.-XI.

I nave divided this paper into two portions, the first containing descriptions
of the animals and dentition of species that have already been described,
the second containing descriptions of new species. In the first part I have
arranged the species according to the Manual of New Zealand Mollusca
(1880), and under the same names as there given, although the dentition
proves in many cases that this arrangement is quite wrong. I hope shortly
to offer a paper containing a new and more natural grouping of all our Land

. Mollusca.

A. Old Species.

Paruna PrLULA, Reeve (= iota, Pf). Pl. ix, fig. K., and pl. xi., fig. m.

Jaw arcuate, with about 35 flat ribs, which indent the concave but
not the convex margin.

Dentition, 27-1-27, varying from 25 to 29. Laterals from 13 to 15.

Central tooth small, narrower in front than behind, longer than broad,
the reflexed portion constricted at the sides, covering about half the base,
with a rather large acute point. First lateral like the central but larger;
the other laterals with a deep notch on the outer side of the reflexed portion,
the cutting point increasing in length outwards. Marginals broader than
long, the inner with a cutting point and a denticle on each side of it; the
outer serrated, one of the inner points longer than the others.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

PATULA DIMORPHA, Pfeiffer. PI. ix., fig. v.

Jaw slender, slightly arcuated, with about 85 flat ribs which indent
both surfaces.

Dentition, 35-1-35, with 18 laterals in a large specimen. In smaller
specimens the number of teeth is sometimes as few as 22 with 10
laterals.

Central tooth with the base narrower in front, longer than broad; reflexed
portion narrow, two-thirds the length of the base, with a minute lateral
cusp on each side, the point moderate. Laterals with the inner side of the
reflexed portion sinuated, outer side with a short, broad, emarginate process,
the cutting points longer than on the central tooth. Marginals at first
longer than broad, but near the exterior broader than long; the inner with
a bidentate point; the outer also with a bidentate point, and one or two
smaller ones outside it.

Hab, Auckland (T. F, Cheeseman).

162 Transactions. —Zoology.

PATULA CELINDE, Gray. PI. ix., fig. o, and pl. xi., fig. v.

Jaw slightly arcuate, with flat ribs; very delicate.

Dentition, 18-1-18. Laterals aa 5.

Central tooth rectangular, as broad as long; the reflexed portion tri-
cuspid, extending over half the base, with a large, clavate, median cusp
extending quite to the posterior margin, and with a rather large cutting
point. Laterals like the central tooth. Inner marginals with an oblique
reflexed portion carrying a long point at the end, the outer side indented
and with a minute point. Outer marginals broader than long, with two
points ; at first the inner point is much the larger, but near the outer edge
both points get equal.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

The shell has distant membranaceous plaits which are produced at the
periphery into triangular processes.

ParuLa coma, Gray. PI. ix., fig. o, and pl. xi., fig. x.

Animal small, mantle rather posterior, the tail not produced behind the
shell ; eye-peduncles large, clavate, approximated at their bases; the
tentacles short. Yellowish-white, eye-peduncles and a stripe down each side
of the head dark purple.

Jaw finely striated, arcuated, not tapering, with a slight median
projection.

Dentition, 18-1-13 ; varying from 12 to 15. Laterals 4 or 5.

Central tooth with the base broader than, or as broad as, long; the
reflexed portion slightly contracted near the attachment, and tricuspid ; the
median cusp with a long point reaching beyond the posterior margin of the
base. Lateral teeth similar to the central, but with a longer base, and a
shorter reflexed portion. Marginals with a tridentate cutting point, which —
is bidentate on the penultimate and absent on the minute outer tooth.

Hab. Ihave examined the radulas of seven individuals—five sent by
Mr. Cheeseman from Auckland, and two by Mr. Helms from Greymouth.
The living animal was sent by Mr. Helms.

In the shell the interstices between the ribs are finely striated with
growth-lines. i

Parura tucetta, Hutton (=coma, Pfeiffer, not of Gray). Pl. xi., fig. a.

Animal like P. coma, but white ; the peduncles purplish, and a band on
each side of the head slightly speckled with purple.

Jaw smooth, membranous, slightly tapering to-each end.

Dentition, 14-1-14. Laterals 6

Central tooth rectangular, as long as broad; the reflexed portion less
than half the base, tricuspid ; the middle cusp with its point reaching to

the posterior margin. Laterals about 6, the inner with the side-cusps

Hurton.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 163

equal, and the middle cusp with a large point projecting beyond the pos-
terior margin; in the outer laterals the inner cusp becomes obsolete.
Marginals broader than long, with three points; the last without points,
and the penultimate with only two points.

Hab. Hawke’s Bay (W. Colenso).

The shell in this species differs from that of P. coma in having the ribs
nearer together and the spire more elevated.

PaTuLA BUCCINELLA, Reeve (= gamma, Pf.). PI. ix., fig. p.

Jaw finely striated, with a slight median projection.

Dentition, 10-1-10. Laterals 8 or 4.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad ; the reflexed portion less
than half the length of the base, tricuspid, the middle cusp with a short
cutting point. The first three laterals like the central tooth, but the
reflexed portion longer and the cutting point reaching the posterior
margin of the base. Marginals broad, the inner ones with a bidentate
cutting point at the inner corner; the last tooth minute, without any
cutting point.

Hab. I have examined the dentition of three individuals from Auck-
land, and found it alike in all.

The shell in this species is broadly umbilicated, but the umbilicus varies
a good deal; the spire is flat and the interstices between the ribs finely
striated with growth-lines.

PATULA ANGUICULUS, Reeve (= theta, Pf.)? Pl. ix., fig. E.

Animal like that of coma ; darkish-grey, the foot white with a grey patch
on the back behind the shell.

Jaw membranous, very delicate.

Dentition, 11-1-11. Laterals 5.

Central tooth rectangular, the base as broad as long; the reflexed por-
tion, tricuspid, the median cusp covering about two-thirds of the base and
swollen at the end. The first two laterals are like the central tooth, but
more elongated, and the median cusp reaching nearly to the posterior
margin of the base: the outer laterals have a small cutting point on each of
the side-cusps. Inner marginals with three points; outer marginals very
broad and with 4 or 5 points.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

As I do not feel sure about the identification of this species I give a
description of the shell.

Shell very broadly umbilicated, the spire almost flat: whorls 44, with
nearly straight ribs, about 80 or 85 in the tenth of an inch, the interstices
finely reticulated : aperture sub-vertical, lunately sub-circular, Colour dark
reddish-brown, banded with horny. Greatest diameter ‘1; least ‘07.

164 Transactions.— Zoology.

ParuLa Ina, Gray (ide). Pl. ix., fig. v.

Animal with the body rather short and narrow; mantle sub-central,
rather anterior, slightly reflected over the peristome of the shell; foot
narrow, extending behind the shell, the tail truncated and furnished with a
mucous gland: no locomotive disc. Eye-peduncles very long, cylindrical,
approximated at their bases; tentacles long. Colour pale olive-brown
spotted with dark brown; a longitudinal dark brown line runs round the
side of the foot, below which it is edged with alternate, transverse, bars of
brown and pale olive-brown.

Jaw, with about 80 flat ribs, each transversely striated.

Dentition, 22-1-22. Laterals about 8.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad; the reflexed portion tri-
cuspid, extending over a third of the base, the median cusp long and
straight, but not reaching the posterior margin, the cutting point rather
large, projecting beyond the margin; the side-cusps constricted on the
outer side. Laterals like the central, but rather oblique, the outer side-
cusps being larger than the inner. Inner marginals with a single bidentate
cutting point; outer marginals broader than long, with several cutting points.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

PATULA CORNICULUM, Reeve (= eta, Pf.). Pl. ix., fig. r.

Animal like coma, but the eye-peduncles smaller and not clavate.
White, slightly speckled with grey above; peduncles purplish.

Jaw finely striated.

Dentition, 14-1-14. Laterals 4 or 5.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad; the reflexed portion about
half the length of the base, tricuspid, the middle cusp long, extending to
the posterior margin and armed with a small point. Laterals like the
central tooth, but the middle cusp more clavate. Inner marginals with
one, and outer with three acute points. .

Hab. Eyreton, North Canterbury (C. Chilton).

In the shell the interstices between the ribs are finely reticulated.

ParuLa INFECTA, Reeve (= zeta, Pf.). Pl. ix., fig. n.

Animal like coma. White, eye-peduncles and a stripe on each side of
the head greyish.

Jaw finely striated.

Dentition, 15-1-15. Laterals 3.

Central tooth rectangular, broader than long; the reflexed portion
tricuspid ; the side-cusps constricted on the outer side; middle cusp reach-
ing to the posterior margin and the cutting point projecting beyond. First
lateral like the central ; the others smaller, bicuspid, the inner cusp small,
the outer long, narrow, and with a small point. Marginals tridentate, the
denticles nearly equal in size,

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 165

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

The surface of the shell between the ribs is finely reticulated.

PATULA IGNIFLUA, Reeve (—lambda, Pf.). Pl. x., fig. n.

Animal with the mantle sub-central, slightly reflected over the peristome
of the shell : tail pointed, with a caudal mucous gland, but no papilla ; eye-
peduncles approximated at their bases. White, with clusters of brown
spots and an interrupted brown line round the sides, below which the
margin of the foot is striped with brown and white transverse bands; a
streak on each side of the head black; sole of the foot mottled with brown,
arranged in irregular transverse bands, which slope backwards and form an
obtuse angle in the centre.

Hab. Rangitira Bush, Temuka (C. Chilton).

For the jaw and dentition of this species see Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv.,
p. 161. :
= Parva tarimina, Hutton. Pl. ix., fig. c

Animal like coma; colour white; info; tentacles, and a stripe
down each side of the pe purplish black.

Hab, Rangitira Bush, Temuka (C. Chilton).

For the jaw and dentition of this species see Trans., N.Z. Inst., xiv.,
p. 150 (P. coma).

PATULA PORTIA. Gray. Pl, ix., fi

Jaw arched, not tapering, with about 34 flat ribs, or plates.

Dentition, 24-1-24. Laterals about 9.

Central tooth rather wedge-shaped, broader behind, longer than broad ;
the reflexed portion triangular, slightly constricted, not covering half the
base, the point small; laterals rather oblique, broader than the central, the
reflexed portion bicuspid with a long point on the inner cusp. They pass
gradually into the marginals which are rather broader than long, with a
long cutting point, and a small one on each side of it.

Hab, Auckland (Cheeseman).

PATULA VENULATA, Pfeiffer. Pl. xi., fig. v.

Jaw arched, with about 10 flat ribs in the centre ; the ends striated.

Dentition, 17-1-17. Laterals 6

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad; the reflexed portion
tricuspid, the lateral cusps small and constricted on the outer side ; central
cusp reaching nearly three quarters of the length of the base, the cutting
point large. Laterals like the central, but broader, and the lateral cusps
with points, of which the inner is the larger. The cusps get smaller, and
the inner cutting point gets larger until the inner marginals have two,
nearly equal, points and a small outside point. The outer marginals have
the two points coalesced into a single bidentate point; while the outer point

gets larger. The 17th marginal has only two small points.

166 Transactions.—Zoology.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

GERONTIA PANTHERINA, Hutton. PI. ix., fig. 1., and pl. xi., fig. R.

Jaw slightly arcuated, smooth, striated.

Dentition, 24-1-24. Laterals 8 or 9.

Central tooth rectangular, rather broader than long; the reflexed por-
| tion tricuspid, extending over half the base, the median cusp reaching the
posterior margin; all the cusps with moderate cutting points. Laterals
tricuspid, the outer side-cusps larger than the inner; each with a point.
Outer laterals, or inner marginals, bicuspid, the outer cusp smaller ; inner
margin of the inner cusp emarginate and with a cutting point; a large
acute cutting point at the end. Outer marginals longer than broad, with
a broad bidentate point; the last without any point.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

The shell in this species is like macrocyclis, but the teeth are very
different.

MicroPHysA (?) rumita, Hutton. Pl. ix., fig. a.

Jaw, none seen.

Dentition, 13-1-18. Laterals (?).

Central tooth longer than broad; the reflexed portion tricuspid, the
middle cusp longer and with a sharp point. Laterals bicuspid, the two
cusps separated, each with a point; the inner cusp larger. Marginals
apparently like the laterals, but they are too minute to be made out dis-
tinctly by me.

Hab. Christchurch (J. F. Armstrong).

STrOBILA LEIODA, Hutton. Pl. ix., fig. P.

Jaw, none seen.

Dentition, 12-1-12. Laterals 4

Central tooth rectangular, as broad as long ; the reflexed portion small,
tricuspid; middle cusp not reaching the posterior margin. Laterals larger,
longer than broad, tricuspid, the middle cusp elongated, clavate, reaching
the posterior margin. Marginals broader than long, the three inner with
three minute points, the five outer without points.

Hab, Greymouth (R. Helms).

VITRINA DIMIDIATA, Pfeiffer. Pl. ix., fig. v, and pl. xi., fig. o.

Animal, in spirit, is very much larger than the shell ; the mantle appears
to be sub-central, or anterior, and is broadly expanded over the shell, leaving
a central opening only, but not divided into lobes ; there is no locomotive
disc to the foot; the tail is pointed and without any appearance of a mucous
gland.
Jaw slightly arched, strongly ribbed with about fifteen rounded ribs in
. the centre; striated towards the extremities.

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 167

Dentition, 26-1-26. Laterals about 10.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad ; the reflexed portion tri-
cuspid, short, but with a long middle cusp reaching nearly to the posterior
margin, and with a short point. The first six laterals are like the central
tooth, the seventh to ninth with the reflexed portion rather longer, and the
inner side-cusps obsolete. Marginals broader than long, tridentate; the
inner with the middle point longer than the others; the outer with the
three points nearly equal. |

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

HELIX crEENWOODI, Gray. Pl. x., fig. P.

Jaw none.

Dentition, 10-0-10 ; varying from 9 to 11.

Transverse rows of teeth forming an acute angle. Teeth robust, all
aculeate, smooth, increasing from the centre to the ninth, which is the
largest; the tenth much smaller; the eleventh very minute or absent.

Hab. Auckland (Cheeseman).

Rayripa AvusTRALIS, Hutton. Pl. x., fig. s.

Jaw, none.

Dentition, 16-0-16.

Transverse rows of teeth forming an acute angle. Teeth slender, all
aculeate, smooth, increasing from the centre to the fourteenth, which is the
largest; fifteenth small; sixteenth still smaller, but present in both the
individuals that I have examined.

Hab. Stewart Island (T. Kirk).

Rayripa cirrina, Hutton. Pl. x., fig. R.

Jaw, none.

Dentition, 17-0-17.

Transverse rows of teeth forming an acute angle. Teeth slender, all
aculeate, smooth, increasing in size from the centre to the fifteenth, which
is the largest; sixteenth nearly as large as the fifteenth ; seventeenth much
smaller.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

Raytipa PATULA, Hutton. Pl. x., fig. Q.

Jaw, none.

Dentition, 18-0—18.

Transverse rows of teeth forming an acute angle. Teeth robust, all
aculeate, increasing from the centre up to the seventeenth, which is the
largest ; eighteenth very small. All the teeth smooth, except the seven-
teenth, which has an angular ridge running down the outer side.

Hab, Greymouth (R. Helms).

In specimens from Balclutha the dentition is 14-0-14.

168 Transactions.—Zoology.

PurIxGNATHUS MARGINATUS, Hutton. Pl. ix., fig. s.

Jaw arcuate, not tapering, papillate, with about 28 broad ribs.

Dentition, 85-1-85. Teeth very minute.

Central tooth unicuspid, longer than broad; the reflexed portion
minute. Laterals bicuspid ; the cusps rather remote, and the reflexed
portion small. Marginals apparently the same as the laterals, but too
minute to make out clearly.

flab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

Helix REGULARIS, Pfeiffer. Pl. xi., fig. D.

Jaw arcuate, not tapering, papillate, with about 23 broad rounded
ribs.

Dentition, 27-1-27. Laterals 18 or 20.

Central tooth rectangular, the length nearly three times the breadth;
the reflexed portion covering only a third of the base, hollowed on each
side. Laterals oblique ; the reflexed portion covering a third of the base,
bicuspid, the cusps close together; the inner cusp the larger and carrying
the larger cutting point, which is long and pointed. Marginals quadran-
gular, broader than long, with several very minute cutting points.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

The shell is covered with a thin epidermis which is often ciliated round
the keel of the last whorl.

Heux pacitosticta, Pfeiffer.

Jaw arched, not tapering, of 21 imbricating plates covered thickly with
papille. : ;

Dentition, 23-1-23. All the teeth longer than broad and the reflexed
portion very short. Central tooth unieuspid; laterals and marginals
rather oblique, bicuspid, with small points.

Her coneLLA, Pfeiffer.

Jaw not seen.

Dentition, 88-1-88. As in the last species.

Hex srreULATA, Reeve (= alpha, Pf). Pl. xi., figs. 8. and 1.

Animal like P. coma ; mantle subcentral, slightly reflected over the peri-
stome ; eye-peduncles long and cylindrical; tail short, pointed, and without
any mucous gland. Colour pale brown, with a broad slate-blue band on
each side of the head, including the peduncles.

Jaw slightly arched, not tapering, smooth, slightly longitudinally
striated ; the anterior edge concave with a jagged margin.

Dentition, 12-1-12. Laterals 8 or 4,

Central tooth rectangular, as broad as long ; the reflexed portion tri-
cuspid, the middle cusp reaching two-thirds of the length. Laterals
tricuspid, the side-cusps constricted on their outer sides, the middle cusp

Les

B 28

TRANS.NZINSTITUTE VOL XVLPLIX.
MM

sen eer

C

JE
8 9 10

(B^ è- Ge du-
Ho Gio e E

H1 a E
CZ M e
Tet e
o oak (2:

V

FW Aun, del.

Hurton.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 169

reaching the posterior margin, the cutting point projecting beyond it.
Marginals broader than long; the inner with three cutting points; the
three outer very broad, with two small points at the inner corner.

Hab. Rangitira Bush, Temuka (C. Chilton).

The shell is hairy, but the hairs rub off when the animal is dead.

HELIX ZEALANDLE, Gray. Pl. x., fig. E.

Jaw arcuate, flatly ribbed, the ribs indenting the concave margin.

Dentition, 85-1-85 ; varying from 27 to 40. Laterals about 9 ; varying
from 8 to 10.

Central tooth rectangular, the length more than twice the breadth ; the
reflexed portion half the length of the base, slightly constricted and with a
moderate point. The inner laterals like the central tooth, but broader and
with the outer lobe more marked and notched, the notch getting gradually
less outwards. Inner marginals with a long base and a short reflexed
portion bearing a long oblique cutting point on the inner edge and a small
cusp on the outer; outer marginals irregular, the breadth and length about
equal, with a long oblique cutting point. The laterals pass gradually into the
marginals, and the cutting point is longest in the middle of the marginals.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

Heu antropa, Hombron and Jacquinot, Pl. x., fig. F.

Animal with the foot narrow, produced behind the shell; a caudal
papilla and a mucous gland below it. Mantle subcentral, slightly reflected
over the peristome of the shell. Colour pale grey, the anterior portion
darker ; peduncles and a line down each side of the head dark blue-black ;
mantle pale grey with dead white spots.

Jaw like that of zealandia.

Dentition, 85-1-85 ; varying from 81 to 36. Laterals about 12.

Central tooth rectangular, its length more than twice its breadth; the
reflexed portion about half as long as the base, slightly constricted at about
a third of its length, the point moderate. The first five or six laterals like
the central tooth; the others oblique, with a large cutting point on the
inner edge of the reflexed portion, and a small exterior cusp. Marginals
with a small irregular base, and a long oblique cutting point, increasing in
length to about the middle of the marginals and then decreasing.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

The shell varies very much in colour, sometimes being painted with
alternating oblique narrow bands of yellowish white and rufous, some-
times almost entirely rufous, or pale brown.

TuaLassia (?) propinqua, Hutton. PI. x., fig. c, and pl. xi., fig. v.

Jaw arcuate, not tapering, with about 22 flat ribs, which slightly indent
the concave

Dentition, 81-1-31. Laterals 12.

170 ‘Transactions = oology.

Central tooth rectangular, the length more than twice the breadth ; the
reflexed portion triangular, slightly sinuated on the sides, about half the
length of the base and with a moderate point. Inner laterals like the
central tooth, but more deeply sinuated on the inner side; outer laterals
bicuspid, the inner cusp larger and with a long point, the outer cusp with a
small point. Inner marginals with a long acute point, and a small one
inside it; outer marginals with the base as long as broad, and a single long
point. The cutting points increase in size as far as the middle of the
marginals and then decrease.

Hab. Southland (G. M. Thomson).

Herrn xvi, Gray. Pl. ix., fig. a, and pl. xi., fig. 1.

Jaw composed of about 50 separate overlapping plates, the length of
which is four or five times the breadth, the inner edge of one plate
lying in front of the outer edge of the one next it; all the plates transversely
striated. Central plate with a length of three times its breadth, the lower
margin emarginate.

Dentition, 28-1-28. Laterals about 15.

Central tooth rectangular, the length twice the breadth, the reflexed por-
tion not reaching half-way and slightly constricted at the sides, with a
broad cutting point. Laterals with the reflexed portion sinuated on the
inner margin, and an additional small point on the outer side. Inner mar-
ginals with a broad blunt double cutting point, with several small acute
ones outside it; outer marginals with 3 or 4 acute points.

Hab. Auckland (Cheeseman).

Herr GRANUM, Pfeiffer. Pl. ix., fig. L.

Animal elongated, the foot narrow, projecting behind the shell; mantle
subcentral, rather anterior, included ; eye-peduncles long, rather clavate ;
tentacles moderate. Colour white, finely speckled with dark grey above, in
front of the shell, and on the head, eye-peduncles, and tentacles ; edges and
sole of the foot often with white streaks.

Jaw like that of P. pilula.

Dentition, 27-1-27. Laterals about 14.

Central tooth wedge-shaped, broader behind ; the reflexed portion short
with a small cusp on each side. Laterals like the central tooth, but the
reflexed portion oblique, inclined inwards. Marginals with a broad base and
numerous points, of which one near the inner side is longer than the rest.

Hab. Eyreton, N. Canterbury (C. Chilton).

PARYPHANTA PHLOGOPHORA, Pfeiffer. PI. ix., fig. z, and pl. xi., fig. P.

Animal with the mantle subcentral, slightly reflected over the peristome
of the shell, the margin entire ; eye-peduncles moderato, thick, the tentacles
short; tail depressed, rounded, with a mucous gland. Colour slate grey,
the sole and sides of the foot orange.

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 171

Jaw arched, thick, tapering towards the ends, smooth, without ribs, the
concave margin jagged.

Dentition, 21-1-21. Laterals 8.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad; the reflexed portion
triangular, sinuated on each side, two-thirds the length of the base and
with a large cutting point. First lateral like the central tooth but larger,
the inner margin straighter and with a minute point; second to fourth
laterals with the base nearly as broad as long, the reflexed portion deeply
sinuated on the inner, less so on the outer side, a small point on the inner
side: in the sixth to eighth laterals the inner side is less sinuated and the
point becomes larger. Marginals broader than long, with three points of
which the middle is the longest; in the outer marginals the two inner
cutting points are equal and united.

H Oxford, N. Canterbury (C. Chilton).

AMPHIDOXA CORNEA, Hutton. PI. x., fig. a.

Jaw thin, slightly arcuate, smooth, faintly striated. i

Dentition, 22-1-22. Laterals 8.

Teeth like those of P. phlogophora except the outer marginals in which
the cutting points are more irregular and altogether absent in the last,
which is minute.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

Animal dark slate grey, sole of the foot dirty yellowish ; mantle
mottled with grey. Mantle central, slightly reflected over the peristome ;
tail pointed, with a mucous slit.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

ÅMPHIDOXA costuLata, Hutton. Pl. x., fig. D.

Jaw, none seen.

Dentition, 14-1-14. Laterals 5 or 6.

Central tooth rectangular, almost as broad as long ; the reflexed portion
minute, tricuspid ; the middle cusp reaching about half the length of the
base. Laterals like the central tooth, but the middle cusp reaching the
posterior margin. Marginals broader than long, tridentate ; in the inner
marginals the outer point is very small, and the two inner are united.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

PARYPHANTA CHIRON, Gray. Pl. x., fig. B.

Jaw, none seen.

Dentition, 17-1-17. Laterals 7.

"Teeth like those of P. phlogophora.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

ParyPHANTA OREBRIFLAMMIS, Pfeiffer. PI. xi., fig. c.

Jaw very delicate, membranaceous, smooth.

172 Transactions.—Zoology.

Dentition, 18-1-18. Laterals 7.

Central tooth rectangular, as broad as long; the reflexed portion
tricuspid, the middle cusp reaching a half and the side-cusps a third of
the length of the base. Inner laterals rather longer than broad, tricuspid,
the reflexed portion constricted at the sides, the middle cusp reaching
almost to the posterior margin, and with a small point: outer laterals
with the inner side of the reflexed portion hollowed out; the outer side
with a small constricted cusp, middle cusp with a large point. Inner
marginals tridentate, the inner and middle points larger; outer marginals
much broader than long, with a single dentate point, which gets smaller
outwards and disappears altogether on the two last.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

PARYPHANTA JEFFREYSIANA, Pfeiffer. Pl. xi., fig. F.

Jaw, none. Dentition, 9-0-9.

Transverse rows of teeth forming an obtuse angle. Teeth robust, all
acyleate, smooth, the points rounded ; increasing in size from the first to
the fifth and then decreasing. The first about equal to the ninth; the
third equal to the eighth.

Hab, Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman),

PArYPHANTA CORESIA, Gray. Pl. xi., fig. £.

Jaw, none. Dentition, 9-0-9.

Transverse rows of teeth forming an obtuse angle. Teeth rather robust,
all aculeate, smooth, the points rounded ; increasing in size from the first
to the fourth and then decreasing. The third as large as the fifth.

Hab. Auckland (Cheeseman).

The teeth are more slender than in jeffreysiana.

Nanna marte, Gray. Pl. ix., fig. n.

Jaw arcuate, not tapering, papillate, with about 33 flat ribs.

Dentition, 47-1-47, without distinction between laterals and marginals.

Central tooth rectangular, the length three and a half times the breadth ;
the reflexed portion less than half the base, constricted at the sides and with
a moderate point. Laterals larger than the central tooth; the reflexed
portion minute, not more than a quarter of the base, bicuspid, the inner
cusp with a long, the outer with a small point. Towards the margin the
teeth get smaller and the points nearly equal. The two outer are minute
and without points.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman),

Puacussa HELMSI, Hutton. PI. x., fig. 1, and pl. xi., fig. w.

Jaw arcuate, not tapering, with 20 or 25 flat ribs which indent the con-
cave margin.

Dentition, 28-1-28 ; varying from 26 to 30. Laterals 11 or 12.

Huvurroxs.—On New Zealand Land Shells, 178

Central tooth rather wedge-shaped, broader behind, the length nearly
twice the breadth ; the reflexed portion triangular, slightly sinuated at the
sides, less than half the length of the base, with a moderate point. Laterals ©
with the base rhomboidal; the inner with the reflexed portion half the
length of the base, bicuspid, the inner cusp large with a moderate point,
the outer cusp small without a point; outer laterals with the reflexed por-
tion shorter and unicuspid, the point longer, reaching beyond the posterior
margin of the base. Marginals aculeate, with a strong curved point, which
is most developed in the centre of the marginals.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

This species differs from Zonites in having a ribbed jaw, in which respect
it resembles Zonites (?) lansingi, Bland, from Oregon.

Puacussa FULMINATA, Hutton. Pl. x., fig. 3.

Jaw like that of P. helmsi.

Dentition, 88-1-88. Laterals about 18.

Central tooth rectangular, the length nearly three times the breadth;
the reflexed portion small, about a third of the length, constricted on the
sides, the point small. Laterals bicuspid, the inner cusp much larger:
inner laterals with the inner side emarginate, the cutting point small ; outer
laterals with the reflexed portion more oblique and its inner margin
msi Da cutting point moderate. Marginals aculeate, with a long
curved p

Hab. prati Island (T. Kirk).

JANELLA BITENTACULATA, Quoy. PI. x., fig.

Jaw delicate, smooth, broad, slightly sibs, with a sub-quadrangular
accessory plate proceeding backwards.

Dentition, 255-1-255.

Central tooth with a median cusp on the reflexed portion ; the anterior
margin simple or sinuated.

Hab. Christchurch (R. W. Fereday).

JANELLA MARMOREA, Hutton. Pl. x., fig. n, and pl. xi., fig. x.

Jaw like that of J. bitentaculata.

Dentition, 255-1-255.

Central tooth without a median cusp on the reflexed portion ; Ste
anterior margin emarginate.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

LeproPoma PANNOSA, Hutton. PI. x., fig. v.

Dentition, 3-1-3.

Central tooth longer than broad, constricted in the middle, rounded in
front, and flat behind; anterior margin with five denticles, none on the
basal part of the tooth. First lateral broad, with a very short stalk ;

174 Transactions.— Zoology.

denticles four. Second lateral rhomboidal ; the anterior margin with five
denticles. Third lateral versatile, the base emarginate, the middle con-
stricted, the outer posterior margin with three curved cusps,

Animal. Rostrum emarginate; tentacles short, slightly tapered, and
rounded at the ends; the eyes on slight bulgings at their bases; foot short,
not produced much beyond the operculum ; tail rounded. Body and foot
brown; tentacles and a band on each side of the head purple; rostrum
broadly margined with white, and the tentacles minutely tipped with the
same colour.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

LePropoma CALVA, Hutton.

The operculum and dentition resemble that of L. pannosa.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

REALIA TURRICULATA, Pfeiffer. PI. xi., fig. n.

Dentition, 8-1-8.

Central tooth longer than broad, narrower behind, deeply constricted in
the middle, the recurved margin with five denticles. First lateral oval with
a short, rather broad, stalk, and five denticles. Second lateral oval with
a short narrow stalk and six denticles. Third lateral sub-rhomboidal,
pointed behind and constricted on the outer margin, with four denticles.

Operculum oval, of about three rapidly increasing whorls, the last of
which is rather strongly transversely striated; nucles nearer the centre
than the margin.

Hab. Whangarei (Judge Gillies).

REALIA HOCHSTETTERI, Pfeiffer.

The dentition and operculum are much the same as in the last species,

Hab. Auckland (Judge Gillies).

B. New Species.

PATULA JESSICA, N. 8.
| Shell small, diseoidal, widely umbilieated, ribbed ; colour horny, largely
radiately streaked and clouded with reddish brown, giving a general dark
colour to the shell. Spire flat or slightly convex, apex often pushed in;
whorls 44 to 54, very slowly increasing, rounded, with numerous rather
close ribs, which are strongly sinuated on the upper surface, but straight
and feebler below; ribs about 86 in the tenth of an inch, the interstices
strongly striated with growth-lines, and more or less reticulated with
spirals; suture impressed; umbilicus wide, perspective, showing all the
whorls; aperture nearly vertical, rotundly lunar; peristome thin, flatly
angled above, then regularly arched, the margins at right angles. Greatest
diameter ‘17 ; least :15; length :08 inch.

Hab. Bealey, Canterbury (Dr. v. Haast),

Hurrox.—On New Zealand Land Shells, 175

PATULA BIANCA, N. 8.

Shell minute, discoidal, widely umbilicated, finely ribbed; colour
horny brown banded with darker. Spire flat, or slightly convex; whorls 4,
slowly increasing, rounded, delicately ribbed; ribs about 55 in the tenth of
an inch, the interstices striated; suture impressed; umbilicus broad,
gradated; aperture slightly oblique, rotundly lunar; peristome thin,
regularly arched; greatest diameter ‘1, least :09 inch.

Hab, Greymouth (R. Helms).

This species is allied to P. corniculum, but it is more finely ribbed, and
the colours are different.

PATULA TIMANDRA

Shell small, isa. broadly umbilicated, distantly ribbed; colour
brown, obscurely banded with paler. Spire flat, or slightly convex ; peri-
phery rounded ; suture impressed; whorls 4-5, slowly increasing, rounded,
delicately striated with growth-lines, and with distant ribs, which are
sinuated on the upper surface near the periphery, and straight below ; ribs
about 18 in the tenth of an inch; umbilicus very broad, perspective,
gradated ; aperture slightly oblique, rotundly lunar; peristome simple,
the margins approaching, forming more than three-fourths of a circle.
Greatest diameter ‘12, least ‘10; height :05 inch.

Hab. Auckland (Cheeseman).

PATULA SYLVIA, N. 8.

Shell minute, discoidal, umbilicated, obliquely ribbed: colour very pale
horny with faint thin radiating bands of chestnut on the upper surface.
Spire flat or slightly convex; whorls 5}, very slowly increasing, rounded,
with delicate rather distant ribs which are very oblique on the upper sur-
face, but transverse to the whorls on the lower surface; ribs about 18 in
the tenth of an inch, the interstices rather strongly striated with growth
lines; suture impressed; umbilicus rather wide, gradated; aperture
slightly oblique, rotundly lunar; peristome thin, regularly arched, the
upper margin advancing. Greatest diameter :12; least ‘1; height ‘06
inch.

Hab. Bealey (Dr. v. Haast); ; under logs in the beech forests.

FRUTICICOLA ADRIANA, N. 8.

Shell small, discoidal, narrowly umbilicated, finely ribbed ; colour pale
horny with spots and angular streaks of chestnut. Spire flat; whorls 43,
` slowly increasing, rounded, delicately ribbed; ribs about 50 in the tenth of
an inch, the interstices reticulated; suture impressed; umbilicus narrow,
but open; aperture slightly oblique, rotundly lunar ; peristome thin, regu-
larly arched, the columellar margin slightly reflected. Greatest diameter
16; least ‘14; height -07 inch.

=

176 Transactions,— Zoology.

Hab. Near Christchurch (R. Brown).

ENDODONTA MARINA, N. 8.

Shell conoidal, sub-perforated, striated; colour pale yellowish horn,
sometimes faintly banded with chestnut, and tessellated with the same
colour on the keel. Spire conoidal, rather obtuse; whorls 53, slowly
increasing, rather flattened, the last acutely keeled, delicately but rather
irregularly striated; suture margined; umbilicus covered; aperture vertical,
sub-rhomboidal; peristome thin; columella with a large acute plait ;
parietal plaits two, one on the penultimate whorl near the outer side, the
other on the right lip above the keel. Greatest diameter ‘18, least :11,
height ‘1 inch.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

ENDODONTA NERISSA, n. S.

Shell conoidal, sub-perforated, striated; colour pale yellowish horny
with indistinct bands of chestnut and spots of the same colour on the keel.
Spire flatly conoidal, obtuse; whorls 54, slowly increasing, rather flattened,
the last acutely keeled, delicately and rather distantly striated; suture
margined; umbilicus covered; aperture sub-vertical, sub-rhomboidal;
peristome thin; columella with a large acute plait; parietal plaits six, two
on the penultimate whorl, of which the outer is the larger, one on the right
lip above the keel, and three blunt plaits on the basal lip. Greatest
diameter ‘11, least :1, height *07 inch.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

PmmrxewATHUS CELIA, n.s. H. fatua, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv.,
p. 158 (not of Pfeiffer).

Shell small, depressed, smooth, shining, umbilicated ; colour. horny
with reddish-brown bands. Spire conoidal, depressed ; whorls 54, slowly
increasing, the last obtusely carinated, faintly striated ; the base delicately
spirally striatulated ; suture impressed ; umbilicus narrow, but always well
marked; aperture oblique, sub-rhomboidal; peristome thin, the columel-
lar margin slightly reflected. Greatest diameter ‘15, least ‘12, height
*1 inch.

Animal with the mantle rather anterior, included ; tail acute, without
any mucous gland ; peduncles long, slightly clavate, approximated at their
bases. Colour greyish-brown, the anterior portion of the head darker ;
sometimes a dark transverse band under the shell.

Hab. Dunedin (F. W. H.).

This species differs from H. fatua in size and colour as well as in being
thinner, less conical, and more finely striated. From H. glabriuscula it
differs in having the whorls angled; and from P. conella in the umbilicus
being much broader, and the spire more depressed.

e
(a
ds

>

22
; f:
13

pol

3 FH
¥

di

C

si

31

a

15 19 30

LAND MOLLUSCA OF NEW Z. LLLA

FWiuiion. del

D
TO

Hurtron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 177

PHRIXGNATHUS PHRYNIA, N. 8.

Shell minute, conoidal, umbilicated, the epidermis plicated: colour pale
horny, radiately streaked with rufous. Spire conoidal, acute ; periphery
obtusely angled; suture impressed ; whorls 5, rounded, smooth, the
epidermis rather distantly wrinkled ; umbilieus narrow, open ; aperture
slightly oblique, rotundly lunar; peristome thin, the margins approxi-
mating; the columellar margin scarcely reflected. Greatest diameter ‘1,
least *09; height *09 inch.

Hab. Wanganui (T. W. Kirk).

Very near P. celia, but differs in the plaited epidermis.

PHRIXGNATHUS ARIEL

Shell small, dodi) sid shining, finely ribbed, subperforate ;
colour pale yellowish horny. Spire conoidal, depressed, with 5 slowly
increasing whorls, the last obscurely carinated ; finely striately ribbed, the
base delicately spirally striatulated ; suture impressed; umbilicus covered;
aperture oblique, lunate ; peristome thin, the columellar margin reflected.
Greatest diameter ‘18, least ‘12; height ‘1.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman). A single specimen only.

Distinguished from the other species of the genus by being finely ribbed ;
and from H. pecilosticta by the columella not being thickened, and the suture
not margined. From H. granum it differs in colour, and in having the
umbilicus covered.

Jaw as in P. celia. Dentition, 82-1-82. All the teeth longer than
broad, and the reflexed portion very short. Central tooth unicuspid ;
laterals and marginals bicuspid, all with minute points.

HRIXGNATHUS TITANIA, D. 8.

Shell globosely conoidal, umbilicated, striated ; pale horny irregularly
banded with chestnut. Spire conoidal, rather IRE ; periphery obtusely
carinated ; suture margined ; whorls 5-6, rounded, very finely striated ;
umbilicus broad, perspective; aperture very slightly oblique, subcircular ;
peristome thin, the margins closely converging; columellar margin not
reflected. Greatest diameter ‘14, least ‘12; height «10 inch.

Hab. Dunedin (F. W. H.).

Differs from P. sciadium in the higher spire and the obtuse keel.

PHRIXGNATHUS (?) HAASTH, n. 8.

Shell minute, depressed, smooth, shining, umbilicated; colour horny,
usually with irregular radiating bands of reddish brown and white.
Spire conoidal, depressed; whorls 44, slowly increasing, rounded, the last
subcarinated, obscurely distantly striated; suture impressed; umbilicus
moderate, pervious, showing the penultimate whorl ; aperture subvertical,
lunately subcircular ; peristome thin, arched, the margins not approaching.
Greatest diameter ‘12, least ‘1; height ‘07 inch.

178 Transactions.— Zoology.

Hab. Mount Somers, Canterbury (Dr. von Haast), on limestone
eliffs.

Distinguished by its smooth shining surface and brown and white
bands. Its generic position must remain doubtful until the dentition is
known.

PrEIFFERIA (?) orEssIDA, n.s. PI. ix., fig. x., and pl. xi., fig. n.

Shell turbinate, depressed, thin, translucent, striated, umbilicus covered ;
fulvous horny. Spire convex; whorls 51, slowly increasing, rounded,
shining, finely irregularly striated or plaited: suture impressed: umbilicus
very narrow, covered by the peristome: aperture slightly oblique, lunately
rotund; peristome thin, regularly arched, the columellar margin slightly
hind and reflected over the umbilicus. Greatest diameter ‘48, least
:38; height :33 inch. ;

Hab. Southland (G. M. Thomson).

Jaw arcuate, flatly ribbed, the ribs indenting both margins.

Dentition, 8385-1-35 ; varying from 82 to 87. Laterals about 17.

Central tooth rectangular, twice as long as broad; the reflexed portion
half the length of the base, slightly constricted on each side, and with a
minute cutting point. Laterals with the reflexed portion bicuspid, the
inher cusp carrying a cutting point which gets longer further from the —
centre; outer cusp notched in the middle. Marginals broader than long
with several cutting points; on the inner marginals the two points at the
inner corner are larger than the others; the outer marginals are irregular
and the points disappear altogether,

In this species the shell is seen, under the microscope, to be finely
obliquely reticulated, the crossing strie having diagonal directions. I
formerly mistook it for H. guttula, but in that species the shell is described
as very smooth, with an inconsiderable, sub-marginated suture, and the last
whorl as callous beneath, in all which points it differs from our species.
It is doubtfully referred to the genus Pfeifferia as the animal is not
known.

GERONTIA CORDELIA, N. "

Shell sub-discoidal, PUN umbilieated, striated; colour pale horny,
marbled with reddish brown and covered by a shining yellow epidermis.
Spire convex ; whorls 41, slowly increasing, rounded, with tolerably regular,
rather crowded, and rather coarse strie of old growth-lines; suture im-
pressed; umbilieus broad, conical, showing all the whorls, but not gra-
dated; aperture slightly oblique, sub-circular; peristome thin, right margin
descending, columellar margin rapidly ascending but not vertical, the two
margins not approaching. Greatest diameter :82, least +27; height :18
inch,

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 179

Hab. Titirangi, Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

I place this species in Gerontia from the general appearance of the shell,
but I do not know the animal nor the dentition. It differs from G.
pantherina in being more convex, in the epidermis not being plaited, in
being more coarsely striated, in the right margin descending, in the
aperture being less oblique, and in its colours.

AMPHIDOXA PERDITA, n. s. Pl. xi., figs. o and Q.

Shell thin, shining, pellucid, depressed, umbilicated ; colour pale olive
horny. Spire convex; whorls 33-4, rapidly increasing, rounded, finely
irregularly striated ; suture deeply impressed ; umbilicus narrow, pervious ;
aperture oblique, lunately circular ; peristome thin, the right margin joined
closely to the next whorl. Greatest diameter :23, least :2; height :18
inch.

This shell differs from H. chiron in being higher, the umbilicus narrower,
and the right margin of the peristome not advancing. From H. novare it
differs in being striated, in the suture being impressed and the spire convex.
From A. cornea it differs in being umbilicated.

Animal with the mantle central, slightly reflected over the peristome of
the shell; tail pointed, depressed, with a mucous gland. ‘Colour dark
slate-grey, the mantle marbled with black and white ; sole of the foot dirty
yellowish.

Jaw arcuated, narrow, not tapering, smooth, but with 80 or 40 delicate
rounded ribs.

Dentition, 20-1-20. Laterals 6 or 7.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad ; the reflexed portion
covering two-thirds of the base; the sides concave, with a cutting point on
each; the apical cutting point moderate. Laterals like the central; but
the cutting points larger, and the outer margin of the reflexed portion more
excavated. Marginals quadrangular, broader than long, the inner with
three large cutting points; the outer with a single broad dentated cutting
edge ; the last without any cutting edge.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

AMPHIDOXA JACQUENETTA, N. 8, PI. x., fig. c.

Shell perforate, flattened, keeled; colour pale brown. Spire flat, or
very slightly convex; whorls 24, rapidly increasing, very slightly convex,
the last acutely keeled and rounded on the lower surface ; smooth, delicately
. striated with growth-lines, the surface very finely and irregularly diagonally
reticulated, and crossed with faint distant spiral strie ; suture impressed ;
umbilicus very narrow ; aperture (?). Greatest diameter :2, least :12;
height *06 inch.

180 Transactions.— Zoology.

Distinguished by its keeled whorls.

Animal unable to withdraw completely into its shell; the mantle rather
broadly reflected over the margin; eye-peduncles short and stout, separated
at their bases ; orange-yellow, the upper sides thickly marbled with black ;
head between the peduncles bright orange; the peduncles and tentacles
black.

Jaw nearly straight, thin, striated in the centre, and slightly folded
towards the ends.

Dentition, 28-1-28. Laterals about 9.

Central tooth rectangular, rather longer than broad; the reflexed por-
tion tricuspid, the lateral cusps Hollowed on the outer side, median cusp
clavate, reaching nearly or quite to the posterior margin of the base. The
laterals are like the central tooth, but the cutting point on the median cusp
gets larger as they recede from the centre; the outer laterals have a small
point on the inner cusp, and the outer cusp vanishes, Inner marginals
bicuspid, each with a cutting point, the inner of which is the smaller; the
middle marginals have about 5 points, of which the two inner are much
larger; in the outer marginals these two larger points diminish, and at last
all disappear.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

AMPHIDOXA LAVINIA, D. 8

Shell sub-discoidal, umbilicated, ribbed ; colour yellow horny, mottled
with rufous on the upper side. Spire flat; periphery rounded; suture
scarcely impressed ; whorls 84, rapidly vani, rather flattened above,
rounded below; upper surface not shining, evenly and closely ribbed ; ribs
about 18 in the tenth of an inch; lower surface smooth, shining, longi-
tudinally striated, and irregularly spirally striatulated ; umbilicus mode-
rate, showing all the whorls; aperture oblique, rotundly lunar; peristome
thin, the margins approaching; columellar margin not reflected. Greatest
diameter °5, least ‘4; height :25 inch.

Hab. Palmerston, Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

CHAROPA MIRANDA, n.s. Pl. ix., fig. w, and pl. xi., fig. s.

Shell minute, depressed, imperforate, finely ribbed; colour pale horny
tessellated with rufous. Spire flatly conoidal, obtuse; whorls 5-6, rounded,
very slowly increasing ; the first smooth, the second and third with rather
distant, delicate ribs, which get closer and after the third whorl are very
close and fine, about 50 in the tenth of an inch; umbilicus very narrow,
covered ; suture impressed ; aperture subvertical, lunate ; peristome simple,
about three-fourths of a circle, the columellar margin slightly callous and
reflected. Greatest diameter «15, least ‘14; height ‘11 inch,

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 181

Animal. Mantle subcentral; tail truncated, with a mucous gland below
a papilla ; eye-peduncles thick, approximated at their bases. Anterior por-
tion of the animal, including the eye-peduncles and tentacles, pale-purplish,
the peduncles darker ; a narrow white line down the back; foot and the
rest of the body yellowish white. |

Jaw rudimentary ; flatly ribbed, the ribs indenting the concave margin.

Dentition 17-1-17. Laterals 8.

Central tooth rectangular, the base longer than broad; the reflexed
portion tricuspid, the middle cusp covering three-fourths of the base.
Laterals with the reflexed portion larger, reaching the posterior margin of
the base, the inner side slightly indented, the outer with a well-marked
cusp; median cusp with a long point. Marginals broader than long with
four or five points, the inner of which is much longer than the others.

Hab. Greymouth (R. Helms).

Cuaropa PLANULATA, n.8. Pl. ix., fig. 7.

Shell small, depressed, sub-perforated, closely ribbed, rather shining :
colour horny brown, sometimes clouded with rufous. Spire slightly ele-
vated, flatly convex ; whorls 43-5, slowly increasing, rounded, ornamented
with fine, slightly undulating, ribs, about 35 to 40 in the tenth of an inch,
the interstices finely striated with growth-lines; last whorl rounded at the
periphery, but slightly flattened below: suture impressed: umbilicus very
narrow and generally covered over by the reflected columellar lip: aperture
sub-vertical, transversely rotundly lunar ; peristome thin; the right margin
descending, then arched ; columellar margin thickened, rapidly ascending
and slightly reflected; basal margin rather flattened : interior slightly cal-
lous. Greatest diameter ‘15, least ‘12; height ‘6 inch.

Jaw apparently absent.

Dentition, 11-1-11. Laterals 4. One specimen examined had only
9-1-9 teeth.

Central tooth small, rectangular, longer than broad, the reflexed portion
short, tricuspid ; the middle cusp not reaching much more than half the
length of the base. Laterals with the reflexed portion tricuspid and longer
- than that of the central tooth, the middle cusps reaching almost to the
posterior margin of the base; lateral cusps constricted on the outer side.
Marginals tridentate, the outer ones bidentate.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

Cuaropa (?) CASSANDRA, N. 8.

Shell depressed, sub-perforate, closely ribbed: colour pale horny with
longitudinal angulated bands of chestnut. Spire conoidal, depressed, ob-
tuse ; whorls 54, gradually increasing, very finely ribbed; ribs about 20 in
the tenth of an inch; periphery rounded: suture impressed ; umbilicus

182 Transactions.— Zoology.

very narrow, almost covered; aperture rather oblique, rotundly lunate ;
peristome acute, straight, the margins not approaching ; columellar margin
obliquely ascending, slightly reflected and thickened. Diameter -5 inch.

Hab. Napier.

The generic position of this shell is very doubtful, it somewhat resembles
H. igniflua, but differs in its very narrow umbilicus. The only specimens I
have seen were old and rubbed.

THERASIA TAMORA, D. S.

Shell small, conical, umbilicated, with membranous blais! colour horny
brown. Spire conical, rather acute ; ; periphery sub-angled; suture im-
pressed: whorls 5-6, rather flattened, finely striated and with irregular
distant membranous ribs, easily rubbed off: umbilicus narrow, but open :
aperture transversely oval; peristome thin, the margins conver; g.

Greatest diameter :16, least -14; height ‘10 inch.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

Differs from celinda in the open umbilicus, and hn decidua in being
more conical and smaller. I place it with celinda, decidua, and ophelia into
a separate genus called Therasia, having the dentition of Charopa with the
shell of Thalassia,

THERASIA THAISA, n.s. PI. ix., fig. m., and pl. xi., fig. T.

Shell rather solid, depressed, umbilicated, striated ; colour pale brown,
usually irregularly banded and marked with reddish brown. Spire conoidal,
obtuse; whorls 5-54, slowly increasing, rather flattened, more or less
obscurely angled, strongly but irregularly striated : suture impressed: um-
bilicus rather narrow, about one-seventh of the least diameter of the shell :
aperture rather oblique, rotundly lunate; peristome thin, the columellar
margin rapidly ascending and rather reflexed. Greatest diameter ‘4, least
‘85; height :28 inch.

Animal elongated ; the foot long and narrow, riuso beyond the shell,
rounded behind, slightly truncated and with a mucous gland situated under
a caudal papilla. Mantle sub-central, included ; body roughish : peduncles
long, cylindrical, approximated at their bases; tentacles moderate. Top of
the head yellowish white, peduncles, tentacles, and a line down each side of
the head dark grey; a broad longitudinal band of white, with a dark grey
line in the centre, runs along each side, and below this band the foot is
edged with alternate broad grey and narrow white transverse bands.

Jaw arcuate, with flattened ribs which indent the concave margin.

Dentition, 27-1-27; varying from 26 to 28. Laterals about 16.

Central tooth rectangular, longer than broad; the reflexed portion short,
sharply constricted near the base and with a small cutting point. Laterals
with the base oblique, the reflexed portion bicuspid, the inner cusp single,

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells. 183

but constricted near the base and with a point, the outer cusp very oblique,
notched at the end. Marginals broad, rounded at the ends, with numerous
points, the inner one of which is much longer than the rest.

Hab. Waiau, Southland (G. M. Thomson).

This species is, I think, the same as H. ophelia, Reeve, but it is certainly
not the ophelia of Pfeiffer. It is common in limestone districts in the South
Island.

THERASIA VALERIA, n.8. Pl. ix., fig. N. H. hypopolia, Hutton, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., vol. xiv. (1881), p. 151, pl. iii., fig. B, not of Pfeiffer.

Shell globoso-conoidal, depressed, finely ribbed, subperforate ; colour
pale horny, irregularly marked with rufous. Spire conoidal, obtuse ; peri-
phery obtusely angled ; suture scarcely impressed ; whorls 4-5, rather flat-
tened, irregularly finely ribbed both above and below, ribs about 20-25 in
the tenth of an inch; umbilicus very narrow, covered; aperture oblique,
angularly lunate; peristome simple, the margins not converging; colu-
mellar margin reflected.. Greatest diameter ‘25, least ‘2; height ‘15
inch.

Hab. Dunedin (F. W. H.).

| Differs from T. thaisa in the narrow umbilicus, and from 7’, ophelia in
being ribbed. |

TrocHOMORPHA (?) HERMIA, n. $.

Shell conical, depressed, imperforate, striated; colour horny brown,
paler above than below, columella white. Spire conical depressed, obtuse ;
periphery acutely angled; suture slightly gradated or margined; whorls 5,
flattened, closely obliquely rugosely plicated above; smooth and polished
below; both surfaces with rather distant spiral strie; base of the shell
round the umbilical region slightly impressed; aperture very oblique,
angularly lunate; peristome thin, the margins not approaching ; the
columella callous. Greatest diameter ‘7, least *6 ; height *4 inch.

Hab. Manawatu (T. W. Kirk).

The generic position is doubtful.

CycLoTUS CHARMIAN, N.S.

Shell rather thin, depressed, widely umbilicated, spirally striated; colour
pale brown. Spire convex, obtuse ; periphery with an undulating keel ;
suture impressed; whorls 4, rounded, with distant spiral raised strie on
the upper surface, not so well marked on the under surface ; strie about
seven, principal strie on the upper surface, with smaller ones between
them; last whorl rounded at the mouth, keeled further back; umbilicus
wide, not keeled, showing all the whorls ; aperture oblique, circular, the
interior callous; peristome simple, thin, straight, the two margins united
by a thin callus. Greatest diameter *4, least ‘32; height -22 inch.

184 Transactions.—Zoology.

Operculum orbicular, thin, of many slowly increasing whorls ; nucleus
central; horny, covered outside by a thin polished calcareous callus,
thickened round the margin, and with a prominent centre.

Hab. Horokiwi, Wellington.

LEPTOPOMA (?) PALLIDA, n. $.

Shell conical, sub-perforated ; pale brown. Spire acutely conical, the

apex obtusely rounded; whorls 54, rounded, the last rather flattened at
the base, covered with a pale, thin, epidermis, which is rather closely
longitudinally plaited. The first two whorls show delicate oblique growth
ines ; suture impressed ; umbilicus very narrow, usually covered, not
keeled ; aperture slightly oblique, sub-circular; peristome thin, regularly
arched, margins not meeting, columellar margin slightly reflexed. Oper-
culum (?). Height :2; diameter ‘18 inch.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

In the absence of the operculum, the true generic position of this shell
cannot be determined. *

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX.—XI.
PrarE IX.
Helix kivi. Teeth x 470 times.
Placostylus hongi. Teeth x 160.
Patula coma. Teeth x 470.
» buccinella. Teeth x 470.

i
dà
>

PR seh Rome bah
E
Ri
3
8
3
5
x
Ha
3

Gerontia pantherina. Teeth x 470.
Charopa planulata. ‘Teeth x 470.

ozk

S
$
=
$
oe,
H
È
x
E

lac;
d
3
=
3
E
3.
3
5
rj
3
E
x
ES

Patula portia. Teeth x 470.

LI

x 470.
Paryphanta phlogophora. Teeth x 470.

NH eH Adduynnwonw
^i
TE:
S
&
:
a
E
È
5
x
Ha
S

TRANS AZ INSTITUTEVOLXVLPI XL

Vegas PORTE

C
SOS ata
Oy V Fr ws Y
epee y=! vun

= Fe em

gp a E
Y

m 3
DEN Wire

p
my

LAND Moi LUSCA OF NEW ZEALAND,

EKWEutteon, del.

ero

depp

eovozEPRnHERMHBHE

9

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Shells.

T

Amphidoxa cornea. Teeth x 470 times.

Paryphanta chiron. Teeth x 470.

Amphidoza jacquenetta. Teeth x 470.
costulata. Teeth x 470.

Teeth x 280.

marmorea. Teeth x 470.

Testacella vagans. Teeth X 80.
Leptopoma pannosa. Teeth X 470, and operculum.

sie X.
Patula lucetta. Teeth x 470 times.
Helix stipulata. Teeth x 470.
Amphidoza perdita. Teeth x 470.

” jeffreysia siana. "Teeth x 280.
5 crebriflammis. Teeth x 470.
Realia turriculata. Teeth x 280; a, operculum

185

Helix kivi. Jaw ; a, lateral portion ; b, central portion more highly magnified,

Patula coma. Jaw.

Helix stipulata. Jaw.

Patula pilula. Jaw.

Pfeifferia cressida. Jaw.
Vitrina dimidiata. Jaw.
Paryphanta phlogophora. Jaw.
Amphidoxa perdia: Jaw.

Janella marmorea. Jaw.
Patula venulata. Jaw.

186 Transactions.—Zoology.

Puate X.—continued.

Fig. 1. Omphicardelus costellaris. Teeth x 470.
2. ZEolis leptosoma. Teeth x 160,
3. Euthria striata. Teeth x 280.
4, » flavescens. Teeth x 280.
5. Acmea cingulata. Teeth x 160.

Art. VIIL.—Revision of the Land Mollusca of New Zealand.
By Captain F. W. Hutton. i

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 2nd August, 1883.]
In the following pages I have attempted to arrange the New Zealand Land
Mollusca into something like natural groups. Of course any classification
must at present be very imperfect as the animals of a large number of the
species are as yet unknown, but I hope that the present will be found a
useful contribution towards a monograph.

I have to tender my best thanks to several friends, especially Mr. R.
Helms, Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, and Mr. Adams of the Thames, for sending
me specimens either alive or in spirit. I have also to thank Dr. von Haast
for allowing me to examine the collection in the Canterbury Museum ;
Professor T. J. Parker for allowing me to examine the collection in the
Otago University Museum; Dr. Hector for having with great liberality lent
me the whole of the collection in the Colonial Museum, at Wellington; and
Mr. Justice Gillies for sending me from Auckland his private collection for
examination. If it had not been for the assistance I have thus received I
should have found it impossible to identify many of the described species ;
but the ample collections that have passed through my hands from nearly
all parts of New Zealand, have enabled me to determine satisfactorily all
but a very few, as well as to indicate fairly their distribution in the islands.

I have not thought it advisable to dismiss from our list any of the species
ascribed to New Zealand. H. reinga, H. taranaki, and H. rapida are very
probably New Zealand species, although no specimens exist in any of our
collections. Gerontia cordelia, mihi, has, I think, been mistaken for H.
tiara. Hyalina corneo-fulva, Pfeiffer, is certainly H. cellaria. I am not
satisfied with my identification of H. guttula, Pfr., as the shell in the Wel- -
lington Museum exceeds the dimensions given by Pfeiffer, and it can hardly
be called thin, but in other respects it corresponds well with the description,
and with Reeve's figure. Succinea tomentosa is omitted because an examina-
tion of the animal proves it to be a fresh-water species belonging to Amphi-
peplea. Patula varicosa is the only shell I feel very doubtful about. Pfeiffer
says that it was collected by Strange, in which case it probably belongs to

Hurrox.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 187

New Zealand, as 1 have identified nearly all the other of Strange's shells ;
but Reeve says that it was collected by Cuming, in which case the locality
is pretty sure to be incorrect. pori

I have adopted Professor von Martens’ suggestion, that all the specific
names meaning of, or from, New Zealand should be spelt uniformly, and
have taken neozelanicus as the most correct. I have also followed him in
retaining Reeve’s names for those species which Dr. Pfeiffer named after
letters of the Greek alphabet, as these letters are usually employed for
varieties, and not used for species.

I have retained the usual classification, although 1 think that the
Goniognatha do not form a natural section, but that the genera should be
distributed among the Aulocognatha. I incline to the opinion that Phrix-
gnathus, mihi, is near to Punctum, Morse, although the jaws are different ;
and I expect that Carthea, mihi, is allied to Charopa, Albers, although I
do not know the animal.

Tam not aware that the dentition of Endodonta, Charopa, and Amphidoxa
have been previously described. With regard to Endodonta, the only
species whose radula I have examined, E. pecilosticta, is not typical, and
may be wrongly placed. Charopa ida I take to be typical of that genus;
while Amphidoxa was made to include some species belonging to the
Aulocognatha, and others belonging to the Agnatha ; and I have chosen to
associate it with the more numerous group belonging to the first section. I
have seen no description of the dentition of Thalassia, and refer our species
to it provisionally.

The present list comprises 116 species, of which 18 are unknown to me.
There are also 7 species introduced from England. Of the native species,
the dentition of 60 has been described by me either in the present volume, or
in vol. xiv. of the Transactions of the N.Z. Institute; and the animals of 26
species are described either in this volume or in vol. xv. of the same journal.

As regards distribution, our knowledge is imperfect; but, so far as is at
present known, about one half the species are confined to the North Island,
one quarter to the South Island, and one quarter are common to both.
Two of the three species from Stewart Island have been found nowhere
else ; and the single species from Campbell Island is also endemic: but the
four species said to be found in the Auckland Islands are all natives of New
Zealand ; as also appear to be both the species recorded from the Chatham
Islands. The Auckland Islands however possess a peculiar variety.

Outside the New Zealand Islands Vitrina kermadecensis is found in the
Kermadec Islands. Therasia ophelia is found in Northern Australia, and
Paryphanta milligani is Tasmanian. In neither of the two last cases how-
ever have shells from each locality been compared, and the dentition of all

1

188 Transactions. —Z oology.

three is unknown. Amphidoxa rapida, said to come from New Zealand,
occurs in North Australia (with a variety at the Solomon Islands) ; while
Rhagada rienga, and Streptawis taranaki, both doubtfully New Zealand, are
closely allied to species from the same place. Our closest connection thus
appears to be N. Australia, but there is a considerable generic affinity with
the faunas of New Caledonia, Polynesia, and S. America.
Synopsis of the Families.
Sec. GONIOGNATHA.
Jaw of several transverse plates.
Sec. HOLOGNATHA.
Jaw of a single piece. |
Sub-sec. AuLocoenaTHa.
Marginal teeth quadrate,
Fam. Helicida.
Animal heliciform (except Otoconcha), the tail without a mucous gland.
Fam. Charopida.
Animal heliciform, the tail with a mucous gland.
Sub-sec. OXYGNATHA,
Marginal teeth aculeate.
Fam. Vitrinide.
Animal heliciform, no caudal mucous gland.
Fam. Limacide.
Animal limaciform, no caudal mucous gland.
Fam. Zonitide.
Animal heliciform, a caudal mucous gland.
Sec. ELASMOGNATHA.
Jaw with a posterior accessory plate.

Sec. AGNATHA.
No jaw; teeth sli aculeate.
Fam. Streptaxida.

Animal heliciform, no mucous gland.

Fam. Testacellida.

Animal limaciform, no mucous gland.

As Pulmonate Mollusea are now always classified principally by the
structure of the animal and its dentition, it is not easy to make an analytical
key leaving out these important points; but the following remarks may
assist collectors in naming their shells.

1. Species with a few rapidly increasing whorls belong to Otoconcha,
Amphidoxa, Vitrina, Paryphanta, Elea, Rhytida, or Daudebardia.

2. Species with plaits inside the aperture belong to Tornatellina, Stro-
bila, Endodonta, Paxillus, or Diplommatina,

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 189

8. Hairy species. Charopa, Thera, and Thalassia portia.

4. Ribbed species in Pupa, Patula, Thera, Fruticicola, Strobila, Amphi-
doxa, Charopa, Psyra, and Phacussa.

5. Smooth or striated species in Microphysa, Endodonta, Phrix-
gnathus, Omphidoza, Pyrrha, Gerontia, Therasia, Thalassia, Paryphanta,
and Elea. i

6. Surface malleated in RAytida.

7. Trochiform species in Thera, Endodonta, Phrixgnathus, Leptopoma,
Omphalotropis.

` 8. Shell turreted in Realia, Pupa.

9. Shell depressed but keeled in Endodonta, Phrixgnathus, Amphidowxa,
Therasia, Thalassia. ;

10. Discoidal or very depressed species, with rounded periphery in
Patula, Microphysa, Fruticicola, Phrixgnathus, Amphidoxa, Gerontia, Charopa,
Psyra, Phacussa, Paryphanta, Elea.

11. Species with very wide umbilicus in Patula, Phrixgnathus, Gerontia,
Amphidoxa, Charopa, Paryphanta, Elea, Cyclotus.

12. Species with narrow umbilicus in Fruticicola, Stobila, Phrizgnathus,
Amphidoxa, Therasia, Thalassia, Phacussa, Paryphanta, Rhytida.

18. Imperforate or subperforate species in Carthea, Fruticicola, Endo-
donta, Phrixgnathus, Amphidoxa, Psyra, Therasia, Pyrrha, Phacussa, Vitrina,
Trochomorpha, Paryphanta.

14. Species with spiral sculpture in Patula egesta, Charopa ida, Thalas-
sia obnubila, Cyclotus, Cyclophorus, and Omphalotropis.

15. Sinistral species in Parillus and Diplommatina.

Sec. GONIOGNATHA.

Jaw in separate pieces, the median one often triangular : marginal teeth

quadrate, usually broader than long, with several points.
Genus Carthea, Hutton.

Animal heliciform. Jaw formed by many quadrate, overlapping plates,
each higher than broad. Shell conoidly globose, the whorls slowly increas-
ing; imperforate or narrowly perforate; aperture lunate ; peristome
straight, acute, the columellar margin rather reflexed.

C. xrwi, Gray (1848). H. irradiata, Gould (1846).

Closely striated, periphery rounded. White with irregular radiating
purplish streaks. Diameter ‘4. Dentition, 28-1-28.

The animal is unknown.

North Island.—Hokianga ; Bay of Islands (Gould) ; Omaha (T. Kirk) ;
Titirangi (Cheeseman) ; Napier ; Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

Allied to Helix radiaria from the Solomon Islands.

190 Transactions.— Zoology.

Sec. HOLOGNATHA.

Jaw in one piece; teeth arranged in nearly straight transverse rows on
the radula ; central tooth quadrate.

Sub-sec. AULOCOGNATHA.

Marginal teeth quadrate, usually broader than long, and with several
small points.

Fam. Helicida.

Animal heliciform, with an external shell; tail without any mucous
gland.

Sub-fam. Bulimine,
Shell ovoid, conoidal or turreted ; the aperture longer than wide.
Genus Placostylus, Beck.

Shell large, imperforate, rugosely striate; the peristome thick and
expanded, the margins united by a callus,

P. sovinus, Bruguière (1785) [not B. auris-bovina, Reeve, f. 185, which
is B. lessoni, Petit, from New Caledonia]; B. shongii, Lesson (1830); B.
Jibratus, Gray in Dieffenbach's New Zealand, ii., p. 263 [not of Martyn].

Shell solid, oblong conical; fulvous brown, occasionally streaked with
chestnut, the suture of the lower whorls with a white band; interior red-
dish or yellowish-white ; peristome thickened ; apical whorls finely undu-
lately ribbed. Length 8:5 inches. Dentition, 55-1-55.

Var. a.—NEOZELANICUS, Pfeiffer (1861).

Shell ovately oblong ; peristome thinner.

Var. 3.—canpiwus, Crosse (1864).

Columella sub-vertical; peristome very thick, white.

North Island.—Cape Maria and North Cape (Dieffenbach, Gillies) ; Bay
of Islands (Captain Cook, Lesson, Colenso, Gillies, ete.).

The animal has been described by Gould in the Zoology of the United
States Exploring Expedition.

There has been some confusion in the name of this species. It appears
that Captain Cook brought specimens of Placostylus from New Caledonia
and New Zealand, and these were described by Bruguióre as B. bovinus,
from New Caledonia and New Holland. Martyn, about the same time, or
a year before, had described the New Caledonian species as B. fibratus ; and
Ferussae, Lesson, Petit, and Crosse have all decided that our shell should
be called bovinus. :

P. ANTIPODARUM, Gray (1848).

Péristome thin. Shell pale fuscous variegated with dark lines, princi-
pally at the suture, where traces of a white band may also be often seen ;
apical whorls finely ribbed. Length 1 inch,

The animal and dentition are unknown.

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 191

North Island.—North Cape (Wellington Museum); Bream Head and
Manawatu (Gillies); North Shore, Auckland (T. W. Kirk).

I am of opinion that this shell is the young of the last, although P.
bovinus has never been found so far south. But, in deference to the opinion
of Mr. Justice Gillies, I admit it as a distinct species until an examination
of the animal settles the point. :

Genus Tornatellina, Beck.

Shell minute, pellucid, columella truncated ; à spiral ridge on the inner
lip.

T. nEOZELANICA, Pfeiffer (1851).

Shell fulvous horny; variable in shape. Axis ‘18 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Kirk, Gillies).

The animal and dentition are unknown.

Sub-fam. Pupine.

Shell cylindrical or fusiform ; aperture small.

Genus Pupa, Draparnaud.

Shell rimate, closely ribbed: whorls 9-12, not increasing; aperture
sub-circular. Animal with tentacles as well as peduncles.

P. NEOZELANICA, Pfeiffer (1851).

Shell deep fuscous, with yellowish spots; apex rounded. Length
‘18 inch. E

North Island.—Napier (Meinertzhagen); Waimarama (Gillies) ; Horo-
kiwi, Wellington.

Adams considers that this species is a Vertigo, belonging to the sub-
genus Isthmia of Gray. The animal and dentition are unknown.

Sub-fam. Helicine.

Shell globular, turbinate, trochiform, or discoidal.

Genus Patula, Held.

Shell depressed or discoidal, widely umbilicated, ribbed ; whorls 4-6,
slowly increasing; periphery rounded ; aperture rotundly lunate ; peristome
simple, acute. Mantle included. Jaw striated or smooth.

A. Ribs on upper surface straight.

P. coma, Gray (1848); H. tau, Pfeiffer (1861) [not H. coma of Pfeiffer,
nor of Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv., p. 150].

Ribs distant, about 9 in the tenth of an inch. Pale brown, with bands
| of reddish brown. Diameter ‘28 inch. Dentition, 18-1-18.

North Island.—Auckland (Sinclair, Greenwood, Cheeseman); Hawke's
Bay ; Wellington ; Horokiwi, Wellington.

South Island.—Lake Guyon (F.W.H.); Greymouth (Helms); Bealey
(Haast).

Allied to P. consimilis, Pease, from the Society Islands.

192 Transactions.— Zoology.

Its reported occurrence in Tasmania is incorrect.

P. Lucerra, Hutton (1883) ; H. coma, Pfeiffer [not of Gray].

Ribs rather distant, about 15 in the tenth of an inch ; spire convex ;
. periphery obscurely angled. Pale brown, obscurely spotted. Diameter
‘28 inch. Dentition, 14-1-14.

North Island.—Hawke's Bay (Colenso); Wellington (F.W.H. ).

P. vanrcosa, Pfeiffer (1854).

Umbilicus moderate ; spire slightly elevated, finely striated and “ vari-
cosely angled with distant ribs." Fuscous. Diameter ‘14 inch.

New Zealand (Strange or Cuming) |

I have not been able to make this species out.

P. succmeLLA, Reeve (1852); P. gamma, Pfeiffer (1851).

Ribs close, about 80 in the tenth of an inch; spire flat. Pale brown,
banded or clouded with dark brown. Diameter :14 inch. Dentition,
10-1-10.

North Island.—Auckland Boes n Gillies) ; Polen, near Napier.

South Island. —Dunedin (F.W

P. cornicuLum, Reeve (1852); = 3 Mi, Pfeiffer (1851); not H. corniculum,
Hombron and Jacquinot (1854).

- Ribs very close, about 40 in the tenth of an inch. White, silky. Dia-
meter ‘14 inch. Dentition, 14-1-14.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies) ; Petane, near N apier.

South Island.—Oxford and Christchurch (Chilton),

P. BIANcA, Hutton (1883).

Minute. Ribs very close, about 55 in the tenth of an inch. Horny
brown, banded with darker. Diameter +1 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman) ; Horokiwi, Wellington.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms) ; Bealey (Haast).

P. ANGUICULA, Reeve (1852) ; H. theta, Pfeiffer.

Ribs close, about 88 in the tenth of an inch; aperture subcircular.
Dark brownish with rufous streaks. Diameter -10 inch. Dentition, 11-1-11.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman).

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms); Oxford (Chilton).

Auckland Islands (H. Krone),

B. Ribs on upper surface sinuated.

P. rimanpra, Hutton (1883).

Ribs distant, about 18 in the tenth of an dk Brown, obscurely
banded with paler. Diameter :12 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies) ; Horokiwi, Wellington.

P. sessica, Hutton (1883).

Ribs close, about 35 in the tenth of an inch. Dark reddish brown,
marked with horny. Diameter ‘17 inch.

Hurrox.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 198

South Island.—Bealey (Haast).

C. Ribs on upper surface arcuated.

P. raPIRINA, Hutton (1882); P. coma, Trans..N.Z. Inst., xiv., p. 150;
not of Gray.

Ribs about 18 in the tenth of an inch. Horny brown, obscurely banded
with reddish. Diameter ‘19 inch. Dentition, 18-1-18. Spire usually
convex, but sometimes concave.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies); Hawke’s Bay (Meinertz-
hagen); Masterton and Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms); Temuka (Chilton); Dunedin and
Queenstown (F.W.H.).

P. syLvia, Hutton (1888).

Ribs distant, about 18 in the tenth of an inch; pale horny with thin
bands of chestnut on the upper suface. Diameter :12 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Gillies); Horokiwi, Wellington.

South Island.—Bealey (Haast).

Smaller, paler, and with narrower whorls than the last species.

P. recta, Reeve (1852); H. zeta, Pfeiffer (1851).

Ribs about 28 in the tenth of an inch. Pale horny, banded and tessel-
lated with rufous. Diameter :14 inch. Dentition, 15-1-15.

North Island, —Petane, near Napier.

South Island, —Greymouth (Helms) ; Oxford (Chilton) ; Bealey (Haast).

P. BIconcava, Pfeiffer (1851).

Spire deeply concave ; aperture higher than broad; ribs about 32 in
the tenth of an inch. Diameter :17 inch. Animal and dentition unknown.

North Island.—Thames, Auckland (Adams), a single specimen.

D. With spiral grooves.

P. ecEsTA, Gray (1849).

Strongly spirally grooved, and with distant, irregular ribs. Reddish
brown, sometimes mottled with yellowish. Diameter :17 inch.

The animal and dentition are unknown.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman, Gillies).

Genus Thera, Hutton.

Animal and jaw as in Patula. Shell conical, high, perforate, hairy ;
periphery angled.

T. sripuLaTa, Reeve (1852); H. alpha, Pfeiffer (1851); H. eren,
Reeve (1852) ; H. beta, Pfeiffer (1851).

Ribs distant, about 14 in the tenth of an inch, and striated iki
apex obtuse; umbilicus moderate. Yellowish brown, often marked with
darker. Diameter -14; height -16 inch. Dentition, 12-1-12,

North Island.—Petane, near Napier,

18

194 Transactions.— Zoology.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms); Temuka (Chilton); Dunedin and
Queenstown (F.W.H.).

»Genus Rhagada, Albers.

Shell imperforate, or sub-perforate, globose, striated ; whorls 41-53, the
last slightly descending in front; aperture very oblique; peristome lipped
within, somewhat expanded.

R. renca, Gray (1843).

Shell perforated, the perforation covered. Whitish, with a chestnut
band, and many orange-coloured lines. Diameter :59 inch.

North Island.—North Cape (Dr. Dieffenbach ?).

I have not seen this species: it is closely related to H. dringi from N.
Australia.

Genus Fruticicola, Held.

Animal like Patula. Jaw with broad flat ribs. Shell narrowly umbili-
cated, depreasly globose; periphery rounded; whorls 5-7, rather convex,
ribbed ; aperture broadly lunate; peristome acute, its columellar margin
reflected.

F. rura, Reeve (1852); H. iota, Pfeiffer (1851).

. Spire convex; closely ribbed, ribs about 17 in the tenth of an inch;
umbilicus open. Pale horny variegated with reddish-brown. Diameter
*29. Dentition, 27-1-27.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies); Napier (Meinertzhagen);
Wanganui and Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

Var. anaxuu, Pfeiffer (1857).

Spire conoidal, the ribs finer and closer, and the umbilicus narrower.

South Island.—Eyreton, N. Canterbury (Chilton).

The shell is very like that of Phacussa ; but it is greyer, slightly thicker,
and with stouter ribbing.

F. cnorpara, Pfeiffer (1861).

Spire conoidal, closely ribbed ; umbilicus covered. Diameter ‘15 inch.

New Zealand (Hochstetter).

I have not seen this species, unless it is the same as F. granum.

Genus Microphysa, Albers.

Animal as in Patula. Jaw with numerous broad flat ribs. Shell
umbilicated, depressed, thin, delicately striate, scarcely shining; whorls
4-5, gradually increasing ; aperture roundly lunate; peristome thin,
simple.

M. caput-spinuLm, Reeve (1852) ; H. epsilon, Pfeiffer (1851).

Pale horny; umbilicus rather narrow; whorls 84, membranous ribs
about 30 in the tenth of an inch. Diameter ‘07 inch.

North Island,—Auckland (Cheeseman) ; Horokiwi, Wellington,

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 195

M. puma, Hutton (1882).

Brownish horny ; umbilicus moderate; whorls 4, membranous ribs
about 25 in the tenth of an inch. Diameter ‘07 inch. Dentition, 18-1-18.

South Island.—Christchurch (J. F. Armstrong) ; Eyreton, N. Canterbury
(Chilton).

M. campseLtLIcA, Filhol (1880).

Shell minutely perforated, sub-globose, depressed, uniformly horny;
above with erisped ribs, below finely striated. Whorls 44, rather convex,
regularly increasing; suture deeply impressed; aperture rounded ; peri-
stome simple, acute, straight; columellar margin slightly reflected. Dia-
meter ‘12 ; height ‘08 inch.

Campbell Island. —(Dr. H. Filhol).

I have not seen this species.

Genus Strobila, Morse.

Animal as in Patula. Jaw with flat ribs. Shell umbilicated, depressed,
striated or ribbed ; periphery rounded ; whorls 5-6, very slowly increasing ;
aperture lunately rounded ; interior with spiral lamin on the parietal wall
and on the base of the last whorl.

S. LeroDa, Hutton (1882).

Spire flat; ribs about 30 in the tenth of an inch; seven lamine on the
penultimate whorl, one on the columella, and ten on the parietal wall.
Horny with pale rufous bands; umbilicus brown, narrow. Diameter ‘08
inch. Dentition, 12-1-12.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

Doubtfully included in Strobila as the jaw is not known.

Genus Endodonta, Albers.

Shell sub-perforate, conical or conoidal; the periphery angled ; whorls
narrow, the suture usually margined; aperture angularly lunate ; inner lip
and generally the columella and parietal wall with spiral lamina; peri-
stome straight acute. Jaw imbricately folded; or of many imbricating
plates ; papillate. .

E. LemonIas, Gray (1849).

Conical high ; no columellar plait; three parietal plaits, one on the
penultimate whorl, and two on the outer lip, one above the other below
the keel. Pale horny. Diameter ‘09; height :1 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman).

E. pacttosticta, Pfeiffer (1851).

Spire conical; acute, finely ribbed, ribs about 22 in the tenth of an -
inch; a columellar plait only. Pale yellowish horny, with obscure chest-
nut spots. Diameter :17 inch. Dentition, 39-1-29.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies); Napier; Wellington.

196 Transactions.— Zoology.

E. marma, Hutton (1888).

Spire conoidal rather obtuse; striated; a columellar plait, and two
parietal plaits, none on the basal margin. Pale yellow faintly marked with
chestnut. Diameter :13 inch.

North Island.—Remuera, near Auckland (Cheeseman).

E. nerissa, Hutton (1883).

Spire conoidal, obtuse, striated; a columellar plait and six parietal
plaits, three of which are on the basal margin. Pale horny with indistinct
bands of chestnut. Diameter -11 inch.

North Island.—Remuera, near Auckland (Cheeseman),

Genus Phrixgaathus, Hutton.

Animal heliciform, the body elongated; mantle sub- central, slightly
reflected over the peristome of the shell; no locomotive disc, nor mucous
gland. Jaw imbricately folded, the RAP covered with small papilla.
Shell trochiform, turbinate, or depressed, umbilicate or sub-perforate,
smooth, rather shining, striated ; aperture edentulous.

Perhaps this genus and the last should be placed in the Goniognatha.
The transverse rows of teeth form an obtuse angle, salient posteriorly.

A. Subperforate.

P. marta, Gray (1848); H. umbraculum, Pfeiffer (1851).

Spire conoidal, obtuse; periphery sharply angled; suture margined.
Pale horny, with numerous undulating bands of reddish brown on both
surfaces. Diameter -28 inch. Dentition, 47-1-47.

North Island.—Auckland (Sinclair, Greenwood, Cheeseman, Gillies) ;
Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

Allied to H. insculpta (Pfr.), from Norfolk Island (Martens).

P. coneLLA, Pfeiffer (1861).

Spire conoidal, slightly acute, smooth ; periphery slightly angled ;
suture slightly margined. Pale horny, with reddish brown spots and bands
on both surfaces. Diameter ‘18 inch. Dentition, 38-1-88.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies); Kakepuku (Hochstetter) ;
Horokiwi, Wellington.

P. arreL, Hutton (1888).

Spire conoidal, depressed; finely ribbed, ribs about 46 in the tenth of an
inch; sub-carinate; sutureimpressed. Diameter -13inch. Dentition, 82-1-82.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman) ; Wanganui (T. W. Kirk),

B. Narrowly umbilicated.
a. Spire conical.

P. marematus, Hutton (1882).

Spire acute ; periphery sharply angled ; suture margined. Pale horny,
with broad radiating reddish-brown bands on the upper surface only.
Diameter :17 inch. Dentition, 85-1-85,

Hurrox.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 197

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

P. reGuLARIS, Pfeiffer (1854).

As high as broad; very finely striated; periphery acutely angled ;
suture impressed; umbilicus partly covered. Horny, covered with a thin
epidermis, which is produced into ragged processes at the periphery.
Diameter ‘15 inch. Dentition, 27-1-27.

South Island, —-Greymouth (Helms).

P. ERIGONE, Gray (1849); H. heldiana, Pfeiffer (1851).

As high as broad; apex obtuse; periphery obtusely angled ; suture im-
pressed. Pale horny, obscurely marked with reddish-brown. Diameter
*08 inch.

North Island, —Auckland A sin Cheeseman, Gillies).

b. Spire conoidal.

P. ceria, Hutton (1883) ; H. fatua, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv., p. 153 [not
of Pfeiffer].

Spire acute; periphery obtusely angled. Pale horny, with reddish-
brown bands. Diameter :15 inch. Dentition, 20-1-20.

North Island.—Wanganui and Wellington (T. W. Kirk); Horokiwi,
Wellington.

South Island.—Dunedin and Milford Sound (F.W.H.); Greymouth
(Helms) ; Temuka (Chilton).

P. parynia, Hutton (1883).

Spire acute ; periphery obtusely angled. Pale horny, radiately streaked
with rufous; covered by a thin epidermis which is rather distantly wrinkled.
Diameter +1 inch.

North Island.—Wanganui (T. W. Kirk).

P. rarua, Pfeiffer (1857).

Spire rather acute; periphery sub-carinated; finely striated. Yellow
horn colour. Diameter ‘2 inch.

North Island.—Taupiri (Hochstetter) ; Auekland (Cheeseman).

P. cLaBRIUScULA, Pfeiffer (1851).

Semi-globose ; periphery rounded; smooth. Pale yellow, angularly
lined with rufous. Diameter :14 inch.

New Zealand (Strange).

I have not seen this species.

C. Broadly umbilicated.

P. scrapium, Pfeiffer (1875).

Spire conoidal, obtuse; suture Satay periphery acutely angled.
Pale horny obscurely variegated with reddish-brown. Diameter ‘45 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Gillies); Seventy-mile Bush, Wellington
(T. W. Kirk).

198 Transactions.— Zoology.

P. rrraxia, Hutton (1883).

Spire conoidal, rather obtuse; suture margined ; periphery obtusely
angled.- Pale horny irregularly banded with chestnut. Diameter ‘14 inch.

South Island.—Dunedin (F.W.H.).

P. HaastI, Hutton (1883).

Spire conoidal, depressed ; suture impressed ; periphery sub-carinated.
Horny with irregular bands of reddish-brown and white. Diameter
:12 inch

-~ South Island.—Mount Somers (Haast).
Genus Amphidoxa, Albers.

Shell depressed, thin, pellucid ; periphery usually rounded ; whorls 3 to
4, rapidly increasing ; aperture very oblique. Mantle reflected over the
peristome of the shell, with an even margin: tail depressed.

A. Smooth, polished.

A. compREssIvoLUTA, Reeve (1852); H. omega, Pfeiffer (1851).

Imperforate, depressed. Horny, without markings. Diameter ‘8 inch.
Dentition, 35-1-85.

North Island.—Petane, near Napier; Wellington (E. W.EL.).

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

A. cornea, Hutton (1882).

Smaller than the last, the whorls more convex. Diameter :25 inch.
Dentition, 22-1-22.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies).

A. zepra, Guillon (1842); H. phlogophora, Pfeiffer (1849); H. flam-
migera, Pfeiffer (1852); H. multilimbata, Hombron and Jacquinot (1854).

Umbilicus very narrow or covered. Pale yellow horny with dark red-
dish brown undulating bands. Diameter ‘25 inch. Dentition, 21-1-21.

North Island.—Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms); Oxford (Chilton); Banks Penin-
sula (R. Brown).

Auckland Islands (British Museum).

A. JACQUENETTA, Hutton (1883).

Umbilicus very narrow. Periphery sharply angled. Horny brown,
without markings. Diameter ‘2 inch. Dentition, 28-1-28.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

A, PERDITA, Hutton (1888).

Umbilicus narrow; spire convex, smooth. Horny without markings.
Diameter :23 inch. Dentition, 20-1-20.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies); Wanganui and Wel-
lington (T. W. Kirk).

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

: Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 199

A. curon, Gray (1849).

Umbilicus moderate; spire convex, with distant membranous plaits.
Horny without markings. Diameter +24 inch. Dentition, 21-1-21.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman) ; Wellington (T. W.
Kirk).

A. rapipa, Pfeiffer (1853).

Umbilicus moderate ; spire flat, sub-immersed ; whorls spirally striatu-
lated. Chestnut with luteous streaks and dots. Diameter ‘8 inch.

New Zealand.—Locality doubtful. I have not seen this species ; it is
found in N. Australia, and a variety at the Solomon Islands.

A. creBRIFLAMMIS, Pfeiffer (1851).

Umbilicus broad; spire convex, finely striated. Pale horny, with red-
dish undulating bands. Diameter :28 inch. Dentition, 18-1-18.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

B. Whorls ribbed.
Sub-genus Calymna, Hutton.

A. costuLaTA, Hutton (1882).

Umbilicus moderate ; spire convex, closely ribbed; ribs about 45 in the
tenth of an inch. Horny banded with reddish. Diameter +14 inch. Den-
tition, 14-1-14.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman).

A. LavinIa, Hutton (1888).

Umbilicus broad; spire flat, closely ribbed, ribs about 18 in the tenth of
an inch; lower surface smooth. Yellow horny, mottled with rufous on the
upper side. Diameter ‘5 inch.

North Island.—Palmerston North (T. W. Kirk).

Genus Otoconcha, Hutton.

Shell external, of very few rapidly increasing whorls, all of which are
open underneath. Animal limaciform, much too large to withdraw into the
shell; mantle rather anterior, covering the shell; no locomotive disc, nor
mucous caudal gland. Jaw with distant ribs.

This genus appears to be allied to Peltella from Brazil and the West
Indies.

O. pimmiara, Pfeiffer (1851) Vitrina,

Shell pale horny, translucent, of two and a half whorls; striated.
Diameter :2 inch. Animal entirely black, or pale coloured on the foot.
Dentition, 26-1-26. E

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman); Thames (Adams); Hawke's Bay
(Colenso) ; Wellington (T. W. Kirk). E

Fam. Charopida.
Animal heliciform, with an external shell ; tail with a mucous gland.

200 Transactions.—Zoology.

Genus Gerontia, Hutton.

Shell depressed, widely umbilicated, striated; periphery rounded ; whorls
about five, slowly increasing; aperture oblique. Mantle included. Jaw
smooth, striated.

G. PANTHERINA, Hutton (1882).

Shell striated with membranous plaits. Horny brown. Diameter ‘37
inch. Dentition, 24-1-24.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

G. corpeLIA, Hutton (1883).

Shell striated but not plaited. Pale horny marbled with reddish brown.
Diameter :32 inch. *

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies). Apparently allied to
Helix tiara, Mighels, from the Sandwich Islands.

- Genus Pyrrha, Hutton.

Animal heliciform, mantle sub-central, reflected over the peristome with
an even margin: tail truncate, with a large papilla and mucous gland.
Jaw with flat ribs. Marginal teeth broad, with several points. Shell thin,
translucent, of 44-54 regularly increasing whorls, subperforate.

P. cressipa, Hutton (1888).

Shell olive horny, striated; suture deep, spire convex. Dentition
about 85-1-85.

North Island.—Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

South Island.—Preservation Inlet (F.W.H.); Haast River (Haast) ;
Southland (G. M. Thomson); Greymouth (Helms).

Stewart Island (T. Kirk).

P. curtuLa, Pfeiffer (1853).

Shell rather solid, subperforate, smooth, spire convex, suture incon-
siderable, columella thickened. Pale yellowish horny. Diameter ‘7 inch.

North Island.—Mountains near Masterton (T. W. Kirk).

The animal and dentition are unknown, consequently it is referred here
with doubt.

Genus Charopa, Albers.

Shell umbilicated, depressed, ribbed, usually with hairs; periphery
rounded. Jaw with flat ribs. Marginal teeth broad, usually with many
points.

C. wa, Gray (1849); H. zic-zac, Gould (1848) (?).

Spire flat; umbilicus perspective; whorls with distant hairy ribs, about
12 in the tenth of an inch, and distant slight spiral membranous ridges,
especially on the lower surface. Diameter ‘88 inch. Dentition, 22-1-22,

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman, Gillies); Napier;
Wellington,

Hurrox.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 201

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

Apparently allied to H. hystrix, Mighels, from the Sandwich Islands.
As the locality of H. zic-zac is uncertain, Gould first referring it to
Australia and then to New Zealand, it will be better to omit it alto-
gether.

Genus Psyra, Hutton.

Shell imperforate or narrowly umbilicated, ribbed, periphery rounded,
not hairy. Jaw and teeth as in Charopa.

P. pimorpna, Pfeiffer (1851).

Spire nearly flat; umbilicus almost covered ; columella callous ; whorls
with distant smooth ribs, about 9 in the tenth of an inch. Pale horny
variegated with reddish-brown. Diameter ‘38 inch. Dentition about 80-
1-30.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies); Wellington (T. W.
Kirk).

P. cassanpra, Hutton (1883).

Spire flatly conoidal; umbilicus very narrow; columella slightly
thickened ; whorls finely ribbed; ribs about 20 in the tenth of an inch.
Pale horny with longitudinal angulated bands of chestnut. Diameter
*5 inch.

North Island.—Napier.

P. venuLATA, Pfeiffer (1857).

Spire slightly convex; imperforate, the columella callous ; whorls
closely ribbed, about 23 ribs to the tenth of an inch. Horny brown,
sometimes variegated with reddish. Diameter :99 inch. Dentition,
17-1-17.

South Island.— Western slopes of Mount Cook (Filhol) ; Greymouth
(Helms).

P. runuia, Gray (1849).

Spire slightly convex ; narrowly umbilieated, the umbilieus covered ;
whorls closely ribbed, ribs about 30 in the tenth of an inch. Horny, or
horny-brown obscurely marked with reddish, sometimes tessellated below.
Diameter ‘14 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood); Wellington.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

P. apriana, Hutton (1883).

Spire flat, closely ribbed ; ribs about 40 in the tenth of an inch; um-
bilicus narrow but open. Pale horny with spots and angular streaks of
chestnut. Diameter :16 inch,

yrth Island.—Napier. i
South Island.—Banks Peninsula (R. Brown).

202 Transactions. —Z oology.

P. PLANULATA, Hutton (1888).

Spire slightly elevated; narrowly umbilicated, the umbilicus covered ;
whorls closely ribbed; ribs about 40 in the tenth of an inch. Horny
brown sometimes clouded with rufous. Diameter :15 inch. Dentition,
11-1-11

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman).

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

P. MIRANDA, Hutton (1883).

Spire convex; very finely ribbed, ribs about 50 in the tenth of an
inch ; imperforate or very narrowly umbilicated. Pale horny banded with
chestnut on the upper surface and tessellated with the same colour below.
Diameter ‘16 inch. Dentition, 17-1-17.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

Genus’ Therasia, Hutton.

Shell conoidal, depressed, periphery sub-carinated ; sub-perforate or
narrowly perforate; whorls smooth, striated, or with membranous plaits.
Jaw with flat ribs. Marginal teeth broad, usually with several points.

A. Sub-perforate.

T. ceLinDa, Gray (1849).

Whorls with distant membranous plaits, about 10 in the tenth of an
inch. Pale brown. Diameter ‘14 inch. Dentition, 18-1-18.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman).

T. varer, Hutton (1888).

Whorls strongly striated. Yellowish horny, obscurely marked with
reddish. Diameter ‘25 inch. Dentition, 26-1-26.

South Island.—Dunedin (F.W.H

T. ormeLza, Pfeiffer (1854).

Umbilicus very narrow. Whorls delicately striated; periphery angu-
lated. Horny with obscure reddish streaks. Diameter ‘40 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman).

South Island.—Dunedin (F.W.H.).

B. Narrowly umbilicated..

T. ramora, Hutton (1883).

Conical ; irregularly plaited. Brownish horny. Diameter ‘17 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman).

IT. ruarsa, Hutton (1888).

Irregularly coarsely striated. Pale horny, variously streaked with
brown. Diameter °35 inch. Dentition, 27-1-27.

North Island.—Auckland (Gillies) ; Napier; Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

South Island.—Waipara (Haast, Chilton); Waitaki, Queenstown, Dun-
edin and Lake Guyon (F.W.H.); Waiau, Southland (G. M. Thomson).

Hurroy.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 208

T. pEcrpva, Pfeiffer (1857).

Delicately striated, and with fine membranous plaits ; periphery sub-
carinated. Yellowish horny, obscurely marked with reddish. Diameter
‘8 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman); Wangaruru.

Genus Thalassia, Albers.

Shell conoidal, depressed; periphery rounded, or carinated ; umbilicus
narrow or moderate; whorls smooth, often with membranous plaits, especi-
ally in the young. Jaw with flat ribs. Marginal teeth longer than broad
with one point very much longer than the others.

T. porria, Gray (1849); H. kappa, Pfeiffer (1851); H. collyrula, Reeve
(1852). :

Periphery rounded; umbilieus moderate; whorls with distant mem-
branous hairy ribs; ribs about 12 in the tenth of an inch. Pale brown,
obscurely variegated with rufous. Diameter ‘38 inch. . Dentition, 24-1-24.

North Island.—Auckland (Sinclair, Greenwood, Gillies, Cheeseman).

When deprived of hairs this shell somewhat resembles Patula lucetta,
but it may be distinguished by the narrower umbilicus, and more distant
ribs.
T. osnusIta, Reeve’ (1852); H. sigma and H. lambda, Pfeiffer (1851);
H. igniflua, Reeve (1852). |

Periphery sub-carinated ; umbilicus moderate ; whorls finely striated
and with distant spiral shallow grooves; sometimes with membranous plaits.
Brownish horny, often banded with reddish brown. Diameter :58 inch.
Dentition, 86-1-36.

North Island.—Napier.

South Island.—Dunedin (F.W.H.) ; Oxford (Chilton).

T. propmgua, Hutton (1882).

Periphery obtusely angled ; umbilicus very narrow; whorls striated,
smooth. Pale horny with narrow undulating bands of reddish brown.
Diameter ‘25 inch. Dentition, 31-1-81.

North Island.—Auckland (Gillies) ; Hawke's Bay (Colenso).

South Island.—Weka Pass (Chilton); Southland (G. M. Thomson).

T. NEOZELANICA, Gray (1843).

Periphery acutely angled; umbilicus narrow ; whorls striated, smooth,
or with membranous plaits in the young. Horny brown, with undulating
bands and spots of reddish brown. Diameter ‘42 inch. Dentition, `
85-1-35.

North Island.—Auckland (Sinclair, Greenwood, Cheeseman, Gillies) ;

Wellington (F.W.H.) ; Wanganui (T. W. Kirk); Napier (Colenso).
Chatham Islands.

204 Transactions.—Zoology.

Var. a.—antrropa, Hombron and Jacquinot (1854). Pale horny
banded on both surfaces with brownish chestnut.
South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).
Auckland Islands (H. and J., H. Krone).
Var. 3.—avoxtanpica, Guillon (1842). Yellowish brown with red
spots on the upper surface only.
Auckland Islands.
Allied to H. excavata, H. and J., from Tahiti. The Chatham Island
specimens are too much rubbed to say to which variety they belong.
Sub-sec. OXYGNATHA.
Marginal teeth aculeate, the base longer than broad with a single long
curved point.
Fam. Vitrinida.
Animal heliciform ; the mantle more or less reflected over the shell; no
caudal mucous gland.
Genus Trochomorpha, Albers.
Shell umbilicated or imperforate, conical; the apex obtuse; whorls 5-8,
the last carinated.
T. Hermia, Hutton (1888).
Imperforate ; closely plicated above, polished below. Horny brown,
paler above than below; columella callous, white. Diameter *7 inch.
North Island.—Manawatu.
The animal and dentition are unknown, and the generic position is
doubtful.
Genus Vitrina, Draparnaud.
Shell imperforate, thin, pellucid, shining, depressed ; whorls 2-3, rapidly
end Jaw smooth with a median projection.
V. KERMADECENSIS, Pfeiffer.
Shell polished, slightly undulated with growth-lines; spire flat; whorls
8. Pale yellow olive. Diameter +84 inch.
North Island.—Hobson's Glen, Auckland (T. W. Kirk).
Found also at the Kermadec Islands.
The animal and dentition are unknown and the generic position is
doubtful.
Fam. Limacide.
Animal elongated; mantle small, shield-like, enclosing the shell. No
caudal mucous gland.
Genus Limax, Linné.
Mantle anterior, the front edge free. Foot with a locomotive disc.
Sub-genus Milax, Gray.
Back keeled to the mantle.

. Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 205

L. antrropum, Pfeiffer (1855).

Greyish or brownish ; mantle rounded behind. Length 1 inch. Den-
tition, 40-1-40.

North Island.--Wellington (F.W.H.).

South Island.—Dunedin and Banks Peninsula (F.W.H.).

L. EMARGINATUS, Hutton (1879).

Dark grey or olive ; mantle emarginate behind. Length 1 inch. Den-
tition, 46-1-46.

South Island.—Dunedin (F.W.H.).

L. runicinosus, Gould (1846).

Sooty black, tentacles reddish at the tip. Length 2:5 inch.

North Island.—Bay of Islands (Dr. Pickering). :

I have not seen this species.

Fam. Zonitide.

Animal heliciform. A caudal mucous gland.

Genus Hyalina, Ferussac.

Shell umbilicated, depressed or discoidal, shining and vitreous ; whorls
5-6, gradually increasing. Jaw smooth or striated.

H. novara, Pfeiffer (1861).

Spire flat: whorls 4, finely striated at the suture; suture scarcely im-
pressed; umbilicus somewhat narrow. Pale yellowish horny. Diameter :23
inch.

North Island.—Bay of Islands (Hochstetter).

I have not seen this species. According to Pfeiffer it is allied to H.
remota, Benson, from St. Helena. Perhaps it is the young of Zonites
cellarius.

Genus Phacussa, Hutton.

Shell depressed ; periphery rounded ; whorls 5-6, gradually inereasing.
Mantle included. Jaw with flat ribs.

P. mxpopoLta, Pfeiffer (1851).

Spire almost flat ; closely ribbed; ribs about 28 in the tenth of an inch ;
narrowly umbilicated. Horny, silky, sometimes obscurely marked with
brown. Diameter :26 inch.

North Island.—Hawke's Bay (Colenso); Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

The dentition is unknown.

P. meLmsi, Hutton (1882).

Spire convex ; rather distantly ribbed ; ribs about 16 in the tenth of an
inch; narrowly umbilicated. Horny brown. Diameter ‘85 inch. Den-

tition, 28-1-28.
| ar. a.—MACULATA. Shell spotted and banded with reddish.
South Island.—Greymouth (Helms).

206 Transactions.—Zoology.

P. ruLminata, Hutton (1882).

Spire convex, finely striated; very narrowly umbilicated ; estrella
sub-callous. Pale horny with reddish-brown undulating bands. Diameter
:84 inch. Dentition, 88-1-88.

Stewart Island (T. Kirk).

Sec. ELASMOGNATHA.
Jaw in a single piece, with a more or less quadrate projecting plate above.
Fam. Janellida.

Animal limaciform, without tentacles; mantle rudimentary or absent.

Respiratory orifice near the median line on the back.
Genus Janella, Gray.

Mantle absent; shell rudimentary; a mucous pore in front of the
respiratory opening. Back with a longitudinal groove giving off oblique

ranches on each side.

J. BITENTACULATA, Quoy and Gaimard (1832) ; Athoracophorus bitentacu-
latus, Gould (1852); J. antipodarum, Gray (1853).

Yellowish, marked with pale brown ; tail depressed, acute. Dentition,
250-1-250.

Var. PAPILLATA, Hutton (1879).

Back with small papille.

North Island.—Wellington (F.W.H.).

South Island.—Tasman Bay (Quoy); Christchurch (Fereday); Grey-
mouth (Helms) ; Dunedin (F.W.H.).

Auckland Islands (H. Krone).

Chatham Islands (H. Travers).

J, MARMOREA, Hutton (1879).

Blackish marbled with pale brown; tail rounded, obtuse. Dentition,
258-1-258.

South Island.—Dunedin (Bourne) ; Greymouth (Helms).

Sec. AGNATHA,

Jaw absent; all the teeth aculeate; the transverse rows forming an
angle salient posteriorly.

Fam. Streptavida.

Animal heliciform. Shell globose or depressed.

Genus Streptaxis, Gray.

Shell umbilicated, globosely depressed ; the base polished ; convex ;
striated above; the last whorl enlarged and descending ; peristome ex-
panded, reflected.

S. TARANAKI, Gray (1848). |

Umbilieus moderate; peristome thin, expanded ; whorls 5. Pale horny,
shining and white within. Diameter *64 inch.

Herroy.— On New Zealand Land Mollusca. — 207

North Island,—Taranaki (Dr. Dieffenbach ?) ; Possession Island, Torres
Straits (Ince).

I have not seen this species ; it is closely allied to H. delessertiana, from
N. Australia.

Genus Paryphanta, Albers.

Shell large umbilicated or imperforate ; depressed, of few whorls, the
last rapidly increasing ; covered with a thick shining epidermis involving
the peristome.

P. sussyi, Gray (1841).

Blackish green; whorls 43; umbilicus broad, perspective. Diameter
8 inches. Dentition, 50-0-50.

North Island.—Hokianga and Bay of Islands.

Allied to H. atramentaria from Victoria.

P. nocusrETTERI, Pfeiffer (1861).

Greenish falvous with undulating chestnut lines ; whorls 5} ; umbilicus
moderate, not pervious. Diameter 2°75 inches.

North Island.—Manawatu (Travers, Gillies).

South Island.—Collingwood (Hochstetter) ; Picton (Seymour).

P. eizuresn, Smith (1880).

Dark ehestnut with yellowish spiral lines; shell pliable ; whorls 5—6,
the last separated frem the previous one for some distance from the aper-
ture: umbilieated. Diameter 1:4 inch.

South Island.—Collingwood (Travers); Nelson (Gillies).

The animal and dentition are unknown.

P. mitxicant, Pfeiffer (1852).

Dark olive brown ; imperforate ; whorls 3, polished, uneven with growth
lines. Diameter ‘86 inch.

North. Island.—Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

Ihave not been able to compare this shell with Tasmanian specimens
so I retain the name given to it by Mr. Kirk. The animal and dentition
are unknown.

Genus Elea, Hutton.

Shell small; epidermis thin, not involving the peristome ; umbilicus
wide; whorls few, rapidly increasing.

E. coresta, Gray (1849).

Yellow horny without markings or with fuscous streaks ; spire nearly
flat; whorls 3, striated; umbilicus very broad, showing all the whorls.
Diameter ‘27 inch. Dentition, 9-0-9.

North Island. —Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman); Wellington (T. W.
Kirk).

208 Transactions.—Z oology.

E. JEFFREYSIANA, Pfeiffer (1851).

Horny with chestnut streaks ; spire flat; whorls 4; striated; umbilicus
very broad, perspective. Diameter :28 inch. Dentition, 9-0-9.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman, Gillies).

The shell of this species closely resembles that of Amphidoxa crebriflam-
mis, but the spire is flatter and the umbilicus wider.

Genus Rhytida, Albers.

Shell umbilicated, thin, wrinkled and malleated, of few rapidly increas-
ing whorls ; aperture oblique.

R. punnim, Gray (1841).

Brown; umbilicus moderate; periphery sharply keeled. Diameter
:95 inch.

North Island.—Bay of Islands (Colenso) ; Auckland (Gillies),

- GREENWOODI, Gray (1849).

Olive-brown ; umbilicus moderate, often obtusely keeled; periphery
rounded. Dad. ‘92 inch. Dentition, 10-0-10

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Seats). ; Hawke’s Bay
(Colenso),

R. ratura, Hutton (1882). Horny brown; umbilicus rather narrow,
not keeled ; aperture very oblique: Diameter 9 inch. Dentition, 14-0-14
to 18-0-18. Outer tooth but one with an angular ridge.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms) ; Balclutha (F.W.H.).

R. crrrixa, Hutton (1882).

Yellowish olive, pellucid ; umbilicus narrow. Diameter +8 inch, Den-
tition, 17-0-17. Teeth smooth, the outer tooth much smaller.

South Island.—Greymouth (Helms) ; Buller River (Haast).

R. AvsrRALIS, Hutton (1882).

Olive brown; umbilicus narrow. Diameter ‘44 inch. Dentition, 16-0-16.
Teeth smooth, the two outer ones much smaller.

Stewart Island (T. Kirk).

Perhaps a variety of the last species.

R. vrnuLA, Pfeiffer (1854).

Greenish brown; umbilicus very narrow, covered. Diameter +68 inch.

North Island.— Wellington (F.W.H., T. W. Kirk) ; Pohui.

Fam. Testacellida.
Animal limaciform, with a small shell on the posterior part of the back.
Genus Daudebardia, Hartmann.

Shell depressed, paucispiral. Teeth not barbed.

D. neozeLANICA, Pfeiffer (1862).

Shell of 23 whorls, fulvous brown, distinctly striated ; columella thiekly
callous above. Diameter ‘6 inch.

Hurron.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 209

North Island.—Waikato (Hochstetter, F.W.H.); Wainuiomata (T. W.

Kirk). i
Genus Testacella, Cuvier.

Mantle divided into numerous lobes. Teeth barbed at the point. Shell
auriform, sub-spiral.

T. vacans, Hutton (1882).

Slate grey above, passing into yellowish white on the sides. Dentition,

15.

North Dlonk — Waiuku se Kirk); Auckland (Cheeseman).
ZENIOGLOSSBA.
Animal with a sey e respiratory chamber open in front; eyes at
the base of the tentacles. Foot with an operculum. Dentition, 8-1-3.
Fam. Cyclophoride.
Operculum horny or calcareous, spiral, the nucleus central.
ub-fam. Cyelotine.
Operculum of two lamin®, the inner horny, the outer calcareous.
Genus Cyclotus, Guilding.

Shell discoidal, or turbinately depressed, widely umbilicated ; aperture
entire, circular ; peristome simple or double, straight, expanded, or re-
flexed. í

` €. cuarmiaN, Hutton (1888).

Shell with spiral raised striw; periphery with an undulating keel ;
umbilicus wide, perspective. Diameter :4 inch. Operculum circular, of
many whorls, the calcareous lamina thickened round the margin, and with
a raised centre.

North Island.—Horokiwi, Wellington.

Sub-fam. Cyclophorine,

Operculum horny.

Genus Leptopoma, Pfeiffer.

Shell globosely turbinate or conical, narrowly umbilicated; peristome
simple, reflexed, the margins wide apart, sometimes united by a very
thin callus. Operculum circular, horny membranous, narrowly whorled,
flat.

L. pannosa, Hutton (1882).

Conical, brown, covered with a dark fuscous, ragged epidermis; peri-
stome single. Diameter ‘11 inch; height :13 inch.

South Island.—Greymouth (R. Helms).

L. caLva, Hutton (1882).

Conical, reddish-brown, smooth; peristome single. Diameter ‘08;
height :13 inch.

South Island, —Greymouth (Helms).

14

210 Transactions. — Zoology.

L. panuma, Hutton (1888).

Conical, pale brown, with a pale plicated epidermis ; Serlatonta single.
Diameter :13; height *2 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Cheeseman).

Genus Cyclophorus, Montford.

Shell globosely turbinated or depressed; umbilicated ; aperture cir-
cular; peristome continuous. Operculum circular.

C. LIGNARIUS, Pfeiffer (1857).

Shell turbinated, rather thin, covered with an opaque epidermis ; aper-
ture ovately rotund; peristome double. Operculum unknown.

Axis *16 ; breadth «2 inch.

New Zealand.

I have not seen this species.

C. ovrona, Gray (1849).

Minute, trochiform, spirally striated ; periphery rounded ; brown.
Operculum horny, of a few rapidly-enlarging whorls (?).

Axis ‘08; breadth +1 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood).

I have -— seen this species.

Genus Paxillus, Adams.

Shell pupiform, spire acuminate; aperture semiovate, ascending on the
body-whorl ; umbilical region with a spiral ridge; inner lip with a spiral
fold; peristome double.

P. PEREGRINA, Gould (1848).

Shell sinistral, solid, perforated ; whorls 8, flattened. Rufous. Axis
:87 inch.

New Zealand (Gould).

I have not seen this species.

Genus Diplommatina, Benson.

Shell subovate, whorls convex, the last subascendent ; inner lip with a
spiral fold; aperture subcircular; peristome double.

D. cmorDara, Pfeiffer (1855).

Shell sinistral, thin, distantly ribbed; diaphanous, white. Axis ‘16 inch.

New Zealand (Strange).

I have not seen this species. A variety occurs at Lord Howe’s Island.

Fam. Cyclostomide.

Operculum ovate, of a few more or less rapidly-enlarging whorls, the
nucleus eccentric.

Genus Omphalotropis, Pfeiffer.

Shell sub-conical, imperforate or umbilicated ; simple or keeled round
the perforation ; aperture oval; peristome simple, the margins disjoined,

Hurrox.—On New Zealand Land Mollusca. 211

O. vestita, Pfeiffer (1855). i

Perforated, striated, and spirally ridged, covered with a fuscous epider-
mis ; last whorl with an acute keel. below the middle, and another round
the umbilicus. Axis ‘2; diameter ‘12 inch.

New Zealand.

I have not seen this species. :

Genus Realia, Gray.

Shell perforate or sub-perforate, turreted, rather smooth; aperture
ovate; peristome continuous, double.

A. Suture impressed.

R. sexa, Gray (1849).

Pale brown, variegated with yellowish, with a deep brown band round
the axis ; the umbilical region often keeled. Axis 29; breadth -18 inch.

North Island.—Auckland (Greenwood, Cheeseman) ; Wanganui (T. W.
Kirk).

R. rurricuLata, Pfeiffer (1854).

Blackish brown, variegated with chestnut or yellowish, sometimes a
pale band near the base. Axis ‘86; breadth :14 inch.

North Island.—Papakura (Cheeseman) ; Whangarei (Gillies).

A more acute spire than the last species.

B. Suture margined.

R. carineLLA, Pfeiffer (1861).

Pale brown, faintly marbled with darker. Axis ‘27 ; diameter :13 inch.

North Island.—Drury and Taupiri (Hochstetter) ; Auckland (Cheese-
man).

R. HOCHSTETTERI, Pfeiffer (1861).

Fuscous. Axis ‘36; diameter ‘16 inch.

North Island.—Bay of Islands (Hochstetter) ; Auckland (Gillies).

The spire is more acute than in the last species.

Introduced Species.

Heu aspersa, Müller.

Shell imperforate, subglobose, the surface finely wrinkled and indented ;
yellowish or greyish with variable bands of chestnut crossed by narrow
undulating flamules of yellowish. Greatest diameter 1:25 inch. Dentition,
50-1-50.

Hab. Auckland; Nelson; Greymouth.

Hern HorTENsIs, Müller.

Shell imperforate, subglobose, shining, smooth ; olivaceous yellow, often
variously ornamented with spiral bands or lines of rufous. Greatest diz-
meter ‘8 inch. Dentition, 32-1-82,

Hab, Auckland,

212 Transactions.— Zoology.

Arion ruscus, Müller; A. incommodus, Hutton.

Dark grey with a lateral stripe on the mantle and a longitudinal band
on each side black; sole of foot yellow. Dentition, 82-1-82.

Hab. Dunedin.

ZONITES cELLARIUS, Müller; Hyalina corneo-fulva, Pfeiffer.

Shell sub-discoidal, pellucid, smooth, polished; light greenish horn ;
whorls 5; umbilicus moderate. Greatest diameter ‘5 inch. Dentition,
14-1-14. :

Hab. Bay of Islands; Auckland; Napier.

H : corneo-fulva is described as ‘ sub-orbicular,’” but the dimensions
given do not agree.

Lmax maximus, Linné.

Light brown, usually with spots and stripes of black on the back and
sides. Length sometimes 4 inches. Dentition, 76-1-76.

Hab. Dunedin. "

Limax rLavus, Linné.

Yellowish or ashy brown with pale spots; head and eye-peduncles bluish,
tentacles white ; the tail keeled. Length sometimes 8 inches. Dentition,

Hab. Dunedin; Greymouth.

LIMAX AGRESTIS, Linné, L. molestus, Hutton.

Whitish, greyish, black, or yellowish, sometimes spotted ; eye-peduncles
and tentacles darker; tail shortly keeled. Length about 1 inch. Den-
tition, 45—1-45.

Hab. Auckland, Wellington, Nelson, Greymouth, Christchurch, Dun-

edin, ete.

Art, IX.— Notes on some Marine Mollusca, with Descriptions of new Species.
By Professor F. W. Hurron.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 7th June, 1883.]
Plate XI., figs. 1-5.
OPHICARDELUS COSTELLARIS, Adams (Tralia). Pl. xi., fig. 1.
Dentition, se" Laterals, 81. Central tooth oval with a deep poste-
rior indentation, or thinning; the reflexed portion very small. Laterals
rather oblique, unicuspid, with a broad cutting point; in the outer laterals
the cusp, or reflexed portion, becomes emarginate or notched at the end.
Marginals rather longer than broad, divided into two portions, the inner of
which is the larger, each with a small cutting point, -

Hurron.—OniMarine Mollusca. 213

Hab. Auckland, Napier, and Wellington.

In adult specimens the shell is irregularly longitudinally ribbed, but in
the young these ribs are absent, and it has then either been mistaken for
O. australis, Q. and G., or has been considered distinct, and has been
named Laimodonta quoyi by Adams (= Auricula quoyi, Sowerby, in Reeve's
Conch. Icon., fig. 89). The animal has not yet been described.

Melampus commodus, Adams; M. zealandicus, Adams; M. sulcatus, Adams;
and M. adamsianus, Pfeiffer, are not, I believe, found in New Zealand; the
two latter come from Australia and New Caledonia. I do not know what
Melampus nova-zealandia, Reeve, is of the list of New Zealand shells obtained
by the Novara Expedition.

Levoonopsis ossoLetA, Hutton (Leuconia).

Dentition, — . The teeth are so minute that I have been unable to
make them out distinctly with a sixteenth objective.

This species is found under stones between tide-marks at Auckland. It
is distinguished from all the European species by having only one plait on
the inner lip ; consequently it should, I think, be formed into a separate
genus for which I propose the name Leuconopsis.

MoLis LEPTOSOMA, n. s. Pl. xi., fig. 2.

Animal small, elongated, the tail rather short, pointed ; minute eyes
behind the tentacles. Tentacles four, subulate, the oral pair distant at
their bases. Gills as long as the breadth of the animal, crowded, in about
twelve transverse rows on each side of the back. Foot rather expanded,
the margin thin, not crisped nor produced in front. Colour yellowish-
white with some thin lines of reddish-yellow on the head and back ; gills
brownish-grey, tipped and slightly margined with white. Length ‘4
inch.

Dentition, 0—1— Each tooth strongly arched, with six or seven cutting
points, the central being rather larger than the others.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour, on Sertularians.

Evrsrm strata, Hutton. Pl. xi., fig. 3.

Dentition. Central tooth strongly curved, the ends bent backward; a
single tricuspid cutting point in the centre. Laterals with three subequal
and equidistant blunt points.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour.

EUTERIA FLAVESCENS, Hutton. Pl. xi., fig. 4.

E. lineata, var. D. Man. N.Z. Mollusca, p. 51.

Dentition. Central tooth deep, slightly hollowed behind, the ends broad
and not bent backward; a single tricuspid cutting point in the centre.
Laterals with three points, of which the outer is the largest, and divided by
a considerable space from the middle point, which is the smallest.

914 "Transactions.— Zoology.

Hab. Ocean Beach, Dunedin.

The dentition of this animal differs so much from that of F. lineata, and
that of E. littorinoides, that I am obliged to make it into a distinct species.

CERITHIDEA TRICARINATA, N. $.

Shell turreted, strongly longitudinally plicate, and distinetly spirally
grooved: colour brown, the interior with lighter spiral bands. Whorls 9
or 10, flattened, with eight strong, rounded, sub-nodulose, longitudinal
ribs, which on the body-whorl cover only the posterior half, and below them
are three, sub-equidistant, well-marked, spiral ridges, with occasionally
others on the pillar: spire whorls and posterior half of the body-whorl with
three or four spiral grooves. Aperture broadly ovate, with a well-marked
posterior canal; anterior canal very short, the aperture pes el notched at
the base. Tani :56; breadth °2 inch.

Hab. Katikati, near Tauranga.

Distinguished from C. bicarinata by its bolder laaaro; fewer plications,
and the three ridges at the base of the body-whorl.

Brrrium ExILIS, Hutton.

Shell turreted, with faint longitudinal plice, and distinct spiral ribs :
colour dark reddish-brown. Whorls 8, flattened, the suture impressed :
spire-whorls with two to four spiral nodular ridges, but on the apical whorls
the nodules are absent: body-whorl with two to four nodular ridges, in
front of which are about six smooth spiral ridges, making about nine in all;
between the ridges there is usually a raised spiral line: columella nearly
straight: aperture oval, without any notch at the anterior end; canal very
short, or obsolete. Length ‘2; breadth :07 inch.

Hab. Auckland Harbour.

Igive an amended description of this species from specimens sent by
Mr. Cheeseman.

CINGULA LIMBATA, N. $.

Shell elongately conical, smooth, polished but not iridescent. Whorls
5 or 6, flattened: aperture ovate, peristome continuous, not iridescent
within. Colour ashy brown, usually with a posterior row of white spots at
the suture; last whorl often with angulated brown and white markings.
Operculum unknown. Length :11; breadth -06 inch.

Hab. Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

CRYPTA UNGUIFORMIS, Lamarck.

Dentition. Central tooth as broad as long, the reflexed portion triangu-
lar, concave and slightly dentate on each side, the cutting point minute.
First lateral broad, with about nine minute teeth. Second and third laterals
similar, curved and slightly denticulate on the outer margin.

Hab, Dunedin.

Hurrox.—On Marine Mollusca. 215

CycLOSTREMA FLUCTUATA, D. 8,

Shell small, rather solid, spirally striated, not iridescent : colour yellow-
ish white or pale brownish with irregular waved longitudinal bands of
brown, which are rather indistinct. Spire depressed, obtuse ; whorls 4,
rounded, distinctly and closely spirally grooved, the umbilical region smooth ;
suture scarcely impressed: umbilicus narrow, deep. Aperture sub-rotund ;
peristome acute, not continuous, the lower lip thickened. Operculum
rather thick, sub-caleareous, translucent, white, round, of about six slowly
increasing whorls. Diameter 11 inch.

Hab. Foveaux Straits.

Acoma CINGULATA, N.S. Plate xi., fig. 5.

Shell moderately thick white oval, conical; apex about one-third of the
length from the anterior end : about 30 to 50 low radiating ribs. Interior
white, the margin light brownish pink banded with white. Length ‘56;
breadth ‘45; height °2 inch.

Dentition. Teeth very short and broad, the recurved portions three,
arranged in an oblique line so that the anterior on each side are in juxta-
position, while the posterior are widely separated ; all are short and blunt.
Basal plates imbricating ; the posterior margin nearly straight, the exterior
margin slightly, and the anterior margin deeply sinuated: no accessory
teeth.

Hab. Lyttelton and Dunedin.

The shell in this species much resembles that of A. lacunosa, Reeve
(=corticata, mihi), but the ribs are finer and the margin differently
coloured ; the teeth however are very different. It may prove to be a
variety of A. rubiginosa, the dentition of which is not yet known.

KELLIA CITRINA, N. 8.

Shell minute, ovato-rotund, smooth, finely concentrically grooved, sub-
equilateral ; pale yellowish. Right valve without any cardinal teeth, the
anterior lateral swollen and hollowed in the middle ; posterior lateral
small. Left valve with a small anterior cardinal tooth; the laterals on
each side thin. Length ‘08; height -07 inch.

Hab. Tamaki Heads, near Auckland (T. F. Cheeseman).

KELLIA SANGUINEA, N. 8. e

Shell minute, ovato-rotund, smooth, finely concentrically grooved, sub-
equilateral ; yellowish-white, the umbones bright pink. Right valve with
an anterior broad triangular cardinal tooth, with a projection on its anterior
face; anterior lateral small; posterior laterals two. Left valve with two
small cardinal teeth disjoined at the base; anterior lateral single, getting
thicker below ; posterior lateral single, bifid at the end. Length ‘08;

height -07 inch. |

216 Transactions.— Zoology.

Hab. Foveaux Strait.

UNIO DEPAUPERATUS, N. S.

Shell very thin, oblong, compressed; anterior end very short, rounded ;
the posterior slightly winged, and very obliquely truncated; dorsal margin
gently ascending, slightly arched; ventral margin straight and sinuated in
the middle; cardinal teeth minute, compressed, smooth, only one in the
left valve; lateral teeth low and thin. Length 2:4; height 1:2; thick-
ness '55 inch.

Hab. Lake Takapuna, Auckland.

Perhaps an impoverished form of U. zelebori, but too distinct to be
passed over. The type is in the Colonial Museum, Wellington.

Unio RUGATUS, N. S.

Shell oval, rather thin, anterior end compressed, rounded, finely striated ;
posterior subventricose very rudely concentrically corrugated; dorsal
margin ascending, straight; ventral margin flatly rounded; cardinal teeth
rugose, not striated. Length 2:05; height 1:35; thickness -65 inch.

Hab. Lake Pearson; Upper Waimakariri (J. D. Enys).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI., Fres. 1-5.
Omphicardelus costellaris. "Teeth x 470.
ZEolis leptosoma. Teeth x 160,
Euthria striata. Teeth x 280
flavescens. Teeth x 280.
eas cingulata. Teeth x 160.

St $5 N pa
£o COSE

Art X.—Revision of the recent Rhachiglossate Mollusca of New Zealand.
Capt ain F. W. Hutton.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 6th September, 1883.]
In the Catalogue of the Marine Mollusea,* and in the Manual of the
Mollusca, + published by the Colonial Museum and Geological Survey
Department, no attempt is made to trace out the synonymy of the species,
and but very little to expunge those names which have no right to appear
in our fauna. These things were not attempted, partly for want of books of

* “Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of New Zealand, with Diagnoses of the
Species.” By Frederick Wollaston Hutton, F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Assistant-Geologist
(Wellington, 1873).

f “ Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca. A Systematic and Descriptive Catalogue
of the Marine and Land Shells, and of the Soft Mollusks and Polyzoa of New Zealand
and the adjacent Seas.” By F. W. Hutton, F.G.S., C.M.Z.S, Professor of Biology,
Canterbury College, New Zealand University. Late Curator of the Otago Museum
(Wellington, 1880).

Hurrox.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 217

reference, and partly because it was thought desirable that the original
descriptions should be reproduced in a form that was easily attainable
throughout the colony. The present paper is an attempt, for a portion of
the Mollusca, to clear the list of the names of species not found in New
Zealand, and to settle, to some extent, the true nomenclature of those that
remain.

The number of shells erroneously put down to New Zealand is sur-
prising. Thus the present list contains 45 true New Zealand species, while
87 have been rejected as spurious. Mr. Tenison-Woods is inclined to
think that this is in large part owing to the late Mr. L. Reeve regarding
Van Diemen's Land as a part of New Zealand. This is probably true, but
I suspect that most of the mistakes must be attributed to the carelessness
of Mr. Cuming, who appears to have attached localities to his shells pretty
well at random.

The classification followed is that of Professor Theodore Gill, of Wash-
ington, which I regard as, on the whole, the most natural yet proposed.
Many conchologists object to it as founded too much on lingual dentition,
‘which they say is inconvenient ; is not found in the whole of the Mollusca ;
fails to separate even the phytophagous from the zoophagous animals; is as
yet known only in a comparatively few species ; and cannot be applied to
fossils. But the odontophore is the most complicated organ possessed by
the Gastropoda, and therefore is, of all others, best adapted for tracing out
genealogies; for it is impossible to believe that two similar complicated
dentitions could have arisen independently. On the other hand the shell is
simple in structure; and very similar shells have certainly arisen indepen-
dently in several cases. The objection that an examination of the dentition
is “inconvenient” is of no value; conchologists must learn to use the micro-
scope like other naturalists. To object to the Gastropoda being classified by
the odontophore because it is absent in a few genera is ridiculous. That it
fails to separate the phytophagous and zoophagous species is only partly
true ; but, so far as it goes, shows that such a division has but little value.
That the dentition is as yet only known in comparatively few species is
because conchologists will not take the trouble to examine it, and merely
proves how much yet remains to be done in the classification of the Mol-
lusca. The last objection, that the test cannot be applied to fossil species,
is hardly worth answering. It is as if paleontologists were to insist upon
botanists classifying plants by their leaves because flowers were rarely
found fossil. To object to an attempt to find a true classification of living
Mollusca because, if found, it might upset our ideas of the value of shells in
paleontology is, I suppose, one of the weakest arguments ever uttered by
naturalists.

218 Transactions.— Zoology.

As there is great difference among conchologists in the spelling of the
specific name intended to represent that the species comes from New Zea-
land, I shall spell it uniformly neozelanicus, as I have already done in my
Revision of the Land Shells, believing that this is the most correct and the
shortest form. |

Order RHACHIGLOSSATA.

Dentition, 1-1-1, or 0-1-0. ;

Sub-order Hawrarossa.

Dentition, 1-1-1; the lateral teeth versatile, with an — base of
attachment, and only one cusp.

Fam. Muricida.

Animal with the mantle enclosed, and the foot simple; eyes on the
sides of the tentacles. Shell fusiform or ovate, not porcellanous ; columella
smooth.*

Sub-fam. Muricina.

Shell with the spire usually longer than the aperture ; the canal long or
moderate; the whorls crossed by varices; the columella rounded; no
posterior canal. Operculum ovate, with the nucleus subapical.

Genus Murex, Linne.
Whorls with three or more varices ; the canal partly closed.
Sub-genus Phyllonotus, Swainson.

Varices numerous ; canal rather short, wide, curved.

MUREX NEOZELANICUS, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii.,
p. 529, pl. 86, f. 5-7 (1832); Gray, Figures of Molluscous Animals, i., pl. 7,
f. 3; Tryon, Manual of Conchology, ii., p. 108, pl. 29, f. 268.

Hab. Cook Straits.

Varices with five or six slightly curved spines on each whorl, the pos-
terior much longer than the others.

The operculum is figured by Quoy, the dentition is Mucio

Murex ocrogonus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Abal: Zool. ii.,
p. 531, pl. 36, f. 8-9 (1832); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 7, f. 4; Tryon,

* The following species are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :—
Murez ramosus, Linn. Inhabits the Indo-Pacific Province.
Typhis cleryi, Sowb. Inhabits New South Wales.

Trophon coronatum, Adams. Inhabits Japan.

Fusus vulpicolor, Sowb. Inhabits Falkland Islands.

Fusus incisus, Gould. Inhabits California.

Adamsia typica, Dunker. Inhabits Australia.

Purpura patens, Homb. and Jacq. Inhabiis St. Paul's Island.
Purpura tesselliata, Lesson. Not again

Ricinula iodostoma, Lesson. Inhabits Tahiti.

Ricinula ricinus, Linn. Inhabits Indo-Pacific Province.

Hurrox.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 219

Man. Conch., ii., p. 110, pl. 80, f. 184 [not M. octogonus, Sowb., Pro. Zool.
Soc., 1859, p. 428]; M. dipsacus, Broderip, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 194;
M. peruvianus, Sowb., Pro. Zool. Soc., 1840, Conch. Icon., f. 103.

Hab. Bay of Islands; Hauraki Gulf; Cook Straits. Found also in
Japan and Peru.

Varices eight or nine, each with seven to thirteen strongly recurved
spines, which however are sometimes obsolete.

The operculum and dentition are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol.
xv., pl. xiii., f. 0.

Sub-genus Pteronotus, Swainson.

Varices three, fin-shaped ; canal moderate, somewhat recurved.

Murex aneast, Crosse (Typhis), Jour. de Conch., xi., p. 86, pl. 1, f. r.
(1863); Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., p. 88, pl. 40, f. 522 [not ib., p. 109].
M. eos, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 8 (1878).

Hab. Dead specimens only have been found at the Bay of Islands and
Wellington (T. W. Kirk). It is not uncommon in Australia and Tasmania.

The colour is yellowish pink.

Genus Trophon, Montfort.

Shell white; whorls with numerous lamelliform varices ; canal open,
usually bent to the left.

A. Shell thin, canal produced.

Tropuon AMBIGUUS, Philippi, Abbild., Fusus, pl. 1, f. 2 (1844); Tryon,
Man. Conch., ii., pl. 33, f. 365; Homb. and Jacq., Voy. Póle Sud, Zool.,
v., p. 109, pl. 25, f. 13, 14. Fusus cretaceus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 48
(1847). Murex candida, H. and A. Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1863, p. 480.
Fusus varius et lyratus, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z. (1878), [not of Lamarck].

Hab. Cook Straits to Foveaux Straits.

Whorls angled, and with numerous, unequal, spiral ribs; varices about
12 or 14, often produced at the angles, distant, sometimes obsolete on the
body-whorl.

A very variable species. The operculum and dentition are unknown.

B. Shell thick; canal short.

TROPHON STANGERI, Gray (Fusus) in Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii.,
p. 230 (1843). Purpura rugosa, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool.,
ii., p. 569, pl. 38, f. 19-21 (1833) [not of Lamarck] ; Gray, Figs. Moll.
Anim., ii., pl. 96, f. 7; Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., pl. 51, f. 112 and 122;
Purpura quoyi, Reeve, Conch. Icon., f, 71 (1846) [not P quoyi, Gray, Figs.
Moll. Anim., iv., pl. 70]. M. spiratus, Adams, P.Z.S., 1868, p. 429;
Kuster, Conch. Cab., t. 73, f. 8; Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., pl. 33, f. 354.
Purpura retiaria, Hutton, Jour. de Conch., 1878, p. gp

Hab. Auckland.

220 Transactions.—Zoology.

Whorls angled, with six or seven distant spiral ribs ; varices very
numerous and close; occasionally larger ones at regular intervals
(retiaria).

A smaller and thicker shell than the last. The dentition and operculum
are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, xv., pl. xiii., f. q. The operculum
is also figured by Quoy.

TropHon CHEESEMANI, Hutton, New Zealand Journal of Science, 1882,
p. 69; Trans. N.Z. Institute, vol. xv., p. 131 (Purpura).

Hab. Port Waikato.

Whorls rounded, with five narrow spiral grooves, crossed by growth
lines ; right lip strongly toothed inside ; columella rounded.

As the operculum and dentition of this species are unknown, it is
doubtful whether it should be placed here or in Polytropa.

Genus Kalydon, Hutton (1883).

Shell purplish or yellowish brown, shortly fusiform, longitudinally
ribbed or undulated, and spirally striated. Operculum ovate, with the
nucleus subapical. Dentition as in Trophon.

ers from Trophon in wanting varices and from Urosalpinx in the
operculum.

KaLyDoN pvopecimus, Gray (Fusus) in Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii.,
p. 230 (1848). Fusus corticatus, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 9
(1878).

Hab. Auckland to Banks Peninsula.

Shell with about twelve broad, rounded, rather close, longitudinal ribs ;
crossed on the body-whorl by about twelve narrow spiral ribs, of which the
anterior six are distant, the posterior five or six crowded. Canal moderate,
nearly straight.

The operculum and dentition are figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, xv.,
pl. xiii., f. n. (pawe):

This species appears to be allied to Fusus plumbeus, Gould, from Tierra
del Fuego. Trophon paive, Crosse, belongs to the genus, but has only
eight or nine narrow longitudinal ribs, and the spiral ribs are closer.

Dr. Gray’s description is a compound of this species and Pisania vittata.

KALYDON PLEBEIUS, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 9 (1878).

Hab. Auckland to Stewart Island.

Shell with numerous narrow longitudinal ribs (sharp in the young)
crossed by ten to fifteen strong spiral ribs, giving rise to a latticed or sub-
nodulose appearance ; canal short, sharply bent.

Dr. von Martens refers this to Fusus corrugatus, Reeve, but our shell i is
much smaller and differently marked, if Reeve’s figure is correct.

The operculum and dentition are not known.

Hurrox.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 221

Karxpox rerus, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 9 (1878).

Hab. Stewart Island and Chatham Islands.

Perhaps a variety of the last species, but broader, the longitudinal ribs
more irregular or obsolete, and the aperture strongly angled and shorter
than the spire. The dentition and operculum are unknown.

In the Manual of the Mollusca of New Zealand, 1880, there is a mistake
in the description of this species, all the words after “ bent to the left,” in-
cluding the dimensions, should be omitted, as they have got in from the
description of Siphonalia dilatata. The real dimensions are, length 11
inch; breadth :7 inch.

Sub-fam. Purpurine. A

Shell with the spire usually short; the canal short or reduced to a notch ;
the columella more or less flattened. Operculum with the nucleus lateral
or sub-lateral.

Genus Purpura, Bruguiére,

Spire short; aperture patulous with an oblique notch at the anterior
end, and a less distinct posterior canal. Operculum semi-cordate with the
nucleus lateral.

Purpura sucomorA, Martyn, Univ. Conch., pl. 45 (Buecinum) (1784) ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Purpura, f. 23; Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., p. 51,
f. 118.

Hab. Auckland to Nelson. Found also in New South Wales.

Deeply grooved, the ribs and grooves smooth, without any smaller
raised ridges.

The operculum and dentition are not known.

Purpura rExTILIOSA, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. (1820) ; Quoy and
Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 552, pl, 87, f. 1-8; Gray, Figs. Moll.
Anim., i., pl. 14, f. 6; Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 66; Tryon, Man. Conch., ii.,
pl. 51, f. 119 and 125. |

Hab. Auckland to Cook Straits. Found also in $. Australia (?).

Ribs and grooves with smaller ridges; or if uniform in size, they are

shallow and close. The dentition and opereulum are figured in the Trans.
N.Z. Inst., vol. xv., pl. 18, f. ». The opereulum has also been figured by
Quoy.

Genus Polytropa, Swainson.

Shell with the spire acuminate; the aperture narrowed anteriorly ; the
canal small and oblique; no posterior canal. Opereulum oval, with the
nucleus sub-lateral.

" PorrrRopa striata, Martyn (Buccinum), Univ. Conch., pl. 7 (1784) [not
| Purpura striata, Q. and G.]; P. rugosa, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. (1820)
[not P. rugosa, Q. and G.]; P. rupestris, Valenciennes, Voy. Póle Sud, Zool,

222 Transactions.—Z oology.

v., p. 89, pl. 22, f. 28 (1854); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., iii., pl. 266,
f. 4 (named wrong); Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., pl. 51, f. 107; P. squamata,
Hutton, Jour. de Conch., 1878, p. 9 (jaw).

Hab. Cook Straits to Stewart Island, Chatham Islands, Auckland |
Islands. Found also in Tasmania, New South Wales, and Kerguelen's
Land.

White, with eight or nine narrow spiral grooves, which are crossed by
thin varices. In the young the varices cross the ribs as well as the grooves.

The operculum and dentition are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv.,
pl. xiii., f. R.

PoLyrropa scoBINA, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. iii., p. 567,
pl. 88, f. 12, 18 (1885); Tryon, Man. Conch., ii, pl. 51, f. 123 [not
Purpura scobina, Reeve.]

Hab. Bay of Islands to Auckland and Port Waikato.

Distinguished by having three prominent scabrous ribs on the body
whorl.

The dentition and operculum are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute,
xv., pl. xiii., f. s.

PoLYTROPA ALBOMARGINATA, Deshayes, in Guerin's Mag. de Zool., 1841,
pl. 44; Tryon, Man. Conch., ii., pl. 51, f. 191. P. scobina, Reeve, Conch.
Icon., f. 72 (1846) [not of Q. and G.J. P. tristis, Dunker, Verhandl. Zool-bot.
Verein zu Wien, 1860, p. 910; and Reise der Novara, Moll., p. 6, pl. 1,
f. 4 (1868). P. biconica, Hutton, Jour. de Conch., 1878, p. 20.

Hab. Abundant throughout the South Island, and extending as far
north as Auckland.

This is a very variable species, and at Auckland passes into the last.
Usually it is rough, but at Lyttelton it is sometimes quite smooth, even
polished, and of a yellowish-white colour, with ten or twelve low, spiral,
dark purple ribs.

The dentition and operculum are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute,
Yv. PL MUL, L 2.

Sub-Genus Lepsia, Hutton.

Aperture ovate, rounded posteriorly, canal nearly obsolete, not recurved ;
columella excavated. Operculum as in the typical species of Polytropa.

Poryrrora Haustrum, Martyn (Buccinum), Univ. Conch., pl. 9 (1784);
Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. iii., p. 554, pl. 37, f. 4-5; Gray,
Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 13, f. 2 and 6; Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 6; Tryon,
Man. Conch., ii., p. 160, pl. 43, f. 25.

Hab. Throughout New Zealand and at the Chatham Islands.

Usually the interior is white, with a purple band round the mouth ; but
a variety occurs at Dunedin, in which the whole of the interior is yellow.

Hurron.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 228

The dentition and operculum are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute,
xv., pl. 18, f. o. Quoy has also figured the operculum, and Troschel the
dentition, in Das Gebiss der Schnecken, ii., taf. xiii., f. 20.

Fam. Olivide.

Animal with a voluminous foot, the lobes usually reflected over the sides
of the shell; eyes none, or on the sides of the tentacles. Operculum small
or absent. Shell porcellanous, without epidermis ; columella, suture, and
spire more or less callous; aperture obliquely notched below ; outer lip
simple.*

Sub-fam. Ancilline.

Eyes none. Shell polished, the columella grooved and twisted in front.
Operculum small, ovate.

Genus Ancillaria, Lamarck.

Shell oblong or sub-cylindrical, thick; columella with a few anterior
oblique plaits.

ANGILLARIA AUSTRALIS, Sowerby, Sp. Conch., 1880, pl. 7, f. 44-46;
A. australis and A. albisulcata, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. iii.,
p. 19, 20, pl. 49, f. 5-17 (1834); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 19, f. 1, 2,
8, and 5 [not A. albisulcata, Sowb.]. A. pyramidalis, Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
f. 11 (1864); A. australis, Tryon, Man. Conch., v., p. 94, pl. 88, f. 28, 29.

Hab. Auckland to Cook Straits; Chalky Inlet.

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z, Institute, xv., pl. xiii., f. v.

Fam. Columbellide.

Animal with the foot produced anteriorly ; the eyes near the outer bases
of the tentacles. Shell small, ovate or oblong, anteriorly notched or pro-
duced into a short open canal; inner lip tubercled, outer lip incurved in
the middle and usually thickened. Central tooth a simple plate, the laterals
notched at the outer end.t

Genus Columbella, Lamarck.

Shell with the inner lip usually excavated in the middle and ciatiüdatod

or denticulated in front; outer lip inflected and crenulated in the middle.
Sub-genus Mitrella, Risso.

Shell mitriform, smooth, spire elevated ; columella smooth or with a
few anterior rugosities ; outer lip smooth or crenulated within.

COLUMELLA cHoava, Reeve, Conch. Iconica, f. 239 (1858) ; Tryon, Man.
Conch., v., p. 187, pl. 51, f. 51. Pyrene flexuosa, Hutton, Jour. de Conch.,
1878, p. 23.

* The following species are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand =

Uliva duclosi, Reeve. Inhabits Australia and Po, lynesia

Oliva erythrostroma, Lam. Inhabits Indo-Pacific Province

Ancillaria nove-zealandie, Sowb. Inhabits China and Autalia
t The following species is omitted as not really inhabiting New «al —

Columbella zebra, Gray. Inhabits Japan and Polynesi

224 Transactions. — Zoology.

Hab. Auckland to Banks Peninsula.

Small, olive brown with obscure chestnut-brown markings ; sometimes
altogether dark brown. There is no operculum. The animal and dentition
are figured in Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv., pl. vii., f. o and ».

Sub-order RHACHIGLOSSA.

Dentition, 0-1-0. j

Fam. Marginellide.

Animal with the side-lobes of the mantle expanded over the shell; ten-
tacles approximated ; foot large, truncate in front, produced behind. Oper-
culum usually absent. Shell polished, the spire short or immersed ;
columella plaited ; outer lip with a thickened margin.*

; Genus Marginella, Lamarck.

Spire short or concealed; outer lip with a thick marginal varix, its
inner margin smooth or crenulated. Teeth with several cusps.

MARGINELLA MUSCARIA, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. (1820); Tryon, Man.
Conch., v., pl. 6, f. 3; Erato lactea, Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 63.

Hab. Auckland and Cook Straits. Found also in S. Australia and
Tasmania. .

White or tinted with yellowish.

The dentition is not known.

Sub-genus Volvaria, Lamarck.

Shell subeylindrical, outer lip not thickened.

ManGINELLA INFANS, Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 150 (1865); M. albescens,
Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 19 (1873); Erato pellucida, Tenison-
Woods, Pro. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1878, p. 34.

Hab. Foveaux Straits, Chatham Islands. Found also in Tasmania,
and at Singapore.

Translucent, white, occasionally with indications of two yellow spiral
bands ; columella with four plaits.

The dentition is unknown.

Our specimens are much smaller than the type and usually white.

Fam. Volutide.

Animal with the mantle largely developed, covering the sides of the
shell ; tentacles far apart, united by a broad veil over the head. Shell not
porcellanous ; columella with distinct plaits, the auterior of which are
larger. Operculum usually absent.t

* The following species is omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :—
Marginella vittata, Hutton (= M. de burghie, Adams). Inhabits Australia.
+ The © species are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :—
luta kirki, Hutton (=flavicans). Inhabits N. Australia.
Folio kaupii, Dunker. Habitat unknown,

Hurron.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 225

Genus Voluta, Linné.
Shell ovate, the aperture narrow. Operculum none. Teeth tricuspid.
Sub-genus Alcithoe, H. and A. Adams.

Shell thick, the spire elongated, with a papilliform apex; outer lip
expanded and more or less reflexed.

Vonura PACIFICA, Solander, Cat. Pojdand Museum, No. 4089 (1788);
Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 625, pl. 44, f. 6; Gray,
Figs. Moll. Anim., i. pl. 27, f. 3; Sowerby, Thes. Coneh., i., pl. 48, f. 26;
Tryon, Man. Conch., iv., pl. 98, £. 97; Homb. and Jacq., Voy. au Póle
Sud, Zool. v., p. 72, pl. 19, £ 7; Gray, 1. e., ii., pl. 268, f. 1. Buccinum
arabicum, Martyn, Univ. Coneh., pl. 52 (1784).

Hab. Throughout the N. Island; Cook Straits; Banks Peninsula;
Foveaux Straits.

Fulvous, with dark brown anastomosing markings, forming three or
four spiral bands. Whorls with a row of tubercles; columella with four to
six plaits.

Var. ELONGATA, Swainson.

Fulvous, and without tubercles.

The dentition is figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, vol xv., pl. xiii., f. v.

VoLuta eracus, Swainson, Exotic Conchology, pl. 42 (1821); Griffith
in Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, vol. xii., pl. 40, £ 4; Sowerby, Thes. Conch.,
i., pl. 55, f. 117 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., iv., pl. 28, f. 99. Voluta fusus, Quoy
and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 627, pl. 44, f. 7-8 (1833) ; Tryon,
l.c. iv., pl. 28, f. 98.

Hab. Auckland.

Fulvous with anastomosing flexuous markings which do not form bands.
The nodules elongated : columella with four plaits.

Smaller and narrower than the last species. The dentition is not known.

Sub-genus Cymbiola, Swainson.

Shell thin, the spire elongated, with a papilliform apex ; outer lip
sharp, occasionally slightly expanded.

Vonura LUTEA, Watson, Jour. Lin. Soc., Zool. xvi, p. 881 (1882) ; N.Z.
Journal of Science, i., p. 441

Hab, 200 miles west of Cupé Campbell in 275 fathoms.

Pale buff with a high blunt spire, largish mouth, slightly reflexed outer
lip, and four plaits on the columella.

I have not seen this species, which was obtained by the Challenger Ex-
pedition. The dentition is unknown.

Sub-order ODoNTOG

Dentition, 1—1—1; the laterals not ab, broad, many-cuspid
(Turricula is said to differ from this.)

15

226 Transactions.—Zoology.

Fam. Mitrida.

Shell fusiform, thick, the spire well developed; columella obliquely

plaited, the posterior plaits larger. Operculum small or absent.*
Genus Turricula, Klein.

Shell longitudinally plicately ribbed; spire acuminate; aperture nar-
row ; columella with numerous plaits.

The lateral teeth are said by Dr. Gray to be versatile, with a single cusp,
in which case the genus should be referred to the Olivide.

Sub-genus Pusia, Swainson.

Shell small, ovate ; spire usually short, convex, with an obtuse apex;
outer lip sometimes thickened.

TURRICULA RUBIGINOSA, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 20 (1878),
[not Mitra rubiginosa, Reeve].

Hab. Auckland to Stewart Island; Chatham Islands.

Smooth, longitudinal plications sometimes obsolete on the body-whorl.
Purplish brown, with a dark purple spiral band in the centre of the body
whorl ; columella orange red.

Allied to T. rubra, Swainson, from the Paumotu Islands, but, I think,
quite distinct.

The dark band is sometimes absent, and the shell may be brown or
purple, but the columella is always red. Dead rubbed shells are often rosy
or purplish.

Specimens from Auckland may be a distinct species as they appear to
be spirally grooved ; but I have only seen dead and discoloured shells.

The operculum and dentition are unknown.

Fam. Fasciolaride.

Shell more or less fusiform, without varices; outer lip not thickened.
Eyes usually at the outer bases of the tentacles. Operculum always
present. + ;

Sub-fam. Fusine.

Columella not plicate nor tortuose.

* Species omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand.
Mitra aurantia, Gmelin. Inhabits the Indo-Pacific Province.
Mitra abbreviata, Sowerby. Habitat unknown.
Mitra chrysalis, Reeve. Inhabits Polynesia.
Mitra obscura, Hutton. Inhabits Polynesia (?).
urricula rubra, Swainson. Inhabits Paumotu Islands.
Cylindra nucea, Gronovius. Inhabits Polynesia.
+ The following species are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :—
Fasciolaria trapezium, Linné. Inhabits Indian
Peristernia zealandica, Adams. Inhabits Indian Ocean.
Peristernia decorata, Adams. Inhabits Andaman Islands,

Hurron.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 227

Genus Fusus, Klein.

Shell with a long and straight canal. Operculum with the nucleus
apical.

Fusus sprraris, Adams, Proc. Zool. Boc., 1855, p. 221 [not of Tryon,
Man. Conch., iii., pl. 85, f. 593]; F. pensum, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of
N.Z., p. 8 (1873). i

Hab. Cook Straits, rare.

Whorls sub-carinated, spirally grooved; the keel sub-nodulose ; suture
very deep. j

The operculum and dentition are unknown.

Adams’ description answers very well to our shell, which is not uncom-
mon as a fossil at Wanganui, but apparently very rare living. Tryon's
figure, however, does not at all agree with our shell, and if he has drawn
the type, F. spiralis must be struck off our list.

Fusus AUSTRALIS, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 495,
pl. 34, f. 9-14 (1833); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 9, f. 8; Tryon, Man.
Conch., iii., pl. 34, f. 113. Fusus caudatus, Q. and G., l.e., ii., p. 503, pl.
84, f. 20, 21; Tryon, l.c., ii., pl. 34, f. 119.

Hab. North Island and Nelson.

Found also in Australia, Japan, and the Red Sea.

Whorls rounded, with spiral ribs and strie, and longitudinal plications.

The operculum and teeth are figured by Quoy, but the latter are not in
sufficient detail.

This species somewhat resembles Siphonalia mandarinus, but is distin-
guished by its longer and straighter canal.

Genus Taron, Hutton (1882).

Shell fusiform ; canal short, slightly retroverted ; columella smooth ;
aperture oval, the outer lip simple: no posterior canal, operculum oval, the
nucleus sub-central. Dentition as in Leucozonia.

Taron pusrus, Hutton, Jour. de Conchyliologie, 1878, p. 13 (Trophon)
[not Leucozonia dubia, Petit].

Hab. Auckland.

The body-whorl with twelve spiral ridges and usually nine or ten obso-
lete longitudinal ribs at the posterior end; aperture more than half the
length of the shell.

The operculum and dentition are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv.,
pl. xiii., f. E.

This species seems near Fusus coreanicus, Smith (P.Z.S., 1879, pl. 20,
f. 86), from Japan, but differs from it in its shorter canal and longer
aperture, as well as in its colours, and in the spiral ribs not being
alternately smaller,

228 Transactions. —Zoology.

Sub-order DUPLOHAMATA.

Dentition, 1-1-1; the laterals versatile, with two or more cusps on a
long base.

Fam. Buccinide.

Animal with a conii siphon; shell ovate or fusiform; canal mode-
rate, short, or reduced to a notch; columella smooth. Operculum ovate
with the nucleus apical or lateral.

Sub-fam. Neptuntine.

Foot simple; eyes on the sides of the tentacles. Shell with the canal
moderate and twisted.*

Genus Siphonalia, Adams.

Animal with a long siphon. Lateral teeth with three cusps, the central
with four. Shell fusiform ; canal moderate or rather short, last whorl ven-
tricose. Operculum ovate, the nucleus apical.

SIPHONALIA MANDARINA, Duclos, Mag. Zool., viii. (1881); Reeve, Conch.
Icon., Fusus, f. 8; Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., p. 138, pl. 57, f. 385. Fusus
zealandicus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 500, pl. 34,
f. 4-5 (1888). Fusus reevianus, Sowb., Thes. Conch., 1880; Tryon, Man.
Conch., iii., pl. 86, f. 600 [not of Petit].

Hab. Auckland to Cook Straits. Found also in $. Africa.

Whorls rounded, spirally grooved, each groove with one or two raised
lines. Body-whorl with or without longitudinal ribs.

The dentition and operculum are unknown.

SIPHONALIA DILATATA, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii.,
p. 498, pl. 34, f. 15, 16 (1838); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 9, f. 5;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Fusus, f. 49; Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., p. 135, pl. 54,
f. 856-358. Fusus adustus, Philippi (1844); Tryon, l.c., iii., pl. 54, f. 359.

Hab. Auckland to Cook Straits. Found also in Tasmania, Australia,
and Japan.

* The following species are omitted as not really inhabiting New Zealand :—
Buccinum triton, Lesson. Inhabits Peru
Buccinum zealandicum, Reeve. Not recognized,
Buccinum glandiforme, Reeve. Not recognized.
Buccinum gradatum, Deshayes. Not recognized
Buccinum porcata, Gmelin. Inhabits Cape of Good Hope.
Buccinum lactea, Reeve. Inhabits Australia.
Buccinum quoyi, Kiener. Habitat unknown.
Nassa subspinosa, Lamarck. Inhabits Polynesia.
Nassa rutilans, Reeve. Inhabits N. Australia
Nassa nove-zealandiz, Reeve. Inhabits Philippines.
Nassa nigella, Reeve. Habitat unknown.
Nassa corticata, Adams, Inhabits Australia.
Nassa sculpta, Marrat. Inhabits Polynesia,

Horros.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 229

Whorls angled and spirally striated, with seven or eight longitudinal
ribs in front of the angle, and tuberculated on the angle.

The dentition and opereulum are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute,
xv., pl. xiii., f. r. The operculum is also figured by Quoy, and the dentition
by Troschel, but he makes it different ; probably he has mistaken the
species.

SIPHONALIA NODOSA, Martyn, Univ. Conch., Buccinum, pl. 5 (1784);
Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 56, f. 877. Fusus raphanus, Lamarck, Anim.
sans Vert. (1820); Reeve, Conch. Icon., £ 61. Buccinum raphanus, Quoy
and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 428, pl. 81, £. 5,6; Tryon, Man.
Conch., iii., pl. 56, f. 376, 877.

Hab. Auckland to Cook Straits.

Whorls angled, with a row of fifteen or sixteen nodules on the angle,
and often another row in front; canal short.

The dentition and operculum are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute,
xv., pl. xiii., f. e.

Sub-fam. Pisamüne. ——

Shell heavy ; canal short and wide; the outer lip thickened. Animal
with the foot simple and eyes on the sides of the tentacles.

Genus Pisania, Bivona.

Animal with the siphon short. . Lateral teeth with three cusps ; central
with three. Shell oblong or fusiform, smooth, or spirally striated.
Operculum ovate, the nucleus apical.

Pisania LINEATA, Martyn, Univ. Conch., Buccinum, pl. 48 (1784) ; Quoy
and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., P- 501, pl. 34, f. 6-8; Gray, Figs.
Moll. Anim., i., pl. 5, f. 5; Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 72, f. 229, 230;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Fusus, f. 81 [not Buccinum lineatum, Gml., nor
Cantharus lineatus, Menke} .

Hab. Auckland to Banks Peninsula. Auckland Islands.

White, with distant narrow purple. spiral bands. Whorls 8, of which
3 to 5 only are plicate. Lateral teeth with three nearly equal cusps. The
dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, xv., pl. xiii., f.n. The
operculum is also figured by Quoy.

Var. PERTINAX, Martens, Sitzb. Berlin, 23 (1878).

Hab. Auckland, Banks Peninsula, and the Auckland Islands.

Longitudinal ribs extending over the fifth and sixth whorls.

The dentition is not known.

Var. traversi, Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p- 9 (1878).
Euthria lineata var. B., Man. N.Z. Mollusca.

Hab. Cook Straits, Stewart Island, Chatham Islands.

Longitudinal ribs extending over all the whorls.

280 Transactions.—Z. oology.

Perhaps this is a distinct species. It is something like Buccinum spadi-
ceum, Reeve, from Japan. The operculum and dentition are not known.

Pisania striata, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Institute, vii. (1875), p. 458,
pl. 21 (Cominella).

Hab. Lyttelton. |

Shell, pale yellow-brown, the surface spirally striated. Lateral teeth
with three nearly equal cusps.

The dentition is figured on pl. xi., fig. 3, of this volume.

Pisanta FLAVESCENS, Hutton (1883); Euthria lineata var. b., Man. of
N.Z. Mollusca.

Hab. Dunedin. i

Shell spirally striated ; colourless or orange with darker spiral bands ;
interior more or less banded with yellow. Lateral teeth with the middle
cusp smaller than the others.

The dentition is figured on pl. xi., fig. 4, of this volume.

PISANIA VITTATA, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 504,
pl. 34, f. 18, 19 (1888); Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 5, f. 4 (B. fasciata) ;
Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 72, f. 285; [not Buccinum vittatum, Linn].
Buccinum trilineatum, Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 98 (1846); Fusus bicinctus,
Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 10 (1873); Tryon, Man. Conch., iii.,
pl. 72, f. 234.

Hab. Bay of Islands to Auckland; Banks Peninsula. Chatham Islands
and Auckland Islands. '

Shell spirally striated ; greyish or yellowish ; the interior with two or
three purple or brownish bands, which sometimes extend through to the
exterior. Lateral teeth with the two inside cusps equal and smaller than
the outside one.

The operculum and dentition are figured in the Trans. N.Z, Inst., XV.,
pL. xm., Li

PISANIA LITTORINOIDES, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Buccinum, f. 94 (1846);
Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 72, f. 281; Euthria lineata var. c., Man. N.Z.
Mollusca.

Hab. Lyttelton and Dunedin. Chatham Islands. |

Shell spirally striated; purple with darker spiral lines. Lateral teeth
with the two inside eusps equal and smaller than the outside cusp.,

The dentition is figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, xiv., pl. vi., f. D
(E. lineata), and by Troschel, pl. 7, f. 12. à

PISANIA MARTENSIANA, Hutton, Jour. de Conch., 1878, p. 16.

Hab. Wellington (T. W. Kirk).

Shell spirally striated; brown. Much narrower than the last species.

The operculum and dentition are not known. These last five species of
Pisania are closely allied.

Hurron.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 231

PISANIA ANTARCTICA, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Buccinum, f. 80 (1845); Tryon,
Man. Conch., iii., pl. 72, f. 228 [not Buccinum antarcticum, Philippi, 1868].
Buccinum campbelli, Filhol, Comptes Rendus, xci. (1880), p- 1094.

Hab. Banks Peninsula. Auckland Islands and Campbell Island.
Found also at the Falkland Islands.

Interior purplish brown ; columella and outer lip white.

The operculum and dentition are unknown. This species is perhaps the
same as Fusus rufa, Homb. and Jacq. Reeve's figure is very bad.

Sub-fam. Buccinine.

Foot simple ; eyes variously placed. Shell ovate, the lip thin ; aperture
with a short oblique notch.

Genus Cominella, Gray.

Animal with a long siphon and eyes on the sides of the tentacles. Lateral
teeth with two cusps; central with three. Operculum ovate, with the
nucleus apical. Shell with a groove at the suture, and a posterior canal.

ComINELLA MACULATA, Martyn, Univ. Conch., Buccinum, pl. 49 (1784) ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Buccinum, f. 16; Tryon, Man. Coneh., iii., pl. 81, f.
491. Buccinum turgidum, Gmelin (after Solander). B. testudineum, Quoy
and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool., pl. 30, f. 12; Tryon, l.c., iii., pl. 81, f.
499. Buccinum melo, Lesson, Ann. des Sci. Nat., 1840.

Hab. Auckland. Chatham Islands, Auckland Islands.

Shell turgid; yellowish gray with spiral rows of brown spots ; columella
yellow.

The operculum and dentition are figured in the Trans. N.Z. Inst., XV.,
pl. xiii., f.1. The operculum is also figured by Adams in the Gen. of Moll.;
and the dentition by Troschel, ii., taf. viii., f. 8.

COMINELLA MACULOSA, Martyn, Univ. Conch., Buccinum, pl. 8 (1784);
Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 81, f. 423 [not P. maculosa, Lamarck]. Buc-
cinum testudinea, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., pl. 80, f. 8
to 11; Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 14, f. 1 and 3 [not of Chemnitz] .

Hab. Bay of Islands to Banks Peninsula.

Ash-grey with twelve or thirteen spiral or interrupted dark bands;
columella brownish purple. Much narrower than the last species.

The operculum is figured by Quoy ; the dentition in the Trans. N.Z.
Inst., xv., pl. xiii., f. at. ; and by Hogg in the Trans. Roy. Micro. Bos., 1868
(species doubtful). :

COMINELLA TESTUDINEA, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., Buccinum, x., f. 1454
(1788) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 66; Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 80,
f. 414. B. cataracta, Chemnitz, Le., x., f. 1455; Tryon, l.c., iii., pl. 80,
f. 415.

Hab. Auckland. Chatham Islands.

232 Transactions.— Zoology.

Ash-grey with irregular dark markings ; columella orange-yellow at the
anterior end.

The operculum is similar to that of the last species. The dentition is
figured in the Trans. N.Z. Institute, xv., pl. xiii., f. y.

CoMINELLA virgata, Adams, Genera of Moll., pl. 16, f. 6a (1858).
Buccinum quoyi, Reeve, Conch. Icon., f. 36 (lineolatum) (1846); Tryon,
Man. Conch., iii., pl. 80, f. 417 [not of Kiener]. Buccinum lineolatum,
Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii., p. 419, pl. 80, f. 14-16 [not
of Lamarck] ; Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim., i., pl. 5, f. 1; Tryon, Man. Conch.,
iii, pl. 81, f. 425. B. lavigatum, Hutton, Cat. N.Z. Moll., p. 14 (1873).

Hab. Bay of Islands to Auckland.

Ash-grey with five to eight distant narrow black spiral lines, which are
never interrupted ; anterior end of the columella bright orange.

The operculum is figured by Quoy, and the dentition in the Tine. N.Z,
Institute, xv., pl. 18, f. x.

COMINELLA NassoIDES, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Buccinum, f. 12 (1845);
Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 81, f. 442 [not Nassaria nassoides, Gray]. B.
zealandicum, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 14 (1878), [not of Reeve]. C.
nodicincta, Martens, Sitzb. Berlin, 28, (1878); Tryon, l.c., iii., pl. 81, f. 443.

H Foveaux Straits. Chatham Islands; Auckland Islands.

Shell nodulose at the suture; spirally ridged. Yellow-brown, the
grooves orange brown ; interior pale yellow. The operculum and dentition
are unknown. A very variable species.

ComineLLa VENERIS, Filhol, Comptes Rendus, xci. (1880), p. 1094
(Buccinum).

Hab. Campbell Island.

Epidermis greyish; columella and margin of the mouth the same
colour. Longitudinal ribs beginning at the apex, and becoming more and
more marked; transverse ribs on the last and penultimate whorls. Length
1:6, breadth +6 inch.

I have not seen this species.

CowiwELLA muTTONI, Kobelt, Cat. d. Gattung, Cominella, p. 233 (1878).
Buccinum costatum, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. iii., pl. 80,
f. 19, 20 [not of Lamarck] ; Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 81, f. 481. C.
quoyana, Adams, Pro. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 813 [not of Kiener, nor of Reeve].
C. lurida, Cat. Marine Moll. of N.Z., p. 14 (1873) [not of Philippi].

Hab. Bay of Islands.

Pale brown marbled with reddish brown, and with thin distant dark spiral
lines. There are twelve longitudinal plications on a whorl, the two next the
aperture often obsolete. The aperture is less than half the length of the
shell. The operculum is of the ordinary form ; the dentition is unknown.

Hurron.—On Rhachiglossate Mollusca. 233

This species has been very well figured by Quoy. It is distinguished
from C. costata not only by its form and colour, but also by the tentacles
being slender, with the eyes near the middle; whereas in C. costata,
according to Quoy, the tentacles are * short, thick, and rounded at the tip,
close to which the eyes are placed.”

CowINELLA LURIDA, Philippi, Zeitschrift f. Malak., 1848, p. 187; Icon.
iii., p. 46, pl. 1, f. 10; Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., pl. 81, f. 439. Buccinum
funereum, Gould, Pro. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii. (1850), p. 152; U.S.
Exploring Expedition, Shells, Atlas, f. 820; Tryon, l.c., iii., pl. 81, f. 498.
Buc. zealandicum, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Póle Sud, Zool. v., p. 74,
pl. 21, f. 5, 6 (1854); Tryon, l.c., iii., pl. 81, f. 487 [not of Reeve].

Hab. Throughout New Zealand on mud flats, and in slightly brackish
water.

Yellowish-gray to brown-purple, the lighter varieties occasionally show-
ing faint spiral lines of darker, the aperture is about half the length of the
shell, and is dark purple, usually mottled with yellow. There are about
twelve plications on a whorl. The operculum is normal. The dentition is
figured in Trans. N.Z. Institute, xiv., pl. vi., f. 0.

This species is quite distinct from C. acutinodosa, Reeve, from $. Aus-
tralia.

Sub-fam. Nassine.

Animal with the foot large, and carrying at its posterior extremity two
small processes. Central tooth pectinated ; laterals with two cusps, and
sometimes intermediate serrations. Shell with the inner lip usually callous ;
the canal short and recurved, or a notch. Operculum ovate, the nucleus
apical.

- Genus Nassa, Lamarck.

Shell ventricose; inner lip with a posterior callosity, or blunt, dentiform,
plait ; outer lip dentated, internally crenulated.

Nassa EPHAMILLA, Watson, Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvi., p. 870 (1882);
N.Z. Journal of Science, i., p. 442.

Hab. N.E. of New Zealand in 700 fathoms.

Rather small, thin, chalkily porcellanous ; ovate, with a shortish scalar .
spire, a rounded apex, a marginated suture, and a tumid base with very
short pillar. Whorls rounded and beset with small prickles.

I have not seen this species, which was obtained by the Challenger
expedition. ;

234 -~ TLransactions.— Zoology.

Art. XI.—Descriptions of new Crustaceans. By Gro. M. Tuomson, F.L.B.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 31st October, 1882.]
Plates XII and XIII.
Fam. ZEGIDJE.
Sub-fam. CIROLANINE.
Genus Pseudega, n. gen..

Eyes rather small. External antenne hardly separated from one another.
Inner antenne tolerably elongated. Legs all adapted for walking.
Epimere well-developed, and produced acutely backwards. Abdomen
distinctly 5-jointed ; last segment large. Caudal appendages reaching its
extremity.

1. Pseudaga punctata, n. sp. PI. xii., figs. 11-13.

The body is somewhat oval in outline, concave above, and nearly flat on
the under-surface. The head is nearly square, and is inserted into the first
thoracic segment, which considerably exceeds the other subequal segments
in length. The abdominal segments are very distinct; the 4th and 5th
are overlapped at the sides by the preceding segments. The last segment
is triangular, with somewhat rounded edges, which are fringed with long
hairs, and ends in a sharp point. The eyes are placed in the lower and
outer angles of the head, and are nearly hidden by an upward-toothed pro-
jection of the 2nd joint of the external antenne. These organs are very
close together at the base, and the point of their flagellum just reaches the
suture between the 4th and 5th thoracic segments. The internal antenne
are much more slender, but the peduncle reaches the extremity of the
peduncle of the outer pair, while the flagellum reaches to about the middle
of the 2nd thoracic segment.

The legs increase in length posteriorly, the 7th pair being considerably
the longest. The caudal appendages reach the extremity of the abdomen,
and are fringed with long hairs; the inner branch is very broad, and
has a long acute tooth on its outer margin; the outer branch is nearly
“linear.

All the legs and the margins of the epimer® are furnished with roughish
hairs, but the upper part of the body is smooth. The general colour is
grey, owing to the integument being covered with minute black stellate
markings. Length :5 inch.

Loc. Washed up on the Ocean Beach, near Dunedin.

I advance this genus and species provisionally, as I cannot satisfactorily
place it in any of the existing genera. A revision of the Isopoda is very
much wanted.

G. M. Tuousox.—ÓOn new Crustaceans. 235

Fam. IDOTEIDA.
Genus Edotia, Guérin-Méneville.

1. Edotia dilatata, n.sp. Pl. xii., figs. 9, 10.

Female.—Body somewhat flattened and much dilated in the middle, the
second, third and fourth segments being progressively broader and bluntly
angled at the sides, fifth suddenly narrowing to less than half the width of
the fourth ; epimera completely amalgamated with the thoracic segments.
Post-abdomen 2-jointed, the 1st joint very short, 2nd greatly elongated ;
distal extremity somewhat excavate.

Head subquadrate, with the anterior margin nearly straight, posterior
slightly rounded. Antennules (internal antenne) very short, 4-jointed,
basal joint stout. Antenne (external antenne?) reaching to the second
thoracic segment, flagellum 18-14-jointed. Legs slender, subequal, dactyla
of all the feet double-clawed (terminal and sub-terminal claws subequal).
Opercular plates elongated, narrow ; distal portions sub-quadrate, their
extremities terminating in a point on the inner line, rounded outwardly.
The whole body is of a light chestnut-brown colour, and the surface is quite
smooth; the abdomen bears numerous minute black dots. Length about
linch. The whole under-surface was occupied by an ovigerous pouch.

This is a remarkable species intermediate in many respects between
Edotia and Idotea, though apparently on the whole nearest to the former.
It differs however from the characters of the genus in which I have placed
it, in wanting the characteristic oblique line across the basal opercular
plates. From /dotea it differs most conspicuously in having the epimers
anchylosed with the sides of the thoracic segments. The ova in the oviger-
ous pouch were not sufficiently developed to furnish any characters.

A single specimen was sent to me from Auckland by T. F. Cheese-
man, Esq.

Fam. ORCHESTIDA.
Genus Allorchestes.

Allorchestes recens, n. 8p. Pl. xiii., figs. 2-5.

Body tolerably compressed and slender, quite smooth ; coxal plates of
the first three thoracic segments about as deep as their respective segments ;
those of the rest of pereion shallower. Eyes rather small, nearly circular.
Superior antenn® reaching to or slightly beyond the extremity of the
peduncle of the inferior; peduncle about as long as the 5-7-jointed
flagellum. Inferior antenne about one-fourth as long 8$ the body ;
peduncle about equal with the 8-10-jointed flagellum. In both antenne
a few very short stiff sete are found at the extremity of each joint. The
maxillipedes have an extremely short and pointed dactylos ; most of the
joints have numerous short stiff sete at their extremities and inner

. 286 T'ransactions.— Zoology.

margins. The first gnathopoda of the male have the joints rather short
and dilated on their lower margins; the propodos is about as broad as
long, rounded on both margins, and with the palm nearly transverse. In
the female the same is more slender, and the joints longer in proportion to
their breadth ; the propodos sub-quadrate, with tho palm quite transverse ;
and only the carpos has the rounded dilatation. The second gnathopoda
of the male have a large, broadly-ovate propodos, narrowing to the
extremity. It bears a double row of stiff spine-like teeth along the palm,
which extends very obliquely more than half-way along the inferior margin.
In the female, on the other hand, this.limb is so much reduced anteriorly
as to suggest a close approximation to Orchestia ; the meros, carpos, and
propodos have their inferior margins dilated into rounded plates; while the
latter bears a minute dactylos, extending only about half-way across it, and
not quite at its extremity. The pereiopoda increase in length posteriorly,
the last pair being considerably the longest. Length ¿ inch.

Loc. Numerous specimens of this species were sent me from Wel-
lington by Mr. J. C. Gully, who obtained them in a small stream into
which several drains ran.

Genus Corophium, Latr.
Latr. Gen. Crust., i., p. 58.
Brit. Mus. Cat. Amphip. Crust., p. 279.

1. Coroputum Excavatum, n.sp. Pl. xii., figs. 1-8.

Cephalon laterally produced between the bases of the antenn® into small
obtuse lobes, on which the small rounded eyes are placed ; seen from above
the front margin is nearly straight, and is only pointed (not rostrate) be-
tween the bases of the anterior antenne. Antenne subequal in length,
more than one-third as long as the body: anterior pair slender; 1st and
2nd joints of peduncle long, subequal; 8rd joint very short; flagellum
10-jointed, as long as base: inferior pair very stout, pediform; flagellum
very short, 6-jointed : both pairs of antenne sparingly furnished with sete.
First pair of gnathopoda rather small; ischium and meros very short, the
former with a long tuft of sete; carpus elongated, thickly fringed with hairs
on its inferior margin ; propodos rather shorter than carpus, slightly dis-
tended proximally, furnished with a tuft of sete on its upper margin and
another at the hinge of the dactylos, palm transverse, with a fringe of fine
sete; dactylos slightly curved, impinging closely on the palm. Second
pair of gnathopoda longer than first, joints rather slender ; meros produced
into a scoop-like process, fringed on each margin with long sete, and into
which the carpus lies closely when the limb is folded; carpus elongated,
rather widest at its distal end, densely fringed with long sets along its in-
ferior margin ; propodos as long as carpus, sides nearly parallel, produced

G. M. Tuomson.—On new Crustaceans. 287

posteriorly into a tooth, which makes the palm nearly transverse, sparingly
setose towards the extremity ; dactylos arcuate, nearly twice as long as the
palm. First and second pairs of pereiopoda rather short, simple, and
nearly destitute of spines or sete; third pair shortest of all, joints densely
fringed with long sete, and the propodos strongly spined on ibs inferior
margin ; fourth pair twice as long as third, dactylos directed backwards ;
fifth pair longer still, being nearly equal in length to the whole body, the
basa of these three last pairs are much dilated and setose on their margins.
Three posterior pairs of pleopoda ending subequally, ante-penultimate and
penultimate pairs with strong curved spines on their basal joints and rami;
ultimate pair very small and feebly developed, with a few sete, but no
spines, internal ramus very minute. Telson short and rounded at its extre-
mity. Colour a dirty-grey, similar to that of the sandy-mud of the creek in
which it occurred. Length j inch.

Hab. Brighton Creek (salt water), near Dunedin. :

This species is very distinct from any hitherto described, the form of the
meros of the 2nd gnathopod being quite remarkable; a tendency towards a
similar development of structure occurs apparently in C. longicorne, which
is, however, a very different species in many respects.

Fam. OXYCEPHALID/E.
Genus Oxycephalus, Edw.
Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat., t. xx., 1830, p. 396.
C. Claus, Die Gattungen und Arten der Platysceliden, 1879, p. 44.

Body elongated, slender, cephalon produced into a triangular beak, from
the base of the under-surface of which the anterior antenne project. These
have the peduncle greatly dilated in the male, and thickly furnished with
olfactory sete; flagellum 2- or g-jointed. The posterior antenne are 5-
jointed in the male, and lie behind the snout under the inflated portion of
the head, all the joints being folded close against one another ; in the female
they are wanting. The mandibles are small, and furnished with a slender
8-jointed palp in the male. The maxille are totally wanting. The maxil-
lipedes are also greatly reduced in size, and their squamiform plates are
smoothly rounded. The gnathopoda have complex chele, the carpus being
produced into a long narrow point, which meets the dactylos ; those of the
first pair are shorter than the second. The first two pairs of pereiopoda
have the joints very slender, in the third and fourth the basa are broadly
dilated, while the fifth pair are very much. smaller, but have all the joints
present. The three posterior pairs of pleopoda are double-branched, the

‘branches being broadly lanceolate. The triangular telson seems to be
anehylosed to the preceding segment.

238 Transactions.—Z oology.

Spence Bate, in the British Museum Catalogue of the Amphipodous
Crustacea, has overlooked the remarkable sexual differences which charae-
terize the Oxycephalide, not only in this genus, but also in Rhabdosoma, in
which he describes the male of R. armatum as a separate species, R. whitei.
The distinctive characters have been clearly brought out by Dr. Claus in a
paper on ** Die Gattungen und Arten der Platysceliden,” which however is
not readily accessible to New Zealand students. In this paper, Dr. Claus
describes Oxycephalus piscator, Edw., at considerable length, and unites
O. tuberculatus, Sp. Bate, and O. oceanicus, Guérin-Méneville, to it—the latter
being a young male. He also gives brief descriptions of six new species,
from all of which the following species is quite distinct, though apparently
nearest O. latirostris, a Lagos species. The brevity of the descriptions
however, and the want of illustrations, render this resemblance somewhat
doubtful.

1. OXYCEPHALUS EDWARDSI, n. sp. Plate xii., figs. 14-21; pl. xiii., fig. 1.

Male.—The head is widely dilated and produced into a long sharp snout.
This snout is more or less sharply ridged on the upper surface, and nearly
flat on the under-side, the margins being sharply bent inwards. The sides
of the head are nearly completely occupied with the eyes, which resemble
those of Phronima. The sides of the head are not in close contact below,
but form a long groove in which the posterior antenna lie folded. The
anterior antenn® are placed in front of the head just under the base of the
beak ; they depend nearly vertically, and have their concave side turned
outwards. The peduncle has two short basal joints, and then a long, very
stout, curved joint, the whole inner (convex) surface of which is thickly
coated with olfactory sete. The flagellum, which projects nearly at right
angles from the extremity of the peduncle, is very small and 3-jointed.

The posterior antenne are placed almost behind the head, and their
joints lie folded closely together in the groove under the cephalon, in a
zigzag manner ; when extended, they are two or three times as long as the
head and snout. Dr. Claus calls these organs 5-jointed ; they have 4 long,
subequal joints, which are extremely slender, but a little dilated at their
ends, with a minute terminal hook-like claw, which appears only to be pre-
sent in mature males. The mandibles are much reduced in size, and
project down, behind the insertion of the antenne, as small tooth-like
organs furnished with a slender 8-jointed palp. These and the very much
reduced maxillipedes are the only mouth-organs present; and the latter
are of very simple structure, consisting each of an oval smooth plate, with-
out any trace of hairs or teeth, The gnathopoda are relatively small, and
the first pair are only about half the size of the second. In both pairs the
basos is elongated, and the carpus produced on its inferior margin into a

G. M. Tuomson.—On new Crustaceans. 239

long spine, against which the dactylos impinges. In the first pair the
carpus is short and stout, its inner surface, as well as that of the propodos,
is furnished with a considerable number of short stiff sete or spines. In
the second pair both carpus and propodos are elongated, and their finely-
serrated palms are almost destitute of sete. The 1st and 2nd pereiopoda
are long, slender, and sparingly furnished with hairs. The 8rd pair have
the basa finely-serrated on the lower front margin, while posteriorly they
are dilated into an oblong plate; they are quite naked. In the 4th pair,
the basa are dilated into very broadly pear-shaped plates, while the re-
mainder of the limb is finely fringed with pectinate sete on the front
margin. The last pair are small, and have the basa slenderly pear-shaped.
The basa of these three pairs act as protective shields to the side of the
body, and the remaining joints of the limb when at rest lie folded up under
them. The three anterior pairs of pleopoda or swimmerets, have an oblong
basal joint, with two finely-setose branches. The three posterior pairs are
also double-branched, but are of very unequal length. The first pair have
the peduncle more than twice as long as the branches, both of which are
movable, and the inner one of which extends to the extremity of the telson.
The second pair only extend to the end of the peduncle of the first, and
have the outer joint alone movable. The third pair, which are placed at
the extremity of the last body-segment are also short, reaching to the end
of the telson, and having the outer joint alone movable. In all the pairs
the branches are finely-serrated on the margins, and the movable outer
one is always smaller than the inner. The telson is elongated, and sharply
pointed ; its separation from the last joint of the abdomen can be made out
on the ventral surface somewhat imperfectly, but from above it seems to be
completely anchylosed. The abdominal segments are all produced into a
sharp spine posteriorly.

Female.—The sexual differences are very considerable in these animals,
showing themselves almost exclusively in the cephalon and its appendages.

The head is much more inflated than in the male, being nearly globular,
so that the beak is more prominently shown ; the sides of the head appear
to be completely fused together below, so that there is no groove for the
antenne as in the male. The anterior antenne are much simpler than in
the male: the first joint is tolerably long, the second very short, while the
third is also straight and very much more slender than the male, while only
a few olfactory sete are developed on its outer margin; the flagellum is
2-jointed, but the last joint in mature specimens appears to be sometimes
divided into two. The posterior antenne are quite absent, as are also the
mandibular palps. The length of the body is from 1 to 1} inch. The
animal is absolutely transparent and glass-like,

240 Transactions.— Zoology.

Hab. I found numerous individuals washed up on the Ocean Beach near
Dunedin on two different occasions. They appear to come ashore in fine
clear calm weather.

>
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XII. AND XIII., Fras. 1-5.
Prate XII.
Figs. 1-8. Corophium excavatum.
. Adult; 2. mandible; 3. second gnathopod ; 4. third pu. 5, 6 and
7. ante-penult., penult., and ultimate pleopoda ; 8. telson
Figs. 9-10. Edotia dilatata.
9. Adult re ; es opercular plate.
Figs. 11-18. Pseudega pun
. 11. Dorsal view ; mes lateral view ; 13. head, seen from the front.
. Figs. 14-21. Ozycephalus edwardsii.
14. Adult male; 15. anterior antenna, jm 7 anterior antenna, young

male; 17. posterior antenna, young male; 18. mandible-palp ; 19. first
gnathopoda; 20. second gnathopod ; m" hai cones of the lateral
eyes.

Prate XIII.

Fig. 1. Oxycephalus edwardsii.
Posterior portion of abdomen, showing telson and three posterior pairs of
pleopoda ; also the structure of the extremity of the intestine.
Figs. 2-5. Allorchestes recens.
2 and 3. female and male anterior gnathopoda; 4 and 5. female and male
posterior gnathopoda.

Arr. XIL— On a new Species of Daphnia. By Geo. M. Thomson, F.L.8.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 7th May, 1883.]
Plate XIII., figs. 6-9.
Last year Mr. Chas. Chilton sent me down specimens of a new Daphnia
from South Canterbury, differing markedly from the form common about
Dunedin, and which was described by me as D. obtusata in Trans. N.Z.
Inst. vol. xi., p. 261.

It is singular that these two species of Daphnia and one of Chydorus
should be the only representatives of the Cladocera hitherto found in New
Zealand. While the general poverty of our fresh-water fauna may no
doubt hold good in this case as in so many others, it is yet probable that
a search in other parts of our islands will result in the discovery of other
forms.

TRANS. NZ. INSTITUTE VOLAVIELXIE

J

2 une
mol a,

vC o

d

CRUSTACEA

GThomson, del.

TRANS NZ INSTITUTE, VOL XVI PLATE

CRUSTACEA.

G Thomson, del.

G. M. Tuomson.—On a new Species of Daphnia. 241

The species described now is very similar in general form to the common
European D. pulex, and perhaps is only a variety of it. It differs however
in several structural points, and is therefore raised provisionally to specific
rank under the name D. similis.

The following is a brief description of the animal : Valves oval in form,
not quite twice as long as broad, and produced posteriorly into a sharp
stout spine, which is about one-seventh of the length of the carapace in the
male, and about one-sixth in the female. The whole lower margins of the
valves, as well as the spine, are fringed with short pectinate hairs.

The head in the male is nearly perpendicular in front, and ends in a
blunt beak, which bears the anterior antenne near its extremity: these are
1-jointed, and bear a single filament, which is flexible and serrated at its
extremity. The whole length of these organs is nearly equal to the breadth
of the head. In the female the front of the head protrudes considerably,
and the beak is very acute. The anterior antenne are represented by two
very minute tubercles, destitute of sete, which are situated on the under-
side, close to the extremity. These organs appear to be in a more
rudimentary condition in our species than in any other hitherto described.
The posterior antenne are of normal form in both sexes, but are relatively
shorter than the same organ in D. pulex, being only a little more than half
as long as the carapace. All the joints are furnished with minute hairs.

The posterior portion of the body is dorsally produced into four rounded
lobes, the upper one of which is the longest, while the lower bears two
long setose spines or filaments. The abdomen in the male is much rounded
at the anal orifice, and bears at that part on each side about 7 curved teeth,
which are somewhat distant from the 2 curved terminal hooks. In the
female the abdomen is slightly rounded on the lower margin, and bears
10-12 curved teeth close up to the terminal hooks.

My specimens included one male, ¿th of an inch in length, and several
females, the largest of which were about ¿th of an inch long. When living,
their colour, according to Mr. Chilton, was brick-red.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII., Fies. 6-9.
Figs. 6-9. Daphnia similis.
6. Adult female; 7. rostrum of same; 8. anterior antenna, male; 9. extremity
of abdomen, male.

242 Transactions, —Zoology.

Art. XIII.—On the New Zealand Pyenogonida, with Descriptions of new Species.
By Gro. M. Tuomson, F.L.S.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 7th May and 13th November, 1883.]
` Plates XIV-XVI.

Tue Pycnogonida form one of the many groups of animals in the New
Zealand fauna of which very little is yet known. This is not however to
be wondered at, when we consider of how fragmentary a nature the litera-
ture of the subject is, and how imperfect our knowledge of the whole group
is. Two noteworthy works have however recently appeared, which bring
pretty fully together all that is yet known, and at the same time add greatly
to the general fund of information. These are “ The Report on the Pyeno-
gonida dredged by H.M.S. Challenger,” by Dr. P. P. C. Hoek of Leiden,
and “ Die Pantopoden des Golfes von Neapel," by Dr. Auton Dohrn, both
beautifully illustrated. Both works appeared in 1881, but quite indepen-
dently of one another; and while Dr. Dohrn’s work is much the most
complete in anatomical detail, it does not help us much in the systematic
portion, as the species described are only those new to science which came
under the author’s observation while working at Naples.

In Dr. Hoek’s report a catalogue of all the known species of Pyenogonida
is given, and from it we learn that the following species only have been
found in the New Zealand seas.

1. Nymphon compactum, Hoek.*

à » longicoxa, Hoek.*
both dredged from a depth of 1,100 fathoms at a station east of Auckland.

8. Oorhynchus aucklandia, Hoek,* dredged from a depth of 700 fathoms
east of Auckland.

In the New Zealand Journal of Science, vol. i., p. 28, I recorded the
occurrence of Ammothea pycnogonides, Nob., as common along the Kast
Coast of Otago, but the description of that species is so unsatisfactory, and
would apply to so many species of Ammothea, that I have re-described it
provisionally as A. dohrni, and figured it.

I am convinced that a close examination of our seas at moderate
depths would reveal a considerable number of new forms, and that
the apparent absence of them is chiefly due to their having been over-
looked.

In describing the accompanying new species, I need make no apology
for giving the characters of the genera, and placing in order all the species
now known.

* See N.Z. Journal of Science, vol. i., p- 170-172,

G. M. Tuomson.—On New Zealand Pycnogonida. 243

Fam. I. NYMPHONIDA.

Mandibles and palpi both present, and strongly developed. Ovigerous
legs present in both sexes, and furnished, as a rule, with denticulate spines.
(Only) Genus I. Nymphon, Fabr.

Mandibles 2-articulate, cheliform ; palpi 5-jointed ; ovigerous legs 10-
jointed.

1. N. compactum, Hoek. (See p. 242.)

2. N. longicoxa, Hoek. (See p. 242.)

Fam. II. COLOSSENDEIDA.

Mandibles rudimentary or wanting; palpi strongly developed. Ovigerous
legs present in both sexes, and furnished, as a rule, with denticulate spines.
Genus I. Ammothea, Leach.

Body elongate or disciform, with the segments, as a rule, distinctly
separated from one another. Rostrum spindle- or barrel-shaped, usually
directed forwards, or sometimes downwards, and generally of considerable
size. The abdomen or hind-body is of large size, and usually directed
sharply upwards. Ocular-tubercle directed upwards, placed in the centre
of the anterior segment.

The mandibles are 2-jointed, but quite destitute of claws. (In imma-
ture states they are more or less completely chelate, hence a great confu-
sion has arisen in describing new genera; Phanodemus, Costa, Pephredo,
Goodsir, Pasithoe, Goodsir, Endeis, Philippi, Paribea, Philippi, Platychelus,
Costa, Alcinous, Costa, and Achelia, Hodge, being all probably immature
forms of Ammothea, as Dr. Dohrn points out.

Mandibular palpi 8-10-jointed, usually longer than the rostrum, and
carried in a bent manner.

Ovigerous legs 9- or 10-jointed, present in both sexes, with or without
plumose spines, but without terminal claws.

The legs usually have their terminal claws furnished with secondary
claws, and the alimentary ceca reach to the end of their 6th joint.

3. Ammothea dohrni, n.sp. Pl. xiv., figs. 5-9.

(A. pycnogonoides, Nob., N.Z. Journ. of Se., vol. i., p. 28.)

Body very small, disciform, lateral processes in close contact. The
proboscis is long, cylindrical and directed downwards. The cephalo-
thoracic segment is rounded above and slightly elevated; the oculiferous
tubercle bluntly conical and bearing 4 distinct eyes on its sides. The ab-
domen is long and rather slender, and stands in a slanting position from
the body. The mandibles are 2-jointed, the last joint being a mere
tubercle; they stand nearly erect on the front of the cephalo-thoracic seg-
ment. The mandible-palps are rather longer than the proboscis and are 8-
jointed ; the 1st and 8rd joints are long, the 2nd short, the rest short and

244 Transactions,— Zoology.

subequal, the four last being furnished with a number of blunt spines ; the
geniculate appearance of these limbs is chiefly due to the fact of the 6th
joint being articulated to the middle of the 5th and at right angles to it.

The ovigerous legs are 10-jointed and smooth ; the three last joints
become progressively smaller, the last being a minute tubercle ; these
organs show no trace of denticulated spines.

The legs are about 10 mm. long, and are tolerably stout. The joints
are considerably geniculated, so that the limbs cannot easily be extended on

` a flat surface ; their lengths (in the 8rd pair) are as follows :—

tage agg ARI E RA E

Lib Ane n
the extremities of the joints are all more or less furnished with the charac-
teristic blunt spines, particularly at their apices. The 1st tarsal joint is
very short, while the 2nd is rather longer than the 2nd joint of the leg, and
has a double row of spines along the inner margin ; the claw is about half

as long, and is supplemented by two auxiliary claws.

Hab. In rock-pools at Oamaru and near Dunedin, and in Otago
Harbour.

4, Ammothea magniceps, n. sp. Pl. xv., figs. 1-5; and pl. xvi., fig. 3.

Body moderately robust, distinctly articulated, and with the lateral
processes close to but quite separate from one another ; total length 7 mm.
The rostrum is very large and stout, more than three-fourths as long as
the body, very broadly cylindrical or almost barrel-shaped in the anterior
portion, with the inferior part chiefly dilated ; directed slightly downwards.

The abdomen is about 1 mm. long, slender and cylindrical, and directed
obliquely upwards.

The oculiferous tubercle is situated about the middle of the cephalo-
thoracic segment; it is stout, bluntly rounded at the end, but with a
posterior notch when seen from the side.

The mandibles are in a very rudimentary condition, their Qnd joint
being a rounded tubercle projecting nearly at right angles from the middle
of the 1st joint. The palpi are about 44 mm. long, and are 10-jointed, the
2nd and 4th joints being long, and the others very short; they are all
quite destitute of spines.

The ovigerous legs are short (only 8 mm. in length), slender and
10-jointed ; the four last joints are each furnished near their distal ex-
tremity with an oblique row of 4 or 5 denticulate spines.

The legs of the 8rd pair are 15 mm. long. The following formula
represents the relative length of the joints (including the two tarsal
joints) :—

L 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, G 8,
2. 5. Bh BD d di 4,

G. M. Tuomson.—On New Zealand Pycnogonida, 245

All the joints are remarkably smooth, and destitute both of hairs and
spines. The 2nd tarsal joint is strongly spined along its inner margin,
while its outer margin protrudes beyond the articulation of the large claw
and its auxiliary claws into a tubercular prolongation, which is beset with
several minute spines.

The genital openings on the 2nd joints of all the legs are very small and
inconspicuous.

The integument is everywhere covered with minute rounded tubercles.

Hab. A single specimen of this apparently very distinct species was
forwarded by Mr. C. Chilton, who obtained it by the dredge in Lyttelton
Harbour.

Genus II. Oorhynehus, Hoek.

Proboscis ovate, inserted ventrally on the cephalothorax at a consider-
able distance from the front margin. Mandibles rudimentary ; palpi
9-jointed. Ovigerous legs 10-jointed ; the four last joints not furnished
with one or more rows of denticulate spines.

5. Oorhynchus aucklandie, Hoek. (See p. 242.)

Fam. III. PALLENIDA.

Mandibles strongly developed, cheliform ; palpi rudimentary or quite
wanting. Ovigerous legs present in both sexes, and furnished with
denticulate spines (Pallene), or in both sexes and furnished with simple
spines (some species of Phoxichilidium), or present in the males only (other
species of Phowichilidium).

(Nore.—In Dr. Dohrn's monograph, a somewhat different classification
of these genera is given :—

Phoxichilidium is placed in the family Phoxichilide, and is characterized
as possessing mandibles furnished with nipping claws, palpi wanting or
only present as a rudiment in the male, ovigerous legs 5-T-jointed, only
present in the males, and furnished with simple spines.

Pallene is placed in the family Nymphonide, and is characterized as
possessing mandibles furnished with nipping claws, palpi wanting or only
present as a rudiment in the male: ovigerous legs present in both sexes,
10-11-jointed, furnished with leaf-like or finely toothed spines on their
terminal joints. From this genus again he separates Neopallene as
follows :—

a. Sexual organs and their genital openings present in the

2nd, 3rd, and 4th pairs of legs (Extremität V.-VIL),
wanting in the 1st pair (Extremität IV.); palpi
rudimentary in the male ... T na ae

b. Sexual organs and their genital openings present in

all the legs; palpi wanting in the male hi

Neopallene.

Pallene.

246 Transactions. —Zoology.

Under this classification, my new species of Phowichilidium (P. obliquum)
would not come exactly under any of the above genera. I have, however,
followed the classification given by Dr. Hoek in his ** Report, ete.”

Genus I. Pallene, Johnston.

Body usually very slender, distinctly divided into four segments ; ante-
rior segment usually contracted like a throat behind the insertion of the
mandibles and rostrum. The rostrum is short and broad. Abdomen short,
erect. The strong mandibles are placed over the rostrum, and are furnished
with powerful claws ; the palpi are wanting in both sexes.

The ovigerous legs are present in both sexes and are long and 10-jointed ;
the last four joints are furnished with a row of closely-placed toothed spines.

The legs are very long and slender, and have the 4th joint in the female
considerably enlarged for the reception of the large eggs; claws furnished
with large secondary claws.

The ovaries occur only in the 4th joints of all the legs but the 1st pair ;
and the large eggs after ejection from the genital openings are attached in
pairs to the ovigerous legs. The development within the egg is very pro-
tracted, and the larve emerge in a nearly complete form, differing from the
adults only in size, and in a few subordinate points of structure.

6. Pallene nova-zealandie, n. sp. Pl. xiv., figs. 1-4.

Body slender and very smooth, with a considerable interval between the
lateral processes; length 1:8 mm. The cephalic part of the cephalo-thoracic
segment is considerably swollen at the insertion of the mandibles. The
proboscis is stout and nearly cylindrical in form, *4, mm. in length, narrow-
ing abruptly to the rounded extremity ; mouth-aperture nearly circular.
It is inserted on the ventral surface, and projects considerably downwards.

The oculiferous tubercle is short and blunt. The abdomen is short and
bluntly pointed, and is directed nearly straight upwards.

The mandibles are robust and rather long; the first joint reaches a
little beyond the extremity of the proboscis; the 2nd is somewhat dilated
and bears a movable and a fixed claw, which are both narrow, pointed and
slightly curved, and are furnished with a row of small denticles on their
inner surface.

Ovigerous legs slender, 9:4 mm. long; the first three joints are short,
4th and 5th much longer, 6th only about half as long as the 5th. The four
last joints are subequal in length and somewhat curved, and bear 8 (or 7)
denticulated spines on their inner margins. On the last joint the spines are
all of a uniform oval shape, the last one being placed quite close to the
extremity of the joint. The three preceding joints have all the spines of the
same oval form, except the last of each series, which is curved outwards
and bears 3 or 4 long marginal teeth.

G. M. Tuomson.—On New Zealand Pycnogonida. 247

The legs of the 8rd pair are 7'5 mm. long; the relative lengths of the
joints being as follows :—
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7;
4. bo 516... 94 2. É
the 4th being much the stoutest. The 4th and 5th joints are sparingly
‘furnished with hairs, the slender 6th joint has a considerable number.
The tarsal joints and claws are normal.

Hab. Only one specimen of this elegant species was taken in Otago
Harbour (27 feet) by the dredge. From its small size, I am afraid it was
immature, but the great enlargement of the 4th joints of the legs would
show that it was not far from sexual maturity, although no eggs were seen.

Genus II. Phoxichilidium, Milne-Edwards.

Body usually cylindrical, sometimes contracted and disc-like. Proboscis
always strong, cylindrical, directed forwards; usually inserted considerably
behind the insertion of the mandibles. Mandibles 3- (? 2-) jointed, the
last joint with movable claws bent down in front of the mouth. Palpi
wanting; represented by a small tubercle on the wall of the anterior seg-
ment. Ovigerous legs 5-10-jointed, the last four joints never furnished with
denticulate spines ; (5-7-jointed, only present in the males, Dohrn). Legs
having all the joints of normal length; tarsal joint strongly spined on its
inner (lower) margin; claws long, subsidiary claws rudimentary or wanting.

The male genital openings occur in the 2nd joint of the 3rd and 4th
pairs of legs.

The animals of this genus are distinguished from all other Pyenogonida
by a peculiar mode of development. The young, immediately on emerging
from the egg—at which stage they possess an obtuse pyriform body, with
3 pairs of rudimentary appendages—creep into the cavity of the body of a
hydroid polyp (Hydractinia, Coryne, ete.) and undergo the rest of their
development in this retreat.

7. Phowichilidium obliquum, n. sp. Pl. xV., fig. 6; pl. xvi., figs. 1 and 2.

Body contracted, lateral processes hardly separated ; the dorsal portion
somewhat elevated; length 5mm. The proboscis is very stout and cylin-
drical, and is directed downwards at an oblique angle ; its length is about
half that of the body.

The abdomen is about 3 mm. long, and stands rather obliquely upwards
from the body; it is abruptly truncated at the end, but bears two long
spines at the anterior side of its apex. doe

"The front portion of the cephalo-thoracic segment is elevated into a
transversely oval hump or cushion on which the oculiferous tubercle is
placed. This organ is prominently developed, and runs up on its anterior
face to a tolerably acute point; its summit is crowned with numerous short
spines,

248 Transactions.— Zoology.

The mandibles are indistinctly 8-jointed; the first two joints project
horizontally forward in front of the proboscis ; the 8rd is placed at right
angles to the 2nd, and the nipping claws are at right angles to it and work
horizontally in front of the mouth. The palpi are represented by a small
tubercle at the base of the mandibles on each side.

The ovigerous legs are about 10 mm. long, and are present in both:
sexes. They are 8- (? 9-) jointed, the four terminal joints being furnished
with simple short spines.

The legs of the 8rd pair are 81 mm. long, the relative lengths of their
joints being as follows :— |

da 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Ti 8,

2. 6. Be 245. Si 14s dB cer L 5.
The upper margin of the 2nd tarsal joint protrudes somewhat beyond the
articulation of the claws.

The integument of the body and appendages is everywhere more or less
furnished with spines of varying size and strength; these are most nume-
rously developed on the mandibles.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour, taken by the dredge. I am indebted to
Dr. R. von Lendenfeld and Mr. C. Chilton for several specimens of this
species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV.—XVI.
Prate XIV.

Figs. 1-4. Pallene nove-zealandie. .
1. Body seen from the ventral aspect; 2. claw of mandible; 3. extremity of
the ovigerous leg, with toothed spines; 4. claw of leg of 3rd pair.
Figs. 5-9. Ammothea dohrni
5. Body from the dorsal aspect; 6. mandibles; 7. mandible-palpi; 8. ovige-
rous leg; 9. claw of leg of 3rd pair.
Prats XV.
Figs. 1-5. Ammothea magniceps.
1. Profile of body seen laterally, with the appendages removed; 2. mandibles ;
3. nonis leg; 4. terminal joint of ovigerous leg; 5. claw of leg of 3rd

Fig. 6. ee eas obliquum.
teral view of body

i Puare XVI.
Figs. 1-2. Phozichilidium obliquum.
1. Dorsal aspect of body; 2. ovigerous leg.
Fig. 3. Ammothea magniceps.
Dorsal aspect of body

TRANS. NZ INSTITUTE. VO LXVLELAV.

PYCNOGONIDA

G Thomson, del.

TRANS NZ INSTITUTE VOLXVEPLAY.

al rt
eT 2.3, 2 es
To e? e”
O

o 2

PYCNOGOMIDA.

GThomson, del

TRANS. NZ INSTITUTE. VOL XVLPLXVL

PYCNOGONIDA.

G Thomson, del.

Cumron.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 249

Art. XIV.— Additions to the Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand.
By Cartes Onton, M.A.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 15th November, 1883.]
Plates XVIL.-XXI.
Tuis paper is the result of the work I have been able to do on the subject
during the year. The species are not arranged in any particular order, but
are given as I found most convenient when working them out.

I desire to take this opportunity of thanking Mr. R. M. Laing, of Can-
terbury College, for having on many occasions brought me seaweed from
Lyttelton harbour. From this I have taken many specimens which I
should not otherwise have been able to obtain.

ISOPODA.
Genus Apseudes, Leach.
Bs Bate's and Westwood's * British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,” vol. ii., p. 144.)
(pseudes latus, sp.nov. Pl. xvii., fig. 1, a to h.

Body broad, vertically compressed; pereion of same width throughout
its whole length ; pleon narrowing considerably posteriorily; sides of seg-
ments of pereion and pleon fringed with long sparsely plumose hairs.
Head produced into a bluntly ended triangle between the antenne. Upper
antenna with the first joint of peduncle rather short, stout, especially at the
centre where the width is about half the length, long hairs on outer edge and
at inner distal angle; second joint not quite one-third the length of the first,
fringed with hairs on both sides; third smaller ; secondary flagellum rather
more than half the length of the primary, which is slightly longer than the first
joint of peduncle. Lower antenna small, about as long as peduncle of upper;
of the joints that are visible the first two are short and stout, second bear-
ing a small oval plate with four or five long hairs. First pair of gnathopoda
small; carpus more than twice as long as broad ; propodos stouter than
carpus, produced into a stout fixed finger, which narrows abruptly to a
sharp point, has the inner edge minutely crenulated, and is supplied towards
the extremity with several sete ; dactylos with a stout tooth on the inner
edge near the base, ending very acutely, supplied with short sete on inner
edge, and a few longer ones on the side. Second pair of legs with the
carpus nearly quadrangular with two stout spines on posterior margin ;
propodos not expanded, longer than carpus but more slender, three or four
stout spines on posterior margin, one slender one, nearly as long as the .
dactylos, at the end. Third and fourth pairs of legs similar to the second.
Fifth having the ischios and meros both short and supplied with long sete ;
carpus about as long as the propodos; a spine at its antero-distal angle ;
propodos expanded distally, extremity rounded and thickly fringed with

yum ds

250 Transactions.—Z oology.

pectinated sete, bearing also one spine above three-fourths as long as the
dactylos. Sixth pair of legs with the meros longer than the ischios, nearly
as long as the carpus, both bearing long sete; propodos narrower than
carpus, bearing at the extremity the dactylos and a spine about three-fourths
as long as the dactylos, and on distal half of the posterior margin a row of
about six or seven short stout sete. Seventh pair similar in form to the
sixth ; meros rather longer than carpus, both thickly fringed on each side
with long plumose hairs, propodos having the end and greater part of the
posterior margin bordered with stout straight sete. First five segments of
pleon subequal in length, sixth not quite so long as the two preceding, last
segment triangular, rounded posteriorly, and bearing three or four long
sete. Last pair pleopoda long, peduncle stout, reaching as far as the end
of last segment of pleon, outer edge bearing long hairs ; outer branch short,
of three joints; inner branch nearly five times as long as the outer, having
about thirteen joints rather irregular in size ; both branches bearing numer-
ous long sete.

Colour, greyish. Length, about 4 inch. ‘

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour. A single specimen found creeping in mud at
the root of some seaweed.

Genus Janira, Leach.
(Bate's and Westwood’s “ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,” vol. ii., p. 335.)
| As this genus is new to New Zealand, I give here the generic characters.

“ Pereion serrated along the lateral margins; pleon having all the seg-
ments coalesced into a single plate ; covered in the female, beneath with a
large flat membranous plate concealing the branchial feet; and furnished
at the tip with a pair of elongated bifid uropoda. Outer antenn® as long
as the animal. Dactyla biunguiculate.”

Janira longicauda, sp. nov. Pl. xviii., fig. 2, a to b.

Eyes large. Head rectangular, rather more than twice as broad as
long, produced into a rostrum rounded at the end reaching nearly to the
end of the second joint of the peduncle of inner antenne. Inner antenne
reaching nearly as far as the end of the fourth joint of peduncle of outer
antenne ; first joint stout, second about half as long, and with three or four
stout sete at distal end; third about as long as second but more slender ;
flagellum slightly longer than peduncle, sete few and delicate. Outer
antenne as long as body; first three joints of peduncle short, the second
bearing on its outer edge a small articulated plate, tipped with a few stout
‘sete ; fourth joint longer than the three basal joints together, a few setæ
on each side ; fifth slightly longer than the fourth, narrowed at the base.
Segments of pereion with lateral margins indented and fringed with stout
sete, Body of about equal width throughout. Pleon nearly circular, much

CaiLton.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 251

narrower than the last segment of pereion, sides fringed with sete, margins
entire ; terminal pleopoda longer than the pleon; peduncle short, expand-
ing distally ; inner branch nearly twice as long as peduncle, rather broad,
narrow at base, margins serrated and supplied with tufts of long fine sete ;
outer branch similar but somewhat shorter.

Colour, very light yellow, with numerous black dots scattered over body.
Length of body, about 4 inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour. A single specimen.

Genus Stenetrium, Haswell.
(Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., vol. v., p. 478.)

As this genus is new to New Zealand, 1 transcribe the generic
characters :—

* Body dorso-ventrally compressed ; abdomen short, 1-jointed. Head
with a short rostrum. Antenne inserted on the anterior margin of the
head ; internal pair very short, external pair very long; both with well-
developed flagella. Mandibles provided with a palp. Maxillipedes ex-
panded, operculiform. First pair of thoracic limbs with a large ‘preheusile
manus; following pairs ambulatory. First pair of abdominal appendages
broad, operculiform. Caudal appendages biramous, inserted on the border
of the shield-like abdomen near the extremity."

Stenetrium fractum, sp. nov. Pl. xviii., fig. 3, a to f.

Inner antenne reaching slightly beyond the end of third joint of outer
antenne ; first joint of the peduncle large, as broad as long ; second equal
in length to the first, but more slender; third rather longer than the
second, both bearing long sete at their distal ends ; flagellum about half as
long again as the third joint of peduncle, consisting of about five joints,
first joint the longest, being as long as the three following. Outer antenne
as long as the body; first joint of peduncle short, produced acutely at its
extero-distal angle; second also short; third as long as the first and second
together, produced acutely at its intero-distal angle, bearing on the outer
edge an articulated appendage, which has the end rounded and supplied
with a few long sete; fourth and fifth joints very long, fifth slightly longer
than the fourth, both with a few rather fine sete; flagellum with the
joints very short, almost linear at the proximal end, increasing gradually in
length towards the distal end, the first few united into a single joint; fine
sete at intervals. First pair of gnathopoda with the meros and carpus
subequal and supplied with numerous fine sete; propodos large, ex-
panding distally,. both margins fringed with fine sete, palm transverse,
defined by a stout tooth, and armed with strong serrated sete. Dactylos
thick and strong, inner edge thickly fringed with strong denticulated sete.
Lateral margins of the abdomen irregularly serrate and with a few long

252 Transactions. —Z oology.

sete, ending posteriorly in a sharp point followed by a small concave
indentation ; portion between the bases of the last pleopoda slightly convex.
Last pleopoda with the peduncle short, broadest at distal end, inner ramus
larger than the outer, both narrowing distally and supplied with tufts of
long fine sete. Length of body about è inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour.

I have only a single specimen, the body of which is unfortunately much
crushed. I am therefore unable to describe the shape of the body, and I
cannot determine whether the head is produced into a rostrum or not.
Judging from the analogy of the Australian species described by Mr.
Haswell, the specimen is probably a female.

AMPHIPODA.
Genus Cyamus, Lamarck.
(Bate’s and Westwood’s “ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,” vol. ii., p. 80.)

The following is the generic character as given by Bate and West-
wood :—

“Head and first segment of the body fused into a pear-shaped mass.
Eyes small and vertical. Segments of the pereion with the sides horizon-
tally dilated ; the legs attached to the postero-lateral margins ; five pairs of
strongly cheliform legs, wanting in the third and fourth segments, which
are furnished with two pairs of branchial appendages, long and filiform.
Pleon rudimental.”

Cyamus ceti, Martens, l.c., p. 85.

Specific description :— Body depressed, elliptical, segments gaping at
the sides (male narrower ?). Third and fourth segments of the body with
one long branchia on each side; armed at the base with two short append-
ages; second pair of hands armed beneath with two obtuse teeth, between

which is a lunate incision. Length nearly half an inch.”
. I received tl peci is species from Professor Julius von Haast.
In answer to my question as to the name of the whale on which they were
found, he writes:— The parasitic Crustacea were found on Euphysetes
potsii, which, as it appears now from careful examination of further speci-
mens, is identical with Viagia breviceps of the northern hemisphere.” With
regard to its occurrence in European seas, Bate and Westwood say,— We
have no precise details of the locality and notice of capture of this species,
beyond the general statement of its being found on the whale in British
seas.” i

Of the three specimens which Professor Haast kindly handed over
to me, two appear to be males, one 4% inch in length of body, the
other 16.

Cuton.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 258

The third specimen is a female with a great many young in the pouch
beneath the body. It is smaller than the others; body 13 inch in length ;
it also has the body broader, and the segments do not gape so much at the
sides.

I can find no important character by which these specimens can be dis-
tinguished from Cyamus ceti, as described and figured by Bate and West-
wood. The penultimate joints of the last three pairs of legs are not quite
so stout as shown in their figure, but this is evidently a character liable to
variation according to age, etc. The young taken from the pouch of the
female closely resemble those figured by Bate and Westwood on page 90.

Genus Podocerus, Leach.
(Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 252.)

I have taken in Lyttelton Harbour several specimens of a species which
I have no doubt is the same as Wyvillea longimanus, Haswell.

Mr. Haswell's genus will, I think, have to be abandoned, for it appears
to have been founded on a misconception of portions of the animal in ques-
lion. The two chief characters of his genus are the very large second
gnathopoda and the structure of the terminal pleopoda. The large second
gnathopoda are however only found in the male, the female has them quite
small. This is frequently the case with Podocerus. It is rather strange
that Mr. Haswell has not seen the female, for I have found it fully as
abundantly as the male ; possibly it was overlooked, for it is usually smaller
than the male, and the small size of the second gnathopoda makes its appear-
ance considerably different from that of the male.

The last pair of pleopoda are thus described by Mr. Haswell :—** posterior
pleopoda with the outer ramus broad, lanceolate, armed on the borders with
a few sete, and terminating in two short strong sete." The portion which
he describes as the outer ramus is however really the peduncle, which is
elongated, as frequently happens in species of Podocerus; and the “ two
short strong sete” are really the two rami, which are quite small, as in
several species of Podocerus. As described below one of them ends in three
or more teeth; probably Mr. Haswell did not use a sufficiently high power
to observe this. There can therefore, I think, be no doubt that the
species really belongs to Podocerus; it comes very close to P. cylindricus,
Say, but differs in points specified below sufficiently to warrant its being
placed in a separate species for the present at any rate.

In the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol. xi., p. 402,
Mr. Kirk has referred three specimens found at Worser Bay to Podocerus
cylindricus, Say ; this identification was however subsequently questioned
by Mr. Miers.*

* Ann, and Mag.N.H., series v., vol. v. (1880), p. 125.

254 Transactions.—Zoology.

Thinking that Mr. Kirk's specimens might possibly belong to the same
species as those I had taken at Lyttelton I wrote to him about them, and
in reply he very kindly sent me the three specimens for comparison. I
have examined these as carefully as possible, and though they differ in
some respects from my Lyttelton specimens and from Mr. Haswell's descrip-
tion—approaching somewhat more nearly to P. cylindricus, Say—still I am
convinced that they belong to the same species, and that although it is very
near to P. cylindricus, Say, it is advisable to consider it as distinct until a
comparison of actual specimens of the two ean be made.

Mr. Kirk's three specimens were all very much larger than mine; the
largest was ‘56 of an inch in length of body, while my largest specimen is
only :12 inch ; Mr. Haswell gives the length of his specimens as “ about 1
inch.” The inferior antenne, as in my specimens, and as shown in Mr.
Haswell's figure, are about half the length of the body, not more ; in P.
cylindricus they are ‘‘ more than half the length of the body." The length
of the upper antenna compared with that of the lower varied somewhat.
In the first specimen it reached to about the middle of the flagellum, in the
second only to the end of the peduncle, in the third specimen the lower
antenne were broken off. In my specimens also this character varies,
usualy, however, the upper antenna reaches to the end of peduncle of
lower; with regard to his specimens Mr. Haswell says :—** Inferior antenne
stout, subpediform, with the peduncle equal in length to the superior pair.”

All three specimens had the flagellum of lower antenna as long, or very
nearly as long, as the last joint of peduncle; in my specimens and in Mr.
Haswell's it is as long, and thus differs from P. cylindricus where it is
** scarcely half the length of last joint of peduncle.”

In Mr. Kirk's specimens, as in mine and Mr. HaswelP's, the spines found
_on the end of the lower antenna are only somewhat curved, not hooked, as
in P. cylindricus. The inner margin of the finger of the first gnathopod was,
as in P. cylindricus, “serrated, almost pectinated ;” this is, to a less degree,
also the case with my specimens of the male, in the female it is somewhat
roughened only. The Wellington and Lyttelton specimens and Mr. Has-
well’s agree in having the propodos of the second gnathopod longer than in
P. cylindricus ; it is longer than the cephalon and first two segments of pe-
reion. The finger in all has the inner margin smooth, in P. cylindricus it is
‘coarsely serrated.” The finger has an enlargement on the inner margin
near its base, in Mr. Kirk’s specimens the apex of this enlargement is
rounded, in mine it is more pointed, and the enlargement is nearer the
base of the finger; it is not mentioned by Mr. Haswell. My specimens
agree with Mr. Haswell’s in having “a blunt tooth at the proximal and
another at the distal end of the concave border” of the propodos of the

Cururox.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea, 255

second gnathopod ; both are wanting in P. cylindricus ; in Mr. Kirk's speci-
mens the one at the distal end is present, but the proximal end is simply
rounded as in P. cylindricus. In Mr. Kirk's specimens, as in some of mine,
the outer branch of the last pleopod terminates in more than three teeth,
four, five, and even six are found. P. cylindricus is described as terminating
“in three hooks.” I do not, however, attach any importance to this, for it
is evidently a character that varies with the size and age of the specimen,

The general description of this species will be as follows :—

Podocerus longimanus. PI. xvii., fig. 2, a to e.

Podocerus cylindricus, Kirk. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xi., p. 402. (Not Say.).
Wyvillea longimanus, Haswell. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. iv., p. 336,
pl. 22, fig. 7.

Male.—Eyes round, Superior antenne about as long as the cephalon
and first three segments of the pereion ; first segment of the peduncle short,
thick ; second and third much slenderer, second slightly longer than the
third ; secondary appendage slender, 2-jointed, nearly one-fourth the length
of flagellum ; flagellum rather longer than last joint of peduncle. Inferior

antenna about half the length of the body, stout, subpediform, peduncle
equal in length to the superior antenna ; flagellum as long as the last joint
of peduncle, armed towards the end with stout curved spines. Both
antenne having the inferior margins fringed with long sete.

First pair of gnathopoda small; carpus nearly as broad as propodos and
about half as long; propodos ovoid with two stout sete at the point where
the dactylos impinges, palm with a few sete ; dactylos with concave margin
more or less serrated, almost pectinated in large well-developed specimens.
_ Second gnathopoda very large, carpus very short, propodos longer than the
cephalon and first two segments of the pereion, cylindrical, sides parallel,
curved, a blunt tooth at the distal end of concave margin, proximal end
rounded or produced into blunt tooth; palm broad, more or less thickly
fringed with fine sete. Dactylos nearly as long as the propodos, concave
border smooth, with an enlargement near the base. Posterior pleopoda
with the peduncle elongated, narrowing slightly towards the end, upper
margin with a few short sete; rami very short, inner styliform, outer
ending in from 3 to 6 upturned tooth. Telson conical, blunt,

Female.—Differs from the above in having the concave margin of finger
of first gnathopod only slightly roughened, not serrated. Second gnathopod
not larger than the first, similar to it in shape, but with the carpus shorter,

C _ and propodos rather more narrowed distally. Dactylos with basal half of

concave margin roughened, extremity smooth. | |
Colour, pale yellow, more or less thickly covered with black dots and
markings.

256 Transactions.—Z oology.

Length of largest specimen +56 inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour; Worser Bay, Wellington (T. W. Kirk);
Port Jackson (W. A, Haswell).

The differences between this species and Podocerus cylindricus, Say, have
already been mentioned in the general comparison of specimens from the
different localities ; but for the sake of greater clearness 1 will recapitulate
them.

Flagellum of lower antenna is as long, or very nearly as long, as the last
joint of peduncle, the stout spines found on the end of it are not de-
veloped into hooks. The inner margin of dactylos of first gnathopod is only
roughened in the female, and in the male the serrations, though sometimes
as great as in P. cylindricus, vary. The second gnathopod is larger than in
P. cylindricus, and is much larger in the male than in the female. In P.
cylindricus the female differs from the male only in “ the slightly smaller
size of the propodos of second pair gnathopoda;” the second gnathopod of
female also differs considerably in shape from that of the male. There is a
blunt tooth at the distal end of the concave margin of propodos (of male) ;
not found in P. cylindricus. The concave margin of the dactylos is smooth |
in the male, in female roughened on proximal part only.

These differences, though somewhat numerous, are none of them of very
great importance; and, if P. cylindricus varies as much as P. longimanus, I
dare say it would be difficult to find constant differences of any importance
between the two species. In considering the question it must be remembered
that there are other similar cases: Paranthura costana, Philowgria rosea,
Lysianassa magellanica, Pinnotheres. pisum, etc.: this, however, is not the
place to discuss the general question of the occurrence of the same species
in both the northern and the southern seas.

Nore.—-My reasons for considering the two animals described above as
male and female of the same species are these :—(1) They resemble one
another so closely in everything but the gnathopoda that they must be
considered as belonging to the same species; (2) the form with the small
gnathopoda is certainly a female, for I havé frequently seen specimens
carrying eggs ; (3) the form with the large gnathopoda I have never seen
bearing eggs.

The large gnathopoda of the male are only possessed by fully-grown
specimens. In very young animals they are more like those of the female,
having the palm extending only about half way along the inferior edge of
the propodos and defined by two or three stout sete. In slightly older
specimens the palm is longer, until it extends along the whole length of the
margin of the propodos, and finally the sete are cast off and the gnathopod
assumes the form already described.

TRANS. NZ INSTITUTE VOLXVLPLXVII

NZ.CRUSTACEA.

C Chilton, del

ai

TRANS.NZ.INSTITUTE VOL XVLPLXVIL —

CarLton.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Orustacea. 257

Genus Teraticum, novum.

Body small. Eyes two. Coxe of first four segments as deep as their
respective segments. Antenne with short flagella; upper antenna with a
small secondary appendage. Mandible with an appendage. First gnatho-
pod larger than the second, subchelate ; second slender, chelate. Posterior
pair of pleopoda uniramous. Telson single, undivided.

I have been obliged to make a new genus for the reception of the
following species. In some respects it appears to resemble Kroyera, Spence
Bate; but it is very distinct in others :—

Teraticum typicum, sp. nov. Pl. xviii., fig. 1, a to g.

Antenne subequal, first joint of upper antenna equal in length to the
second, but stouter; third about half as long as the second; flagellum of
about four joints, only slightly longer than the second joint of pedunele ;
appendage very small and slender, of one long slender joint followed by
a very small short one. Peduncle of lower antenna with the second last
joint considerably longer than the last; flagellum not so long as last joint
of peduncle. Peduncles of both antenna quite free from sete; flagella
with a few short sete. First gnathopod large, carpus triangular, nearly as
broad at distal end as the propodos, propodos subquadrangular with an
oblique row of short sete near the centre of posterior margin, palm trans-
verse, the part near the base of dactylos erenated, hollowed in centre with
a small rounded projection in the centre of hollow ; dactylos strong, curved.
Second gnathopod slender, ischios long and slender, rather more than four
times as long as broad; meros short; carpus about two-thirds as long as
ischios, subtriangular; propodos considerably longer than carpus, subrect-
angular, produced into a fixed finger against which the dactylos impinges ;
dactylos as long as fixed finger, and about one-third the length of the whole
propodos. First two pair of pereiopoda subequal, last three increasing in
size posteriorly, basa broad, that of fifth pair having the posterior margin
serrate, meros produced distally and posteriorly ; sete on pereiopoda few
and short,

Fourth pleopod with rami longer than peduncle, inner slightly larger
than the outer, falciform ; fifth with peduncle longer than rami; sixth with
peduncle short, the single ramus as broad as peduncle at first, but narrowing
distally. All the last three pairs of pleopoda without sete. Telson triangu-
lar, end rounded, margin entire, a very small seta on each side near the end.

Length about 7 inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour. Three specimens only.

Of the three specimens which I have seen, two had the first gnathopoda
as described and as drawn (pl. xviii., fig. 1, b and c); the third had the pro-
podos projecting distally, so that the gnathopod might almost be called

17

258 Transactions.— Zoology.

chelate, palm even (fig. 1, d). In other respects the animal was exactly
like the other two specimens; whether the difference in the gnathopoda in-
dicates a difference of sex or not I cannot say.

Genus Podocerus.

Podocerus latipes, sp.nov. Pl. xix., fig. 2, a to d.

Male.—Second gnathopoda stout, propodos produced inferiorly into a
stout broad process defining the palm, which is deeply indented ; dactylos
strong, inner edge serrated proximally, but with distal part smooth. Fourth
pereiopoda with all the joints much expanded, all except the propodos being
as broad as long. Other pereiopoda normal. In all other respects closely
. resembling Podocerus frequens

Fenale.—Differs in having the second gnathopoda not produced as in
male, palm concave and defined by two stout sete.

Colour, yellowish-white. Length about + inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour.

This species may prove to be only a variety of P. frequens. I should
without hesitation have considered it as such had it not differed in the
second gnathopoda as well as in the fourth pereiopoda. The peculiar ex-
pansion of the fourth pereiopoda appears to be subject to considerable varia-
tion, probably it increases with the age of the animal. I am quite ignorant
of the function of these expanded pereiopoda.

Genus Paransenia, novum.

Antenne subequal, superior with a secondary appendage, both with
multiarticulate flagella. Appendage of mandible of three broad setose
joints, as in Podocerus. Maxillipedes with well developed plates on ischios
and meros. Gnathopoda sub-chelate, first small in both sexes, second
small in female, very large in male. Last pair of pleopoda biramous,
rami styliform. Telson single, ending posteriorly in two conical pro-
jections.

. I have made this genus to include three species found in Lyttelton
Harbour—namely, P. typica, sp. nov., P. longimanus, sp. nov., and P. denti-
fera= Moera dentifera, Haswell. It appears to bear a close resemblance to
Nenia, Spence Bate, but differs in possessing a —— appendage on the
upper antenna, and in the form of the telson.

In P. typica and P. dentifera the cox® of the third segment of the
pereion is large, and produced along the inferior edge of the coxe
of the second segment in the male, while the cox® of the female are
normal. P. longimanus has the coxe normal both in the male and in
the female.

In the description of P. dentifera I have embodied Mr. Haswell’s de-
scription, but have added to and altered it where I thought necessary,

US ea TU NA es DeLee. eee ee

Cumton.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 259

Paranenia typica, sp. nov. Pl. xix., fig. 1, a to ^.

Male.—Eyes rather large, situated on a pointed projection between the
bases of the antenne. Upper antenna with basal joint of peduncle stout,
and about two-thirds the length of the second, third joint as long as the
` first, flagellum about as long as the last two joints of the peduncle, second-
ary appendage nearly half as long as the primary. Peduncle of lower
antenna very slightly longer than that of the upper, last two joints equal in
length, flagellum half as long again as the last joint of peduncle, Both
antenne fringed below with numerous long hairs. First gnathopod with
carpus as long as propodos and nearly as broad, inferior edge fringed with
numerous sete arranged in about four transverse rows, propodos ovate,
both margins with numerous sete, one or two stouter ones at the point
where the end of dactylos impinges. Second gnathopoda with meros some-
what sharply pointed at its distal end; carpus very short, subtriangular ;
propodos very large, as long as the cephalon and first two segments of
pereion, subrectangular, produced on inferior edge into a stout short spine
defining the palm, distal portion of the palm nearly transverse, distinctly
marked off from the inferior portion by a stout spine, followed by a narrow
indentation, between which and the base of the dactylos is a low protu-
berance with the margin minutely crenate, palm thickly supplied with
sete variously arranged in tufts; dactylos curved, with a low protuberance
on the inner margin near the distal end. Coxe of first pereiopoda (third
segment of pereion) deeper than the others, produced as far as the anterior
end of the coxe of the second gnathopoda and ending there in an acute
point, margin ornamented with small circular markings at intervals. Fourth
pair of pleopoda with the rami equal and as long as the peduncle, slender,
with sete on both sides and two or three longer ones at the ends, peduncle
with three or four sete on the upper margins and with a stout one at the
end between the two rami. Fifth pleopoda with the outer ramus as long as
the peduncle, inner one slightly longer, supplied with sete as in the fourth
pleopoda. Sixth pleopoda extending beyond the others, inner ramus
slightly longer than the outer, both longer than the peduncle and broader
(when viewed from above) than the rami of the two preceding pairs of ple-
opoda, setose on both margins, and ending acutely without sete; peduncle
stout, with a strong seta on the upper margin at the distal end. Telson
single, ending in two conical projections each bearing a stout seta.

Female.—Differs from the above in having the coxe normal; second
| gnathopoda only slightly larger than the first which it resembles in shape,
but has the carpus shorter and subtriangular.

Length about + inch. :

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour.

260 Transactions.— Zoology.

I have been much puzzled by this and the next two species, and it is
only with considerable hesitation that I advance Paranenia as a new genus,
In order to clear up their affinities as much as possible I give here a few
more facts about them which I have not put into the description already
given. The inferior antenne arise considerably behind the anterior antenne
(fig. 1a). The mandibles are shown in fig. 15, pl. xix. The appendage con-
sists of three broad joints, the first short and without sete, the second the
longest and fringed on one side with long sete, the third is narrow at the
base, but widens greatly distally, and is rounded at the end and is fringed
with about a dozen sete, each about as long as the joint; on the side of the
last joint is an oblique row of about four or five sete. The maxillipedes
present nothing very remarkable, both the basos and the ischios bear well-
developed plates, that of the basos is rectangular and has only a few sete
at the end, that of the ischios is rounded at the end and has the inner
margin supplied with numerous stout broad spines which increase in size
distally, and with several sete, the other joints except the meros are plen-
tifully supplied with sete, the dactylos ends in a long slender claw distinct
from the basal portion.

The gnathopoda have been already described, the pereiopoda closely
resemble those of Podocerus but are rather longer and more slender than is
usual in that genus. The coxa of the third pereiopod consists of two lobes
as in Podocerus, the anterior lobe is much larger and deeper than the
posterior ; in the next coxa the anterior lobe is much smaller in comparison
with the posterior; the coxa of the fifth pereiopod is not divided into lobes
—these facts re cox® of third, fourth and fifth pereiopoda refer to the male
only; I have not yet been able to verify them in the female; the bodies are
so delicate and transparent that it is often very difficult to distinguish the
coxe. The telson has one or two very minute teeth at the end of each
conical projection, these are very small but may be important as a help to
deciding the proper place of this species among the other Amphipoda.

My reasons for considering the two animals I have described above as
male and female of the same genus are the same as those Prset given in
the case of Podocerus longimanus.

The length of the palm of the second gnathopod of the male increases
with age, in well-developed specimens the tooth defining it is near the base of
the propodos, but in younger specimens it is often much nearer the distal end.

Paranania dentifera. Pl. xxi., fig. 2, a to c.

Moera dentifera, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. iv., p. 332, pl, xx., fig. 4.

Superior antenn® equal in length to the cephalon and first four segments
of the pereion; third segment of the peduncle two-thirds the length of the
second ; flagellum about as long as the last two segments of peduncle, of

about ten articuli, each ornamented like the pedunele with several longish

Cumton.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 261

hairs. Inferior antenne slightly longer than the superior; fourth and fifth
segments of the peduncle sub-equal; flagellum half as long again as the
last segment of peduncle, of about twelve articuli; both peduncle and
flagellum armed with slender hairs, which are longer on the former. An-
terior gnathopoda small, carpus slightly longer than propodos, thickly
fringed on inferior edge with serrated sete, propodos ovate, setose on both
margins, one or two stout sete at point of impingement of the end of dactylos.
Posterior gnathopoda very large ; meros with a pointed process at its infero-
distal angle; carpus short, sub-triangular ; propodos about six times the
length of carpus, broad at the base, narrowing distally ; palm two-thirds of
the length of propodos, concave, with a low protuberance at its distal end,
armed with fasciculi of long hairs, defined by a spine-like tooth ; dactylos
nearly as long as the propodos, with an enlargement on its inner edge near
the base. Cox of third segment of pereion extending anteriorly slightly
beyond the middle of coxa of second segment, antero-inferior angle rounded,
margin ornamented with small circular or elliptical markings at intervals.
Rami of posterior pleopoda scarcely larger than the others, lanceolate, armed
with a few bristles. Telson small, ending in two conical projections, each
bearing a stout seta. Colour, light olive with minute black dots. Length
1 inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour. Also “Clark Island, Port Jackson; amongst
seaweed ” (Haswell).

This species so closely resembles the preceding one in everything but
the second gnathopoda that it must be placed in the same genus. It has a
certain puzzling resemblance to Moera, to which it was referred by Mr.
Haswell, but differs in the broad setose appendage of the mandible, and in
the strong fringe of sete on the antenne (wherein it approaches Podocerus
and other allied genera), and in the telson.

I do not know the female of this species as such. It probably would be
almost indistinguishable from that of Paranania typica.

The mandibles and maxillipedes are almost exactly the same as those
figured for Paranenia typica. When dissecting out the mouth-parts I came
across the part figured in pl. xxi, fig. 2a. It evidently corresponds with
and closely resembles the **epistoma" of Cerapus abditus, figured by Bate
and Westwood in vol. i., p. 455, of the * British Sessile-eyed Crustacea.” It
consists of a transversely elliptical portion, with short sete pointing inwards
on the posterior margin, and, springing from this, a long pointed process.

Paranania longimanus, sp. nov. Pl. xx., fig. 2, a to c. :

Male.—First gnathopoda with the meros ending distally in an acute
point; carpus considerably longer than the propodos ; inferior margin
thickly fringed with sete, chiefly arranged in short transverse rows;

262 Transactions.—Z oology.

propodos not broader than the carpus, tufts of sete on both sides ; dactylos
long, slightly curved, and acutely pointed, much longer than the palm,
which is slightly concave and defined by a short stout seta. Second
gnathopoda with the meros acutely produced at the distal end; carpus
triangular, more than half as long as the propodos, and as wide distally as
the propodos; propodos rectangular, with tufts of sete arranged in three
longitudinal rows, end transverse, dactylos short, curved, and impinging
against the side of the joint, instead of along the margin. Fifth pleopoda
with the rami unequal ; sixth with the rami smaller than in the two
preceding species, not reaching beyond the extremity of the fifth pleopoda,
and only slightly longer than the peduncle; sete on the upper margin and
at the end.

Female.—Differs from the male in having the palm of the first gnatho-
pod slightly convex, and not defined. Second gnathopod smaller than that
of the male, resembling that of the female of Paranenia typica, but with the
palm slightly concave. Length i inch. |

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour.

Genus Corophium, Latr.
(Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus., p. 279.) -

Corophium lendenfeldi, sp. nov. PI. xx., fig. 1, a to e.

Eye rather large, elliptical, placed on a rounded lobe between the bases
of the antenne. Antenne subequal; upper with basal joint large, stout,
about twice as long as broad, second about two-thirds as long as the first
and half as broad, third about two-thirds as long as the second and more
slender, flagellum of about nine joints, nearly as long as the last two joints
of the peduncle, a secondary appendage of two or three joints is also pre-
sent; sete very few and delicate. Inferior antenne with the second joint
short, produced inferiorly and anteriorly into a sharp point, third joint
nearly as broad as long, fourth longer and stouter than the fifth ; flagellum
nearly as long as the last joint of peduncle, bearing below numerous stout
sete which become stouter and more curved towards the end. First gna-
thopod rather short and stout, ischios and meros short, the latter with a
tuft of sete towards distal end, carpus broader than the propodos and about
two-thirds as long, thickly fringed with plumose sete on inferior margin ;
propodos narrowing slightly distally, fringed on both sides with plumose
sete, dactylos long curved and acutely pointed, not impinging against the
propodos. Second gnathopoda similar in form to the first, but longer and
more slender, carpus considerably broader than the propodos and of the
same length, bearing two longitudinal rows of sparsely plumose sete which
are as long as the joint itself; propodos narrow, tapering distally, fringed
on both margins with long sete, dactylos slender, not impinging against

Cuinrox.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 263

the propodos. ‘Third, fourth, and fifth pereiopoda similar in form, in-
creasing somewhat in size posteriorly, basa much expanded. Lower por-
tions of the sides of the second and third segments of pleon supplied with
numerous sete. Pleopoda short, all reaching to about the same point.
Fourth pair with peduncle stout, produced into a sharp point between the
rami, upper margin with strong sete, rami equal, with strong sete on upper
margins and at the extremities, fifth pair similar but with rami unequal,
pedunele of sixth pair stout, outer ramus nearly as long as peduncle, with
thick tuft of sete about as long as the ramus at the end; inner ramus rudi-
mentary with one or two small sete, telson narrowing greatly towards the
end, posterior margin sinuous, convex in centre, concave on each side, on
the upper part of the telson towards the end is a rather long seta on each
side, and between this and the postero-lateral angle are two sharp teeth
pointing upwards. Colour greyish.

Length 1 inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour.

This species appears to differ from other species of the same genus in
the presence of a secondary appendage to the upper antenna, and in having
the first gnathopoda simple, not subchelate ; the plumose character of the
. gnathopoda is however, I think, sufficient evidence of its near relationship.

I take pleasure in naming this species after Dr. R. von Lendenfeld, by
means of whose scraper I obtained several specimens off one of the buoys
in Lyttelton Harbour.

Genus Panoplea, G. M. Thomson.
(Ann. and Mag. N.H., ser. v., vol. vi., p. 2.)

Panoplan translucens, sp. nov. Pl. xxi., fig. 8, a to c.

Closely related to Panoplea debilis, but larger and lighter in colour and
differing in the following points. None of the segments produced poste-
riorly into spines. The two pairs of gnathopoda similar in shape and equal
in size, much stouter than in P. debilis, basos with longish sete on both
sides, carpus nearly as long as propodos, propodos rectangular, slightly
more than twice as long as broad, palm oblique extending about one-third
along the inferior margin of the propodos, one stout seta on each side of the
point where the dactylos impinges, numerous tufts of stout short sete
along inferior margin of propodos. Three last pairs of pleopoda very
slender, fourth pair with peduncle considerably longer than the rami, con-
cave above, upper margins with short stout sete, outer ramus longer than
the inner, both with sete on the upper margin and at the end; fifth pair
similar, but with outer ramus shorter than peduncle, and the inner one
longer than the peduncle ; sixth with peduncle stout, naked, rami equal,
longer than peduncle, broad when seen from above, both margins with

264 Transactions.— Zoology.

sete. Telson slightly concave above, narrowing towards the end, near
which are two very small sete on each side. Colour, whitish, semi-
transparent. Length 44 inch.

Hab. Lyttelton Harbour. Three specimens taken in company with
numerous specimens of P. debilis.

Genus Bircenna, novum.

Body broad, coxe very shallow. Antenne sub-equal, upper without a
secondary appendage. Mandibles without an appendage. Maxillipedes
with well-developed plates on both basos and ischios. Gnathopoda equal,
not subchelate. Last segment of pleon and its appendages rudimentary.
Telson simple, not divided.

Bircenna fulvus, sp. nov. Pl. xxi., fig. 1, a to e.

Head broad, depressed in front, antenne short, not longer than the head;
both pairs of same length, slender. Peduncle of upper not distinguishable
from the flagellum, first joint about as long as the second, but stouter, third
shorter than the second, flagellum of about six joints, each bearing some
simple auditory cilia. Peduncle of lower antennw with four joints distin-
guishable, the last as long as the two preceding, flagellum of about four
joints. Both antenne with a few small sete. Maxillipedes short, the
plates on the basos and ischios reaching to the same point and nearly to
the end of the maxillipede itself. Gnathopoda equal and similar, ischios as
long as meros which is rounded at the ond, carpus slightly longer than the
meros, expanded slightly distally, propodos slightly longer than the carpus,
of same width throughout, produced very slightly at its infero-distal angle,
a few small sete on inferior margin, dactylos stout, with a tooth on inner
margin, not bent back upon the propodos.

First and second pereiopoda short, meros produced at antero-distal
angle. Three last pairs of pereiopoda increasing in size posteriorly, basos
of each much expanded. Coxe very shallow, broader than deep. Fourth
pleopoda with rami both longer than peduncle, acutely pointed, curving
upwards, one nearly twice as long as the other, fifth similar but stouter,
fifth segment of pleon very short, sixth apparently absent, sixth pleopoda
represented by a single joint bifid at end, outer piece rounded, inner ending
in a sharp point and bearing on inner margin four or five longish setee.
Telson short, triangular, with a seta on each side near the end. Length
i inch. Colour, yellow.

Hab, Lyttelton Harbour.

Ido not know where to place this peculiar-looking little Amphipod ; it
may come near to Phlias, but the species of that genius given in the
Catalogue of the Amphipoda in the British Museum are not described in
sufficient detail to warrant one in forming any definite conclusion as to
their relationship. I have only a very few specimens.

TRANS. NZ INSTITUTE. VOLXVEPL XIX

NZ. CRUSTACEA.

CChilton. del.

TRANS. NZ. INSTITUTE VOLXVEPLXX.

N Z CRUSTACEA,

C Chilton, del.

TRANS.NZ INSTITUTE, VOLXVIPIXXI

MZ CRUSTACEA.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Currros.—On New Zealand Sessile-eyed Crustacea. 265
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVIL—XXI.
PrarE XVII

Apseudes latus (details). a, upper antenna x 70; b, lower antenna x 120;
c, first thoracic leg x 70; d, second thoracic leg x 70; e, fifth thoracic
leg x 70; f, sixth thoracic leg x 70; g, seventh thoracic leg X 70;
h, end of pleon and last pleopod x 47.

Podocerus longimanus (details from Lyttelton specimens). a, first gnathopod of
female x 70; b, second gnathopod of female x 70; c, second gnatho-
pod of Si x 30; d, end of abdomen x 70; e, dea of last pleopod
x 244,

Prate XVIII.
Teraticum typicum x 30. a, antenne x 120; b, first gnathopod x 56; c, palm
f e X 120; d, another form of first gnathopod x 60; e, second
gnathopod x 56; f, end of pleon x 120; g, telson x 120.

Janira longicauda (details). a, head and antenne x 24; b, last segment of
thorax, abdomen, and last pair of pleopoda x 15.

Stenetrium fractum (details). a, inner antenna x 60; b, outer antenna x 30;
e, first gnathopod x 35; d, sete from palm of same x 244; e, extremity
of dactylos of same x 244; f, abdomen and last pleopod x 30.

Prare XIX.

Paranenia typica (male) x 15. a, antenne x 24; b, mandible x 120; c, maxil-
lipedes x 81; d, first gnathopod of male x 120; e, second gnathopod of
male x 30; f, second gnathopod of female x 70; g, end of abdomen

x 70; h, telson from above x 120
Podocerus latipes (details). a, pasa PEAD of mature female X 70;
b, second gnathopod of male 8; e, fourth pereiopod x 38; d, fifth
pereiopod (for comparison) X ic
TE

Corophium lendenfeldi X 13. a, sini x 30; b, first gnathopod x 30;
c, second gnathopod x 30; d, end of abdomen x 30; e, telson and last
pleopod (from above) x 70.

Paranenia longimanus (details). a, second gnathopod of male x 24; b, first
gnathopod of male x 120: c, end of abdomen x 30,

Prate XXI.

Bircenna "ees x 20. a, antenne x 70; b, maxillipede x 150; c, first gnatho-
pod x 70; d, telson and last two pairs of pleopoda (from above, com-
el x 120; e, end of pleon (side view) x 70.

Paranenia dentifera (details from a Lyttelton specimen). a, ''epistoma" highly
magnified ; b, coxe of first four segments of pereion x 30; c, margin
coxa of third segment of pereion x 120.

Panoplea translucens (details). a, first gnathopod x 30; b, end of pleon x 15;

€,

200 A Transactions, —Zoology.

Art. XV.—On the Habits of Earth-Worms in New Zealand.
By A. T. Urqunuarr.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 12th November, 1883.]

Tur masterly way in which the habits of earth-worms have been treated by
Mr. Darwin, in his valuable work on ** Vegetable Mould,” has not left much
room for original research. However, as Professor Hutton informs me that
little or nothing is known of the New Zealand earth-worms, a few observa-
tions may not be superfluous, especially as their habits differ to some ex-
tent from the European species. As these observations were not made with
a view to publication, they may not in some instances have been carried out
to the extent they deserved, but they may be accepted as fairly accurate.
Having mainly followed Mr. Darwin in my experiments, it is unnecessary
to give much more than the results.

The New Zealand species of Lumbricus, to which these few notes refer—
namely, those which burrow into the ground and eject castings more or less

‘on the surface,—are not well known, but they will probably not differ much
in number from the Scandinavian species. :

In a mild and humid country like this earth-worms work more or less
the whole year round, especially in-moist and shady situations. During the
drier months they retire to a depth of 9-15 inches, a few occasionally as
much as 40 inches, into the sub-soil, where they remain, apparently hy-
bernating, either at the bottom of the burrows or coiled up one or more
together in the terminal cells, until the rains set in. The dry weather we
had in September caused many of them to retire temporarily into their
chambers. The burrows run down generally a little obliquely, sometimes
perpendicularly, occasionally they turn and run horizontally—in solid
ground. Mr. Darwin says: “ They are said to sometimes branch, but as
far as I have seen this does not occur, except in recently dug ground and
near the surface," I have met with instances in which the burrows branched
in solid ground, but the branching has merely consisted of two short lateral
passages at the termination of the burrow, leading into two distinctly separate
chambers. The surface portion of the burrows appears to be generally lined
with cement, half a mm. or more thick. This is accomplished by the worms
ejecting little pellets of viscid humus on the sides of the walls, then spreading
them by gliding up and down. When partially dry this cement not only
strengthens the walls of the burrow, but affords a smooth surface to
the worm’s body, which is a necessary protection, as its movements are
often rapid; the interior is kept moist with slime secreted by the worm.
When the subsoil is favourable, the walls are occasionally merely smoothed
off with light-coloured castings, no defined layer being perceptible. Many

Unoumarr.—On the Habits of Earth-Worms in New Zealand. 267

of the burrows, especially the deeper ones, end in a chamber, which is often
lined in a similar manner with dark- or light-coloured castings; probably
the castings are spread with the aid of its tail. It is not none! for two
separate burrows to terminate in the same chamber.

In Europe earth-worms line their chambers with other materials besides
the usual viscid black earth. In reference to this instinct, Mr. Darwin
says :— The sole conjecture which I can form cl site ged pi winter
quarters with little stones and seeds, is to prevent coiled-up bodies
from coming in contact with the saline cold soil.” ^ A have not been
able to obtain any information regarding the habits of earth-worms in the
colder portions of New Zealand, but as our northern worms do not line
their chambers with other materials besides their viscid castings, it is pro-
bable his conjecture is correct; our worms are not subjected to the same
severe and rapid changes of temperature as those in Europe, consequently
do not need the extra protection.

Darwin was the first to point out that the mouths of the burrows were
in addition often lined with leaves. This habit does not obtain in our
worms, and would not be necessary, for, although they may be often
observed lying close to the mouth of their burrows—probably for warmth—
the short sharp frost to which they are occasionally subjected does not in-
fluence the temperature of the ground to any depth; and the warm sunny
‘day, which almost invariably follows a frosty night, soon raises the tempe-
rature of the soil sufficiently to allow of their return to the surface.

It is not improbable that it is our equable climate that renders it un-

_necessary for earth-worms to plug the mouths of their burrows to the same
extent as in Europe. As far as my experience serves, they seem content
with occasionally loosely drawing in petioles, portions of leaves, and blades
of grass—some are evidently merely meant for food. Mr. Darwin believes
that “ the use of the plugs is to check the free ingress of the lowest stra-
tum of air, when chilled by radiation at night, from the surrounding ground
and herbage.” Judging from the loose way his worms plugged the mouths
of their burrows when kept in pots in a warm room, and the actions of our
own worms in their natural haunts, there is little doubt that the exclusion
of cold air is the chief cause of the burrows being plugged. At the season
of the year when earth-worms in New Zealand are occasionally subjected
to as air, the mouths of their burrows are generally protected by their '
c

ings.
= habit of closing the sh of the fee. by heaping-up little
pellets of earth and stones, when no castings are being ejected, obtains in
the New Zealand worms, and the object is probably to conceal the mouth
from their enemies, the greatest of which are, in the vicinity of Auckland,

268 Transactions.—Zoology.

the mackerel gull (Larus scopulinus) and the curlew (Limosa baueri). But if
Hoffmeister's statement is correct—which is very probable—that the Sco-
lopendra are their bitterest enemies, this instinct must subserve some
other purpose as well, as they almost invariably open their burrows at
night. As earth-worms habitually lie close to the mouths of their burrows,
the stopping may not only tend to give them a sense of safety, but exclude
the light.

In loose ground worms rarely void their castings on the surface, using
old burrows and cavities. Henson’s statement that worms habitually use
old burrows—in solid ground—for this purpose, is doubted by Darwin; if
he meant that the filling-up of the burrows was entirely due to this cause,
he is probably in error, for it is evident, in some soils, that heavy rain
` causes the walls of the burrows to flow and slide inwards ; portions of the
sub-soil then collapse, forming alternate streaks of black and light soil.
(Mr. Darwin points out that when the soil is not viscous enough to flow
inwards, the same end is attained by another agency.) At the same time
my own observations lead me to agree with Henson as to the habitual use
of the old burrows for the purpose of voiding castings in. During the
winter months and wet weather fresh castings retaining their convolutions
are to be met with at various depths in the solid ground, and in positions
which preclude the idea of their having been washed down; and it appears
to me that the amount of black humus used in lining the walls, is inade-
quate to fill up the burrows and chambers to the extent they often are.
Again, fresh castings are to be found in the holes left by decayed roots, and
sun-cracks. These holes are generally filled up with fine black earth, most
of which is apparently worm-castings. Owing to the nature of the sub-soil,
in which my researches have been chiefiy carried out, portions of the bur-
rows, and especially the chambers, often retain their form for many months
without being filled up with humus. This of course is favourable for
observations.

Want of leisure time has prevented my systematically collecting worm-
castings off a measured piece of ground, so as to form an estimate of the
amount of earth annually thrown out on an acre of land, fairly stocked
with worms; but Darwin who has carefully gone into the matter says :—
“In many parts of England a weight of more than ten tons of dry earth
annually passes through their bodies and is brought to the surface on each
acre of land.” Compared with the European, worm-castings in New Zea-
land are light, the larger castings, fresh and well-dried, weigh about ‘8
of an ounce ; the smaller and most numerous weighing only ‘07. Although
the worm-castings are light, the amount of earth ejected in favourable
ground in the course of years is considerable, apparently equal to some

Urqunart.—On the Habits of Earth- Worms in New Zealand, 269

parts of Britain. This is to be attributed to there being—the conditions
being equal—a far greater number of worms in an acre of ground in this
country.

Darwin says that the number of worms in old pastures is unknown, but
assumes that there may be 26,886 per acre. According to Henson there
are 53,767 worms in an acre of garden ground, and about half that number
in cornfields ; possibly this estimate may be found too low for many parts of
Britain. My own estimate of the number of earth-worms (348,480) living
in an acre of pasture land, in the vicinity of Auckland—which appeared in
an early number of the ** N.Z. Journal of Science ”—although a low average
was given, was so high compared with Henson’s, that I went through the
work of counting the worms over again this winter; the plan adopted was
to take a straight course across several parts of a field, taking out a square
foot of soil every twenty paces. The worms have evidently increased |
since my former observations, so that the results were still more striking.
My accurate friend Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S., thinking it possible that
I might be unconsciously influenced in selecting a spot for examination,
suggested the work should be systematically done with the aid of a tape.
Accordingly fresh lines were run between some of the former ones, in a
portion of a field 17 years in grass. A piece of fair average ground was laid
out in squares of 120 feet, a square foot of soil was then taken out at each
corner. As the accuracy of my former observations was being put to the
test, and at the time (September) most of the worms were in the turf,
instead of carrying out my research merely with the aid of a spade, I picked
every particle of turf with my fingers; over three hours work gave the
following results :—

Number of Earth-worms in each square foot of soil.

8,8. 10. 21. 60, 19. 5.10. 0. 19. 12. 90... 35.17, 9. 11. 96, 17.
12. 8. 20. 14. 48. 22. 24. 27. 40, 14, 12. 10. 15. 18. 18. 26. 18. 19.
Worms hanging to the side-walls were not counted, and the blank hole—

only the second in that field—was surrounded with worms.

These figures give an average of 18 worms per square foot, or 784,080
peracre. Although this average is rather striking compared with Henson's,
the difference in the actual weight of the worms is not so marked. Von
Henson's standard weight of a single worm is 8 grams, accordingly the
58,767 worms would weigh 856 pounds. The greater proportion of the
worms met with in our fields are the common L. campestris ; the larger
forms of this species weigh 12 grains—50 averaged 63 grains; allowing for
the few intermixed lighter species, the average of the entire number of
worms may be taken at 6 grains, this would give a weight of 612 Ibs. 9 ozs.
As my former tests in other parts of the farm, where the conditions were

270 Transactions.— Zoology.

equally favourable, did not differ from those taken in this field at the same
time, it may be fairly assumed that if fresh tests had been made with
equal care, the results would have been as great. As far as my expe-
rience goes, worms seem to be, as a rule, less numerous in worked ground.
This does not appear to be the opinion of other observers. In an orchard,
originally grass land and favourable for worms, but kept ploughed the last
four years, the average was 12 worms per square foot. Several acres in
another orchard, light, deep, dry soil, formerly in grass, only averaged 22.
The number of worms found in garden ground varies considerably ; in the
drier portions they are often scarce, but in the moist and shady places they
are numerous, especially large worms (L. uliginosus) weighing 27-80 grains.

From this it appears that worms abound in most cultivated lands in
New Zealand; earth-worms are also numerous in moist open spaces be-
. neath high manuka (Leptospermum); they affect the edges of swamps in
considerable numbers, spreading backwards year by year up the ridges,
when the conditions are favourable, largely contributing to form the good.
soil often found there. Under furze, dense manuka and Pomaderris, if the
soil is dry, worms are scarce. In fern lands they are rare, except in the
damp open spaces, or half-dry swamps covered with dwarf manuka, from
whence they spread upon the land being cultivated. I have not had the
opportunity of observing native grass lands during the wet season, but from
the work done they seem to be fairly represented in some places.

The length of time that land of this class—i.e., fern land—takes to be-
come stocked with worms when laid down in pasture, of course depends
upon the extent, moisture, and surroundings. Fields of no great area in
the vicinity of older cultivations and swamps appear to get well stocked in
about fifteen years. In a portion of a 100-acre field laid down in pasture
ten years ago the average of the tests was equal to those given above, but
the conditions were extremely favourable. In the remoter portion sown
two years later, although increasing, worms are still scarce.

It is unnecessary to enter to any extent into the amount and value of
the work done by earth-worms, as the subject has been ably discussed by
our illustrious master ; but it may be of interest to describe a section I ob-
served when forming an orchard in October, 1875. The vegetation burnt
off the newly-cleared land—a raised beach, Manukau Harbour—consisted
mostly of manuka and flax, apparently the growth of about thirty years.
The trench opened in digging the ground exposed a section consisting of
about 43 inches of black mould, and a horizontal layer, nearly 1 inch thick,
of wood-ashes, burnt clay, small stones, and fragments of pumice, lying on
a brownish-green arenaceous clay. The black mould was perfectly free
from stones, etc., and when a spit was taken up it readily split off from the

Urqunart.—On the Habits of Earth-Worms in New Zealand. 271

coarser layer, which adhered to the sub-soil. A long strip was left intact,
and is being preserved for future observations. Similar layers, which con-
sist chiefly of the charred wood, are to be met with in patches, at the same
average depth, over several acres of ground.

The section at the present time shows an even depth of 52 to 6 inches
of black mould. The charred wood, especially where holes have been dug,
has decayed considerably the last twelve months, reducing the average width
to nearly $ an inch, but the layer remains horizontal and parallel to the
surface, showing that the worms are evenly distributed, and doing an equal

amount of work. The regular way in which the embedded objects sink, in-

dependently of their specific gravity, as Mr. Darwin points out, “ are the
striking features of the case." Pieces of burnt clay 14 inches in length,
weighing over an ounce, small pebbles of jasper rock, fragments of pumice,
and the charred wood, have all sunk to the same depth, within the same
time, retaining an even thickness that would hardly be expected ; the
regular depth of the mould, of course, is partially caused by the levelling
action of rain.

From this it appears that our earth-worms work with the same regu-
larity as the British species, and eject—their greater number considered—
an equal amount of earth. An addition of about 1} inches to the superfi-
cial surface in eight years, compares favourably with the average cases
recorded by Mr. Darwin. Of course the more rapid accumulation of mould
the last few years, is owing to the great increase of worms—consequently
of worm-castings ; although in uncleared lands of this description the
annual contribution of decayed vegetable matter is in excess of grass-land, .
its effect in increasing the thickness of the mould is not equal to the work
of the greater number of worms. As the flat is cut off from the higher
land by a drain, there is no sedimentary deposit; and the dust blown from
desiccated ground is so trifling, that the present increase of mould may. be
entirely attributed to the work of worms,

It is probable that when a sufficient depth of vegetable—or perhaps
more correctly animal—mould is formed for the worms to live in, that the
annual increase of thickness decreases ; for, as a rule, under those cireum-
stances worms do not penetrate the subsoil to any depth, except when
driven down by dry weather. However, in the present case they burrow
into the subsoil to a greater depth than worms generally do in the winter
months; as it is of a loose nature it probably contains nutritious matter.

‘It may be worth recording that in May, 1876, I placed an angular block
of trachyte—measuring 9 inches in length, 8 in breadth, and 53 in thick-
ness—on the same ground; in about four years it had sunk nearly 1 inch ;
the next two years, it was in the possession of a colony of ants, who no

272 Transactions, — Zoology.

doubt contributed to undermine it; upon their deserting the stone, the
work was again resumed by worms. When measured in August, 1882, the
most protuberant point was down 1 inch ; in October, 1883, the point was
exactly 2 inches below the level of the surface. One end of the ground
beneath the stone is considerably excavated ; when these burrows collapse,
the stone will again sink. In September, 1882, a small stone with a flat
base, rounded at the edges, 64 inches long, 34 broad, and 33 in thickness,
was laid on the turf; on the 15th of last October it had sunk 1 inch, and
became sufficiently embedded to require some force to raise it ; the same
day four fresh stones were placed on the ground, and layers of broken brick
and wood-ashes were spread for future observations.

Darwin states that some writers doubt if worms ever swallow earth
solely for the purpose of excavating their burrows. Worms effect an entrance
into loose soil by inserting the attenuated anterior extremity of their body
into any crevice or hole, or forcing aside the particles by alternately with-
drawing and driving in the stretched-out body, the pharynx is then pushed
forward, and the swollen extremity presses the earth aside ; not only would
it be impossible—although possessing considerable muscular power—for
worms to penetrate into our hard sub-soils by these means, but on three
occasions when large worms (L. uliginosus) were placed in a pot of very com-
pact earth, they only effected an entrance after about 40, 29, and 82 hours’
work, ejecting a considerable amount of castings ; again, three small worms
were placed in a pot of firm moist siliceous sand, they were only able—in
about 80 hours—to bury themselves by swallowing and ejecting the sand ;
pure sand castings were thrown out for some time afterwards; as the sand
had been well washed there could have been no nutriment in it.* Mr.
Darwin has shown in a similar experiment, with fine ferruginous sand, that
under the circumstances worms are compelled to swallow a large amount of
matter unfit for food. i

Claparéde doubts whether worms swallow any quantity of earth merely
for the sake of obtaining nutriment from it; my own observations lead me
to agree with Darwin, who has clearly shown that it is not improbable.

Mr. Darwin remarks (** V.M.” p. 14) that after heavy rain, succeeding
dry weather, an astonishing number of dead worms may sometimes be seen
lying on the ground ; he further says :—'* I believe that they were already
sick, and that their deaths were merely hastened by the ground being
flooded.” As I did not clearly understand whether he meant that when
worms, under those circumstances, came to the surface and wandered about
during the day, they were necessarily sick, I thought it right to experi-
mentally test whether it was the case, although I had no doubt, as far as
our worms were concerned, that a large proportion were healthy.

* These worms have been fed, and are forming a layer of humus on the surface,

UnqunanT.—On the Habits of Earth-Worms in New Zealand. 273

On the 10th of last July, 8 worms were picked up at half- past 11 a.m.,
and placed in a pot of earth ; 8 more were treated in the same way on the
18th, but they escaped ten days afterwards. On the 28th there was heavy
rain up to nearly Y a.m., when it cleared there were upwards of 450 large
worms crawling about a favourite portion of the garden walk, within a
length of 59 yards, all apparently healthy: at 10 the sun shone out; by
twenty minutes to 11, most of them had entered some of the old burrows in
the turf or beds; a few wandered about, in shady spots, until evening, and,
with the exception of a few accidentally crushed, none were seen dead. Six
of these worms were placed in a pot of mould, and 6 in a jar of earth and
water ; the latter were all dead in 58 hours. August 15th, at 9 a.m., 6
worms were placed in two pots, and 6 in a jar of earth and water; in 27
hours 4 of the latter were dead, the remaining 2 in 40 hours. After 30
hours of unusually cold rain, on the morning of the 24th August, there
were about 80 worms on the same portion of the walk, some were dead, and
many appeared weak and dying. This was an unusual number, although a
good many dead worms may occasionally be seen in open drains, apparently
drowned ; probably the weak worms fall in, and are unable to escape.

What the cause may be that either induces or compels worms to leave
their burrows and wander about, under these circumstances, appears not to
have been determined ; but, as worms do not habitually come to the surface
in any great number—especially in the day time—during continued wet
weather, but close after rain succeeding dry weather, it is not improbable
that they take advantage of the moisture to seek fresh burrows and food ;
the weak and sickly worms succumbing on the road, especially if it be cold.
But whatever the cause may be, it is evident as far as New Zealand earth-
worms are concerned, that they are not all sick, for on November 1st when
the captured worms were let loose—some of them having been incarcerated
for 115 days—they glided away apparently in perfect health.

In regard to worms leaving their burrows at night, Darwin remarks
that :—“ It has often been said that under ordinary circumstances healthy
worms never, or very rarely, completely leave their burrows ; but this is an
error, as White of Selbourne long ago knew.” Like the British worms, our
. own generally wander about at night after rain, all the year round; pro-
bably they leave their burrows in search of animal food; for I have on
several occasions seen them, as late as half-past seven, on warm moist
winter mornings, gliding with the greatest ease about the trunks of the
Eucalyptus, evidently searching for animal matter. I have never observed
higher than about 12 feet, but as they are occasionally found in gutters on —
the roofs of houses, probably they ascend to a greater height.

8

274 Transactions, — Zoology.

I omitted to test the length of time that earth-worms would live im-
mersed in water during the summer, but Morren found that they endured
immersion for 15 or 20 days; like our own, they soon died in winter.
Although worms often frequent very wet places, it is probable—except
perhaps in the summer months—that those we are concerned with, do not
remain completely submerged for any length of time. Some examples of
L. campestris, that were put into a jar of earth and water, in October, and
kept in a room, died in 183-20 hours; this species appears least able to
live for any length of time under water, they desert their burrows when
flooded by temporary ponds during the winter months.

Our worms act with the same judgment as the European species, when
they drag any object into their burrows ; but the amount drawn in, both
by worms in confinement and out in the open, appears to be less. The
sense of taste is well developed, a preference being shown for special kinds
of food; half-decayed onion and cherry leaves being especially relished.
The secreted fluid has the usual effect of turning fresh, or half-fresh, leaves
a dark brown colour; leaves placed on the surface in pots become in time
almost entirely stript of the epidermis and parenchyma, the veins appear
not to be eaten, as the skeleton remains entire.

Up to the present time my own experiments have not satisfactorily
proved that worms possess a sense of smell ; but it seems evident that they
are not without it. The effect of light as a rule is not immediate, although
in some instances a sudden illumination caused worms to retire rapidly into
their burrows; if feeding, a light was either not regarded, or, if they retired,
they sometimes soon returned to the surface and continued nibbling at the
leaves, taking no further notice of it.

. Worms evidently do not possess the sense of hearing and, beyond being
affected by light, have no power of vision; the absence of these two senses
is compensated for by extreme sensitiveness to currents of air and vibration
in any solid matter; which, no doubt, as a rule is advantageous to them.

If, especially, moist loose ground is trodden on sufficiently to cause a
slight succussion, it often has the effect of driving out the worms; once on
the surface they appear to seek the first opportunity of again retiring below.
I would not have alluded to this habit had it not been generally entirely
attributed to an instinctive effort of the worms to escape from their enemy
the mole; and that some writers, even recently, have drawn erroneous con-.
clusions from the supposed fact. As birds are the chief enemies of worms
in this country, and when they are lying near, or on the surface, vibration
has the reverse effect of driving them below, it is not improbable that their
actions, in this case, are not caused by any definite purpose, but the result
of extreme timidity.

Heatu.—On the Effect of Cold on Fishes. 275

In examples of Lumbricus uliginosus dissected in the month of March,
the calciferous glands were well developed. According to Morren these
glands disappear during the winter; and Mr. Darwin has also observed
their partial or entire disappearance at the same season. Whether these
glands ever shrink sufficiently in New Zealand to be indistinguishable,
I cannot say, but in specimens of L. uliginosus and campestris examined in
July-August, although considerably shrunken and empty, the glands were
quite perceptible, with the exception of one example of L. campestris, in
which a lens was required for their satisfactory determination. They com-
mence to swell again during the spring months.

From Charles Darwin’s admirable researches it seems probable that
such lowly organized forms as earth-worms are not devoid of intelligence ;
they appear to have a certain amount of social feeling, and their passions
are strong: the diversity of their actions when exposed to light or vibra-
tion, implies the faculty of attention ; from their highly developed sense of
touch, they appear to gain some notion of the form of an object; and I
hope to show, in a future paper, to what extent they possess the sense of
direction.

Art. XVI.—E fect of Cold on Fishes. By New Hearta.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 2nd July, 1883.]
Ir is asserted by many people that, though shallow rivers and fish-ponds
have been occasionally converted into solid ice in countries where the
winters are protracted and severe, all the imprisoned fish have not been
destroyed, but that, when the ice had completely thawed, many of them
have been found to be in possession of their usual health. Imprisonment
in their ice-bound home had thus done them no harm. Dead to all appear-
ance they might have been, but they were only asleep—hybernating, and,
ike many animals that pass the long winters in a state of lethargy, they
would, when freed from life-suspending causes, recover their usual animation.

It is not an easy matter to ascertain that, in such rivers and ponds, the
whole of the water is unquestionably frozen, and, obviously, the acceptance
of the truth of such an assertion must be held over until we can prove to
demonstration that the waters were completely frozen, and that the fish,
which are said to have come again to life, had actually been imprisoned in
the solid ice.

It struck me that as the ** Mataura," with her freezing chamber, was
lying at the wharf, an effort might be made to procure a few facts that
would help us to arrive at a satisfactory conclusion as to the truth or other-
wise of the assertion. The ** Mataura” lay here freezing her cargo of sheep

276 Transactions.— Zoology.

for the London market, and why should she not, if intense and continuous
cold only suspended the life of the fish, bear away to old England slabs of
ice holding in their rigid embrace numerous specimens of fish hitherto
unknown in that land, which only required to be thawed in its rivers that
there they might live and thrive! Why put ourselves to the great trouble,
anxiety and expense, of bringing out to our New Zealand home ova that
have hitherto proved to be dainty morsels for the discriminating natives of
our waters! Could life be suspended, then fish of all kinds, and from all
countries, and arrived at a vigorous maturity, could, when allowed to recover
from their prolonged sleep, do successful battle with eels and other foes in
asserting their rightful claim to a fair share of all the good things in our
rivers. It would be good for us, if experience could demonstrate that such
a procedure must necessarily prove successful if conducted with ordinary
care. Our fish markets, that are at present distinguished by their absence,
would then become realities and sources of comfortable incomes for energetic
and enterprising men, and the gentle disciples of Izaak Walton would find
abundant employment for their rods and tackle that are at present laid re-
gretfully aside.

It is my duty to place before you a very brief statement of the steps that
have been taken to prove, or to disprove, that fishes can return to life and
energy after imprisonment in ice.

Captain Greenstreet, of the Mataura, and his enthusiastic chief officer,
cordially helped me to make the best use I could of the freezing chamber in
their vessel, and in it were placed two pannikins, the one containing a salt-
water fish in salt water, the other a goldfish in fresh, At the same time
(10 a.m.) two other pannikins were placed in the “ shoot,” the coldest part
of the freezing apparatus, the one containing a salt-water fish, and the other
not a gold- but a silverfish. The water in these vessels was at the ordinary
temperature. The cold in the shoot being many degrees below zero. F., it
did not take long to convert the water into ice, and at the end of an hour
and a half, I was satisfied that all the water—the salt and the fresh—had
become solid, and that the two fishes were as hard and firm as the sheep
that were hanging in the freezing chamber. Both pannikins were then
removed and placed in two tubs filled with water at the ordinary tem-
perature—the one containing salt water for the salt-water fish, the
other fresh for the silver one. In a short time the heat of the
water in the tubs found its way to the surface of the ice in contact
with the interior of the pannikins, and the blocks becoming in consequence
reduced in bulk the two parted, the former finding its way to the bottom,
the latter remaining at the surface. On examining these blocks of ice it
was observed that both fishes must haye retired from the surface of the

Hrartn.—On the Effect of Cold on Fishes, 277

water towards the bottom during the process of congelation, and that about
half an inch of the lower part of the silver fish had actually rested on the
bottom of the vessel, and must therefore have been outside the ice. The
other fish was entirely surrounded. The appearance of each was identical,
they both lay on their side, the head was higher than the tail, the distended
gills were filled with ice, and the iris of the eyes had neither dilated nor
contracted but the aqueous humour was apparently frozen. The rays of
light no longer penetrated to the retine, and the eyes presented the appear-
ance of balls of opaque ice. It was an anxious time to those gentlemen who
joined me in watching the interesting prisoners as they came out from their
icy shroud. The silver fish was the first to be free, and it was observed
that at the moment when the fin near the gill was freed from all restraint
the little organ commenced to move gently, very gently, so much so that
it was impossible to say whether the movement motion was due to the
parting of the ice, or to the action of the muscles of the animal. A few
moments afterwards, however, there was no mistake about the matter, the
Jish was alive. The tail awoke to its usual activity, and, as soon as the ice
had disappeared from the gills, they began to open and close, and the little
fish moved about in the water languidly, dreamily, and to all appearance
groping its way. Up to this time the aqueous humour of the eyes had not
thawed, all was darkness to the fish, which seemed to be literally feeling its
way, but soon the ice was dissolved, light entered, and the silverfish in a
very short time was swimming as easily and nimbly as it now does in a
glass globe in my house. Meantime, the salt-water fish was being steadily
detached from the encircling ice, but the most watchful attention failed to
notice any signs of returning life. When entirely free it sank to the bottom
—dead. Perhaps the sudden contraction of the water at freezing point fol-
lowing so rapidly upon the expansion had in some way injured the fish,
obviously the air-bladder had burst, for all buoyancy had departed. I
cannot answer the question, ** Why did the animal, which had been taken
from the sunny waters of the Pacific but a few weeks previously survive an or-
deal that proved fatal to one fresh from the cooler waters of the Waitemata ?”
A more extended and more efficient series of experiments may yet prove
that, after all, the fish, which is usually classed among the cold-blooded
animals, may survive imprisonment in ice. It has been suggested that
even the slight injury caused by the fishing hook to the salt-water fish may
have contributed to its death, but hypothesis is of small value in a case of
this kind, unless it leads us to absolutely indisputable facts.

During the day I paid frequent visits to the freezing chamber to see how
the other prisoners were faring. The former two had been placed in the
“shoot,” and consequently I had had no opportunity of observing how they

a

278 Transactions.—Zoology.

behaved as the ice gradually closed around them, but in the freezing cham-
ber there was every facility for doing so. At 11.10 a.m. the increasing
coldness of the water in the pannikins was rendering their movements less
active. They glided from one side to the other, and from the surface to the
bottom, but in such a manner as to leave in one's mind the impression that
they anticipated something. Their attidude was that of expectancy. An
hour afterwards they were apparently going to sleep, the goldfish on its
side, the other in its ordinary position. The fins kept moving in a lazy
manner, there was no twitching, no abrupt action. The motion reminded
one of the vibration of a wire that is slowly but surely coming to rest. The
eyes were clear, and to all appearances a deep and placid sleep was falling
stealthily upon them. Two hours afterwards they were in the same posi-
tion, but now there was no movement, the ice was seen advancing upon
them like an attacking army with bayonets in front. Some of the spikes of
ice had already reached parts of the bodies, and catching the light from
the candle produced a strikingly beautiful combination of colour. In fact
the two creatures were sleeping in the light of a gorgeous sunset. After
eight hours’ exposure to the temperature of the freezing chamber, and two
more to the much lower temperature of the snow-bor, another part of the
freezing apparatus, and feeling convinced that the ice was solid throughout,
I removed the pannikins to the thawing tubs and sat down to watch for
any indication of life. But, alas for this experiment, there were no signs
of returning vitality. When freed from the ice, the salt-water fish kept
floating about for a short time in the same position as that it occupied
when inside the block of ice, and then slowly sank to the bottom, while
the goldfish on being freed continued to float for upwards of an hour during
which I sat watching it. Next morning it was still floating, not erect like
the other, but on its side with the tail slightly depressed. The fish was
apparently dead. At night it maintained the same position, and I con-
cluded that life had gone from my goldfish for ever.

Such is a brief statement of what was done in a few hours of leisure.
I have made it in the hope that others who have more time at their disposal
and more enlarged facilities for carrying out a series of experiments will
proceed with the investigation, and perhaps some new and valuable infor-
mation regarding the conditions of life may crown their efforts.

The deeply-pathetic words that so briefly told the fate of the brave men
who accompanied Franklin are, with some slight modification, applicable to
my two fishes:— When they lay, they slept; and when they slept, then
they died.”

Haast.—On Phalaropus fulicarius. 279

Art. XVII.—On the Occurrence of Phalaropus fulicarius, Pennant (the red
Phalarope), in New Zealand. By JuLtus von Haast, C.M.G., Pa.D.,
F.R.S.

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 15th November, 1883.)
Tre Canterbury Museum has lately received from Mr. M. Studholme of
Waimate a small bird, shot about middle of June of this year on the
narrow strip of sandy beach separating the Waimate lagoon from the ocean.
It was fiying alone without any companions.

On examination it proved to be a specimen of Phalaropus fulicarius, a
truly arctic species, quite new to the southern hemisphere. Unfortunately
I did not receive the bird in the flesh, but judging from its total length
(8:25 inches), it is most probably a female. The plumage, fully agreeing
with the descriptions of European and North American specimens, proves
that this Waimate specimen is in its breeding or fine summer dress. The
occurrence of this bird is, therefore, one of the most curious facts on record
as an addition to our New Zealand avi-fauna; but as it resembles in general
appearance, at least at a distance, some of our smaller Gralla, it may, al-
though probably only an occasional straggler, have hitherto escaped detec-
tion by our naturalists.

The following remarks as to its habits and migrations may demon-
strate this strange appearance in the southern hemisphere still more
clearly.

In winter the red Phalarope is found regularly in Scotland and England,
but not so frequently on the coasts of Germany, France, Italy, or North
Africa. In Asia it has often been observed in the Black, as well as in the
Japanese, Chinese, and Indian Seas; and, though essentially a marine
bird, it winters regularly in some parts of the interior of Asia, as for
instance in Persia.

It also occurs in the arctic regions of America, leaving for the south
when the arctic autumn fairly sets in, and travelling as far as Mexico and
Guatemala.

The occurrence of this bird in the southern hemisphere, as far as the
latitude of New Zealand, is therefore very remarkable, especially in the
middle of the arctic summer, and can only be accounted for by assuming
that this bird, or more probably a flock, have been driven southwards by
stress of weather when the time arrived for their returning to their home in
Eastern Siberia or Western North America.

However, the most curious fact is, that the specimen before us is in its
most brilliant summer or breeding dress, and quite in accordance with the
time of the year when it is breeding in the arctic regions ; while according

280 — Transactions.—Loology.

to all accounts accessible to me it has always been observed after its emi-
gration to its winter quarters in the more southern regions to be clothed in

its more sober white and ash-coloured winter dress, instead of the rich’

rufous and black tints our specimen possesses so conspicuously.

Might this not suggest to us that when the usual breeding time of the
straggling flock came round, although in the middle of our winter, the
season did not prevent the change of colour, together with the pairing in the
flock !

At first sight the idea might not appear unreasonable that this bird
occurs also in the antarctic zone, hybernating in the more temperate regions
of the southern hemisphere, but, in that case, the specimen under review
would not have been found in full breeding or summer dress,

Having drawn the attention of ornithologists to this interesting stranger,
I have no doubt that, as was the case with Strepsilas interpres (the Turnstone),
more light will be thrown upon its occurrence in this part of the world now
that this has been proved beyond a doubt.

Art. XVIIL— Om the Occurrence of the Spinous Shark (Echinorhinus
spinosus) in New Zealand Waters. By T. JEFFERY Parker, B.Sc.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 10th July, 1883.]

Tus species is stated by Günther* to be confined to the Mediterranean and
Atlantic, extending from the coast of England to the Cape of Good Hope.
I believe the present specimen to be the first which has been recorded
beyond the usual range. It was caught off Dunedin by fishermen in the
employment of the Deep Sea Fishing Company during the present month

uly).

The fish, which was quite new to the captors, was cut up for bait, only
the mutilated remains being brought to Dunedin. Fortunately the teeth
were preserved, and the tail was hardly at all injured, so that there was no
difficulty in identifying the species,

Echinorhinus belongs to the family Spinacida. I extract the following
generic and specific characters from the « Catalogue of Fishes ” :—

“* Genus Echinorhinus,

“Two very small dorsal fins, without spine, the first opposite to the
ventrals; no anal fin. Skin with scattered large round tubercles. Mouth
erescent-shaped, a labial fold round the angle of the month. Nostrils mid-
way between the mouth and the end of the snout. Teeth equal in both

o abe c fitu:

* “Catalogue of Fishes,” vol, viii., p. 428,

PankkR.—On a Torpedo recently caught near Dunedin. 281

jaws, very oblique, the points being turned outwards; several strong den-
ticulations on each side of the principal point. No membrana nictitans.
Spiracles small; gill-openings of moderate width.
* Echinorhinus spinosus.
** Spiracles behind the eye, behind the vertical from the angle of the
mouth. Teeth M. Dorsal fins close together. Each tubercle with a
small spine in the centre. Brownish-violet, with or without dark spots.”

Arr. XIX.—On a Torpedo (T. fusca, ? n. sp.) recently caught near Dunedin.
By T. Jurrery Parker, B. Sc. Lond., Professor of Biology in the
University of Otago.

[Read before the Otago Institute, 7th May, 1883.]
Plate XXII ;

Tue specimen upon which the following description is founded was caught

at Purakanui, Otago, towards the end of last year. As far as I know it is

only the second example of the genus which has been recorded in New

Zealand,* the other having been caught at Napier, in 1868, by Captain

Fairchild, and named by Professor Hutton} Torpedo fairchildi.

The present specimen agrees in most respects with T. hebetans,} of
which 1 should be disposed to consider it a variety, but for the fact that
it differs from that species in at least one character considered by Giinther
to be of specific importance. I therefore propose to name it provisionally
T. fusca.

The species of Torpedo are divided by Günther into two groups, contain-
ing respectively those with fringed and those with unfringed spiracles. My
specimen belongs to the latter subdivision, in which only two species, 7.
hebetans, and T. narce, are included in the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes.” A query
is, however, placed against T. emarginata of MeQCoy,|| indicating that its
position as a synonym of T. hebetans is doubtful. Hutton's T. fairchildi has
also unfringed spiracles, and it is apparently the only new species of Torpedo
which has been recorded since the publication of the ** Catalogue of Fishes.”

* Since this paper was written, two specimens of Torpedo have been caught in Napier
Harbour, but the description of them (N.Z. Journ. of Sci., July, 1883) is not sufficiently
exact to allow of their identification.

t Hutton and Hector, Catalogue of N.Z. Fishes, 1872. $

1 Günther, Catalogue of Fishes, viii., p. 449.

Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1841.

282 Transactions. — Zoology.

There are thus three species and a doubtful fourth with unfringed
spiracles: from these the Purakanui specimen differs in the following
characters :—

(1.) From T. hebetans :

a. In the position of the first dorsal fin;

b. In the presence of well marked emarginations separating the
pectoral fins from the head ;

c. In colour.

(2.) From T. narce :

a. In the comparative size of the first and second dorsal fins -

b. In the absence of a well-marked longitudinal pit at the angle of
the mouth ;

c. In colour.

(8.) From T. emarginata :

a. In the position of the first dorsal fin ;

b. In the anterior boundary of the head being eurved instead of
straight ;

c. In the breadth of the disc being greater than the length ;

d. In the tail being shorter than ihe dise $

e. In the absence of tubercles on the dorsal surface.

(4.) From T. fairchildi :

a. In the position of the first dorsal fin;

b. In the relative size of the two dorsals ;

c. In the more rounded form of the disc ;

d. In the distance between the emarginations being fully six times
the distance between the eyes, instead of the two distances
being about equal.

According to Günther, the most important of these characters are those
relating to the dorsal fins, namely, the position of the first dorsal with
regard to the pelvic fins,* and the relative size of the two dorsals. For
instance, in T. hebetans, “ the first dorsal fin is twice as large as the second,
and situated nearly entirely behind the root of the ventrals,” while, in
T. narce, ** the first dorsal fin is not twice as large as the second, and only
its anterior half is opposite to the base of the ventrals.'4
B Dr. Günther would earn the gratitude of morphologists if he would give the weight
of his authority toa much-needed change in the nomenclature of fins. Every one knows
that the fins of fishes are divisible into median and paired ; the former being either dorsal,
ventral, or caudal; the latter pectoral or pelvic. If, then, the name “ anal ” could be
abolished, the so-called anal fins being called ventrals, and the so-called ventrals pelvics,
a very great improvement would be effected: the authority of such a book as the
“Catalogue of Fishes” could not fail to effect the change of names within a reasonable
period.

t Günther, l.c.

Parker—On a Torpedo recently caught near Dunedin. 288

Similarly in 7. fairchildi, the first dorsal is said by Hutton to be “ over
the ventrals, with the posterior edges of both in a line,” and to be “ about
one and a half times the size of the second." :

Unfortunately it is not stated by either Günther or Hutton whether by
« size” is meant area, or greatest length, or vertical height, or length of
base; nor whether, in giving the position of the first dorsal with regard to
the ventrals, its base or line of attachment should, as one would naturally
think, be made the standard. A reference to fig. 3 (pl. xxii.) will show the
necessity of a strict definition of terms, in a case where such apparently
insignificant differences are considered as of specific importance. The
figure shows the two dorsals of T. fusca of the natural size, and it will be
seen that while the line of attachment (a b), and the vertical height (c d), of

‘the first dorsal are almost exactly twice the corresponding dimensions (a' 0’,
c' d") of the second, yet the greatest length (a c) of the first is considerably
less than twice that of the second (a’ c’), the proportions of the two being,
in fact, as 13 to 8. The figure also shows that the actual posterior boun-
dary of the first dorsal (c) projects considerably beyond the posterior end of
the base (5), and that it is therefore important to state which of the dis-
tances a b and a dis to be taken in considering the position of the fin with
regard to the ventrals.

It is rather strange that the peculiarity of the caudal fin of Torpedo is
not mentioned in the “Catalogue of Fishes”: it is certainly worthy of
notice that, although belonging to an order in which heterocercality is the

- general rule, Torpedo has a tail-fin which is diphycercal, at the same time
simulating in a remarkable way the homocercal tail of a Teleost. .
The characters of the specimen described are as follows :—
Torpedo fusca, ? n. sp.
PL xu, Be. 1.

Spiracles not fringed, their distance from the eyes little more than their
own diameter. The greatest length of the first dorsal fin (fig. 8) is to that of the
second as 13 is to 8: the base and the vertical height of the first dorsal are
almost exactly twice those of the second. The posterior end of the base of
the pelvic fin is nearly opposite the middle of that of the first dorsal. No
distinct longitudinal pit at the angle of the mouth, but several irregular
folds (fig. 2). The length of the band of mandibular teeth has the same
proportion to the gape as in T. narce. Dark brown above, mottled with
irregular lighter patches: greyish-brown beneath.

Total length . i i só 26-0 inch.
Length of disc SE me Hi i, AU
Breadth of disc sui gv Mn os AU
Length of electric organ... sas sa TO
Average breadth of organ... ... e 25 »

284 Transactions, —Z oology.

There are about 70 columns to the square inch in the anterior, about 40
in the posterior part of the electric organ.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.
Fig. 1. Torpedo fusca, from above (3 nat. size).
FLA . » The mouth and adjacent parts (4 nat. size); f.n.p., fronto-nasal
Process ; na, nostril; pt. qu, upper jaw; mck, lower jaw.
TE » The dorsal fins (3 nat. size); ab, base of 1st and a’b’ of 2nd dorsal ;
ac, greatest length of 1st and a'/c of 2nd; cd, vertical height of
Ist and c'd' of 2nd.

Arr. XX.—On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish (Regalecus argenteus,
n.sp.), lately obtained at Moeraki, Otago. By T. Jurrery PARKER,
B.Sc.

[Read before the Otago Institute, 12th July, 1883,]
Plates XXIII. and XXIV.

Tue genus Regalecus includes a few species of highly specialized deep-sea

fishes, which are among the rarest members of the class. Günther, in his

“ Catalogue of Fishes,”* describes Six species, some of which are apparently

founded upon single specimens, while some again are rendered decidedly

doubtful, owing to the imperfections of the original descriptions and figures,
and the absence of further Specimens.

The total number of examples recorded is very small. Günther states}
that only sixteen captures have been made in England between 1759 and
1878. Of these eleven at least were referable to a single species, R.
banksii, while one is assigned to R. grillii. Two or three specimens at least
have apparently been obtained in Norway (R. glesne), several in the Mediter-

»

1877; but of this the only description extant $ is not exact enough for the
* Vol. ii., p. 307. t “ Study of Fishes," p. 592,
i Günther, * Cat, of Fishes," iii, p. 307; Hutton and Hector, “Fishes of New
Zealand,” p. 35.
|| Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. X., p. 246, $ Quoted by v. Haast, loc. cit,

TRANS.NZINSTITUTE,VOLAVIPIAXI

TORPEDO FUSCA ns.

TIP ad. nai. del

Parxer.—On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish. 285

determination of the species. From information received from Mr. G. L.
Sise, I have no doubt that a large fish cast ashore near Moeraki about two
years ago belonged to the same genus, so that the specimen I am about to
describe makes the fifth known to have been found in this country within a
period of twenty-three years.*

The species which has been most oe worked out is R. banksii,
the subject of an excellent and well- illustrated paper by Hancock and
Embleton.+ R. pacificus is figured and described at some length by von
Haast and Powell. Besides these papers, brief accounts in the works of
Ginther, Gray, Yan and Cuvier || include all the information at my
disposal on the genus. There are, however, numerous references in- the
“ Catalogue of Fishes” to the works of Bloch, Cuvier and Valenciennes,
and other foreign ichthyologists.

The published figures of Regalecus, like the descriptions, have in many
cases been either very incorrectly drawn, or taken from damaged specimens.
Nearly all are, however, valuable as showing more or less of such struc-
tures as the anterior dorsal and the ventral rays, the precise relations of
which in the various species are still extremely doubtful. As specimens
may at any time be cast upon our shores, I give in pl. xxiv. outline copies of
the head, and, in some cases, of the tail of all the figures I have been able
to find: these will, 1 hope, furnish any local naturalist, who may be for-
tunate enough to see an example of the great ribbon- fish, with some notion
of the chief differences between the species and of the points to be kept in
view iii making descriptions or drawings. For the same reason the ensuing
description will be much fuller than would be necessary in the case of
any but an extremely rare and fragile fish.

The following is a list of all the figures to which I have found
references, those pesto in the present paper being marked with an
asterisk :—

1. Regalecus gladius, Cuvier and Valenciennes, ** Hist. Nat. des Poissons.”

Xt y „ Cuvier, * Règne Animal " (Poissons), pl. 69.

8. „ — telum, Cuvier and Valenciennes, op. cit.

4.* » banksii, Hancock and Embleton, loc. cit., pl. 1 and 2 (copied

in Yarrell's ** British Fishes ”).

* The so-called Regalecus jacksonensis of Ramsay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. v., p. 631, pl. xx.) is certainly wrongly named; it is either a large cre or
belongs to a new genus.

+ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2 ser., iv., 1849, p. 1.

1 Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. x., 1877, p. 246; and vol. xi., Mn . 269.

|| Günther, op. cit.; J. E. Gray, “On the British Specimens of pas Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1849, p. 80, and Ann. and Mag. N.H., 2 ser., vol. v., 1849, p. 501; Yarrell, “ British
Fishes,” p. 300 ; Cuvier, “ Règne Animal” (Poissons), p. 148.

286 Transactions. —Zoology.

5. Regalecus banksti, Illustrated London News, June 2, 1849, p. 884,

5 Gray, loc. cit.: copies of two original drawings in

me È | Bir J. Banks's copy of Pennant's Zoology.

8. 33 » (2) (Gymnetrus hawkinsii), Bloch, « Naturgeschichte
der auslendischen Fische," xii., pl. 425 (copied
by Yarrell, op. cit., p. 302).

9. " » Lütken, “ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den natur-
historiske Forening " for 1881, p. 190.

10. , glesne, Ascanius, ** Icones Rerum Naturalium," pl. 11.

E » Schneider, * M. E. Blochii Systema Ichthyologiwe,”

i pl. 88 (copied by Yarrell, op. cit., p. 301).

3 ys » “ Encyclopédie Méthodique,” fig. 858.

18. , grilli, Lindroth, Vet. Akad. handl., pl. 8.

14. , russellii, Shaw, ** General Zoology," iv., pl. 98.

15.* ,, pacificus, Haast, loc. cit., pl. 7.

”

The specimen from which the following description is taken was cast
ashore at Moeraki, about 40 miles north of Dunedin, on the 14th of June.
It was purchased by a fisherman, who, previously to bringing it to Dunedin
for exhibition, cut it into four pieces for convenience of transit! After it had
been exhibited for two or three days I was able to secure it for the Museum.

As the specimen was thus wantonly injured, and was moreover by no

All the species of Regalecus are distinguished by their great length in

length varies from 1 : 24 (R. telum) to 1:11 (R. pacificus): in the Moeraki
specimen this proportion is as 1 : 10, the total length being 124 feet, and
the greatest height 15-25 inches, so that the fish is higher in proportion to
its length than any former specimen, `

The length of the head varies from 15th of the total length (R. gladius
and pacificus) to ¿th (R. banksii); in my specimen the head is 7th the
length of the whole body, being 9 inches long with the jaws retracted.

In correspondence with the great length of the fish, the number of rays
in the continuous dorsal fin is very considerable: it varies from 184 (8/126)
in R. glesne to 406 in R. grilli. In the present specimen the number is

PankER.— On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish. 287

15/190; that is, there are 205 rays in all, the first 15 being lengthened to
form a crest, and, in accordance with the usual method of counting, being
considered as the first dorsal, the remaining 190 forming the second.

In the various descriptions and figures to which reference has been
made there is great discrepancy with regard to the number and character
of the rays forming this crest or anterior dorsal fin.

Hancock and Embleton say of R. banksii (see pl. xxiv., fig. 8) :—'* The ante-
rior part of the fin, more prominent than the rest, is composed of twelve
rays, which were stated by the captors to have been 12 or 14 inches in
length when the fish was taken, and to be each furnished with a mem-
branous expansion on its posterior edge, increasing in width upwards some-
thing like a peacock’s feather.

* The first ray is a pretty strong spine arising just within the frontal
curve, the three next are very slender, and much closer together than the
rest, and when we first saw the fish, united for 4 or 5 inches (their length
at that time) by a membrane; the next is equally slender with the pre-
ceding, but rather farther apart; the three or four after this are nearly as
strong as the first, the rest diminish in strength and length, and become
uniform with the rays of the dorsal fin.

** It is difficult for us to say whether the twelve front rays constituted a
detached crest or formed merely the anterior continuation of the dorsal fin,
though after careful and repeated examinations we found shreds of mem-
brane in each interval between them, and their bases also were connected
with a continuous membrane. In the interval between the twelfth and
thirteenth rays the remains of a membrane were found connecting the
bases of these rays, and their shafts were ragged and woolly-looking, as if
a membrane had been torn off from them. We are, therefore, inclined to
conclude that the crest was really a continuation of the dorsal fin and not a
separate structure, though it is probable enough that the ends of its rays
may have been for some distance free and even furnished with a membrane
on their posterior margin widening at the top, giving them the appearance
of peacock’s feathers, as asserted by the fishermen. This probability is
heightened by the fact of the head of the Gymnetrus [Regalecus] from the
Cornish coast being provided with two long rays having broad membranous
expansions at their ends, which would justify a casual observer in com-
paring them in form to the above feathers. It is not unlikely besides that
the second, third, fourth, and fifth rays, on account of their resemblance in
delicacy to the ordinary fin rays, may have terminated differently to the
rest, The rays having been broken we cannot say of ourselves whether
they are uniform in size [i.e. length] or not; but by what we have learnt
by questioning those who saw the fish, we conclude that the middle rays

288 Transactions.— Zoology. e.

were the longest, those in front and behind them gradually decreasing in
length. The rays of the crest are more closely set than those of the rest of
the dorsal fin, which stand about half an inch apart.”

Lütken,* describing a drawing of a specimen from the Faroe Islands,
obtained in 1852, and probably referable to the same species, states that .
immediately in front of the true dorsal fin “there were two high and pointed
nuchal fins, the total number of rays in which cannot be stated exactly,”
but is probably about 11. None of these rays exhibit terminal dilatations.

Von Haast says of R. pacificus (pl. xxiv., fig. 1) “the first nine spines
form a crest. These spines enlarge at their termination to a lobe, as shown
by the two only perfect ones when the fish was obtained; they cover a space
of 2:5 inches. The first of these spines is broken off at 8 inches from the
base ; it is the stoutest of the whole series. No. 2 is considerably thinner,
and 7 inches long. It is one of the complete ones. The three next spines

-(8, 4, and 5) were all broken off at 4 to 6 inches, and were nearly as thick
as the first. From here they get thinner, the thickness of the seventh
having only the thickness of the second. This spine, which is entire, is
7:75 inches long, and has, like the second, a lobe at its termination. The
eighth is still thinner, and broken off 1 inch from its base, and there is only
a fragment of the ninth, which is not thicker than one of the rays of the
dorsal fin proper. All of these spines, which have minute hooks directed
upwards on their anterior and posterior edges, are united with each other
by a small mémbrane about +45 inch high. They had, like the two ventral
rays, a red colour, very bright in their upper portion when the fish was first
obtained, which, however, gradually faded to a dull light pink.” Nothing
is said as to the form of the lobes terminating the two perfect spines, but
the latter appear from the figure to have been merely bluntly clavate. It
is further stated that the proper dorsal fin begins half an inch behind the
last of these rays. This statement would scem to imply that the two dorsals
were separate in Haast’s specimen.

In the Nelson specimen the crest is thus described by Travers : Í“ from
the back of the head rose several rigid circular spines, about eighteen
inches long, three-quarters of an inch in diameter at the base, tapering to
a point, curving slightly backwards, hollow and bristling along their whole
surface with small spines directed upwards. These long pigs appear to
have been very brittle, as they broke off short when th struck the
rock. The person who saw the fish run ashore described spines [sic]
as presenting the appearance of three small masts to a boat, through the whole
length of the fish, disposed in pairs as follows,—one pair just below the back and

* Ann. and Mag. N.H., Ser. 5, vol. xi., p. 181.

TRANS. NZINSTITUTE, VOLXVIPIXXII

a

RECALECUS ARCENTEVS. n.sp.

- ZIP ad nat del.

/ (77
7.9
j x

ff

ParKker.—On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish. 289

the other pairs immediately above.” I have italicized the concluding portion
of this quotation, as I am totally unable to make it tally with the first part,
or indeed to understand its meaning.

In R. gladius, Günther states that ‘the anterior twelve dorsal rays are
produced, the first five forming a separate division above the eye, the seven
following terminate in cutaneous lobes.” This description is probably
taken from Cuvier and Valenciennes and tallies exactly with the figure (see
pl. xxiv., fig. 6) in the “Règne Animal," in which the five anterior rays are
united by membrane for fully three-fourths of their length and taper away
distally to a point; the seven posterior are only united for a short distance
from the base, terminate in lanceolate lobes and show a progressive diminu-
tion in length from before backwards, the sixth ray being more than four
times the height of the head, the twelfth little more than half that height.
The terminal lobes on these seven posterior rays are definitely lanceolate,
instead of being formed by a gradual widening of the membranous invest-
ment of the spine as in Haast’s and Hancock’s figures.

The Bermudas specimen is similarly described* as having “ a series of
ten or eleven erect quill-like flexile filaments, from 2 to 3 feet in extent,
gradually tapering from base to apex, and possessing, in the case of the
three longest, lanceolate points.”

Of two specimens caught off the Noptlinsaberlandieodss and described to
Hancock and Embleton,} it is said that “there were four processes about
18 inches long from the head, of a red colour, like the feelers of boiled
lobsters ; they tapered gradually towards their ends, which were enlarged
to the form and size of a large button." ~

These are all the detailed descriptions of this curious crest which I have
been able to find. Of the two drawings in the Banksian Copy of Pennant’s
Zoology, one (see pl. xxiv., fig. 4) shows a crest of eleven rays, all tapering
distally and not united by membrane ; the length of the first is more than
twice the height of the head and it is curved forwards and downwards; the
second is barely longer than the height of the head ; the rest diminish pro-
gressively. The second of these drawings (pl. xxiv., fig. 5) is evidently taken
from a specimen in which all the rays except the seventh were so broken as
to give no indication that they were longer than those of the second dorsal.
Probably the spoojinen from which the Bloch-Schneider figure of R. glesne
is taken was si ly damaged, as this figure (pl. xxiv., fig. 8) gives a small
anterior dorsal fin supported by 7 rays all equal in length to those of the
second dorsal. Bloch's semi-mythical Gymnetrus hawkinsii has a continuous
dorsal with all the rays of about equal length.

* J. M. Jones, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1860, p. p
Loc. cit., p. 15,

290 Transactions. — Zoology.

In the Moeraki specimen the seventh and the ninth rays are perfect (pl.
xxiii., fig. 1, r7, r9): the seventh is 1 foot 5:5 inches long, the ninth 1 foot
9:5 inches. Both taper gradually to the distal end and terminate in a some-
what irregularly lanceolate or spear-head shaped lobe about 1 inch long by
rather less than half an inch wide (pl. xxiii., fig. 2). This lobe is formed by
an expansion of the cutaneous covering of the bony ray, and is considerably
thickened and corrugated on the surface. The bony ray also tapers gradu-
ally to its extremity and ends in a very fine point about } inch from the
end of the cutaneous lobe.

The relative thickness of the spines corresponds very well with Hancock
and Embleton’s description quoted above: the first ray is about j inch
thick at the base, the second to the fifth about +; inch; the sixth and
seventh a little more than 4 inch; from the eighth to the fifteenth the
diameter gradually decreases. The first four, also, are closer together than
the rest.

The first five spines, although broken, have evidently not lost much of

their length. The first is 1 foot 5-5 inches long, the second a little less, the
third, fourth, and fifth about 13 inches; all the rest are broken off short.
_ All the rays are connected by membrane with one another, and the last
is similarly connected with the first ray of the so-called second dorsal, so
that, as in some other specimens described, the two dorsals are continuous.
The membrane uniting the first four rays extends to a distance of 9 inches
from the base, and its edges do not appear to be perfect. In the 7th
(perfect) ray (pl. xxiii., fig. 2) the terminal lobe is continued proximalwards
by a thin membranous expansion along the posterior edge. The border of
this expansion is evidently unbroken to a distance of 9 inches from the ex-
tremity, and I think it may be assumed that, for the rest of its extent, this
| membrane extended to the next ray. All the rays are quite smooth, pre-
senting no trace of the spines or hooks described in some other specimens.

My specimen would therefore seem to show that the rays of the crest, or
so-called first dorsal fin, are united for about the proximal half of their
length by membrane, that for the rest of their extent they are fringed
posteriorly by membrane, and that they terminate in somewhat thickened
lanceolate expansions. I have no means of determining whether all termi-
nate in the same way, or whether, as in Cuvier’s figure of
fig. 6), some of them simply taper to a point. One would ali
to know certainly whether Cuvier's figure is an exact representation
of the specimen for which it was taken, or whether it is in any
way ‘restored.’ The extreme brittleness of the rays of the crest
would seem to render the capture of an absolutely uninjured specimen
extremely improbable; and it is therefore not unlikely that the figure in

-

PankEn.— On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish. 291

question either gives the result of the examination of several specimens, or
is restored more or less conjecturally. It would be interesting to know the
precise history of the figure, but I have, unfortunately, no means of getting
at it.

In some species of Regalecus a caudal fin is present. Günther states that
in R. russellii the caudal rays are distinct. In R. glesne he says, “it appears
very doubtful whether the dorsal fin really was continuous with a caudal.”
A distinct caudal fin continuous with the dorsalis, however, shown in the
Schneider-Bloch figure of that species (pl. xxiv, fig. 9). The ordinary
forked homocercal tail in Bloch’s figure of Gymnetrus hawkinsii is certainly
mythical. ^ Cuvier's figure of R. gladius shows a delicate caudal fin
(pl. xxiv, fig. 7), eonsisting of seven very fine rays standing out from the
slightly enlarged extremity of the tail, and unconnected by any membrane.
Of this fin Günther makes no mention in his systematie description of the
species. In R. banksii and R. pacificus the tail ends in a bluntly-pointed
extremity quite devoid of fin rays. In both there is a slight emargination
on the ventral side, a short distance from the end. In all these respeets
the Moeraki specimen agrees exactly with the two last-named species.
Liitken is of opinion that this absence of a caudal fin is due to ‘‘ the peculiar
mutilation or curtailment which the caudal extremity always seems to suffer .

. to a greater or less extent in these fish." I fail to see any evidence of such
mutilation in my specimen.

The number of rays in the pectoral fin is tolerably constant in the dif-
ferent species, the range being from 11 (R. banksii and R. russellii) to 14 (R.
gladius and R. glesne): in my specimen there are 13 pectoral rays.

In the present specimen the pectoral fin is remarkable for its vertical
position, its line of attachment being almost perfectly horizontal. This
appears to be the case also in R. gladius (pl. xxiv, fig. 6), and in R. pacificus
(fig. 1). -In R. banksii (figs. 8-5), and R. glesne (fig. 8), the fin has a
markedly oblique position. `

The pelvic (ventral) fins are represented in all species each by a single
long ray, the biradiate ventrals of Gymnetrus hawkinsii having been shown
to owe their origin to an error on the part of the artist who drew the figure.
The ventrals of R. russellii have also been erroneously described as bira-
diate. In the ures I have seen, the ventrals are represented as perfect in
nos. 2 (pl. xxiv, fig. 6), 6 (fig. 4), 8 and 10 (fig. 8) of the list on pp. 285-6 above.
In R. gladius the ventral is represented as terminating in an irregularly
lanceolate cutancous lobe, and as having a second somewhat triangular lobe
on the post-axial side of the middle third of its length : no fringe of mem-
brane is shown on either side of the ray. In the ^r UE figure of the
Nelwyn Quay specimen, (R. banksii? fig. 4), the tert inal lobe is represented

292 Transactions.— Zoology.

as regularly oval and marked by radiating lines or ridges. In Schneider’s
R. glesne (fig. 8) the lobe is somewhat spatulate ; neither in this nor in the
preceding figure is there any fringing membrane. In R. gladius the length
of ray is represented as nearly four times the height of the body, in R. glesne
as fully three and a half times, in the co Quay specimen as barely
twice the height.

In R. banksii, the pelvic rays are described by Hancock and Embleton
as being fringed with membrane along the posterior (post-axial) edge : the
same is shown in the Banksian figure of the Filey Bay specimen (fig. 5).
Another specimen, probably of R. banksii, is described* as having ventrals
three feet long and “ fringed with a thin membrane on two sides.” No
fringe is either mentioned or figured by von Haast in R. pacificus.

In the. Moeraki specimen the pelvie rays were both broken ; the longer
of the two was 97 inches in length, about 4 inch thiek'at its proximal end,
tapering gradually to the fracture and fringed postaxially for a considerable :
distance by a delicate red membrane.

In the form of the head the specimen under consideration resembles on
the whole R. banksii; the ** forehead ” is, however, nearly straight instead

of slightly concave as in that species and in R. gladius: in R. pacificus
it is distinctly convex. There is also no difference of importance in the
position and size of the eye, which, as in R. pacificus is slightly wider
than high. The nostril (pl. xxiii., fig. 1, na) is apparently perfect on one side,
and forms a single large oblique oval aperture, much larger and nearer to
the eye than in R. banksii (fig. 8) : in R. gladius (fig. 6) two widely separated
nasal apertures are shown in Cuvier's figure. In Haast's figure no nostril
is shown, but this is very probably owing to the coarseness of the photo-
lithograph, in which most of the details of the head are completely lost.

From the same cause the form of the operculum cannot be made out in
Haast’s large figure, but luckily the small outline figure shows it to have
had a somewhat convex upper border produced into three points (pl. xxiv.,
fig. 1). The same is the case with R. gladius (fig. 6), with which, as with R.
pacificus, my specimen agrees closely, differing mainly in the dorsal border
of the operculum being, as a whole, less arched. As in R. gladius, too, the
dorsal border of the opercular bone (op) is produced into two points, a third
being formed by the anterior and a fourth by the posterior boundary of
that border. The posterior boundary of the opercular is produced in the
Moeraki specimen into a single point, which also marks the dorsal end of
the sub-opercular: in R. gladius the latter bone apparently extends much
further upwards. In R. banksii the opercular has an even border, its dorsal
edge is somewhat concave and the sub-opercular is not indicated, having
been mistaken by Hancock and Embleton for a branchiostegal.

* Quoted by Hancock and Embleton, loc. cit., p, 17,

PankEn.—On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish. 298

The jaws have essentially the same characters as in other species, being
extremely protrusible, and there are as usual six branchiostegal rays. The
whole form of the head, including the mouth, in the figure of R. glesne, is
probably incorrect, as it differs entirely from the most authentic figures.
The specimen from which fig. 5 was taken had evidently had the jaws com-
pletely destroyed, and the artist has made the hinder boundary of the pre-
opercular take the form of a mouth with a very remarkable grin.

Regalecus gladius (and by implication R. telum) is said by Günther to
possess small teeth: Yarrell makes the same statement of R. glesne.
My specimen like all the remaining species of the genus is quite eden-
tulous.*

In the Nelson specimen Mr. Travers states that “ from the lower lip
depended a large number of rigid slender barbules, about sixteen inches
long and of a brilliant red colour.” No such structures appear to have been
met with by any other observer. Is it possible that this part of the descrip-
tion was ‘compiled from information given” to the writer, as he himself
says is the case with some portions of his account ?

None of the species of Hegalecus possess scales, except on the lateral line;
but the skin in R. banksii and R. pacificus is studded with numerous bony
tubercles. In most of the other species it is raised into soft warts. Pro-
bably in all, also, the skin is covered externally with a delicate silvery
coating, removed by the slightest friction. In R. gladius and R. telum the
body is marked with greyish spots of somewhat less diameter than the eye.
In R. banksii and R. pacificus there are instead irregular blackish wavy lines,
more or less vertical in position, on the anterior part of the body. In both
these species, as well as in R. glesne and R. grillii, the tubercles into which
the skin is raised are arranged in four (three or four, R. glesne) longitudinal
bands; or more correctly (in R. banksii and R. pacificus at any rate) the
sides of the body are raised into four longitudinal ridges, cut off obliquely
in front by the lateral line, and having the tubercles on them larger than in
the intervening depressed bands.

Von Haast's description of R. pacificus as resembling frosted silver
seems to me more applicable to the present specimen than any of the terms
used in describing other examples. The dark irregular bands had the same
general disposition as in Hancock’s and von Haast’s specimens. When I
first saw the fish, within twenty-four hours of its capture, they were very

* There is a strange discrepancy between Mr. Travers's account of the Nelson speci-
men, and the systematic description of R. gladius, copied in the “Catalogue of N.Z.
Fishes” as applying to that specimen. R. gladius as the description sets forth, possesses
teeth, whereas Mr. Travers distinctly states - in his gi "sal jaws appeared to
be entirely destitute of teeth.

294 Transactions.—Zvology.

indistinct, appearing like greyish clouds seen through the silvery coating.
As the latter wore off, they appeared black and well-defined, the silvery
coating at the same time assuming a tarnished appearance.

The four longitudinal raised bands were well marked, and above the
uppermost of them was a fifth less conspicuous band, becoming very indis-
tinct in front. A transverse section of the body (pl. xxiii., fig. 8) shows that
each of the five bands (r) corresponds in position to the line of attachment
of one of the strong intermuscular septa, of which there are altogether six,
the ventralmost corresponding in position to the lateral line (1.1.). If I
understand Haast rightly, the lines of attachment of the intermuscular
septa corresponded, in R. pacificus, to the depressed bands. ;

The tubercles with which the skin is studded are hard to the touch, and
I at first thought they were bony. As a matter of fact, however, they are
| composed of strong fibrous tissue, and consist, as shown by thin vertical
sections, of pyramidal elevations of the dermis.

The internal organs agree in every respect with Hancock and Embleton’s
description. The specimen was an adult female, but the ovaries contained
no fully-formed eggs, the time of capture being evidently not near the
breeding season. The muscles were white and firm when fresh; by no
means “little coherent,” as stated by Günther. The vertebre were roughly
estimated by Hancock and Embleton at 110, in the present specimen they
amount to 93.

From the above description it will be seen that the Moeraki specimen of
Regalecus differs

(a.) From R. gladius (?), R. telum (?), R. glesne (?), and R. russellii in
the absence of a caudal fin,

(b.) From R. glesne(?), R. gladius, and R. telum in the dui of teeth,

(c.) From R. pacificus in the great length of the anterior dorsal fin
rays, in the dace of spines thereon, in the shape of the head,
and in the fibrous nature of the dermal tubercles,

(d.) From R. banksii in the shape of the operculum and in the non-
ossification of the dermal tubercles,

(e.) From all species in the number of fin rays and in the proportion
between height and length.

It is therefore impossible to assign it to any of the hitherto recorded
species, and I propose to make it the type of a new species to be called
R. argenteus. It must be borne in mind, however, that the analogy of
Trachypterus lends strong support to Liitken’s opinion that the proportions
of the head and body, the number of fin-rays, and the characters of the tail
differ greatly at different ages: this being the case the present species, like
many of those previously established, must be looked upon as more or less
provisional.

Parxer.—On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish. 295

Regalecus argenteus, T. J. P.
D. 15/190: P. 18: V..1.:¡ Br, 6.

Height of the body about one-tenth, length of the head about one-
seventeenth of the total length. Eye one-sixth of the length of the
head. Length and height of the head about equal. The fifteen an-
- terior dorsal rays form a crest the height of which is more than double
that of the head: its rays have their lower halves united by mem-
brane, their upper halves having a narrow membranous fringe; three
or four of them terminate in lanceolate cutaneous lobes, and they are
not spinose. Ventral rays fringed posteriorly by membrane. No caudal
fin. Four longitudinal ridges and an indistinct fifth extend from head to
tail above the lateral line, by which they are obliquely cutin front. Surface
studded with numerous hard but not bony tubercles which are largest and
most elevated on the ridges; those forming the ventral edge are not per-
ceptibly hooked backwards. ‘Teeth absent. Silvery, with irregular wavy
sub-vertical stripes and spots; forehead and membranous portion of snout
blue-black ; fins crimson.

Measurements.

FEET, INCHES.
Total length (jaws retracted) 19...6
Length of head (jaws retracted)... Bc y

» (jaws protruded) us Qi
Height of head (through centre of m 0
Height of body at posterior ee of oper-

culum 0 11
Height of body : ft froin ‘Keak 2948
” ” 1 3 :25
» » i ft. 6 in. ti ton dora of
vent) .. 2°5

Height of body 4 ft ish tail
2 ft.

lines of body 3 ft. 2 2 in. dei hea 3:05
i i bi. lin o y 3
?? 9 ft. LE LEJ 2

LE]
Diameter of iris ...

”

pupil à T
Length of 1st dorsal ray eden ili

5:5
bi "th, » (perfect) dt dh 5-5
5 Bh = a Bb.
Height of 2nd dorsal da: 2 +25 to 3
Length of pectoral fin 8
Base 1:25

wewooorrrocooooor
o
e

Length of ventral ray (broken) ... TM

.

296 Transactions.—Zooloyy.

Key to the Species of Regalecus.
A. More than 250 dorsal rays.
a. Teeth present: a caudal fin (?).

a. Height = 4, length ... St e. 1. A. gladius.

B ow = 4 4 i t PES QSR? telum.
b. Teeth absent : no caudal em

a. Height = +; length : ne e. 8 R. banksi.

a ae et D. 406 ... we 4. Ri grilla.
B. Fewer than 250 dorsal rays.
a. Teeth present (?): a caudal fin va

D. 135 — rio T e. 6. R: glesne.
b. Teeth absent.
a. A caudal fin: D. = E i .. 6. R. russellii.

B. No caudal fin.
i. Height = 7, length: D. 8, ... 7. R. pacificus.
He UI, D. 75 .. 8. R. argenteus.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIII. AND XXIV.
Prate XXIII.
Fig. 1. Regalecus argenteus, side view of the head (} nat. size).
br, branchiostegal rays: d. 21, first ray of 2nd dorsal fin: e, eye: fr, preorbital
process of frontal bone : y, gills: is, isthmus : i.op, inter-opercular : le, lachrymal
bone: 1.1, lateral line: mn, mandible: mz, maxilla: na, nostril : op, opercular :
pe. f, pectoral fin: p.e, par-ethmoid (pre-frontal) : p.mz, pre-maxilla : p.op, pre-
opereular: pv. f, pelvic (ventral) fin: r. 7, seventh, and r. 9, ninth rays of crest :
s.0p, sub-opercular.
Fig. 2. Regalecus argenteus, distal Aves of 7th ray of crest (nat. size) ; x, point at which
membrane became bro
Fig. 3. Regalecus argenteus, id section through the body, at entra the middle
(+ nat. size).
d.f, dorsal fin: g.c, gastric cecum: h.a, hemal arch, enclosing caudal artery an
vein ; 1.1, lateral line : n.a, neural arch, enclosing spinal cord : r.r, tuberculated
ridges: v, centrum of vertebra.

Prate XXIV.
after von Haast.

. ” ”
3. Head of R. banksii, after Hancock and Embleton.
di. j » C), from Gray.
5. ” ” (?), ”
» . KR. gladius
” |

Fig. 1. Head of R. x

after Cuvier.

} trom Yarrell, after Bohmeider,

TIP ad nad deb,

5

x
1j
ti

TRANS. NZ INSTITUTE, VOL XVI. PLXXIV

REGALECUS.

ER

Parxer.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus. 297

Arr. XXI.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus, with especial Reference
to the Classification of the Genus. By T. Jerrery PARKER, B.Sc.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 11th September, 1883.]
Plate XX
On my voyage out from England I was much interested to find that the
marine crayfish (Palinurus lalandii), brought on board at the Cape of Good
Hope, differed in a remarkable way from the common English species
P. vulgaris, in that it had no trace of the stridulating organ, one of the most
specialized characteristics of this very specialized genus.

The species of Palinurus are arranged by systematists in two groups or
sub-genera, originally founded by Milne-Edwards,* who defines them as
follows :—

** Sous-genre des Langoustes ordinaires.

“Les Langoustes ordinaires présentent sur le milien du front une
petite dent rostriforme plus ou moins saillante; l'anneau antennulaire est
trés-étroit, de fagon que les antennes externes se touchent presqu' à leur
base, et recouvrent les antennes internes; enfin celles-ci se terminent par
deux tigelles multi-articulées trés-courtes.

** Sous-genre des Langoustes longicornes.

“ Dans cette division naturelle il n'existe sur le bord anterieur de la cara-
pace aucun vestige de rostre médian; l'anneau antennulaire est trés-large et
presque carré, de maniére à écarter beaucoup les antennes externes et à
laisser à découvert les antennes internes ; enfin ces derniers organes se
terminent par deux tigelles multi-articulées trés-longues.”’

The two species mentioned above (P. vulgaris and P. lalandit) as pre-
senting such remarkable differences, occur in Milne-Edwards's work as the
first and second species of Langoustes ordinaires; they are also placed to-
gether in Heller’s table} as the third and fourth species of the same sub-
genus, no hint being given in either work, or in any other at my disposal,
of any important morphological differences between them.

In the present paper I hope to show that a more natural classification
of the species of Palinurus may be obtained by taking into consideration
certain points in the anatomy of the head, which have hitherto been largely
ignored by systematists, although, as it seems to me, of fundamental im-
portance. The chief of these have to do with the sound-producing or
stridulating organ, first mentioned, I believe, by Leach,{ in P. vulgaris, and
described at length, in the same species, by Móbius,|| and subsequently by
myself. $

* Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, ii., p. 289. | Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britannia.
+ Reise der Novara, Zool. ii., Crustacea, p. 94. || Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1867.
$ Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, pp. 292 and 442, .

298 Transactions.— Zoology.

An examination of several species of Palinurus has shown that while
the stridulating organ is present in all the Langoustes longicornes associated
with long antennulary flagella and obsolete rostrum, there are some Lan-
goustes ordinaires in which it is well developed, others in which it is wholly
absent; and further that in the latter group some species have a rostrum
quite comparable with that of the Astacida, others having one so small as
to merit special description only from its position.

I propose to describe, somewhat in detail, the structure of the head in

P. edwardsii, P. vulgaris and P. interruptus, in order to bring out the points
of likeness and of difference in three typical forms.
` In Palinurus edwardsii, one of the common New Zealand species, the

carapace is produced in front into an upturned rostrum (figs. 1 and 4, 7)

which is confluent laterally with the large supra-orbital spines (s. or. sp).
The ventral faces of these latter pass insensibly into the “ epimeral plates”
(epm. pl.)* which form the posterior walls of the orbits, and are fused exter-
nally with the anterior border of the carapace and internally with the
antennulary sternum (ant. st.). This latter is a vertical bar, just wide
enough below to furnish the articular facets for the antennules (ant. 1’), and
narrowing to its dorsal end where it becomes bent backwards at a right
angle (fig. 1) to join with the epimeral plates. The latter, which are con-
sidered by Huxley as representing antennulary epimera,t bound a trans-
versely oval area, consisting of uncalcified chitin, and bearing the small
movable ophthalmic segment (oph.) or pseudo-segment, the middle portion
of which is calcified, forming the so-called ophthalmic sternum. The epi-
meral plates are thus united with one another above and below the eye-
bearing space forming supra-ophthalmic and infra-ophthalmic bars.

The infra-ophthalmic bar gives off on each side of the middle line a
pedute process (cl. pr) which extends forwards in contact with, but quite
free from, both its fellow. of the opposite side and the dorsal or horizontal
portion of the antennulary sternum. Each of these processes ends in a
sharp spine and, from its proximal end, sends off an upwardly directed off-
shoot ending in two small spines, which is so closely applied to the lateral
surface of the rostrum that the latter appears to be actually squeezed
between the two clasping processes as they may be conveniently termed
(cl. pr, figs. 1 and 4).

These clasping processes appear to have been very imperfectly described
hitherto. Milne-Edwards merely says that there are two small spines
below the base of the rostrum Bo P. lalandii which agrees in all important

> Huxley, “ The Crayfish,” p. 156,

+ Is it not more likely that dev tt: represent the ventral region of the unseg-
mented prestominm? If embryology should answer this question in the affirmative it

will be — to — of a single prestomial plate consisting of lateral, supra-
ophthalmic, an portions.

Wg

Parxer.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus. 299

respects with P. edwardsii), and the same statement is made by Miers* and
by Haswell.t The processes are perfectly distinct from the rostrum, either
being removable without injury to the other, and clearly belong to the
epimeral plates, so that if the latter are, as Huxley supposes, antennulary
epimera, the clasping processes are to be looked upon as epimeral—or pos-
sibly as partly sternal and partly epimeral—outgrowths of the antennulary
segment,

The true relations of the rostrum are very imperfectly seen in an external
view: owing partly to the presence of the clasping processes which form an
apparent proximal boundary to it, partly to the fact that on its dorsal sur-
face it widens out suddenly and becomes confluent with the supra-orbital
spines, it appears externally as a very small structure, hardly larger indeed
than the clasping processes (fig. 4). But a longitudinal section (fig. 1)
shows that it is really a structure of considerable size, being continued
backwards some distance behind the clasping processes, and a short distance
behind the ophthalmic segment where its ventral plate turns sharply forward
. and becomes continuous with the supra-ophthalmic bar of the epimeral
plates.

A short distance on each side of the middle line the supra-ophthalmic
bar is produced into a small hollow procephalic process (fig. 1, pre. p.) which
passes backwards, upwards, and outwards into the interior of the head
quite like the homologous structure in Astacus and Homarus, from which it
differs only in its small size: in a moderate sized specimen (8 or 9 inches)
of P. edwardsii it is only about +; inch in length. |

The proximal segments (coxocerites) of the antenne are, as in other
species of the genus, fused with the carapace, so that the apparently proxi-
mal segment is really the second or basicerite (bc); of the coxocerites only
the ventral portions are left, their lateral and dorsal regions being as it
were squeezed out of existence by the immense development of the free
portions of the antenne, the articular cavities for which are thus bounded
above by the epimeral plates, internally by the antennulary sternum, exter-
nally by the anterior borders of the carapace, and only below by the coxo-
cerites. The fused coxocerites thus come to occupy the position of the
epistoma of Astacus,j from which, however, they are at once distinguished
by bearing the renal apertures. Posteriorly they are continued in the
middle line into a projecting transverse bar (ep) which gives attachment to
the labrum, furnishes the antero-internal articular facets for the mandibles,
and apparently is the much reduced representative of the true epistoma.

*Cat. of the Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of N.Z., 1876.
{Cat. of the Australian Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea, 1882.
t Huxley, ‘ The Crayfish,” p. 155.

300 Transactions. —Zoology.

The bonndary between the two coxocerites is marked externally by
a short median longitudinal groove; the point of a fine scalpel pushed into
this is found to penetrate easily a short distance into the interior of the
head. When the soft parts are removed, and the head is examined from
within, the instrument is found to have passed into an extremely narrow
cleft between two delicate closely applied plates (i.cw. pl), which together
form a median crest projecting upwards into the cavity of the head. These
plates evidently represent a small portion of the applied inner walls of the
coxocerites, and may be called the internal coxocerttic, or, for shortness, coxal
plates. The posterior and outer edge of each coxocerite is similarly pro-
duced into a vertical obliquely-set plate (e.cx. pl), which may be called the
external cowal plate. It is very possibly formed, in part, by the epistoma.

The basicerite (bc), or proximal segment of the movable part of the
antenna, articulates with its socket (ant. 2’) in the usual way by two hinges ;
one of these is dorsal and internal (fig. 4, h), and is situated at the upper
end of the antennulary sternum just where it turns sharply backwards ; the
other is ventral and external, and is situated at the junction of the coxocerite
with the carapace. The articulation is thus an oblique one, clovationi being
accompanied by abduction, depression by adduction.

The rule in Crustacea is for each segment of a limb to be moved by two
muscles, inserted into its proximal edge at points intermediate between the
hinges. There are two such muscles to the basicerite of Palinurus edwardsii :
one inserted dorso-externally, arising from the inner surface of the carapace
and acting as combined elevator and abductor ; the other ventro-internal,
arising bi-pinnately from the outer surface of the internal, and from the
inner surface of the external coxal plate, and acting as combined depressor
and abductor. But besides these, the proximal edge of the basicerite is
produced, immediately below the insertion of the elevator, into a strong
serrated ridge, into which is inserted a muscle arising from the outer face ,
of the external coxal plate. This being inserted above and external to the :
ventro-external hinge, must act as an additional elevator and abductor.

Essentially the same structure of the anterior part of the head is seen in
P. lalandii and in P. hiigelii : in the latter species, as I am informed by
Mr. T. W. Kirk, the clasping processes are smaller than in P. edwardsii, but
there is no difference of importance.

In P. vulgaris, on the other hand, great and important differences are at
once apparent. A vertical section (fig. 2) shows that the rostrum (») is a
mere insignificant spine, smaller than those on the lower edge of the supra-
orbital spines (s. or. sp), and no larger than the spiniform tubercles with

Parxer.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus. 801

which the surface of the carapace is covered. As a result of this, the
ophthalmie sternum (oph) is quite bare and fully visible in a view from
above (fig. 5), there being, further, no trace of ““clasping processes” developed
from the antennulary sternum.

Still more striking are the modifications of the antennulary sternum (fig.
2, 5, and 7, ant. st.) : it “forms a projecting vertical keel, with a rounded
anterior border, and slightly convex sides; the anterior border is grooved
in the middle line, the groove being bounded on each side by a strong
smooth ridge (»); each lateral surface is marked with a shallow groove (9),
and between the groove and the border, to which it is parallel, the surface
(s) is so smooth as to have the texture of polished ivory.”* This keel, which

constitutes the fixed portion of the stridulating organ, is broad at its postero-

dorsal extremity, and thus interposes a wide space between the dorsal ends
of the basicerites, but ventrally it becomes much narrower, so that the basi-
cerites, being applied closely to its lateral surfaces, are very closely approxi-
mated at its antero-ventral extremity (fig. 5). For this reason the bases of
the antennules are concealed, in a view from above, by those of the an-
tenne, as in P. edwardsii. i

The articulation of the basicerite with its socket presents the noteworthy
peculiarity of the absence of the dorso-internal hinge. From the spot
where this hinge occurs in P. edwardsii, a strip of uncalcified chitin extends
distalwards, and is so modified as to form the movable portion of the stri-
dulating organ. The upper edge of the strip of chitin is produced into a
large outstanding flap (figs. 5 and 8, /l.), immediately beneath which ‘ the
chitin becomes thickened and takes on the form of an oval area or pad (p)
marked by a number of fine parallel ridges. In relation with the inferior
edge of this pad is a small calcified tubercle (t). When the antenna is in
place the flap works over the ridge (r) on the corresponding side of the
anterior border of the antennulary sternum, the tubercle fits into the
groove (y) on its lateral surface and the ridged pad is closely applied to the
smooth space (s) between the groove and the border. Under these cireum-
stances, when the antenna is moved upwards, the friction of the pad against
the smooth surface produces a loud and grating noise, the principle being
similar to that of the sound produced by the friction of india-rubber against
paper. The apparatus can at any time be thrown out of gear and the
antenna move noiselessly by slightly abducting the latter.” t

In consequence of the absence of the upper hinge the movement of the
antenna is not, as in P. edwardsii, confined to one plane. I am disposed to

think that the additional abductor muscle, described above in that species, -

has, in P. vulgaris, the special function assigned to it of abducting the
antenna when it is to be moved noiselessly.

* Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 292. 1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 292.

302 Transactions.—Zoology.

The internal coxal plates (i. cx. pl.) have the same relations as in P.
edwardsii, indicating imperfect fusion of the coxocerites : external coxal
plates are also present. There is, however, no trace of procephalic pro-
cesses.

In P. trigonus, another of the Langoustes ordinaires, I am informed by
Mr. Haswell that there is a prominent squarish rostrum covering the oph-
. thalmie segment, but that in other respects the resemblance to P. vulgaris
is very close, there being a well developed stridulating organ, and no
clasping processes.

In P. interruptus, as well as in all other Langoustes longicornes which
I have examined or obtained descriptions of, there is a stridulating organ
of essentially the same structure as in P. vulgaris. The antennulary sternum
(figs. 8 and 6, ant. st.) is, however, truncated in front instead of pointed, so
that no part of it overhangs the articular ends of the antennules, which
are therefore visible in a view from above. Moreover, the antennulary
sternum is nearly as broad in its antero-ventral as in its postero-dorsal
region, so that the basicerites (bc) are kept widely separated, and do not,
as in all the Langoustes ordinaires, partly hide the bases of the antennules
when the animal is viewed from above.

As in P. vulyaris, there is no trace of procephalic processes. The rostrum
also is completely aborted. a

The fused pazoodrites present no trace of the median groove mentioned

plates are absent

Instead of there baog iko distinct external coxal plates, one for each coxo-

cerite, there is a single transverse sub-vertical posterior coxal plate (p.cæ. pl)

consisting of two lamine, an anterior formed by the posterior walls of the
coxocerites, and a posterior furnished by the epistoma (ep).

Coming now to the general bearing of these facts, it seems clear,
to begin with, that the Langoustes ordinaires do ‘not form a natural
assemblage, since some of the species included in the sub-genus have a
well-developed rostrum, simple unmodified antennulary sternum, ete.,
while others possess a perfectly formed stridulating organ,—always a
mark of high specialization, rare under any form in Crustacea,* and in the
present case of a quite unique type of construction.

The longicornes on the other hand form a strictly natural group,
since they all possess the stridulating organ and long antennulary flagella,
while none have any trace of a rostrum.

* See Wood-Mason, Proc. Entom. Soc. Lond., Nov. 1877, p. xxvii.

ParKer.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus. 303

Moreover P. vulgaris and P. trigonus are seen to be intermediate between
the species without a stridulating organ and the longicorns, approaching
more nearly, however—at least so it seems to me—to the latter, in virtue
of the possession of that mark of high specialization the stridulating organ.

Assuming, as I think one is bound to do, that the Palinuride are
descended from some Astacine or Homarine ancestor, probably through
some such intermediate form as Palinurellus,* one cannot but conclude that
the species which have no stridulating organ, a well-developed rostrum,
and imperfectly fused coxocerites come nearest to the primitive stock, and
that those ‘species in which the stridulating organ is present, the rostrum
atrophoid, and the coxocerites completely fused, have undergone the widest
divergence from that stock and present us with the extreme of modification
of the Palinuroid type.

These views may be conveniently expressed in the form of a phylogenetic
table, as follows :—

P. lalandii a: P. trigonus P. vulgaris e interruptus and
P. edwardsii A A all other longicorn
P. hiigelii. species

A

Rostrum large |
r

ophthal ;
| erage nt. Rostrum re- | ;
Pedate processes, de- ` \ ; duced to a
n d en nee si small spini- Rostrum atrophied :
meral plates, clasp the >form tu- ————-> coxocerites p ly
base o rost bercle fu ig
other characters as sternum n
in x. antennulary Ruga
apis elongate
Stridulating organ Toa
| developed : rostrum E

‘> more or less reduced: d
procephalic processes
atrophied : ot
characters as in x.

PARENT SPECIE
No sevilla tity organ :
rostrum well developed:
procephalic processes
rit

antennulary flag sia
short.

Assuming that this table is an accurate expression of the relationships
of the species of Palinurus, I think there can be no doubt that, in classify-
ing the species, the most important division must come along the line a b,
which divides the comparatively generalized non-stridulating forms from

* I have unfortunately neither specimen nor description of this interesting genus,
and take the fact of its being the most primitive of the Palinuride from a brief notice of
a paper by Boas (Studier over Decapodernes Slaegtskabsforhold) in the ‘ Zoological
Record for 1880,” p. (Crust.) 32.

304 Transactions.—Zooloyy.

those which possess the stridulating organ. A second very natural sub-
division, but of less importance than the first, is indicated by the line c d
which divides the stridulating species into brevicorn and longicorn forms.

For systematic purposes it will probably be convenient to employ both
these boundary lines, that is, to divide the species into three sub-genera
instead of two as heretofore. The non- atridalabiog. species or Silentes form
the first sub-genus, which I propose to call Jasus:* the stridulating forms
or Stridentes fall into two sub-genera, one of brevicorn species, to which the
name Palinurus may be restricted, and one of longicorn species, equivalent
to Milne-Edwards's Langoustes longicornes, Gray's Panulirus, and Pfeiffer's
Senex,

Put in a tabular form the classification I propose is as follows :—

Genus Palinurus, Fabr.

A, SILENTES. Stridulating organ absent; rostrum well developed, clasped
by paired pedate processes of the epimeral plates ; | procephalie pro-
cesses present; coxocerites imperfectly fused ; antennulary flagella
short.

Sub-genus Jasus, T.J.P.,
Includes P. lalandii, P. edwardsii, and P. hiigelii
B. Srawenres. Stridulating organ present; rostrum variable, but rarely

(? never) as well developed as in A; pedate yerum processes

absent; procephalie processes absent.

a. Antennulary sternum narrow below and bases of antenne con-
sequently approximated; bases of antennules hidden, in a
view from above, partly by the antennulary sternum, partly
by the antenne; coxocerites imperfectly fused ; antennulary
flagella short.

Sub-genus Palinurus, Fabr., in part.
a. Rostrum well developed, covering ophthalmie segment.
P. trigonus.
B. Rostrum reduced to a small spiniform tubercle; oph-
thalmie segment uncovered. -
P. vulgaris:

b. Antennulary sternum broad below, causing a wide separation
of bases of antenne; bases of antennules visible in a view
from above; rostrum absent; ophthalmie segment uncovered ;
coxocerites perfectly fused; antennulary flagella long.
Sub-genus Panulirus, Grey, Senex, Pfeiffer,

Includes P. interruptus, P. japonicus, P. penicillatus, F. ornatus, ete.

* Jasus, according to Lempriére, was the father of Palinurus.

TRANS NZ INSTITUTEVOLXVEPLXOC.

bi

1. 2 EDWARDSI

4. PEQWARDS/, 5. PVULCARIS
TIP del. PALINURUS

6 2 INTERRUETOS

LB. bith.

Parxer.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus. 305

There appear to be some interesting facts about the geographical distri-
bution of the Palinuride, but my information is too scanty to allow of my
doing more than glance at this part of the subject. I think there can be
no doubt that all the longicorn species (Panulirus) agree in essential cha-
racters with P. interruptus, but 1 can unfortunately obtain no definite in-
formation as to two of the brevicorns, P. longimanus aud P. frontalis, and
am, therefore, unable to say whether they should come under Jasus or
under Palinurus, as restricted by me.

Leaving these two species aside, it is worthy of remark that all the
species of Jasus are confined to the Southern Hemisphere (Ethiopian and
Australian Regions), and those of Palinurus, as restricted above, to the
Northern Hemisphere (Palearctic Region), while those of Panulirus occur
in both hemispheres, and, as far as I can make out, in all the zoo-
geographical regions.

*

In concluding ‘this paper I wish to offer a few remarks on Mr. C.
Chilton's views of the affinities of Palinurus, as set forth in his paper on
Paranephrops in the last volume of these ‘‘ Transactions.” *

Mr. Chilton says :—“ The most important result arising from the exami-
nation of Paranephrops setosus is that its affinity to Palinurus now seems to
be placed beyond doubt. Paranephrops and the Parastacide generally re-
semble the Palinwride in that they have no appendages upon the first
abdominal segment ; in this they differ from the crayfishes of the Northern
Hemisphere, and from Homarus and Nephrops. The Palinuride and the
Parastacide also agree in having hooked sete, while in the Potamobiide and
the lobsters the sete are not hooked. Moreover the branchial formule of
Palinurus and Paranephrops are almost identical. Taking the presence or
absence of the first abdominal appendage as the basis of his classification,
Professor Huxley placed the Palinuride and the Parastacide together as the
Astyla, while the Potamobiide, Homaride, ete., together form the Stylophora.
This classification is confirmed by the structure of the male reproductive
organs in Paranephrops setosus, for these agree in every essential particular
with those of Palinurus vulgaris as described by Brocchi. " After quoting
Huxley's theory of the origin of Potamobiide and Parastacide from a
common ancestor, distinguished as Protastacus, Chilton goes on to say
“I have only to add that the Protastacus stock appears to have left
Palinurus, which has lost the chelate limbs possessed by its $ncestors, as its
marine representative in the Southern Hemisphere.”

* On some Points of Difference between the English Crayfish (4stacus Auviatilis),
and a New Zealand one (Paranephrops setosus), Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. $v., p. 150.

306 Transactions.—Zoology.

On re-reading the paper of Professor Huxley's referred to in the fore-
going quotation,* it appears to me that Mr. Chilton has been misled by
having taken a useful and suggestive table of morphological characters for a
natural classification. A very similar table is given in Huxley’s paper on —
Ceratodus,t in which the Ichthyopsida are divided, according to the mode of
attachment of the mandible, into Autostylica; Amphistylica, and Hyostylica,
but it is certainly not intended to convey the impression that the Dipnoi
are more nearly related to the Amphibia than to the Ganoids from the fact
that the two former belong to the Autostylica, while Ganoids are hyostylic.

It is evident from even a casual examination, and is implied, although
not stated explicitly, in the paragraph of Huxley’s paper beginning :—* Let
it be supposed,” t that the Potamobiide and the Parastacide are more nearly
allied to one atio than is either of them to any other family of Crustacea.
To say that the Parastacide are more nearly allied to the Palinuride than
to the Potamobiide, because they are astylic, is not more reasonable than
to say that Anguis is more nearly allied to the Ophidia than to the Lacertide,
because itis apodal. In the same way, to unite the Parastacide with Pa-
linurus, and to separate them from the Potamobiide, on the ground that the
two former possess a more primitive type of male reproductive apparatus
than the latter, is equivalent to grouping Ganoids with Elasmobranchs.
rather than with Teleosts, because of the abnormal condition of the urino-
genital organs in bony fishes.

What Professor Huxley shows clearly enough is that, while the Homarina
are more closely allied to the Potamobiide than to the Parastacide, the
reverse is the case with the Palinuride. He does not discuss the question
of the origin of the latter family, nor say whether he considers its affinities
to be, on the whole, Astacine or Homarine.| It is perhaps an open ques-
tion whether true genetic affinities are more clearly indieated by the loss of
the first abdominal appendage, and by the structure of the male organs and
the sete, or by the structure of the gills; but, at any rate, it must not be
forgotten that Palinurus agrees with the Homarina in having the podo-
branchs completely divided into gill proper and epipodite and thus differs
widely, in an important structural peculiarity, from the Parastacide.

However, this may be, it is certain that the interval separating Pali-
nurus from the Parastacide is far wider not only than that which separates
the latter from the Potamobiide, but than that existing between the Astacina
and the Homarina. To hold otherwise is equivalent to denying the value
of both anatomy and embryology as guides to genetic affinity.

*On the Classification and the Distribution of the Crayfishes, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1878, p. 752.

t Proc. Zool. Soc., 1876, p. 2 1 Quoted by Chilton, loc. cit., p. 152.

|| Boas, in the paper referred x above, seems to derive Palinurellus from a Homarine
ancestor.

Parxer.—On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus. 807

I am greatly indebted to Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, F.L. S., of the Auckland

Museum, for procuring me a spirit specimen of Palinurus vulgaris, and to
Mr. W. A. Haswell, M.A., and Mr. T. W. Kirk, M.A., for much needed
information respecting species of Palinurus in the Sydney and Wellington
Museums of which I was unable to obtain either specimens or accurate

descriptions.

I shall be very grateful to anyone who will furnish me with descriptions

of the head in Palinurus longimanus, M.-E., P. frontalis, M. -E., Palinurellus,
Boas, and Palinustus, Alph. M.-E., or, still better, who will procure me speci-
mens of these forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.
Reference Letters,
ant. 1, antennule.
ant. 1’, articular cavity for antennule.
ant. 2, antenna.
ant. 2, articular cavity for antenna.
ant. st., antennulary sternum.
bc., basicerite.
cl. pr., clasping processes.
e., eye-st
e.cx.pl., ili coxal plates.

lates
fl., flap of movable part d stridulating organ,
g., groove on lateral surface of antennulary sternum, for tubercle (t. j
h., dorso-internal hinge of antenna.
i. cx, pl., internal coxal a
oph., ophthalmic segmen
p., ridged pad of soit 2d of stridulating organ.
p. ez. pl., posterior coxal plates.
pre. pr., procephalic processes.
r., ridge on antennulary sternum
s., smooth surface on antennal sternum forming fixed part of stridulating organ.
s. or. sp., supra-orbital sp:
t., guiding tubercle of ola portion of stridulating organ.
N.B.—All the figures are diagrammatic, unessential details (spines, tubercles, ete.)

being omitted

- Fig. 1, Longitudinal vertical section of the head of Palinurus edwardsit.
| Palinu

” ” ” ”

3.

4. dpi: part of rosi of Palinurus avarii seen from above.

5. di i Palinurus vulgaris. js

6. . Palinurus interruptus

7. oli ea of Palinurus vulgaris, Es the loft side.

8. Proximal end of antenna of Palinurus vulgaris, from the inner side,

A II

808 Transactions. —Zoology.

Art. XXII.—Observations on the Breeding Habits of the Eastern Golden Plover
(Charadrius fulvus). By C. H. Rosson. Communicated by W. L.
Buller, C.M.G., Sc.D., F.R.S.

[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 31st October, 1883.]

Turis interesting bird is dismissed by our leading naturalists with so few
words that one is induced to think that little is known as to its habits, and
that a few remarks on them from personal observation may not be unin-
teresting. Unlike others of the Charadriade, the Golden Plover’s plumage
undergoes little or no change from summer to winter; its habits of flight
and feeding are however very similar to those of C. obscurus as described by
Dr. Buller ; its food is of the same kind, and it likewise resembles that
bird in the construction of its nest and the locality chosen for making
it. On the 9th of January last a Golden Plover was found sitting on three
eggs at the northern end of Portland Island. The nest is a very simple
affair, composed of a little grass laid in a slight hollow amongst the
driftwood a few yards above high water mark ; the egg is large for the bird,
being about the size of a pullet’s, ovoid, a good deal pointed, in colour of a
light greenish yellow with irregular blotches of dark rufous brown, almost
black in the larger spots, and varying in size from a pin’s head to a shilling,
the largest being at the more obtuse end of the egg. When disturbed the
bird rose with a harsh rattling cry, but did not seem frightened, and re-
turned to the nest after a few minutes. On the 10th the nest was not
visited, it being thought best not to disturb the bird again so soon; and on
the 11th, on going to it for a specimen egg, the nest was found deserted and
the eggs gone, not a particle of shell remaining.

am XXII.—On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds.
By Warrer L. Burner, C.M.G., Sc.D., F.R.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 31st October, 1883.]
ScELOGLAUX ALBIFACIES.

Mr. W. W. Smith, formerly residing on the Albury estate near Timaru,
and now settled at the Ashburton, has sent me from time to time very in-
teresting notes on this rare owl. He has not only been exceptionally
fortunate in getting specimens, but he has likewise been successful in his
endeavours to make them breed in captivity. The following extract from
one of his earliest communications on the subject will show what a good

BuLLer.—On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds. 809

observer Mr. Smith is, and how keen his love of natural history. I have
received many letters from him since, all replete with interesting facts,
chiefly relating to this species; and I am also indebted to him for several
fine specimens of the bird, together with eggs and a newly-hatched chick :—
* February 8, 1882. In compliance with your request I have much
pleasure in writing a short account of my experience in trying to breed the
Laughing Owl. The drawing of the bird made a great impression on me
when I saw it for the first time in the ** Birds of New Zealand,” and since
then I had been searching for over five years, trying to procure a specimen ;
but I was never successful until April of last year I succeeded in finding a
very handsome one; in June I found another pair, and again in September
I found two more. They have been a great source of pleasure and instruc-
tion to me. I found the birds in fissures of the limestone rock on this place
(Albury), but they are certainly very difficult to find. I first discovered that
they were about the rocks by finding several fresh pellets, and being anxious
to secure a specimen, I procured long wires and felt in the crevices, but
with no good results. I, however, discovered a plan which proved success-
ful. I collected a quantity of dry tussock grass and burned it in the
crevices, filling them with smoke. After trying a few places, I found the
hiding-place of one, and, after starting the grass, 1 soon heard him sniffling.
I withdrew the burning grass, and when the smoke had partly cleared away,
he walked quietly out, and I secured him. I obtained four birds by this
means. I explained in a former letter how very tame they became in a
short while after being captured. I also mentioned their call which varies
considerably during the year. When I captured the second pair (male and
female) their call for a long time, in waking up in the evening, was, as for-
merly stated, precisely the same as two men cooeying to each other from a
distance. The voice of the male is much harsher and stronger than the
female, and he is also a much larger and stronger bird. During the period
of hatching he is very attentive in supplying her with food, as no sooner
had the food been put into the large apartment of their house, than he
would regularly carry every morsel into the dark recess ; when feeding her
she would utter a low peevish twitter and rise off her eggs. I may here cor-
rect a mistake which I made in writing to you on a former oceasion. I
stated that ‘The male sits by day, the female by night.’ I only saw the
male twice on the eggs, and it was at this time I wrote the letter, but I
certainly was mistaken, as the female performs most of the duty of hatch-
ing. Ialso ascertained the difference of the sexes by separating them at
night until the second egg was laid. The females are much shyer and more
timid than the males, as they hide themselves on hearing the least noise.
After sitting nine days on her first eggs, the female forsook them, and all

310 Transactions. —Zoology.

efforts to induce her to sit again were unavailing. She laid two more eggs
a month afterwards, and had sat seven days, when, I regret to say, I had to
leave home for medical treatment at Timaru. When I returned, eight days
afterwards, she was still sitting and continued to sit until the 17th Novem-
ber, when she left the eggs without bringing out the young. The eggs
must have been allowed to get cold, when eight or nine days sat-on, as when
I tried to blow them I found they contained embryo chicks. I am glad,
however, that I succeeded in getting the eggs; another season I may suc-
ceed in getting young birds. I supplied them with many different articles
of food, such as beetles, lizards, mice, rats, rabbits, and mutton, of all of
which they partook freely; but they have the greatest preference for
young or half-grown rats. They are a little slow and clumsy in cap-
turing living prey, but their want of proper exercise and freedom may
account for this; it may be otherwise in their wild state. After what
I have pointed out, there can be no doubt that the Sceloglaux inhabits
the dry warm crevices of rocks. All the birds I captured I found in
such places, generally five or six yards from the entrance, perfectly dry,
and where no wet could possibly enter. One thing surprised me much—
the very narrowness of the entrance to their cranny. In some instances
the birds must have forced themselves in. I noticed, however, that the
crevices widened as they extended into the rock. The bottoms are covered
with soft sand crumbled down from the sides, and affording comfortable
resting places.

** Regarding the nidification of this bird, I am no longer surprised that
so little is known, and likewise of its natural habits. Considering that it
conceals. itself in such inaccessible places, and where few would think of
searching to find it, as a rule they could lay their eggs and hatch their
young unseen and unmolested.

“ The breeding season may be said to take place in September and
October. 1 found the bird mentioned in last letter sitting on an egg on the
25th September; but it must have been laid about the beginning of the
month, as it contained the chick I sent you. I discovered the bird by
reaching a long stick with a lighted taper into the crevice. My captives
laid on 23rd, 27th, and 29th September, and again on the 20th and 22nd
October. The birds were very restless and noisy for a fortnight before
nesting. They begin to moult in December, and are not yet (Feb. 8) in full
plumage. When casting their feathers they have a very curious appear-
ance, as they become almost naked. At this stage two of my birds were
stung to death a month ago by a swarm of bees passing through the fine
wire netting and taking up their quarters on the roof of their dark recess.
I was very sorry to lose them, as I cannot now send a living pair. I have

BuLLER.— On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds. 811

one very fine male I will send you in April. I am going to Lyttelton at
that time, and I will forward it by the first steamer bound for Wellington.
I will likewise send you another owl’s egg, but hardly such a fine specimen
as any of the two I sent. I intend to search the rocks carefully for more
birds, and, if I succeed in finding more, I will not fail in sending you a
pair. You may, however, rely on getting a second specimen from me. I
should mention that I have collected a quantity of pellets at different times,
composed of the hair of rats and mice and the elytra of beetles. Three
large species of the latter swarm among the débris beneath the main rock,
and certainly constitute part of the bird’s food.” -

HyLOCHELIDON NIGRICANS.
In a communication which I made to this Society in August, 1878, I
quoted a letter I had received from Mr. J. R. W. Cook, of Blenheim, reporting
the appearance, on the 9th June, of a swallow hawking in the air on the
banks of the Opawa River. From the account which Mr. Cook gave of the
bird, I felt no hesitation in identifying it with the Australian Tree Swallow,
two occurrences of which in New Zealand had been previously recorded by
me. I wrote accordingly to Mr. Cook and begged him to keep a sharp
look-out for this rare visitant, and, if possible, to obtain a specimen.

In April last I had the pleasure of receiving from him the specimen
which I now exhibit, accompanied by the following letter :—

‘ Since writing to you in June, 1878, reporting the occurrence here of
the Australian swallow, I have not again noticed the bird until the 16th of
February last, when I saw another hawking over one of my stubble pad-
docks. I watched it for some time, and had good opportunities of remark-
ing plumage. The bird appeared to me either immature or weary, the
flight being weak and uncertain. I found, too, that the white on the rump
was dingy, and the chestnut on the breast faded-looking. There was a
stiffish nor’-west breeze blowing at the time, and the bird tried in vain to
get past a belt of willow and poplar so long as I was watching.

« Qn the 20th of last month (March) when duck shooting, I mentioned
the occurrence to a party of sportsmen, when one remarked, ‘ Oh! there
have been some birds answering to your description flying about Grove-
town for some time back.’ Grovetown, I may remark, is situated about
four miles from this, and nearly in the centre of the Wairau Valley.
After a little talk on the subject it struck me that possibly the birds had
been bred there. I said—‘ The next time you see them, shoot one and
send to me.’ Yesterday morning one was handed in, but unfortunately I
did not see the man who brought it. Fearing that the weather might not
allow me to send it to you in the flesh, I have skinned the bird and now
send it to you.”

812 Transactions.— Zoology.

Mr. Cook having considerately sent me also the carcase in spirits, I was
able to dissect it and to make a preparation of the sternum for Professor
Newton’s collection at the Cambridge University. It proved to be an adult
female, and the stomach contained four large blue-bottle flies almost
uninjured and the remains of others in black comminuted matter.

On this point Mr. Cook further remarks in his letter: ** Certainly the
condition of the specimen is not that of one which has lately made a long
aerial trip. In skinning it, although I freely used cotton wool and kept the
pepper castor going, I could not help getting the plumage saturated with
oil, owing to the excessive fatness of the body.”

My correspondent promises to obtain from Mr. Cheeseman, who pro-
cured the specimen, full particulars as to when the swallows were first
seen, as to whether there seemed to be a family party, and as to when and
where this one was shot. In the meantime, he offers the following
pertinent remarks : “ Do you think that the recent warm weather and the
early and frequent nor-westers have had anything to do with the appear-
ance of the swallows once more ? Again, what do you think becomes of
the stray birds which find their way to New Zealand? I should say it is
very unlikely, judging from the prevalent winds, that they could ever
return to Australia or Tasmania, whence, I presume, they come. Are
they known in Fiji or South Sea Islands ? For, if so, we could imagine
them migrating northward to escape our winter. If not, is our New Zea-
land winter too rigorous for this family of birds? I scarcely fancy so.
Even here, there are few winter days when an occasional blink of sunshine
does not fetch out dancing myriads of Ephemerida on the river banks. In
olden days, I fancy this was not so much the case. The rapid growth of
willows now overhanging the water must afford protection to delicate new-
born insects such as mosquito and other gnats which the old fringe of flax
and toe never could have given. The temperature of the water in which
the larve reach their fullest development is scarcely affected by the season.
Indeed, in many snow-fed rivers the temperature, far from the source,
when the water is at its lowest, must often be higher in winter than in
summer when the melting snows are in full swing and the river body too
great to be affected materially by sun-heat. I hope you will agreé with me
that the natural acclimatization of the Australian swallow is not impossible.
One certainly does miss the easy graceful little bird out here.”

I received another letter from Mr. Cook, under date June 11th, in which
he says :—

“Since I wrote I have seen no further specimens, but note a local in the
* Kaikoura Star,’ stating that two swallows had been seen at Kaikoura

BuLLer.—On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds. 813

about the same time as the birds appeared here. I shall try to find out the
authority for the statement in the Kaikoura paper, and get, if possible,
fuller information than the newspaper paragraph gives.

“I have since seen Mr. Cheeseman who shot the specimen I sent. He
tells me there were some six or seven birds in all; that they had been
hanging about Grovetown for some weeks before he shot the one; and
that he fancied they were young birds, or, at least, that some of them were.
He could not, however, say that the party consisted of a pair of old birds
with their brood. :

“I fear that my idea that they may have been a New Zealand tribe
is untenable. The occurrence of birds at Kaikoura and of the one I saw
in my paddocks simultaneously with those at Grovetown looks rather like a
* drift’ from Australia or Tasmania, I fancy.

« The one interesting question possibly may be why the first notice of
occurrence of the swallow is on our East Coast. If the ‘ drift’ is to and
through Cook Straits, I can understand it. Otherwise we should expect
notice of arrivals on the west coasts of both islands."

ANTHOCHJERA CARUNCULATA.

In my “ Essay on the Ornithology of New Zealand, 1865," I included
the above species among our birds, on the authority of a specimen in the
Auckland Museum, preserved by Mr. St. John, and said to have been
obtained at Matakana, to the north of Auckland. The bird was retained
on our lists for many years, but no fresh examples having been heard of,
and St. John's specimen being of doubtful authenticity, its name was ulti-
mately expunged.

After a lapse of nearly twenty years, I have once more the pleasure of
recording it as a New Zealand bird.

During a visit to Marton last year, I was invited by Mr. Avery, the local
bird-stuffer, to examine his novelties. Among these was a bird which he
had himself collected when serving with the volunteers in Mr. Bryce’s
expedition against Parihaka. He met with it in some high scrub at the
rear of the camp at Rahotu, when on fatigue duty, and was fortunate
enough to shoot it. The bird was new to him and he skinned it, perform-
ing the operation very successfully. The skin was in a fresh condition
when it came into my hands, and proved on examination to be a well-
plumaged specimen of Anthochera carunculata, the well-known wattle-bird
of Australia.

Mr. Avery was generous enough to give me this fine bird, which has
now an undoubted right to a place in our Avifauna, and I have much
pleasure in submitting it to your inspection this evening.

814 Transactions.—Zoology.

CREADION CINEREUS, Buller.

In the “ Essay,” to which I have already referred, I characterized and
named what appeared to me then a new species of Creadion in the following
terms :— This species is of the size and general form of C. carunculatus
to which it bears a close affinity, but the colouring of the plumage is alto-
gether different. The common species (the ‘ Saddleback’) is of a deep
uniform black, relieved by a band of rufous brown which occupies the
whole of the back, and, forming a sharp outline across the shoulders,
sweeps over the wing coverts in a broad curve. In the present bird, how-
ever, the plumage is of a dark cinereous brown, paler on the under parts
and tinted with umber on the wings and scapularies; the upper and lower
tail coverts, and a few spots on the smaller wing coverts, bright rufous.
The wattles are of the same colour and deer as in Creadion carunculatus but
somewhat smaller.”

My new species was at once Buses» attacked by Dr. Otto Finsch and
Captain Hutton, both of whom declared it to be the young of Creadion
carunculatus. In his paper which appeared in volume v. of our Transac-
tions (p. 208), Dr. Finsch expressed his satisfaction that Captain Hutton's
* examination of the types” had ** shown C. cinereus to be undoubtedly the
young of the above-named species.”

In my reply, which appeared in vol. vi, p. 116, I explained that an
examination of a fine series of specimens in the Canterbury Museum, show-
ing what appeared to be transitional changes of plumage, had forced me to
this conclusion, and that I had communicated the result to Captain Hutton
long before the appearance of his catalogue. The deseriptive notes which I
made at the time of this examination will be found at page 149 of my
* Birds of New Zealand.” I was careful, nevertheless, to add the following
qualifying passages :—

** I confess, however, that the subject is still beset with some difficulty
in my own mind. Supposing the plumage of C. cinereus to be the first
year's dress of C. carunculatus, it seems to me quite inexplicable that the
bird has never been met with in that state in the North Island. Captain
Hutton suggests that this is due to the comparative scarcity of the species
at the North. But during several years’ residence in the Province of
Wellington I obtained probably upwards of fifty specimens, at various times,
without ever detecting any sign of this immature condition of plumage.

« Admitting the comparative scarcity of the species, one would naturally
suppose that the younger birds would be more likely to fall into the collec-
tor’s hands than the fully adult ones. It may be suggested whether the
condition of the Canterbury Museum specimens has not possibly resulted
from intercrossing ; for we have not heard of any further examples (of the

BuLLER.— On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds. 315

kind) being obtained. At any rate, till a specimen in the supposed immature
dress has actually been taken in the North Island, the point cannot, I think,
be considered finally set at rest.”

Here again, strange to say, after a lapse of nearly twenty years, the
required evidence is forthcoming, and my Creadion cinereus recovers the
specific rank so long denied to it.

In 1881, Mr. A. Reischek, a very ardent collector, wrote to me as
follows :— About Creadion cinereus, I have this to state: In December,
1878, when I was on the west coast of the South Island, I shot about
twenty of both kinds, and of both sexes. What were supposed to be the
young of C. carunculatus (your Creadion cinereus) I found, on dissection, to be
fully adult birds, both male and female. My observations on this point were
perfectly reliable. In December, 1880, I stayed on the Hen (an island in
the Hauraki Gulf) three weeks, and shot about thirty specimens of Creadion
carunculatus, all of them being in the common saddle-back plumage. I
could only determine the sex in each case by dissection, and what appeared
to be the young birds differed only from the adult in having the wattles
smaller and lighter in colour. I roamed over the whole island during my
stay there, and never saw a bird in the plumage of your Creadion cinereus”
(which is_confined to the South Island, where both species commingle).

In 1882, and again in the early part of the present year, Mr. Reischek re-
visited the Hen, and on both occasions remained there a considerable time
exploring every part of the island, and collecting its productions. «On his
last visit he saw probably forty examples of this bird, all in the plumage of
C. carunculatus, and collected many specimens of both sexes and all ages.
On the Little Barrier he found the species scarce, and obtained only two
specimens ; while on the Chickens and Island of Kawau he did not meet
with this bird at all. In some which he dissected the testes were almost
microscopic, the only external differences between these and the old birds
being that the plumage was not so glossy, and the wattles not so large or
bright. In the adult male these ornamental appendages, of the size of
cucumber seeds, are of a beautiful orange colour, and in the adult female
a little lighter. In the young birds they are still lighter and extremely
minute in size. |

To place the matter, however, beyond all doubt, he found, on one occa-
sion, two adult birds feeding a young one, and was successful enough to
secure all three birds, which he carefully preserved and marked. He was
loath to part with these specimens, but to enable me to demonstrate the
specific value of Creadion cinereus he handed all three birds over to me, and
I have now the pleasure of submitting them to you, marked respectively
male, female, and young.

316 Transactions. — Zoology.

NESTOR NOTABILIS.

For many years the Kea ranked amongst our rarest species, and it is
not very long ago that a specimen fetched £25 in the London market. But
all this is changed, and, although still of very rare occurrence in the
northern parts of the South Island, and quite unknown in this island, it
has become a pest in the middle and southern districts; and, owing to its
extraordinary penchant for live mutton, it is now so destructive on the
sheep-runs, that the aid of Parliament has lately been invoked to abate the
nuisance,

Under these circumstances it is scarcely admissible into a paper treating
of rare species, but I am unwilling to lose the opportunity of laying before
you a very interesting letter I have received from Mr. John George
Shrimpton, of Southbrook, Canterbury :—

* While residing at the Wanaka Lake, I received a letter from my
brother Walter (of Matapiro) to the effect that you would like a specimen of
the Kea or mountain parrot, and any notes of their habits which I might
be able to afford you. My time there was so short after receipt of his
letter that, although many Keas were killed, I only succeeded in getting
one fair skin, which I forwarded to you by mail a few days ago, and trust
has reached you safely. By this mail I forward a water-colour sketch of
some young ones drawn from nature by Mr. Huddleston. In the rocky
cavern, high up on the mountain, whence these were obtained, were several
broods of young ones of various ages and sizes.

“I believe the Kea does not come farther north than the Rakaia River,
Canterbury, and is strictly confined to the central range and its spurs as a
rule, but may occasionally and will probably be more seen on those hills
adjacent to the main range, which attain an elevation of five thousand feet
and upwards. There is no doubt that, in spite of the war waged against them,
they are increasing very rapidly, probably owing to the plentiful supply of
food in the shape of mutton, which they can get, and to which they help
themselves most liberally. Fifteen years ago, when I first knew the Lake
country, it was a rare thing to see these birds on the hills even in their
chosen home among the snow; but now you meet them in flocks of fifty
even, and so bold have they become that they will attack sheep under the
shepherd's immediate care. Not that they were ever very wild; on the
contrary, I think they are the tamest birds in New Zealand; and it is their
insatiable curiosity that has probably led them to find out the taste of
mutton. At first, they contented themselves with tearing up tents,
blankets, and sheepskins, the usual impedimenta of a musterer's camp.
They have now so improved upon that, that nothing less than the
primest mutton will suit their fastidious tastes. Though so tame that

BuLLer.—On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds. 817

you can often knock them down with a stick, and apparently so inoffen-
sive, a single Kea will swoop down on the strongest fat wether or
hoggett, fix himself firmly on its back, generally facing the sheep's tail,
and commence digging his daily meal. Sometimes the sheep runs till
exhausted, sometimes contents itself by trying to dislodge its adversary
by a series of contortions only, but the Kea troubles himself very little
about either : he hangs on till the sheep gives in. He then digs away,
carefully avoiding the backbone, till he reaches the kidney fat. This is his
choicest relish. His cries soon attract others, and between them the poor
sheep is soon fitted for a museum. Sometimes a sheep gets away from a
timid or perhaps less experienced workman; but he carries with him an
indelible scar. On some stations about 5 per cent. of the whole flock are
- mustered in at shearing-time more or less marked in this manner, and the
death-rate is almost incredible. I have no hesitation in saying that, on the
runs bordering the Wanaka and Hawea Lakes, the loss from Keas alone is
nothing short of from fifteen to twenty thousand sheep annually, and these
the primest of the flocks. Although Keas are seen openly enough in the
day-time, there is no doubt they work their mischief mostly at night, a
bright moonlight one preferred. A severe winter, with sheep snowed in, is
their great opportunity ; and this they avail themselves of to the uttermost.
Although like other parrots, they are given to anything in the shape of fun
or mischief (and, on one occasion they killed a young kaka, tethered), I
have never known them to seriously attack any animal other than a sheep.
But as a moiety of them have advanced so far in the course of the last
eight or ten years, it is impossible to say to what lengths they may aspire
in the future.

“I cannot state for certainty that there are no Keas north of the limits
I have here assigned as their habitat: I can only say that I have travelled
over a considerable portion of that country without either seeing or hearing
of them. But as to their habits and destructiveness in the neighbour-
hood of the great lakes south, I can speak from a long and painful ex-
perience.”

As some of those present may not have had an opportunity of examin-
ing this carnivorous parrot, I beg to exhibit this evening the bird sent by
Mr. Shrimpton, and, at the same time, for purposes of comparison, its
well-known congener, the Nestor meridionalis or common kaka. Both
species are by nature vegetable-feeders ; and it is a most remarkable fact in
natural history that, with the changed condition of its surroundings, this
mountain parrot has so rapidly developed a taste for flesh that the instinct
has become one of the first habits of life, and almost necessary to the
existence of the species,

318 T'ransactions.— Zoology.

PraTYvcERCUS ALPINUS, Buller.

Mr. Reischek met with this little parakeet in the serub on the summit
of Mount Alexander (above Lake Brunner on the West Coast); and he met
with the species again on the Hen, where he shot two, and on the Little
Barrier, where he observed another pair, and killed the male. -

While on this subject I may be permitted to refer to a passage in the
paper read by Mr. Travers last year, “On the Distribution of New Zealand
Birds.”* He explains that, in making his analysis of genera and species, he
has “ assumed that Dr. Buller has seen good reasons for reaffirming Platy-
cercus alpinus as a species in the Manual, notwithstanding the remarks on
the subject in his larger work.”

It is true that I yielded to the arguments of Dr. Finsch and agreed to
sink my Platycercus alpinus, as a species, and treated it in the text of my work
as the young of Platycercus auriceps. In the Introduction, however, to the
| book, I gave my reasons for reinstating this form. I there explained that
more than twenty living examples of this bird had recently been brought
to England ; that it was to be seen alive in the Gardens of the Zoological
Society of London; and that the validity of the species had thus been
established beyond all doubt.

CHARADRIUS FULVUS,

In April, 1881, Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, the Curator of the Auckland
Museum, wrote informing me that he had obtained two specimens (male
and female) of the Golden Plover, both shot on the Manukau Harbour ;
and he afterwards made an interesting communication on the subject to the
Auckland Institute (Trans. N.Z, Inst., vol. xiv., p. 264),

Of this rare visitant, Mr. C. H. Robson, with his usual activity in the
cause of science, has obtained and forwarded to me a fine pair from Port-
land Island. I take this opportunity of exhibiting them, and also of com-
municating to the society some notes on this bird by my correspondent who
was fortunate enough to discover its breeding place and to obtain its eggs.

Arr. XXIV.—On Hieracidea nove-zealandiw, and H. brunnea. By W.
W. Surrg. Communicated by Dr. Buller, C.M.G., F.R.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 31st October, 1883.]
Ix the summer and autumn of 1876 I shot several specimens of ** Sparrow
Hawk,” varying so much in size that I was often surprised at the extraor-
dinary difference in the specimens I obtained. Taking as I did at the time

* See Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv., art. xiv,
*

S

Surrg.— On Hieracidea novee-zealandie and H. brunnea. 819

a great delight in the study of birds, but only a beginner, and knowing
practically nothing of the birds of New Zealand—I had heard of Dr. Buller’s
work, but had not seen it—and being particularly anxious to see the article
on the ** Sparrow Hawk” (as I called it then in common with others), I
went the following June to Christchurch where I spent two days with this
work in the Public Library. After studying the articles well, I was of
course a little surprised to find that two species of Falcon nearly alike in
plumage, but differing considerably in size, existed in New Zealand. I
also at this time read the critical notes by Professor Hutton, published in
the Ibis, and those by Mr. Potts in the Trans. N.Z. Inst. My mind being
thus set at rest, or partly so, I determined when I returned home to pro-
cure as many specimens as possible and work out the subject for myself ;
and my experience since that time is decidedly in favour of the existence of
two species.

HIERACIDEA NOVA-ZEALANDIE.

The first specimen I will mention (a female) was one I shot in Sep-
tember 1876 on the Rangitata River. Being then in the employment of
the Hon. J. B. A. Acland, and it being a busy season of the year with
me, I was unable to stuff and mount the specimen. I sent it to a friend in
Christchurch, who was well acquainted with the late Mr. Fuller, taxider-
mist at the Canterbury Museum, who stuffed the bird. When Mr. Fuller
had finished it he remarked that it was one of the finest he had seen.
When I visited the Canterbury Museum I examined all the specimens,
but none, as near as I could judge on looking into the case, are equal in size
or so distinctly or beautifully marked. On the 28th October, 1874, Dr.
Buller read a paper on the two species before the Philosophical Institute of
Canterbury. The measurements he then gave are as near as I can make out
a few lines short of mine. I copied the whole of the article in pencil, and
am therefore able to compare his measurements with mine. I am not
an expert at describing the different parts of a bird’s plumage, but this bird
has what I have never seen in any other individual, namely, nine distinct
bars on the tail.

One of the shepherds at Mount Peel brought me in from the back
country a very handsome pair of eggs of this species. They also are larger
and much darker in colour than those in the Canterbury Museum.

On the 23rd October, 1879, I found a nest of this species in the rocks
at the Rangitata Gorge. The nest contained three young ones, one female
and two males. They were covered with a light bluish wool. They must
have been about three weeks old, but were very quiet. I brought them
home and prepared a large box for them. I fed them on birds, rats, mice,
mutton, de,, which they devoured in large quantities. On the 16th

320 Transactions.—Zoology.

November following they had cast off all their woolly covering, and were of
a uniform dark brown colour. In two months they assumed a lighter
shade, but by this time they were so noisy and fought so savagely that I
was obliged to kill them, not having a proper place to keep them in. I have
the skins still in my possession, and intend the first opportunity I have to
present them, with several others, to the Colonial Museum at Wellington.
I have found several other nests, but all containing eggs, some of which are
really beautiful specimens. I was careful every season in searching for
nests to carry a gun, and was always certain when I found one to procure
both parents. The rocks around the Rangitata Gorge are a favourite nesting
place of the quail-hawk, and a locality I can confidently recommend to any
one who wishes to procure the eggs, young, or adult specimens of this bird.
I found the nests every year in October and November.

A farmer living near Peel Forest shot three specimens, and sent them *
tome. They proved on dissection to be two females and one male: one
of the females was a young bird, but very large, and heavily made; it had
the thickest tarsus and talons I have seen in any bird of its kind. I after-
wards gave the three birds to C. G. Tripp, Esq., Orari Gorge Station, who
sent them to his son at the University of Cambridge. j

Besides the nest mentioned above I have kept other young ones of this
species; one in particular (a male) I had very tame, but one day he acci-
dentally got away from me, much to my sorrow.

I may here remark that I have had several other specimens but all in
my opinion easily distinguishable from Hieracidea brunnea.

HIERACIDEA BRUNNEA.

This ‘ spirited little hunter” has been an object of great interest to me
for several years, not only because I have studied the bird closely for the
purpose of determining the two species, but likewise on account of its bold
and intrepid habits, particularly during the breeding season.

On November 9, 1876, I found a nest of this species in a bush of ** Wild
Irishman ” (Discaria toumatou). The nest was nearly on the ground
among the dead leaves in a wooded gully four miles from the Rangitata
Gorge. When I approached the nest the parent birds were extremely
fierce and assailed me all the time. When looking for the nest it was
rather difficult to find, being almost out of sight under the bush; but I
succeeded. The nest contained two young birds and one egg. The young
were only hatched the previous day, and were exceedingly small. When I
lifted the egg the young bird chirped within the shell. Being the first nest
of the species I had found, I was reluctant to leave it, thinking some of the
shepherds might come along and destroy the nest. I shot the two parent
birds and brought home the two young ones in the hope of rearing them by

Surrg.— On Hieracidea novee-zealandie and H. brunnea. 821

hand, but they died next day, notwithstanding all the care I bestowed on
them in keeping them warm, giving them good food, ete. The female was
very plain in plumage. Her measurements agree nearly with those given
in Dr. Buller’s paper already alluded to. Since I first read Dr. Buller's
fine work in June, 1876, 1 have always adopted his mode of measuring a
bird ; and am also very exact in doing so with this bird, as the measurements
‘and “ sexing” alone must determine the species. I should have stated that
the male of the above-mentioned nest was a very small bird. It had the
smallest head of any specimen I have seen, very little larger than the
Falco asalon of Europe and North America.

I will speak of one more nest and I have done, as I do not desire to
trespass too far. On 8rd November, 1878, I found a nest in Chapman’s
Gully, a mile from the homestead, Mount Peel. The nest was situated
under a large plant of snow-grass (Danthonia), and contained three beautiful
young birds. I arrived at the nest as the male came with a native pipit in
his talons. When he saw me lying on the ground near the nest, he dropped
the bird and dashed at me, knocking off my hat. I rose and approached
the nest, when the female likewise assailed me; but it would have been
almost impossible for me to remove the young, as the parent birds were so
violent. I then secured the two birds and brought the three. young ones
home, reared them, and kept them six months; but I need not here give
their history for that time, the rearing of the young of this species being
ably described in the work already referred to.

The measurements of the parent birds are as near as possible the same
as those of the first-mentioned pair, except that the male was a little
larger.

I have possessed, from time to time, nearly thirty specimens of this bird,
some varying a little in their markings and measurements.

I have one beautiful female, the smallest that I have seen, and the most
distinctly marked. _

Such is a little of my experience with the two species. I could relate
many other facts proving or tending to prove that the species are distinct.
The habits and general colouring of the plumage are almost indistinguish-
able; but in all the specimens of H. nove-zealandie I have seen the
plumage was much brighter, more glossy, and certainly more beautifully
marked than in H. brunnea.

Comparing the nestlings of H. nove-zealandie with nestlings of H. brun-
nea, the latter never attained near the size of the former, although I kept
them four months longer. They were more lively, fiercer, and appeared
to me more untameable than H. nove-zealandie. I, however, never tried
much to tame them.

21

822 Transactions, —Zoology.

With regard to the food of the species, in all my experience 1 have
found H. nove-zealandie to subsist on larger game than H. brunnea. When
the three young birds of H. nove-zealandie were two months old, I put a living
weka into the cage. They were kept without food for one day to try their
courage. The weka walked around the cage twice, when the female sprang
upon it and seized it by the neck. I noticed that the hawk tried to bear
down the weka by keeping on its back, but the weka succeeded in getting
clear. This was repeated several times, and being then evening I left the
four birds together in the cage. In the morning I found the weka killed,
and the female and one male feeding on its remains.

I tried the same experiment with the smaller species but they never
made any attempt to kill the weka.

I should have liked to add a few more experiments I made with the
two species. I should also have liked to make a few remarks on the
eggs, ete.; but I may have an opportunity of doing so on some other
occasion,

Art. XXV.—Notes on New Zealand Ichthyology. By Dr. Hector.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.)
Lampris luna, Risso.

Gunth., ii., 415.

A spPECIMEN, measuring 8 feet 6 inches in length, of this superb fish was
cast on the beach near the Manawatu River in December, 1882, and pre-

sented to the Museum by Mr. James Jones, of Foxton.

Unfortunately it had been partly eviscerated so that the chief characters
which are relied on by the.Rev. Mr. Lowe (Fishes of Madeira, p. 27), for
his species L. lauta could not be observed, viz., the absence of lingual
teeth, having six instead of seven branchiostegal rays.

Thyrsites prometheus, Webb and Berthel.
vel T. prometheoides, Bleeker.
Gunth., ii., 851.

A single specimen of this fish was captured in September, 1883, along
with the commoner species of barracoota, at Nelson, and presented to the
Museum by Mr. J. H. Thomas.

The specimen was slightly mutilated, so that there is a doubt as to
which of the above species it should be referred to,

Hector.—Notes on New Zealand Ichthyology.

Cossyphus unimaculatus, Gunth.
Gunth., iv., 109.
Collected by Mr. S. Sandeyer.
Loc. Tiritiri Island, Auckland.
Scorpena bynoensis, Rich.
Gunth., ii., 118.
Collected by Mr. S. Sandeyer.
Loc. Tiritiri Island, Auckland.
Labrichthys laticlavius, Rich.
Gunth., iv., 115.
Collected by Mr. S. Sandeyer.
Loc. Tiritiri Island, Auckland.
Cymolutes sandeyeri, sp. nov.
D. 9-12. A.5/,,. L.L.2%. L.T. 8-86.
(For genus, see Gunth., iv., 207.)

328

Head and cheek smooth, greenish white above and below, orange patch

Collected by Mr. S. Sandeyer.
Loc. Tiritiri Island, Auckland.

on shoulder. Fins and body orange with broad dark vertical bands. Tail
truncate, operculum with a flexible appendage.
strong. Canines 2. Lips fleshy and turned.

Length of head and height equals one-fourth the total length.

Tongue smooth, teeth

MC D
uev wo MAY S MU

II—BOTANY.

Art. XXVI.—A further Contribution towards making known the Botany of
New Zealand. By W. Coxexso, F.L.S.
[Read before the Hawke's Bay Philosophical Institute, 12th November, 1883.]

` In bringing before you this evening my usual annual basket of “* simples,"
or botanical contribution, I would beg permission to offer a few brief
remarks by way of introduction and explanation. This seems almost
necessary, seeing that my basket is bigger, or my paper is much longer than
any of my former ones on this subject, owing to the large number of new
species I have been enabled to obtain and describe.

Species, too, illustrative of many Orders of all the Botanical Classes,
particularly of the Class Cryptogamia, and of the elegant though lowly
Order Hepatice ; having fortunately discovered several new ones, especially
of the curious and little-known genus Symphyogyna. Of this, I have deter-
mined no less than 11 new species, which, with 2 others, formerly
discovered and described by me in my recent Botanical papers read here
before you, and also those 5 species described in the ‘ Handbook of the
New Zealand Flora,” make no less than 18 distinct species of Symphyogyna
indigenous to this country alone! which may now, I think, be fairly
considered as the head-quarters of this genus.

According to the celebrated cryptogamic authors of the Synopsis
. Hepaticarum, only 25 species of Symphyogyna were known to them at the
date of the publication of their work (1847); of those none were European ;
yet the genus seems to be a widely scattered one, viz. : In N. America 2,
in S. America and the West Indies 8, S. Africa, including the neighbouring
isles, 6, Asia (Java) 1, Australia 4, Tasmania 2, New Zealand* 2 = 25.
have good reasons for believing that additional species will yet be found in
New Zealand; indeed I have at present two others not yet determined,
being in an imperfect state.

And here I may also observe that, to the elucidation of this genus in
particular I devoted a very large amount of time—labour in seeking and
collecting at various seasons, and close microscopical study and examina-
tion; having been also cheerfully and zealously aided by some of our
members, especially Mr. A. Hamilton, Mr. D. P. Balfour, and Mr. C. P.
. Winkelmann, to all of whom (as well as to others) my best thanks are due.

* Two of those 5 species found in New Zealand (as given in the * Handbook") are
also found in other countries, and are so classed by the authors of the Syn. Hep. ; and one
other (S. sub-simplez) was new and not known to them at the time of its publication.

996 - Transactions.— Botany.

I should also inform you that several of the plants I have now described
in my present paper, and also bring specimens of, to show you this
evening, were not first detected by me during this past year. A few have
been long known to me; others I first knew of two or three years ago, but
wanted time to examine them and work them up. Of others I required
better or more complete specimens, while, for a few, I am wholly indebted
to my botanical friends.

Still I have been very fortunate during the past year. I have spent a
much longer time in patient research in our woods, and deep-secluded glens,
and quiet far-off hill-tops and sides, both in winter and in summer, in frost
and in heat; and nature has bounteously rewarded her patient plodding
disciple and faithful follower, as she always does all such who serve her
heartily and simply, and not for pecuniary gain.

Among the principal or first-class prizes with which I have been
honoured, and which I wish to bring prominently to your notice, are a
handsome white-flowering standard Metrosideros, a curious small-leaved
Panaz, a large-leaved Tupeia, and a fine Fagus; 4 Orchids (one being a new
and rare Bolbophyllum, two others of the beautiful gem-like genus Cory-
santhes, and one a very fine and handsome Thelymitra); of Liliaceae, a
Dianella, and an Astelia (the male flower—another single specimen—of the one
female flower I discovered three years ago); and a few of Cyperacea, among
them a most peculiar Carex, having slender trailing culms more than two
yards long. Of Cryptogams a few ferns, among them a neat little Polypodium
and a pretty Lindsea, which latter will serve to fill up a gap or natural
sequence in our known species; several other curious Hepatice, besides the
Symphyogyna already mentioned, particularly of the genera Petalophyllum,
Aneura, Fimbriaria, and Anthoceros; a handsome Lichen, giving another
distinct. species to a small natural genus ; and a few highly curious Fungi.

Specimens of all of them, both dry and in spirits, some of them being
also mounted on cardboard, will be severally laid before you; and may you
all have as much pleasure in going over and examining them as I have had,
over and over, in the finding and gathering, examining and describing them.

Genus I, Viola, Linn.
Viola perexigua, sp. nov.

A very small tufted perennial herb, its crown of leaves and flowers
springing from a thick woody root having many fine and long fibres, with-
out branches or stolons. Leaves, 8-12, broadly cordate-orbicular, +4
inch long, glabrous, regularly and deeply crenate, obtuse and rounded at

* The numbers in this paper attached to both Orders and Genera are those of the
“ Handbook of the New Zealand Flora.”

Cotenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 827

apex, almost truncate at base, petioles 1-1 inch long, channelled above and
closely ciliate on the edges with 2 rows of short white erect hairs, bracts
at base diverging, long, linear, very acuminate and acute, with a few (2-4)
fine teeth or laciniations that are obtuse and knobbed. Peduncles 3-1}
inches long, quadrangular, succulent, purple-striped, bracts linear-acumi-
nate acute, usually not opposite; flowers small, 8 lines diameter, white,
occasionally one having a few narrow faint-blue stripes; the two lateral
petals woolly inside in a small circular patch just opposite the anthers ; spur
short, gibbous; sepals rather large, oblong-ovate, acute, scarious at edges.

Hab. On dry open upland heaths between Matamau and Danneverke,
Waipawa county; also, in adjoining “scrub,” among Leptospermum and
other shrubs, 1880-1888: W.C.

Obs. I have long known this pretty little plant, but have hitherto -
delayed describing it, thinking it (without close examination) to be a variety
of the well-known and common species V. cunninghamii, and not wishing to
add another species to this extensive and cosmopolitan genus. This spring,
however, haying again visited its habitat, and fully examined it in its fresh
and living state, I am satisfied of its distinctness from V. cunninghamii and
its other congeners. It is a very lowly plant, and although common there,
and bearing a great profusion of flowers, it is scarcely perceptible among
the numerous small heath plants and mosses that grow. thickly with it.

Orper XXVIII. MYRTACEA.
Genus 2. Metrosideros, Br.
Metrosideros vesiculata, sp. nov.

Plant small, *a bushy shrub 2-8 feet high,” of erect fastigiate growth
and very leafy; branches densely tomentose and hairy. Leaves decus-
sate, broadly elliptic or ovate-elliptic, 5 lines long, 3-34 lines broad,
obtuse, pellucid-dotted, glabrous, coriaceous, 8-nerved, sub-revolute, petio-
late, petioles short, stout, pubescent, paler green and sub-muricated below
with small raised black spots; young leaves very tomentose and sub-
strigosely hairy below. Flowers sub-terminal, axillary, white, single or
ternate; peduncle 1-13 lines long, stout, hairy; pedicels jointed, glabrous,
very short. Calyx glabrous with a few scattered weak hairs, tube broadly
campanulate, vesicular, 5-lobed; lobes elliptic or sub-rotund at top, per-
sistent, margins thin and slightly ciliate. Corolla white, petals small,
sessile, broadly oblong or sub-orbicular, sinuate and slightly toothed at edges,
concave, crowded at centre with raised orbicular vesicles, 1-nerved, coloured”
in the centre (dry specimens). Stamens numerous, spreading, 4 lines long.
Style very stout, simple, 6 lines long, persistent. Capsule sub-rotund, 14
lines diameter, glabrous, vesicular, rather thin, 4-loculicidal, girt below the
middle.

328 Transactions —Botany.

Hab. Hills, forests on the east coast between Wainui and Akitio
rivers, ** 900 feet elevation ;” January, 1883: Mr. Horace Baker, in lit.

Obs. I.—A species near to M. perforata, A. Richard, as described at
length by him ;* his specimens were also obtained from Cook Straits, but
differing largely in its vesicular capsule calyx and corolla, which plain and
constant characters, even in dried specimens, could never, I think, have
been overlooked by Richard. ;

II.—Sir J. D. Hooker has also made but one species of the above-
mentioned plant (M. perforata) and A. Cunningham's M. buxifolia: I,
however, have ever believed (with A. Cunningham) their being distinct ;
although I have never seen specimens of Richard's (and Forster's) Southern
New Zealand plant, which is, also, not a climber (apud Richard, loc. cit.) :
this ** erect” character, however, does not belong to A. Cunningham's M.
buxifolia, which is a climbing species, and is as common in the forests here
(Hawke's Bay) as it is at the north.

IIL— This species, from its short bushy- size, small neat leaves, and
very numerous flowers, is likely to become a favourite garden shrub.
Although I have never seen it living, I have received several good speci-
mens from Mr. Baker, and they are very uniform.

Orper XXXIV. ARALIACEZ.
Genus 2. Panax, Linn.
fus microphylla, sp. nov.

Plant a small hard-wooded shrub of diffuse growth, 4-5 feet high ;
branches few, long, slender, straggling, and irregular; branchlets brachiate,
roughish, sub-muricated with minute tubercles, and occasionally on the
younger branchlets a few scattered very small linear-ovate obtuse scales.
Leaves small, sub-membranaceous, glabrous, alternate, sometimes in pairs,
scattered rather distant, compound and simple, flat, spreading, usually sub-
orbicular, 4-5 lines diameter, rounded and very obtuse at apex—sometimes
rhombic and apiculate, sometimes lanceolate and very small, some-
times trifoliolate on long slender petiolules, the middle leaflet being the
largest, and sometimes a simple leaf having a pair of minute leaflets just
below its base—the upper half of the leaf being slightly crenulate, each
crenature generally bearing a small incurved sharp tooth,—the lower portion
cuneate, decurrent, margins conniving, jointed to petiole with 4-6 minute
linear acute stipelle at junction, and several similar stipules at base of

*petiole; colour bright green with minute white dots on the upper surface,
paler green below; margins coloured purple; veins indistinct; petioles
purple-brown, deeply channelled, slender, glabrous, 1-2 lines long. Fruit
axillary orbicular, about 14 lines diameter, sub-compressed, smooth, on

* « Voyage de l'Astrolabe, Botanique,” p. 334.

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 329

short slender bracteolated stalks (peduncles or pedicels), having many small
bracts at their bases, white or pinkish-white, with sculptured dark (black)
effigurate spots or blotches, having a peculiar sunken or burnt appearance,
and-bearing a calycine crown of 5 teeth; styles 2 persistent, long, slender,
divergent and recurved ; sometimes 2 or 8 fruits spring together; carpels
lunate, gibbous, flattish, rugulose without longitudinal ridges ; seed with
plain sides. lowers not seen.

Hab. In shady open forests near Norsewood (S.), Waipawa County,
1882-8: W.C.

Obs.—A species Dare pretty close affinity with P. anomalum, Hook.,
but differing from that species in its smaller and variously shaped leaves
with glabrous (not pubescent) and deeply channelled petioles—in its smaller
and differently coloured fruit bearing plain-surfaced carpels and seeds-—and
particularly*in its branches not being densely hairy (‘ setoso-squamulatis ”)
as in P. anomalum. P. anomalum is also a much larger shrub; and I have
never once met with it in these southern parts, nor, indeed, anywhere else
besides the forests in the Waikato, Nam I discovered it, 1842 (** Tasmanian
Journal of Natural Science," vol. ii., 7T).

Orper XXXVI. PORTA
Genus 2. Tupeia, Chamisso and Schlechtendal.
Tupeia undulata, sp. nov.

Plant a small dicecious parasitical diffuse shrub; branches long, straight,
terete, jointed, 2 feet-2 feet 6 inches long, bark light greenish-grey, some-
what scurfy, not smooth ; branchlets opposite, sub-compressed, densely
covered with light-brown obtuse patent rigid sub-glandular pubescence ;
young leaves and flowers enclosed in dark brown scale-like bracts, 2-4 lines
long, deltoid and obovate, obtuse with fimbriate margins, 8-nerved, middle
nerve long, lateral ones short. Leaves (male plant) few, opposite, distant,
sub-rhomboid and rhomboid- -obovate, obtuse, 8 inches long, 2 inches broad ;
(female plant) leaves much smaller, sub-rhomboid and broadly oblong-
lanceolate, 14 inches long, $ inch broad, sub-membranaceous, not thick or
fleshy, green, smooth, not shining, undulate, decurrent nearly to base of
petiole ; petioles short, under 2 lines long, and with midrib thickly pubescent,
margins sub-sinuate, slightly scaberulous or sub-papillose (of young leaves
minutely pubescent-ciliate) ; veins prominent above, veinlets anastomosing.
Flowers terminal on short axillary branchlets, panicled ; panicles short,
dense, having, in the female plant especially, a sub-umbellate appearance,
about 1 inch long, each containing 6-12 flowers, peduncles and pedicels
pubescent, sub-panicles and pedicels bracteolate at base, bracteoles linear-
ovate, about 1 line long, recurved, caducous ; lower sub-panicles bearing
2-3, sometimes (but rarely) 4 flowers each: male flower on much larger

330 E Transactions. —Botany.

and more open panicles than the fem., petals 4, spreading, 4 lines
diameter, somewhat sub-spathulate or sub-obovate, obsoletely 1-nerved,
light yellowish-green, tips sub-cucullate and slightly pubescent-ciliate ;
filaments spreading, rather longer than the anthers; anthers broadly-oblong,
apiculate ; pedicels 8 lines long, jointed: female flower glabrous, shining,
very small, 1 line diameter, petals 4 (sometimes 8 or 5), linear-lanceolate,
acute, obscurely 1-nerved, spreading and reflexed, tips obtuse incurved,
margins minutely pubescent; light yellowish-green ; style long, exserted ;
stigma capitate, large, sub-globular, depressed, obscurely lobed, light-yellow.
Fruit a drupe, broadly-elliptic, smooth, pink thickly spotted or splashed
with dark pink, retaining large discoidal scar from style; pedicels 14-2 lines
long ; pulp very viscid; the panicle becoming very much elongated when in
fruit.

Hab. Parasitical on Panaw arboreum, Petane Valley, near Napier,
1883: Mr. 4. Hamilton; flowering in PES, and bearing the ripe last
year’s fruit at the same time.

Obs.—It is not without some considerable amount of hesitation that I
announce this plant as a sp. nov. of this peculiar and variable genus of
(hitherto) only one species ; but it differs so much in bark and leaf, in flower
and fruit, from T. antarctica, that I cannot but consider it to be truly dis-
tinct. In its general appearance also it widely differs, being a much larger
plant of more straggling growth, while the constant and great difference in
its dark-coloured and more oblong-shaped fruit, and undulated adult leaves
(resembling those of Myrsine d’urvillei) is apparent at first sight. I have
had plenty of good specimens for examination. The plant emits a pecu-
liarly strong odour in drying (reminding me of that of green figs when
peeled), remaining fixed for sometime in the many thicknesses of drying
papers.
Orper XXXVIII. RUBIACEZa

Genus 1. Coprosma, Forster.
Coprosma concinna, sp.n

A small erect shrub, AP feet high, of irregular growth, thickly branched
above, branches slender, spreading ; bark smooth, yellowish-brown ; branch-
lets short, opposite and decussate, but distant, spreading at right angles,
filiform, arcuate, pubescent ; leaves few, scattered, 8-4 lines diameter, sub-
membranaceous, orbicular trowel-shaped and broadly elliptic, very obtuse,
sometimes sub-apiculate, slightly sub-crenulate, glabrous, light-green dashed
with yellowish spots, margined, foveolate beneath in axils of lower veins
and midrib, blade abruptly decurrent, petiole 1 line long and (with lower
half of midrib) hirsutely pubescent, veins (and margins) red, finely reticulate ;
stipules acuminate acute, pubescent. Flowers very small, membranaceous,

CoLenso.—Un the Botany of New Zealand. 881

glabrous, greenish with purple spots: male, calyx excessively minute, corolla
campanulate spreading, tube very short, teeth rather large, obtuse, minutely
pubescent at tips; filaments long, scaberulous, anthers oblong-ovate,
exserted, sub-apiculate, cordate at base; mostly singly, infra-axillary and
below, and lateral: female, flowers excessively small, minute; calyx cup-
shaped with 4 short teeth, very hirsutely pubescent, hairs white ; corolla
much smaller than male, about + line long, tube slightly funnel-shaped, teeth
4 oblong ovate, revolute, (sometimes only 2) pubescent ; styles, 2, very long,
spreading, flexuose, stout, densely pubescent. Drupes underneath on lateral
branchlets, always under 2 or 4 leaves, globose, shining, 2 lines diameter,
dark port-wine colour, often 4-6, sometimes 10-18, together in a dense
semi-cluster ; fruit-stalks very short, opposite each other on the branchlet.

Stipules below the fruit, small spreading irregular, pubescent on both sides
and ciliate, usually having a long connate pair, sub-spathulate or oblong
rounded at tips and 1-nerved, clasping the fruit, like a little involucel ;
each berry bearing 2 seeds 14 lines long, largely convex, sub-ovoid, slightly
acute.

Hab. Dry woods between Norsewood and Danneverke, Waipawa County,
where it is plentiful, 1876-1883: W.C.

Obs.—Sometimes a shrub is met with bearing red berries (like small red
currants in size and colour) ; a fully fruited shrub is a pleasing neat-looking
object. As a species it will rank naturally near to C. tenuicaulis, rham-
noides, and divaricata. |

Genus 2. Nertera, Banks and Solander.
Nertera pusilla, sp. nov.

Plant a very small perennial herb, low and prostrate, of densely compact
(almost mosssy) growth, closely intermixed with other small plants, setosely-
hispid with long white hairs, much branched below and creeping under-
ground ; branches woody, rooting at nodes; stems wiry, 1-2 inches high,
erect, tips of branchlets level. Leaves sub-orbicular and broadly ovate,
spreading, membranous with muricated white dots on upper surface, 14-2
lines long, obtuse, slightly decurrent, hispid on both surfaces and coarsely -
ciliate ; hairs flat with raised bases (glands) on upper surface ; veins anas-
tomosing ; petioles slender, 1 line long, connate at base; Stipules very minute,
linear, acute, entire. Flowers lightish-brown or yellowish, longer than the
leaves, very few, solitary, scattered, sub-terminal and axillary, fugacious ;
corolla infandibuliform, 8} lines long, hispid without and densely echinate
at top, tube very slender; hairs white at first, reddish-brown afterwards ;
teeth rather large, acute ; filaments very long, wiry, spreading, and twisting,
white at first black afterwards; anthers large, linear-oblong, much apicu-
late at tip, cordate at base, auricles acute sagittate ; styles 2, exserted (but

832 Transactions. — Botany.

not largely), one-third the length of filaments, very pubescent ; fruit small,
about 1 line long, very hispid, sessile, dry, oval, ribbed, truncate with
minute persistent crown of 4-6 arce: teeth, 2 of them being usually
much longer and opposite.

Hab. On dry upland heaths between Matamau and Danneverke (with
Viola perexigua and Myosotis pygmaa), 1882-83: W.C.

Obs.—A species having close affinity with N. setulosa, Hook. fil.

Genus 8. Galium, Linn.
Galium erythrocaulon, sp. nov.

Plant small, tender, cespitose, upright, usually 3-5 inches high, simply

branched at, base; stems below and rootlets bright red and naked, stems

` above membranaceous, ciliated or hairy, with distant, white, acute, recurved
hairs. Leaves very small in whorls of four, sub-rotund-elliptic, 4-14 lines
long, 1 line broad or less, mucronate, very membranaceous, light green
blotched with yellow, hairy on both sides, largely and distantly ciliate,
spreading, sub-sessile, and very shortly petiolate, whorls distant on stalks,
veins anastomosing. Flowers few, mostly solitary in axils of upper leaves,
sometimes two on long divergent pedicels united together near base on a
very short peduncle, very rarely three on one peduncle, and, when so, then
bracteolated at junction, and the middle pedicel much the longest, simple
peduncles and pedicels much longer than leaves, sometimes twice as long,
upright; corolla rather large, 4-parted, pink, somewhat inflated and con-
cave, segments broadly deltoid-ovate, 8-nerved, with three lines of erect
minute pubescence within on the nerves, tips sub-acute incurved; ovarium
glabrous. Fruit of two globose minute carpels, dark-brown, rugulose and
finely muricated with black points.

Hab. Stony declivities, skirts of dry woods between Norsewood and
Danneverke, Waipawa County, 1879-1882: W.C.

Obs, —When I first detected this plant in 1879, I supposed it to be a
small variety of G. umbrosum, although its rather large and pink flowers
differed considerably from those of that species, which are minute and
white; these characters, however, I thought to be abnormal. Subse-
quently (in 1882), on again meeting with this plant in another and distant
locality, I gathered, examined and compared it, and now I believe it to be
a distinct species. It is certainly distinct from A. Cunningham’s G. pro-
pinquum, as described by him in his “ Prodromus” (a New Zealand and
northern species, which I also knew at the North), which Sir J. D. Hooker
has united with Forster’s G. umbrosum, as being identical with that plant.
Moreover, Sir J. D. Hooker says (in his ** Handbook”), that he doubts if
G. umbrosum is really different from his Tasmanian species, G. ciliare;

Cotenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 333

however that may be, one thing is certain, that G. ciliare (of which Sir J.
D. Hooker has given a drawing and dissections in his Flora Tasmania) is
very distant from this species, G. erythrocaulon.

Orper XXXIX. COMPOSITA.

Genus 10. Craspedia, Forster.
Craspedia viscosa, sp. NOV.

Plant a simple perennial herb, bearing a single slender unbranched
scape ; whole plant viscid. Leaves, 4-6 at base, flat, spreading, sub-spathu-
late, entire, sessile, lamina extending to scape, membranous, glabrous with
minute raised viscid dots, very slightly ciliate with white floccose hairs,
apiculate, olive-green, trinerved ; veinlets anastomosing. . Scape erect, 8-16
inches high, bearing 10-12 leaf-like ovate-acuminate sessile bracts, alternate
at about equal distances, lowest the largest, 13 inches long, and gradually:
decreasing in size upwards. Compound head of flowers broadly sub-conical,
with hairs as long as (or longer than) florets, 3-4 inch diameter, upright,
greyish ; corollas slender, usually 3 in a head, each 8 lines long, tube
greenish, dilated at base, petals tinged with red ; involucral scales ovate,
acute, 1-nerved, scarious at edges, outermost thickly muricated with minute
raised dots, and pubescent in the centre; pappus very numerous, main
stems of plumose pappus very broad at their bases; achene linear-ovate,
shining, strigillose, slightly subangular, with a thickened areole at base
having a hollow central depression.

Hab. Open spots, and among Leptospermum shrubs, dry hills near
Matamau (S.), Waipawa County, 1881-1888 : W.C.

Obs.—This species differs in habit from the two more showy species
(N.Z.) already described, in not bearing its compound head of florets glo-
bular like a ball; the head is always upright, even after flowering, and
confined within its involucral scales.

Genus 14. Gnaphalium, Linn.
Gnaphalium parviflorum, sp. nov.

Plant a slender perennial herb, prostrate, spreading, sub-ascending, much
branched, rooting at joints; forming dense little beds or cushions where
undisturbed. Ultimate branchlets filiform, 6-9 inches long, very cottony ;
leaves sub-imbricate above and distant on stems below, 3-4 lines long, oval,
apiculate with a short stout coloured mucro, entire, sessile, decurrent, very
nearly wholly embracing the stem, alternate, regular, white and densely
cottony below, very slightly so above, upper surface bright green, floccosely
ciliated with white tomentum, midrib prominent and stout below. Heads
of flowers few, solitary, 24 lines broad on a filiform peduncle 2 inches long,
terminal on branchlets, bearing 1-2 small bracts ; involucral scales numerous,
all green with golden coloured and shining scarious edges and tips, obscurely

334 Transactions.— Botany.

nerved ; inner, linear, glabrous, tips lacerate and ciliate with white cottony
tomentum ; outer, broadly oval, coloured with a carmine border round the
green centre, and very cottony ; tips of corollas tinged with red ; receptacle
concave, deeply and minutely punctured ; achene very small, linear, finely
scaberulous, truncate at base with an acicular central point.

Hab. With the preceding plant (Craspedia viscosa), 1879-1883: W.C.

Obs.—I have long known this plant in its leafing state, and have often
sought diligently for its flowers, but failed in securing perfect specimens
until this year. In its general appearance at first sight it closely resembles
G. filicaule. It grows very thickly and luxuriantly where undisturbed, but
only produces very few heads of flowers.

Orper L. BORAGINEZ.
Genus 1. Myosotis, Linn.
Myosotis pygmea, sp. nov.

A very small strigose-hispid sparingly branched perennial (and annual)
herb ; stems, 1-8, short, 2-11 inches long, prostrate, spreading from root;
leaves few, radical petiolate, cauline sessile, obovate-spathulate, 4-inch long,
very obtuse, thickish, mostly brownish-liver-coloured, strigose above with
large rigid white hairs arising from muricated points, ciliated; the lower
surface of radical leaves glabrous, green, midrib very stout ; flowers solitary,
axillary, sessile, 2-8 only on a branch in the axils of upper leaves; calyx
large, inflated, hispid and ciliate with long white hairs, lobes very long,
acute, spreading, ciliate ; corolla pale yellow, tube cylindric, shorter than
calyx, lobes rather large, rounded ; stamens included ; nut ovoid, convex on
the one side and sub-carinated on the other with a slight compressed
margin, turgid, obtuse, glabrous, shining, brown-black.

Hab. On dry upland open heaths (with Viola perevigua, supra), between
Matamau and Danneverke, Waipawa County, 1882-88: W.C.

Obs.—T his little plant grows sparingly there, though from its small size
and retiring habit it is easily overlooked; besides it is very early dried up
and withered. I think I have also found it nearly 40 years ago, but only
as an annual, growing on the pebbly beach, a little above high-water mark,
between Napier and the mouth of the river Ngaruroro. It seems to be
allied to M. antarctica, Hook. fil., but is distinct.

Orper LV. LENTIBULARIEA.
Genus 1. Utricularia, Linn.
Utricularia subsimilis, sp. nov.

A very small slender erect herb. Roots rather short, flat, white, semi-
transparent, hair-like, with small scattered globular hyaline bladders, much
fimbriated on the one side. Leaves few (2-8), basal, linear-spathulate,
obtuse, 1-nerved, entire, 6-8 lines long; lamina short, about 1 line hroad,

*

*

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 835

green ; petioles white, semi-transparent, flat. Scape 2-81 inches High,
simple, filiform ; flowers 1 (sometimes, but rarely, 2, only one such specimen
seen), pedicels very slender, about + line long, bracts at top of scape 5, ovate-
acuminate; sepals large, inflated, sub-orbicular in outline, the upper one
very slightly sinuate, margins entire; corol/a purple, strongly-veined, 3-4
lines diameter, upper lip small, cuneate, retuse, the lower one somewhat
circular in outline (¿.e., presenting the broad segment of a circle), entire.

Hab. ‘In swampy grounds at Tapuaeharuru," interior (Taupo dis-
trict), 1880: Mr. 4. Hamilton.

Obs.—This species seems to have some slight affinity with U. lateriflora,
Br., a Tasmanian species. Some allowance will have to be made for my
description of the corolla of this plant, as I find it almost an impossibility
to dissect it satisfactorily when in a dried state, particularly when the
specimens have been closely pressed.

Orper LXX. CUPULIFERA.
Genus 1. Fagus, Linn.
Fagus apiculata, sp. nov.

A tall handsome tree, 40 feet (and more) high, erect, of nio E
shape ; trunk 2 feet diameter ; bark of trunk pale, smoothish ; branches
opposite, regular, horizontal, plane, spreading, bark darkish brown,
studded with lighter coloured spots; branchlets pubescent. Leaves
not crowded, rather distant, regularly disposed, sub-membranaceous,
glabrous, broadly oblong-lanceolate, 1 inch long, entire, minutely crenu-
late, finely reticulated, margined, strongly apiculate, the point hard,
obtuse, petiolate, slightly and finely pubescent on petioles and beneath ;
colour light-green ; petioles 1-14 lines long; bracts, outer glabrous, brown,
shining, ovate-acuminate,—inner green, narrower and longer, obtuse, with
scarious and ciliate edges. Male flowers lateral, on smaller slender branch-
lets, single, alternate, 2-4 (or more) near each other; peduncle slender,
2-21 lines long, red, glabrous, or with a few weak scattered hairs ; perianth
cup-shaped, inflated, glabrous, whitish with pink margin, semi-pellucid,
veined, largely 5-toothed, teeth obtuse ; anthers 12-14, linear-oblong, apicu-
late, loosely exserted on long fla; slender filaments, nodding. Female
flowers (immature), small, axillary, sessile in axil of leaf above the male
flowers, ovate, downy ; styles brown, exserted.

Hab. In forests between Matamau and Danneverke, County of Wai-
pawa, 1883: W.C.

Obs.—The discovery of this very distinct species of Fagus has much
pleased me, as it supplies a required link between our known New Zealand
species with large serrated leaves (F. fusca and F. menziesii) and our small

* entire leaved species (F. solandri and F. cliffortioides), and also between

836 Transactions.— Botany.

them and the Tasmanian and §. American species, which all have serrated
leaves. The growth, habit and general appearance of this species (F.
apiculata), with its thin and scattered leaves and flattened spreading
branches, is very much like that of the northern variety of F. fusca, from
Kaitaia near the North Cape, which I have ever supposed to be distinct
from the Fagus of the East Coast (Poverty Bay), as well as from the
plant of Whangarei (Bream Bay) ;* though at present those three (vars. ?)
are all classed under F. fusca. I have never, however, seen the northern-
most plant in flower or fruit.
Class II. MonocoryLEDONS.
Orper I. ORCHIDEA.
Genus 8. Bolbophyllum, Thouars.

Bolbophyllum tuberculatum, sp. nov.

Plant epiphytal, forming irregular patches on upper forks of large trees
(Dacrydium cupressinum) ; roots 2-3 inches long, stout ; leaves linear-oblong,
. 8 lines long, 2 lines broad, acute, sub-apiculate, entire, glabrous, dark-green
on upper surface, of a lighter-green below, and there minutely and closely
dotted with round greyish dots, flat or slightly involute, thickish but not
fleshy, having 8-10 parallel veins which are transversely netted, keeled ;
stipe stoutish, 1 line long; bulbs ovoid, 3-33 lines long, turgid, ridged ;
ovary oblong, 2 lines long, glabrous, greenish-white, tuberculated in rows,
tubercles blunt, reddish; scape 6-8 lines long, springing from rhizome
below base of bulb, slender, turgid and sub-pyriform at base, reddish, muri-
cated, bearing a short raceme of 2-3 flowers; lowers alternate, rather dis-
tant on short pedicels, + line long, each having a bract at its base; bracts -
sessile rather more than half-clasping, deltoid-acuminate with a produced
stout obtuse tip.

Hab. In forests near Petane, Hawke’s Bay, 1888: Mr. A. Hamilton.

Obs.—A species very distinct from our long known and common B.
pygmaum, Lindl. ; apparently rare, though possibly confounded with that
species. It is a much larger plant of similar appearance and habit. I
regret that I have not yet seen new and perfect flowers.

enus 9. Corysanthes, Brown.
Corysanthes hypogea, sp. nov.

Plant very small, terrestrial, tender, succulent; leaf single, 5-8 lines
diameter, membranous, shining, much veined, veins largely anastomosing
with longitudinal dots in the interspaces, cordate-reniform, 8-lobed at tip,
middle lobe produced, acute acuminate, side margins sinuate with a single
notch on both sides near base, auricles large, distant, subhastate, very
blunt; light green above, midrib and marginal spots purple; silvery below

* See “ Tasmanian Journal of Science,” vol. ii., p. 234,

Cotenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 387

and sometimes dashed with a purple hue; petiole 4-1} inches long, white,
often pinkish, with a sheathing truncate bract at base; peduncle short, 1-2
lines long, bibracteate close to base of flower, the front bract much smaller
linear, the hind one ovate-oblong, both obtuse; flowers 3-4 lines diameter,
much veined, dorsal sepal arched, closely clasping, subobovate-spathulate,
narrowest at base, rounded and slightly sinuate or subapiculate at apex,
green with a purple median line ; lateral sepals and petals linear acuminate,
very narrow filiform, upper pair # inch long, lower pair hair-like, 4 lines
long; lip large, dark blood-red above with darker stripes, greenish below
‘ spotted with red, bi-lobed at top, lobes rounded entire, 2-3 deep laciniations
or ragged lobes below, with the sides much cut and jagged and incurved, a
delicate circular bordered ear-like aperture on both sides immediately behind
bases of petals.

Hab. Among mosses, steep cliffy sides of dry hills, Fagus forests
near Norsewood, Waipawa County; 1880 (plentifully but barren); 1882
(a few capsules long past flowering); and 1883, September, in flower:
W.C.

Obs.—I have known this plant for some years, but never found it in
flower until the spring of 1883, mainly owing to its peculiar manner of
growth, and its very early flowering; for while its one small leaf is spread
flat on its mossy bed, its delicate flower is 1-2 inches below the surface,
and never appears above during its flowering, though afterwards (in a few
observed instances) its capsule is shown just above the surface, owing to
the elongation of the peduucle after flowering, which habit is also common
to the genus. It grows pretty thickly scattered in beds, showing its small
glistening leaf just above the mosses and débris of fallen Fayus leaves
(F. solandri), but flowering specimens are very scarce, not one plant in —
twenty bearing a flower. A species possessing close affinity with C. triloba,
Hook. fil.
` Corysanthes papillosa, sp. nov.

Plant small, 2-34 inches high. Leaf 3-13 inches diameter, membra-
nous, finely and regularly papillose on upper surface, orbicular-cordate ;
auricles broad and largely rounded overlapping petiole, slightly retuse and
apiculate at tip, much veined; veins anastomosing with an intramarginal
vein running all round, light-green with (sometimes) a purple midrib and
spots near margin; petiole 3-2 inches long ; peduncle short, 8-4 lines long,
variously situated—springing from near base of long petiole—from the
middle—and from the top near leaf, purple spotted, bibracteate at base of
ovarium ; bracts small, unequal, the front one very minute, white, the back
one much larger, ovate-acuminate, green. Flower + inch diameter, upper

22

338 Transactions,— Botany.

sepal suboblong-lanceolate, 23 lines broad, acuminate, acute, projecting far
beyond the lip (sometimes 24 lines), recurved at tip, very thin, 5-nerved
longitudinally, greenish-white spotted with purple-red; lateral sepals very
filiform, 6-9 lines long, acute, whitish ; lateral petals about 2 inches long,
somewhat filiform but stoutish, obtuse, cylindrical, twisted, minutely spotted
and coloured purple-red above for half of their length, white below; lip
large orbicular, 4 inch (or more) in diameter, deeply bilobed above, spread-
ing, plain, neither recurved nor involute, margins rounded entire above
with a single slight notch at top on each lobe, very minutely undulate or
finely and slightly toothed, retuse and apiculate below, papillose within,
transparent, much veined ; colour, dark purple-red above, whitish spotted
with purple-red below ; ovarium subangular, sulcated, purple striped.

Hab. In various parts of Hawke’s Bay, among mosses in ravines,
shaded woods in the interior, 1850-1880: IV.C. Glenross, near Napier,
1883: Mr. D. P. Balfour.

Obs.—A fine species closely allied to C. macrantha, Hook. fil., but very
distinct. Also, having affinity with C. fimbriata, Lindl., an Australian and
Tasmanian species.

Thelymitra formosa, sp. nov.

Stem erect, very stout, 12-14 inches high, 8 lines diameter, tinged red
with leaf bracts and bracteoles; two sheaths below leaf, scarious, truncate
obtuse pointed and 2-nerved ; 1-2 foliaceous bracts above leaf, 24 lines long
very acuminate, acute; leaf very thick fleshy, linear-ovate, 10 inches long,
reaching to lowest flower on scape, 4-nerved, broadly keeled, deeply chan-
nelled, edges incurved, 6-8 lines wide near base, purple-brown densely
covered with minute red raised dots. Flowers 5-10, erect on stout pedicels
32 inch long; a bracteole at base of each, ovate-acuminate very acute,
sub-clasping 4-3 inch long reaching to base of perianth, obscurely 6-8
nerved ; perianth 1-14 inches diameter. Sepals ovate-acuminate, nerved,
a little longer than the petals, brownish-purple with white margins; petals
light bluish-purple, broadly oblong-lanceolate, very obtuse, or elliptic with a
muero, obscurely nerved. Column with pointed tip ; appendages (staminodia)
long, much longer than the column each bifid, anterior arm densely fim-
briated with yellow fimbriz, posterior ditto with long subulate erect points
at top, and crenulated fleshy pink edges on back slope running down to a
deep notch at the back, exposing top of column. Ovary obovate, 9 lines
long, 3 lines wide, broadly ribbed. Tubers 2, large, sub-obovoid, obtuse,
1 inch long, } inch broad.

Hab. In clayey ground, Fagus woods, high land between Norsewood
and Danneverke, Waipawa County, 1882; flowering in December; W.C,

Cotenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 339

Order V. TYPHACEA.
Genus 2. Sparganium, Linn.
Sparganium angustifolium, R. Brown.
Hab. Hawke’s Bay, low watery places, sides of streams, ete.: W.C.
Petane, near Napier, 1882: Mr. A. Hamilton.

Obs.—Agreeing closely with the Australian species; also found in the nor-
thern parts of the North Island, and long confounded with S. simplex, Huds.
Orper VII. LILIACEZ.

Genus 4. Dianella, Lamarck.

Dianella nigra, sp. nov.

Plant a diffuse herb; leaves drooping, subrigid when old, 8 feet long,
8 lines broad, linear acuminate and very acute, keeled, hooked on margins
and keel throughout, glabrous, glossy above, striate below, finely and regu-
larly nerved, margins slightly recurved, light-green, bases pink-red, and so
bracts. Scapes, 3 feet 9 inches to 4 feet 8 inches long, stem below dark-
green, subterete, 1-2 foliaceous bracts below panicle ; panicle proper, 2 feet
to 2 feet 8 inches long, narrow oblong, slender and very loose, black-purple ;
main branchlets few, 4-10 inches long, wiry, filiform, very distant on
rhachis, 4-6-10 inches apart, tough, each divided into 2-4 long slender
sub-branchlets, all straight and suberect, each sub-branchlet with 4—5
scattered flowers at top on long pedicels; pedicels 1-2 inches long, spread-
ing ; ultimate bracts small, linear, obtuse, 1-2 lines long, generally situated
2-4 lines below junction of subpeduncle. Perianth (unfolded) dark-purple
almost black, linear-oblong obtuse under 2 lines long, expanded 34 lines
diameter, patent not reflexed, segments with very dark distinet nerves,
margins whitish ; three outer segments 5—nerved, sublinear-ovate, three inner
segments 8-nerved, broader and more obtuse at apex. 4nthers linear-
oblong obtuse, light-yellow, scarcely 1 line long; strume about same length,
a little thicker, thickest upwards, dark orange-yellow ; /ilaments below much
longer, very slender, bent and crumpled, white; style a little longer than
stamens, slightly curved ; stiyma capitate, papillose. Ovary subtriquetrous,
rotund at apex, glabrous, 4, or so, inferior,

Hab. Dry hillsides among under shrubs, forests near Matamau (S.),
Waipawa County, 1882; flowering in December: W.C.

Obs.—A peculiar looking species from its tall, large, and lax black
panicle and very small star-like flowers, widely differing from our other
only known N.Z. species, D. intermedia, which species is also said to be
generally common in the S. Polynesian Islands, as Fiji, ete. [see Seemann,
Bentham, etc.] I only detected two bushy diffuse plants or tussocks that
had been browsed on by cattle in the past season; they bore, however, a
quantity of new leaves, and a great number of scapes.

310 Transactions. —Botany.

Genus 5. Astelia, Banks and Solander.
Astelia spicata, Col. (male plant).*

Plant much the same as the female one in size, leafing, and general
appearance. Scape erect, 3 inches high, including spike; spike 14 inches
long, bearing 12 fiowers, the lower ones distant, alternate and pedicelled,
each one of these having a long leaf-like broadly-lanceolate-acuminate and
ciliate bract, the lowermost being 84 inches long, acute and pubescent at
tips ; the upper flowers are sessile, clustered in a dense obtuse spike, each
one having a fine long linear silky bracteole ; lobes of perianth white, large,
hyaline, linear-oblong, obtuse, 1-nerved, at first cohering at tips and
covering anthers, etc., in a conical form, afterwards wholly reflexed;
filaments white, 14 inches long, flat, spreading, succulent ; anthers linear,
light brown ; pollen numerous, issuing in large white grains, possessing a
sugary appearance. |

Hab. Epiphytical on living trees, in forests near Norsewood (same
locality as that of the fem. plant), 1883 : W.C.

Obs.—It is rather a curious incident that, after two years research (and
always seeing scores of barren (?) plants high up on the neighbouring trees
around), I found only this one plant in flower, growing in the low fork of a
tree, just as in the case of the one fem. plant two years before.

Orper XI. CYPERACEJE
Genus 9. Cladium, Linn.
Cladium (Vincentia) gahnoides, sp. nov.

Plant growing in large bushy tufts; culms 2 feet high, ll
smooth, leafy ; leaves flat vertically without a midrib, 2-3 feet long, 4-7
lines broad, linear-acuminate, acute, margins entire, smooth, not cutting,
sub-membranaceous, softish, finely striate, equitant at bases, pale green ;
panicle 6-8 inches long, much branched, nodding; bracts sheathing glab-
rous, dark-brown, lower ones very acuminate, minutely scabrid only at tips;
branchlets drooping, springing from smaller bracts ; peduncles flat, or tetra-
gonous, compressed, striate, glabrous; sub-peduncles and pedicels, flat, ciliate-
scaberulous ; spikelets small, fascicled, rich dark red-brown; lower glumes
and bracts awned, glabrous, very slightly and minutely scaberulous on mid-
nerve at back; stamens 8, 1 inch long, flat, colour light-brown, twisted,
dilated and truncate at apex, elongated and persistent after flowering ;
style 1 line long, persistent; stigmas 3, linear, longer than style, densely
papillose ; nut very small, less than 1 line long, spindle-shaped, turgid,
triquetrous throughout and ribbed at margins, beak minutely barbed, base
thickened, often hanging by the persistent filaments as in several Gahnie ;
colour pale light-brown.

* See “Transactions N.Z. Institute,” vol. xiv., p. 335, for a description of the female plant.

Cotenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand, 341

Hab. Cliffy banks of the upper part of the Petane River, near Napier,
on high and dry stony ridges, and on similar spots inland between
Hawke’s Bay and Taupo, 1846-1852: W.C. Petane Valley, 1881: Mr.
A. Hamilton.

Obs.—A species closely allied to C. sinclairii, Hook. fil., but smaller in
all its parts.

Genus 18. Uncinia, Persoon.
Uncinia bractata, sp. nov.

Plant perennial, erect, growing in large bushy tufts. Culms 12-18 inches
high, stout, smooth. Leaves numerous, shorter than the culms, 10-14
inches long, 2 lines broad, flat, membranous, many nerved, keeled, slightly
scaberulous, more so at tips which are obtuse. Spikelet 3-44 inches long,
ith of an inch broad, trigonous; upper 6-12 lines male; bracts 2 sometimes
8, very long, longest and lowermost 6-10 inches and more, foliaceous, very
narrow, channelled, scaberulous above, slightly so below; glumes closely
imbrieate, linear, acute, 2 lines long, glabrous, obscurely nerved, keeled,
dark-brown ; utricle shorter than glume, subrhomboidal, glabrous, nerved,
subtriquetrous, compressed, dark-brown at top light-coloured below ; bristle
slender, as long as the utricle.

Hab. Woods, dry hills, between Norsewood and Danneverke, Waipawa
County, 1882-3: W.C.

Obs.—A species having affinity with U. australis; from its much softer
foliage often browsed on by cattle.

Uncinia obtusata, sp. nov.

Plant thickly cespitose in rather small tufts, Culms 12-21 inches high,
sub-erect, rigid, smooth, but finely scaberulous at top for about 1 inch
below spikelet, triquetrous. Leaves much shorter than culms, 6-9 inches
long, linear, 1th of an inch wide, flat, membranaceous, grassy, sub-erect,
smooth, finely and closely scabrous towards top, obtuse, nerved, slightly
keeled. Spikelet 1-14 inches long, loose, spreading, few-flowered, flowers
distant ; upper 4-5 lines male, very slender; bract 3-4 inches long, filiform,
obtuse, scabrous, and densely so at top ; glumes closely imbricating, shorter
than utricle, 14 lines long, deltoid-acuminate ; 1-nerved, obtuse, lowest
(one or two) trifid and awned, awn long barbed obtuse ; utricle longer than
glume, 2 lines long, broadly lanceolate, glabrous, produced and tumid at
base, triquetrous, turgid, 8-nerved, at first green, afterwards when old
dark-brown ; bristle slender, + a line longer than utricle ; stigmas long,
spreading.

Hab. Open woods near Norsewood, County of Waipawa, 1882-3:
W.C.

942 : Transactions.— Botany.

Obs.—Sometimes the culm is entirely smooth throughout, and without

a bract.
Genus 14. Carex, Linn.

Carex flagellifera, sp. nov.

A flaccid diffuse largely tufted species. Culms slender, 7-8 feet long,
1 line diameter below, much less above in middle and long panicle, smooth,
subcylindrie, hollow in the. centre, striate, prostrate, extended, bearing a
single leaf about the middle. Leaves drooping and spreading, much shorter
than the culms, 2 feet 6 inches long, 1 line wide, stout, smooth, channelled,
finely scabrous at edges, and still more slightly so on midrib at back, above
but not below, green, regularly striate, with a broad filmy margin at the
extreme base. Spikelets 4-6 (usually 5), very distant on panicle, cylindrical
24 inches long, peduneled, pendulous ; peduncles 2-8 inches long, com-
pressed, lowermost pair 1-2 feet apart, sometimes the lowermost one is
compound trifid or shortly tripedicelled, the uppermost one is male and
very slender, 14 inches long; bracts very long, narrow and foliaceous, finely
scabrid at edges; glume ovate-acuminate, 14 lines long, stoutly 1-nerved,
awned, awn barbed; utricle as long as the glume, broadly lanceolate,
bifid, turgid shining, light-brown ; stigmas 2.

Hab. On sides of abrupt clayey declivities, woods, between Norsewood
and Danneverke, Waipawa County, 1881-1888 : W.C

Vbs.—A very remarkable species, owing to its very long weak and pro-
strate culms, which stream away together like long wisps or bands, and so
get entangled among the low herbage and common fern—Pteris esculenta.
Carex sex-spicata, sp.nov.

Culms 2 feet-2 ft. 8 3n. high, erect, stout, trigonous, smooth, more than
1 line in diameter, leafy, culm leaves with a sharply acute triangular hairy
ligule ; leaves as long as culms, + inch wide, sub-rigid, rather harsh, flat,
many nerved, the 2 principal lateral nerves white and strong on the upper
surface, very acuminate, expanding below into wide filmy sheaths, keeled,
closely and finely scabrid at edges, and slightly so on the two white nerves
above and on the midrib below, striated ; spikelets 6, approximate, each
about 2 inches long, stout, shortly peduncled, erect, light brown, panicle
short, $ below of upper spikelet male, and the next two with a very few
males below, the other 3 wholly female; bracts wide, foliaceous; glume
linear-ovate-acuminate, bifid, sub-awned, less than 2 lines long, shorter
and much narrower than the utricle, 1-nerved, longitudinally and nume-
rously marked with fine short red lines, persistent ; utricle ovate-acuminate,
1-nerved, turgid, spreading, smooth, bifid, tips acute, long-produced ;
anthers 1% lines long, linear, apiculate, twisted, light brown; filaments
longer than anthers, flat, much flexuose; stigmas 8.

Corxxso.—0On the Botany of New Zealand. . 848

Hab. Edges of River Mangatawhainui, near Norsewood, 1888: W.C.
DER XII. GRAMINE.
Genus 16. Danthonia, DeCandolle.
Danthonia pentaflora, sp. nov.

Plant tufted, but not in dense tussocks. Culms 2-3 feet high, glabrous,
stout. Leaves flat, 3-84 feet long, 2-3 lines wide, pale green, strongly
nerved, glabrous and shining above, pilose below with long scattered white
hairs, margins thickened bearing a double row of fine sharp cutting spiny
recurved teeth, midrib scabrid above; sheaths 4 of an inch broad, subcoria-
ceous, glabrous and keeled below, pilose above and ciliated with long
straggling hairs, margins towards top slightly scabrid, densely and silky
pilose with compressed hairs above mouth of sheath, and a transverse line
of thickly set shortish white hairs almost disposed in little regular pencilled
tufts forming a ligule. Panicle large, erect, broadly obovate, 12-14 inches
long, open, diffuse, very thin; branches alternate, distant, 4-8 inches long,
5 springing nearly together from a node, glabrous; branchlets very slender,
filiform, few flowered, scaberulous. Spikelets distant, + inch long, 5-
flowered ; peduncles +-1 inch long, hairy under spikelet ; florets sessile on
rhachis; rhachis below florets densely hairy; hairs long. Empty glumes
margins entire, subacute, lower one much the smaller, strongly 1-nerved,
upper one slightly ciliated near base ; flowering gluine ciliate with long white
hairs at margins near base, the 2 lobes much elongated but not awned,
very finely and closely villously-ciliate, 1-nerved, awn much longer than
glume, acicular, flat at base, 2-nerved, spreading, deflexed ; pale nearly as
long as the glume, broadest near top, almost subobovate retuse, minutely
and closely pilose-ciliate and subpencilled at apex, largely ciliated with long
hairs on the back near base, margins pale-green. Anthers (immature) very
long, nearly 2 lines, linear, light-brown, not exserted.

Hab. Slopes of Ruahine mountain range (immature), 1846, ete.: W.C.
Near same localities, 1882: Mr. A. Hamilton.

Obs.—A species very near to D. cunninghamii in its general appearance
but smaller, of tufted growth but not largely so, and more restricted as to
locality. I have closely examined several specimens, gathered at various
seasons and in separate localities, and have invariably found a spikelet to
consist of 5 florets, the upper one being often smaller and abortive. Unfor-
tunately all my specimens, though gathered at different times in early
summer, were rather immature; and those collected by Mr. Hamilton in
December are much the same. This species ripens its seeds late in the
autumn. I have hitherto refrained from describing it in the hope of obtain-
ing more complete specimens.

344 Transactions.—Botany.

Class III. CrYPTOGAMIA.
Orper I. FILICES.
Genus 1. Gleichenia, Smith.
Gleichenia littoralis, mihi.

Plant gregarious; rhizome creeping, stoutish, thickly clothed with
shining brown laciniate scales; stipes erect, glabrous, 6-8 inches high,
sub-cylindrical below, flattish above, deeply channelled on upper surface,
olive-green, sometimes light-brown; fronds sub-flabelliform, 2-branched,
each main branch once or twice forked, or sometimes with 3 single branch-
: lets ; branchlet ovate-acuminate, 4-6 inches long, 1-1} inches broad near
base, pinnate below, deeply pinnatifid quite to midrib above, extending

also to apex which is not caudate; colour reddish-green, rhachis and veins
red; segments linear, glabrous, sub-membranaceous, opposite and occa-
sionally alternate, plane, patent, sub-erect, broadest at base, decurrent, 4—3
inch long, 1 line wide, pinnate, distant and sub-adnate, not decurrent,
(those on branchlets below the upper forkings are generally the longest—
there are none below the first or lowest fork), margins entire (slightly re-
curved in age), sometimes a few segments are irregularly and very finely
and distantly serrulate; apices very obtuse incurved and adpressed and
finely woolly on both surfaces ; midrib and veins woolly below with shining
silky spreading hairs ; capsules reddish, usually 4 together (sometimes 5 or
8), biserial on upper veinlets of middle of segments, exposed ; veins promi-
nent, forked.
Hab. Wooded cliffy shores of Whangaruru Bay S., 1836-41: W.C.
Owana, E. coast Great Barrier Islet, Thames, 1883: Mr. C. P. Winkelmann.
Obs.—This species is allied to our G. flabellata, Br. (but is very distinct
from it, though often, I think, confounded with it), and, possibly, more so
to the Cape Horn species, G. acutifolia, Hook., particularly in its being a
small pedate, erect, non-proliferous species, and like that species also a
seaside plant. It seems to have a narrow range, at least I never met with
it anywhere else than in that one habitat at Whangaruru, though there it
grew plentifully and thickly in one spot, which I visited year after year
from the time of its first detection, but could only find short barren
yellowish fronds, which both A. Cunningham and Sir W. J. Hooker
supposed 'to be those of G. flabellata in its young state; this, however, I
always doubted. Now, then, after more than 45 years! it has been re-
discovered by Mr. Winkelmann as above, from whom I have had for
examination several specimens in full fruit, and pretty uniform. .
Gleichenia punctulata, mihi.

Fronds erect, slender, 11-23 feet high, repeatedly dichotomously

branched, very regular; stipe and rhachises slender, brown, densely scaly,

CoLexso,—On the Botany of New Zealand, 345

woolly, and hairy; branches deltoid-acuminate, 5-7 inches long, 2 inches
broad at base, pinnate; pinne petiolate, alternate, very distant, 1 inch
long, 13 lines broad, deeply pinnatifid to midrib, glabrous and shining and
dull dark green above, wholly glabrous below, except towards base of
midrib, and there slightly woolly and scaly, but not hairy, whole plant,
however, densely woolly and scaly below when young, the lowest pair of
lobes (or sometimes two) larger, distinctly free and pinnate, lobules adnate,
broadly elliptic, almost sub-quadrangular, very obtuse and slightly recurved
at tips, glaucous almost blue beneath, and minutely and regularly punc-
tulate (stippled) with light fawn-coloured shining dots; veins usually
1-8 branched, obscure ; capsules 1-2 together, large, white, exposed, sub-
marginal on upper inner corner of lobule ; hairs short, rigid, dark red,
fascicled in small scattered bundles; scales large, triangular, acuminate,
netted and thickly ciliated.

Hab. Near Hot Springs, centre Great Barrier Islet, Thames, 1882:
Mr. C. P. Winkelmann. I have also seen barren specimens collected earlier,
from the west coast, South Island

Obs.—A species having pretty close natural affinity with G. G. micro-
phylla, Brown; semivestita, Lab. ; and hecistophylla, A. Cunn. ; but differing
from them all, and possessing characters which those species have not—
that are better seen than described in words.

Nore.—I have ever believed in the specific distinctness of those three
ferns I have just mentioned; in which I also wholly agree with Mr. J.
Smith (who had so long successfully cultivated them at Kew), in his last
two works on ferns, viz., “ Historia Filicum,” p. 389, and “ Ferns, British
and Foreign," p. 248; as well as with Sir W. J. Hooker in his “ Species
Filicum.” Those eminent practical botanists, R. Brown and A. Cunning-
ham, who had ample opportunities throughout many years of observing
those three ferns they had described in their native habitats, could not pos-
sibly have been mistaken about them.

Genus 10. Windsma, peda,
Lindsaa trilobata, sp. nov.

Rhizome creeping densely scaly ; scales ramentaceous, largely reticulated
and transversely barred. Plant erect, cespitose, 7-10 inches high, sub-
linear-lanceolate acuminate, pinnate, glabrous, dull green, but when young
of a graceful delicate light green, sub-membranaceous. Stipes 4-6 inches
long, very flexuous and tough below, obscurely triquetrous, compressed at
base, deeply channelled and shining (together with rhachis) on the upper
surface, slightly and sparsely roughish and muricated with little round
knobs; colour light chesnut-brown. Fronds 8-5 inches long, 6-9 lines
broad, fertile ones usually the longest and about 20-22-jugate; pinnules

346 Transactions. —Botany.

2-4 lines long, 11-3 lines deep, opposite and sometimes alternate, petiolate,
obliquely-flabelliform, sub-rhomboidal, and broadly cuneate, spreading,
distant, lower very remote, upper approximate; petioles slender; the larger
pinnules of the barren fronds and frequently of the fertile ones deeply 2-4
(mostly 3-) lobed on upper convex margin; lobes laciniate and irregularly
crenate and toothed, the lower and inner margins of pinnules entire; veins
radiate, free, forked, clavate at apices, prominent, dark-coloured, not ex-
tending to margin. Involucres, the inner valve green, broad, extending
quite to margin of the outer one; margins of both closely and deeply laci-
niate-toothed ; teeth sub-rigid, very obtuse; margins (with petioles and
upper rhachis) bright red, and revolute when young. Sori, straw-coloured,
but reddish with age.

Hab. In hollows on high land, tops of hills near the north head
of Wellington Harbour (but not plentiful), 1846-7: W.C. Whanga-
parapara, west coast Great Barrier Islet, Thames, 1883: Mr. C. P.
Winkelmann.

Obs.—A species having affinity with L. linearis, Sw., and probably with
L. incisa, Prentice, another Australian species (judging from Bentham’s
description of this latter, as I have not seen any specimens of this plant),
and with L. lobbiana, Hook. (also from his description). Differing, how-
ever, from L. linearis (a species found plentifully in New Zealand—Bay of
Islands, and elsewhere) in size—in its larger and lobed pinne, which are
also on slender petioles—in form and colour of stipes and rhachis, and in
the stout obtuse toothing of its involucres. Here I might very well adopt
Sir W. J. Hooker’s remark in describing the fern above mentioned, L.
lobbiana :—'* Without a figure I should despair of making its character
intelligible, so difficult is it to define in words the forms of the pinne of
these plants.” —Sp. Filicum.

Genus 16. Lomaria, Willdenow.
Lomaria oligoneuron, sp. nov.

Plant under a foot high, tufted, 6-12 fronds to a plant, glabrous, sub-
erect and spreading, with a short, stout, woody caudex about 1 inch long.
Roots stoutish, long, spreading, densely clothed with light brown, shining,
shaggy hairs ; stipes short, usually under 1 inch (sometimes of sterile fronds
extending to 2 inches or more, and of fertile fronds still longer), slender,
dark purple-brown, slightly roughish below, sub-cylindrical, channelled
(with rhachis) on the upper surface; scales long at base and for some
distance upwards; fronds pinnate ; sterile ones sub-lanceolate, broadest near
tips, flat, 7-9 inches long, 10-14 lines broad, pinne numerous, rather
distant, sub-opposite, adnate and decurrent, coarsely and prominently
veined, membranaceous and puckered, deeply and coarsely crenate-serrate,

Cotznso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 347

almost sub-laciniate or pinnatifid-serrate, the most prominent teeth or
laciniations usually bearing a minute hard white recurved tooth (sometimes
two) on their tips; colour pale greyish-green; upper and largest pinne
broadly linear-oblong, very obtuse and truncate, 6-8 lines long, 3-4 lines
broad, suberect, confluent at top, terminal lobe deltoid very obtuse; lower
pinne occupying considerably more than half of the frond, much smaller than
upper, orbicular and gradually decreasing in size downwards ; fertile fronds
longer than barren ones, but more slender with fewer and more distant
pinne ; pinne opposite and alternate, distant, ligulate, largest 1 inch long,
1 line broad, apiculate, upper and larger ones slightly petiolate, terminal
one subcaudate, lower ones excessively small; involucre finely reticulated,
margins entire; scales on stipes 2 lines long, flat, deltoid-linear acuminate,
nerved longitudinally and much dilated at base. Veins conspicuous, simple
and forked, extending quite to margin, clavate, very few and distant,
usually only 4-jugate in the largest pinne, the lowermost one or two pairs
not springing from the midrib (this character is also found in the smallest
orbicular pinne), midrib usually forked at apex.

Hab. Great Barrier Islet, Thames, 1883: Mr. C. P. Winkelmann.

Obs. I.—A species having close affinity with L. lanceolata and mem-
branacea, particularly the latter, but differing in several important par-
ticulars :—e.g., in its large normal sterile pinne being fewer in number and
decurrent, and much more coarsely serrate, and fewer veined, with veins
extending to margins and the lowermost not springing from the midrib ; in
its small orbicular and deeply crenate-serrate pinne occupying nearly two-
thirds of the frond; and in all being more distant from each other on the
rhachis; and in its upper fertile pinns being petiolate, and their involucres
finely reticulate with entire margins.

Obs. I.—I have had several fully fronded plants containing together
more than fifty specimens of barren and fertile fronds to look over, and
their uniformity in habit and character is great; the plants differing only
in size.

Genus 22. Polypodium, Linn.
Polypodium rufobarbatum, sp. nov.

Plant terrestrial, sub-erect, wholly covered with long and stout red and
shining jointed and moniliform hairs; rhizome creeping, densely hairy ;
fronds 4-1 inch distant on rhizome. Stipes 1-8 inches long, and rhachis,
slender, subflexuose, dry, channelled above, red, shining; frond 4-6 inches
long, sublinear-ovate, acuminate, bipinnate, membranaceous, light green ;
pinna petiolate, distant and subopposite, deltoid-acuminate, ¿-1 inch long,
8-6 lines broad, spreading; pinnules sessile, distant, pinnate below, pinnatifid
above, cut down quite to midrib of pinne, decurrent, linear-oblong, obtuse,

848 Transactions.— Botany.

flat, 6-7 lobed, very uniform, ciliated all round with stout red hairs extend-
ing far beyond margin ; lobes slightly crenate-toothed, never recurved over
sori; sori large, round, reddish, bifariously disposed, one on each lobe on
middle of veins, within margin, mostly three pairs on a pinnule; veins few,
simple, and once forked, extending quite to margin, clavate at tips.

Hab. Skirts of woods, hills, between Norsewood and Danneverke,
Waipawa County, 1882; W.C

Obs.—A very graceful little fern of uniform growth and appearance,
allied to Polypodium rugulosum and Hypolepis distans, but distinct from
both. :

Orper II. LYCOPODIACE E.
Genus 2. Lycopodium, Linn.
Lycopodium consimilis, sp. nov.

Plant gregarious ; rhizome creeping, stout, white, glabrous ; stems slender,
erect, leafy from the base, 7-10 inches long, simple and branched ; branches
often again forked from near their bases; leaves nearly 8 lines long, squar-
rose, flat, linear-acuminate (occasionally forked), broadest at base and
coadunato-decurrent, finely striate and shining, obsoletely nerved, margins
revolute, slightly lacerate and jagged at tips, tips obtuse; green when
young, yellowish-green when mature, often purple-tipped ; spikes 5-6 on a
braneh, lateral and sub-terminal, cylindrical, peduncled, 5-8 lines long,
lowermost longest, narrow, acute; bracts large, spreading, finely striate
and shining, deltoid-acuminate, sub-awned, slightly keeled towards apex,
margins serrate and jagged and sub-revolute, apices jagged (after the
manner of the leaves but stronger); yellow-brown ; capsules 8-lobed, turgid,
with a small linear inner bracteole arising from base of capsule and em-
bracing it.

Hab. Stony ground, White Cliffs, Great Barrier Islet, 1888: Mr. C.
P. Winkelmann.

Obs,—A species having pretty close affinity with L. laterale, Brown.

Orper IV. MUSCI.
Genus 921. Encalypta, Schreber.
C. nove-zealandia, sp. nov.

Stems closely tufted, very short, about j an inch high. Leaves green,
sub-erect, oblong, obtuse, margin entire, midrib very stout below, not
excurrent, glabrous ; perichatial leaves broadly ovate. Fruit stalk 8-4 lines
long, red; capsule linear-ovate, compressed, smooth, shining, reddish ;
calyptra large, nearly 3 lines long, shining (satiny), finely striated, entire
at the base (and, sometimes, finely toothed), tips smooth. a

Hab. On ground, dry hills at Pohue, and at Petane, near Napier, 1882:
Mr. A. Hamilton,

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 349

Obs.—A species near to our only (hitherto) known New Zealand species
E. australis, Mitten); and also, and nearer, to F. vulgaris, Hedw., a British
and common European species, found also in Tasmania; but differing from
both, and from all others known to me.

Orper V. HEPATIC.
Genus 7. Gottschea, Nees.
Gottschea compacta, sp. nov.

Plant of densely compact dwarf growth under 1 inch high, erect, closely
imbricate, forming little patches, whole plant very tender and brittle.
Stems rather stout, prostrate, dark claret colour, 1-13 inches long, with
many fine dark pink rootlets below, sometimes two-branched near the tops,
tops of branches decumbent, spreading, and then 4-6 lines broad, with
leaves laxly imbricate. Leaves light green, pink at junction with the stem,
very much waved and crisped, smooth, shining, semicircular, broadly
elliptic and sub-quadrate in outline, margins entire, decurrent, sometimes
very sparingly toothed towards base. Involucral leaves smaller, narrower,
entire, conniving; fruit stalk 1 inch long, rather slender; capsule small,
globose, black, SE pitted ; stipule 0.

Hab. On wet perpendicular clay cuttings among mosses, etc., near
bridge of River Mangatawhainui, Norsewood, 1883: W.C

Genus 30. Symphyogyna, Mont. and Nees.
This, hitherto, small and little-known genus having lately largely in-
creased in additional and new species, I give a classification of them :—
I. Fronps STIPITATE, ERECT.
1. Margins serrate.
S. rubricaulis.

tn

. pellucida.
. melanoneuron.

pon
a

. S. vulgaris,
2. Margins entire.
S. simplex, .
S. megalolepis.
S. fatida.
S. longistipa.

2»

II. FRONDS PROSTRATE, CREEPING.
1. Margins serrate. i:
9. S. prolifera.
2. Margins entire.
10. S. undulata. i
11. S. marchantioides,

850 Transactions.— Botany.

S. rubricaulis, sp. nov.

Plant terrestrial, gregarious, dicecious, each plant simple, suberect,
stipitate, the largest from 2-1 inch long including stipe, roots short succu-
lent and hairy; stipe mostly 3-4 lines long (sometimes 9-10), flexuose,
obsoletely angled, rosy-red, 1-nerved from base of frond to root (sometimes
2-nerved above), succulent, semi-transparent; frond (largest and fruit-
bearing) broadly deltoid or fan-shaped in outline, 3 inch long, + inch broad
at top, mostly 4-parted or sub-digitate, sometimes simply once-forked, 14-2
lines broad, and very truncate and undulate at base, not decurrent on stipe;
segments under 1 line broad, nearly linear but broadest at base and narrowest
at tips, margins serrate, serratures few, small, and irregular, none at tips
‘+ which are obtuse and retuse, glabrous, transparent, minutely reticulated,
areole oblong-pentangular regular; colour bright light green ; fructification
on upper surface of frond, single, on one side below forking of veins of
forked fronds; involucre a narrow linear-oblong laciniate scale; peduncle
10-11 lines long, slender; calyptra tubular, 24-8 lines long, whitish, red-
dish at base, slighly roughish, mouth truncate, laciniate, with rather long
fimbrie ; fimbrie brown; capsule 1-14 lines long, linear, cylindric, finely
striate, em and polak shining, black; antheridia on separate and
much smaller fronds, closely placed on midrib and veins on: the upper
surface.

Hab. On shaded clayey banks, Seventy-mile Bush, near Norsewood,
County of Waipawa, 1880-3: W.C. Glenross, near Napier, 1888 : Mr. D.
P. Balfour; fruiting in September.

Obs.—A species having affinity with S. biflora, mihi, and S. incl
lum, Hook., but very distinct from both. S. biflora bears its fructification
on the lower surface and this species on the upper. This species grows
thickly together in little beds or patches, with its fronds always inclining
one way, half-nodding and overlapping, with its coloured fructification erect
and some distance above them. Some fronds have three segments, others
only two, and some a single one, which is then oblong-lanceolate. It is a
very pretty neat little species.

2. S. pellucida, sp. nov.

Plant gregarious stipitate erect, usually single, though sometimes two, or
even three, are found united by a very short rhizome, 1-13 inches high, 14-
2} lines broad, commonly once-forked, sometimes single, and occasionally
(though rarely) 8-branched, single fronds and segments generally linear-
oblong and broader near tips, pagina of frond broadly decurrent to near
base, slightly sinuate and waved, particularly below, transparent, margins
very finely serrate, apices rounded, obtuse or slightly emarginate, nerve
single, strong, and extending to tips, colour very light green ; stipes very

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 851

short, 1-13 lines long, with small fine rootlets at base ; fructification on the
upper side, seattered, mostly on nerve near the middle of the frond, some-
times near the base, and sometimes at the forking but above it, and not
unfrequently two on a frond; involucre broad, subplicate, deeply and finely
laciniate, sometimes three occur on a branchlet ; calyptra cylindric, two
lines long, whitish, glabrous, slightly rugulose, with delicate small fimbrie
at the mouth; peduncle slender, 8-12 lines long; capsule linear, obtuse,
1 line long, glossy dark brown, valves not cohering at tips ; spores circular,
presenting a ringed appearance ; cellules very minute, chain-like, irregular
in shape and size, mostly pentagonal.

Hab, On clay banks, sides of streamlets near Norsewood, 1878-83
(but barren): W.C. Petane, near Napier, September, 1888: Mr. A.
Hamilton ; profusely in fruit.

Obs.—A species having alliance with S. subsimplea, Mitten, and S. pro-
lifera, mihi (infra), but very distinct from both. Occasionally, however, a
frond is met with slightly rooting from its centre, below the fruit-point, or
from becoming recumbent, and sometimes, though rarely, by throwing out
lateral fronds from its base. A few young fronds are also found intermixed,
very narrow long and pointed ; these, I am inclined to believe, enlarge their
pagina afterwards.

3. S. melanoneuron, sp. no

Plant small, single s bae. erect; frond reniform in outline, 7-8
lines broad, 4—5 lines long, forked, once or twice divided, stoutish, wavy,
colour dark olive, cellules small, oblong; segments few, sublinear-oblong,
short, about 13 lines or more wide, not divided deeply, not decurrent on
stipe, very slightly and distantly serrulated towards bases nct above, tips
largely emarginate ; midrib stout, almost black, not extending to tips, in
some segments midrib forked at tips; stipe 6-9 lines long, stoutish, black-
brown; ¿involucre small, simply 2-8 times notched, on upper surface at
second forkings above, 2-8 on a frond; antheridia on lower surface, under
minute ovate leaf-like scales, scattered on both sides of the midrib.

Hab.—On clay banks under ferns, &c., dark forests near Norsewood,
1879-88: W.C.; and at Great Barrier Islet, 1888: Mr. C. P. Winkelmann.

Obs.—This is another peculiar-looking species, of which I should have
liked to have had better fruiting specimens. It is a rather scarce species
and generally barren. I have long known it in this state, and I should not
care now to describe it had I not been engaged lately in studying and
working-up the several species I have described in this paper—besides my
well-knowing all the other published N.Z. species of this genus. I have,
therefore, no doubt of its being quite distinct as a species from all of them,
although I find it hard to describe plainly in a few words its characteristic

352 Transactions.— Botany.

differences. The ultimate segments of the fronds are remarkably wide and
short, indeed, on some fronds, might more properly be termed lobes. The
few specimens brought away by Mr. Winkelmann this year (1883) from the
Great Barrier Islet, were also barren, and very similar.

4. S. vulgaris, sp. nov.

Plant terrestrial, gregarious, dicecious, stipitate, erect, arising from a
short stout rhizome, 2-8 springing together, or nearly so, 11-2 inches high
including stipe; fronds variously shaped, but mostly broadly fan-shaped in
outline, 6-8 lines long, 9-10 lines broad at top, divided into two main
branches, each being dichotomous and sub-imbricate, angles of sinuses
very obtuse, spreading ; segments 1 line broad, mostly dilated with very large
margins above forks, and deeply emarginate at tips, margins finely serrated
extending down the decurrent wings of stipe, nerves thick throughout, not
pereurrent to tips; colour a light reddish- or lurid-green, cellules large -
oblong ; stipe 1-1} inches long, stout, sub-flexuose, broad and compressed
and winged above, sub-cylindrical below, stoutly 2-nerved, sometimes 3-
nerved above ; fructification on upper surface of frond in the main forks ;
involucre a rather broad trifid or deeply 3-laciniate scale with jagged mar-
gins ; sometimes 8-4 observed on a frond, but invariably only one bearing
a calyptra; calyptra large, tubular, 8-31 lines long, slightly contracted at
base, dilated and fimbriate at mouth, of a similar dirty-reddish hue as the
frond ; antheridia on separate and narrower fronds, rather loosely scattered
in lines on both sides of main nerves under broad acuminate jagged scales.

Hab. Clay banks lower sides of deep water-courses, shaded forests,
Seventy-mile Bush, Waipawa County, 1878-1881: W.C. -

Obs.—This species is one of the largest and the coarsest-looking of all
our known stipitate New Zealand species. I have long known it, but
hitherto I have refrained from describing it in hopes of getting better speci-
mens,—i.e., more perfect in fruit. The calyptre of this plant often seem as
if gnawed by some small insect. It appears to be pretty closely allied to
S. hymenophyllum, Mont., and also to S. rugulosa, mihi, in its general
appearance, but this latter species has entire margins, etc.

5. S. simplex, sp. nov.

Plant dicecious ; frond stipitate, erect, with no indication of a rhizome,
simple, of varied outline mostly linear and sublinear-ovate, sometimes
broadest at base and then deltoid-acuminate and subtruncate, 1-2} inches
long including stipe, 14-2 lines broad in the broadest part, slightly repand
and waved, very thin, pale green, margins entire, emarginate at apices,
mostly narrowly and very gradually decurrent half-way down stipe, midrib
narrow, very prominent and keeled on both surfaces, light yellow-brown,

,

not continued to tip, but continued downwards as a nerve within to the

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand, 853

base of the stipe ; stipe 8-6 lines long, slender, rosy-red ; fructification on
midrib upper surface, nearer the apex than the base ; involucre small, trifid,
laciniate, laciniations acuminate sharp ; calyptra substipitate, stout, 1} lines
long, much fimbriated at top, dilated and laciniate at mouth; peduncle
slender, short, 3-4 lines long ; capsule large, nearly 2 lines long, linear,
obtuse, truncate at base, light-brown ; cellules pretty regular, suborbicular-
pentagonal ; antheridia under small deltoid jagged scales, in short linear
masses on the midrib near the top of separate fronds, that are usually
narrower and longer.

Hab. High and dry woods near Norsewood, 1878-1882: W.C. Pohue,
high lands near Petane, Hawke's Day, 1883: Mr. A. Hamilton.

Obs.—This small and simple species very much resembles some of the
linear unbranched fronds of S. subsimplew, to which species it is closely
allied ; and indeed it was for some time by me taken for it, but on close
examination and dissection I found several differences: e.g., this species is
never branched or forked, has generally much more attenuated fronds with
a keeled and coloured midrib, and longer stipes that are rosy red, its
involucral scale is sharply laciniate, and, beyond all, it differs greatly in the
form of its cellules, which, in S. subsimplex, are distinctly *' hexagonal." It
has caused me much study to determine its specific difference, for, though I
have collected plenty of specimens, there are but few among them in full
fruit.

6. S. megalolepis, sp. nov.

Plant terrestrial, gregarious, stipitate, erect, rising from a slender and
long rhizome, roots stoutish, white, closely intermixed, each frond about 1
inch apart on rhizome; frond fan-shaped, flat, slightly waved, 6-8 lines long,
4-7 lines broad at top, divided into two main branches that are generally
again once or twice divided ; segments broadly linear, sub-imbricate, broadly
decurrent on upper part of stipe, margins entire, apices sub-rotund and
emarginate ; stipe 6-9 lines long, slender, sub-flexuose ; whole plant very
pale green, delicate and highly transparent, cellules orbicular ; involucre on
under surface, immediately above lowest fork of veins, very large, apparently
double (?)—the outer scale being more than 2 lines broad at top, extending
quite across lower forkings, orbicular-reniform, loose and slightly waved,
margin quite entire, the inner scale, as seen through the outer, small,
green, and much laciniate, with a tumid swelling at the base—sometimes
two involucral scales on a frond, the upper one smaller and above the
upper fork, nerves throughout strong and extending quite to tips, and
biserial in the upper part of stipe; antheridia under minute jagged scales,
in scattered circular spots and tubercles, at forkings of veins and on both

23

854 Transactions.— Botany.

sides of the lower rhachis. A peculiar abnormal very narrow stout linear
segment (nearly all nerve) arises vertically from forking of nerves in some
fronds.

Hab. On rotten logs, forests, between Norsewood and Danneverke,
Waipawa County, 1880-1882: W.C.; also young and barren, Great Barrier
Islet, 1888: Mr. C. P. Winkelmann.

Obs.—Not yet detected bearing fruit; the supposed ‘ inner scale,” as
seen through the clear outer one, may prove to be the laciniate tips of the
undeveloped calyptra, but if so it is very large and coloured. I know of no
New Zealand species bearing a large and plain outer scale like this;
although that of S. longistipa, mihi, (sp. nov., infra) approached it; it is a
striking characteristic. Some immature fronds have been noticed more
strongly forked, the fronds beginning at 2-3 lines above the branching
stipe.

T. Symphyogyna fetida, sp. nov.

Plant (? monecious) gregarious; rhizome stout, succulent, creeping
under soil; fronds stipitate, erect, mostly 2 inches high, and about 1 inch
apart on rhizome. Stipe, 13 inch long, stout, green, succulent, sub-cylin-
drical, compressed and dilated at top, with sometimes small warted tuber-
cles (? antheridia) beneath on upper part. Frond, orbicular in outline
when expanded, symmetrical, generally of a reniform appearance, 4—5 lines
broad, 10-12 lines wide, multifid, divided into 2 (sometimes 3) main
branches, each subdivided into 3 branchlets, and each branchlet again
divided into 2-4 portions ; seyments numerous, usually 20-40, linear, entire,
imbricate, slightly sinuate and waved, obtuse and emarginate; colour
(adult) dark green. Fructification on the under surface (sometimes several
on a frond), on the main stipe below first forking, and also on the branches
above secondary forkings, arising from a gibbous tubercle; involucre a
large sub-plicate scale, slightly laciniate; calyptra greenish white, cylin-
drical, broad, smooth, membranaceous, truncate and dilated at apex;
mouth very minutely and regularly toothed— sometimes 8 ealyptras on a
single frond; capsule (immature within), oblong, blackish.

Hab. In damp spots in dark woods, growing in large patches in rich
soil near Matamau, Seventy-mile Bush, Waipawa County, 1883: W.C.

Obs.—A very distinct and fine species, possessing a most disagreeable
smell, its strong Alga-like odour resembling that of Chara fetida; this
strong smell is retained by long-dried specimens and emitted on their being
soaked, filling the room with its stink. The single fructification on the
main stem is surrounded by several largish scales, some longer than the
others, reminding of those of Steetzia lyellii. The natural affinities of this
species are with S. flabellata, rugulosa, and longistipa (sp. nov., infra),
though largely differing from them all,

CoLexso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 855

8. S. longistipa, sp. nov.

Plant terrestrial, gregarious, stipitate, erect, rising from a slender and
long rhizome, roots wiry, fronds generally 3-1 near each other, of irregular
shapes and sizes, usually broadly sub-flabellate in outline, 6-9 lines broad,
4-8 lines long, forked, sometimes trifid and almost pinnate-pinuatifid, pinne
on long slender branchlets or petioles, segments short, flat, broadly sub-
lanceolate-linear, sinuses round, margins entire, rounded at tips and deeply
emarginate, not decurrent on stipe nor on branchlets ; stipes 11-14 inches
long, slender, subflexuose ; whole plant darkish green ; involucre on lower
surface immediately above forkings, double—the outer scale being very
large, loose and flabellate, margins entire, the inner scale much smaller
and laciniate—several fruiting involucres on a frond, often four on a small
frond all bearing fractification; calyptra white, cylindrical, transparent,
8 lines long, glabrous, mouth dilated, slightly laciniated or bifid, and finely
and regularly toothed ; seta 1-1} inches long, slender ; capsule large, cylin-
drical, linear, abounding after bursting in dark-brown elaters, which often
remain hanging in pencilled masses ; valves long, linear ovate, bordered ;
spores green ; antheridia scattered beneath on the stipe, midrib and veins,
under rather large open jagged scales.

Hab. On soil, margins of water-courses, deep ravines, shady woods,
near Norseweod, 1883: W.C.

Obs.—A plant having close natural affinity with the preceding (S. mega-
lolepis), but differing from it in several characters.

9. S. prolifera, sp. nov.

Plant terrestrial, prostrate creeping, ceespitose, imbricated in growth,
rooting at middle and tip of fronds, and thence sending forth other fronds ;
fronds very irregular of various shapes and lengths, but flat, mostly linear
and very narrow, 1-8 inches long, 1-3 lines broad, obtuse, sometimes ovate-
acuminate, 2-3 leaf-like fronds issuing from near base of the short stipe,
fragile, irregularly sinuate and serrate, very thin, transparent and pale
green, midrib stout with fine short hair-like rootlets scattered below: frue-
tification arising from midrib on upper surface, 1-2 on a frond, pretty close
together or scattered ; involucres very small, narrow, jagged, sometimes 2
— scales or bifid; calyptra cylindric, 2-3 lines long, whitish, lacerate at mouth
and slightly fimbriate ; peduncle slender, weak, 1 inch long; capsule linear,
cylindric, 1 line long, brown; valves cohering at tips; elaters and spores
numerous; rich red-brown ; spores circular, plain; cellules very small, oblong
and irregular in size.

Hab. In rich black mould, wet shady woods, Seventy-mile Bush,
near Norsewood, 1879-1882 (rarely in fruit) : W.C.; and at Glenross, 1883
(fruiting plentifully): Mr. D. P. Balfour.

356 Transactions.— Botany.

Obs.—A species pretty closely allied to S. rhizobola, Nees, but differing
considerably.

10. S. undulata, sp. nov.

Plant dicecious, of densely compact growth, procumbent, creeping,
rooting from midrib below its whole length, apices free, branches frondose,
1-1} inches long, 2-84 lines wide, forked, linear, crisp, translucent, brittle,
much undulated and sub-sinuate, margins entire, sub-involute, apices
orbicular and emarginate ; eolour light green, midrib broad, dark, nerve
indistinet with long brown hairy rootlets blog fructification from the
midrib on the upper surface, 2-3 on a branchlet at a short distance from
each other; involucre large, sub-flabellate, trifid and laciniate, sometimes
surrounding calyptra, front and sides ; calyptra cylindric, 14-2 lines long,
whitish, largely tuberculate and fimbriate, particularly at apex ; tubercles at
first white, succulent, soon becoming reddish-brown ; mouth laciniate ;
peduncle 1-14 inches long, rather stout ; capsule yoth of an inch long,
cylindric, linear-oblong, obtuse, sub-apiculate, shining, dark purple-brown ;
valves cohering at apex ; spores minute, orbicular, black and tuberculated ;
elaters geminal ; antheridia in dense brownish linear masses, with minute
fimbriated perigonial leaves on the midrib upper surface, running nearly
the whole length of their branchlets.

Hab, On shady sides and hollows of decomposing and damp limestone
rocks and cliffs, hills, at Petane, near Napier, September, 1888: Mr. A.
Hamilton ; most profusely bearing fruit.

Obs. This plant differs much in appearance from all other known in-
digenous species of this genus; it often presents a very peculiar appear-
ance from its densely-clustered and regular manner of puckered contracted
growth, a patch of it extending a few inches each way without break ; at
such times its regular form reminds one of the thickly-compacted small in-
volute petals of a double Dahlia—and of the leaves of a small variety of
our Dichondra repens closely compacted in growth, sometimes met with in
patches on our dry upland heaths. It also grows over and on other fron-
dose and larger Hepatice (as Marchantia), while minute Hepatice (Junger-
mannia, sps.) often grow over it. It bears fruit plentifully—some plants,
or patches, bristling with capsules, while others alongside are wholly
barren. Some of the larger specimens resemble in habit Steetzia lyellii.
A smaller and still more densely-compacted variety has also been noticed,
which is similar though reduced in all its parts.

11. S. marchantioides, sp. nov.

Plant procumbent, ereeping, of irregular shape and growth, but some-
what spreading out into a circular form from a centre, adhering strongly to
the soil ; fronds pale green with a very broad and dark midrib, 1-14 inches

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 357

long, 11-21 lines broad, simple, and branched once twice forked, linear,
much sinuate and waved, brittle, margins entire, densely clothed below
with brown. rootlets, dilated at apices, which are round emarginate, and
sometimes 3-lobed through extension of midrib; fructification on the upper
surface ; involucre usually trifid and sharply laciniate, sometimes 2-3 invo-
lucral scales scattered on a frond; calyptra large 2-24 lines long, sub-stipi-
tate, tubular, sub-infundibuliform, slightly rugulose with large and stout
tuberculated fimbrie ; mouth oblique or bifid, sometimes 1-2-3 on a frond
both below and above forks; peduncle 6-12 lines long, stout; capsule 1 line
long, cylindric, obtuse, black, bursting in a round mass; valves narrow,
slightly cohering at tips; spores black, circular, and muricated; elaters red-
brown, geminate, twisted very closely, pointed at tips; cellules large,
broadly-oblong, usually sub-quadrangular, but irregular in shape and size.

Hab. On clayey soil, damp shaded sides of watercourses, near Norse-
wood, 1880: W.C. Also at Petane, near Napier, 1883: Mr. A. Hamilton ;
sometimes creeping over stems of the larger mosses. ;

Obs.—This is a very peculiar-looking species, and one that, in its barren
state, I should scarcely have deemed to belong to this genus, looking more
like a Marchantia in habit, or even an Aneura (especially A. imbricata,
sp. nov., mihi, infra), in the almost total absence of any central nerve. It
serves, however, in its frond and habit as a natural approach towards those
two allied genera. It is very distinct from all our other known species of.
Symphyogyna. When creeping over the stems of mosses it adheres but .
loosely and at intervals. It is so extremely brittle in texture that it is
difficult to preserve or procure a good specimen. It is also a scarce
species.

Genus 82. Aneura, Dumort.
1. Aneura alba, sp. nov.

Plant small, erect, densely compact, of dwarf moss- or scale-like
growth, much resembling the small horizontal scales of some species of
Cladonia ; frond whitish or greenish-white, 3-4 lines long, main stems
creeping, flattened, thickish, shining, under a lens microscopically bullate,
sub-orbicular and cuneate in outline, sub-palmate, digitate and irregularly
laciniate, lobes obtuse and retuse, abounding in fruit, sometimes a capsule
to each lacinia, margins entire; areola rather large, confused not clear ;
involucre small, subovate, jagged, roughish ; calyptra 2 lines long, much
tuberculated especially at tip, before bursting ; tubercles in little lumps or
fascicles; mouth nearly entire ; peduncle 2-3 lines long, stout, striate ;
capsule 4 line long, narrow-oblong, purple-black, shining, striate.

Hab. Growing with mosses among grasses and other small herbage,
shaded banks, Scinde Island, Napier, 1883: W.C.

358 Transactions.— Botany.

2. A. bipinnatifida, sp. nov.

Plant prostrate and sub-ascending, straight and sub-flexuose, somewhat
crisp, very brittle, 1-2 inches long, flat, linear, simple and 2-branched at
base, bipinnatifid, main stem 1 line wide, margins entire, lobes or sub-
branchlets opposite, sometimes sub-opposite or alternate, 1-8 lines long,
4 line wide, linear, pinnatifid sometimes simple, ultimate lobules very
obtuse, retuse emarginate or slightly crenulate, tips sub-incurved ; colour
green ; involucre springing from upper part of plant, large, irregular, torn ;
calyptra 8-4 lines long, cylindrical, white, clavate, papillose and finely
pilose; mouth deeply toothed with 4-5 triangular teeth ; peduncle 1 inch or
more long; capsule cylindrical, oblong, finely striate, purple before bursting,
rich chestnut-brown after; valves oblong-lanceolate, acute, 1-nerved ;
elaters and spores adhering in long pencilled masses at tips.

Hab. Among small m mosses, etc., wet shady grounds, Scinde
Island, Napier, August, 1883 :

Obs.—A species near 4. re Nees; but still nearer to a Cape Horn
species, A. alvicornis, Hook. fil.

A, filicina, sp nov.

Plant terrestrial, gregarious in small compact patches, dark green.
Frond stipitate, erect, arising from a dark, creeping, rooting, rhizome,
sub-coriaceous, somewhat rigid, brittle, broadly obovate, sub-tripinnate,
14-2 inches high, 2-1 inch broad, pinne opposite, rather distant, sub-
bipinnate, sub-flabellate, much cut, lobes linear, narrow, truncate, laciniate,
recurved, main rhachis nearly 1 line wide, apex truncate, branched nearly
to base, stipe very short; cellules large, pentangular-orbicular, evidently two
series or strata in the middle of lobes ; involucres numerous, scattered
underneath, mostly below axils of upper lacinie, and on main rhachis near
top, composed of small sub-quadrangular whitish scales, each having a
minute spur-like projection at its outer upper corners, truncate at top very
minutely incised ; calyptra near top of frond, 2-2} lines long, cylindrical,
whitish, minutely pubescent in transverse rings or lines, pubescence brown,
a minute contracted brownish pencilled tuft at apex before opening, mouth
(open) truncate and bifid; 2-3 calyptre often very close together; mature
fruit not seen, but only within calyptre, capsule linear-oblong, blackish.

Hab. On wet clayey banks near watercourses, shaded forests, Norse-
wood, 1879-1883: W.C.

Obs.—A pretty species, evidently allied to A. prehensilis, Mitt. ; hitherto
only met with in a few detached spots, and there not plentiful, and rarely
in fruit. The involucres have a sub-lunate appearance, reminding me of
the outline (in miniature) of the cauline leaves of Drosera lunata.

CoLenso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 859

Aneura orbiculata, sp. nov.

Plant large, spreading, growing flat on rotten logs and over small
mosses and Hepatice, in irregular oblong patches of 8-10 inches, adhering
strongly ; thickish, glabrous, light green, branches short effigurate, loosely
imbricate, lobes 4-8 lines wide, orbiculate in outline, deeply crenate, hyaline
at edges, spongy underneath with numerous short obtuse semi-rootlets.
Calyptra 4 inch long, stout, cylindric, fleshy, greenish-white, lacerate at top,
top and edges disposed in minute tuberculated lumps, sparingly setose, hairs
light-brown, more thickly set at top, some 8-5 together subfasciculate but
diverging (as in prickly pear). Fruit stalk (seta) 1} inches long, white,
shining, finely striated, stri® twisted. Capsule large, 2 lines long, brown,
oblong-lanceolate, splitting crosswise ; valves spreading, pencilled at tips;
elaters cohering.

Hab. In wet shady woods, between Norsewood and Danneverke, Wai-
pawa County, 1876, etc. ; in fruit, April, 1883: W.C.

Obs.—A very handsome plant, but rarely found in fruit; without fructi-
fication it might well be taken for an Anthoceros.

Aneura imbricata, sp. nov.

Plant spreading, flat, in patches of 4-6 inches, effuse, adhering pretty
closely, sub-membranous, brittle, glabrous, green; branchlets or compound
sub-foliaceous scales very numerous, irregular, laciniate, semi-convex, imbri-
cated, ultimately much overlapping, lobes 3-4 lines broad, sub-orbicular in
outline, margins sinuate, waved, and crisped, largely crenate, translucent,
with very many short whitish-brown filiform rootlets issuing in pencils
beneath, from middle of scales, and strongly adhering to those below;
calyptra whitish-brown, erect, 4-6 lines long, cylindrical, stout, 1 line dia-
meter, glabrous, having a broadly gibbous base; mouth bifid, slightly toothed
and tuberculated with a few small scattered tubercles ; capsule not seen.

Hab. On soil and on rotten logs, on the immediate low sides of deep
water-courses, ravines, dark shaded woods, near Norsewood, October, 1883:

Obs.—A species having pretty close natural affinity with 4. orbiculata,
mihi (supra), but very distinct; their differences, however, are better and
far easier seen in comparing the two plants while fresh, than can be
described in words. Some allowance must be made for description of
calyptra, as those seen (several specimens) were more or less slightly
damaged through recent heavy rains flooding the channels where they grew.

Genus 87. Fimbriaria, Nees.
Fimbriaria gracilis, sp. nov.

Plant gregarious; frond single, procumbent, 8-7 lines long, 1} lines

wide, linear-oblong or linear-obovate, sinuate, incurved, cdges thin and finely

360 Transactions. — Botany.

crenulate, apex obtuse, sometimes (though rarely) emarginate and trifid,
when trifid bearing 2 peduncles, light green, minutely and regularly
papillose, with a continuous conspicuous purple band-like margin ; midrib
below stout, turgid, with diverging purple crescent scale-like markings, and
a few fine hairy rootlets. Female receptacle sub-conical obtuse, 2-8-4-lobed,
purplish-brown dotted with whitish spots, scarcely subpapillose, naked
below except a few long white straggling hairs within perianths and imme-
diately around apex of peduncle ; perianths white, elliptic-conical, sometimes
orbicular in outline and much depressed at tips, 12-14-fid ; segments linear,
flat and wrinkled, cohering at apex, hyaline and shining, netted, cellules
irregular, sub-oblong-quadrangular ; peduncle 3-14 inches long, subflexuose,
finely striated, shining, tetrangular and purple below, cylindrical and white
above; spores deltoid- and rhombic-orbicular with netted intra-margins,
edges entire.

Hab. On pebbly (conglomerate) and limestone strata, shaded banks,
hills, various localities, Hawke’s Bay 1870-83 : W.C. At Petane, near
Napier, September, 1883: Mr. A. Hamilton.

Obs.—An elegant little species, pretty closely allied to the other
described N.Z. species of the genus, particularly F. drummondii, from
which, however, it is quite distinct.

Fimbriaria pallide-virens, sp. nov.

A very small plant of densely compact growth and habit. Fronds
much branched, tender and sub-succulent, undulate, very slightly
papillose, light green above, whitish-green below, midrib stout with nume-.
rous fine rootlets, cellules appearing (when held between the eye and
the light) as if disposed in feathery falcate lines diverging from midrib ;
branches 1-14 inches long, dichotomous, sub-imbricate ; branchlets 4-3
inches long, 3-4 lines wide, oblong and broadly obovate, bi-tri-fid at tips,
margins finely crenulate and hyaline. Female receptacle small, convex,
smooth, pale green, with minute and faint white dots, 2-3-4-lobed, lobes
broad, spreading, obtuse and retuse, margins entire or slightly sinuate,
naked below; perianths globose, 6-9-fid, segments small, distant, deltoid-
acuminate, sometimes two are joined together from base slightly diverging
at tips, scarious, soon expanding ; capsule large, early exserted, brown-black,
bursting circumcissilely ; spores rather large, orbicular and sub-stelliform,
muricated ; peduncles 1-1} inches high, rather stout, purple below, greenish-
white above, sub-erect, flexuous.

Hab. Among and creeping over mosses, Hawke's Bay ; Glenross, Mr.
D. P. Balfour, growing densely: Petane, Mr. A. Hamilton.

Obs,—A strikingly pretty little species, nearly allied to F. tenera,
Mitt.

Gorxxso.—On the Botany of New Zealand. 361

Genus 39. Anthoceros, Micheli.
Anthoceros muscotdes, sp. NOY.

Plant forming small dense moss-like patches, often circular, 2-3 inches
diameter ; light-green above, whitish-green below possessing there a
blanched appearance ; branchlets or fronds all erect, very compact and crisp,
4 inch high, narrow below, very much dilated above, much laciniate and
jagged at margins, each branchlet usually incurved sub-cyathiform with in-
voluere arising from the central lacinia, sometimes two on a branchlet ;
involucre cylindric, margin of mouth slightly scarious and slightly erose ;
capsules numerous, 2-2} inches long, at first erect acute and coloured green,
brown at tips, black flaccid and drooping when mature; valves 13 inches
long, obtuse; columella exceedingly filiform, and, with spores, black; gemma
circular, scattered, immersed in substance of frond ; rootlets numerous, fine
light brown.

Hab. On damp shady sides of cuttings in white indurated clay hills,
road, Seventy-mile Bush, Waipawa County, 1883 : W.C.

Obs.—A well-defined and truly elegant little species.

Orper VII. LICHENES.
Genus b. Spherophoron, Pers.
Spharophoron polycarpum, sp. nov.

Thallus foliaceous attached at base, sub-erect, branched, effuse, under
1 inch high, loosely imbricate in growth like large irregular scales, light
green above white below, branches and lobes broad dilated or narrow,
laciniate and crenately toothed. Apothecia at the edges of lacinie or teeth,
or sub-marginal below, many (8-00) on a frond, circular, light brown at
first, with a narrow flat thalline border, afterwards black and hemi-
spherical, becoming oblong and sub-confluent in age, capitulum girt by a
narrow entire rim.

Hab. On trunks of aged Fagus trees in large patches, projecting hori-
zontally, sub-alpine forests Ruahine mountain range, 1846-1852 ; always
barren ; but near Norsewood, bearing fruit plentifully, 1883 : W.C.

Orper VIII. FUNGI
Genus 10. Polyporus, Fries.
Polyporus (Mesopus) nivicolor, sp. nov.

Plant glabrous, wholly pure white including stem, shortly pendulous,
growing closely together, sometimes 3 or more springing from the same
root and subimbricate. Pileus fleshy, thickest in centre thin at edges, sub-
orbicular, oblong or reniform, 1-14 inches diameter, concave and subcup-
shaped below, convex and obsoletely zoned and veined above, margin
distinct, delicately thin, irregularly but neatly crenate and subincised,
revolute; stem a continuation of pileus, short, thick, obconical, nearly
central ; pores rather large, subrotund and angular.

362 Transactions.— Botany.

Hab. On decaying logs, in dense forests between Norsewood and Dan-
neverke, Waipawa County, 1888: W.C. Only observed in two spots, yet
there plentiful.

Obs.—A beautifully white species, graceful bivalve-shell-like ; naturally
allied to P. phlebophorus, Berkeley; a plant also discovered in forest 60
miles further south by W.C.

Genus 23... Aseroe, Labill.
Aseroe corrugata, sp. nov.

Stipes sub-cylindrical, stout, 14 inches long, obeonical, 1 inch wide at
top, + inch wide at base, smoothish or slightly rugulose, sub-translucent,
nerves reticulated, a rectangular hole at centre of base, 2 lines long and
1 line wide; colour white. Rays of pileus 6, of a brilliant red colour, darker
within, conniving, 1$ inches long, 2 lines broad at base, deeply trans-
versely and irregularly rugose and wrinkled on both surfaces, but more so
on the upper side, the outer lower margins angled and broad as if ribbed,
each ray continuous with stipe on the outside and forked at 4 inch from its
base, and thence bearing a deep central groove downwards to stipe, very
acuminate, subulate towards tips which are twisted, a tolerably large irregu-
larly shaped hole at the base of each bifurcation on the upper side; the
large central aperture above in the pileus at the bases of the rays is 6-angled
with small papillose portions of the rays projecting into the centre.
Volva small, globular or broadly obovate, about an inch in diameter, rugu-
lose, sessile, dark umber-coloured on the outside, white within ; roots central,
long, white, spreading and much branched.

Hab. In forests, Te Aute, Hawke’s Bay, April, 1883: Mr. C. P. Winkel-
mann. Woodville, from settlers there: W.C.

Obs.—Among several good specimens, one has 7 double rays; another
has two stipes, united near to the base of the pileus, thence diverging and
bearing together 8 double rays, one of them being very broad and divided
into 4 single rays. According to the Woodville settlers, this species is fatal
to their cats ; they say that their cats eat it, being fond of it, and die soon
after. This plant is evidently allied to our two other New Zealand species,
A. rubra and A. hookeri (as well as to the few known foreign species), but is
abundantly distinct from them all.

Genus 27. Geaster, Micheli.
Geaster coronatus, sp. nov. -

Outer peridium about two inches diameter, expanded, flattened at base,
thickish, divided half-way down into 7 pretty equal broadly triangular
obtuse sub-erect segments, semi-papillate and dark brown on the outside,
blackish-brown and densely pubescent on the inside, with a continuous
raised border at their inner bases; inner peridium 3 inch diameter, globular

Exvs.— On Botrychium lunaria in New Zealand. 363

and smooth, sessile, perfectly free all round, reddish-brown, darker towards
the top, and there thickly covered with minute black dots, having a de-
pressed orbicular coronula 2 lines diameter, roughish, slightly rising in the
centre with a small plain ostiole.

Hab. On ground, forests near Norsewood, 1883: W.C.

Obs.—A species having some affinity with G. archeri, Berk., a Tas-
manian species.

Geaster affinis, sp. nov.

Outer peridium sessile, 81 inches diameter expanded, flat on the ground,
marked with 2-8 concentric rings on outside near base, thin, light brown
and smooth outside, divided into 8 narrow deltoid-acuminate acute segments,
cut down nearly to the base, segments roughish and darker-brown inside ;
inner peridium 14 inches diameter, globular, light tawny, sessile, free to base,
with a ridge running round the inside, about 3 lines below bases of segments,
at top a small coronula, 3 lines diameter, subplicate, mouth elevated, large,
conical, more than 1 line diameter, laciniated.

Hab. On ground, elevated woods, at Glenross, 1883: Mr. D. P. Bal-
four; and other places near Napier, 1883: W.C.

Obs.—A species near to G. tenuipes, Berk.,—also a Tasmanian species.

Art. XXVIL—On the Occurrence of the Fern Botrychium lunaria, Sw.,
(Moonwort) in New Zealand. By J. D. Enys.
[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 3rd May, 1883.)

On 15th November, 1882, I was engaged laying out the line of a wire
fence across a piece of ground of a peaty nature resting on a stiff clay about
2,600 feet above the sea, when I detected the first specimen of this well-known
fern. After a close search I failed in finding a second, indeed the first
specimen had only just shown up. About a week later I found a number
more showing up in two spots in the same neighbourhood ; a month or so
later not one remained, this may partly be owing to the dry season.

I have copied out the description from Hooker and Baker's ** Synopsis
Filieum " (1868), as New Zealand fern collectors may not have access to a
description of this fern.

« B. lunaria, Sw., st. stout; 1-4 inches; sterile segm. sessile or nearly so,
1-8 inches long, 3-1 inch broad, not much broader at the base than the
middle, cut down to a flattened rhachis into several distinct, close, entire, or

364 Transactions. —Botany.

notched cuneate-flabellate pinne on both sides; fertile peduncle equalling
or exceeding the sterile segm. when fully developed ; panicle close, 1-2
inches long, lanceolate-deltoid, bipinnate, Hk.Br.F. t. 48.

* Hab, Arctic Europe and Iceland to Spain, Italy, Kamscatka, and the
Himalayas, South Australia, Tasmania, North-West America, Greenland.”

Art. XXVIII.—A Bird-killing Tree. By R. H. Goverr.

[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 26th September, 1883.]
Asour a month ago my brother mentioned that in a shrub growing in my
father’s garden at New Plymouth, two Silver-eyes (Zosterops) and an English
Sparrow had been found with their wings so glued by the sticky seed-vessels
that they were unable to move, and could only fly away after having been
carefully washed.

Never having heard before of such an occurrence, and being anxious to
learn more about this curious plant, I asked him to keep an eye upon it
and let me know anything further he might observe. The following mail
brought me some of the sticky seed-vessels and a few leaves, which I showed
to Mr. Buchanan, who at once identified the shrub as Pisonia brunoniana,
or sinclairii, a native of Whangarei Bay and a very rare plant, called by the
Maoris Parapara. In a letter which accompanied the leaves, my sister told
me that on the previous day she had rescued two more birds from the
plant, and, to use her own words,—** Thinking 1 was doing a merciful act,
I collected all the branches with seed on‘ them I could lay hands on, and
threw them into the ashpit. To-day the servant comes in to say that about
a dozen ‘silver-eyes’ are glued to these branches, and a pretty piece of
work we had to get them clear, for four or five of the sticky pods, at the
lowest average, were clinging to each bird. When you look at the tree you
can see tufts of feathers and legs where the birds have died, and I really
don’t think they could possibly get away without help. The black cat just
lives under the tree, so that a good many fall to her share; but in revenge
many pods get into her fur and she has to come and get them dragged out.”

This particular shrub is 10 or 11 feet high, and perhaps 20 in circum-
ference. I am not aware what the usual height of the tree is when full
grown, but probably not much more, as this one is in a sheltered position,
in rich soil, and is, I should think, at least fifteen years old. The gum
which causes the mischief is secreted by the seed-vessels when they attain
full size, and is nearly as plentiful on them in their green state as when
they become ripe. The seeds remain long in the sticky condition; but the
gum does not exude from either the stem or leaves.

Govert.—On a Bird-killing Tree. 865

My first idea was that the birds were perhaps attracted by some sweet-
ness in the gum, but my sister tells me that it does not appear to have any
taste, and it certainly is not sweet.

My next impression was, that insects must be caught in the gum, and
that the birds in seeking for them fell into the same trap. Upon inquiry,
I learned that there were a number of insects sticking to the berries. My
brother noticed mosquitos, spiders, house-flies, blue-bottle-flies, and the big
brown blow-flies. He states, however, that he does not himself think the birds
are attracted by the tree in any way more than that they find shelter there,
and he adds that he is quite sure that no importance should be attached to
the fact that the blight-birds were caught in the berries when thrown into
the open ashpit, as he has frequently observed these birds in large flocks in
an ashpit in his own garden in quest of scraps of potatoes, etc.

A friend to whom I mentioned the circumstance just told, remembers a
shrub in Mr. James Russell’s garden, at Auckland, being pointed out as re-
markable for the same behaviour. There were tufts of feathers adhering to
it also, and the shrub, if not of the same species, closely resembled the one
at New Plymouth.* Mr. Buchanan, too, tells me that he and Dr. Hector
recollect that when travelling to the north of Auckland, they were told of a
tree which captured birds; but they did not pay any heed to what they
regarded as a bit of Maori romance. It is clear, then, that Pisonia bruno-
niana is a confirmed bird-slayer, and that the specimen at Taranaki is not a
depraved individual of a harmless species.t

I may, perhaps, also mention that Mr. Buchanan, after considerable
search for this shrub, believes, or at least thinks, it probable that it is in
its native state extinct, and is now only to be found cultivated in gardens.

The question of course arises,—Does the plant derive any, and, if so,
what advantage from its sticky seed-vessels ? As the leaves and stems do
not exude gum, it surely cannot extract nourishment from its captives as
does Dionea and other carnivorous plants, for it is difficult to understand
that any nutriment can be absorbed through full-grown seeds, which spring
from the ends of the branches. If the flowers were viscid, fertilization
might be promoted by the entangled insects; but it is the seeds alone which
generate the viscid matter. Can it be that the seeds are sticky to ensure
their being widely disseminated by means of the bird to whose plumage
they attach themselves? If so, the plant has not been successful in its

* It is a Pisonia of the same species.

+ Since writing this, I find that Hooker, in his Flora of New Zealand, describes
Pisonia as a '* small genus, chiefly of littoral tropical shrubs or trees with viscid cymes of
fruit, sometimes armed with hooked spines in which small birds get entangled.” P. bruno-
niana has certainly no spines,

366 Transactions.— Botany.

object, for, as just stated, it is nearly, if not quite, extinct in its original
habitat. But I am too ignorant to give an opinion on this interesting
point, and must leave it to others to decide. My part consists merely in
calling attention to a curious fact in connection with Pisonia brunoniana
which, so far as I am aware, has na been noticed in the Transactions of
the New Zealand Institute.

Art. XXIX.—Notes on Botrychium lunaria. By T. Kg, F.L.S.

[Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 6th September, 1883.]
Ix November last I had the pleasure of examining a specimen of the Moon-
wort ( Botrychium lunaria, Sw.), which had been recently discovered by my
friend, Mr. J. D. Enys, and a few days later received several specimens
collected by him. In New Zealand, however, the species is of a remark-
ably fugacious character, as on visiting the habitat on 8rd January not a
trace of the plant could be found ; all had disappeared.

The habitat is a gently undulating turfy depression on the south-wes-
tern flank of Mount Torlesse, at an elevation of 2,800 feet. The Moonwort
was growing in somewhat boggy situations, but not where it would be con-
stantly moist. The situation is not one of the most favourable character,
and it is not surprising that the specimens are of small size, closely
resembling examples from the highest known habitats in the Highlands of
Scotland.

The Mount Torlesse specimens do not exceed 8 inches in height, the
roots are of a wiry character and the base of the stem is furnished with a
membranous sheath; the sterile portion of the frond is pinnate and consists
of from two to four pairs of flabellate sessile pinnules and a deeply cleft
terminal pinnule; the fertile frond is sparingly branched and does not
exceed one inch in length; the sporangia are bright yellow in colour. In
the British Islands the plant varies from 3-7 inches in height.

The brief period of duration above ground may have prevented the
detection of this plant in other parts of New Zealand, but in any case it can
scarcely be expected to be of frequent occurrence. It may be searched for
in cool grassy places from sea-level to 8,000 feet. In Europe it exhibits a
predilection for limestone pastures at a low norim, but is by no means
restricted to calcareous soils.

In Australia it is somewhat rare, having only been essi in Victoria
and Tasmania, where it ascends to 4,000 feet. It occurs also in Terra del
Fuego. In the northern hemisphere it is generally distributed through

T. Kirx.— Botanical Notes. 867

the cool temperate regions; Labrador, Canada, the Rocky Mountains,
Colorado, ete. in America; nearly all European countries, and in the
cooler parts of Asia. It is generally distributed through the British
Islands, where it ascends to 2,700 feet.

A remarkable fact in the life-history of this species is the great length
of time which is required for the development of the frond before it rises
above the surface of the soil. On making a longitudinal section of a
mature stem the embryo frond for the ensuing year is seen to be sufficiently
advanced to allow of the sterile and fertile portions being easily distin-
guished, the former being already coloured green at the tip, even the
pinnules can be recognized notwithstanding their rudimentary condition.

Enclosed in the basal portion of this embryonic frond we find the
embryo for the second following year, and this again encloses the embryo
for the third year following. The embryo for the second year is differen-
‘tiated into sterile and fertile parts ; but the component parts of the frond
for the third year can scarcely be made out. It is only in the fourth year
that the fronds appear above ground.

It should be added that the embryo fronds are arranged in an alter-
nating position so that if the.frond destined to rise above ground next year
has the fertile portion directed to the right, the frond for the second follow-
ing year will have the panicle directed to the left.

Attention was first directed to the lengthened period required for the
development of the fronds rather more than fifty years ago by the late W.
Wilson of Warrington, the well-known bryologist. |

Art. XXX.— Botanical Notes.* By T. Kirk, F.L.S
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 16th November, 1883.]
The Parapara.

Pisonia umbellifera, Seeman.

(Ceodes umbellifera, Forst.)

(P. sinclairii, Hook. f.)
Tuis plant is found in several localities north of Whangarei, both on the east
and west coasts; also on the Taranga Islands, Arid Island, Little Barrier
Island, and on the East Cape: in the last-named locality, possibly planted
by the Maoris.

It attains its greatest luxuriance on the west coast, north of Hokianga,

where it forms a tree; in other localities it forms a shrub, rarely more than
10 feet high, —usually from 4-7 feet. When growing entirely in the

* These notes accompanied specimens in illustration of art, xxviii,

368 Transactions, —Botany.

shade, the leaves are often from 14-16 inches long, of a deep glossy
green ; but in situations of this kind it rarely developes flowers. In ex-
posed situations the leaves are much torn by the wind.

The fruiting pericarp is remarkable for its viscidity, which is usually
retained for a considerable period after the fruit is fully matured. This
renders it difficult to press fruiting specimens for the herbarium, as they
adhere to the drying papers with remarkable tenacity. It can be readily
imagined that small birds tempted to feed on the seeds might easily become
glued to a cluster of fruits.

: The Puka,
Meryta sinclairii, Seem.
(Botryodendrum sinclairii, Hook, f.)

This rare plant was originally discovered by Mr. Colenso, who found a
solitary specimen planted by the natives at the head of Whangururu Bay.
Mr. William Mair with great trouble procured leaves from this plant, which
he sent to the late Dr. Sinclair, who forwarded them to Kew, and the plant
was described as Botryodendrum sinclairii from these leaves alone. The
natives had strictly tapued the tree, and resented the removal of leaves to
such an extent that the tree was cut down by them.

The first specimens observed by Europeans in a wild state were found
by the writer on the Taranga Islands* in the early part of 1869. Only
eight plants were found, and as it has not been discovered elsewhere it
must be considered one of the rarest plants known.

Although at best but a small tree, rarely more than 20 feet high, and
frequently much less, it produces by far the largest leaves of any New Zea-
land plant. Some of the leaves measured from the base of the petiole to

‘the tip of the blade fully 80 inches by 10 in breadth, the petiole being from

8-12 inches in length. Notwithstanding the large size of the leaf, the
blade is never torn by the wind, owing to the stout marginal nerve by
which it is strengthened.

The plant is not in any way viscid, so that birds could not possibly
become adherent either to the leaves or fruit. When the branches are
wounded a peculiar resin is exuded, but not in large quantities.

The plant was introduced into Auckland gardens by means of cuttings
which required considerable care and attention before they developed roots.
Since then ripe seeds have been obtained, so that notwithstanding its ex-
treme rarity the plant is not likely to be lost. s

* See Trans. N.Z. Inst., ii., p. 100.

T. Krrk,—-Occurrence of Rhagodia in New Zealand. 369

Arr. XXXI.— Notice of the Occurrence of a Species of Rhagodia at Port
Nicholson. By T. Kirk, F.L.S. &
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 14th November, 1883.]
Tux genus Rhayodia has long been supposed peculiar to Australia, its addi-
tion to the New Zealand Flora is therefore a matter of considerable interest
as it increases the number of important genera common to both countries.

In this district a species belonging to the genus occurs in rocky places
by the sea on the Miramar Peninsula, and in other localities on the coast.
It closely resembles Chenopodium triandrum in external characters, and it is
to this cause that we must attribute the fact of its having so long escaped
notice. It may, however, be distinguished from any species of Chenopodium
by its succulent bright crimson fruits.

Our plant was originally added to the Flora and identified as Rhagodia
nutans, R. Br., var., by Mr. T. F. Cheeseman, of Auckland, who discovered
it on an island in the Hauraki Gulf, and kindly favoured me with specimens
in May last. On a recent examination of a collection of plants formed by
my youngest son, H. B. Kirk, I was agreeably surprised to find the plant
represented by specimens collected at Miramar, in the vicinity of Welling-
ton, and have but little doubt that most of the littoral stations recorded for
Chenopodium triandrum will prove to belong to the New Zealand form of

ithagodia nutans. 3 oit :

The Wellington plant appears to be more robust than the Auckland
plant; the leaves of the latter also are green and membranous, while those
of the former are mealy-white beneath.

Our plant is eharaeterized by slender branches one to two feet long or
more, trailing amongst rocks or supporting themselves amongst the lower
branches of shrubs. The stems are woody at the base, and sometimes of
considerable thickness ; leaves usually mealy-white, opposite or rarely alter-
nate, about 3" long, on slender petioles, broadly lanceolate with an angular
base (never hastate in the specimens examined), not unfrequently the points
turned inwards, acute. Inflorescence in axillary fascicles, near the ex-
tremity of the branches, or in slender, shortly-branched terminal panicles.
Fruit succulent, bright crimson.

Further acquaintance with the plant will probably show that it is worthy
of permanent distinction as a variety, in which case it might be appro-
priately designated :—

Rhagodia nutans, R. Br., var. nove-zealandia,

Apparently it was first observed in this colony by Dr. Hector, who sup-
posed it to be a form of Chenopodium triandrum with succulent fruits.
Sir Joseph Hooker, in the supplemental reference to C, triandrum in

24

870 Transactions,— Botany.

the Handbook of the New Zealand Flora, writes,—‘‘ Hector observes
that the utricle is fleshy.” It is somewhat remarkable that this statement
did not suggest the possibility of the plant in question being a Rhagodia
since the fruits of all our Chenopodia are dry.

On examining the specimens of Chenopodium triandrum in the herbarium
of the Colonial Museum, I observed specimens of Rhagodia from The
Brothers rocks, and other localities not stated, but probably in the vicinity
of Wellington.

It is worthy of remark that no fewer than nine genera formerly sup-
posed endemic in Australia have been added to our flora since the publica-
tion of the ** Handbook.” They are :—

Actinotus,
Rhagodia,
Poranthera,
Culochilus,
Epiblema,
Amphibromus.
Liparophyllum,
Lepilana,
Iphigenia.

Art. XXXII.— Description of a new Pine. By T. Kirk, F.L.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 14th November, 1883.]
; Plate XXVI
Podocarpus acutifolius, n. 8.

A Low growing shrub, 2-5 feet high; branches lax, slender. Leaves scat-
tered, green, coriaceous, spreading, straight, linear, acuminate, pungent ;
midrib prominent beneath. Peduncles of male catkins 1"—1" long or more,
naked or with one or two short pungent leaves: catkins solitary, or in fas-
cicles of from two to five, extremely slender. Involucre at the base of each
catkin consisting of four scarious acuminate bracts. Female flowers soli-
tary, axillary, on short peduncles, which in the young state are invested
with a loose membranous sheath. Drupe (immature), small, ovoid.

Hab. South Island—Upper part of the Buller Valley: 7. Kirk, 1875.

Our plant belongs to the section Eupodocarpus, its nearest allies being
P. totara, A. Cunn., and P. nivalis, Hook. f. From the former it is distin-
guished by its low stature, lax habit, narrow linear leaves, and slender
catkins with uniseriate involucres ; it differs from the latter in the slender
habit and acute spreading leaves, which are never imbricated,

N AN V
“debs

TRANS. NZ js aoe mas

A vq" b "fif ATK |
4 “bl

he ACUTIFOLUS ns

AY Muy wt | M ber | x 7
A

at

el

LMKirk, del.

T. Kirx.—On new Plants collected on Stewart Island. 871

It varies to some extent in the size of the leaves and in habit, but is
easily recognized in all its forms. Sometimes the leaves are shorter than
in the specimens figured and more Closely arranged. ni

My specimens were obtained in the vicinity of Rotoiti, not far from
the outflow of the lake. I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr.
Cheeseman for specimens collected in another habitat lower down the
valley.

Art. XXXIII.— Description of new Plants collected on Stewart Island.
cv By T. Manx, F.L.B.
(Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.)
Plate XXVII.
UMBELLIFER®.
Aciphylla traillii, n. s.
Turren, glabrous, 8-6" high, flaccid when fresh. Leaves 2-4” long,
spreading, 3-foliolate or quite simple; leaflets linear, 44," broad, acute or
pungent with a stout marginal nerve on each side, slightly canaliculate,
entire: petiole and sheath rather broad, membranous. Flowers diccious :
scape more or less flexuous, bracts simple, linear, or with one or two short
segments at its junction with the short inflated base. Male umbels 5-7,
pedicellate, slender, lax, calyx-lobes reduced to points, flowers on slender
pedicels, minute. Female scape stouter, umbels 5-10, crowded, bracts
shorter and broader, more rigid, slightly pungent, sheaths broad tumid,
enclosing the umbel, umbel simple or with a solitary branch, involucral
leaves extremely minute, flowers shortly pedicelled ; carpels (immature)
narrowly 5-winged.

Hab. Near the summit of Mount Anglem, Stewart Island, 2,800 to
3,200 feet. `

I have named this distinct little species in compliment to -Mr. A. W.
Traill who accompanied me during the ascent, and to whom I am indebted
for valuable assistance in elucidating the Flora of Stewart Island.

It is allied to 4. lyallii, from which it is distinguished by its smaller size,
excessively tufted habit, flaccid leaves and prominent marginal nerves. A
single specimen of an Aciphylla collected on Rakiahua by Mr. P. Goyen may
be identical with 4. traiilii, but this could only be determined by the exami-
nation of specimens in a more advanced state : the leaves are 5-foliolate,
with strict rigid pungent segments and are longer than the scape: the mar-
ginal nerves are much stouter.

372 Transactions.— Botany.

Composit x.
Olearia traillii, n.s.

A shrub or small tree 5-12 feet high or more; young shoots very
stout, tomentose. Leaves crowded near the tips of the branches, narrow
obovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate, 4”-6” long, 1'-11" broad, narrowed into
a short broad petiole, acute, coriaceous, closely serrate, clothed with ap-
pressed white tomentum beneath. Panicles terminal, 4'-9" long, rhachis
clothed with leafy, tomentose, deciduous bracts; heads 6-8 pedicellate,

"-14" diameter, involucral scales linear, acute, tomentose; ray florets
female, white, obtuse; disc florets perfect, tubular, limb companulate,
segments reflexed, achenes silky, pappus pale, 1-seriate.

Hab. In places near the sea, Stewart Island; also on Puyseygur Point,
South Island.

A noble species, one of the most striking plants in the New Zealand
Flora. The panicles are terminal when developed, but at length are over-
topped by the young shoots, so that they appear to be given off from the base
of the new growth. Pedicels 1'-4" long; disc florets purple, tube silky,
achene faintly grooved. I have great pleasure in dedicating this fine plant
to my old and valued friend, Mr. C. Traill, who has done so much towards
extending our knowledge of the natural history and botany of Stewart Island.

Our plant is in some respects intermediate between O. angustifolia,
Hook. f., on one side, and O. colensoi and O. lyallii on the other. O. angus-
tifolia has smaller leaves, and the flower heads are solitary, carried on
stout peduncles clothed with imbricating, persistent, foliaceous bracts. O.
colensoi has broader shorter leaves, with the principal nerves diverging at a
wider angle, and the flower heads are usually destitute of radiating florets.
O. lyallii has broader more obtuse crenulate leaves, with widely diverging
veins; and flower heads similar to those of O. colensoi.

Brachycome thomsonii, n. s.
Plate XXVII

A coarse, pubescent, glandular herb, 4"-12" high or more: stems stout,
branched, erect or spreading, leafy. Leaves 1'-1}" long, oblong-spathulate,
narrowed into broad petioles, lobulate or dentate, lobes or teeth obtuse.
Flower heads $” diameter, solitary, on terminal peduncles 3'-6" long or
more, naked or with a solitary bract. Involucral scales ovate with purple
margins ; receptacle convex: ray florets numerous, female, white, obtuse,

spreading : disc florets perfect, tubular. Achenes clavate, with a slightly

thickened margin, excessively glandular, pappus minute, bristly, more con-
spicuous in the achenes of the disc than in those of ihe ray.

B. minima,
Flower heads smaller, ray florets wanting.

XVII

tT. Kirx.—On new Plants collected on Stewart Island. 873

Hab. Stewart Island; 9. Dog Island.

Strong smelling and excessively glandular in all its parts. It is most
nearly allied to B. odorata, Hook. f., but Professor Oliver, who at my request
kindly compared it with Colenso’s original specimens of that species, informs
me that it closely approaches some forms of B. diversifolia, Fisch. and Mey.

B. thomsonii was discovered by Mr. G. M. Thomson, who favoured me
with one or two small specimens in 1877. Having had the opportunity of
examining the recent plant in its original habitat, I have pleasure in con-
firming his opinion as to its specifie validity and connecting his name
with it.

(2?) Raoulia goyeni, n. 8.

Stems forming hard compact masses 1'-2' high, much branched and
with the leaves fully 1" diameter, woody below. Leaves densely imbricated,
sessile by a broad base, oblong, with erose, purple margins, slightly emar-
ginate, with close set whitish hairs on the apical half of the upper surface.
Flowers not seen.

Hab. Summit of Rakiahua, P. Goyen! Peaks of Mount Anglem, 3,200
feet, T.K.

Originally discovered by Mr. Goyen, to whom I am indebted for speci-
mens. The branches are very short, sometimes no longer than broad, and
the plant presents a green appearance not common in this genus. It bears
considerable resemblance to the recently discovered H aastia greenti, Hook. f.,
and its generic position must be considered uncertain until the flowers have
been discovered.

My apology for publishing this imperfect description must be based upon
the fact that the leaves of our plant are remarkably different from those of
any recorded Raoulia or Haastia, while it grows only in habitats extremely
difficult of access.

Myosotis antarctica, Hook. f.
Subspecies, traillii.

Radical leaves forming a rosette in the centre of the plant, flowering
branches 8’-6" long, procumbent, given off from beneath the rosette.
Stems and leaves reddish coloured, rather succulent.

Radical leaves 3-14" long, oblong-spathulate, or sales nar-
rowed into slender petioles, clothed with appressed hairs especially on the
upper surface. Cauline leaves }" long, ovate, narrowed at the base, usually
sessile. Fl. minute, solitary in the axils of the cauline leaves; calyx seg-
ments acute, hairy, closed in fruit; limb of corolla flat, minute; stamens
shorter than the corolla tube. Nut ovate, shining, dark brown with com-
pressed edges, keeled near the apex. `

- Hab. Sandy places on the west coast of Stewart Tanki.

874 T'ransactions.— Botany.

This well-marked form is sufficiently distinguished from the type by the
petioled leaves, compressed nuts, and the peculiar habit. In some respects
it approaches M. spathulata, Forst., but diverges in the long petioled radical
leaves, the sessile cauline leaves, broader calyx lobes and sessile flowers which
are always axillary, never given off from below the leaves. As with most
forms belonging to the genus, it varies considerably in the amount of
hairiness ; but the hairs, however scattered, are invariably appressed. .

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.
1. Brachycome thomsonii, nat. size.
2. Floret of the ray.

3. Floret of the disc.
4, Achene of the disc, all magnified.

Art. XXXIV.—Notice of the Discovery of Amphibromus in New Zealand,
with Description of a new Species. By T. Kırg, F.L.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.]
Plate XXVIII.
On my last visit to the Waikato district I had the pleasure of discovering
an undescribed species of Amphibromus, a genus hitherto supposed to be
monotypic and restricted to Australia: my specimens are in a somewhat
advanced condition, but after waiting for a lengthened period in the futile
hope of procuring perfect examples, I deem it advisable to publish a descrip-
tion without further delay.

The nearest allies of Amphibromus in the New Zealand Flora are Trisetum
aud Danthonia: the former is readily distinguished by the spikelets consist-
ing of 2 or 8 flowers only: the latter by the tufted hairs on the back of the
flowering glume, and especially by the position of the awn, which is ter-
minal, springing from between the lobes of the glume. In Amphibromus
the spikelets consist of several flowers, the awn is strictly dorsal, adherent
with the flowering glume for the greater part of its length, and the glume
is destitute of tufted hairs on the back.

Amphibromus fluitans, n. s.

Culms floating or procumbent, glabrous, 19'-18' long, rooting at the
nodes, leafy; leaves slightly scabrid, flat, ligule laciniate. Panicle 1°-2"
long, partially included in the loose sheath, simple, or with one or two short
distant branches, lax, rhachis and pedicels scabrid, slender; spikelets

TRANS:NZ INSTITUTE, VOL XVLPLAXVIL.

2 Ú

AMPHIBROMUS ALMAE Tirk. ns

LM Kirk. del.

T. Kmx.—0On the Discovery of Amphibromus in New Z ealand. 875

pedicellate 5-7 flowered, faintly pubescent; outer glumes unequal, one-
third the length of the spikelets ; flowering glume more than twice as long
as the outer glume, 5-nerved, bifid, awn dorsal springing from near the base
of the glume, free at its apex, scabrid, not twisted, palea equalling the
flowering glume, with 2 stout ciliated nerves, truncate, the apex and upper
margins ciliated ; caryopsis free.

Hab. North Island: in shallow waters, margins of the Waihi Lake and
Creek.

Stamens 8, lodicules narrow, acute; stigmas 2, minute, ovary loosely
invested by the palea. Flowering glume with a few short hairs at the base.
Pedicels varying from +°-13" in length : occasionally two or more pedicels
spring from the same point, but in cases of this kind one pedicel is greatly
abbreviated.

Our plant is readily distinguished from all other indigenous grasses by
its fluitant habit; although in very shallow water it is suberect, yet as a
general rule little more than the panicle is elevated above the water.
Owing to the rhachis of the spikelet being articulated below each flower, the
glumes fall away almost immediately after the extrusion of the panicle from
the sheath, leaving only the naked pedicels, so ‘that there is but little to
attract attention to the plant, which may easily be passed unnoticed.

Amphibromus fluitans is usually if not invariably eleistogamous, fertiliza- `
tion being effected before the panicle is extruded: in fact extrusion is often
delayed until the graih is nearly matured. . I suspect that the stamens are
not always developed in the uppermost flowers of each spikelet, but the
flowers must be collected in an earlier state, before this point can be posi-
tively determined.

Our plant differs from the Australian species 4. neesii, Steudel, in the
procumbent habit, shorter leaves, smaller panicle, and straight awn. 4.
neesii is found in all the Australian Colonies except Queensland, and attains
its greatest luxuriance in moist situations.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.
1. Amphibromus fluitans, natural size.

2. Flowering glume, lateral view.

3. Palea, front view.

4. Caryopsis, all magnified.

876 Transactions.— Botany.

Art. XXXV.—On Lycopodium varium, R. Br., and L. billardieri, Spring.,
with Description of a new Form. By T. Kirk, F.L.S.
{Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 26th September, 1883.]
Plate XXIX
Ir has long been recognized by New Zealand botanists that the plants
known as Lycopodium varium and L. billardieri are not separated by any
absolute characters, the differences relied upon to distinguish the two
depending chiefly upon the mode of growth and degree of luxuriance ex-
hibited, but up to the present time no attempt has been made either to
define the two so-called species by precise and constant characters or to
enumerate the chief distinctive peculiarities of the varieties comprised
under each. And in truth this is no easy matter, for a complete series may
be traced from the short leafy stems, and drooping tetragonous spikes of L.
varium to the elongated pendulous stems of L. billardieri, and from this:
form again to the slender drooping stems and foliaceous spikes of an elegant
variety not hitherto described, so that although the extreme forms may be
readily distinguished at sight, they are so closely connected by transitional
forms that it is impossible to lay down characters of sufficient value to be
available for specific distinction. I am therefore compelled to consider
` L. billardieri as merely one of the varieties of L. varium, and propose the
following arrangement of the principal forms.
Lycopodium varium, R. Br.
Rhizome short, stems short or elongated, sparingly or excessively
branched, erect, drooping or pendulous. Leaves 1'-3" long, decurrent,
linear, lanceolate, obtuse or rarely acute, patent or closely appressed, gra-
dually passing into the abbreviated bracts of the spike. Spikes simple or
branched, sessile, tetragonous or foliaceous.
a. varium.

r

L. varium, R. Br. in Fl. Prod. Aust.; Hook. f. F. Nov. Zel., Handbk. N.Z. Fl.

Stems 6-15" high, erect, sparingly branched, rigid, leaves 3” long,
spreading; spikes short, drooping, compact, tetragonous.

Rupestral, rarely epiphytal. In mountain districts: Great Barrier
Island ; Cape Colville ; South Island; Chatham Island. .

The most robust of all the varieties, and usually exhibiting the broadest
leaves. The spikes are stouter than in other varieties and rarely become
branched ; they show no tendency to become foliaceous.

The most characteristic specimens that I have seen were collected by
Mr. H. H. Travers on the Chatham Islands and by myself on Mount Young.
B. polaris.

Stems erect, 14'-2' high, branched from the base, lower leaves spread-
ing, upper appressed and imbricating; spikes drooping, simple or branched,

SNN N

RI y

TRANS NZ INSTITUTE VOLXVLPLANIX
e

Y Je dinem ae
VE AAG ELS SS
Nes OLN
VSS SS
WE
E
=
él
xA LL
WA 7
5 LI S RS
A ~~

i M Ú CAN A d e È g. ALA AH w^ ES
/ SS ORAR
A ) A . yes Y M MM RS CTS ` SN
(AAA fp 4l CN V) 4. SS SS EN
y^ NANA aN a Iu RES
AER OSA TAA SS
SLA THERA e
DNI : i Walaa A A if f Ness
NE PP Lada " Pes
SINS INR ie
Ae ES
: Ny NEN Wij 74 A AGC hes
` Do Ae ARENT LL Ata
NI “A Atak x x de
X IN hays See ee N- S SSS

LYCOPODIUM VARIUM RBr var gracile.

LMi rk, del.

T, Kmx.—On Lycopodium varium and L. billardieri. 971

Sub-variety 1. Leaves obtuse, imbricate, keeled.

N 9. Leaves acute, slender, flat, spreading; spikes slightly
foliaceous. L. umbrosum, R. Br.

Terrestrial, usually inhabiting mountain woods in the North and South
Islands ; descends to sea-level in Stewart Island, the Auckland Islands and
Campbell Islands.

y. billardieri.
L. billardieri, Spring. Hook. f. Fl. N.Z., Handbook N.Z. Flora.

Stems loosely tufted, suberect or pendulous, 2-5 feet long, excessively
dichotomously branched, midrib indistinct; spikes much branched, tetrago-
nous, slender, compact, flaccid, scales keeled, broad.

In lowland woods. Epiphytal or rupestral. North Cape to Southland,
but of rare occurrence on the east coast of the South Island.

The most striking form assumed by this variable plant and in its most
highly developed condition not to be mistaken for any other: pendent
masses of this plant 5 feet long are often seen in the forests of the North
Island, and at a short distance present the appearance of green network.

Under L. varium, in “Flora Tasmania,” vol. ii., p. 156, Sir Joseph
Hooker states— When it (L. varium) inhabits warmer latitudes it grows
dependent from trees, is much branched, more slender and flaccid, and
becomes L. billardieri.”

0. gracile,

Stems sparingly tufted, sub-erect, 6'-12" high, very slender, crowded,
spreading, linear, acute or obtuse. Spikes lax, simple or sparingly
branched, scales foliaceous, linear, three or four times longer than the
capsules. i

On the stems of tree-ferns. North Island—Wairarapa Valley : J.
Stewart Tandager. South Island—Maitai Valley: Dr. Boor and T. Kirk.
Westport, ete.

A very graceful flaccid plant of a pale green hue and differing widely in
appearance from other forms.

It is worthy of remark that New Zealand specimens of L. varium do
not exhibit any close approach to L. selago, as appears to be the case with
the Australian plant.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.
1. Lycopodium varium var. gracile.
= » » Spikes in a more advanced condition, natural size.

378 Transacttons.— Botany.

Art. XXXVI.—Notes on Carmichelia, with Descriptions of new Species.
By T. Kirk, F.L.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February. 1884.]
Plates XXX.-XXXIII.

Tue genus Carmichalia comprises certain species which are tolerably con-
stant in their vegetative characters, and can be identified in all states with
little difficulty, but on the other hand it contains species of which the indi-
viduals exhibit an amount of variation scarcely surpassed by any genus in
our variable Flora. The habit of the plant may be lax or compact; the
branches and branchlets may be glabrous or more or less pubescent ; they
may be terete, plano-convex or much compressed, and when compressed
may vary from one-twentieth to one-fourth of an inch in breadth; they
may be leafless or foliaceous, while unifoliolate and pinnate leaves may be
found on the same branch. The inflorescence may consist of two or three
few-flowered fascicles, or of fascicles or short racemes crowded into false
whorls, or of many-flowered lax racemes, and the pedicels may be glabrous,
pubescent, or pilose.

The most constant characters are afforded by the fruit which varies
widely in the different species. In the typical form of the pod dehiscence is
effected by the separation of the valves from the placenta, leaving the latter
as a framework (replum) carrying the seeds, but in some species the replum
itself splits down the middle, one-half being attached to each valve; in
others one valve becomes partially or completely separated from the replum
which remains attached to the opposite valve. The replum varies con-
siderably in the different species, being least developed in C. crassicaulis.
Dehiscence usually commences from the base, but not invariably.

The form of the pod exhibits marked characters in the different
species, and nearly always affords the safest characters for identification,
however much the species may vary in its vegetative characteristics.
With a few exceptions characters derived from the flowers are less satis-
factory.

I do not propose to consider the causes of variation in Carmichalia
beyond recording the fact that in C. odorata, C. pilosa, and C. flagellifor-
mis—the species in which it is most excessive—it is often caused by soil,
situation, age of the plants, etc.

In the following paper I purpose describing two new species, and sup-
plying some omissions in the characters of those with which we are already
acquainted, from descriptions in the “ Handbook of the New Zealand
Flora" and elsewhere.

TRANS.NZ INSTITUTE VOL XVLPL XXX.

CARMICHALIA ENYSIN T Kirk, m s
LMKirk, del

T. Kirk.— Descriptions of new Species of Carmichelia. 379

Carmichelia crassicaulis, Hook. f.

Branches of young plant much compressed, closely striated, pubescent.
Leaves unifoliolate, articulated on short grooved petioles, orbieular, ovate,
or oblong, usually emarginate, gradually becoming reduced to sessile decidu-
ous scales. Wings slightly shorter than the keel, ovary 1, rarely 2-ovuled.
Pod villous with white silky hairs, obscurely deltoid, rounded beneath, beak
reduced to a mere point when fully mature, 1-seeded, seeds brown, slightly
mottled with black, placenta not forming a replum, always adherent to one
of the valves.

A remarkably local species, restricted to a few habitata in the moun-
tains of. Canterbury and Otago.

Carmichalia enysii, n.s. Plate XXX.

Forming dense hard compact patches, scarcely exceeding 1” above the
surface of the ground ; 1'-4' in diameter. Root and lower branches stout,
secondary branches 1" long, branchlets 1'—2" long, 25"-23” broad, glabrous,
compressed. Leaves and flowers not seen. Pods solitary, 44" long (includ-
ing beak) on erect or recurved peduncles shorter than the pod, orbicular-
ovate with a short curved beak compressed, 1-seeded, seed black, replum
rather stout, incomplete.

Hab. South Island, terraces of the Porter River, Waimakariri. J. D.
Enys and T. Kirk.

One of the most remarkable plants in the Flora, the branches are so
dense that it is impossible to thrust the finger between them. In dehiscence
one valve becomes partially separated from the replum, but remains attached
near the apex, and both valves become contorted in such a manner as to
give the pod a curious deltoid appearance. Seeds 1, reniform, very rarely
2 or 8. Ovules 2-5.

A seedling plant has developed at this date (February, 1884) small
orbicular emarginate leaves on slender petioles ; these, in all probability,
will be gradually succeeded by scales.

Our plant appears remarkably local, not more than a i specimens
having been observed at present.

A small barren specimen from the Ashburton kindly given me by Mr.
T. H. Potts, F.L.S., may possibly belong to this species.

Carmichalia uniflora, T. Kirk, n.s. Plate XXXI

Forming large lax patches 1'-2" high, stems creeping for some distance
underground and giving off slender distant branches. Branchlets com-
pressed, glabrous 3"—1" long, j;'—45' broad, notches few, distant. Leaves
not seen. Flowers solitary 3” long on capillary puberulous peduncles,
jointed about the middle, minutely bracteolate. Calyx glabrous, teeth acute
short, standard slightly reflexed, rounded, wings stouter than the keel,
ovary glabrous. Pod (immature) linear oblong, style recurved.

380 i Transactions.— Botany.

Hab. South Island—Lochnavar, Valley of the Poulter, J. D. Enys.

An extremely slender species, allied to C. nana, Hook. f. That species
however differs in the wider branchlets, more compact, stouter habit,
racemed flowers and broader pods.

Carmichalia munroi, Hook. f.

Leaves minute, cuneate or obovate, emarginate, silky, gradually suc-
ceeded by minute scales. Pod +-+ long, slightly falcate, rarely straight,
with a short straight or oblique beak, remarkably turgid, valves corrugated.
Seeds 4-5 mottled.

I suspect that the leaves described above are preceded by others of larger
size.

Carmichalia williamsti, T. Kirk. Plate XXXII.
Trans. N.Z. Inst., xii., p. 394.

A further supply of specimens from Archdeacon W. L. Williams enables
me to offer a plate of this fine species, and to add a description of the fruit
to the characters already given. None of my pods however are fully mature :
the most advanced is a single pod collected by Mr. Buchanan at Hicks Bay, .
and for which I am indebted to Dr. Hector.

Pods on stout erect pedicels, slightly turgid, oblong or obliquely oblong,
with a long straight beak, 1’-1}" including beak. Seeds 9-10 red, mottled
with black.
Carmichalia kirkii, Hook. f. Plate XXXIII.

Ie. Pl, t. 1332

Branches few, distant, extremely slender, 2'-8' long, or more, terete,
grooved. Leaves few, pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 4'-1" long, leaflets sessile,
orbicular, emarginate, 3" long, glabrous, racemes 8—5-flowered, lax, rhachis
and pedicels slender, bracts ciliated. Flowers 1" long, calyx glabrous, teeth
acute, vexillum 2-lobed, orbicular, wings longer than the keel, ovary glab-
rous. Pod }" long, ellipsoidal, with a long perfectly straight subulate beak,
valves faintly reticulate, seeds 2, replum stout, broad.

Hab. South Island, Cardrona Valley, 7. Kirk. Otepopo, D. Petrie.

A very distinct species, differing from all others in habit, flowers, and
fruit. The long flexuous branches are unable to support their own weight
and usually become interlaced with adjacent shrubs,

Carmichalia pilosa, Col.

The branches of the North Island plant are much compressed and
usually distichous, but on the Canterbury plains they are frequently plano-
convex, or even terete and fastigiate. I can, however, detect no difference
in the pods; the ovary varies in the degree of silkiness ; the same branch
may produce specimens with but few hairs, while others may be villous.
In most cases the hairs speedily fall away after fertilization has taken

TRANS. NZINSTITUTE VOL XVI.PLXXXL.

QE

CS

X \
N O
N NM Ab
N | / e
4 \ WA / ,
NS c , i Pda As
=

\
HS

Qe
Ail
N, ur
CAS x f
(a x Las
: E P
W
Y
A
E

CARMICHALIA UNIFLORA.

LMU Kirk, del

TRANS NZINSTITUTE. VOLXVLPLAXXIL

WV

CARMICHALIA WILIAMS. T Kirk ns

LM Kirk, del.

T. Kirx.—Descriptions of new Species of Carmichelia. 881

place, although very rarely a few scattered hairs may be found on pods
nearly mature. The pod differs very slightly from C. odorata, of which it
appears to be a variety.

Carmichalia australis.

Easily distinguished by its red seeds. In the * Handbook” it is stated
to be “ common along the East Coast and interior of the North and South
Islands," a statement which requires some qualification. It is the only
species found between the Waikato settlements and the North Cape, and is
certainly common north of a line drawn from Castle Point to the mouth of
the Manawatu river, but it does not occur within many miles of Port Nichol-
son. In the South Island it has been recorded from the districts of Nelson,
Canterbury, and Otago. With regard to Nelson, Mr. Cheeseman informs me
that an error was made in identification, the specimens being in bad condi-
‘tion and. belonging to C. flagelliformis. I have botanized over large portions
of Banks Peninsula and other parts of the Canterbury district, but never
saw a specimen, and may say the same with regard to Otago and South-
land, so that if found in the South Island at all, which I greatly doubt, it
cannot be considered common.

Carmichelia odorata, Col.

A species varying to a surprising degree in habit, but remarkably con-
stant in the structure of the flowers and fruit. Sometimes the branches ara
prostrate and present a close resemblance to C. juncea, at others erect or
spreading ; leafless and foliaceous specimens may be found side by side ;
the branches may be terete and extremely slender or excessively compressed
and broad, while the inflorescence may vary from a few scattered fascicles,
to dense whorls—or many-flowered lax racemes; not unfrequently all the
variations may be found in the same plant. Pods 2-3-seeded.

It is the most abundant form on many parts of the Canterbury Plains.
Carmichalia flagelliformis, Col. PRE

Leaves pinnately 3—5-foliolate, leaflets emarginate. — ni

On Banks Peninsula the branchlets are sometimes filiform and pendu-
lous, presenting a very elegant appearance; but in this state the flowers
are produced sparingly.

The most common species in Southland, and attains the southern limit
of the genus in the lower part of the Makarewa Valley.

Carmichelia juncea, Col.

Leaves unifoliolate, or pinnately 8-5-foliolate, silky, terminal leaflet
much the longest; leaflets ovate or linear oblong, sometimes produced in
profusion at the base of the branches, which are closely appressed to the
ground and excessively compressed.

882 Transactions.— Botany.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXX.—XXXIII.
Prate XXX
1. Carmichelia enysii, paternal size.

vie
he same, front view. Ali enlarged.
Prate XXXI
1. C. uniflora, T. "Kirk, nat. size.

2. Flowers.
3. Ovary sentare

PratE XXXII,
1. C. williamsii, sia Kirk.
2, 5 with immatur
9. 5 with pod "unda dial:
Pra Gies
le C. kirkii, E.
uit SONORA: size.

: Hower enlarged.
4, Ovary Di
5. Wing >

Art. XXX VIL—Description of a new Roseaceous Plant. By R. Brown.
Communicated by Professor F. W. Hutton.
[Read €: the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 3rd May, 1883.]
Acana huttoni.

Growine from a stout woody perennial rootstock. Leaves impari-pinnate ;
radical 5-8 inches long; petioles long, slender, triquetrous, woolly ; sti-
pules adnate, small, subulate, decurrent, expanding into a membranous,
clasping base; leaflets spirate, or alternate, 11-17, enlarging upwards, the
lower sub-rotund, the upper oval or obovate, all sub-plicate, incised, or
inciso-dentate, midrib woolly on the under side, veinlets with a few hairs,
the upper surface smooth. Peduncles erect, or inclined, sometimes decum-
bent, angular, woolly, leafy to near the apex; upper leaves becoming sessile
and exstipulate, from 9-18 inches high ; heads sub-globular, florets sessile
with a small searious bract at the base of each, fimbriated on the margin ;
bracteola two, sib-rotund: very concave, scarious, fimbriated on the margin,
attached near the base of the calyx-tube on spirate angles, and in a young
state wholly enclosing the flower. Calyx-tube elliptic in outline, 4-angled,
the angles produced into wings, each face deeply wrinkled; calyx-lobes
four. Corolla either absent or very fugacious. Stamens 2-8, immersed ;
anthers oval, dehiscence introrse, filaments short, slender. Pistil—style
erect, short; stigma dilated at the apex and fimbriated. Achenes two,
plano-convex with an oblique ovoid outline, pale and long.

Collected on the Canterbury Plains, near the River Ashburton, in
December, 1882,

SE arene

TRANS. N.Z. INSTITUTE, VOL. XVLPL XXXTT

CARMICHALIA KIRAI. Hook £

LMKtrk, del.

Urquuarr.—On natural Spread of Eucalyptus in Karaka District. 383

Art. XXXVIIL.—On the natural Spread of the Eucalyptus in the Karaka
District. By A. T. URQUHART.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 17th September, 1883.]

Mr. WanracE in summing up his interesting chapter on “The Flora of New
- Zealand: its affinities and probable origin " (Island Life), points out the
remarkable fact that compared with the European, few Australian plants
have succeeded in establishing themselves in New Zealand, but it must
be borne in mind that there has been a continued stream of imported seed
from Europe, affording repeated opportunities for the introduction and
establishment of the naturalized plants.

As nearly all the species which are identical and peculiar to New Zealand
and Australia, are either temperate or alpine forms, Mr. Wallace fairly eon-
eludes that there has been an interchange of species in comparatively recent
times.

In accounting for the absence of such characteristic Australian genera
as Eucalyptus, Acacia, Hakea, ete., he says :—‘ In this particular case, how-
ever, we have some very remarkable evidence of their non-adaptation.”
The evidence of their non-adaptability to spread and run wild in New Zea-
land, consisted in there being no record of the fact. I need hardly point out
how local causes—not always apparent—influence the natural spread of
most plants; even the hardy Ulea europeus is not exempt. In my own
district, although there are some old-established hedges, 1 have only
observed two self-sown seedlings of Hakea acicularis ; yet Mr. T. F. Cheese-
man, F.L.S., says that it ** has established itself over several miles of open
manuka country at the foot of the Waitakerei ranges, and is increasing fast." *
In regard to the Acacias, several species readily establish themselves in
most districts ; the allied Albizzia lophantha competes successfully against,
and in time destroys, almost the strongest vegetation met with in open
country.

. To have hastily placed on record the apparent naturalization of so im-
portant a genus as the Eucalyptus, would have been an error; however, now
that its adaptability to spread naturally is fairly established, the fact is worth
recording. In pastures, or lands where the native vegetation has been
almost entirely destroyed, the gum spreads freely ; on a neighbouring farm,
where they have not been checked, there are about 5,000 self-sown plants
from a few inches to 15 or more feet in height—scattered more or less
about; the largest of the dense patches—1 acre—contains over 300 young

. trees. ü

* Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xv., p. 291.

d

884 Transactions.— Botany.

Probably many seeds germinate through being trodden in by the stock ;
at the same time numbers of seedlings must be annually destroyed from the
same cause; many obtain protection from clumps of Pomaderris and manuka.
On another farm about 500 gum-seedlings have been transplanted from the
pastures and waste-lands this season. Compared with the grass-lands, the

young gum-trees springing up amongst the indigenous vegetation—as might
be expected—are scarce; yet they are sufficiently numerous to make it
appear not improbable that, if allowed their freedom, in the course of time
they would spread over the more favourable portions of the district, Al-
though the seedlings naturally stand a better chance in the struggle for life
amongst the dwarf vegetation, those that germinate amongst the stronger
manuka, once they attain the level of their taller rivals, compete successfully
with the surrounding vegetation. When not too dense gum-seeds will
germinate and grow amongst manuka four feet or more in height. The
seeds appear not to be widely disseminated, the furthest plant yet observed,
from the supposed parent-tree, being 98 yards to the eastward. In the
vicinity of four gum-trees—the remains of two homesteads deserted upwards
of 25 years ago—numerous young plants have sprung up amongst the furze
and manuka, It would have been interesting to have watched the annual
increase, but, unfortunately many of them have been destroyed by fire, or
carted away by settlers. In another part of the district, some of the self-
sown seedlings, growing amongst the indigenous vegetation, have attained a
height of 31 feet. The greater portion of the young plants are seedlings of
Eucalyptus globulus, this species being the most numerous ; but interspersed
amongst them are seedlings of E. piperita, rostrata, hamastoma, etc. |

Gum-trees in this country produce fertile seed in less than ten years ;
some will attain a girth of 9 feet 1 inch, and many a height of about 80 feet
in 27 years. j

I have not had the opportunity of personally observing to what extent
the Eucalyptus has spread in other districts, but I am told that at Waiuku
the seedlings are “coming up in crowds” near some old trees. In this case,
however, the native vegetation has been destroyed by fire. The common Æ.
globulus appears to spread most freely; but as it is not improbable that some
of the more valuable Australian timber-trees may spread with equal freedom,
considering their rapid growth and that they are rarely destroyed by stock,
the fact may not be without some value in regard to our future forests,

Apams.—On the Botany of the Thames Goldfields. 385

Art. XXXIX.—On the Botany of the Thames Goldfields.
By. J. Apams, B.A.
(Read before the Auckland Institute, 2nd July, 1883.]
Tms is the title of a valuable paper by Mr. T. Kirk, F.L.S., that appeared
in the second volume of the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute,
and as the object of the present paper is to supplement what has been there
published, the title of Mr. Kirk's paper appears to be the most appropriate.

No cursory examination of the district could add anything to the paper
of this distinguished botanist; but a residence of three years in the district,
a thorough exploration of the dividing-range, and a careful examination of
the vegetation in every season have enabled me to collect the following
additional information.

The district examined will be found to differ slightly from that reported
on by Mr. Kirk. It is the country intervening between a line drawn on
one side from Tapu to Puriri, and on the other side from Mount Wynard
(Mamaepuke) to Pakirarahi, which are peaks on the main range between
the Thames and Tairua. One visit was made to the east coast, in order
that some comparison could be made between the evident zones of vegeta-
tion on the west side with those on the east, and also with the hope of
finding some of the plants that have not been gathered since the time of
the visit of the first botanists to the coasts of New Zealand.

The term “main range” is used to distinguish it from a second range on
the Thames side, not very well defined, which rises into peaks at the
«Look-out Rocks” and Ipuwhakatara. In the secondary range all the
streams flowing west take their rise, with the exception of the Kaueranga,
which comes from the very heart of the main range. It is scarcely neces-
sary to say that this range is the most interesting part of the district from
a botanical point of view. Wherever the summit is examined, it shows a
characteristic vegetation which enables an observer to know at once that he
is on the main range. |

The plants specially referred to are Melicytus lanceolatus, Metrosideros
albiflora, Panax discolor, Panax simplex, Coprosma fetidissima, C. colensoi,
Gaultheria rupestris, Archeria racemosa, Pimelea buxifolia, PhyUocladus glauca,
and Dacrydium intermedium. In the gorges will be found Senecio myrianthos,
Loxsoma cunninghamii, Lomaria elongata, and Lindsea viridis.

Some of these plants can be found on the peaks of the secondary range,
but Coprosma colensoi, Panax simplex, Pimelea buxifolia, and Archeria race-
mosa are, according to my observations, only found on the main range.
Indeed the abundance of Archeria racemosa in this locality induced me to
make diligent search for it on the secondary range, but without success.

25 A

386 Transactions.— Botany.

The highest peaks on this range in the district examined are Mamaepuke,
Whakairi, Kaitarakihi, and Pakirarahi.

Each of these deserves special mention, but as Mr. Kirk gives a descrip-
tion of the first, it is only necessary to add to his remarks an observation
that appears worthy of attention. One of the approaches to Mamaepuke
(Mount Wynard) is by a steep ridge that rises to a height little inferior to
that of the mountain itself, and yet the deep gully that separates these
ranges also separates the characteristic main range vegetation from that of
the taua, hinau, and other common plants, on the lofty ridge that ap-
proaches it.

The next high hill on the range in a southerly direction is Whakairi, or
Table Mountain ; and as it is within an easy day’s walk from the Thames,
I have been several times on the summit which forms a broad plateau.

The plants peculiar to the mountain are Celmisia longifolia and Epacris
sinclairii. The Celmisia is in Mr. Kirk's list, but it differs widely from the
South Island plant of the same name. I have seen it only on a bare cliff-
near the summit of this mountain, and there were not more than a dozen
plants.

The Epacris was not flowering at the time it was gathered. It =
flowers in November at the same time as E. pauciflora,

The other plants found on Whakairi can be also found on the opposite
but much lower peak, Atuatumai, and from thence all along the ranges
that rise precipitously from the upper course of the Kaueranga. This part
of the river is not very well known unless to gum-diggers. Its course is
from west to east, and it flows right from the heart of the main range. It
bears some resemblance to the head waters of the Canterbury rivers in the
water-falls, the masses of rock in the course, and the narrow gorges; but
the ruggedness of the precipitous walls of rock on each side of the stream
are clothed with an abundant growth of kiekie and Gahnia. The whole of
this upper course has the characteristic main range vegetation on the sum-
mits of the ranges, with abundance of Lowsoma cunninghamii and Lindsea
viridis near the stream, and of Lomaria elongata near the cataracts.

The next peak on the range is Kaitarakihi, which stands near the source
of the Piraunui Creek, a tributary of the Kaueranga. Like Whakairi it
rises in a series of plateaux, the characteristic trachyte formation. A stiff
climb is succeeded by a broad flat, and so on until the summit is reached,
which is very unlike that of Table Mountain, as it is very narrow. The view
from the top is perhaps more extensive than from any peak on the peninsula.

The plant peculiar to the upper part of the mountain, but not growing
near the summit, is Coprosma fetidissima. This is a very rare plant on the
Thames side; as I found it in one place only off the main range, and that

Apams.—On the Botany of the Thames Goldfields. 387

was on the ridge between the head waters of the Puru and Waiomio Creeks.
It was evidently a straggler from Whakairi, although not observed on that
mountain. On Kaitarakihi it is very abundant, and it can be found on the
wooded sides of all the high peaks to Te Aroha Mountain. The other rare
plants abundant on the hill are Panax simplex, Coprosma colensoi, and Cor-
dyline indivisa. The last-mentioned plant I have seen on no other moun-
tain nearer the Thames than Pirongia ; but I am informed by the Maoris
that it is plentifal on Te Aroha Mountain, and that many a battle was
fought between the natives at Te Aroha and other tribes who desired this
plant to make from it their war mats.

The most southern peak examined was Pakirarahi, which is a trig.
station at the head of a tributary of the Tairua River. It abounds in plants
that appear on Kaitarakihi only as stragglers from it. These plants are
Melicytus lanceolatus, Olea montana, Gaultheria rupestris, and Dracophyllum
strictum.

Melicytus lanceolatus is as common on the sides of this mountain as
Coprosma fetidissima on the sides of Kaitarakihi.

The rarest plant on the mountain is Pimelea buxifolia which was found in
one place only, and that was on the summit of some immense rocks that
form curious archways and buttresses on a ridge leading to the trig.
station.

I traversed every ridge in the neighbourhood of the peak for other
plants, but found none.

The Tairua diggings, now deserted, are situated at the foot of this
mountain, and there is a plant that grows so plentifully in the clearings
and along the pack-track that it deserves notice. I refer to Cordyline
pumilio, which, mingled with Gahnia lacera, covers hundreds of acres. This
plant has a sweet root that is roasted and eaten by the natives, and re-
sembles the root of the ti (Dracena) of the Tahitian Islands. The Maori
name for the plant is tirauriki.

I mentioned before that I desired to make comparison between the
growth of vegetation on the east side with that on the west, and 1 thought
that the succession of plants that obtained on the west side from sea-level
to the summit of the dividing range, would also obtain on the east side. It
appears to me, however, that there is a great distinction, and that zones of
vegetation are more marked on the west than on the east side. In ascend-
ing from the west side, the ordinary ericetal plants, growing on bare hills
covered chiefly with Leptospermum scoparium and Pteris aquilina, are suc-
ceeded by taua, rata, rimu, hinau, and tawhero, which give place at a
height of 1,700 feet to Quintinia, Ixerba, kauri, and Gahnia. But on the
east side there is no such well-marked distinction, for the mountain plants

888 Transactions.— Botany.

descend very much nearer the sea-level, so that-some of those that can be
found only at elevations of 1,800 or 2,000 feet on the Thames side are
found as low down as 500 feet from the sea-level near Tairua sawmills.

The country round the sawmills is a painful scene of widespread desola-
tion ; as the large timber is not only cleared away, but the undergrowth is
annually burnt. There is, however, one exception along the course of the
Pepe Creek, and here I found Quintinia serrata, Panax discolor, Panaw sim-
plex, Phyllocladus glauca, and Lowsoma cunninghamii, at an elevation of not
more than 500 feet. Far greater havoc is made of the forests on the
Tairua side than on the Thames, which may be partly owing to the nature
of the soil; but it is, however, certain that for sixteen miles, along the
Tairua River from the sawmills, the desolate appearance of the country is
very distressing. This desolation will be much increased when the kauri
forests, near the Tairua diggings, are cut down. The traveller will then be
able to look from Pakirarahi over all the country to the east coast, which
will then be the most ruined and disfigured part of New Zealand. Faciunt
solitudinem et cultum appellant,

In addition to the exploration of the main range I have paid a good deal
of attention to orchids; and as these plants have on the whole very short
seasons, it may not be unprofitable to put in a connected form the months
in which they bloom in the Thames district.

This is the more easy, as the different species appear from month to
month throughout the year with such regularity as to form a kind of floral
calendar by their successive appearance in flower.

The botanical year may be said to commence in June, when Acianthus
sinclairii comes into flower. It first appears on the hill-sides in the bush
near tufts of Astelia, where there is rich mould. A week later Pterostylis
trullifolia is in full flower in rocky places on patches of moss. This is a
common plant in damp places on the sides of fern hills.

During the last week in June Corysanthes rivularis begins to appear in
damp places near the foot of forest hills, and later, along the banks of
mountain streams. All these orchids continue through the month of
July. ,

In August Corysanthes macrantha, C. oblonga and C. triloba can be found
in flower. They affect high ground on the borders of heavy bush-land and
grow best in rich black mould. Their purple flowers are warnings that the
‘ rarest orchids are about to appear and may disappear also in the same
month of September. The rare orchids are Cyrtostylis oblonga, Pterostylis
puberula and Pterostylis squamata. They all grow on low hills covered
with fern (Pteris aquilina) and tea-tree (Leptospermum scoparium), but are
not equally abundant.

Apams.—On the Botany of the Thames Goldfields. 389

There are at least fifty plants of the two first-mentioned to one of Ptero-
stylis squamata, This plant grows amongst tea-tree (Leptospermum scoparium)
and always near the summit of low hills.

Very few of the flowers come to maturity, as they are destroyed by
minute insects before the flowers open. Another enemy to it is fire, as the
vegetation is annually burnt off the hills where it grows. This year I could
find it only in those places that escaped the fire last year; and as its ex-
tinction is not improbable, I enclose a painting of it in full bloom.

Whilst these are in bloom on the bare hills, Pterostylis graminea is in
flower on the ridges of steep bush-land hills,

In the beginning of October Pterostylis banksii begins to flower in the
woods whilst Thelymitra imberbis and Caladenia minor have taken the place
of Pterostylis puberula and Cyrtostylis oblonga on the low hills.

Towards the end of the month Thelymitra longifolia is also in flower, and
Chiloglottis cornuta is found on steep ridges where no bush fires have been.

The commonest orchids appear in November. They are Microtis porri-
folia and Orthoceras solandri. These plants, together with Thelymitra longi-
folia, are so abundant on some hillsides near native settlements that pigs
turn over the soil in large patches for the sake of getting at the tubers.
Sarchochilus adversus that blooms in the same month and grows on the boles
of trees is not by any means common.

These plants with Bolbophyllum pygmaum flourish through the month of
December.

The orchids of January are Gastrodia cunninghamii and Thelymitra pul-
chella, The former though a large plant is extremely difficult to see, and
the latter I found only once, and that near the summit of Pakirarahi.

Earina autumnalis begins to flower in February, and can be found in
flower for a couple of months.

The last orchid of the year that I found was Prasophyllum pumilum.
It flowers in the middle of March, and is not only rare but also easily over-
looked in the low tea-tree where it grows.

My collection of orchids at the Thames numbers twenty-seven, and the
whole number peculiar to New Zealand is forty. I do not include in this
number Adenochilus gracilis, for although it appears in Mr. Kirk’s list I have
not been able to find it here.

I have been equally unsuccessful in the search for Dracophyllum traversii,
Lomaria vulcanica and Dactylanthus sp. My friend Mr. Cheeseman, F.L.S.,
who knows the district well, has not been more successful in his search for
these plants, although he has made a very large addition to Mr. Kirk's list.
I have to thank him for the valuable assistance he has given me in the
progress of my researches, and 1 believe he takes as much interest in my
collection as I do myself.

890 — (Transactions.— Botany.

The following are some of the most interesting plants in the list ap-
pended to this paper :—

Veronica pubescens.—A shrub 14-2 feet high, covered in all its parts with
a soft white pubescence. It closely resembles Y. salicifolia, and indeed an
intermediate plant grows on Shoe Island, Tairua, and also near Paoraka,
Thames. This plant has not been collected since the time of Banks and
Solander.

It grows on precipitous rocks on the sea side of Paku at the mouth of
the Tairua river.

Rhabdothamnus sp.—This plant differs much in habit from R. solandri.
It is a straggling shrub, 7-8 feet high, with long, straight, brittle, fastigiate
branches. Branches, leaves, and twigs very hirsute. Leaves 13-2 inches
long and 13 inches broad, orbicular. Flowers large, peduncles j inch,
sepals } inch, corolla 1 inch. Capsule ovoid, longer than the calyx. Mr.
Cheeseman considers it a variety of R. solandri, but I think he admits
the distinction as great between the plants named as between Veronica
salicifolia and V. macrocarpa. The plant was found on Shoe Island,
Tairua.

Quintinia elliptica.—This plant is found near the summit of Pakirarahi,
but I agree with Mr. Cheeseman that there is no specific distinction between
it and Q. serrata.

Fagus menziesii.—I was surprised to find this plant abundant on the
secondary range near Puriri Springs. The leaves differ slightly from the
South Island specimens. Flowers and fruit not seen.

Pimelea buxifolia.—This is another plant from Pakirarahi. It agrees
exactly with the description in the “ Handbook of Zew Zealand Botany,”
except in the height. The few specimens seen were not more than 2 feet

igh.

Marattia frawinea.—It is curious how this plant should have so long
escaped observation ; as there is a large number of plants, though local, in
the Tararu Creek, near the base of a look-out rock. The Maoris say it is
found at Kuitarakihi, and on the Pepe near Tairua. They were accustomed
not only to eat the subaerial rhizomes, but also to plant them in suitable
places in the bush.

There is no exaggeration in saying that the forests within six miles of
Thames are rapidly disappearing, and many plants, formerly common, are
now become extinct. As an example I may mention Fagus fusca which
Mr. Kirk speaks of as plentiful, but at present there is not a specimen
nearer than Puru Creek. Several other plants, as Parietaria debilis and
Hoheria populnea, are extremely rare.

Apaus.—On the Botany of the Thames Goldfields, 891

The whole number of plants in Mr. Kirk’s list is 397, and in the list
appended there are 90 additional, so that the number growing in the Thames
District is 487. This number of plants makes the district compare favour-
ably in point of variety of vegetation with any other district in New Zealand
of like area and elevation.

Additions to Mr. Kirk's Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Ferns in the Thames
District

Clematis hexasepala, DC. Kaueranga Valley.
Ranunculus acaulis, Banks and Sol. Sandy places near brackish water.
Melicytus macrophyllus, A. Cunn. Shoe Island, Tairua.
» lanceolatus, Hook. f. Pakirarahi.
Melicope mantelli. Kerikeri Ranges.
Pennantia corymbosa, Forst. Table Mountain.
Quintinia elliptica, Hook. f. Pakirarahi.
Drosera spathulata, Labill. Kerikeri Swamps.
» binata, Labill. Kerikeri Swamps.
Myriophyllum elatinoides, Gaudichaud. Kopu.
variafolium, Hook. f. Kopu. *
Epilobium rotundifolium, Forst. Puriri.
Tetragonia expansa, Murray. Sandy places near the sea shore.
Hydrocotyle americana, Linn. Waikiekie Creek.
= pterocarpa, F. Muel. Kerikeri Ranges.
is nova-zealandie, DO. Pakirarahi.
moschata, Br. Kerikeri Ranges.
Crantzia lineata, Mitt. Piako Towers.
Angelica rosefolia, Hook. Paku, Tairua.
Panax anomalum, Hook. Look-out Rocks.
» simplex, Forst. Pepe, Tairua.
» sinclairii, Hook. Kaitarakihi.
Loranthus adamsii. Hape Creek.
Coprosma petiolata, Hook. Tairua landing.
» thamnoides, A, Cunn. Kaueranga.
» — fetidissima, Forst. Kaitarakihi.
E. colensoi, Hook. f. Us
acerosa, A. Cunn. Tairua.
Galium tenuicaule, A. Cunn. Kopu.
- Cassinia leptophylla, Br. Tairua.
Senecio myrianthos. Kaueranga.
Dracophyllum strictum, Hook. f. Main Range.
i. urvilleanum, A. Rich. Look-out Rocks.

392 Transactions. —Botany.

Sapota costata, A. DC. Paku, Tairua.

Olea montana, Hook. fi Pakirarahi. `

Parsonsia rosea, Raoul. Look-out Rocks.

Mimulus repens, Br. Piako Towers.

Mazus pumilis, Br.

Gratiola peruviana, A. Cunn. Kopu.

Veronica pubescens, Banks and Sol. Paku, Tairua.
Veronica sp. Shoe Island, Tairua.

Rhabdothamnus sp. Shoe Island, Tairua.

Chenopodium ambrosioides, Linn. Sandy places near the sea shore.

Atriplea patula, Linn. Salt marshes.
Suada maritima, Dumortier. Sandy places near the sea shore.
Salsola australis, Br. Sandy places near the sea shore.
Scleranthus biflorus, Hook. f. Paku, Tairua.
Pimelea buxifolia, Hook. f. Pakirarahi.
» urvilleana, A. Rich. Paku.

Fagus menziesii, Hook. f. Puriri.
Dendrobium cunninghamii, Lindl. Look-out Rocks.

® Gastrodia cunninghamii, Hook. f.. Kaueranga.
Cyrtostylis oblonga, Hook. f. Kerikeri Ranges.
Corysanthes oblonga, Hook. f. Tararu Creek.

» rotundifolia, Hook. f. Tararu Creek.
Caladenia minor, Hook. f. Kerikeri. |
Chiloglottis cornuta, Hook. f. Kerikeri Ranges.
Pterostylis graminea, Hook. f. Wooded ranges.

i puberula, Hook. f. Kerikeri.
S squamata, Brown. Kerikeri.
Thelymitra imberbis, Hook. f£. Kerikeri.

x pulchella, Hook. f. Pakirarahi.
Prasophyllum pumilum, Hook. f. Kerikeri.
Sparganium simplex, Huds. Puriri.

Potamogeton natans, Linn, Kopu.
Astelia insignis. Table Mountain.
Juncus australis, Hook, f. Pakirarahi.
Cyperus ustulatus, A. Rich. po
Scirpus maritimus, Linn. Kop
Lepidosperma australe, Labill. ‘Kerikeri, low hills,
is concava, Dr. i »
Gahnia hectori, Look-out Rocks.
» arenaria, Hook. f. Kerikeri.
Uncinia caspitosa, Boott. Shoe Island, Tairua.

Prrr1.—On Olearia hectori. 398

Carex dissita, Sol. Karaka Creek.
» gaudichaudiana, Kunth. Tairua landing.

Hierochloe redolens, Br. Kerikeri.
Zoysia pungens, Will. Puru.
Glyceria stricta, Hook. f. Piako Towers.
Gymnostichum gracile, Hook. f. Piako Towers.
Gleichenia dicarpa, Br. Table Mountain.
Adiantum athiopicum, Linn, Kopu.
Lindsea viridis. Tararu Creek.
Aspidium aculeatum, Swartz. Kaueranga.

i capense. Kaueranga.
Nothochlena distans, Br. Kaueranga.
Schizea dichotoma, Swartz. Pepe, Tairua.
Marattia fraxinea, Smith. Tararu Creek.
Phylloglossum drummondii, Kunze. Kerikeri.
Azolla rubra, Br. Kopu.

Art. XL.—Notice of Olearia hectori, Hook. f. By D. Perrie, M.A.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 13th November, 1883.]
Ax imperfect notice of this species is to be found in Hooker's ** Handbook
of the Flora of New Zealand." ‘The specimens, from which the description
was drawn up, appear to have shown neither flowers nor fruit. As the
plant is one of singular interest, I have thought it worth while to direct at-
tention to it, and to make out a full description.

Few of the shrubs indigenous to New Zealand are more worthy of culti-
vation than this. When fairly grown it bears great numbers of very sweetly
scented flower-heads. The heads, which are grouped in fascicles, have a
yellow tint, but are not large or conspicuous, rarely exceeding the size of a
hazel-nut. The odour, which is singularly powerful and very agreeable
without being cloying, strongly resembles that of mellow ripe peaches. In
this respect the plant is in no way inferior to many exotics that are culti”
vated with great care for their delicate scent. The shrub grows to a con-
siderable size, sometimes forming a small tree of 3 or 4 inches in diameter.
Such large specimens are, however, rare, and evidently of great age. The
common forms are small compact graceful bushes, with very numerous
tortuous branches and twigs and light or greyish-green foliage. It is ever-
green, and as an ornamental shrub yields to few of our natives. It grows
naturally in rich black soil and in dry situations. Near the coast I have

394 Transactions. —Botany.

seen it only in places where the soil is of volcanic origin; but in the
interior of Otago and also in Southland it thrives well in alluvial soil. It
can be easily propagated by cuttings. Plants taken from the bush with a
very slender complement of roots have done very well in my garden.

In directing the attention of gardeners, amateur and professional, to the
merits of this species of Olearia, I feel confident that any trouble they may
take in procuring and propagating it will be amply repaid by its fine ap-
pearance as an ornamental shrub and its delicate scent. Ere many years
pass by it should carry the name of our fellow-colonist, Dr. Hector, into
many parts of the old world, and be reckoned one of the richest floral gifts
of these islands.

The following is a detailed description of the see which is a remark-
ably distinct one :—

An erect, compact, twiggy shrub, or small tree, 8-20 feet high.
Branches tortuous. Leaves 3-1} inches long, on slender petioles, obo-
vate or narrowed symmetrically above and below the middle, membranous,
covered below with pale grey tomentum, veins distinct.

Heads in fascicles of 10-12, sessile on the ends of short lateral branches,
with a thin bract at the base of each head, densely cottony on the outer
surface, smelling sweetly and strongly of peaches.

Involucral scales in two series, the inner larger and more membranous,
cottony on the back and margins.

Florets 5-8, outer row shortly ligulate; pappus in one series of stout,
scabrid, tapering hairs not thickened at the tips. Achene with rather long -
silky hairs.

It has been gathered in the following localities :—Saddle Hill; Vaux-
hall, Dunedin; Taiaroa Head; Otepopo Bush; neighbourhood of Inver-
cargill ; os Point; and gullies near Clyde, ena and Arrowtown.

In some respects this species differs from all others of the genus and
chiefly in having the heads fascicled and the ligulate florets yellow.

Arr. XLI.— Notes on new Species of Plants. By J. Bucnaxax, F.L.S.

Plates XXXIV-XXXVII.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.]

Plagianthus linariifolia, n. s.

A SLENDER upright dense foliaged shrub, with long fascicled leaves.

Flowers not seen. Fruit of one indehiscent capsule; capsule narrow,

oblong, adherent to the carpel, slightly downy at first, when mature

shining black.

TRANS NZ. INSTITUTE, VOLXVI PLAXKIV

L 7 ACHATHUS LINARINFOLIA, ns.
2. PLAGIANTHUS DIVARICATOS Forst.

AL, del et bith.

TRANSNZINSTITUTE VOLXVLEL XXXV.

HECTORELLA CASPITOSA, Hook. tit.

AB. delet (ilh.

Bucuanan.—On new Species of Plants. 395

This distinct species is probably peculiar to the west coast of the South
Island, while the rigid divaricating branched species of Forster is more
peculiar to the east coast. In pl. xxxiv. figures of both have been given,
showing the marked difference of foliage, and form of carpels. In P. linarii-
folia the section shows an indehiscent carpel, while P. divaricata shows a much
smaller carpel, with a large, free, and downy capsule bursting irregularly.

Hectorella elongata, n. s.

A closely branched glabrous plant, forming large soft cushions on the
mountains, at altitudes of 5-6,000 feet. Leaves numerous, imbricate, soft, +
inch long, linear-acuminate, thick at the tip, dilated and membranous at
bottom, veins reticulate ; flowers white or pale salmon colour, + inch long,
arranged in circles among the terminal leaves ; petals, sepals, and bracts,
linear-acute.

In vol. xiv., Trans. N.Z. Inst., this plant was figured and described in
error as Hectorella cespitosa, Hook. fil.: since the publication of that
volume numerous specimens have been examined from the Mount Aspiring
district, Otago, among which two distinct species were found, and to pre-
vent future confusion among collectors both species are here figured.

Carmichalia uniflora, n. $.

A very small rambling glabrous shrub, rooting at the nodes, branches
erect, leaves fasicled, 1—2 inch long and x inch broad, strie 1-8. Flowers
4 inch long, single, on slender glabrous peduncles, with 2 minute bracteoles
near the middle; calyx glabrous; teeth distinct, hooked; ovary glabrous.

This minute species is not uncommon in the Waitaki Valley, and has
no doubt hitherto escaped observation from its small size. The specimens
collected were found growing on rich alluvial soil, and its small proportions
cannot therefore be ascribed to want of nourishment.

Sophora prostrata, n. S.

A rigid prostrate rambling shrub 12-18 inches high. Branches inter-
laced and spreading close to the ground in dense patches. Leaves i inch
long, glabrous; leaflets 8-5 pairs, ovate, y, inch long. Flowers ł inch
long, bright yellow, usually in pairs ; calyx finely silky. Pods not seen.

This remarkable little species is not uncommon on the lower hills of the
Awatere Valley, Marlborough, where it may be found forming flat patches
on the ground. The flowers are not seen unless the branches are raised
up, which from their great rigidity requires considerable force. No upright
form of this species was seen.

Pleurophyllum hookeri, n. S.
Root forming a large mass of few or many succulent fusiform roots.
Stem 2-8 feet high, angular and with numerous narrow bracts from 2-4
inches long, covered with white tomentum. Leaves few, circling the lower

396 Transactions. — Botany.

portion of stem, nearly equal in size, 9-12 inches long, 2-4 inches broad,
ovate, acute at top and tapering into a long flat petiole, which in the lower
leaves are covered at bottom with long silky hairs, margins minutely serrate,
both sides clothed with closely appressed white tomentum which is thicker
on the under side. Veins numerous, running nearly parallel at an acute
angle. Flowers in globular heads. Heads numerous, 1-2 inch diameter,
racemose, and occupying one-third of the stem, pedicellate, pedicels very
narrow, 1-3 inches long, bracteate, and covered with white tomentum.
Flowers of the ray few, of the disc numerous, involucral scales in several
series narrow, tapering to a long point, pilose on the back.

Common on the hills round Perseverance Harbour, Campbell Island.
The notice of a small Pleurophyllum in the Antarctic Flora, p. 33, no doubt
refers to the present species, although it now proves to be an abundant
plant and much larger than then supposed. It is remarkable that so con-
spicuous a plant should have escaped notice, and this can only be explained
by its not having hitherto been seen in flower, although the absence of the
large lower leaves might have attracted attention. Many of the present
species were seen in flower in the latter end of December, while few of
Pleurophyllum crinitum, Hook. fil., had developed racemes at that time.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIV—XXXVII.
Prate XXXIV

1. Plagianthus linariifolia, n. 8.
la. Fruit of same in section.
2. Plagianthus divaricatus, Forst.
2a. Fruit of same in section.
Puare XXXV., A.
1. Hectorella elongata, n. s., nat. size.
2. Flower enlarged.
3. Leaf enlarged.
Pra

TE ;
1. Hectorella cespitosa, Hook. fil., nat. size.
2. Flower enlarged.
3. Leaf enlarged.
PrarE XXXVI, ;
Sophora prostrata ; branch with leaves and flowers nat. size.
Pra VII

1. Pleurophyllum hookeri ; plant 3 nat. size.
2. Single head of flowers nat. size.

. Flower of the disc,

. Flower of the ray.

. Flower bract.

+ Pappus hair.

a O Uo

TRANS NZINSTITUTE VOLKVIPLKKKVI.

SOPHORA PROSTRATA. nes.

JE del e2 Lith.

RANS NZ INSTITUTE VOL XVLFLAKATIL.

I
ROPAVLLUM HOOKERI, ns.

/
J

PLEU

SB del. lith.

BucHanan.— Botanical Notes. 897

Arr. XLII.—Botanical Notes. By J. Bucanan.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.]
Loranthus fieldii, n.s.

Leaves 1-1} inches long, linear-oblong, rounded at the tip and narrowed
into a very short petiole at the base, mid-rib indistinct. Racemes 3-4
inches long, tetrachotomously 16-flowered. Flowers 1-1} inch long, bright
crimson, tipped with dark purple, and yellowish towards the base, petals
free to the bottom, anthers linear.

A single raceme only of this beautiful Loranthus was forwarded by Mr.
Field, it was discovered near the base of Ruapehu on Fagus sp., and is
called by the Maoris **roeroe." More complete specimens will be required
before it can be correctly described; in the meantime it is named pro-
visionally after the discoverer.

Bolbophyllum exiguum, F. Muell.

VENDER, of this Australian Orchid have been collected in the Colling-
wood District, Nelson, during the last season by Mr. Dahl, and forwarded
to the Colonial Museum, Wellington.

This genus has previously been represented in New Zealand by only one
species, B. pygmaum, Lindl., a small tufted epiphyte, found on trees and
rocks with solitary flowers. The present species may be distinguished by
its larger size, and by the peduncles carrying 2-4 flowers.

Calochilus paludosus, R. Brown.

Another Australian orchid discovered by Mr. H. H. Travers in the
Collingwood District, Nelson, may also be noticed for the information of
botanical visitors to that district.

The present species is a tall slender plant with a long leaf, and two,
three, or four dark purple flowers. Sepals 7-8 lines long. Petals not half
so long, strongly veined. Labellum covered with long cilia. Column wing
produced behind the anther to about its length. Anther as broad as long,
very obtuse. Benth. Flora Australiensis, vol. vi.

Dendrobium biflorum, A. Rich.

Mr. Travers sends specimens of a large 2-flowered Dendrobium for exami-
nation. This is no doubt D. biflorum, A. Rich., noticed in the Handbook
N.Z. Flora, as a var. of D. cunninghamii, Lindl. It is a rare plant in many
parts of New Zealand and differs from the latter in its larger size and
constant 2-flowers. It would be more satisfactory to treat such distinct
forms as species than as varieties in future publications.

398 _ Transactions.— Botany.

Art. XLIII.—Campbell Island and its Flora. By J. Bucuanan, F.L.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.]
Plate XXXVII

In December last, the colonial s.s. ** Stella” being ordered to Campbell
Island in search of lost seamen, an opportunity was offered to procure a
collection of live plants for the various botanical gardens, and also to make
an herbarium collection for the Musenm. Having been instructed to under-
take the duty, and being granted the privilege of a passage by the Marine
Department, I provided myself with abundance of paper for plant-drying
purposes, carefully packed in a tin box, and other necessaries for plant-
collecting. After a favourable passage of three days, Campbell Island was
sighted in the early morning of 20th December. This island, as stated
in Ross's Voyage, is in lat. 524 South and long. 169° East. It was first
discovered by Frederick Hazelberg in 1810; it is thirty milgs in circum-
ference ; when approached from the north, it presents a precipitous rocky
coast, without any apparent landing-place. As the morning mists lifted and
cleared away, numerous outlying rocks and little islands came into view
swarming with flocks of sea-fowl, the whole offering to the artist picture-
subjects of great beauty. The accompanying sketch (No. 1., pl. xxxviii.)
presents a morning scene from the north-east.

The higher coast-lands show rough broken trachy-dolerite precipices,
the haunt of sea-fowl, the snowy appearance of the hill ridges being due to
innumerable birds (chiefly the albatross) nesting. The rock sections seen
in the sea-clifís have a peculiar red lined character, produced by the contact
of alternate layers of clays or soils with lava beds, thus presenting remark-
able parallel red lines on a dark groundwork of trachy-dolerite. The whole
coast-line is rugged in the extreme, although inland large flat areas may be
seen apparently covered by grasses, and indicating rich pasture; this
appearance, however, on closer examination is found to be deceptive, as but
few grasses exist, and a coarse wet cyperaceous pasture prevails, which
would prove worthless as feed, unless for cattle of a hardy breed that would
stand the rigours of the climate. There is no doubt however that, on the
lower levels where soil can accumulate, a rich though coarse vegetation
exists, but the land is so spongy and wet that the finer grasses cannot
thrive. The extreme wetness of the soil is shown by the fact that wherever
a plant is dug out with a knife, the hole immediately fills with water, and
an indication is thus obtained of the treatment such plants should receive
when it is attempted to grow them in a drier climate.

Peat is abundant everywhere on the hill slopes, and in such places the
great beauty of the Antarctic flora is seen to best advantage when con-
trasted with the dark coloured peaty soil. Plants such as Celmisia vernicosa,

TRANS NZ INSTITUTE VOL XVI. P XXII

CAMPBELL ISLAND.

PA

turmae een,

Det. ME Pry,

YW Te
"ee
sini t

campatu ISLAND ICHORA(
PERS, es È: HARBOUR

Bucnanan.— Campbell Island and its Flora, 399

Hook. f., with its beautiful purple-tinted flowers, and Pleurophyllum
speciosum, Hook. f., with its brilliant racemes of purple flowers, may be
considered the gems of the southern flora. The numerous tall spikes of
Pleurophylum criniferum, Hook. f, and P. hookeri, n. sp., mihi, give a
peculiar character to both the Campbell and Auckland Islands' flora. No
doubt much of this floral luxuriance is due to the richness of the moist
vegetable soil and to the fog-shaded atmosphere, the climate during summer
being not unlike a moist forcing house; hence it is doubtful if in the absence
of these moist conditions much success will attend the cultivation in New
Zealand of plants removed there. The large showy plants of Campbell
Island are probably confined within an altitudinal range of 500 feet above
sea level, but the shrubby or small trees such as species of Coprosma,
Dracophyllum, Veronica, and Myrsine range from sea-level where they are
most abundant to the highest altitudes (1,500 feet), although they are all
sparsely distributed everywhere. A very prominent and showy plant
Chrysobactron rossi, Hook. f., with its bright yellow racemes of flowers may
be seen everywhere ; the raceme in this plant is often found globe
shaped.

The smaller grasses are rare, but rad large and noble grasses are
abundant, the most conspicuous being Poa foliosa, Hook. f., Danthonia antare-
tica, Hook. f., Hierochloe brunonis, Hook. f., and Hierochloe redolens, Br., but the
chief feature of the flora is the abundance of Cyperaceous plants and species
of Juneaces, most prominent being Rostkovia gracilis; this plant also charac-
terises the subalpine flora of New Zealand up to 6,000 feet,

An alpine flora may also be recognized in Campbell Island, as a few
plants are only found at the highest altitude, such as Gentiana concinna,
Hook. f., and that curious little inconspicuous plant Trineuron spathulatum,
Hook. f., collected in fine flower at an altitude of 1,500 feet.

The only plants collected on this occasion not previously known on
Campbell Island were Pleurophyllum hookeri, n. s., mihi, Cotula australis,
Hook. f., Nertera depressa, Banks and Sol., Chenopodiwn sp., and Lageno-
phora sp.

It would be an error to assume that the botany of Campbell Island has
been exhausted because a few collectors have visited the Island and spent
some days there; but when it is considered how often the weather is
unfavourable, and how short a period is devoted to collecting, it is remark-
able that so much has been done.

On the present occasion, one day and two half days only were available
for collecting, and, out of this, one entire day was devoted to digging up living
plants, a very excellent collection of the latter being made, but through
some inadvertence they went astray during the return voyage. A large

400 ` Transactions.—Botany.

collection of dried specimens, however, was secured for the Herbarium of
tho Colonial Museum, at Wellington, which will prove valuable for future
reference. No. 2, pl. xxxviii., shows a characteristic outlier of the trachy-
dolerite rock frequented by immense flocks of sea-fowl. No. 8, pl. xxxviii.,
is the best harbour in the Island, and a favourite anchorage for sealers.

Art. XLIV.—On the Lichenographia of New Zealand.
By Cuarnes Knieut, F.L.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 13th February, 1884.)
Plates XXXIX.-XLI
1, Pilophoron colensoi (Bab.), Knight.
(Syn. Stereocaulon colensoi (Bab.), Flora N.Z., vol. ii., p. 294; Nylander, Synopsis Lich.,

p. 232.)
Tuarnnus cespitosus e podetiis formatus. Podetia intus solida dense granu-
losa, strato corticali tenuissimo e gonidiis veris constante.: Apothecia
plura congesta capituliformia intus alba solida lecanorina,* juvenilia crasse
marginata; excipulo thallode albo, corticis structura radiatim disposita,
gonidiis veris nullis. Sport in ascis cylindrico-elongatis octone uniseriales
oblongo-ellipsoidez simplices subluteole, longit. 0009 mm., crassit 0°0025
mm. Cephalodia plura in apicibus ramorum brevium congesta, glauco-
ecrulescentia, intus > granulis gonimis flavo-viridis, in nodulis 2 ad 4 dispositis,
omnino constantia.
- Supra saza.

Obs.—The discovery of the spores, now shown to be simple, distinctly
shows that Colenso’s lichen belongs to the genus Pilophoron. Th. Mr
Fries, in his ** Monogr. Stereocaulorum et Pilophororum," p. 66, under
** Species minus cognita," remarks that Stereocaulon colensoi is perhaps a form
of Ster. argus. This view must now be abandoned, as the latter plant has
cylindrico-fusiform multiseptate spores (see fig. 1*, pl. xxxix). Babington,
on the other hand, eonsiders it allied to Ster. ramulosum, but the same ob-
jection exists to any proposal which would place Colenso's plant under the
genus Stereocaulon.

2. Myriangium duriei (Mnt. et Berk.).

Thallus nullus. Apothecium tuberculiformis e matrice erumpens (diam.
circiter 8 mm. vel amplius) toro crasso parenchymatico carbonizato margina-
tum ; epithecium carbonizatum ; hymenium parenchymaticum luteo-fuscum

* Quia margo est thallinus, lecanorina nominatur.

gr

^ > uy -
E oS
Pe AA

n

*
a,

TRANS NZ.INSTITUTE.VOLXVEPLXXXIX

pid
um Y

A

7

CKnight del

am Knicut.—On the Lichenographia of New Zealand. 401

. multivesiculare, vesiculis sparsis singulis ascum globosum singulum includentibus,
paraphysibus nullis; hypothecium discretum nullum. Spore octone ob-
longe utrinque obtuse nonnihil incurve hyaline normaliter 3- "i ior
longit. 0:02 mm., crassit. 00075 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

Obs.— The Rev. Churchill Babington in “Flora of New Zealand," p
310, places under the head of Myriangium inconspicuum a lichen which Dr.
Nylander has since shown to be an Arthonia allied to Arth. lurida and has
named Arth. conspicua (see Nylander's Lich. Novo-Granatense, note, p. 67,
1st ed.). Babington in his remarks does not seem to be aware that there
exists in New Zealand a true Myriangium, viz., Myr. duriei, a perfectly
developed species of that very curious genus.

8. Physcia adglutinata, Flk.

Thallus membranaceus cinereo-fuscescens v. livido-fuscus, e laciniis parvis
multifidis tenuibus arcte adpressis formatus. Apothecia sessilia nigro-fusca
nuda, margine integro. Spore ovoideo-ellipsoide® 2-cellule, cellulis nor-
maliter tubulo in axi spore disposito junctis, fuscescentes, longit. 0-018
mm., crassit. 0:009 mm.

Ad cortices arborum, socia fere semper Physcia stellaris.

4. Physcia synthalea, sp. n.

Thallus cinereo- vel glauco-albicans ad matricem arcte adglutinatus, tenuiter
membranaceus laciniatus, laciniis fragilibus dilatis rugoso-plicatis confluenti-
bus, apicibus varie crenatis passim pertusis, subtus concoloribus nudis. Apo-
thecia cerino-flava mox sat fusca plana, margine thallode pallido tumido
smpissime integro. Spore fusez 4-6-loculares, loculis aut discretis aut tu-
bulo conjunctis, nonnihil varie septate, longit. 0:02 mm., crassit. 0:013 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

5. Pannaria brunnea var. pulverulenta, Knight.

Thallus cinereo-fumosus granulato-squamulosus moz in crustam pulverulento-
granulosam conglobatus, hypothallo fusco-atro, granulis gonimis viridis
parvis. Apothecia rufo-fuscescentia innata conferta interdum symphicar-
pea plana, madefacta convexa excipulo composito marginata, margine thal-
lode tenui pulverulento-granuloso, excipulo proprio dilute colorato, textura
supra radiatim disposita; hymenium hypothecio crasso strato gonimieo
imposito enatum, paraphysibus adglutinatis. Spore in ascis cylindrico-
elongatis ellipsoidew incolores, longit. 0-016 mm., crassit. 0:008 mm.

Supra terram humidam.

6. dra aos = n.

Thallus albo-cinereus t e e (linea P Tert. Masas
tatus ?) erie scutelliformia (diam. 2 mm.) grisea pruinces plana intus
fusca excipulo mere thallode marginata, margine crasso pallido irregulariter

26

402 Transactions,— Botany.

crenato, ex annulo interiore ornato, persistente, paraphysibus hypothecio tenui
enatis, non bene discretis. Spore in ascis clavatis perseepe curvate oblongee
utrinque obtuse simplices incolores, longit. 0-027 mm., crassit. 0:009 mm.
Ad cortices.
7. Pertusaria cupularis, sp. n.

Thallus e cinereo glauco-albicans levigatus areolatus nonnihil appresso-
leprosus. Apothecia monopyrenia alba sparsa applanato-hemispherica leca-
noriformia, amphithecio nullo, margine thallode crasso.—(sepe e duobus vel
pluribus annulis albis constante)—tandem fatiscente, disco depresso albo suffuso
nonnihil nudo—(tum vitreo-griseo)—paraphysibus paucis subtilibus ramosis.
Asci conferti numerosi cylindrici. Spore ellipsoidem simplices uniseriales
octone pluries limbate, longit. 0:04 mm., erassit. 0:018 mm.

Ad cortices.

Allied to Pertusaria sorediata, Fr.

8. Pertusaria levis, sp. n.

Thallus tenuis cinereo-albidus continuus v. tenwissime reticulatus. Apo-
theciorum verrues convexe pleiopyrenia, circa ostiola minutissima fusco-
nigricantes nunquam. depresse, paraphysibus imperfectis floccoso-reticulatis,
amphithecio e matrice enato. Spore in ascis cylindrico-elongatis octone
ellipsoidese pluries limbate nebuloso-incolores, longit. 0:045 mm., crassit.
0:018 mm.

Ad cortices.

9. Lecidea atrolurida, sp. 0.

Thallus ochro-albicans squamulosus, squamulis minutissimis appressis,
linea atra limitatus, hypothallo nigro-lurido semi-nudo, squamulis ipsis
obsito. Apothecia atra minuta (diam. circiter 0'5 mm.) mox convexa vel
hemispherica, intus fusco-nigricantia, margine concolore obscuro evanes-
cente, excipulo proprio omnino fusco-atro (lamina tenui visum) e thallo albo
oriundo paraphysibus ramosis adglutinatis tandem subpatulis. Spore ovidem
incolores, longit. 0:01 mm., crassit. 0:007 mm.

Ad saxa, : 7

Affinis est Lecidee fusco-rubenti, Nyl., et schistacee, Kn., sed apothecii
minoribus.

10. Leiden apos) senomete, sp. n.

Thallus oli granuloso v.pulvereus. Apothecia
peltata urceolata atra degna plana, iaia luteo-fusca, margine asperissimo
concolore, excipulo proprio a linea nigra in epithecium producta circumscripto,
structura non radiatim disposita ; hypothecio fusco, paraphysibus bene dis-
cretis incoloribus attamen in pileum atrem oblongum v. conicum terminantibus.
Aseus monosporus. Spore murali-divise (seriebus circiter 20 transversim
7-9 loculares), ellipsoidew, longit. 0:07 mm., crassit. 0:028 mm,

Kyieut.—On the Lichenographia of New Zealand. 403

-4d cortices arborum.

Obs.—Differs from Lecid. lecanorella, Nyl., in the spores being nearly
double the size, and the transverse cells much more numerous. The blast
cell at the apex of each paraphysis is remarkable.

11. Lecidea (Sporastatia) desmaspora, sp. n.

Thallus albo-cinereus farinaceus. Apothecia e thallo oriunda parva
(diam. 0°5 mm.) convexa, madefacta hemispherica, disco immarginato fusco
v. atro-fusco, hymenio tenui hyalino, hypothecio fusco crasso, excipulo pro-
prio (structura radiatim disposita), in laminam proligeram continuato, paraphy-
sibus adglutinatis apice incoloratis. Spore in ascis clavatis numerosissime
minutissime globose (diam. 0:001 mm.) catenata.

Ad cortices arborum.

12. Arthonia phymatodes, sp. n.

Thallus tenuis cinereo-viridulus, matrice rimosa fissa, subtuberculosus,
tuberculis fertilibus convexis sparsis. Apothecia minuta (madefacta, diam.
0:3 mm.) e thalli tuberculis formata et marginata; disco plano primitus
strato thallino tenui tecto, deinde partito vel omnino nudo vitreo-fuscescente-
que; excipulo nullo, hypothecio simplici, paraphysibus paucis grosse clath-
rato-ramosis. Spore in ascis ventricoso-clavatis nympheformes normaliter
5-cellule, cellulo supremo ampliore, incolores, longit. 0-02 mm., crassit.
0:008 mm

Ad cortices arborum.

13. Opegrapha spodoeleina, sp. n.

Thallus hyepoplodes cinereo-olivaceus tenuissimus continuus, intus goni-
diis perspicuis, strato hypothallino cum matrice mutata commisto. Apothecia
nigra superficialia linearia (longit. 1:5 mm.) simplicia intus dilute fusces-
centia, excipulo nigro, hypothecio fusco; epithecio incolore, paraphysibus
ramosis. Spore in ascis ovoideis incolores fusiformes 6-7-septate, longit.
0:037 mm., crassit. 0:007 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

Obs, —Quasi inter Opegrapham ageleoidem, Nyl., et spodopolia, Nyl., inter-
media, differens ab illa thallo olivaceo, ab hae thallo continuo et hypothecio
fusco.

14. Opegrapha stellata, sp. n.

Thallus tenuis pallide ochro-cinereus levis continuus, linea atra limita-
. tus. Apothecia lirelleformia, lirellis elongatis angustissimis flexuoso-contortis
stellatim ramosis, madefactis subinnatis apertis, hymenio incolore, excipulo atro
integro, paraphysibus clathrato-ramosis. Spore in ascis subpyriformibus
minute incolores subfusiformes 1-8-septate, longit. 0:012 mm., erassit. 0-008
mm.

Ad cortices arborum,

404 Transactions.— Botany.

Quasi inter Opegrapham et Graphidem intermedia.
15. Opegrapha intertexta, sp. n.

Thallus albo-cinereus tenuis levis continuus. Apothecia madefacta
innata, lirelleformia, lirellis simplicibus v. subramosis angustissimis rectis v.
flexuoso-contortis ipsis intermiatis, hymenio incolore, perithecio atro integro,
paraphysibus clathrato-ramosis. Spore in ascis subpyriformibus minute
incolores subfusiformes 1-8-septate, longit. 0:012 mm., crassit. 0:008
mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

Obs.—Quasi inter Opegrapham et Graphidem intermedia.

16. Graphis strigata, sp. n.

Thallus tenuis e albo cinerascens, nitiusculus colliculosus v. verrucosus,
fissus, interdum versus ambitum areolatus. Apothecia palmato-divisa,
lirellis a thallo niveo subprominente cinctis, apicibus attenuatis, disco lato albo-
pruinoso, a lineis nigris striato, raro nudo, tum atro; excipulo atro-fusco
laterali; hymenium dilute fuscum hypothecio concolore tenui enatum, para-
physibus rectis arcte adglutinatis grumosis. Spore in ascis cylindricis
oblonge hyaline 4-cellule, cellulis lentiformibus limbatis, mox fusce
emortue collapse, longit. 0:02 mm., crassit. 0:008 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

Arcte affinis est Graphidi subtricose (Knight, Linn. Trans., vol. ii., 1882),
sed apotheciis pruinosis strigatis, et thallo passim verrucoso, quare specie
differt.

17. Graphis librata, sp. n.

Thallus tenuis pallide fusco-ochraceus continuus linea atra limitatus.
Apothecia atra lirelleformia angusta sepissime simplicia rectiuscula librata
clausa, madefacta innata, excipulo atro integro v. subintegro, hymenio
incolore, paraphysibus distinctis ramosis. Spore oblonge 4-5-cellule,
cellulis lenticularibus incolores, longit. 0017 mm., crassit. 0:006 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

18. Fissurina rugosa, sp. n.

Thallus cinereo-olivaceus tenuissimus rugoso-verrucosus, verrucis ex apo-
thecio fissus. Apothecia longit. circiter 1 mm. in matrice subinflata dilace-
rata immersa, flexuosa pervaga simplicia conferta, intus incoloria, marginibus
thalloideis tenuibus in latitudinem vix laxatis (in sectione supra fuscescentibus)
paraphysibus adglutinatis gracilibus apice haud coloratis. Spore in ascis
cylindrico-elongatis ovate hyaline demum fuscescentes, normaliter unise-
riales, 4-cellulm, cellulis lenticularibus, longit. 0-018 mm., erassit. 0:009

Ad cortices arborum,

10

ates

O ow Mio URAS mns nl
ext: TARA TR EX

xw
He E

WEE

TRANS.N.Z. INSTITUTE VOL XVI PI. XL.

i

ter P

|
|
|
|

a

ihe

RR ito

—

m

mid; ;
Cud,
e a »
"d rs whe Dos
e 3 j
m

com CS)
P i-r
T

knight, del.

Kxreur.—On the Lichenographia of New Zealand. 405

19. Fissurina alba, sp.n.

Thallus tenuis albidus subnitens insqualis, ex apotheciis fissus, con-
tinuus, strato gonidiale viride a corticale albo clare separato. Apothecia
flexuosa simplicia (longit. circiter 1:5 mm. vel ultra) in matrice immersa,
intus incoloria, marginibus thalloideis tenuibus approximatis (in sectione
supra fuscescentibus interdum bicornibus); hymenium incolor hypothecio
matrice imposito enatum, paraphysibus adglutinatis apice incoloribus.
Spore in ascis cylindrico-elongatis ovoide® 4-cellule, cellulis lenticularibus,
incolores tandem dilute fuscescentes, longit. 0:02 mm., crassit. 0:01 mm.

Ad nudos arborum radices.

20. Trypethelium bicolor, sp. n.

Thallus tenuissimus atrofuscus tuberculosus, tuberculis fusco-ochraceis
nonnihil atro-fuscis, intus ex apothectis pluribus et matrice degenerata constan-
tibus ; excipulum integrum carbonaceum tenue pyriforme v. globoso-deforme,
ostiole tandem nigricante; paraphyses laxe clathrato-ramosis. Spore in
ascis clavatis octone oblonge 4-cellule (cellulis limbatis globularibus, septis
interpositis inter se separatis) hyaline, longit. 0-02 mm., crassit. 0°0075
mm.

Ad cortices arborum vivorum.

Var. pyrenuloides. Thallus e cinereo fuscus subnitans passim tuberculo-
sus, maculis asperis et lineis atris aspersus, tuberculis atris asperis. Apothecia
sejuncta interdum syncarpea.

Obs.—Non certum est, anne T'ryp. bicolor revera sistat Verrucariam. Ad
excipulum pyriforme sporesque 4-cellules rationem similis est Verrucaria
catervaria, Fée. Facies thalli fere sicut Tryp. scoria, Fée. `

91. Stigmatidium prominulum, sp. n.

Thallus albo-ochraceus tenuissimus continuus. Apothecia in verrucis
thallinis minutis convexis (latit. circiter 1:5 mm.) omnino immersa, ostiolo
pertuso subprominule, amphithecio supra fuscescente sed parte infera incolore
vel evanescente, hymenio globoso incolore, paraphysibus jloecosis. Spore
incolores oblongo-ovoider 3-septatee, longit. 0018 mm., crassit. 0005
mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

22. Verrucaria mycospora, Sp. n.

Thallus albo-cinereus areolato-rimosus haud verrucosus tenuissimus.
Apothecia minuta (diam. 0-25 mm.) globosa sessilia, perithecio integro atro e
matrice imposito, hymenio subtiliter floccoso dilute fuscescente, paraphysibus
nullis. Spore fusiformi-dactyloidea 5-6-septate hyaline, longit. 0025 mm.,
crassit. 0-008 mm. Spermagonia prominentia, spermatiis oblongis, longit.
0:007 mm., crassit. 0:003 mm., sterigmatibus simplicibus infixis.

Ad cortices arborum.

406 Transactions.— Botany.

23. Verrucaria olivaceo-fusca, sp. n

Thallus olivaceo-fuscus levis tenuis continuus, apotheciorum verrucis
minutis atro-fuscis convexis, ostiolo inconspicuo vix unquam pertuso. Apo-
thecia in matrice subimmersa orbicularia, perithecio atro integro, hymenio
pallido-fusco, paraphysibus distinctis. Spore hyaline mox fusce 4-cellule,
cellulis limbatis, longit. 0*019 mm., crassit. 0:008 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

24. Odontrema concentricum, Stirton.

Thallus cinereo-ochraceus tenuis continuus. Apothecia matrice impo-
sita a thallo leviter irregulariterque obtecta, primo clausa, perithecio carbo-
naceo dimidiato ambitu recurvato mox dilaniato-dehiscente, hymenio tandem
concavo-discoideo ; epithecium perithecio divulso obsitum, paraphysibus sub-
tiliter capillaribus apice non dilatis linea fusca tenui enatis. Spor in ascis
eylindraceis incolores normaliter cylindrace obtuse nonnihil elongato-fusi-
formes, circiter 12-septate, cellulis quaternis v. lentiformibus, longit. 0:08
ad :05 mm., crassit. 0:006 ad :009 mm.

Ad cortices arborum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIX—XLI.
Puate XXXIX.
No. 1. Pilophoron colensoi (Bab.), Knight.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Gonidia x 300 diam.
(c.) Granules (pseudo-gonidia) of which the medullary substance of the thalline
receptacle principally consists x 900 diam.
(d.) Spores in ascus x 900 diam.
No. *1. Stereocaulon ramulosum.
Ascus and spores x 900 diam.
No. 2. Myriangium duriei, Mont. et Berk.
(a.) Section of carbonized torus and apothsoium s x 38 diam.
(b.) Section of portion of the above x 150 diam.
(c.) Section x 900 diam. showing ascus and spores in situ.
No. 3. Physcia synthalea, sp. n.
3 spores x 900 diam.
No. 4. Physcia adglutinata, Flk.
Ascus and spores x 900 diam.
No. 5. Pannaria brunnea v. pulverulenta, Knight.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 900 diam.
No. 6. Lecanora cyrtospora, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Ascus and spores x 900.
No. 7. Pertusaria cupularis, sp.n
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.

ODA

TRANS.N.Z. INSTITUTE, VOL.XVIPI.XLI.

ner

To

^
8

ha x
ea. a le

LICHENS.

CKnight.

es

No.

No.

No, 19.

No.

. 10.

e

[2n

„Ll

. 14.

. 16.

e

17.

20.

Kxrenr.— On the Lichenographia of New Z ealand, 407

Prate XL,
Pertusaria levis, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Ascus and spores x 260 diam.
(c.) Spore x 900 diam
Lecidea (Bombyliospora) monospora, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Spore x 900 diam
(c.) Paraphyses x 900 dida:
Lecidea (Sporastatia) desmaspora, sp. n.
(a.) Ascus and spores x 900 diam.
(b.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
Arthonia phymatodes, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) is "i x 150 diam
(c.) Ascus and spores with Satta rallo PRIA x 900 diam.
Opegrapha spodoeleina, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Paraphyses x 900 diam
(c.) Ascus and spores x 900 diam.
Opegrapha stellata, sp. n.
. (a.) Section of apothecia x 38 diam.
(b.) Asci and spores x 900 diam
Opegrapha intertexta, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Asci and spores x 900 diam.
Graphis strigata, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Lichen x 20 diam
(c.) Sporg x 900 diam.
Graphis librata, sp. n
(a.) Section of apothecia x 38 diam.
(b.) Spores x 900 diam.
Prate XLI.
Fissurina rugosa, sp. n
(a.) Seetion of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) » ia x 900 diam., showing matrix below; thallus on
right side, with paraphyses attached laterally and at base.
(c.) Ascus and spores x 900 diam
Fissurina alba, sp. n
(a.) Apothecium immersed in matrix x 38 diam.
(b. Section showing corticular and gonidial strata imposed on matrix x 300

(c.) Ascus and raga x 900.
non ge. bicolor,
(a.) Sec a showing pores immersed in the ruptured and degenerated

(b. Paraphyses x 900 diam.
(c.) Ascus and spores x 900 diam.

»

408 Transactions.—Botany.

Prate XLI.—continued.
No.21. Stigmatidium prominulum, sp. n.
_(a.) Section of apothecium immersed in matrix x 38 diam.
(b.) Lichen x 38 diam.
(c.) Spores x 900 diam.
No. 22, Verrucaria mycospora, sp. n.
(a.) Section of apothecium x 38 diam.
(b.) Spore x 900 diam
No. 23. Verrucaria olivaceo-fusca, sp.n
(a.) Section of n x 38 diam.
(b.) Spore x 900
No. 24. Odontrema AR Stirton.
(a.) Section showing the closed parithecium recurved at base.
(b.) Section showing parithecium open and epithecium expanded, a. and b. x
8 diam.
(c.) Four spores x 900 diam.

Art. XLV.—Notice of the Discovery of the genus Rhagodia in New Zealand.
T. F. Curerseman, F.L.S.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 4th June, 1883.]

Tue genus Rhagodia was founded by the late Robert Brown, many years
ago, on some half-dozen Australian plants agreeing in most characters with
Chenopodium, but easily distinguished by the fleshy fruit. Several species
have since been added, thirteen being described in the “ Flora Australi-
ensis ;” but up to the present time all of these were supposed to be strictly
confined to the Australian continent. Some little interest is therefore
attached to the discovery of one of the species in New Zealand, both from
its adding a new genus to our Flora, and from affording additional proof of |
the intimate connection existing between the plants of the two countries.
My specimens, which are clearly referable to Brown's Rhagodia nutans, the
most widely distributed of the species, were obtained during a recent expe-
dition of the Auckland Naturalists Field Club to the island of Otatau,
which, with Rakino and some smaller islets, guards the entrance to the
eastern passage to Auckland Harbour. The plant is abundant all round
the shores of the island, and on some of the smaller adjacent ones, usually
trailing over the rocks a little distance above high-water mark. The fol-
lowing short description may be useful to those who have not access to the
« Flora Australiensis " or other systematic works :—

Rhagodia nutans, R. Br. Prodr. 408; Benth. Fl. Austral. 5, p. 156. A
much branched, prostrate or procumbent, herbaceous plant. Branches
6-18 inches long, sometimes hard and almost woody at the base. Leaves

CnugEsEMAN.— Additions to the New Zealand Flora. 409

rather thin, green or occasionally mealy-white, opposite or alternate, very
variable in size and shape, }-1 inch long, lanceolate to broadly hastate,
lobed notched or cordate at the base, acute at the apex, quite entire.
Flowers dicecious in the specimens examined, but probably often polyga-
mous, small and green, arranged in short and loose-flowered spikes or
panicles at the ends of the branches. Perianth deeply 5-lobed. Male
flowers usually with 3 stamens, pistil rudimentary. Female flowers with
one or two abortive stamens; ovary depressed globose; styles 2. Fruit
globose, fleshy, bright red, $ inch in diameter.

There can be little doubt that R. nutans will be found in many localities
on our coast line. In habit and general appearance it so closely resembles
Chenopodium triandrum as to give rise to the suspicion that, in some cases,
it has been mistaken for that plant. In proof of this, I would remark that
in the second part of the ** Handbook” (p. 739) Sir J. D. Hooker quotes an
observation of Dr. Hector's to the effect that the utricle of C. triandrum “ is
often fleshy.” But this evidently applies to a Rhagodia, as all true species
of Chenopodium have dry fruit. I am inclined to believe that a plant ob-
served by myself several years ago at Whangarei, and more recently on the
Taranga Islands, and which was on both occasions noted as C. triandrum,
should have been referred to Rhagodia.

Since writing the above, my attention has been directed to a paper by
Baron Miieller, printed in the Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. v., and in which (see
p. 310) Rhagodia is included in a list of genera, species of which were col-
lected by Mr. H. H. Travers, in the Chatham Islands, in 1871. Unfortu-
nately, it seems that the specimens have been mislaid, and Baron Miieller
has thus been unable to inform me as to the exact species obtained. I have
also learned from Mr. Kirk that quite recently specimens of R. nutans have
been collected by his son, Mr. H. B. Kirk, in a locality in the Wellington
Provincial District.

^

Art. XLVI.— Additions to the New Zealand Flora,
By T. F. Cuzzseman, F.L.8.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 17th September, 1883.)
1. Celmisia rupestris, n. sp.
Srems long, copiously branched, stout and woody, procumbent or pros-
trate, scrambling over rocks or bank-sides ; branchlets ascending at the
tips, very densely clothed with closely imbricating leaves. Leaves very

410 Transactions,— Botany.

numerous, 3-1 inch long, very narrow linear-spathulate or linear-obovate,
obtuse, gradually narrowed below and then suddenly expanded into broad
membranous sheathing bases, hoary or silky above, beneath covered with
soft white tomentum, suberect when young, patent or deflexed when old;
margins strongly revolute. Peduncles 11-8 inches long, solitary and
axillary, usually one or two near the tips of the branchlets, densely covered
with a fulvous somewhat glandular tomentum ; bracts 8-4, linear or linear-
oblong. Heads 3-1 inch in diameter. Involucral scales very numerous,
linear, erect, pubescent and glandular. Ray florets rather numerous, not
seen fully expanded. Ripe achenia not seen.

Hab. Ravines on Mount Peel, Nelson, alt. 5,000 feet.

A curious and remarkable species, distinct from all others, although
allied to C. walkeri and C. ramulosa. From the former it is distinguished
by its smaller size, smaller, narrower, and more woolly leaves with revolute
margins, and by the smaller flower-heads. It is at once separated from
the latter by its larger size, more copiously branched habit, and by the
much larger and very gra shaped leaves.

- Senecio pachyphyllus, n. sp.

A small, robust, Mal branched shrub, 8-5 feet high; young branches,
leaves, and inflorescence extremely viscid. Leaves 1-12 inch long, shortly
petioled, oblong or oblong-obovate, entire, obtuse, extremely thick and coria-
ceous, glabrous above, below covered, except the midrib, with dense white
or pale buff closely appressed tomentum ; margins revolute. Flower-heads
rather broad, 2 inch in diameter, few (6-20), arranged in terminal laxly
branched racemes or panicles. Bracts numerous, varying from linear-
spathulate to oblong. Peduneles slender, nearly glabrous, but excessively
viscid. Scales of the involucre few, obtuse, rather membranous, nearly
glabrous, but with a tuft of woolly hairs at the apex. Ray florets-yellow,

.X inch long, spreading. Pappus hairs white, eee scabrid. Achenes
glabrate.

Hab. Mount Arthur and Mount Peel, Nelson, not uncommon from
3,500 to 5,500 feet alt., T.F.C.

Allied to S. robustus, Buchanan, but distinguished by its very viscid and
coriaceous leaves, narrow few-flowered racemes or panicles, and nearly
glabrous peduncles and scales of the involucre.

8. Potamoyeton cheesemanii, A. Bennett.
(“ Journal of Botany," March, 1883, p. 66.)

** Stem simple (?) " (branched, T.F.C.), ‘striated, internodes strongly
marked by an irregular annulus. Lower leaves alternate, strap-shaped,
gradually attenuated into the petiole, less so at the apex, not denticulate,
5-7 veined, connected with few cross veins, semi-translucent ; upper leaves

Cureseman.—Additions to the New Zealand Flora. 411

(opposite where the peduncles are given off) varying from lanceolate to oval,
the uppermost coriaceous, 11-15 veined, with very numerous cross veins,
and close areolation all over the leaf when held against the light. Stipules
broad, subacute, very translucent and soon decaying. Peduncles rather
slender, slightly thickened towards the middle; spikes dense-flowered,
oblong-cylindrical, sepals (perianth leaves) transversely rhombic-orbicular.
Fruit small, roundish ovate, slightly compressed, carinated on the back,
with a short terminal beak. Embryo curved to one-half its base. Lower
leaves 21-4 inches long, +$ inch broad; lamina of the upper leaves 1-13
inches long. Peduncles 2 inches long. Fruiting spikes $ inch s.d —
Bennett, l.c.

Hab. North and South Islands ; common in streams, ponds, and lakes.
Altitudinal range from sea-level to 3,000 feet.

This plant, which has long been confounded with small forms of P.
natans, L., has been described by Mr. A. Bennett in a recent issue of the
“« Journal of Botany” from specimens collected by me in the vicinity of
Auckland, and I reproduce his description here. It is a familiar plant to
New Zealand botanists, being by far the most common of our species. The
description of P. natans in the ** Handbook” partly applies to it; and the
supposed P. Aeterophyllus, Schreb.? of the same work is probably based
on young plants possessing the lower submerged leaves only. The true
P. heterophyllus has not, to my knowledge, been found in New Zea-
land.

4. Carex muricata, L.

Stems tufted, 12-18 inches high, slender, trigonous, slightly seabrid
above. Leaves longer or shorter than the stems, nearly smooth, flat,
grassy, striate, +} inch broad. Spikelets small, few (4-6), androgynous,
pale brown, collected into a spike-like head 3-14 inch long, male flowers at
the top of the spikelets. Bracts ovate at the base, produced into setaceous
points usually longer than the spikelets, the lowest sometimes 1} inch long.
Glumes ovate, acuminate or awned, pale chestnut or brown, with a green
midrib and hyaline margins. Perigynia only seen in a very young state,
then ovate with an acute base, gradually narrowed into a rather long rough
and serrate 2-toothed beak. Stigmas 2. (In European specimens the
mature perigynia are spreading, ovoid or elliptic-ovoid, smooth, gradually
narrowed into a broad serrulate beak.)

Hab. Mount Owen, Nelson ; altitude 4, 000 feet.

This plant so closely resembles the European C. muricata in habit and
inflorescence that I can have little doubt that it is a form of that species.
At the same time my specimens are all immature, and consequently the

LÀ
d

a Transactions.—Botany.

identification cannot be considered quite certain. C. muricata has a wide
range in Europe, Asia, North Africa, and North America, but has not been
previously recorded from the southern hemisphere.

5. Carex cryptocarpa, n. sp.

Small, densely tufted, glaucous-green. Culms short, 1-8 inches high.
Leaves longer than the culms, 2-6 inches, concealing the flowers and fruit,
flat, coriaceous, deeply-grooved, margins scabrid, tips incurved when dry.
Bracts long, leafy. Spikelets 8-5, very closely approximate, ovoid or
oblong, terminal one male, remainder all female, all sessile except the
lowest, which is shortly pedunculate and sheathed. Glumes very broadly
ovate or rounded, often as broad as long, reddish-brown or chestnut, acute,
entire, margins thin and membranous, central portion 3-nerved, produced
into an awn of variable length. Perigynia rather larger than the glumes,
broadly ovoid or elliptic, unequally biconvex, swoollen on the back, nerved ;
margins thick, serrate above; beak short, stout, 2-toothed. Stigmas 8.
Nut trigonous.

_ Hab. Lake Tekapo, Canterbury ; altitude 2,500 feet.

This is closely allied to C. cirrhosa, Berggren, but appears to differ suffi-
ciently in its larger size and stouter habit, broader glumes, larger and more
turgid perigynia with a shorter beak and serrate margins, and in having 3
stigmas. The nut is trigonous while it is lenticular in all the fruiting speci-
mens of C. cirrhosa that I have examined. Old tussocks often present a
very peculiar appearance. The centre dies out, leaving a hollow ring which
grows on vigorously and often attains a considerable size.

6. Carex uncifolia, n. sp.

Small, tufted, usually of a dingy red colour. Stems very short, 1-2
inches high, rarely more, smooth, erect or spreading. Leaves two or three
times longer than the culms, narrow, ¿25 inch broad, convex on the
back, concave in front, rarely plano-convex or quite flat, hooked or twisted
at the apex when dry. Bracts long and leafy. Spikelets 2 or 8, rarely 4,
very small, seldom more than i inch long and often much less, from the |
shortness of the culms packed away at the base of the leaves and concealed
by them, close together, sessile, terminal one male, slender, erect, remainder
all female, spreading. Glumes reddish-brown with a green centre; those
of the male spikelet the largest, lanceolate, acute or obtuse ; those of the
female much shorter and broader, ovate, obtuse, acute or shortly cuspidate,
entire at the tip. Perigynia rather larger than the glumes, dark red-purple,
elliptic-oblong, trigonous or almost fusiform, smooth and even, acute at the
base, narrowed upwards into a short 2-toothed beak, margins not serrate.
Stigmas 8.

Currseman.—Additions to the New Zealand Flora. 418

Hab. Mountains flanking the Wairau Valley, Nelson; alt. 8,000—4,000
feet.

The habit of this species is that of small and fine leaved specimens of
C. breviculmis, from which, however, it differs widely in other respects.
From the preceding species, and from C. cirrhosa, it differs in the much
more slender culms and leaves, smaller spikelets, and in the perigynia being
trigonous and almost fusiform ; or, to take a familiar example, very near to
those of C. lucida in shape. y

7. Carex petriei, n.

Culms slender or rather stout, tufted, s 6-18 inches high, quite
smooth, usually of a reddish colour. Leaves generally longer than the
culms, with broad sheathing bases, blade usually narrow, but variable in
width, 4-75 inch, plano-convex or nearly flat, in stout specimens strict
and coriaceous, in slender ones more flaccid, narrowed into slender points
that are usually curled and twisted when dry; margins slightly scabrid.
Bracts long, upper setaceous. Spikelets 3-5, oblong, 4-4 inch long, all
pedunculate and sheathed, the upper ones on very short stalks, the lower
ones on longer filiform ones; terminal one male, remainder all female,
moderately close together, or rarely the lower one remote. Glumes ovate,
thin and membranous, pale, often nearly white, midrib produced into a
moderately long hispid awn; margins often lacerate. Perigynia longer
than the glumes, elliptic-oblong or ovoid, turgid, biconvex, smooth and
nerveless, shining, dark purplish-brown or nearly black, beak short, 2-
toothed. Stigmas 3.

Hab. Mountains of Canterbury, apparently not uncommon between
2,500 and 4,500 feet: T.F.C. Dunstan Mountains, Lake Wanaka, and
near Naseby, Otago: D. Petrie.

Apparently a very distinct species, which, when once recognized, can
hardly be confounded with any other. The leaves are remarkable for their
fine curled and twisted points, and very broad sheathing bases. The spike-
lets have a somewhat curious appearance from the combination of pale
coloured glumes with dark, almost black, perigynia. The species is named
after Mr. D. Petrie, of Dunedin, who has collected it in several localities in
Otago, and to whom 1 am indebted for many specimens and much valuable
information respecting the Carices of the district.

414 Transactions.— Botany.

Arr. XLVIL—A Revision of the New Zealand Species of Carex.

By T. F. Curzseman, F.L.S., Curator of the Auckland Museum.
| [Read before the Auckland Institute, 12th November, 1883.]
Tur genus Carex, the largest among Cyperacea, and indeed of the Glumifere
generally, is well represented in New Zealand, as in most temperate and
mountainous countries. In New Zealand, too, the species possess that
tendency to vafiability which has made their elucidation so difficult and
perplexing to the student of northern floras, and which, through the diverse
views entertained by authors as to the amount of difference required for
specific distinction, has led to the needless multiplication of names, and
much confusion as to the limits and range of the species. Here, fortunátely,
the creation of species out of mere varieties has not been so regularly and
consistently carried out ; although, as New Zealand naturalists are no more
likely than their European brethren to agree on the questio vexata of what
constitutes a species, a very similar result may be anticipated. Notwith-
standing this, the study of the genus in New Zealand has been beset with
serious difficulties, few of which have yet been removed. In some cases the
species have been described from insufficient material, the deseriptions
being consequently incomplete and inexact ; in others the specimens were
from one or two localities only, and, although numerous, did not always
represent the predominant form of the species. Mistakes in the identifica-
tions have thus occurred, apart from the difficulty that is commonly ex-
perienced in recognizing, from descriptions alone, species of so variable a
genus as Carev. But it is hardly necessary to pursue this part of the sub-
ject further—all qualified persons are aware that considerable confusion
exists, and that the species are in urgent need of revision. The want of
confidence in their own conclusions, openly expressed by those who have
specially attended to the genus, may be taken as a fair proof of this state-
ment.

Under these circumstances, I have ventured to prepare the following
re-arrangement of our species. Of its imperfections and deficiences, no one .
can be more sensible than myself,—many of them are inseparable from the
pursuit of systematic botany in a country where there are no large public
herbaria and few scientific libraries; and, as to the rest, I trust that they
are not more numerous than what might be expected to attach to the first
attempt made in the colony to revise the species of a difficult genus like
Carew. Such as it is, I can state that it is based upon the actual study in
the field of most of the species ; in addition to the conscientious examina-
tion of many hundreds of dried specimens from all parts of the islands, and
a comparison of these with allied plants from other parts of the world.

Currseman.— Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 415

For the original discovery of Carex in New Zealand, we are indebted to
the labours of Banks and Solander, during Cook’s first voyage. Eleven
species are included in their collections, now preserved in the British
Museum. Most of these were named and fully described in manuscript by
Dr. Solander, but were never actually published. Several of the same
species were gathered by Forster, in Cook’s second voyage; by D’Urville
and Lesson, in the two French exploring expeditions that visited New Zea-
land in 1822 and 1827; and during the several visits of Allan and Richard
Cunningham, from 1826 to 1838; but no fresh forms appear to have been
discovered. From time to time descriptions of these were published by
European botanists, who were not always cognizant of each other’s work,
so that in some cases the same plant received several names. About 1836
Mr, Colenso commenced his well-known botanical explorations. His collec-
tions were forwarded periodically to Kew, and seem to have included spe-
cimens of all Banks’ and Solander’s species, as well as eight additional
ones, mostly from the previously unexplored central districts of the North
Island. Some of his discoveries were collected, a little later, by Dr.
Sinclair, M. Raoul, and others, with one or two fresh ones. In 1858 Sir
Joseph Hooker published the first volume of his ** Flora Nove Zealandism."
This contains an excellent synopsis, from the pen of the late Dr. Boott, of
the 22 species then known to inhabit New Zealand. Twelve or thirteen of
these were published for the first time, some four or five under the manu-
script names previously applied by Dr. Solander. During the ten years
following the publication of the “Flora ” little attention was paid to the
Carices, so that Sir Joseph Hooker records only three additional species in
the “ Handbook of the New Zealand Flora,” issued in 1864. His arrange-
ment is mainly that of Dr. Boott, but few changes being made. C. secta
was merged with C. virgata; C. solandri was considered to be identical with
the Norfolk Island C. neesiana; and C. fascicularis and C. forsteri were
united. This is the last attempt to give a collected arrangement of the
whole of the New Zealand species.

But although no systematic sketch of the genus has appeared since the
publication of the ** Handbook," numerous additions have been made to the
list of species. Dr. Berggren, who specially attended to the genus during
his travels in New Zealand, has described and figured five new ones in the
* Minneskrift” of the University of Lund for 1878. His descriptions have
been lately reproduced in the ‘ New Zealand Journal of Science,” but it is
a matter for regret that the excellent plates are not generally accessible in
the colony. The Otago species have been most carefully and assiduously
collected by Mr. Petrie, who has described the new ones, eight in number,
jn various communications to the New Zealand Institute. His C. goyeni is

416 Transactions.— Botany.

clearly referable to Boott’s C. raoulii, a species which has been much mis-
understood. The remaining seven appear to be perfectly distinct. Lastly,
in volumes xiv. to xvi. of the Transactions, I have given notices of seven
additions. Further examination has led me to doubt the distinctness of
one of them, C. cinnamomea, but I think that the rest will be generally
admitted.

To those who have not previously studied the genus, the following
résumé of its general characters will be of some service. Of course it will
be understood that the remarks made refer to the New Zealand aos
only.

Size, ete.—In size the species vary from little more than an inch or two
in height, as in small varieties of C. acicularis, C. inversa, C. cirrhosa, and
C. uncifolia, to four or even five feet, as in large forms of C. paniculata, C.
ternaria, and C. trifida. In habit most of the species form compact, close-
growing tufts, very similar to those of many other Cyperaceous plants, but
usually more grassy. A few have a looser and more open habit of growth.

Rhizome.—All the species are furnished with a rhizome or creeping
stem, clothed with rudimentary scale-like leaves, and on its lower side
giving origin to the roots, while from its upper surface it throws up the
culms or leafy branches. In C. pumila it is long and wide-creeping, and in
consequence the culms are often far distant from one another. Some ten-
dency to this is also shown by C. inversa, and in a lesser degree by C.
colensot; but in the other species, as a rule, the rhizome is short, though
often stout and repeatedly branched. In the varieties of C. paniculata, the
rhizomes are often matted together, growing under and over one another,
and forming, with the roots and the lower portions of the old culms, huge
tussocks resembling the stems of tree-ferns, and sometimes three to four
feet high, and one to two feet in diameter. Similar but much smaller
tussocks are sometimes produced by C. subdola and other species.

Culms.—'Thesé ascend vertically upwards from the rhizome, and except
in the above-mentioned ease of C. pumila are usually placed in close juxta-
position, forming tufts more or less dense. They are unbranched in all the
New Zealand species. In section they are commonly trigonous or tri-
quetrous ; but in a few species are round, as in C. acicularis, or oval, as in
C. viridis. They are usually grooved or striated, and the edges are very
frequently scabrid with small harsh projections, but may be quite smooth
and even.

Leaves.—At the very base of the culms we frequently find a number of
small seale-like leaves, very similar to those clothing the rhizome, and gene-
rally of a dark colour. These pass abruptly or gradually into the foliage
leaves, of which there are two main types. First, that in which the leaf is

CHEESsEMAN,—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 417

plano-convex. This division includes C. acicularis, (which has a nearly
terete leaf) C. viridis, C. buchanani, C. pulchella, C. petriei, C. comans, o.
cheesemanii, and C. littoralis. Second, that in which the opposite surfaces
are about parallel to one another. In this class the leaf may be quite plane,
as in C. pyrenaica, C. leporina, C. raoulii, etc. ; involute, as in C. colensoi,
C. echinata, etc.; or keeled, as in C. lucida, C. dipsacea, etc. The leaves
are usually grooved or striate; sometimes with a strong vein on either side
of the midrib,—e.g., C. ternaria. C. forsteri, etc. ; and the margins and veins
are commonly furnished with minute sharp projections, which all point
towards the base of the leaf, so that the skin is frequently cut or scratched
if it be drawn sharply through the fingers. In breadth the leaves vary from
nearly or quite filiform to one-half or three-quarters of an inch.
Inflorescence.—The flowers, which are invariably unisexual, are arranged
in spikelets of various forms and size, according to the species. The spike-
lets may be either solitary, as in C. pyrenaica and C. acicularis; or few in
number, varying from 3 to 6, 8, or 10, as in the great majority of the
species; or very numerous and arranged in a compound panicle, as in the
varieties of C. paniculata, and to a lesser degree, in C. kaloides. The indivi-
dual spikelets may be either few or many flowered; erect, spreading, or
pendulous ; sessile or stalked ; close together or more or less distant; and
such characters are often useful in the discrimination of the species. As
regards the character of the flowers composing them, the spikelets may be
androgynous, with the male and female flowers intermixed in the same
spikelet, or unisexual, in which case they are placed in different spikelets.
This is an important distinction, and has been made use of to divide the
genus into two main groups. It is not, however, altogether absolute, as in
the androgynous series spikelets composed wholly of female or male flowers
can often be found, and one of the New Zealand species, C. viridis, is even
occasionally dicecious. Similarly, in the unisexual group the female spike-
lets generally have a few male flowers at the base or apex. The male
spikelets are far more rarely mixed, but C. raoulii invariably has them
partly female, and occasionally this is the case in C. dipsacea and C.
forsteri. -
Flowers.—Each spikelet is composed of an indefinite number of floral
bracts or glumes, in-the axils of which the flowers are situated. The —
glumes vary in shape, according to: the species, from rounded to lanceolate
or linear: they usually have a stout midrib, frequently produced into an
awn of variable length ; and thin and membranous, often lacerate margins,
Those of the male spikelets generally differ slightly in shape from the
- female; and those from the lower part of a spikelet seldom exactly match
those from the upper portion.
27

418 | Transactions.— Botany.

The male flowers are of very simple structure, consisting of three sta-
mens, without any signs of hypogynous bristles, scales, or other rudiments
of a perianth, They are very uniform in all the species, and call for few

remarks here.

The female flowers are composed of a single-celled, one-ovuled ovary,
crowned by a short style terminated by two or three long and slender stig-
matic branches. The ovary and lower portion of the style are enclosed in a
peculiar bottle or flask-shaped organ called the perigynium, swollen in its
lower part, but gradually contracted towards the top into a narrow oblique
or bidentate mouth, closely surrounding the style. It varies exceedingly in
shape and other characteristics, but is tolerably constant in each species,
and has thus been largely used for specific circumscription. Inside the
perigynium, and between it and the ovary, there often exists a minute
bristle-like body called the seta, or rachilla, and usually considered to be a
barren pedicel. In the allied genus Uncinia this bristle is invariably pre-
sent, is much longer, hooked at the tip, and produced beyond the mouth of
the perigynium.

The perigynium is a structure unknown except in Carex and its imme-
diate allies, and much discussion has arisen as to its nature and probable
origin. Three principal views have been advocated. First, that it repre-
sents a perianth. Second, that it is to be regarded as of staminal origin.
Third, that it is composed of one or perhaps two modified bracts. The
first hypothesis was for long widely accepted, but recent researches have
brought to light an almost overwhelming amount of evidence in favour of
the last—or that the perigynium is morphologically to be regarded as an
altered bract, and the rachilla a rudimentary axis. For a full exposition of
the evidence in favour of this, reference should be made to two papers by
Dr. McNab and Professor Thistleton Dyer, printed in the Journal of the
Linnean Society (Botany, vol. 14, pp. 152-154).

It follows from the above view of the structure of the female flowers that
each perigynium must be looked upon as constituting a one-flowered
spikelet. In the inflorescence of C. lucida, for instance, the terminal spike
of male flowers would be regarded as a single many-flowered spikelet; the
lower spikes of female flowers as each consisting of numerous one-flowered
spikelets. Similarly, an androgynous spikelet, like that of C. pyrenaica,
must be regarded as being composed of a single several-flowered male
spikelet, and numerous one-flowered female spikelets. :

Fruit.—This is a minute trigonous or lenticular achenium or nut,
enclosed in the persistent and hardened perigynium. Its characters are
very uniform throughout the species, and are seldom of value for systematic
purposes,

CaeEsEMAN.— Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 419

Geographical Distribution.—Under the remarks on each species I have
briefly indicated the geographical range, so far as it is known to me; but it
will be well to give a summary here. Of the 40 species admitted, 25, or
almost exactly three-fifths, are peculiar to the country. Of the 15 that are
found elsewhere, 11 are recorded from Australia and Tasmania. Nine of
the species are found in Europe, all of which, curiously enough, also inhabit
North and West Asia, and North America. Seven are natives of Southern
or Eastern Asia; six of temperate North and South Africa ; while four or
five have been recorded from extra-tropical South America. The annexed
table will show the distribution of each species at a glance. It is remark-
able that most of the species with androgynous spikelets are found out of
New Zealand, while in the section with unisexual spikelets nearly all are
endemic.

The distribution of the species within the colony is given as fully as
possible, although there is much room for improvement. On the West
Coast of the South Island they have hardly been collected at all, and
almost nothing is known of those inhabiting the elevated central districts
of the North Island. I have, therefore, not attempted to draw up any
general conclusions on this point, feeling sure that such would require con-
siderable modification within a short time.

Before passing to the strietly systematic portion of this paper, I have to
express my obligations to many kind friends and correspondents for assist-
ance in preparing it. My thanks are specially due to Mr. D. Petrie of
Dunedin, who has liberally supplied me with full suites of specimens of the
Otago species, accompanied by many valuable notes. I am also indebted
for specimens and information to Mr. G. M. Thomson, Mr. H. Tryon, Mr.
T. Kirk, Mr. J. Buchanan, and others. My most grateful thanks are due
to Sir J. D. Hooker for his unwearied kindness in comparing my specimens
with those in the Kew herbarium. Sir F. Müeller has liberally forwarded
a complete series of the Australian species, which has been of much service
to me. For specimens of the European forms I am indebted to Mr. A. W.
Bennett of Croydon, Dr. J. Müller of Geneva, and Dr. Levier of Florence,
while I have to thank Mr. Canby and Mr. Martindale for many of the
American species.

In eonelusion, it is my wish that this paper may be looked upon simply
as an attempt to revise and re-arrange the New Zealand species of Carex,
based upon the additional information that has been obtained since the
publication of Sir J. D. Hooker's * Handbook." The preparation of a more
detailed monograph of the species would have been premature, until the
country has been more completely explored, and the species more generally
and exhaustively studied.

420 Transactions. — Botany.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE New ZEALAND Species or Cares.

+ Xi è
rg $ 3 BES | $ S
3 3.3 i E j e ; nas 3 E
d ds
= 3 |Sfl è |38 38 q55| J | à
Saal A sel a | 4
A | ge t |5 |$53| È | 8
< o o cp” aa o o
Zi mM z Z mM
C. pyrenaica .. .. Ap E iu x x .. . x
C. acicularis . x» +. € x
C. inversa .. oe .. ss
C. colensoi .. ve “i x
C.parkeri .. Li sk X
C. leporina .. ei GEIR ES x x es ci X x?
C. echinata. .. si sett. x x x se x X
C. muricata .. Ms se Md s x X x x x
C. teretiuscula a ov Fe dà x x X x X
C. paniculata.. .. . sa x x x ee x x
C. viridis ve ws ve x
C. kaloides .. se ES x
C. vulgaris .. $5 "ER eM x x x x ss x x
C. subdola .. Le sel St
C. ternaria . SN ae E
C. buchanani .. os foi x
C. lucida s os da x
C. dipsacea .. .. .. x
C. raouli è nd we x
Gy ta as oe X
C. testacea —‘.. E oe X
C. wakatipu .. me sa x
C. cirrhosa .. es Ws x
C. cryptocarp se b. X
C. uncifolia .. os .. x
C. pulchella . de sa x
C. petriei da - "P x
C. comans oe .. x
C. uae rs .. x
C. littoralis. .. =. ss x
C. dissita ae oe * x
C. neesiana | .. we “a as x
C. longiculmi sx P X
C.t da .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. x
Gy oe ee LE x .. .. x
C. pumila — .. em "s x m PA x w% RS x
C. flava os es vs x X x x x x
C. vaccilans .. s% of X
C. forsteri > P val] X
C. pseudo-cyperus — .. MS x x x x x x x
Synopsis of the Spec
Section I.—Spikelet a simple, ake (Sp. 1-2.)
Leaves grassy, flat, flexuous; spikelet oblong; bract short
or0 si 1. C. pyrenaica

Leaves biet: strict, cod d e ia ol
lon . 2. C. acicularis.
Section IT spot sinti or siis kcdrüg nous. or rarely dicecious,
sessile, forming a compact or more or less interrupted sometimes panieulate-
compound or decompound inflorescence, Stigmas 2. (Sp. 8-12. )

Cureseman.— Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 491

A. Spikelets all androgynous; female flowers above, male below.
Leaves usually flat; spikelets approximate, green or pale

perigynia ovate, beaked, serrate .. ^ .. 8. C. inversa.
Leaves involute, wiry ; spikelets GERM bomi peri-

gynia broadly ovate, not beaked, serrate . .. 4. C. colensoi.
Leaves flat, grassy ; ; spikelets approximate, purplish- Ms i

perigynia ovate, compressed, entire ».. b. C. parkeri,
Leaves flat; spikelets approximate, pale a WE

narrow-ovoid, margined, beak long, serrulate .. .. 6. C. leporina.

Leaves narrow, keeled ; spikelets spreading, close together
or distant; perigynia — ovate-lanceolate, corky
at the base, nerved, beak lo PE . C. echinata.
B. Spikelets all androgynous ; ene dava da leal below.
Tufted, slender ; spikelets in a linear or oblong head 4 to 14
inch long; perigynia pale, spreading, hardly nerved .. 8. C. muricata.
Hardly tufted, slender; spikelets in an ovoid head 3 to 1
inch long; perigynia dark brown, polished, nerved below 9. C. teretiuscula.
uud often very tall and stout; spikelets many, in a nar-
r loose panicle 6 to 18 inches long; perigynia
pug turgid, nerved or nearly smooth . 10. C. paniculata.

C. Spikelets some androgynous, others "ils visto or wholly
staminate, or inflorescence altogether diccious. Perigynia narrow
lanceolate, very long beaked.

Dicecious, or with few females in the male inflorescence, and
ales in the female; leaves semi-terete, strict;
spikelets in a linear head 1 inch long .. és ss 11. C. viridis.
Most of the spikelets wholly pistillate, the staminate flowers
"n and irregularly placed; leaves keeled ; gene: in
open panicle 4 to 9 inches long 2. C. ka
Section IIL, —Spikelets separate, Daly alles, als: the mae
spikelets constantly uppermost, rarely mixed with female flowers ; the lower
spikelets all female or with a few male flowers at the base or apex. (Sp.
13-40.)

A. Stigmas 2. Female spikelets often wholly unisexual, the male
flowers, when present, usually at the top of the spikelet, rarely
below.

From 6 to "à inches high ; spikelets 3 to 6, short, erect;
. 18. C. vulgaris.

Mid grassy, T nde I to 3 feet tiin ‘tien 4 re 8, Mes ;
glumes mucronate .. 14, C. subdola.

Tall, stout or slender, 1 to 4 feet high; las alter 4 iak

— ignem numerous, 8 to 25, long stalked and
ous; glumes awned .. si .. 15. C. ternaria.

B. Slice p^ Female spikelots often wholly unisexual ; the male
flowers, when present, usually at the base of the spikelets, rarely
at the top.

422

i

Transactions.— Botany.

* Spikelets usually more or less distant, or the upper ones alone
approximate (often all approximate in 19. C. raoulii).
Leaves semi-terete, usually red; glumes pale, almost white;
perigynia plano-convex, smooth, margins serrate +. 16. C. buchanani.
Leaves narrow, flat, keeled ; spikelets slender, loose-flowered ;
glumes acute, cuspidate or EL perigynia turgid,
smooth, polished, margins .. 17. C. lucida.
Leaves narrow, flat, keeled ; a dosi D tera:
terminal one sometimes partly female ; glumes rounded,
obtuse; perigynia divaricating, unequally biconvex,
smooth, with serrate margins
Leaves broad, flat, not keeled ; omini spikelet ‘inion i in-
variably partly female; glumes bifid, awned ; perigynia
strongly nerved, with serrate margins .. . 19. C. raoulii.
Leaves short, flat, keeled, coriaceous; male spikelet sioni
perigynia dark coloured, almost black, biconvex, nerved
and wrinkled, margins entire ex 20. C. devia.
** Spikelets usually approximate (Gorino pre in 21, C. testacea)
Culms slender, fiiliform, 1 to 2 feet, often much elongated in

. C. dipsacea.

fruit; perigynia plano-con . 21. C. testacea.
Culms rather stout, 4 to 12 iin si horas than the
leaves; perigynia unequally bicony . 22. C. wakatipu.

Culms very short, stout, 1 to 4 nani goa cnemid
by the leaves; perigynia plano-convex, slightly n
Leaves often spirally twisted at the apex when ce .. 28. C. cirrhosa.

Stigmas 3. Female spikelets either wholly unisexual, or with a few

male flowers at the base or apex of the spikelet.

* Perigynia quite glabrous, hardly spreading when ripe, beak short,
stout.

+ Small, 2 to 6 inches high. Culms extremely short, so that the
spikelets are hidden among the leaves.

Short, wd densely tufted; leaves flat, grooved; glumes
broad. or rounded; perigynia broadly ovate, ^ dew:
mica biconvex, serrate above..

Small, slender ; culms tufted but iia y i narrow,
concave; glumes narrow-ovate; perigynia elliptic-

oblong, trigonous or fusiform . se .. 25. C. uncifolia.
tt Slender, 6-18 inches high; ave narrow, 4—4 inch, usually
plano-convex; male spikelets solitary.

Culms slender, flaccid; leaves longer than the culms, fili-
form, keeled ; spikelets all sheathed, lowest one basal;
perigynia trigonous .. ..

Stouter, leaves with broad inating: pos mi fine olteti
curled and twisted points; spikelets all sheathed and
stalked ; glumes pale; perigynia dark, smooth and turgid 27. C. petriei.

Culms filiform, shorter than the leaves; spikelets short,
sessile or the lowest shortly pedunculate, perigynia lan-
ceolate, plano-convex, margins serrate

24. C. cryptocarpa.

. 26. C. pulchella.

is da .. 28. C. comans.

Currseman.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 428

Culms filiform, usually longer than the leaves; spikelets
sender, lower on long filiform peduncles; glumes and
pe ia as in C. comans, but broader á .. 29. C. cheesemanii.

Pale-green ; culms slender ; spikelets short an ad often
close together; perigynia ovoid, turgid, biconvex or
nearly trigonous, smooth, not serrate .. e» +» 30. C. littoralis.

+H Tall, stout or slender, from 14 to 3 feet or more. Leaves

broad, 4 to 3 inch, flat or keeled, grassy. Male spikelets usually
more than one (except in C. dissita).

Stout or slender, 1 to 2 feet high; spikelets 4 to 8, long or
short, 1 to 2 inches long by $ inch broad, male a
usually solitary . . 91. C. dissita.

Tall and slender, 2 to 3 feet high; iis often endi in
fruit; spikelets 5 to 10, terminal 2 to 4 male, female
slender, usually on long filiform peduncles, lower com-
pound . 82. C. neesiana.

Stout, 2 to 3 feet high ; ideis 5 to 6, two aine bel
female very stout and broad, over j inch diameter;
glumes and perigynia broadly ovate d . 83. C. longiculmis.

Very ust and stout, culms often 4 feet high and a
} inch broad. Spikelets 6 to 12, 2 to 4 inches long, very

sini upper 2 to 4 male; glumes narrow; perigynia
obovate-oblong, stipitate .. P .. 94. C. trifida.

** Perigynia pubescent, not vada ua ripe, beak short.

Small, 2 to 9 inches high, culms much shorter than the

A .. 35. C. breviculmis.
MS ua eni in aber flowering. large, smooth
and turgid.
Rhizome long, stout, creeping in sand, etc.; leaves glaucous,
longer than the culms > .. 36. C. pumila.

**** Perigynia glabrous, ug inde naue, narrowed into &
long and slender sharply 2-toothed beak, spreading when ripe
(except in C. vaccilans).

Pale A ice tufted, 4 to 9 inches high; leaves flat ;

s 3 to 6, crowded ; perigynia ovoid, suddenly
ca into the beak, strongly nerved.. e 37. C. flava.

Culms 1 to 2 feet high; leaves flat, harsh; spikelets 5 to 9,
distant, 1 to 24 inches long, very slender, hardly 4 inch
in B dismeer: perigynia fusiform, hardly os when

.. 98. C. vaccilans.
biis hi de 4 feet: Lai flat, ara ai 5 * 9, stout,
eaten etian one often mixed with female flowers ;
ia small, shortly fusiform, spreading — .. .. 99. C. forsteri.

Culms $ to 4 feet; leaves flat, soft, green and grassy; spike-
lets 3 to 5, pedunculate, nod ding, close together, or the
lower alone distant; perigynia large, very narrow, fusi-
form or triquetrous.. .. és ae 40. C. pseudo-cyperus.

424 Transactions.— Botany.

Section I. Spikelet solitary, simple, terminal.

1. C. pyrenaica, Wahl. in Act. Holm., 189; Boott, Ill. Car., iv., 148,
t. 475, 476; Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 280; Handbook N.Z. FI., 812.

North Island.—Tops of the Ruahine Mountains, Colenso (fide ** Hand-
book.")

South Island. —Summit of Mount Arthur, Nelson, alt. 5,000-6,000 feet ;
Raglan Range and mountains flanking the Wairau Valley, 5,000-6,000 feet ;
mountains above Arthur’s Pass, Canterbury, alt. 3,500-6,000 feet; Mount
Dobson, near Lake Tekapo, 5,000-6,000 feet, T.F.C. Mount Aspiring,
Otago, alt. 5,000 feet, D. Petrie 1

Usually from 8 to 9 inches high, but taller specimens are sometimes
seen, The leaves are described by Hooker as “longer than the culms,”
but this is only the case in the flowering stage, the culms elongating
considerably as the fruit ripens. All my New Zealand specimens have the
style nearly constantly 2-branched, in this respect differing from numerous
European and American specimens that I have examined, and in which the
style is nearly uniformly 3-branched. They thus approach the Australian
C. cephalotes, F.v.M., which, judging from examples kindly forwarded by
Sir Ferdinand Mueller, can only be separated from our plant by the broader
and flatter, hardly stipitate perigynia, and might well be regarded as a
variety only.

C. pyrenaica has an extensive range out of New Zealand. It is found
on the high lands of Northern and Central Europe, Northern Asia, and in
America along the line of the Rocky Mountains from Alaska to Utah and
Colorado.

2. C. acicularis, Boott, in Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 280, t. 63; IU.
Car., iv., 157, t. 508, f. 2; Hook. fil. Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 819 ; Benth. FI.
Austral., vii., 497. C. archeri, Boott, in Hook. Jil. Fl. Tasm., ii., 98, t. 150;
Ill. Car., iv., 156, t. 508, f. 8. C. pyrenaica, F. Muell. Fragm., viii., 251,
not of Wahl. i

| North Island.—Tops of the Ruahine Mountains, Colenso (Handbook).

South Island. —Not uncommon in the mountains of Nelson and Canter-
bury, alt. 2000-5000 feet. Otago, mountains above Lake Harris, T. Kirk.
Also in Tasmania and Victoria.

A well-marked species, easily distinguished from the preceding by the
strict and nearly terete leaves, shorter spikelets, and erect subulate bract.
It varies greatly in size, and in the number of flowers in the spikelets, but
its other characters appear to be fairly constant.

Section II. Spikelets several or many, androgynous or rarely dicecious,
sessile, forming a compact or more or less interrupted sometimes paniculate
or decompound inflorescence. Stigmas 2. :

Careseman.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 425

8. C.inversa, R. Br. Prodr., 242; Boott, IU. Car., iv., 151, t. 486-
488: Hook. fil., Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 281; Fl. Tasm., ii., 99; Handbk. N.Z.
Flora, 312; Benth. Fl. Austral., vii., 488; F. Muell. Fragm., vii., 252.

North Island.—Near Auckland, T. Kirk, T.F.C.; Thames Valley, Upper
Waikato and Waipa, T.F.C.; Hawke's Bay and Ruahine Range, Colenso
(Handbook); Waimarama, Hawke's Bay, H. Tryon! Wellington, rare,

South Island.—Wangapeka Valley, Buller Valley, and other localities in
Nelson Province, T.F.C.; Canterbury, Armstrong (Trans. N.Z. Inst. xii.,
344); Otago, Lake Wanaka, Outram, and Strath Taieri, D. Petrie! Deep
Stream, G. M. Thomson! Dart Valley, T. Kirk. Altitudinal range from
sea-level to over 3,000 feet.

Var. radicata.—Smaller, 2-4 inches high. Culms short or almost want-
ing, so that the spikelets are nearly radical, and much overtopped by the
leaves ; leaves wiry, involute, filiform ; perigynia prominently nerved, nar-
rowed into a long tapering serrate beak. Lakes Tekapo and Pukaki,
Canterbury, altitude 2,500 feet, T.F.C.

The species, which is also common in many parts of Australia and Tas-
mania, can be easily distinguished from the following by its grassy habit,
pale-coloured spikelets, and beaked perigynia. It varies greatly in height—
some of my Nelson specimens are over eighteen inches, and Mr. Kirk
informs me that he has gathered equally luxuriant ones in the Wellington
District. On the other hand, specimens from the Upper Waikato are much
depauperated.

The variety to which I have applied the name radicata is a very distinct
looking plant, but as at present it is only known from one district I hesitate
to describe it as a new species. It differs markedly from the type in the
very short culms, involute filiform leaves, and longer beak to the perigynia ;
but the Australian variety major has perigynia very similar in shape, and
the length of the culms is a variable character in most of the species. Pos-
sibly some of its characters may be due to the dry and arid climate of the
district in which it was collected.

4. C. colensoi, Boott, in Hook. fil. Flora Nov. Zeal., i. 281, t. 68, B.;
Handbook N.Z. Flora, 812.

North Island.—Probably not uncommon on the dry grassy plains in the
interior. Upper Thames and Patetere, 7.F.C.; Patangata, Hawke’s Bay,
W. Colenso (Handbook) ; Ruataniwha Plains and Taupo, H. Tryon.

South Island.—Oommon throughout in hilly and grassy districts, ascend-
ing to 4,500 feet. Sinclair and Haast (Handbook); Travers (Handbook) ;
Buchanan! Armstrong! D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson! T.F.C.

A distinct and well-marked species, apparently confined to New Zealand.

426 Transactions.— Botany.

5. C. parkeri, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiii., 832.

South Island.—Otago, on a hill near Mount Aspiring, alt. 5,000 feet,
D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson !

I exceedingly regret that I only possess two immature specimens of this
curious little plant, and am therefore unable to add anything to Mr. Petrie’s
description. It is clearly distinct from all the New Zealand species, but
appears to be in some measure allied to the northern C. lagopina, Wahl., so
far as the state of my specimens admits of a comparison being made.

6. C. leporina, L. Species Plant.; Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Inst., Xiv.,
801; Kirk, l.c., 884. C. ovalis, Good., Trans. Linn. Socy., ii., 148.

North Island.—Ohariu Valley, near Wellington, T. Kirk!

South Island.—Lower Motueka, Ngatimoti, Rosedale, Graham River,
and other localities in the Nelson Provincial District: T.F.C.

New Zealand specimens present no points of difference from the English
plant, which is also found in Northern and Central Europe, Greenland,
Siberia and Western Asia, and in America along the line of the Rocky
Mountains. A reported locality in the Falkland Islands needs confirmation
(Flora Antarctica, 2, p. 862). It may be easily recognized by its flat leaves,
slender culms, compact pale brown heads of spikelets, and by the narrow
wing which surrounds the perigynia.

7. C.echinata, Murray, Prodr. des stirp. Gott.,76; F, Muell. Fragm.,
viii., 252; Benth. Fl. Austral., vii., 489. C. stellulata, Good., Trans. Linn.
Socy., ii, 144; Hook. fil. Flora Nov. Zeal., i., 281; Handbk. N.Z. Flora,
312

North Island.—Probably not uncommon in the elevated districts of the
central and southern portions of the island. Swamps in the Upper Thames
Valley (a large stout form), T.F.C.; Bogs near Lake Taupo, Colenso (Hand-

book).

South Island.—Common in marshy places in the mountain districts of
Nelson and Canterbury, alt. 1,000-4,000 feet. Stewart Island, from sea-
level, D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson! T. Kirk. I have seen no Otago
specimens.

Easily separated from all its New Zealand allies by the squarrose
perigynia. Very variable in size, robustness, number and position of the
spikelets, etc. The ordinary form closely resembles the common state in
Europe; but I have a large coarse variety from the Thames Valley with
stems nearly two feet high, and numerous distant spikelets. A tall slender
variety with distant spikelets has also been gathered in Stewart Island by
Messrs. Petrie and Thomson. C. echinata is also found in Northern and
Central Europe, North Africa, North and West Asia to the Himalaya Moun-
tains, and in North America.

Currseman.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 427

8. C. muricata, L. Species Plant.; Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvi.,
p. 411.

South Island.—Mount Owen, Nelson; alt. 4,000 feet, T.F.C.

Elsewhere I have stated that the identification of the New Zealand
plant with the northern C. muricata, L., must not be taken as finally
settled until mature fruiting specimens are obtained. So far as habit,
foliage and inflorescence are concerned, there is little apparent difference ;
but the young perigynia hardly match those of a similar age in English
and Swiss specimens. C. muricata is common in many parts of Europe,
and is also found in North Africa, North and Central Asia to the Himalaya
Mountains, and in North America. It has not been previously recorded
from the southern hemisphere.

9. C. teretiuscula, Good., Linn. Trans., ii., 150; Hook. fil. Fl. Nov.
Zeat, 1., 981; Handbk. N.Z: Flora, 818.

North Island.—Tangoia, Hawke’s Bay, Colenso (Handbook); Ruataniwha
Plains, H. Tryon !

South Island.—Not uncommon in marshy places in the mountain dis-
tricts. Motueka Valley, Wairau Valley, Upper Waimakariri, Lake Tekapo,
ete., T.F.C.; Lake Ohau, Haast (Handbook); Lake Wakatipu, Valley of
the Dart, T. Kirk; Strath Taieri, Port Molyneux, D. Petrie! Altitudinal
range from sea-level to over 3,000 feet.

By many authors this species is united with C. paniculata, some
northern forms of which approach it very closely. C. teretiuscula, however,
has a very different habit, and never forms the dense tussocks of
C. paniculata. It is usually much smaller, the stems more slender and
wiry, the panicles (or spikes) much shorter and broader, and the perigynia
are also slightly different. But there is little danger of its being confounded
with the New — varieties of C. paniculata, all of which are widely
divergent.

Outside New Zealand, C. teretiuscula is found in North and Central
Europe, the Himalaya Mountains, and in North America.

10. C. paniculata, L. Species Plant., 1,383; Kunth, Enum. ii,, 359 ;

Var. appressa.—Stouter, stems more acutely angled ; donate wider (often
nearly j inch); panicles more erect and rigid, stouter and broader, with
more densely packed spikelets; perigynia plano-convex, margins incurved,
faces very prominently nerved. C. appressa, Br. Prodr., 242; Hook. fil.
Fl, Antarct., i., 90; Flora Tasm., ii., 99; Handbook N.Z. Flora, 818;
Boott, Ill. Car., i., 46, t. 119, 120.

Var. virgata.—Slender, panicle longer and narrower, often interrupted
below, perigynia smaller, prominently nerved. C. virgata, Sol. ; Boott, l. è.,
t. 121, 122; Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 282; Handbook N.Z. Flora, 813.

428 Transactions. — Botany.

Var. secta.—Larger, rootstocks often matted together and forming minia-
ture trunks 2-4 feet high. Panicle larger, more slender, much more com-
pound, often with lax drooping branches; perigynia smaller and broader,
faintly nerved or quite smooth and polished. C. secta, Boott in Hook. fil.
Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 989 ; IU. Car., t. 199, 124.

North and South Islands.—The varieties virgata and secta abundant
throughout, from the North Cape to Stewart Island, and from sea-level to
an altitude of over 3,000 Nek Var. appressa.— South Island —Near Dunedin
and Otago Peninsula, G. M. Thomson! D. Petrie! Milford Sound, Dr.
Hector, G. M. Thomson. Auckland and Campbell Islands, Sir J. D. Hooker.
(Handbook.)

I have followed Mr. Bentham and Sir F. Mueller in uniting the three
plants mentioned above with the northern C. paniculata, L.; a course long
àgo indicated by the sagacious Robert Brown. Small specimens of C.
appressa (and particularly some Tasmanian ones), are almost identical with
European examples; but usually the plant differs in its larger size, stouter
habit, and much longer panicles, which in C. paniculata are seldom more
than 4 or 5 inches long, but in C. appressa are sometimes over 18 inches,
and proportionally stout. €. virgata recedes from appressa in the narrower
foliage, still longer but much more slender panicles, and smaller perigynia ;
but transition states are occasionally seen. C. secta has drooping panicles
often 2 feet long, with lax spreading branches, and in its extreme form is
widely different from any northern variety of C. paniculata. Reduced or
mountain forms, however, gradually approach C. virgata, the panicles becom-
ing shorter, and the side branches less developed. After the study and
comparison of many specimens, both New Zealand and foreign, it appears to
me that the differences between the three varieties and between them and
the typical C. paniculata are mainly those of habit, size, and luxuriance, and
that there are no structural deviations of sufficient importance available for
specific distinction.

C. paniculata is widely distributed m New Zealand, and perhaps con-
tributes more to the general physiognomy of the vegetation than any other
species of the genus. Everyone who has had occasion to pass through
swampy districts is familiar with the huge tussocks formed by the matted
rootstocks of the variety secta, sometimes from four to five feet high, with a
diameter of nearly two feet. Outside New Zealand, Australia and Tas-
mania the species ranges through Europe and Western Asia. A variety is
found in California, but the plant seems to be unknown in Eastern America.

11. C. viridis, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiii., 882. Pale whitish-green.
Stems slender, wiry, tufted, terete below, compressed or plano-convex above,
grooved, perfectly smooth, 6-24 inches high. Leaves shorter than the

CureseMan,— Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 429

stems, narrow, 3; inch broad, erect, strict and wiry, concave in front, convex
behind, or plano-convex, grooved, margins smooth or slightly scabrid. In-
florescence nearly diccious or altogether so; spikelets pale, almost white,
few flowered, sessile, collected into a linear terminal spike 3-14 inch long;
those of the male plant with occasional female flowers or altogether uni-
sexual; those of the female sometimes with a staminate flower at the top of
the spikelets. Bracts short. Glumes lanceolate, thin and membranous,
pale, acuminate or awned. Perigynia long and narrow lanceolate, plano-
convex, nerved, tapering into a very long bidentate serrate beak. Stigmas 2.

South Island.—Upper Waitaki, Mackenzie Plains, Lakes Tekapo and
Pukaki, alt. 2,000-4,000 feet, T.F.C. ; Rough Ridge, alt. 3,000 feet ; Nevis
Valley, alt. 2,000 feet; and other localities in Otago, D. Petrie! Upper
Shotover, P. Goyen!

A most distinct species, whose only near ally appears to be the following.
I have given a full description of the plant, as Mr. Petrie does not allude to
the nearly dicecious inflorescence and some other curious points.

12. C. kaloides, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiii., 882. "E

South Island.—Apparently plentiful in mountain districts throughout.
Common in river valleys in the interior of Nelson, T.F.C.; slopes of Mount
Torlesse, Broken River, Upper Waimakariri, Mackenzie Plains, Lakes
Tekapo and Pukaki, and other localities in Canterbury, T.F.C.; interior of
Otago, plentiful, D. Petrie! Altitudinal range 800-3,500 feet.

Allied to C. viridis, but easily separated by its larger size, less strict
habit, broader, flatter, and more grassy leaves, and larger often loosely
branched panicles. The Nelson specimens as a rule have much larger,
more compound, and more numerously flowered panicles than those from
Canterbury and Otago, but I find no other difference. I have never seen
specimens wholly unisexual, as in C. viridis, but the male flowers vary
greatly in number ; in some cases the panicles being almost entirely pistil-
late, while in others a considerable portion of the upper spikelets are male.

C. kaloides and C. viridis are sharply marked off by their narrow lanceo-
late and long-beaked plano-convex perigynia ; none of the other New Zea-
land species even approaching them in this respect. Both are peculiar
to the colony.

Section III.—Spikelets separate, usually stalked, unisexual; the male
spikelets constantly uppermost, rarely mixed with female flowers; the
lower spikelets all female, or frequently with a few male flowers at the base
or apex.

18. C. vulgaris, Fries, var. gaudichaudiana, Boott, TU. Car., iv., 169,
t. 567; Benth. Fl. Austr., vii., 442; F. Muell. Fragm., viii. 257. C. gau-
dichaudiana, Kunth, Enum., ii., 417; Hook. fil. Fl. Tasm., ii., 99, t. 151, 4.;
Handbk, N.Z., Flora, 813.

430 Transactions.— Botany.

North Island.—Near Auckland; Valley of the Thames; ete.: T.F.C.
Probably not uncommon in the high interior country.

South Island.—Common in moist places in mountain districts, rarer in
the lowlands. Nelson—Mount Arthur plateau, ascending to 4,500 feet ;
Red Hills; Raglan Range; Wairau Gorge, etc.: T.F.C. Canterbury—
Upper Waimakariri; Arthur’s Pass; Burke's Pass; Mackenzie Plains;
Lakes Tekapo and Pukaki; Tasman River, etc.: 7.F.C. Canterbury
Plains: T. Kirk. Otago—abundant in the interior: J. Buchanan! D.
Petrie! G. M. Thomson!

This and the two following species form a small group possessing rather
broad lenticular or flattened nerved perigynia, with remarkably short beaks.
C. vulgaris is easily separated from the other two by its much smaller size,
few, short and nearly sessile spikelets, and by the usually obtuse glumes.
Our plant is generally kept as a distinct variety, although some specimens
can hardly be distinguished from northern forms. In size it varies exceed-
ingly—from one or two inches to nearly two feet,—and the breadth of the
leaves, number and size of the spikelets, shape of the glumes, colour and
shape of the perigynia are all subject to considerable variation. The peri-
gynia are very frequently attacked by the fungus Ustilago urceolorum, and
ultimately converted into a dusty mass of spores. In some districts it is
difficult to find specimens free from the Ustilago.

C. vulgaris has a wide geographical range. It is abundant in the Soler
regions of Europe, Asia, and America, extending northwards as far as
Greenland and Behring Straits. In the southern hemisphere, outside
New Zealand, it is abundant in Australia and Tasmania, and is also found
in Chili.

14. C. subdola, Boott, Trans. Linn. Bees: 20, 142; Hook. fil. Fl. Nov.
Zeal., i., 282; Handbook N.Z. Flora, 914.

North Island.—Not uncommon in marshy places, from Mongonui south-
wards.

South Island.—Nelson: Acheron Valley, Travers (Handbook); Upper
Takaka and Mount Arthur plateau, 2,500-4,000 feet, T.F.C. Canterbury:
various places in the Southern Alps, T. Kirk, T.F.C. Stewart Island:

- T. Kirk. Altitudinal range from sea-level to nearly 4,000 feet.

A tall, leafy, grassy species, very common in swamps in the northern
portion of the colony. It is allied to the European and Australian
C. acuta, L.; but the oblong emarginate glumes, usually furnished with a
stout awn from the centre of the emargination, are very different to the
narrow, gradually tapering glumes of C. acuta.

As in C. acuta, it often happens that in some of the lower flowers of the
female spikelets the rachilla is produced beyond the perigynium, sometimes
bearing one or two flowers with imperfect or fully developed perigynia,

CHEESEMAN.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 431

This is an additional proof of the axial nature of the rachilla, and of the
correctness of the theory that the perigynium is composed of a modified
ract.

15. C. ternaria, Forst. Prodr., no. 549; Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i.,
282; Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 814. C. geminata, Schkuhr, Car., 75. C. poly-
stachya, A. Rich. Fl. Now. Zél., iii., t. 21.

Var. a.—Tall and stout; leaves broad, often over + inch; spikelets
numerous, stout, pendulous.

Var. 8, gracilis.—Tall, slender; leaves 4-1 inch; spikelets usually
numerous, long, often over 4 inches, very slender, sometimes hardly 4 inch
in diameter. Approaches C. subdola.

Var. y, pallida.—Stout, leaves often rigid and coriaceous; spikelets
fewer, short, pale, on long filiform peduncles; perigynia broader and more
turgid, hardly nerved, sometimes with serrate margins.

North and South Islands.—Varieties a and 3 abundant throughout, from
the North Cape to Stewart Island and the Auckland Isles, and from sea-
level to 4,000 feet. Var. y.—Marshy places in the mountains of the South
Island, apparently plentiful, D. Petrie! T.F.C.

This is one of the most variable of the New Zealand Carices, as also one
of the most common and widely diffused. I have endeavoured to sort its
numerous forms into three main varieties, as characterized above; but it
must be borne in mind that there are numerous intermediates. Var. a is
usually of general occurrence in lowland districts, by the margins of swamps,
along the banks of streams and in open gullies. It is often over 4 feet in
height, with broad harsh and cutting leaves 4 inch or more across, and
numerous (12-24) dark brown stout pendulous spikelets, that are often 3 or
4 inches long by + inch broad. Var. gracilis is usually found in woods.
Small forms appear to pass into C. subdola; but ordinarily it can be dis-
tinguished by the longer awns to the glumes, and more numerous ternate
or quinate pendulous spikelets. The extreme form of var. pallida has a
very distinct appearance, and is probably the same as the supposed new
species briefly noticed in the ‘‘ Handbook” as having been collected by
Haast near Lake Ohau. But in many districts transition forms between it
and var. a can be collected.

C. ternaria appears to be confined to New Zealand.

16. C. buchanani, Berggren, Journ. of Botany, 1880, p. 104. C.
tenax, Berggren in Physiograph. Saliskaps Minneskrift Lund, 1878, t. 3, f.
1-7 (a name already occupied).

South Island.—Abundant in hilly and mountain districts throughout,
rare in the lowlands. Berggren, Armstrong! Buchanan! Petrie! G. M.
Thomson! T.F.C. It also probably occurs in the mountainous districts in
the centre of the North Island, but I have seen no specimens from thence,

432 Transactions.— Botany.

A well-marked species, excellently described and figured by Dr. Berg-
gren. Among the species with two styles it is easily recognized by its
usually reddish colour, densely tufted habit, strict semi-terete leaves, pale-
coloured glumes and elliptic plano-convex serrate perigynia. Dr. Berggren
considers that it is allied to C. raoulii, but I can find but little affinity with
that plant, which differs altogether in habit, foliage, glumes and perigy-
nia. `

Mr. Petrie informs me that C. buchanani is rapidly increasing in the
central districts of Otago, spreading along the sides of water-races, and in
river valleys that have had the dense native vegetation cleared away. In
Canterbury and Nelson it is usually found on the shingle-beds of the large
rivers; but it also ascends the mountains.

17. C. lucida, Boott, in Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 283; Ill. Car., t. 178 ;
Hook, fil. Handbook N.Z. Flora, 314.

North and South Islands.—Abundant throughout, from the North Cape
to Stewart Island. Altitudinal range from sea-level to 8,500 feet.

This is a well-known and widely-spread species, and in its ordinary
state cannot be confounded with any other. The narrow keeled leaves ;
distant long and narrow somewhat loose-flowered spikelets ; usually entire
glumes; and the biconvex turgid smooth and polished perigynia are good
distinguishing characters. The culms often elongate considerably after
flowering, becoming prostrate, and sometimes attaining a length of four or
five feet. This form commonly has much paler glumes and perigynia than
the type, but these are unimportant differences. The style-branches appear
to me to be invariably two only; unless a doubtful plant with three styles,
from the Wairau Valley, Nelson, of which I possess immature specimens
only, be referable to this species.

18. C. dipsacea, Berggren, Physiograph. Saltskaps Minneskrift Lund,
1878, t. 7, f. 8-14,

North Island.—Tokano and Omatangi (near Lake Taupo), Berggren, l. c. ;
Mount Egmont Ranges, alt. 8,000 feet, H. Tryon! Upper Waikato and
Patetere, T.F.C.; abundant in the swamps of the Middle and Lower
Waikato nearly to the mouth of the river, T.F.C.

South Island.—Nelson—Lower Motueka, Graham River, Wangapeka
Valley, Wairau Valley, T.F.C.; Canterbury—Southern Alps, Berggren, l.c. ;
Upper Waimakariri, Lake Tekapo, T.F.C.; Otago—Manuherikia Valley,
Strath Taieri, Waikouaiti, Upper Waipori, Catlin's River, D. Petrie! Alti-
tudinal range from sea-level to 8,500 feet.

A larger species than the preceding, of a deeper green colour. The
spikelets are much shorter and stouter, the flowers much more closely
packed, the glumes broader, rounded and obtuse at the top; and the:

Currseman.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 438

perigynia are sharply serrate. I find that the male spikelet is not unfre-
quently partly female, a point not alluded to by Dr. Berggren, whose
description and plate are otherwise very accurate.

19. C. raoulii, Boott, in Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 988. Yellowish or
dark green. Culms rather stout, laxly tufted, 9 inches to 2 feet in height,
triquetrous, scabrid. Leaves usually longer than the culms, 1-1 inch broad,
flat and grassy, grooved, coriaceous, margins scabrid. Bracts long and leafy.
Spikelets 4-7, pale, stout, erect, approximate and sessile, or the lower ones
distant and shortly pedunculate, 3-1 inch long, + inch broad; all female
but usually with a few male flowers below, the uppermost generally longer
with more male flowers below. Glumes pale brown, broadly ovate, thin
and membranous, 3-nerved, deeply bifid, awn long, stout and hispid. Peri-
gynia broader and longer than the glumes, elliptical, narrowed to the base
and upwards into a rather long and stout 2-toothed beak, strongly nerved,
unequally biconvex; margins serrate above. Stigmas 2. IU. Car., iii.,
109, t. 333; Hook. fil. Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 314. C. goyeni, Petrie, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., xiv., 363.

South Island.—Not uncommon in mountain districts. Nelson—Graham
River, Wangapeka Valley, Mount Owen, ete.: T.F.C. Canterbury—Akaroa,
Raoul; Southern Alps, Sinclair and Haast; Broken River basin, Upper
Waimakariri; Lakes Tekapo and Pukaki; T.F.C. Otago—head of Lake
Wakatipu, D. Petrie!; near Lake Wanaka, J. Buchanan! Altitudinal
range from 250-3,000 feet.

Although C. raoulii is one of the most distinct species of the genus in
New Zealand, there has been considerable misconception respecting it, and
by many it has been confounded with C. testacea. I therefore give revised
descriptions of both species. Its main characters lie in the loose open
habit, comparatively broad flat leaves, in the terminal spikelet being always
partly female, and in the elliptical strongly nerved and serrate perigynia,
which are unequally biconvex, and narrowed both upwards and downwards.
In C. testacea the perigynia are much broader, plano-convex and almost
hemispherical, and in addition to the very different habit the terminal spike-
let is never mixed with female flowers.

20. C. devia, Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv., 801.

South Island.—Mountain districts in Nelson, not uncommon above 2,500
feet: T.F.C.

Allied to C. testacea, but readily distinguished by its different habit,
stouter culms, rigid and coriaceous grooved leaves, very stout clavate male
spikelets, and more turgid biconvex perigynia, with a shorter broader beak
and entire margins.

28

434 - Transactions. —Botany.

21. C. testacea, Sol, mss.—Stems tufted, slender, leafy, nearly smooth,
from 4 to 18 inches high, in some forms elongating in fruit and becoming
prostrate, occasionally reaching 4-5 feet in length. Leaves longer or shorter
than the stems, flat, involute or keeled, 7;-# inch broad, striate ; margins
more or less scabrid. Spikelets 8-5, pale brown, close together or rarely
distant, sessile, or the lower shortly peduncled; the upper one male,
slender, 1-2 inches long; lower female only, or sometimes with a few male
flowers below, rarely above, short and broad, erect, }-1} inch long, 4-4
inch broad. Bracts leafy, very long, overtopping the spikelets. Glumes
broadly ovate, thin and membranous, bifid at the apex, with a long or short
awn, pale brownish usually dotted with chestnut, median portion more or
less conspicuously 8-nerved. Perigynia rather smaller than the glumes,
very broadly ovate, plano-convex, nerved, polished and shining, purplish at
the apex, paler below, or wholly pale brown; beak very short and broad,
with two widely-divergent Boe margins entire or serrate above. Stig-
mas 2.—Boott in Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 282; Hook. fil. Handbk. N.Z.
Flora, 814.

North and South Islands.—Abundant throughout, from the North Cape
to Stewart Island. Altitudinal range from sea-level to 8,500 feet.

An extremely variable plant, especially in the length of the culms, which
in some forms hardly elongate after flowering, in others reach a length of
from 8 to even 5 feet, lying prostrate on the ground. The description in
the “Flora of New Zealand” is much more correct than the later one
given in the “ Handbook,” where it is stated that the perigynia are not
serrate above, which they very frequently are; and also that it can be dis-
tinguished from C. raoulii by the glumes not being 2-fid—whereas they are
almost invariably bifid in both species. It seems probable that more
species than one have been included in the description given in the
** Handbook.’

Some of the forms which I include under C. testacea should perhaps
have been briefly characterized as varieties. For instance the lowland
form, often common near the coast, on sand-hills, etc., differs in several
respects from the mountain state. But I find so many intermediates that
for the present I have thought it best to give a sufficiently wide specific
description and to postpone actually characterizing trivial varieties until
more is known of their range and limits.

22. C. wakatipu, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Institute, xiv., 363.

South Island.—Canterbury—mountains above the Broken River, alt.
8,500 feet; mountains above Arthur’s Pass, 4,000 feet; Lake Tekapo, alt.
3,000-4,500 feet, T.F.C. Otago—Ben Lomond, near Queenstown, alt.
8,000-5,000 feet ; Lake Wanaka, alt. 3,500 feet, D, Petrie!

CureseMman,— Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 435

This is principally distinguished from C. testacea by its smaller size ;
shorter and stouter culms; and more strongly nerved biconvex perigynia.
It is usually from 6 to 12 inches high, but alpine specimens are much
depauperated, only 2 or 8 inches high, bearing two or three short and stout
spikelets sunk amongst the leaves.

23. C. cirrhosa, Berggren, Physiograph. Saltskaps Minneskrift Lund,
1878, 29, t. 7, f. 27-84

South Island.—Waimakariri River, Berggren. Lake Lyndon, alt. 2,500
feet, J. D. Enys! T. Kirk! T.F.C.

A curious little plant, first discovered by Dr. Berggren, and excellently
described and figured by him. Its only near ally is the following species :—

24. C. cryptocarpa, Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvi., p. 412.

South Island.—Vicinity of Lake Tekapo, Canterbury, alt. 2,500 feet.
EFG

This is near to C. cirrhosa, but differs in its larger size and stouter
habit; broader glumes ; larger more turgid perigynia, with shorter beaks
and serrate margins; and in having 3 stigmas. The nut is trigonous,
while it is lenticular in all the fruiting specimens of C. cirrhosa that I have
examined. Old tussocks of this species often have a most peculiar appear-
ance. The centre dies out, leaving a hollow ring which grows on
vigorously. In dry weather the leaves all curve inwards towards the centre
of the ring, giving the tussock the appearance of a cushion with a low centre.

25. C. uncifolia, Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Institute, xvi., p. 412.

South Island.—Mountains flanking the Wairau Valley, Nelson, alt.
8,000—4,000 feet, T'.F.C.

Differing much in habit from the two preceding species, never forming
close compaet tufts, but having more of the habit of small and fine leaved
specimens of C. breviculmis. Besides this, the culms and leaves are much
more slender, spikelets smaller, and the perigynia of a very different shape,
being trigonous or almost fusiform, or, to take a familiar example, very
near to those of C. lucida in shape. As I only have it from one locality,
some little allowance must be made for the description. Small specimens
are often hardly more than an inch or two in height, but large ones attain
5 or 6 inches.

26. C. pulchella, Berggren, Physiograph. Saltskaps Minneskrift Lund,
1878, 29, t. 7, f. 20-26.

South Island.—Mountains near the Bealey River, Canterbury, Berggren.

I am not in a position to add anything to Dr. Berggren’s description of
this species, for although I am inclined to refer to it some specimens of a
plant gathered in the Wairau Valley, Nelson, they are much too imma-
ture to warrant a positive conclusion. Dr. Berggren remarks that it is

436 Transactions. — Botany.

distinguished from C. comans by the flaccid culms; sheathed spikelets, the
lowest of which is nearly basal; and by the turgid perigynia, which exceed
the glumes in length. From C. testacea it is at once removed by the number
of the style-branches, narrower and smoother perigynia, and by the remote
lower spikelet.

27. C. petriei, Cheeseman, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvi., p. 413.

South Island.—-Mountains above the Broken River, and near Arthur’s
Pass, alt. 3,000-4,500 feet; ravines at the foot of Mount Dobson, and
between Lake Tekapo and Lake Pukaki, alt. 3,000 feet, T.F.C.; near
Naseby ; Dunstan Mountains, alt. 8,000 feet; Lake Wanaka, alt. 8,500
feet, D. Petrie!

I take this to be a perfectly distinct and well-marked form, easily dis-
tinguished from any of the species with 8 styles by its usually reddish
colour ; by the broad sheathing bases to the leaves and their fine points,
which are curled and twisted when dry; by the small and narrow spikelets,
all of which are sheathed and stalked, and the lower on filiform peduncles ;
by the remarkably pale coloured glumes; and by the narrow ovoid or
elliptic-oblong turgid perigynia, which are quite smooth and even, and of a
dark brownish- or purplish-black colour. It seems to be conveniently
placed near C. pulchella although by no means closely allied to that plant.
From C. testacea and the allied species it is at once removed by the number
of styles and the shape of the perigynia.

28. C. comans, Berggren, Physiograph. Saltskaps Minneskrift Lund, 1878,
t. 7, f. 15-19.

North Island.—Sandy shores near Hokianga, Berggren; near Kaihu,
Northern Wairoa, T.F.C.; Paparoa, (Kaipara), T. Kirk.

With this species I am imperfectly acquainted, for although I believe
that I have gathered it in the Northern Wairoa district, my specimens are
few in number and very immature. Judging mainly from Dr. Berggren’s
plate and description, it is separated from the allied species with three
stigmas by the slender habit, filiform plano-convex leaves, which are longer
than the culms, remote short-stalked or sessile spikelets, and by the narrow
plano-convex perigynia, with the margins sharply and coarsely toothed
towards the apex.

Near Lake Tekapo, Canterbury, I have collected specimens of a plant
. Closely allied to the above, but differing in the stouter habit, much larger
and broader glumes with longer awns, and rather broader perigynia. I had
placed it as a variety of C. comans, but Mr. J. G. Baker, of Kew, who has
done me the favour of comparing it with an authentic specimen of C. comans
received from Dr. Berggren, considers it to be distinct. I hesitate, however,
to describe it as new until better acquainted with Berggren’s plant,

Cuerseman.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 487

29. C. cheesemanii, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv., 858.

South Island.—Apparently common in hilly and mountainous districts,
Wairau Valley; Buller Valley; Wangapeka Valley and other localities in
the interior of Nelson, T.F.C. Upper Waimakariri and near Mount Dob-
son, Canterbury, T.F.C. Upper Waipori; Strath Taieri; Maniototo Plain;
Nevis Valley and other places in Otago: D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson!

This is probably nearest to the preceding species, and although differing in

several characters might well be regarded as a variety only. The culms are
longer and more slender, often considerably exceeding the leaves ; the leaves
are flatter and rather narrower, although variable in this respect; the lower
spikelets are usually on long filiform peduncles; and the glumes and
perigynia are rather broader. Like several other New Zealand species it
is often a red-brown colour. Large and coarse specimens have some slight
outward resemblance to small forms of C. lucida, but in reality differ alto-
gether in leaves, glumes, and perigynia.

80. C. littoralis, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Inst., XV., 358.

North Island.—Probably not uncommon in brackish-water marshes.
Whangarei Harbour; Manukau Harbour; marshes by the Thames and
Piako Rivers; Tauranga Harbour, T.F.C.

South Island.—Nelson Harbour and marshy places by the shores of
Blind Bay, T.F.C.; Port Chalmers; Paterson's Inlet (Stewart Island),
D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson !

This species appears to be confined to brackish-water swamps. It has
been confounded with C. testacea, with which, however, it has little affinity.
It is nearer to C. comans, but is easily recognized by its larger size and
stouter habit, more closely placed spikelets, and particularly by the more
turgid biconvex or trigonous perigynia, not (or very obscurely) serrate above.

. C. dissita, Solander, mss. ; Boott in Hook, fil. Flora Nov. Zeal., i.,
284; Ill. Car., i., t. 176; Hook. fil. Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 816.

North and South Islands.—Abundant in most districts, and ranging from
sea-level to 3,500 feet. alt,

Var. B, lambertiana.—Much stouter, leaves broader, sometimes over 1
inch. Spikelets much longer and stouter, sometimes 2} inches long, erect,
short stalked. Glumes more deeply bifid. C. lambertiana, Boott in Hook.
fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 284; Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 817.

North and South Islands.—Apparently not uncommon throughout. I
have not myself seen specimens from Otago, but I am informed by Mr. Kirk
that it occurs both there and in Stewart Island.

Var. y.—Culms usually overtopped by the leaves; spikelets pe, short-
stalked, lowest often compound ; glumes with longer awns.

North Island.—Common in the Auckland Provincial District.

488 Transactions.—Botany.

C. dissita is undoubtedly one of the most variable species we possess.
Commencing with the small form found abundantly in mountain swamps,
and which is often hardly more than 6 or 9 inches high, with narrow
leaves and three or four short and small spikelets, every step can be
traced into the tall grassy variety so generally distributed in both low-
land and upland districts, and which is often more than two feet high,
with 6-8 loosely placed, often pendulous, spikelets. This again varies
into the stouter and harsher form hitherto kept distinct under the
name of C. lambertiana, but which is certainly only entitled to rank as
a variety—all its differences being those of size and luxuriance, and none
of them being even tolerably constant. Another curious state, which
is found in many localities in the Auckland Provincial District, has many of
the characters of C. lambertiana, but differs in the softer foliage, shorter and
much paler spikelets, the lowest of which are almost invariably compound,
and much shorter culms. In the compound spikelets it approaches C. nee-
siana, but differs altogether in habit and the short stalk to the much larger
spikelets. O. neesiana is certainly a close ally of C. dissita, but appears to
be sufficiently distinct in the different habit, numerous male spikelets and
compound lower female ones on long pendulous stalks. The distinction of
entire glumes, given by Hooker in the ** Handbook," breaks down when a
large suite of specimens is examined, the glumes varying in both species
from quite entire to deeply bifid, and the length of the awn is equally incon-
stant. i

82. C. neesiana, Endl. Prodr. Fl. Ins. Norfolk, 24; Boott, IU. Car.,
iv., 186, t. 486; Hook. fil. Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 816. C. solandri, Boott in
Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 284; lll. Car., i., t. 176.

North Island.—Not uncommon in wooded districts.

South Island.—Queen Charlotte Sound, Banks and Solander (Hand-
book); Wangapeka, Upper Wairau and other localities in Nelson, T.F.C. ;
Banks Peninsula, Armstrong !; Akaroa, 7. Kirk; near Dunedin and on
Stewart Island, D. Petrie!

This is principally distinguished from C. dissita by the taller, more
slender habit; longer culms, often becoming elongated in fruit and pros-
trate ; more numerous male spikelets (the male spikelets are seldom more
than one in C. dissita); and by the compound long peduncled lower female
spikelets. The perigynia and glumes are much alike in both species.

C. neesiana is found in Norfolk Island, but does not seem to extend into
Australia or Tasmania,

83. C, longiculmis, Petrie, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv., 868.

South Island.—Paterson Inlet, Stewart Island, D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson!
T. Kirk!

CuxxsEMAN.—Hevision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 489

A very distinet species. Easily separated from C. dissita var. lamberti-
ana, by its different habit; shorter, much stouter, pale brown spikelets, and
longer beak to the broader and somewhat stipitate perigynia. From C.
trifida it is removed by its smaller size and more slender habit, less nume-
rous and smaller spikelets, broader glumes, and very different perigynia.
The short broad blunt spikelets remind one of those of some species of the
Vesicaria section, but the perigynia are unlike.

84, C. trifida, Cav. Ic., 41, t. 465; Boott in Hook. fil. Fl. Antarct., i.,
89; Fl. Nov. Zeal., i, 284; Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 916. C. incrassata,
Solander, mss. C. aristata, D’ Urv.

South Island.—Totaranui (Queen Charlotte Sound) Banks and Solan-
der (Handbook); Akaroa, Raoul; Dusky Sound, Lyall; near Dunedin,
D. Petrie! G. M. Thomson!. Auckland and Campbell Islands, Sir J. D.
Hooker (Flora Antarctica).

Also common in temperate South America, from Chili and Fuegia to
the Falkland Islands. Its large size, stout habit, and numerous massive
€ readily distinguish it from any other species found in New Zealand.

. C. breviculmis, R. Br. Prodr., 242; Boott in Hook. fil. Fl. Nov,
Pe i, 283, t. 63; Fl. Tasm.,i., 101; Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 316; Boott,
Ill, Car., iv., 181; F. Muell. Fragm., viii., 255; Benth. Fl. Austral., vii; 445.

North and South Islands.—Abundant in dry places from the North Cape
to Stewart Island. Altitudinal range from sea-level to 3,000 feet.

Easily distinguished by its pubescent perigynia. It has a wide range
outside New Zealand, being found in Lord Howe Island, South-eastern
Australia and Tasmania, the Himalaya Mountains, and in China and
Japan.

86. C. pumila, Thunb. Flora Japon., 88; Benth. Fl. Hongkong, 482 ;
Fl. Austral., vii., 445; Boott, Ill. Car., iv., 217; Hook. fil. Handbook N.Z.
Flora, 315. C. littorea, Lab. Fl. Nov. Holl., ii., 69, t. 219; R. Br. Prodr.,
248; Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 284; Fl. Tasm., ii., 200.

North and South Islands.—Abundant on sandy shores and on sand-
dunes, from the North Cape to Stewart Island.

A well-marked plant. The long running rhizomes sending up TUBE
stems ; the glaucous keeled leaves ; and large, smooth and turgid perigynia,
exceeding in size those of any other New Zealand species, are conspicuous
characters. Common in Eastern Australia, in Tasmania, and in some
parts of extra-tropical South America, and also found on the coasts of
China and Japan.

87. C. flava, L. Species Plant.; Kunth Emm., ii, 446; Benth. Fl,
Austral., vii., 444. C. cataracte, R. Br. Prodr., 242; Hook. fil. Fl. Tasm.,
ii., 101, t. 151; Handbook N.Z. Flora, 315; Boott, IU, Car., iv., 204,

440 Transactions.— Botany.

South Island.—Amuri, T. Kirk! Southern Alps, Sinclair and Haast
(Handbook); Canterbury Plains, T. Kirk; Lakes Tekapo and Alexandrina,
and by the Tasman River, T.F.C. ; Waitaki River, Haast ; Dunedin,
D. Petrie! Lake District of Otago, J. Buchanan! Stewart Island, 7. Kirk.
Altitudinal range from sea-level to over 3,000 feet.

I have followed Mr. Bentham in uniting the Tasmanian and New
Zealand C. cataracte with the northern C. flava ; the differences between
the two forms being hardly of specific value. New Zealand specimens
never seem to attain the size of European, and as a rule the spikelets are
much more closely compacted, and the perigynia smaller. In all my
specimens the beak of the perigynium is shorter than in the typical C. flava,
in this respect approaching the variety «deri, often kept as a distinct
species. Specimens from Swanport, Tasmania, kindly forwarded to me by
Baron Miieller, have indeed perigynia almost indistinguishable from those
of C. ederi, as is stated in the “ Flora Australiensis ;" but I have not seen
any specimens collected in New Zealand that exaetly match them.

C. flava has a wide distribution ; being found through the greater por-
tion of Northern and Central Europe, in temperate North America, Madeira,
Western and Central Asia to the Himalaya Mountains, and in Tasmania.

38. C. vaecilans, Sol., mss. ; Boott in Hook. fil. Fl. Nov. Zeal., i., 285 ;
Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 317.

North Island.—Not uncommon on declivities in dry woods, especially
near the sea. I have seen no specimens from the South Island.

This is à handsome and in my opinion very distinct species. Sir J. D.
Hooker remarks (Handbook, p. 311) that it should perhaps be united with
C. dissita ; but the long and slender spikelets, narrow entire glumes, and
much longer and narrower fusiform beaked perigynia do not appear to show
any close alliance to that plant. In habit and in the shape of the perigynia
there is considerable resemblance to the next species, which has induced me
to place the two plants close together. C. vaccilans is, however, much
smaller in all ibs parts, and the perigynia do not spread when mature.

39. C. forsteri, Wahl. in Act. Holm., 1808, 154; Boott in Hook. fil. Fl.
Nov. Zeal., i., 285; Hook. fil. Handbk. N.Z. Flora, 815 (in part only). C.
debilis, Forst. Prodr., 92, non Michz. C. recurva, Schkuhr Car.,f. 84. Q.
punctulata, A. Rich. Fl. Nouvelle Zél., t. 99, C. cinnamomea, Cheeseman,
Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv., 801, not of Olney.

North Island.— Whangarei Heads; Thames Goldfields; Raglan ; near
Gisborne, T.F.C.; Wellington, T. Kirk.

South Island.—Lower Motueka, Graham River, Wangapeka Valley, and
other localities in Nelson, T.F.C. Akaroa, T. Kirk. Altitudinal range
from sea-level to 8,000 feet. .

CurrsemMan.—Revision of the N.Z. Species of Carex. 441

In the opinion of many botanists, C. forsteri ought not to be separated,
save as a variety, from the plant named C. fascicularis by Solander. The
two were kept as distinct by the late Dr. Boott in his account of the genus
given in the “ Flora of New Zealand," but were united by Sir J. D. Hooker
in the “ Handbook.” Sir Ferd. von Múeller, in the eighth volume of his
** Fragmenta," adopts Hooker's views as to the identity of C. forsteri and C.
fascicularis, and reduces both to the widely distributed C. pseudo-cyperus, Li. ;
and in this he is apparently followed by Mr. Bentham ( Flora Australi-
ensis, 7, p. 449). With the reduction of C. fascicularis to C. pseudo-cyperus
I perfectly agree; but at present I am not prepared to adopt similar
views with respect to C. forsteri. After an examination of numerous
specimens from both Islands, and a comparison with New Zealand,
Australian, and European examples of C. pseudo-cyperus, it appears
to me that C. forsteri differs in several prominent characters. Its
habit is by no means the same, being nearer that of C. vaccilans, but
stouter; the leaves are harsher and more rigid, differing much from the
soft and grassy foliage of C. pseudo-cyperus ; the spikelets are much more dis-
tantly placed, the males being often two or three in number; and the peri-
gynia are smaller and broader, with much shorter beaks. The plant
described by me as C. cinnamomea (a name, by the way, preoccupied by a
North American species), I am now convinced must be reduced to C.
forsteri. It is usually of a more slender habit, with longer awned glumes,
bright red-brown spikelets, and still smaller perigynia with shorter, obscurely-
toothed beaks.

40. C. pseudo-cyperus, L. Species Plant., 1887; Kunth Enum., ii.,
501; F. Muell. Fragm., viii., 249; Benth. Flora Austral., vii., 448; Boott,
Ill. Ca ., 1V., t. 451, 452. C. fascicularis, Sol. ex Boott in Hook. fil. Fl.
Nov. ee ., 1., 288 ; Boott, Ill. Car., ic, 6. 189, 140.

North and South Islands.—Abundant throughout, in marshes or swampy
woods. Altitudinal range from sea-level to 8,000 feet.

This is the C. forsteri, B minor and y fascicularis of the Handbook. As
stated in the remarks to the preceding species, I quite agree with Mueller
and Bentham in uniting it with the northern C. pseudo-cyperus. The spe-
cies, in some of its forms, is found in Europe, Western and Southern Asia,
North and South Africa, North and South America, and in Australia.

Addendum.
In addition to the above species, Mr. Kirk* has added C. chlorantha,
Br., a common Australian and Tasmanian plant closely allied to C. panicu-
lata. His specimens were gathered, some years ago, in a locality within

* Trans, N.Z. Inst., vol. x., appendix, p. 42.

t

442 Transactions.— Botany.

the precincts of the City of Auckland. In this station it has since become
extinct; and as the plant has not been observed elsewhere in New Zealand,
I am of opinion that it should be regarded as a chance introduction only.

Mr. Colenso* has also described a C. spinirostris as new. His descrip-
tion, however, is exceedingly vague; and the only specimen I have seen is
in such poor condition that I have been unable to form an opinion as to the
validity of the species,

* Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xv., p.335, -

III.—CHEMISTRY.

Art. XLVIIIL.—On the Pottery Clays of the Auckland District.
By J. A. Pon.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 20th August, 1883.]

In the year 1876, I had the honour of reading a paper before this Institute
on “a few of the fire-clays of this district,” since which period the frequent
opportunities I have had of examining the different deposits has led me in
no way to alter my opinion as to the great value and extent of them, and
since then I have seen and examined so many other beds of these alluviums
that I make no apology for bringing before you to-night a few notes upon
another series embraced in the very extended term, pottery clay. By this
is meant that material of which the finest of our china and parian ware,
and the roughest of our earthenware, are made; from the pure white kaolin
obtained by the disintegration of the granite, to the rough ochreous clays
and marls whose red and grey tints are so well known. Included with these
is the terra cotta, a soft unctuous clay with a large percentage of peroxide
or carbonate of iron regularly distributed. This, if of good texture and
thoroughly admixed, will yield in the muffle a biscuit of the most delicate
shades of redness ; this is terra cotta, the use of which has increased very
much of late in England, large houses being built entirely of it.

In dealing with the commercial values of heavy materials, such as clay,
full consideration must be given to the removal of the same for shipping
purposes, the carriage to market being always a serious factor. In dealing
with this subject I have not been unmindful of this factor, and clays which
are really of value on account of their texture or purity are passed over on
account of the impracticability of bringing them to market.

Of the clays I have examined the great majority lack the whiteness of
the true kaolin, and the biscuits from them vary from white to a full bright
red. Those having light creamy tints to buffs are very plentiful, and I have
no doubt that in many of these instances, when the beds are properly opened
and worked, they will improve in uniformity and whiteness.

From Mongonui and Awanui I have received samples of excellent
pottery clay, some being nearly white, but the majority of a cream tint.
From Whangaroa I received through Mr. Will a sample of pipe-clay of pure
whiteness, very unctuous and refractory, a nearly pure silicate of alumina,
There is, I believe, a large deposit of this material. From the Bay of
Islands I have obtained clays of fine texture, fairly white, perfectly free

444 Transactions. —Chemistry.

from grit and fit for the potter without elutriation. In the Wade District,
extending to Riverhead, we have a very varied assortment of clays, fit for
all purposes of pottery material with the exception of the finer wares. From
Mercury Bay I have received samples of fine, white, unctuous clays, but as
to the extent of the deposits I have no information. In the Waikato, near
Hamilton, there are some excellent clays, the biscuit of which is of a pure
white. Some of these clays have been worked up into medallions, slabs,
and ornaments by Mr. Wright, who has resided a long period in that por-
tion of the district engaged on pottery work, and whose workmanship is in
the highest degree ornate. Though these clays are so excellent they have
not been proved as to extent, and I think it questionable whether they will
be found free from iron in more than small deposits. And here we have
the drawback at present of lengthy rail carriage to the centre of population
in the district. At the coal mines, Kawakawa, Whangarei, Taupiri, and
Miranda, we have the refractory clays accompanying the coal measures, but
these will be of value only in the rougher articles of pottery, owing to the
presence of iron pyrites in nodules or finely distributed, and shrinkage, from
the amount of bituminous material present. I come now to the last of the
locations where I have found any great extent of clays for varied purposes,
and so situated as to be within reasonable distance of fuel and adjacent to
this city where the articles may be brought to market and for export. I
allude to the Drury and Papakura, basin, overlying which are the plastic
clays. Here, over several square miles of country, we have clays from the
whitest material, giving a biscuit of great purity to yellow, grey and blue
clays yielding biscuits from a light cream to a deep rich red, which will give
a terra cotta of great beauty. I have analyzed some of these deposits, and
here append the results :—

Yellow Red Clay Blue Clay (pinkish
(terra cotta). creamy biscuit),

Silica .. 4 de eS
Alumina M» A» ee 299 29:5
Oxide of Iron .. da «uti DI 6:3
Lime .. "e y. e+ trace trace
Magnesia a $* .. trace ‘6
Water .. e i a 19 16

100:0 100:0

In reference to these deposits, 1 do not for a moment claim any dis-
covery with respect to them, as Dr. Hochstetter, in a lecture delivered at
the Mechanics' Institute in 1859, calls attention to these beds, advising the
establishment of potteries for the manufacture of earthenware, and further
states “remarkably suitable clays of every necessary variety have been
shown to exist in the neighbourhood,” and also furnishes the results of two

Ponp.—On the Pottery Clays of the Auckland District. 445

bore holes put down by Mr. Ninnis at Drury, which show a depth of 69 and
64 feet respectively through clays of many colours from white to brown, the
seams varying from 1-11 feet in thickness. A few months since I paid a
visit to these bore holes, but there is little to see beyond the position in
which they were sunk. To obtain a knowledge of these beds, however,
it will be found, by skirting the Karaka estuary on both sides from the ferry
to Papakura and Drury, that many fine sections can be obtained of the clays
in situ, most of them having but little overburden, and stripping will not be
so serious a matter as at the bore holes indicated by Dr. Hochstetter. In
some places there are 30 feet of clays, in three or four distinct beds, differ-
ing slightly in their chemical composition though more or less varied physi-
cally. Some of them are very argillaceous, and a few arenaceous, while for
variety 1 know of no district where it can be equalled. After carefully
inspecting a number of these sections, I have found nineteen distinct
characters, either chemically or physically, of which about twelve will be of
value for pottery work. So pure are some of these clays as to require no
elutriation,—as they are won from the cutting so they can go to the pug mill.
Amongst them there is one terra cotta so rich in colour without any addition
or treatment that this alone would be a valuable acquisition, and when we
bear in mind the extent to which terra cotta ware is now coming into use,
it will be seen that this is no fancy sketch.

In the future we shall undoubtedly see extensive works located in this
portion of the district for the use of these valuable clays, and the working of

„these beds will be greatly facilitated by a small canal between the Manukau
and Waitemata waters.

Before leaving this part of my subject a few words upon a peculiar clay
from Kaitaia may not be out of place. Having received some samples from
the north of fine unctuous pipe-clay, I was informed by Mr. Kelly, of
Mongonui, that they used a similar clay to make the roads with in that part
of the district, and a large sample was forwarded to me, at my request, by
Mr. Houston, who states that after spreading upon the roads at first, the
horses stick fast, and have great difficulty in making their way, but that it
soon hardens, and, after once becoming so, no amount of rain will cause it
to puddle again.

It has been found by later experience, however, not to have proved so
valuable a material for road purposes as was expected. The surface be-
coming abraded in the summer, suffers from the strong winds, which
remove a good deal, thus rendering it necessary to frequently repair. On
examination this material proves to be a diatomaceous earth, the diatoms
being intermixed with very finely divided silica. The exceeding minuteness
of these fossil diatoms is so great that under a power of 2,000 diameters

446 Transactions,—Chemistry.

the microscope only reveals their globular form. The finely divided
state of this siliceous material is the cause of its bedding so firmly while
wet.

In concluding, it will be interesting to review the extent of our importa-
tions into New Zealand of this class of goods during the last few years.
Under this head we will include fire-bricks, china and parian ware, earthen-
ware, drain pipes, and stoneware, the amount being as per invoice assessed
for duty :—in 1877, £52,691; in 1878, £49,791; in 1879, £67,164 ; and in
1880, £34,951 ; to this last sum must also be added £1,050 for earthenware
passed as free goods. When we add to these figures the cost of freight,
breakage, and duty, the latter at 15 per cent., it will be seen that the sub-
ject I have brought before you is one well worthy a little consideration.

IV.—GEOLOGY.

Art, XLIX.—A few Notes on Thermal Springs at Lyttelton,
y R. M. Lam
[Read before the e. Institute of csi 4th October, 1883.]
Hor springs are found on the sides of most active volcanos, and very often
in the vicinity of extinct ones, hence their presence at Lyttelton is not to be
wondered at; nor is it strange that the ones to be described should hitherto
have been overlooked, for they are out of the way of ordinary travellers.
On going along the road from Lyttelton to Governor's Bay, several beaches
of sand and one of shingle are passed on the left. It is on the southern
extremity of the last mentioned beach that the springs in question are
situated, at a distance of about two and a half miles from Lyttelton, and
half a mile from Raupaki (the Maori pa).

They are two in number; the more northerly one lies on a grass bank
several yards above high-water mark. The water bubbles up from a muddy
bottom into a brick well, about three feet in diameter, and two feet six
inches deep. Thence it flows into a second and much larger cistern, which
is used as a drinking trough for cattle. These troughs were, I believe,
built by Mr. W. Webb, of Lyttelton, who, however, does not seem to have
noticed the temperature of the water in them. The second spring, which
is just within high-water mark, is situated about twenty-five yards to the
south of the other, at the foot of a steep bank. The water flows out from a
crevice in the rock on to the shingle, and runs down in a streamlet to the
sea. Midway between the two springs the sand and shingle are cemented
together by carbonate of lime into a crust several inches in thickness, that
extends from high to low water-mark. In this cement numerous shells
are embedded, apparently the same as those existing on the beach at the
present day. Since the sea is continually washing over this incrusta-
tion, and breaking off pieces here and there, it is probable that at the
time of deposition the outlets of the springs were further from high-water
mark than they are now. At that time, too, the flow was probably greater,
for in many other places between the springs there are patches of carbonate
of lime coating the rocks, and in a crevice close by there are a number
of small stalactites composed of the same substance.

The water in both springs, as it issues from the ground, is clear and
bright in appearance, and almost tasteless. As yet it has not been chemi-
cally analysed, consequently its medicinal properties, if any, are unknown.

448 Transactions.—G eology.

It may, however, be remarked that some of the best known mineral waters
of Germany are altogether tasteless. In any case an analysis would prove
interesting. Ihave twice carefully observed the temperature of the springs,
once in July, 1882, and again in July, 1888. On both occasions the day
was cold and overcast. The following are the results in degrees Fahren-
heit :—
July, 1882. July, 1883.

Temp. of sea s. .. 44° E i sà uu 41°
y i we .» 46° Ms T ot T 42°
sii dabspung.. v. 69? s ues is A 67°
vid AN “i 73° oe . ae PA 73°
It will be observed that the maximum temperature obtained was the same
on both occasions.: Hence it cannot be due to any temporary increase of
thermal activity at this place; but is probably to be attributed to the
expiring heat of the volcanic agencies which formed the Lyttelton crater.

Art. L.—On the Occurrence of some new Minerals in New Zealand.

By 8. Herpert Cox, F.C.S., F.G.S., Assist. Geologist & Inspector of Mines.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 15th August, 1883.]

Chalcotrichite.

I Have to call attention to the occurrence in New Zealand of another

copper mineral not hitherto found here.

The specimen in question is the rhombic form of the red oxide of
copper, known as Chalcotrichite, and it occurs as a number of fine acicular
crystals in the ordinary red oxide or Cuprite at the Champion Copper Mine,
Aniseed Valley, Nelson.

This being the first time that this mineral has been found in New Zea-
land, it is interesting to note its occurrence.

Epidote.

In July a specimen was forwarded from Greymouth for analysis
by Mr. J. E. Warner, of which he states :—“* In the locality whence
this was taken there are thousands of tons of boulders of the same
material, most of them from a foot to two feet in diameter.” Mr. Skey
determined this mineral to be Epidote, traversed by thin veins of quartz.
It has a specific gravity of 9:464. Hardness 6 to 6*5, and is of a pale
brown colour.

Hurron.—On the Lower Gorge of the Waimakariri. 449

Tellurium Minerals.

In October, Dr. Hector received from Mr. T two specimens obtained
from the Maria Mine, Karangahake, and the Moa Mine, Te Aroha, which
yielded respectively to Mr. Pond’s PN —

Silv Gold.
Maria Mine .. os SET os. pt dwt. Vm
Moa Mine .. se 3,928 oz. 4 oz. 5 dwt. per ton.

These minerals were subsequently tested Hie Teludum by Mr. Skey,
with the result that in each case its presence in considerable quantities was
proved, and from that from the Moa Mine the Tellurium was isolated.

In the case of the Maria Mine the Tellurium is evidently in combina-
tion with silver, and the mineral is accordingly Hessite ; but at the Moa
Mine the presence of gold, in the proportion of 1 gold to 16:5 silver, would
indieate that the mineral must be Petzite if the gold is in combination with
the Tellurium, or Hessite if the gold occurs in an uncombined state.

This is the first instance of Tellurium being found in New Zealand, and
is therefore of special interest.

Art, LI.—On the Lower Gorge of the Waimakariri.
By Captain F. W. Hurron.
(Read before the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, 15th November, 1883.]
A TRIANGULAR portion of the Canterbury Plains projects into the mountains
just north of the Malvern Hills. On the north it is bounded by Mount
Torlesse, on the south-west by the Malvern Hills, to the east it merges into
the main portion of the plains. This triangular portion of the plains slopes
rather rapidly to the east, being at an elevation of 1,400 or 1,500 feet at the
base of Mount Torlesse, and falling, in a distance of ten or twelve miles, to
about 800 feet at the eastern end of the Malvern Hills and at West Oxford.
The even surface of the plain is broken by deeply terraced valleys of the
rivers that run through it, and by several small hills situated towards the
eastern margin. Two of these hills—Racecourse Hill and Little Racecourse
Hill—near the south-east corner of the triangle, are entirely composed of
rounded shingle like that of the plains, and remind one of the Eskers of :
Ireland or the Kames of Scotland. I have not closely examined Racecourse
Hill, but Little Racecourse Hill contains large angular erratic blocks
washed out of some former morainic deposit, and now completely mixed up
with river shingle, but there is no boulder clay.
29

450 Transactions —Geology.

Racecourse Hill is oblong in form and rises about 50 feet above the plain.
Little Racecourse Hill is long, narrow, and rather curved, the concavity
facing the east end of the Malvern Hills. Its height above the plain is
about 80 or 40 feet. Gravel deposits are also found in places round the
base of the Malvern Hills, at estimated altitudes of from 50-70 feet above
the present level of the plains.* Ice-borne erratics are found in the upper
portions of the triangle and extend down as far as the ford just below the
junction of the Kowhai and the Waimakariri. These erraties are embedded
in river shingle. Dr. von Haast also mentions large morainic accumula-
tions on the western slopes of Abner's Head, a part of the Malvern Hills.+
In addition to these shingle hills, three others, formed of rocks of far more
ancient date than the gravels, rise through the plains. They are View
Hill, Gorge Hills and Burnt Hills.

The Waimakariri River, rising in the heart of the New Zealand Alps,
breaks abruptly into the middle of the north side of this triangle through a
deep rocky gorge, called the Upper Gorge, at the eastern base of Mount
Torlesse, and runs with a southerly course for about two miles, until it is

joined by the Kowhai
coming in an easterly

192 direction from the
apex of the triangle.
The Waimakairi
then flows ina
south-easterly direc-
tion for about 44
miles to Gorge Hill,
which it cuts into
two portions—Gorge
Hill on the south-
west and Little
Gorge Hil on the

(2/25 te Forge Hill

i puis

a
e

= north-east —forming

S È sd ENE. what is called the

: M q È Lower Gorge. This

E $ i E z È s is erossed by the

5 E È È ^ x bridge for the Ox-
TIA È dts S

: ford and Sheffield
ZZ Slates FEA Cravels railway now in

course of construc-
tion.

* See Geological Reports for 1873-74, p. 67.
1 Geology of Canterbury and Westland, p. 392,

Hurton.—On the Lower Gorge of the Waimakariri. 451

That a river running in a shingle plain should make straight for a rocky
hill and, instead of flowing round it, should cut it in two, is a remarkable
phenomenon; and it is an account of this phenomenon and an attempt to
explain it that forms the subject of the present paper.

First as to the facts which have to be explained. Both Gorge Hill and
Little Gorge Hill are formed of thin bedded slates and sandstones dipping
75° to W.S.W. at the bridge, but getting flatter higher up the river. On
the right bank is Gorge Hill, 863 feet above the level of the river-bed at the
bridge.* From the summit a spur runs towards the river in an E.N.E.
direction. Its altitude at the river gorge is about 270 feet. Then, follow-
ing the same line, comes a depression occupied partly by the river, partly by
gravel beds, and then, still eontinuing the same direction, is Little Gorge
Hill, 216 feet high. "The depression in the slate rocks between these two
hills forms a steep-sided, flat-bottomed eol, in which the river has cut a
narrow perpendieular gorge about 90 feet in depth; the remainder of the
eol being eovered with beds of river shingle, capped by a deposit of silt
which, in colour and in structure, resembles the silt deposit at Lyttelton.
No fossils have been detected anywhere in the neighbourhood, except the
so-called annelid tubes in the slates.

` The plains at the north-west foot of Gorge Hill are 192 feet above the
river-bed at the bridge, and they extend from thence to the Malvern Hills
without any terraces. The plains at the north-east foot of Little Gorge
Hill are also 192 feet above the river-bed, and from here also they stretch
over to Oxford without any terraces, except some small ones formed by the
River Eyre which have nothing to do with the subject of the present paper.
The river-bed, both above and below the gorge, is very wide and deeply
terraced ; but all the terraces, when they approach the gorge from above,
contract suddenly and then, below the gorge, expand again as suddenly as
they contracted, thus appearing like an hour-glass, the narrow neck of
which is at the gorge. It is evident, therefore, that the river has never
left the gorge since it first began to cut into the plains and form terraces.
However much it may have swayed from side to side, either above or below,
the hard rocks of the gorge have always held it like a vice ever since it
began to cut below the present level of the plains. But how is it that the
plains are at exactly the same level on both sides of the gorge hills? And
how is it that the river has cut through the hill instead of running round it?

* The heights of the two Gorge Hills are taken from the trigonometrical survey of
Canterbury as given by Dr. von Haast in his ** Geology of Canterbury and Westland,”
P. 476; the levels of the terraces are from the survey for the Oxford and Sheffield rail-
way, kindly supplied me by Mr. G. P. Williams. All the levels here given are calculated
from the bed of the river at the bridge, taken as the datum. This datum is 808 feet above
high-water mark at Sumner. The figures on the plan show the height in feet above the
river-bed at the bridge,

452 Transactions.—Geology.

It is possible that at some former period a glacier may have overflowed
these hills although there is no evidence of it, for the steepest slopes face
the mountains; but if such has been the case it could not in any way
account for the facts we wish to explain. A glacier certainly did not deposit
rounded stones in large flat plains, and as these stones have evidently been
brought down by the river, it follows that any glacier action that might at
one time have existed here must have been entirely obliterated by the river
gravels long before the phenomena we are now discussing came into
existence, We may therefore dismiss all notions of a glacier as a cause.
All the gravels in the neighbourhood have certainly, as I have said, been
brought down by the river. But is it possible that the river could have
deposited them at exactly the same level on both sides of the hills ? I think
not. But supposing, for the present, that this is possible, can river action
alone account for the rest of the facts ?

The steep sides of the col in the Gorge Hills and underneath the gravels,
as shown by the railway cutting on the left bank of the river, prove that the
col itself was cut by the river. This col must have been subsequently
filled up with shingle and silt to the level of the highest terrace inside the
col, that is to 148 feet above the present river-bed, or 58 feet above the
bottom of the col. After that the river must have once more cut down
through the shingle and rock and excavated its present gorge. It is evident
that the river could not have commenced cutting the col until shingle had
been piled up as high as the rocky spur out of which the col has been cut ;
for until that was done, it could not overflow the spur, but must have run
round it. Now not only is there no trace of a river-bed on either side of
the hills, but the shingle is not sufficiently high on either side to cover the
spur; and as the river could not have piled up shingle over the spur with-
out also piling it up to at least the same height on either side of the hill, it
follows that this shingle, which must formerly have existed on both sides of
the hill, has been since removed.

There is evidence in the two racecourse hills, and in the gravel beds
round the eastern base of the Malvern Hills, previously mentioned, that the
shingle did, at one time, reach a level some 50 or 70 feet higher than at
present, and consequently it must at that time have completely covered
Little Gorge Hill and a large part of the spur’; but not Gorge Hill itself,
which would still have projected more than 100 feet above the plain. The
river may, therefore, at that time have run over the spur at the eastern base
of Gorge Hill, and gradually excavated the col. But it seems to me im-
possible that the river after cutting the col, could have left it and swept off
all the shingle to exactly the same level on each side of the hills, and then

have returned to the col to cut the gorge. My reasons for thinking so are,

Hurron.—On the Lower Gorge of the Waimakariri. 458

firstly, because there are no traces of terraces between the Gorge Hills and
the margins of the plains; secondly, because having once cut the col the
river would be held there by the hard rocks on either side exactly as it is
held now ; and, thirdly, because in order to remove the shingle-beds above
the present level of the plains, the river must have first filled up the col
with gravel to at least this height before it left the col, and there is no
evidence of its having done so ; the highest terrace inside the col being only
148 feet above the river-bed. Consequently the river can never have left
the col since it first excavated it, and it is therefore impossible that the
river could have removed the missing gravel beds on each side.

If now we take the only other possible view; that is, we suppose—
although there is no evidence in favour of it—that the col was formed by
some other agency than the river, which merely filled it and the surround-
ing plains to their present level; and then, happening to run through the
col when it commenced cutting down—which is very improbable—it formed
the present gorge. If we take this view then we shall not be able to ex-
plain, first, how the river could deposit flat beds of shingle, some ten miles
wide, between Sheffield and Oxford ; nor, second, can we explain the origin
of Racecourse, and Little Racecourse Hills, and the gravel beds round the
eastern base of the Malvern Hills; which are shown by the form and
arrangement of the materials composing them not to be portions of old
moraines, although Little Racecourse Hill contains re-arranged morainic
matter. Neither of these hypotheses will explain the facts. If we suppose
that the col was cut by the river, large masses of gravel must have been
removed without any apparent cause. If we assume that the river did not
cut the col, then we cannot account for the gravel hills rising above the
plains. Evidently river action alone cannot explain the whole of the
_ phenomena.

The following is my explanation :—The shingle brought down by the
rivers not only formed the present plains, but accumulated to a thickness of
some 50 or 70 feet higher than at present. At this time Gorge Hill pro-
jected above the shingle, but Little Gorge Hill and a large portion of the
spur between the two were buried. The river, swaying about in the plains
between Oxford and the Gorge Hill, was arrested in its southerly swing by
the latter, and then, running along the north-easterly base of the hill over
the spur, it cut down through the gravel beds into the rocks and formed the
col. A period of general subsidence of the land followed, during which the
river partly filled up the col again with shingle, but at length, the depres-
sion still going on, the sea reached, and passed, this portion of the plains,
Sweeping away the upper 50 or 70 feet and reducing all to a common level,
except the Racecourse Hills. The col, remaining as the estuary of the

454 Transactions. —Geology.

river, never filled up to the height of the plains at their reduced level, and,
on the land being re-elevated, it remained as the river channel and was
gradually cut down into the gorge.

There are several quite independent reasons for thinking that the sea
has flowed over the Canterbury Plains; but these I need not repeat here as
they will be found in the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, vol v.,
p. 987, and in the Geological Reports for 1873-74, pp. 56-58.

On the other hand two objections may be fairly raised to my hypothesis.
First, that there is no trace of flattened sea-shingle; and second, that there
are no marine fossils. With regard to the first objection we must remember
that the form of beach shingle depends a good deal on the structure of the
rocks from which it has been derived, and that if the rocks have not a
schistose or slaty structure the shingle must remain for a considerable time
within reach of wave action before it can acquire a flattened form. This
objection may therefore be got over by supposing that subsidence and re-
elevation were continuous and tolerably rapid. The second objection rests
only on negative evidence as no fossils of any kind have been found. It is
of no value here where the beds, except quite the upper portions, are allowed
to be of fluviatile origin, and are composed of shingle through which water
easily percolates ; for under these circumstances all calcareous remains are
soon dissolved. I think, therefore, that the objections to the hypothesis
here put forward are of far less weight than the objections to any other
hyphothesis; but, whatever value may be attached to the argument, it is
certain that no theory of the formation of the Canterbury Plains can be
satisfactory if it fails to account for the lower gorge of the Waimakariri.

Arr. LIL. —Recent Discoveries in the Neighbourhood of Milford Sound.
By Donatp SurmerLanD. Communicated by Alexander McKay.
(Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 15th August, 1884.}
Plate XLII
Messrs. SurmerLawD and McKay, well known as explorers and prospectors
of Western Otago, haye for some years past devoted their attention to the
vicinity of Milford Sound, and from their principal camp at the head of that
Sound, they have explored the country in almost every direction. Sur-
rounded as Milford Sound is by impassable mountains to the east and north,
the valley of the Arthur River lying southward of the head of the Sound
presents the only hopeful route by which to reach the Lake District of
Otago. The eastern branch of the Arthur River, above Lake Abraham, was
explored to its source, but no outlet was discovered in this direction, the

SuTHERLAND.—On Discoveries near Milford Sound. 455

valley being bounded on either hand and closed at its upper end by high
and excessively rugged mountains, presenting some of the most remarkable
scenery to be met with in the whole district.

The mountains on the north-east side of the valley are specially striking,
and have been called by their explorers the Balloon Mountains. From the
river valley these rise as vertical precipices to a height of 5,000 feet, and
attain an altitude between 8,000 and 9,000 feet above sea-level. It is here
that the Sutherland Falls are situate, which have a height of 500 feet, a
considerable volume of water being precipitated from that height in an
almost unbroken sheet into the valley where this is not more than 800 feet
above sea-level. At the source of the more westerly branch of the river, a
pass was discovered leading in the direction of the head of Bligh Sound, by
which it is hoped communication may be established with some of the
western arms of Te Anau Lake.

It seems certain from Maori report that by this way an available route
exists, but as yet no European has reached Te Anau Lake, starting from
Milford Sound,—or Milford Sound from the other end of the journey. :

It is, however, probable that a route this way to Milford Sound was
known to the Maoris, as on several points of it traces of temporary or more
permanent camps have been discovered.

It is not with the results of these explorations that this paper more par-
ticularly deals, but with those of subsequent date made on the coast-line
between Milford and Bligh Sounds.

Highteen months ago McKay left Milford Sound, and Mr. Sutherland
has since, for the most part, explored single-handed. A few days since he
passed through Wellington and gave me an account of his later discoveries
which, in his own words, is as follows :—

* During the month of October last I made an attempt to reach the top
of Mitre Peak following the valley on its south side, hoping thus to gain the
top of the ridge connecting the Mitre with the Llawrenny Peaks to the south.
In this I failed, as the upper end of the valley is surrounded by precipices
or smooth rock surfaces, sloping at high angles on which no footing could
be found. The upper end of this valley is considerably wider than the
middle and lower part forming a semi-circular basin surrounded by precipices
as pronounced on the side next the Llawrenny Peaks as towards the Mitre.
“Towards the upper end of the valley blocks of marble occur in. the
detritus covering the low grounds, but marble was nowhere observed i» siti.
There is also considerable quantity of the purer hornblende rock of which
samples had formerly been obtained in the lower part of this valley.

“I next determined to examine the coast-line south of the entrance to
Milford Sound, and as weather availed used the boat for this purpose.
Landing two miles south of Fox Point, at the mouth of a valley running

456 Transactions. —Geoloyy.

some distance back into the ranges, I explored this to its upper end con-
siderably east of the entrance to Milford Sound. Its length may be esti-
mated at six miles, its width as two. The valley and the ranges to the
north and south are covered with heavy bush.

* For a distance of four miles back from the beach the valley is but little
above sea-level, and the stream flowing through it, though of no great
volume, is sluggish and navigable for boats for the four miles mentioned.
Towards its upper part this valley narrows, and unlike that on the south
side of Mitre Peak, does not open out to form a semi-circular basin sur-
rounded by precipices. The mountains are nevertheless very abrupt, and
many large slips choke the upper, part of this valley, making travelling
difficult.

* There is here a greater variety of rocks than in Milford Sound. The
principal rock is schist, similar to that met with at Fox Point. Quartz is
abundant, although no reefs of this were noticed. Marble and asbestos also
occur, but there is an absence of the hornblende rock found in the valley
south of Mitre Peak.

“ Continuing to the southward I next landed at Poison Bay, and ex-
plored the valley of the river which enters the sea at that place. This stream
has a volume little less than the Cleddau River at the head of Milford
Sound. It drains the south and south-west slopes of the Llawrenny Peaks.
Six miles from the coast the river issues from a deep narrow gorge, beyond
which it divides into two branches, the largest of which has a direction at
first to the south-east, but towards its source turns more to the eastward.
The smaller branch rises to the north-east among the Llawrenny Peaks.
Below the gorge the course of the river is between west and north-west to
the sea. Its valley in this part has a breadth of a mile and a half of flat
alluvial land. The hills bounding it slope to the valley at moderate angles,
though here and there they are broken by deep gulches and ravines. The
country in this part is heavily covered with bush.

** Blue clay-slate is the most abundant rock. This is not a mica schist,
but more of a roofing slate, splitting freely into thin flagging. Marble and
greenstone occur in the bed of the stream, sia in the slaty beds several
quartz reefs were noted.

** The valley varies but little in breadth, being as wide at its upper end
as near the coast. The river enters the sea on the south side of the bay.

“Leaving Poison Bay I went five miles to the southward, and landed at
Little Bay, where entering a tidal river I determined to follow this as far as I
could with the boat. This river (pl. xlii.), which is about two chains in width,
has on its bar a depth of three fathoms at low water, inside of which there is
a greater depth. Followed inland the average width of this tidal river is

maintained for a distance of one and a half miles, beyond which it expands

Gee iis
AA

x

TRANS.NZ INSTITUTE VOLAVIPI XLI

E D
‘

0989 ¿MW FSP uYy22,,
EN Ing,

(Jh: AD Ye \
A a, Y, RS
ANTA SG u,
Uu "4, 4, È JACO d
“yy, ESE IAS TL
fte, h, Y MES rU Metu MTS +,

hag R
UN SS

4
DAT 4%
i A T
OS

br ut [A 17)
7,31 4% WG
T wn
it M dr,
dut tt aw, 4
% at
Lat

4 i

4
Y
A la

hs

AAT AA =
RNS
A "o M <1
o A UN :
f " MD i "n Y - E Li
^j 4 4, 1 : AS = j
a am, "n N IDAS SL oO
^n 4 er YY sy, iy" À a n Bos $ oon E
"Ny wt Y h i $ ra un 4 ACA Co
ME» TEA ran h ways, Nes
^ Gy, oet n pant /, ' :
1) Mi = IS p" RIT NI Y) a © E
gy M 7 "^ "p t ^h ds i" Y ; à
; Y EVE I
Y Ip sth ately 55; d
“My ith yy m < T5
\ : 4 4, IPN,

Ss
&
~
~
3
$
E

It} " :
SLOT z N ES
4, + à S TER
È My, Ej I Pià A N
/, OG as 9. 1
4 o 3 a »,
7, o0 2.9 5
a 2 SS
NN
N

e

Surnernann.—On Discoveries near Milford Sound. 457

and forms a salt-water lake, divided into two parts by a shingle bar, dry at -
low water. The lower part has its greatest length across the valley, being
better than a mile in this direction, and about half a mile in breadth from
the outlet to the shingle bar dividing it from the upper part of the lake. In
this basin the depth of water is very considerable, some twenty fathoms.

“The shingle bar, dividing the lake into two parts, and dry at low water,
is about half a mile wide at low water; no river connects the two parts of
the lake, but the water from the upper part flows over or percolates through
the shingle, so that no principal stream is formed.

“ Beyond this the upper part of the lake, better than a mile in width,
extends to the eastward a distance of, six miles, and is bounded on the
north side by precipitous mountains not quite so nearly vertical as in
Milford Sound. On its southern side the lake has a fringe of flat land,
three quarters of a mile wide, between it and the mountains, which are less
abrupt than on the northern side of the lake, saving towards its upper end,
where they are equally so. At its upper end the lake is narrowed to less
than half its greatest width, and there receives two rivers coming from the
north-east and south-east respectively, much as the Cleddau and Arthur
rivers enter Milford Sound.

« Near their entrance into the lake these rivers are each about a chain
in width, and though the weather was fine and the rivers low, they were
not fordable when I saw them. That coming from the north-east has a
valley about a quarter of a mile in width, and for a mile this has a mode-
rate fall, beyond which it has a higher slope, and appears to become a
rugged mountain valley, T. the mountains on either side are not

remarkably abrupt.

* The stream falling into tho lake on the south side is rather the largest
of the two. This flows over a rough bouldery bed in a valley considerably
less than a quarter of a mile wide, which terminates half a mile from the
lake, beyond which the river flows in a tremendous ravine, not more than
two or three chains in width, whose vertical sides rise to a height of 1,500
or 2,000 feet.

* By these two rivers a small delta has been reclaimed from the upper
part of the lake; and off the mouth of the northern river a small island of
shingle is dry at high water. From the sea into the lower part of the lake
the tide runs in with a rate of five knots, and over the shingle bar at the
rate of three knots an hour.

“ The lake abounds with fish in the lower basin, and in the lower part
of the upper, though none were caught at its upper end, and following
them there is no scarcity of sharks, which infest the tidal river and the lake
wherever other fish are found.

458 Transactions.—Geology.

* Below the lake the alluvial land between it and the sea is about one,
and a half miles wide, heavily timbered and abounding with bird life,—
wekas are especially abundant; scarcely less so are pigeons, kakas, kiwis,
kakapos, and roas. Redbills and penguins are in great numbers on the
shingle bar between the two parts of the lake when the tide is out, and as
far as birds and fish supply it, there is no scarcity of the means of living.

** The characters of the rocks here resemble more that variety of granite
found in the Cleddau River, at the head of Milford Sound, than the other
localities of which the rocks have been noticed. There is yet a greater
number of varieties than in the Cleddau river-bed ; but in all these there
is still a resemblance.”

Such is Mr. Sutherland’s narrafive, and I take it for granted that it is
sufficiently interesting and important to merit being read here ; and from
this it may be inferred that besides the larger sounds excavated to such a
depth that they are now deep arms of the sea extending far inland from
the coast-line, there was a second series of sounds the glaciers that
excavated which were connected with less extensive snow-fields, —the
great glacier of Milford Sound (a branch of which filled the valley of the
Arthur River) dividing these from the greater snow-fields of the Darran
Mountains and their southern continuation; they thus were unable to
excavate their beds to the same level.

Some of these as we see are now filled and form level lands fit for
settlement, while in the case of the Salt-water Lake inland from Little Bay,
this is yet a sound to all intents and purposes, owing its greater depth
and length to the fact that there is here between the watershed to the Arthur
River and the coast-line a greater breadth and a greater elevation of the
country than further to the north, south of Milford Sound, and west of the
Arthur River.

The glacier excavating this sound must have been fed from the Balloon
Mountains, and is an evidence of the correctness of Mr. Sutherland’s esti-
mate, that these are higher than the mountains immediately south of
Milford Sound.

This lake at Little Bay is not the only example of the kind on the
west coast of Otago. Lake McKerrow, in the lower part of the Hollyford
Valley and its tidal river, presents the same phenomenon on a much larger
scale. That, however, belongs to the valleys of the larger glaciers reaching
back to the Darran Mountains, while this has been excavated by the glaciers
of the coast ranges.

The distances, as estimated by Mr. Sutherland, may not be in all cases
correct, the difficulties of travelling in such a country leading to an over-
estimate of these.

Hunter.—On a Change in the Elevation of the Waikato District. 459

Arr. LIII.—Direct Evidence of a Change in the Elevation of the Waikato
District. By AsuLey Hunter, C.E.
| Read before the Auckland Institute, 12th November, 1883.]

In December, 1875, a paper entitled ** Observations on the Evidence of
recent Change of Elevation of the Waikato District,” was read before this
Institute by Mr. James Stewart. In it the author endeavoured to show by
certain evidence that the Waikato District had at one time a considerably
greater elevation than it has at present. The following additional evidence
as bearing on the subject and going to prove most conclusively that such
has been the case may prove interesting :—

In designing the present railway bridge ar Hamilton it was originally
estimated that the cast-iron cylinders would reach a solid foundation at a
depth not greater than 40 feet below the present surface-bed of the river ;
subsequent events, however, proved that this was far from being the case.
The cylinders were sunk by the pneumatic process, and excavated by
manual labour under air-pressure until a depth of about 60 feet was reached,
and the air pressure of 832lbs. per square inch being more than the men
could stand, dredging was resorted to.

The excavation throughout the cylinder sinking showed nothing but
layers of pumice and quartz sand until the vations were carried to their
present depths, when it was shown by the dredge bringing up large lumps
of hard coarse greensand that the formation of the old river-bed had been
struck.

The western pair of cylinders were sunk to a depth of 80 feet, and the
eastern pair of cylinders to a depth of 55 feet below the present bed of the
river. The fact of the eastern cylinders resting upon the same forma-
tion as the western cylinders, but at a level 25 feet higher than the
latter, proved that they were resting not upon the old river-bed but upon
the eastern bank of the old river-bed. This is important as showing that
the old river must have had a very high velocity to have scoured out a
channel more than 25 feet deep through such a hard formation. Reducing
the railway levels to high-water mark at Auckland, we find that the forma-
tion level of the Hamilton Bridge, which is practically the level of the sur-
rounding district for some miles, is 126 feet above high-water at Auckland,
while the level of the old bed of the river is 51 feet below high-water at the
same place. If we assume that in olden times the general inclination of
- the river from this point towards the sea was the same as now, viz., about
9 inches to the mile, then the minimum change of elevation which we can
certainly assign to this portion of the Waikato District at least is about 80
fe

460 Transactions. —G eology.

It is also, perhaps, worthy of note that the Waikato River, just above
Cambridge, is at the present time flowing on its oldest and lowest bed of
rock, whereas at Hamilton it is at present flowing on a bed 80 feet above its
lowest bed, and supposing these two portions of the district to have main-
tained the same relative levels one to the other, then, looking at what would
have been the difference of level of the old river-bed at these two points,
there is tolerably conclusive evidence that the river between Cambridge and
Hamilton must at one time have had all the velocity of a mountain torrent.
As the country lowered relatively to sea-level the river would loose in
velocity, and so the large quantities of sand which it held in suspense would
be gradually deposited as shown at Hamilton.

V.—MISCELLANEOUS.

Art. LIV.—Some Remarks upon the Distribution of the Organic Productions

of New Zealand. By W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S.
[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 15th August, 1883.]
In the course of last year’s proceedings of this Society I brought under its
notice some remarks upon the distribution of the land and wading birds
found within the New Zealand zoological sub-region.* Whilst engaged in
preparing the paper in which I treated of this subject, I was struck with
the fact that the fauna and flora of the main islands of New Zealand pre-
sent features very similar to those which so much impressed the late Mr.
Darwin in connection with the organic products of the Galipagos Islands.
That group, as you are aware, is situated under the equator, within five or
six hundred miles from the western coast of America. None of the islands
composing it are large, and all consist of volcanic rocks of recent origin.
The group was first systematically examined by Mr. Darwin during the
visit of the ** Beagle” in 1885, and he tells us that, seeing that most of its
organic products were aboriginal creations, occurring nowhere else, he felt,
in viewing them, that both in space and in time he seemed to be brought
somewhat near to that great fact—that mystery of mysteries—the first
appearance of new beings on this earth. He points out, however, that not-
withstanding this dissimilarity, all the organic products of the islands in
question showed a marked relationship to those of America, and he con-
cluded, therefore, that whilst the group looked almost like a world of itself,
it could only be considered as a satellite of the great continent, whence
it had evidently derived a few stray colonists, and had received the general
character of its indigenous productions.

But the feature which most impressed him in-considering these produc-
tions, was, that notwithstanding the general proximity of the several islands
to each other, each of them possessed species, both of birds and plants,
which were not to be found upon any of the others. As a striking example
of this, in the case of the birds, he mentions that each of the three species
of mocking-thrush which he found there was peculiar to a particular island
or to some particular sub-group of the archipelago, and he adds, that
although his attention was not soon enough called to the fact to enable him
to determine whether the same rule prevailed in relation to a singular group

* Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv.,{pp. 178 to 187.

462 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

of finches, which formed the greater number of the species of birds found on
the islands, he had sufficient reasons for believing that some of the species
of the sub-group Georpiza were confined to separate islands.

The occurrence of a similar peculiarity in the distribution of a considerable
proportion of the birds of New Zealand, struck me whilst engaged in prepar-
ing the tables annexed to my former paper, and at the same time drew my
attention to the fact that the features which so much impressed Mr. Darwin
in connection with the organic productions of the Galipagos, also charac-
terized to a large extent those of New Zealand. In order that you may be
enabled to appreciate this peculiarity, I propose to call your attention to
some of the more remarkable instances in the case of the avi-fauna and
flora.

Beginning with the case of the birds, you will find, on reference to
table iii., annexed to my last year's paper, that there are eighteen species
peculiar to the main islands of New Zealand, nine peculiar to the North
Island, and sixteen peculiar to the South Island. Of the species peculiar
to the North Island, there is only one belonging to any genus which con-
tains more than one species and is represented by other species of the same
genus in both islands. Of those peculiar to the South Island, there are six
belonging to genera which contain more than one species, and are repre-
sented by species in both islands, but these six comprize two species of
Nestor and two of Apteryz.

The eight species which remain in the North Island belong to genera
not represented by any common form in both islands, and ten of the species
peculiar to the South Island are similarly unrepresented; and yet, of the
nine species peculiar to the North Island, we have seven which are repre-
sented by allied species in the South Island, whilst except the South Island
species so represented in the North Island, none of the remaining nine are
represented by species in the latter island.

The remarkable character of this distribution becomes even more strik-
ing, when attention is called to some of the special instances. Take, for
example, the case of Orthonya albicilla, the North Island form of the genus,
and compare it with Orthonyx ochrocephala of the South Island. To the
eye no two birds can be more distinct, and yet in their notes, in their move-
ments, in their mode of feeding and in their nesting, these birds are
practically undistinguishable, indicating unmistakably their descent from a
common ancestor. Singularly enough, however, the North Island bird is
found frequenting the thickets in the rich and varied forest down to sea-
level, whilst the South Island one is rarely found outside of the Fagus
forest, or below an elevation of 500 or 600 feet. Still the curious fact

Travers.—On Organic Productions of New Zealand. 463

remains, that whilst the conditions of life under which both birds are
placed appear to be identical, so great an amount of modification should
have occurred in one or other of the forms, assuming «either of them to
retain the ancestral characters. Take next the two species of Turnagra.
Now, whilst in these we do not find the same marked differences in plumage
as in Orthonyz, there can nevertheless be no confusion of the two, and yet
with respect to these birds also, there is absolutely nothing in their habits,
or modes of life which would enable us to distinguish between them. The
distinction in the next instance,—that of the two species of Glaucopis,
—is still less marked, but affords, when we consider their habits
of life, even a more peculiar case in connection with the question
of distribution. The North Island bird is a little the more robust
of the two, and its wattles are unicolor, varying from bright blue
to purple, whilst the South Island bird has the tail, only, blackish at
the tip, and its wattles are bicolor, the point of attachment being blue,
whilst the rest is red or orange. Wattles are what is termed a secondary
sexual character, and why such a variation as that which appears in
this case should have taken place, seeing that they are not confined to
one sex only, is certainly very unaccountable. As in the other cited cases
the habits of three bird species are absolutely identical, this similitude ex-
tending so fur, that in each, the bird, when feeding upon the leaf of some
succulent herb, such as that of the sow-thistle, holds it in its foot after the
manner of a parrot.

The differences between the two species of Apteryx peculiar to the South
Island, and the one peculiar to the North Island, are also well marked,
whilst we have, in regard to this genus, the singular fact, that the fourth
and remaining species (Apterye oweni) is common to both habitats. This
rests, as yet, upon the authority of a single specimen only, alleged to have
been found in some part of the Tararua Range. The person by whom the
specimen is said to have been obtained, was engaged in surveys which
required him to pass some time upon elevated parts of the range, and as he
had no apparent motive for practising deception in the matter, and was not
sufficiently conversant with the avi-fauna of these islands to see the full
significance of his discovery, I am disposed to accept his statement as true
until some cogent reasons for distrusting it have been brought forward.
The circumstance that two or three specimens of Stringops habroptilus have
been found in the Kaimanawa Range, lends, as I think, some colour to
the probability that Apteryx oweni is still an inhabitant of the North
Island. |

The difference between the species of Petroica, and those of Ocydromus
peculiar to the North Island, and the species of the same genera in the

464 Transactions.— Miscellaneous,

South Island, are not so marked as in the instances already mentioned, nor
would they be likely to excite so much attention. In neither of these is
there any form common to both islands.

If we include in this discussion the case of the Chatham Islands, we
shall find that there are eight species of birds peculiar to that group and the
main islands of New Zealand, and six peculiar to the group itself; that
out of the latter one species is represented by separate species of the same
genus found in each of the main islands, differing from them, however, in
external characters only, and four species allied to, but differing a good deal
from species common to both the main islands, whilst one species, of which
only two specimens were ever obtained, differs from any member of the
family to which it belongs. The first case is that of Petroica traversi, the
second comprises Anthornis melanocephala, Spheneacus rufescens, Gerygone
albofrontata, and Rallus dieffenbachii, and the last is Cabalus modestus.

But, besides the peculiarities already noticed, there are others of a still
more remarkable character. For example, the North Island possesses two
birds which are not found anywhere else within the sub-region of which it
forms part, namely, Pogonornis cincta and Heteralocha acutirostris. The
first of these belongs to the Meliphagide, represented in the main islands
and the Chathams by five species altogether, three of which are commonly
distributed in the main islands, a fourth being a variety of one of those
confined to the Chathams, the fifth being the bird under consideration. Its
range even in the North Island, is restricted, although there is nothing in
its habits or structure to prevent its being as widely distributed as the other
members of the Meliphagide. The second case, that of Heteralocha acuti-
rostris, is even more remarkable, for in its most especial feature, namely,
the difference in the bill in the sexes, it is scarcely paralleled by any other
bird. Its range, like that of Pogonornis, is also very restricted, but there
is nothing in its habits or in its apparent wants, or in the general conditions
of life in which it is placed, which would appear to render the forests of the
South Island an unsuitable habitat.

The South Island furnishes almost equally interesting cases, namely,
Nestor notabilis and Notornis mantelli. There is nothing, à priori, against
the assumption that the Notornis may have originally inhabited the North
Island also, and have been extirpated by man. At present it is found only
in the south-western parts of the South Island, and is evidently rare, only
three specimens having as yet been obtained. It is an interesting fact that
another species of this genus, Notornis alba, is found in Norfolk Island, one
of the distant outliers of the New Zealand zoological sub-region, Nestor
notabilis, commonly known as the Kea, belongs to the family of the parrots,
but is said to have developed the instincts and habits of a bird of prey. It

Travers.—On Organic Productions of New Zealand. 465

is found in the mountains of the north-western parts of Otago, and its
restriction to this range is remarkable, seeing that Nestor meridionalis, with
which it is very closely allied, ranges over both islands. I have already
alluded to the case of Cabalus modestus, found on one of the outliers
of the Chatham group, only two specimens of which have ever been
obtained.
I now propose to call attention to some of the more remarkable instances
in the flora of New Zealand, which are calculated to illustrate the parallelism
in distribution of the organic productions of these islands and those
of the Galipagos Group, premising, however, that the flora of New Zealand
has large affinities with those of Australia and South America. In this
connection Dr. Hooker points out that—'* Of the 303 New Zealand genera
of plants described in his Handbook of 1864, about 252 are common to it
and Australia, and 174 to it and South America ; and that of the 985 species
of flowering plants, 677 are peculiar to the Islands, 222 are Australian, and
111 American.” The affinity between the flora of New Zealand and that of
Australia is singular enough, seeing the great gulf which lies between the
two districts; but in view of the fact that the warm ocean current which
‘runs southward along the coasts of Australia and Tasmania, curls round
the southern part of New Zealand, and that Australian birds have frequently
been borne across the intervening sea during the strong north-west gales
which constantly blow upon the western coasts of these islands, it is far less
striking than the fact that so many South American forms are represented
in our flora.

In the latter connection I may ee incidentally, a very singular
matter. Amongst the insects of New Zealand is one called Peripatus, `
which has been the subject of elaborate descriptions by Mr. Mosely (one
of the naturalists of the ** Challenger ” expedition), and by Captain Hutton,
and which is only found in New Zealand, in Chili, and at the Cape
of Good Hope. As this inséct inhabits only decayed wood, its distri-
bution is most extraordinary, and can, apparently, be accounted for only
upon the eupppahon of a former land connection between the three
localities.

The instances to which I am about to call your attention in connection
with the distribution of the flora of the main islands of New Zealand are
taken from the ** Handbook ” already referred to, but are confined, as you
will observe, to the Phanerogams. I am, of course, aware that in some
respects these instances may no longer be strictly accurate in extent, but
there is nothing in recent additions to our knowledge to affect the general
- principle which they illustrate.

80

466 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

The first column in the following table indicates the number of species
of each genus which are common to both islands; the second those peculiar
to the North ; and the third those peculiar to the South Island :—
ESAS |

Genus. Both Islands, ae Roia ena
Se SEE ES SEES EDS Se aia opc c URN

Ranunculus de sé
Pittosporum
Pomaderris

mn

Metrosideros

2503
.
fini

mM

PrEROSCTOWSOHOMOWRW
RH OU wo o 00 O mn OH ON A

-
I
H> 19 > O DO = 00 0 00 al Y DUO yn o0

enecio di
Dracophyllum
eronica z..

bo

These instances are sufficient for the purpose of illustrating the proposi-
tion contained in this paper, but those who choose to verify it further will
find abundant evidence of it in the published accounts of our flora. The
New Zealand case, however, is not so striking as that of the Galipagos, as
will appear from the following account given by Mr. Darwin. He tells us
that in James Island thirty out of the thirty-eight endemic species are
peculiar to it, as were twenty-two out of the twenty-six found in Albemarle
Island, the same special feature also prevailing in Charles and Chatham
Islands. He further illustrates this peculiarity in distribution by the case
of Scalesia, an arborescent genus of the Composite, confined to the Archi-
pelago, and containing six species, not one of which was found to grow on
any two islands, and he adds, to use his own words « the distribution of the
tenants of this Archipelago would not be nearly so wonderful, if, for instance,
one island had a mocking-thrush, and a second island some other quite dis-
tinct genus ; or if the different islands were inhabited, not by representative
species of the same genera of plants, but by totally different genera, as does
to a certain extent hold good; but it is the circumstance that several of the
islands possess their own species of mocking-thrush, finches, and numerous
plants, these species having the same general habits, occupying analogous
situations, and obviously filling the same place in the natural economy of
this Archipelago that fills me with wonder. I must repeat, that neither the
nature of the soil, nor the height of land, nor the climate, nor the general
character of the associated beings, and therefore their action one on another,
can differ much in the different islands, and there seems to be no special

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 467

difference in the productions of the windward and leeward groups, the only
possible natural division of the Archipelago.” In attempting to throw light
upon the remarkable difference in the inhabitants of the different islands,
he points out that, as the Archipelago is free, to a most remarkable degree,
from gales of wind, neither the birds, insects, nor lighter seeds, would be
blown from island to island, and that the profound depth of the ocean
between them and their apparently (in a geological sense) recent volcanic
origin, rendered it highly unlikely that they were ever united, a considera-
tion far more important than any other with respect to the geographical
distribution of the inhabitants of the group.

But although certainly less striking than that of the Galipagos, the New
Zealand case, when carefully examined, and taken with especial reference
to the very narrow strait which separates the two islands, and the proba-
bility that they were once united, is one of great peculiarity, masked how-
ever by the greater extent of the flora, and of the number of orders repre-
sented in proportion to the number of genera and species of each.

Without going more at length into this subject, which miglit be
wearisome, I think I have shown sufficient to excite the attention of
naturalists, and to induce such observations as may help us to a clue to the
special causes, which, under the law of natural selection, have brought
about these remarkable results.

Art. LV.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago.—Paper No. 2.
By W. Arrmur, C.E.
[Read before the Otago Institute, 13th November, 1883.]
: Plates XLIII. and XLIV.
Tue first paper of this series I read to this Institute in 187 8,* and the results
of my observations continued since then I now propose to lay before you.
My chief object in so doing is to record the effects (if any) consequent on
the acclimatization of trout (Salmo fario) in our waters; on their growth,
habits, and strueture, as bearing on the theory of the variation of species.
Dr. Francis Day, late Inspector-General of Fisheries for India, has made
publie his investigations on trout in England,—carried out about the same
time as my first observations, —and which bear out, to a great extent, the
fact that the anatomical distinctions laid down by Dr. Giinther in his cata-
logue, between some of the species of Salmonidw, are not altogether to be
depended on. Professor Huxley also has recently commenced an examina-
tion into the distinguishing marks of the young of the British Salmonide,—

* See Trans, N.Z. Inst., vol. xi., art. xxiv,

468 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

a difficult problem to settle satisfactorily. It thus appears that the need for
careful revision of those distinctions is recognized by these two eminent
authorities on ichthyology.

My subject naturally suggests for its elucidation such considerations and
facts as explain the distribution, growth, habits, and structure of our trout.
Besides many trout which I have handled and observed as to external mark-
ings during the past five years, the evidence I shall give (particularly on
their structure) is more strictly confined to my examination of seventy-five
specimens, taken from nineteen different rivers and waters, including one
interesting trout from a Canterbury stream. The fish were of both sexes,
and varied in weight from 41b. to 17 lbs. In the appendix to this paper I
shall give some particulars of each fish as noted on examination of a certain
number.

I.— Distribution.

Absolute precision in ascertaining the facts in the life-history of our
trout in their wild state, so as to deduce from these the general laws to
which they are subject, would necessitate so much positive labour, inspired
by enthusiasm, that I despair of its attainment in New Zealand. Neither
am I aware that such has been attempted in older countries, as England,
Germany, and North America, where the social advantages are more favour-
able towards supplying the necessary leisure and means. For these obser-
vations include such as refer to the geological formation surrounding a river or
lake, the chemical constitution of the water, the supply and variety of food, and
the meteorological conditions of the atmosphere, with the marking, recapture, and
examination of the trout, also their natural enemies. Many different rivers also
would require to be included, owing to their varying characters, and the
observations should extend over many years. Many may think this pro-
gramme of work superfluous, and may here ask, have we not the experience
of aquaria and of fish-hatching establishments to guide us? Quite so, but
it must be remembered that the habits of fish so situated are of fish in con-
finement, where it is impossible to afford them the advantages of nature, so
that their habits must, to a considerable extent, be forced and unnatural,
and therefore misleading. Such being the position of matters, the best that
one can do at present is to lay under contribution such information as may
be at command, imperfect though it may be. What then are the circum-
stances of our rivers and lakes, and what the effects so far on introduced
trout ? eek

Geological formation.—Nearly all our rivers originate among mountains
of gneiss and conglomerate, which drain the country from the Waitaki River
on the northern boundary of Otago, southwards to a line drawn from Bal-
clutha on the Clutha River, to the Mataura River passing over Popotunoa

ArtHur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 469

Hill. From this line, southwards to the coast, the rivers rise among older
or trap formation, and flow more or less through a wooded country. Anfong
the former, as a rule, the higher parts of the rivers are rock-bound, while
the lower reaches and mid portions pass over alluvial flats, the shingle and
gravel in their channels being the débris of their parent rocks with more or
less quartz pebbles and fine sand. Among the latter class the gravel is
almost wholly trap with a little quartz, while very few streams among either
have beds entirely of clay or loam. A great number, especially of our
smaller rivers, are rock-bound in their entire course, and so, having a scanty
supply of gravel, are deficient in breeding capabilities ; but perhaps two-
thirds of all the rivers are well adapted for spawning, so far as gravel and
sand can contribute to that end. One curious exception, however, must not
be overlooked here, viz., the Water of Leith, which, possessing a rocky
channel full of voleanic boulders, particularly in its lower course, and a
scanty supply of gravel, yet for several years subsequent to 1874, when it
was opened to anglers, produced an astonishing number of trout. It has
not maintained this character, but that is due to excessive fishing and
poaching. Rivers to the west of the Mataura are not included in the above
references, as the stocking of these has not been kept up; and I have only
examined one trout taken there, viz., from the Oreti, a snow-fed water.

The banks of the rivers are very much yet in their natural state, covered
by native grasses, and in some cases, bush ; but cultivation has overtaken
all the lower plains of the main streams to within a few yards of the water.
Cultivation no doubt affects the character of the food-supply, and quantity
also ; so do grass fires around the upper waters, while both lower the mean
flow of water in the rivers, directly and indirectly, also causing floods to
become much more violent, high and mischievous, although shorter in
duration than they used to be. During a residence of twenty years in Otago
I have seen quite enough evidence of the latter of these facts, as for example
in Shag Valley.

The mouths of the principal rivers which enter the sea directly have
estuaries, protected by sandy bars. In the case of the Kakanui, Shag, and
Waikouaiti Rivers the tide has a course of a mile and a half or more,
upwards from the sea; while the tidal way of the Mataura may be estimated
at five miles at the very least. Some of our best trout streams do not
discharge directly into the sea, but are feeders of larger rivers, having tidal
estuaries. So much then for a general definition of the geological conditions
of our trout rivers that relate to distribution.

It only remains in this connection to mention that the lakes into which
trout have been placed are the Wakatipu,’ Wanaka, Hayes Lake, Waihola,
and Tuakitoto. The surroundings of the three former of these lakes are

470 Transactions.—Miscellaneous.

decidedly alpine. Gneiss, slate, and volcanic rocks hem them in; they are
very deep, abysmal in fact, and have very few shoals, such as exist being
the débris of slate or shingle. The Wakatipu and Wanaka are exclusively
snow-fed waters, the supply being the drainage of the nearest ranges of the
Southern Alps. Hayes Lake receives very little snow-water. All three
lakes are situated about 1,000 feet above sea-level, and bottom has been
found in the Wakatipu by Dr. Hector at 1,300 feet, and by Mr. Connell in
the Wanaka at 600 to 1,000 feet. On the other hand, the Waihola and
Tuakitoto Lakes are of a totally opposite character. They occupy the middle
of alluvial flats nowhere 50 feet above sea-level, in fact they are affected by
the tides; their bottoms are mud or silt, and they have nowhere a greater
depth than 12 or 15 feet of water, if so much.

Chemical Constitution of the Water.—This is the next consideration bear-
ing on the well-doing and distribution of our trout. But I regret that as
yet it is a field for inquiry almost wholly neglected. Dr. Black, of the Otago
University, has very kindly analyzed several waters for me, viz., waters from
the Opoho Creek where our local fish-rearing ponds are placed, from the
Wakatipu Lake, Rowell’s Spring, and from the Wallacetown salmon ponds ;
but beyond these I do not think that the water of any of our rivers has been
examined, so that for the present we are tied down to the general and nega-

ive evidence that where the trout do well the water must be suitable in
chemical constituents, other things being equal. I may, however, repeat
here the Wakatipu analysis, which I have already given in a former paper
on fish culture* as it has a direct connection with facts I shall have occasion
to mention when I come to describe the habits of our trout. It is this :—

Organic matter in solution, Degrees of hardness, Table salt,
Wakatipu water, -5 grs. per gal 311 Scarcely a trace.

The absence of salt in this water is not conducive to health in trout. 1
hope some day to be in a position to get these desiderata; meantime the
only other fact of a chemical nature which suggests itself is, that our rivers
divide themselves into two classes—those still in their condition of native
purity, and those more or less polluted by the mud and silt from our gold
mines, a

Meteorological Conditions of our Rivers.—By this I mean such in-
fluences as affect our waters through their connection with rainfall and
snow, frost and heat, winds and atmospheric pressure. And here the
snow-fed rivers at once stand out with more or less distinctness as apart
from non-snow-fed rivers; just as the muddy gold-mining waters differ
from the clear streams. With one exception (that of the Oreti River)
all the snow-fed rivers of Otago, both within and beyond the limits I

libici OTST eT
* Trans. N.Z. Institute, vol. xiv., p. 200.

i
Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 471

have already assigned to my enquiries, have their sources in large in-
land lakes, and include the Waitaki, Clutha, and Waiau Rivers. At
the same time I think that the Pomahaka and Mataura Rivers may be said
to be partially snow-fed ; but the other rivers and streams from the Mataura
to the Waitaki may very properly be regarded as not coming within that
designation. The lakes also of the interior, lying at altitudes above sea-
level of 1,000 to 1,400 feet, and surrounded by steep snow-clad mountains
from 5,000 to 9,000 feet in height, in the spring and early summer become
charged with an excess of snow-water, which raises the rivers which are the
effluents of these lakes to the greatest height they attain during the year.
And warm rain, with a north-west wind under such conditions invariably
causes very heavy floods, sometimes disastrously so. Perhaps scarcely less
important in their bearings on trout are droughts with warm low water in
summer, and frosts in winter, but these latter I consider do not affect our
rivers much. The greater proportion of the Otago rivers are not affected
by snow during the spring, summer, and autumn months, and so are all
the better adapted for affording a food supply, as mol as more suitable
water for the growth of the young trout fry.

Added to the above considerations the winds, temperature of the water,
and atmospheric pressure also combine to exercise their influence on the
breeding, food-supply, growth, and habits of our trout. For example, a
clear rapid snow-fed river produces, with a light-coloured bottom, silvery
trout, while the food cannot be very abundant or varied, and the chances of
the ova hatching out are not great. Very cold water, with too rapid a
current and shifting shingle, is eminently unfavourable to the reproduction
of food and growth of fishes. Such a river is the Clutha in its upper
waters. On the other hand such trout as it could support would probably
escape fungoid growths. Of an opposite class is the Waiwera or Waipahi—
with an average flow of water, dark bottomed, good pools and reaches, with
plenty of shelter under the banks, and much vegetation on these banks,
abundance of food from the land, from aquatic plants, and from the gravel
and rocks, also at a certain season from the sea even—where we find trout
fairly plentiful, brown coloured, with golden bellies and scarlet spots, of
immense strength and most excellent flavour.

At this point I might be asked to explain more fully what on earth trout
have to do with gneiss and conglomerate, with the chemistry of water, with
the temperature of water, or with the particular compass-bearing of the
wind that may blow over the water? And yet these things not only affect
them directly through their organs of breathing and secretion, but what is
even of greater importance, indirectly through their stomachs. Well
aerated water is very necessary to a trout’s vitality, but that is of no use

472 Transactions.—Miscellaneous.

unless it has plenty to eat. But my difficulty is, within reasonable bounds,
in such a paper as this, to do justice to what I have sketched out in my pre-
ceding remarks. And not only so, but without a knowledge of what I have
yet to say, and which overlaps in many ways the former, these former
statements themselves would be practically unintelligible. I may, however,
here describe as shortly as possible these relationships between inert matter
and trout life, and leave further and fuller details to what has to follow
when they become necessary in dealing with the growth and habits of our
trout.

The geological formation of a river’s water-shed, then, is the basis or
origin of nearly all loose rocks, stones, gravel, sand, clay, and loam, which
form the banks or bed of that river. According to the nature of the soil in
the vicinity of a river, so is its fertility or otherwise—altitude, climate, and
exposure being also factors. The fertility determines the abundance of
vegetation, on the land and in the water, and that the supply of insect life,
of molluses, crustaceans, etc., all the staple food of our trout.

Again, the meteorological influences at work are by no means con-
temptible. Heavy floods in the spring or winter before the ova begin to
hatch out are believed to tear up and wash away the spawning beds or
‘‘redds.” Lowness of rivers, with frost, after spawning, is also fatal to
ova, but that is not likely to affect many of our waters. Floods, however,
must also wash away and kill the eggs or larve of aquatic insects, as well
as of the Ephemera and Diptera (the flies of our summers), so injuring the
food supply of the future. On the other hand, droughts during summer in
very warm weather, result in the growth of low organisms, Fungi, and Alge,
especially, but not necessarily, where there is bed-rock. Anglers know too
well here the ugly green weed they name “ blanket weed,” which entangles
their lines at every cast; and although it may contribute to the production
of minute species of fish food, it must sicken and cannot improve the health
of our trout. Wind, too, by its agitation of long deep pools, causes a mud-
diness of water, and drives all surface food to leeward, killing it at the same
time. Certain winds on some waters have a marked effect in contributing
to the feeding or the prevention of feeding in trout.

In like manner much might be written on the consequences of changes
in atmospheric pressure, which there is reason for thinking have a good
deal to do with the times when trouts are on the move. So, also, as to the
essential health-preserving qualities of water which contains plenty of air in
solution, and of common salt. But I must now proceed from these con-
siderations, to gather together and lay before you the actual position of
the trout experiment in our waters at the present time under these

conditions.

Arruur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 473

Growth,

It is of the first importanco, at this stage, to be sure of the real species
of trout which has been introduced into Otago—the progeny of the original
lot got for us in Tasmania by Mr. G. P. Clifford, in 1868. Now, Mr.
Clifford has told me there could be no crossing with S. salar or S. trutta at
the breeding ponds on the Plenty, in Tasmania, as the trout there were
carefully kept separate, and in ponds by themselves. So far, good; and as
I stated in my previous paper, the original ova from England were taken
from three rivers, the Weycombe, Buckinghamshire, and the Wey, by Mr.
Francis Francis; and from the Itchen, by Mr. Frank Buckland. The
Salmon Commissioners of Tasmania, however, so far as 1 could find out,
have not placed on record the precautions taken, if any, to keep the lots
separate in the hatching-boxes, or to say what proportion of each were
reared and produced ova. All I have been able to learn is that many ova
died, and that it is impossible to determine which English river or rivers
may be represented by the progeny. However, taking Dr. Günther's
arrangement of species as my guide, it determines the trout from any of the
above-named rivers to be S. fario ausonii, or the southern form, which I
take to be the same as the Thames trout. It is capable of growing to a
large size in its native streams, or may be called a large-framed trout, and
is believed by good authorities to drop down into brackish water sometimes,
or even as far as the sea itself. While it may be admitted readily that this
trout does sometimes migrate in this manner, I must remark that I have
never seen any absolute demonstration of the fact adduced by any author.
But I shall have occasion again to offer my own observations on this P
and so shall leave it alone now.

The period of hatching at our Opoho hatchery may be seen from the
following examples :—

Year and Locality Trout Ova Last Ovum Time of Hatching | Temp. of Water.
got Hatched. in days. Fah.

1868 Ponds at Plenty, Tasmania October 30th About 70

18 5 ” ” ” 3? 14th ” 70

1878 Otago Rivers "B e ae » 1178 499—592?
1879 RR oo Bard: 78—88 41°—504°
1880 ý sù ES » 80th 80—95 40°— 57°
1881 h Qus „ 00h 64—75—77 41°—53°
1882 ” eres ^» 80th 70—80 39°—50°

The Tasmanian ova may properly be omitted in determining the ordinary
time taken for hatching, as they were subjected to unusual vicissitudes
before reaching Otago. The mean time of the other lots taken from trout
in Otago waters is 78 days, or, leaving out the manifestly abnormal dura-
tions of 64 and 95 days, we get a range of 70 to 88 days, or, on an average,

474 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

78 days, which is very nearly the same as an average of all the days from
1878 to 1882, including these abnormal numbers. Among the 1880 ova,
the lot which took 95 days to hatch are thus referred to by Mr. Deans, the
local society's manager :— They were impregnated on July 27th, and on
October 30th I preserved a few eggs, which were still unhatched ;” while
his note on the other abnormal case in 1881 is this :— Boxes 9 and 12
impregnated August 17th, hatched out on October 20th, 64 days.” The
first of the season’s ova were impregnated July 12th, 1881, from which date
to August 17th, the water in the hatching-boxes showed an average of 48°
by Fah. thermometer; while from August 17th to October 20th, the
thermal readings, I have gone carefully over, and find that they also give
an average of 43° exactly; so we may conclude that the temperature of the
water had nothing whatever to do with the rapidity of this particular hatch-
ing. Much more complete observations would have been required than
have ever been kept, to detect the real reason of this, but the parent fish of
this 64 days’ lot were late spawners. Mr. Deans has found that 14° Fah.
difference of temperature makes 10 days’ difference in the time of hatching
at Opoho in the creek water. à

It is of interest to compare the time of development from impregnation
to hatching in England with the above. Ina report on the Cray Fishery,
Kent, I find the time given at from 70 to 84 days,* practically the same as
our experience in Otago has proved it to be. But this does not show what
the time has been in other English hatcheries, and is much longer than
that given by Yarrell as the result of an experiment in Germany, where it
was found to be only 35 days. We find, however, that temperature affects
the time very much, and probably late spawners too. Among all the autho-
rities on fish within my reach, there are but two others who make mention
of the period of trout hatching, viz., Rev. W. Houghton, in ** British Fresh
Water Fishes," 1879, where he gives it as 60 days, and the temperature
40° to 45°; and Mr. Francis Francis, in the “ Practical Management of
Fisheries,” 1883, where 68 days is, as nearly as I can make out, the mean
time recorded. From the above cases, it would seem that the average
duration in Europe is somewhat shorter than in Otago by about three
weeks, but whether this is corroborated by the experience of fish-culturists
generally at Home is more than can be readily found out. The three Eng-
lish examples quoted, however, show a mean of 67 days, or 10 days shorter
than we have it here; and there is no alteration in the time observable
during the past five years in our Opoho hatching-boxes, from what it was
prior to 1878. But our trout can only properly be compared with their

* “Illustrated Sporting and Dramatic News,” February 24th, 1883.

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 475

immediate ancestors in England; and as Mr. Francis, in above treatise,
tells us that Thames trout spawn early, or in November, and are corres-
pondingly early in getting into edible condition in the following spring, 1
presume I am correct in taking 63 days as the average duration for the
hatching of these, and November as their spawning month. If this is so,
then this same trout species in Otago takes 78 days to hatch out, and
spawns from the middle of June to the end of September, according to
locality—the coast streams from June 1st to end of August, and the Waka-
tipu streams in September. In other words, the same species of trout here
is about two months later in spawning, and the ova ten days to a fortnight
longer in hatching than in England.

Growth in the Shag River, Leith, Lee, Deep Stream, and Upper Taieri,

1875 to 1883.

The weight, as a measure of the growth of our trout, must next receive
some attention, and the first question one naturally wants answered is,
Have the trout maintained their previous rate of growth during the last five
years? Well, in my first paper, bringing down observations to 1878, five
rivers are mentioned, with their heaviest recorded trout as :—Shag River,
female trout 164lbs., yearly growth 23lbs.; Water of Leith, male 124lbs.,
yearly growth 14lbs.; Lee Stream, 5lbs., posi growth 11b.; Deep Stream,
8lbs., yearly growth lilbs.; and Upper Taieri, female 6lbs. 60z., yearly
growth 11b. Now it is extremely difficult to compare with the foregoing
the growth of trout in the same waters during the past five years. This
arises from the principle that it would be hardly correct to assume that the
heaviest fish weighed since 1878, were part of the original stock put into
those rivers in 1869, unless their extraordinary size should render that sup-
position probable. The only other possible solution is one which has not
been tried, at least not on a scale sufficient to give any results, and that is
such proof as may be got by marking a great number of fish, returning
these to the water after being weighed, and re-weighing the same fish years
after when again caught. This is the best and most unquestionable test,
but until it is made we are constrained to appeal to such approximations as
may be got from the average weight of fish per day taken by anglers for
each year. From one angler’s diary I can give this; only, however, as re-
gards the Lee and Deep Streams. Before doing so I may as well mention
the weight of the heaviest single fish killed in each of above rivers from
1878 to March 1888; also the mean weight of a number of the heaviest,
from actual notes of the fish weighed, and in one or two cases from
memory. They are these:—Heaviest trout, Shag River, 14lbs., in 1879;
Leith, 17lbs., in 1880; Lee, 10lbs., in 1882; Deep Stream, 10lbs. (seen
but not caught), in 1882; and Upper Taieri River, 20lbs., in 1880,

476 Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

caught by Mr. Grieve. The yearly increase in weight of these, suppos-
ing them to be 1869 fish, will be, deducting half a pound for 1868:—
1:22, 1:41, 0:71, 0:71, and 1:66 lbs. respectively. This is a decrease in the
rate of growth for each of these rivers, except the Upper Taieri, since 1878,
while the actual weight of the fish under consideration has increased,
excepting in that of the largest from the Shag River. At the same time 1
think these rates too low, as the most of the trout in all likelihood were not
of those turned out in 1869. Then the mean or average weight of all the
heaviest trout for the period 1878 to 1883 I find to be as follows :—Shag
River, 11:4 lbs.; Leith, 14-6 lbs. ; Lee, 5'6 lbs.; Deep Stream, 61bs.; and
Upper Taieri (one fish), 20 lbs. Now, the evidence of each of the three
preceding results is as a whole, that the weight of the largest trout has
increased, while I may add their numbers have undoubtedly decreased in
these rivers. This agrees uomini with the belief of anglers who have
fished the same waters.

The average weight of all trout taken per day together with their num-
bers, in the Lee and Deep Streams, may now be examined. This, as before
explained, I can only give from the angling diary of one fisher, as those of -
others are very incomplete. From 1875 to 1888, then, the average number
and weight of all trout caught per day for the two periods or divisions
was :—

Lee Stream. Deep Stream.
1875 to 1878, trout per day, 2°67; average | Trout per day, 3°66; average weight, 1:20
weight, 1:25 lbs. lbs.
1878 to 1883, trout per day, 1:50; average | Trout per day, 2:56; average weight, 1:86
weight, 1:52 lbs. lbs.

This example is so far confirmatory of above evidence, and shows that
the stock of trout in these two streams has certainly become fewer in
number, but heavier in average weight, during the latter period.

It will be remarked by anyone examining carefully the weights of trout
I have given, that the heaviest were taken in the Shag River, Water of
Leith, and Upper Taieri River. The two former of these waters differ
greatly from one another in the geological character of their channels, and
also from the latter river; but they also appear to possess a more abundant
and varied supply of food than it; nevertheless, the heaviest fish have been
both seen and caught in the Upper Taieri River, which raises a curious
question as to the food-supply of that river. The upper waters, by a rapid
descent to the Serpentine Flat, drain the slopes of the Rock and Pillar and
Lammerlaw Mountains. Trap and gneiss may be taken as the rock forma-
tion of these ranges, their flat tops being also distinguished by immense bogs
and morasses. The Serpentine Flat is about 10 miles long, with a heavy

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 477

loamy soil, in some parts marshy, and has a fall of only 4 feet to the mile.
The river-bed consists of clay, overhanging banks, and a gravelly bottom,
and in its course is extremely tortuous. It has also plenty of fine weed-
beds, as nurseries for fish-food. The water is deep and has very litle
current and no stream, consequently there is an extraordinary range of
water. It is discoloured sometimes by gold-mining works slightly. This is
the Upper Taieri, where most of the great trout are, and it has an altitude
of 1,800 feet above sea-level. The food-supply is not as yet well ascer-
tained. It certainly does not include our smelts and whitebait (Retropinna
richardsonii and Galazias attenuatus), which are anadromous, and only
found within a certain distance from the ocean ; but I believe I am correct
in saying that it consists of crayfish, fresh-water molluses (Limnea), flies
with their larve, beetles, grasshoppers, and of fish, bullies and minnows
(Eleotris gobioides and Galaxias fasciatus). So far as my own knowledge
goes, I am satisfied there is not by any means a great number of these two
latter fishes in the Upper Taieri, and bottom feed generally is not super-
abundant. The great weight attained by the trout must evidently then be
the consequence of a fair supply of food, both surface and bottom food, but
more particularly the unusual range of water and the excellent shelter
afforded by the river’s banks. The Shag River, in its upper waters, flows
over slate formation, being a good deal affected by silt from gold-mining
operations ; and in its lower waters over shingle, gravel, and sand, with
good pools and plenty of range ; while the whole course of the Water of
Leith is over trap boulders, and it has few pools, with little shelter except
from bush, and no range of water. The food in both is generally similar to
that in the Upper Taieri; but besides that they have the great advantage of
an endless supply of the migratory fish, the smelts and whitebait. The
Shag River fish, living within the limits of migration, therefore, of these
little visitors, are fat and well-formed and still fairly plentiful, the largest
trout being near the tidal way, and small trout numerous above. The
larger trout, however, are not now found in the Leith except during the
spawning-time. Fishing has fallen off very much during summer ; and this
winter, for example, although Mr. Deans searched the Leith several times
carefully, he found no large fish till a big flood had come down. This proof
is of course negative, yet when the smallness of the stream, and want of
water and shelter are considered, it seems reasonable to believe that as large
trout are not now seen in the Leith except during winter, they must live in
the brackish water at its mouth or in the bay itself, for nine months out of
the twelve. And this is further borne out by the fact of many large fish
being netted by fishermen in the bay, with the characters more or less of
the brown trout.

478 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

Fishing has not been much practised in the Upper Taieri, owing to its
inaccessibility, so the progress or falling off in its stock of trout cannot well
be compared with what it was previous to 1878. At the same time both
large and small fish have been seen about Patearoa, which is ten miles below
where any were liberated. These were in considerable numbers and in
weight from 1 1b. to 10 lbs. Also the numbers and weight through the Ser-
pentine Flat keep up well. But the Lee and Deep Streams have been
regularly fished, untill 1882-8, when they were nearly forsaken by anglers,
owing to the lamentable decrease in the number of fish and the consequently
poor fishing. Now these streams are to a great extent alpine and rock-
bound, and the water of the Deep Stream is greatly affected by snow water
till the end of November, so that they cannot contain a very great food
supply, so far as bottom feeding goes, while the surface food has diminished
to an extraordinary extent by the almost total disappearance of the pre-
viously innumerable hosts of grasshoppers. The bottom food of these two
streams consists mainly of larve, fresh water whelks (Limnea) and crayfish,
and the great numbers of these which must have been devoured by the trout,
during the first few years after these waters were stocked with trout, must
inevitably have reduced the breeding numbers on which the succeeding food
supply depended. The disappearance of the grasshoppers may be the result
of grass fires and the presence of starlings, but there is no great certainty
about the matter, as grass fires were just as common before as after angling
commenced, and 1 have never seen starlings feeding among the native
grasses. There are other causes in operation which I believe have had their
effect too. Neither stream seems to contain good breeding ground, although
there is plenty of gravel in their upper waters, and the local Society has
made a mistake in turning out the thousands of young trout too small and
helpless (half inch to three quarters in length). It was only last summer
that Mr. Deans, watching a number of these baby trout he had just put into
a stream in the Oamaru District, actually saw the native bullies seize and
eat or rather swallow some of them! The first trout ever liberated in these
streams were strong and well-grown, from two to three inches long, and
they as we know thrived admirably, as in six years they became numerous
and had attained a weight in some individuals of 5 and 6 lbs. Pollutions
from gold-mining have occasionally spoiled the angling, and probably the
hatching of the ova too. Then we have shags or cormorants haunting the
Lee and Deep Streams, as well as almost all our other waters. These birds
live solely on fish, and as the two streams I am at present referring to have
few native fish, and no migratory smelts at all, the wholesale destruction of
trout up to a pound in weight is a sad certainty. I have never myself con-
victed any of these villains from positive proof, unless on one occasion, when

ArtHUR.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 479

one of them actually seized my artificial minnow under the water when
quietly spinning it in a deep pool in the Lee Gorge! But others, as Mr.
Peat and Mr. Clifford, have told me they have seen them at work, or actually
cut the trout out of their stomachs, as many as fourteen in one bird being
found by Mr. Peat. It is a curious fact, also, that the only places where
young trout can be seen at all plentiful are close above and below the
accommodation houses on the Lee and the Deep Streams. The reason of
that is, I have little doubt, the constant presence and passing of human
beings at these places tending to scare the shags from the immediate `
vicinity, so that at these parts the trout enjoy comparative protection. The
destruction of trout by only fifty shags during a year on one river, allowing
each bird five young trout per day, a very moderate allowance, would
amount to 91,250. Ido not, as a matter of fact, believe they are quite so
successful in plundering, but it gives their capabilities an alarming reality
to consider these figures. Lastly, this variety (S. fario ausonii) evidently
requires more range of water, and a greater food supply than these two
streams afford it; for it has been matter of observation for years that the
bulk of the trout have been working down stream, Almost every good
basket for the last three years has been taken in the lower gorges, while
very few fish have either been caught or seen in the upper waters. There
can be no doubt also, that constant fishing has reduced the stock, for in
angling everyone here has found that the biggest fish in a pool “ rule the
roost, *and these are to a certainty the fish which take fly or bait first. For
example, I killed in one pool in the Deep Stream, with grasshopper, first a
three and a half pounder, and then, within a few minutes, two trout, one
pound each, or about that weight. So that when a large trout is killed in a
pool, it not only takes longer to supply its place by the natural growth of
another which might be smaller, but there is also the loss of the greater
number of ova that a large trout can produce beyond what a smaller one
can, if a female.

A careful consideration of the facts I have just mentioned has led me to
the following conclusions: The Shag River has plenty good spawning beds,
abundance of range in its pools, and a good supply of bottom feed, supple-
mented from October to April by immense shoals of smelts and whitebait.
Although not quite so large as formerly, its trout remain fairly plentiful,
the small ones very plentiful, and are very fat and in good condition, and
very silvery in appearance. During the last fishing season, the “ takes”
were not nearly so good as in the preceding years, still I regard the Shag as
one of our best trout rivers and one not likely to be soon fished out. Some
idea of the best takes of trout in the Shag may be gained from two days’
fishing by Captain Fullarton, in the season 1880-81. On one of these days,

480 Transactions.—Miscellaneous.

at Rich’s Ford, he killed four trout with minnow, weighing respectively
121lbs., 101bs., 3lbs., and 11b., and the other day, up at-Hunter’s, he got nine
trout from 2lbs. to 7lbs. in weight. But as regards the Water of Leith the
case is very different, for year after year the fishing has fallen off, and so
have the weight and numbers of trout taken during the fishing or summer
season. Running as it does through the city of Dunedin, and fished every
day by dozens of anglers, so small a stream possessing such indifferent
cover and range of water is bound to suffer, and indeed it is hardly now
worth fishing in. Itis only during the spawning time that the great trout
now appear (as I have already stated) and this winter we took out
of it for stripping very fine fish of all weights from 2lbs. up to
16lbs. There is not enough food even including whitebait to main-
tain such heavy fish, so they must frequent the tidal and salt water,
where the food supply is much more plentiful. That is the only expla-
nation I can offer to account for their great weight. Many thousands of
young trout are put into the Leith yearly, so the falling off in its produe-
tiveness I do not doubt is mainly due to excessive fishing and also poaching
during the spawning season, of which latter fact there is no lack of proof.
The Upper Taieri River I need hardly almost refer to again, as I have
already said that its wonderfully big trout are consequences of great range
of water and a fair supply of food. It is a trout stream, however, sure to
suffer from the depredations of shags, which are too numerous on the rocks
at different points on its banks. The Lee and Deep Streams nog having
the benefit of fresh shoals of migratory smelts every season, have deterio-
rated so as to be very inferior as trout producers to what they were five
years ago. For their natural food supply being limited, while anglers and
shags have both fished them incessantly, the stock of trout is not equal to
the struggle (at present at all events), hence their disappearance to a great
extent. Both streams have also been much polluted at times by gold-min-
ing, which must destroy the ova as well as fish food. The rate of increase
in weight of the trout in the above waters yearly is still greater than in
England, but as a whole it is falling off. Mr. F. Francis says that a three-
year-old Thames trout will weigh one pound. This must suffice for the
present regarding the distribution and growth of trout in the Shag, Water
of Leith, Upper Taieri, Lee and Deep Streams, during the past five years
as compared with the preceding ten years.
Growth in other Otago Waters, 1878 to 1883.

I must now proceed as shortly as possible to record similar facts about
other Otago waters not dealt with in my first paper, and from which we -
will see how the trout have fared in these since 1878 down to the present
year. Ishalltake the rivers from the north end of the province down to
the south end in succession.

TRANSNZINSTITUTE VOL XVLPLXLIL.

Fie/
SuAc Aiver—male Alelós., (length ZOU tr.

> P
\ A EZ
= \ Za LL È

i
^h NO - |
T M. det. t HE
ES —= i
SERI = /
}
|
e;

1».

3
LEE STREAM /lb6oz, length 18%

Fo»
Waiwera female £s /3 oz length (Ein

- OTACOTROUT (E fario Ausonz) From kAffererl rivers.
VA del,

ArtHUR.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 481

The Omarama River, a tributary of the Ahuriri, was first fished by Mr.
J. A. Connell, in December, 1879, and the following is the result of several
day’s good sport, but subsequent trials were not so successful. During one
day, two evenings, and an afternoon, he caught 14 trout, weighing 274lbs.,
or an average weight of 1:96lbs., heaviest fish 7lbs. During the same
month I fished the Omarama also, two and a half days, and killed 5 trout,
weighing 18}lbs., or an average of 2:7lbs. each. I also lost a trout after
playing him out, which I believe, from his size (having seen it) and its
strength, must have been 8lbs. Mr. Connell’s take would average alto-
gether, including his clean days, about three fish a day, so far as I can now
judge ; while mine was two trout per day. This river is shingly and snow-
fed during part of summer, and lies about 1,400 feet above sea-level. Its
banks are covered only with native grass, and its trout were remarkably
strong and very fat, giving abundance of play. As trout were first placed
in this river in 1875 their yearly growth is about 2lbs. increase in weight.
The food-supply is very likely identical with other inland streams, but I
have no precise informution about it. Lately Captain Fullarton, of Pal-
merston, has told me of many large trout being seen in this river during
last season, as well as in the Ahuriri and Waitaki. Mr. Begg reports small
"trout as very numerous.
The Otekaike River, another feeder of the Waitaki, was fished by Mr. A.
C. Begg in February, 1881, when he caught two trout, total weight 5ilbs.
This river flows over slate formation in its upper waters and shingle in its
lower waters. It is partly snow-fed, like the Omarama, but in summer
lower parts disappear under the gravel.

e Kakanui River has for years been unprofitable so far as angling
goes, but Dr. de Lautour, of Oamaru, and Mr. Statham Lowe, during last
summer, had some wonderful sport in it with minnow, both natural and
artificial, The former, fishing at night with natural minnow, had the fol-
lowing luck :—December 3, 1882, two trout, weights 12ilbs. and 8lbs.;
and on the next night five trout, weights 13lbs., 8lbs., 73lbs., 8lbs., and
8lbs. ; being 7 trout altogether, weighing 50lbs., or the very extraordinary
average of fully 7lbs, each! The night of the 4th December was very dark
when the doctor was fishing, and the locality was a mile and a half above
Maheno. He informed me that the trout were rising in all directions, and
when he hooked his fish it took him from twenty minutes to an hour and a
half to land them—hooking his first at 9.15 p.m., and landing his last at
1.30 a.m. Of course anglers imagine the time very long when holding on
to a big trout; the excitement and anxiety causing one’s mind to measure
the minutes by the intensity of their feelings; a thing which is, I fear,
rather misleading. The fish were all very fat and handsome looking, but

31

. 489 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

the doctor found very little in their stomachs, only a few bullies and
shrimps, and he thinks they must have disgorged considerably from the
length of time he had to take playing them with a very light rod. I have
frequently observed, however, that the fattest trout when caught have very
little or nothing in their stomachs, and it is a circumstance hard to explain.
I have likewise pretty often found a trout’s mouth full on landing it, and its
stomach also. When a trout, further, is hooked by the tongue or any fleshy
part of the mouth, it seems to close its jaws firmly as if in a vice, for I have
seen their jaws almost locked on landing them. On the other hand, when
the hook gets among the branchial arches, or made fast to the gullet, I
should expect vomiting to result, and I have seen it repeatedly in such cir-
cumstances. As to deducing any average per day of the number of trout
and of the weight from these two nights’ fishing in the Kakanui, I feel
convinced it is unnecessary, as the take was evidently very exceptional.
Neither can the yearly increase of weight in the trout be fairly ascer-
tained, for the first were put in in 1869, and with the abundance of
smelts, whitebait, and other food obtainable, also plenty range of water,
which are the conditions of this river, they have had every advan-
tage of growing more than at the rate of only one pound per annum.
The higher parts of this stream lie among fearfully rocky gorges of slate
and gneiss, and the lower parts on shingly, gravelly flats, amid limestone
formation and rich soil. It is a river also not much affected by snow water
I should think. Iam informed that the settlers destroy many very large
trout by poaching, which, if not put an end to, will deplete the river entirely
of its stock.

| The Waikouaiti River also has been a very unsuccessful water as yet.
The first trout were put into it in 1869, and a great many thousands during
the last five years, yet they do not seem to make head as a stock, there
being only a few very large fish in a certain number of pools about Cherry
Farm. Anglers from Dunedin have repeatedly fished it without getting or
even seeing a single trout. Mr. Orbell and Mr. Buckland, however, two
seasons back killed some very large trout, night fishing. One of these fish,
a beautiful female of about 14 lbs., was kindly sent me by Mr. Orbell in Feb-
ruary, 1882. It was remarkably fat, and the belly protruded so as to
distort the cleft of the mouth to an angle of nearly forty-five degrees with
the vertical. It was very silvery, and, although within easy access of the
sea, did not appear to have migrated, its fins being all dark or olive colour,
and its spots black and round or square. The stomach was empty. When
boiled this fish ate exceedingly well. The mouth of this river, also of the
Kakanui, is tidal, but its upper waters are often polluted by gold-mining
works,

AnTHUR.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 488

The Waitati River has not been in much repute for years, having fallen
off in productiveness. The best day’s fishing I know of got in it, was in
November, 1879, by Mr. S. Thompson. On that occasion he caught 22
trout, weighing 284 lbs., or an average of 1:061bs. each. The water was
low and he fished with fly and maggot. It was first stocked in 1869, and
again in 1874, so taking Mr. Thompson’s largest trout, which was 54 Ibs.,
as one put in during the latter year, its yearly rate of growth would be
1:15lbs. In Blueskin Bay, into which the Waitati flows, there are fre-
quently trout seen and netted which may probably have come out of this
river. It has a good supply in the season of smelts and whitebait, and its
bed consists of trap boulders ; its banks are covered with bush.

Fulton’s Creek is a small stream, the upper part of which descends
rapidly from the mountains through bush, and.its lower waters flow gently
through the alluvial plain of the Taieri in deep long reaches. It has a good
stock of trout, and very large ones frequent its lower waters. Trout were
first put into it in 1869, none since then, and in July, 1881, Mr. Deans
caught two beautiful females, 18lbs. weight each, on which occasion he
reported very few males to be seen. The least possible annual growth of
these two fish would therefore be 1-5 lbs. It has fine gravel beds, and
seems to be a good breeding water, small trout being numerous.

The Tokomairiro River has not as yet got up a good stock of trout,
although more than 9,000 have been liberated in the north branch alone
since 1869. In November, 1882, Mr. Burt caught one of 71 lbs., in fairish
condition. It has a long reach of ten miles tidal water from its mouth, so
it should have an excellent supply of food of the migratory kind.

Lovell's Creek, which empties itself into the Tuakitoto Lake, is a small
river, but remarkable for containing a considerable number of large trout.
A good number of these have been caught, and in July, 1882, one of 15 lbs.
was found dead in it. It was a female and was very fat, and must have
grown yearly 1:66 lbs., as the first trout was put into this stream in 1873.
I have no doubt this stream contains an abundant supply of the migratory
fishes which visit all waters so near the sea or so accessible from it. After
spawning the large trout in all probability descend to the lake to recuperate
themselves.

Kaihiku River is the first stream within the trap-rock region between the
Clutha and Mataura Rivers, and, like the most of them, it has a more or
less northern course, facing the sun. Judging from the baskets of trout
taken from it, I should consider it a very well stocked little river. It is
very full at present of small trout. I have, however, only one angler’s
record available for reference, which gives for two days’ fishing, 28 trout, of
a total weight of 17 lbs, This is equal to 14 trout per day of an average

484 Transactions. — Miscellaneous.

weight of 0-6 lbs., orja little over half a pound each. I have no informa-
tion as to the heaviest trout in it, but I believe they have been caught
nearly 6 lbs. in weight. As it flows into the Clutha River below the Wai-
wera, it must be visited by smelts and whitebait. Here I ought to notice
in passing that Mr. M‘Kinnon, hotel-keeper, in March, 1883, killed with
native minnow in the Puerua a trout of 22 Ibs. As trout were first turned
into this little river in 1878, the least possible yearly growth of this fish
would be 2°2 lbs.

The Waiwera River is four times as large as the Kaihiku, and was in great
repute among anglers for the size and excellence of its trout a few years
ago; but, owing to the hotel on its banks having stopped business, not
many have fished it during the two last summers. It is situated a few
miles west of the Kaihiku, and flows over a similar formation. There is
good shelter, plenty range, with rocky reefs crossing the stream in many
places. There are also plenty of weeds in the reaches, which become long
and affect the surface. Several takes by anglers I know of, which are
these :—

1879, one angler fishing two days; result, 2:5 fish per day; pom
weight, 2°65 lbs.
1879 to 1881, another fishing nine days; result, 1:77 fish per day;
average weight, 1:56 lbs.
1882, a third fishing a day and a half; result, 8:0 fish per day;
average weight, 2:41 lbs.
Previous to last season I know of no trout over 61bs. being caught, but
on January 18th, 1883, two magnificent female trout were exhibited in
Melville, the fishmonger’s window, Dunedin, said to have been taken by a
Mr. Miller in the Waiwera, which weighed 141lbs. and 103 lbs. respectively,
and of these dimensions :—Length, larger, 284 inches, depth 83 inches, girth
204 inches; smaller 27} inches in length, depth 74 inches, and girth 154
inches. These trout were in colour dark along back, shaded off into a
yellow and then white towards the belly, fins all dark, and spots black,
large and round like most Waiwera fish. They were so small in the head
and also so deep in the side, being about one-third of total lengths, as to
have quite the shape of perch, but were not correspondingly thick across the
back. In fact their unusual depth of side was evidently attained at the
expense of their thickness, for neither fish had as great a girth as an ordin-
ary well-filled-up plump trout, and which I have found to be as nearly as
possible two and a half times the depth. For all that, they were the finest-
looking specimens of brown trout I have seen in Otago, and the growth of
the larger one could not be less than 1:45 lbs. yearly, as trout were first put
in Waiwera in 1873. The stomachs of such trout as I have opened from

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 485

this stream contained crayfish, fresh-water whelks (Limnea), alge, flies,
and larve; but much of the food consists of smelts and whitebait, which
swarm in it during the summer. For edible qualities the Waiwera trout
stand deservedly high.

The Kuriwao River is a small branch of the Waiwera, which, after pass-
ing through the Popotunoa Gorge, joins the latter river on the plain 7 miles
below. It is a very stony water, but has excellent shelter and plenty of
food, including smelts and whetebait; indeed, the same food-supply as the
Waiwera, and the same trap formation. About the end of 1878, one day
Mr. Statham Lowe fished it for curiosity, when waiting for the train at
Clinton, and had such wonderful luck with the fly as to remain a week. .
But now it has sadly degenerated in the number and size of its trout. Un-
fortunately, I have lost his letter, but speaking from memory, I believe his
best take was seven trout, weighing in all 151bs., and ranging from 14 lbs.
to 51bs. In 1881 Mr. Lowe and another in one day killed twelve trout,
which weighed 12 lbs. ; Mr. Lange, half a day, seven trout, weighing 6 lbs.
` 100zs.; Mr. McCulloch, one day, five trout, weighing 5 Ibs. ; Mr. Lange,
one day, fifteen trout, weighing 9 lbs. 11 ozs. ; and Mr. A. C. Begg, three
days, twenty-one trout, weighing 121bs. 8 ozs. In 1882 the latter angler
caught one, 6 lbs., above the Popotunoa Gorge, and several other good fish.
Five years ago the yearly increase in weight of the trout I found to be
lilbs. Poaching and excessive fishing have not only reduced the stock of
trout, but eaused many anglers to forsake this stream altogether. I have
heard of boxes of trout, illegally caught, being sent by coach to Dunedin.
The above figures show a steady decrease in the average weight of trout
yearly. I have only examined the contents of the stomach of one trout
from this water, and found these to be the larve of aquatie insects, and fresh-

water whelks, but the stream is also full of whitebait. This same trout ate ..

exceedingly well when cooked.

The Waipahi River is undoubtedly a very beautiful trouting stream, as
it has abundance of shelter and plenty of range of water; reefs of rock and
weeds also. It is situated about 8 miles west by rail from the Kuriwao, and
flows over a similar trap formation, has a good supply of the ordinary river
food, with thousands of smelts and whitebait also in the season. It has
few good spawning-beds, is not affected by snow water, is low-lying in its
course, and is an early river, like the two last-mentioned. In the middle of
October many of its trout are in fine condition, and generally they have the
golden and brown tints of the typical brown trout; the spots also being
mostly round. In the season 1881-82, Mr. Begg, in six days' fishing,
killed fifteen trout, weighing 24} Ibs, the heaviest being 8 lbs. The largest
trout I have known caught in this river was nearly 9 lbs., and was taken at

486 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

night in February, 1882, with natural minnow, by Mr. Bull, of Auckland.
It was excellent eating. During two half-days in November, 1882, I killed
four trout, of a gross weight of 10 lbs. 10 oz., the largest being 4 Ibs. 83 ozs.
Mr. Statham Lowe, one day, five trout, weighing 16lbs. But the fairest
idea of the productiveness of this river may be gathered from Mr. W. Mark
Elliott's fishing during last season, of which this is the result :—He had
seventeen and a half blank days, twenty-eight days when he caught fish,
seventy-six trout taken, and a total weight of 2103 Ibs., the largest being
6ilbs. Taking all his fishing-days together (451), gives an average catch
of 1-7 trout per day, weighing 2-76 lbs. each, all trout under ilb. being
returned to the river. He fished mostly with fly during the first half of the
season, but with cricket and minnow during the latter half. The first trout
placed in the Waipahi were only seventy-six in number in the year 1878,
but 800 the following year. Taking the 9 lb. trout as possibly one liberated
during the latter year, would give its yearly growth as 1 1b.; but, from the
abundance of food in this river, I am pretty sure the actual yearly growth
of its trout is more like 21bs. The flesh of the trout for the table can
generally be depended on as of the finest quality which are caught in the
Waipahi. I have found in the stomachs of Waipahi trout, fresh-water alge,
larve of insects, whelks, flies, and insects, one minnow (G. fasciatus), and,
in the case of one trout, no less than thirty-eight whitebait! Gravel also I
have found. In appearance the trout are well-shaped and yellow-sided.

The Otaria Stream is a small tributary of the Waipahi, and, like it, has
many bars or reefs of trap rock crossing its bed transversely. It has excel-
lent banks and good shelter, but from actual observation I cannot give the
varieties of its food-supply. I have no doubt at the same time that it cor-
responds to that found in the Waipahi. One day at the latter end of March,
1883, Mr. Elliott fished it with no success till evening, when, with minnow,
he caught five trout of a total weight of 15 lbs., the largest being, I believe,
5lbs. As trout were first put into it in 1875, the yearly growth of this
largest fish was ilb. Poaching of a very undisguised kind is much prac-
tised in this stream. The quality of its trout for the table is unusually
excellent.

The Mimihau, a feeder of the Mataura River, flows mostly past and
- through bush and over trap rock. I do not know the precise nature of the
food-supply, but necessarily the flies and grubs must be very abundant and
its trout for the table are said to be unsurpassed. In March of this year,
Mr. Maitland killed in one day 6 trout weighing 173 Ibs., the heaviest being
4lbs. Two years ago, in 1880, Mr. Thornhill killed one 5 lbs. weight,
which must have increased yearly in weight at least three-quarters of a
pound, as trout were first put in it in 1875.

Arruur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 487

The Pomahaka River is a very large tributary of the Clutha River, rising
in the snowy ranges of the Umbrella Mountains and flowing in a south-
easterly direction. It is, therefore, without the trap region, unless towards
its mouth, and is partly snow-fed during the summer, besides being
frequently muddy from the gold-mining operations on its upper waters.
Possessing numerous gravelly reaches it is a good breeding water, but it is
a late river, and its fish take a long time to get up in condition in the
summer. Occasionally the trout in it are of good quality, but as a rule
they are not to be compared in that respect with those of the Waiwera or
Waipahi. In colour they are light and silvery. Night fishing with minnow
is very successful, but any lure may be used during the day. The stomachs
of those trout which I have opened I found contained larve, creepers,
beetles, whelks, minnows, crayfish, and small stones, but the whitebait are
very plentiful also in this river. There are quite a number of records of
fishing in my possession, but one may suffice to mention, that of Mr.
Elliott. During the summer and autumn of 1882-83 he had three blank
days, 28 good days, and caught 135 trout, weiging 2364 lbs., or 5:2 trout
daily of an average weight of 1°75lbs. The largest trout that I know of
was 71bs. and caught by an angler in 1882, but one of 64 1lbs., taken in
1879, gives a yearly rate of growth of 1:08 lbs., which is probably as much
as can be expected in the Pomahaka.

Of the interior streams and lakes where fish have been taken the
Waitahuna, Teviot, Manuherikia, Butel’s Creek, Lochy, and Wakatipu
Lake, also the Oreti River merit a little notice.

The Waitahuna can only be fished in its upper parts owing to pollutions
from gold-mining. It flows from the Lammerlaw Mountains behind the
town of Lawrence over a slate and gneiss formation in a south-east and then
a south-west direction till it joins the Clutha. It has good spawning beds,
trout are numerous but not large, rather poor in condition, but take fly
readily, and are good eating. The result of two half days in November,
1881, when I fished it, the water being in splendid order, was 15 trout,
weighing 8% lbs. gross, no trout being over a pound or so. This is a fair
sample of its fishing capabilities, but the largest fish taken was one of 43lbs.
by Mr. Coghill in October, 1879, and I have heard of other large ones being
seen. As trout were first put into the Waitahuna in 1875, the yearly
growth of Mr. Coghill’s fish would be 1:121bs. Stomachs opened by me
showed flies, shellfish, larve, creepers, crayfish, and small stones as their
contents. In colour these trout are silvery.

The Teviot River is a small tributary of the Clutha River which rises in
the Lammerlaw Mountains and after flowing in a westerly course through
rocky gorges joins the Clutha at Roxburgh. Its rocky bed is formed of

488 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

slate and gneiss, it has not many good spawning beds but seems to have a
good flow of water during the first half of summer. Its trout are mostly
small, but they take the fly readily, and are possessed of good edible
qualities. They are brown on back and golden on the sides, with black
and crimson spots. In December, 1880, I had a day’s fishing in it above the
washpool hut, and killed with fly 17 trout weighing 1141bs. I lost more
than half-a-dozen, including several fish over 2 Ibs., but of those I caught 8
weighed about 11b. each. I had no opportunity of examining the stomachs
of these trout, but probably their food consists of shellfish, larve, and flies.

In March, 1879, two anglers fishing the Manuherikia River at Hawkdun
Station killed 8 trout from 1 Ib. to 21bs. in weight. "They were fat silvery
fish and proved very good eating. Below the station the pollutions from
gold-mining render this river useless for trout, but above it is beautifully
clear, and has plenty of good Spawning beds. This part of the river is
about 1,500 feet above sea-level, and in spring must carry off a large amount
of snow water. I heard of a trout of 71bs. weight being caught in it,
during this same year, so that its yearly growth would be fully 1 Ib., as the
| stream was first stocked in 1878. I have no information as to its food
supply.

Butel's Creek, which feeds Hayes Lake is a very small stream, but it is
well stocked, especially below the waterfall, which is impassable for trout,
being nearly 200 feet high. Hayes Lake is very full of trout, some being
supposed to be over 20 lbs. in weight, and these having for their spawning
ground only the mile and a half from the lake to the waterfall of this creek,
it gets very crowded during the Spawning season. I have heard of one
trout poached out of this stream in 1882 which weighed 28 lbs., and these
great fish are known to have been actually caught, and removed in cart
loads, being afterwards salted and sold among the surrounding gold dig-
gings. The Lake Society has done almost nothing to prevent the poaching.
Now, trout having first been put into the streams about the Wakatipu in
1874, this very large trout must have grown yearly at the astonishing rate
of 841bs.! The trout in the creek are mostly small, running from $1b. to
13 1b., although they have been taken with the rod up to lbs. It is only
during winter that the very large fish push their way up. Mr. Paterson, a
neighbouring settler, has told me he has seen the stream as “thick as por-
ridge” owing to the numerous spawning fish turning up the same redds
successively! The bed of this stream is very gravelly and sandy, and it is
the only water entering the lake fit for spawning in. Such trout as I have
seen taken out of it are very silvery in appearance. In November, 1880,
Mr. A. C. Begg killed 15 trout in this creek in one day, their total weight
being 81bs. From observation I cannot say what the food-supply is on

Artruur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 489

which the trout feed, in the creek or the lake, but it must be unusually good
and abundant, especially in the lake, where the trout are said to be numerous
and large. I have not yet known of any angler succeeding in catching a
single trout fairly with rod and line in Hayes Lake. They are manifestly
too well fed to care for artificial baits.

The Wakatipu Lake has a stock of trout from 2 lbs. to 20 Ibs. in weight ;
I estimate the weight from seeing them. These large trout frequent certain
parts on the margin of the lake in shoals, as Queenstown Bay, near the
Town Creek, the Peninsula Reef, Frankton Arm, and generally the vicinity
of the mouths of the streams into which young trout fry were originally put
by the late Mr. Worthington. Until lately, they have not been caught by rod
and line; but during March, 1883, some were with minnow, and very long
lines being run out from the boats. The trout are very fat, but what their
food consists of beyond Galaxias I have not yet found out ; the stomachs of
four which I examined being empty. In one case only two small fish and
insect remains were found in the stomach by me. In colour these trout are
mostly dark on back and silvery towards the belly, some however are very
silvery. Unfortunately there is much fungoid disease in the shoals at
Queenstown Bay, and a considerable number have died from it. One
female I found dying from fungus, I have previously described.* Mr.
Worthington, in 1881, reported that he had only seen male fish affected
with the disease. Probably the absence of salt from the Wakatipu water
is one of the chief causes of the malady. It does not appear, however, to
injure the edible qualities of the fish, which are most excellent. In
November, 1880, a trout was caught at the head of the lake which weighed
16 lbs. 4 ozs. ; and, as it may probably have been one of those liberated in
1874, its yearly growth would be 2°73 lbs. or 23 lbs. nearly. A number of
trout have been taken. weighing 11 lbs., 18 Ibs., and 15 lbs.

In March, 1882, I got a most beautiful female trout from the Oreti River,
weighing 51bs., which was in splendid condition, and was the finest fish of
the kind to eat I ever partook of. It was almost as good as a fresh run
sea-trout. In its stomach I found one minnow and a small grub. At the
same time, I handled an ugly male trout from the same water, not fat,
which weighed 101bs. Its average yearly growth would be 1} Ibs., as trout
were first liberated in the Oreti in 1874.

The Canterbury specimen I have previously made reference to was sent

to me by the Christchurch Society in February, 1881, on the supposition

that it might possibly be a Californian salmon; but in what river caught I

was not informed. It was 2 lbs. in weight, silvery in appearance, with a

few dark and red spots, mostly x-shaped, and had a very small head, less
* Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. xv., p. 198.

490 Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

than a fifth of the total length of the fish. The anal fin had ten rays, also
bwo spines or rudimentary rays ; the abdominal and anal fins were white.
So extraordinarily fat was this fish, that the cleft of the mouth was distorted
or drawn very much down, while the snout was very like that of the genus
Oncorhynchus. The fin-rays and gill-covers, etc., however, convinced me
that it was a brown trout (S. fario), while its general appearance was
suggestive of some duration of residence in brackish water. The stomach
contained a little mucus, but I took a native minnow three inches long out
of its gullet. It was too much decomposed for me to examine the ceca,
which I have observed decay sooner in hot gen than the other viscera ;
in fact they are very perishable.

The yearly rate of growth in the most of the streams above recorded,
from 1878 to 1883, and which I cannot compare with their growth prior to
1878, from want of sufficient data, may be seen more readily from the fol-
lowing table :—

Yearly growth of Trout, 1878 to 1883.

lbs.
Oamarama .. aa n de su ee 53; 2 00
Kakanui RB ee e i» s be vec PU
Waikouaiti .. yee ny s. ve v3 os UT
Fulton's Creek Š $ . $. “FOU
Lovell’s Creek we : si 1:66
Puerua * Y . .. 20
Waiwera 2 eet 145
Waipahi s». 100
Otaria .. : 0°75
Mimihau Ra hg š T 3:4 I
Pomáhaka Š ; ee 1:08
Waitahuna .. > $ ña * via
Manuherikia . ex è ns se 6 vs 100
Hayes Lake . re és as s <. =s: 0:50
Wakatipu Lake e Ud

Of course I do not claim more for ien table oat that it shows what the
least possible growth of the trout per annum maybe. Likely in some cases
it is more, although it would be difficult to find any growth of trout to
exceed that in Hayes Lake. I cannot from exact information as yet
decide the interesting question of what the Hayes Lake trout fatten on;
and mere inferences, even when probably correct, should not be depended
on.

As to the edible qualities of the trout in these rivers, a fair proportion of
good eating trout can be got in most of them. The best I have partaken of
was a single 51b. female trout from the Oreti River as already stated ;
a finer one could not be desired. Next to it I have found the Waipahi and

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otayo. 491

Waiwera fish the best; but I have heard that the Otaria and Mimihau fish
are better still. The Wakatipu trout are also particularly fine, perhaps the
best. Of course the single example from the Oreti cannot be held as proof
that its trout will all be as good ; and, indeed, the 10 1b. male which was got
at the same time was not fit to eat, 1 was informed by the gentleman who
had it cooked for dinner. It is likewise difficult, I find, to predict from its
appearance how a trout will eat in Otago. We have them both pink, red,
orange, and white in the flesh-colour. Most anglers think a fat trout is
sure to be good, and, as a general rule, I will not dispute it may be so. I
certainly find that, when the pyloric cæca are covered with much fat, the
trout may be depended on as good, unless it happens to have been grubbing
among clay or moss for larve, when it will have an earthy taste. But I
remember on one occasion getting a 441b. male trout from Shag River,
which was very fat, sent me by a settler, and which ate nearly as well as a
sea trout, while an exactly similar fat trout, sent by the same settler, at the
very same time, from the Shag River to a friend of mine in town, proved
quite earthy in flavour when boiled, and anything but palatable. My fish,
I found when examining it, had four large native minnows in its stomach.
In October, 1880, I killed a female trout in the Lee Stream of 1 Ib. 9 oz...
(not sexually developed so far as I could make out) which was very fat, and
had its stomach very full of flies, also five large grubs or creepers, with re-
mains of others. This fish was equally good to eat with the one sent me from
Shag River. Now, the Shag River fish, both fat, with access to the same
food probably, viz., minnows and whitebait, differed entirely as to quality ;
while the Lee trout, also fat, but feeding on widely different food, proved
the finest of eating, just as one only of the two Shag River fish did! In
addition to fat around the ceca, I find that thin skins and deciduous
scales, also orange-coloured flesh, are pretty good indications of quality in
trout. On the other hand, I must not forget to mention that I have known
cases of trout only half-fat, which were excellent, and, indeed, this is
characteristic of the Teviot trout, and also those of Waitahuna River. So
much for the quality of our trout in connection with the kind of food and
the external appearance of the fish.

The general superiority of the trout in the Waiwera, Waipahi, Otaria,
and Mimihau over those say of the Pomahaka and many other rivers, must
have some other cause than such as I may have previously hinted at.
These rivers are all situated within the trap district, defined by me at the
commencement of this paper, are low-lying, and, excepting the Mimihau,
flow towards the sun, and so get their waters well exposed. The banks are
good, and well covered by vegetation, as grass, flax, scrub, or even bush.
Also they may be regarded as early rivers, for Messrs. A. C. Begg,

492 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

W. Mark Elliott, and J. A. Connell have found in the beginning and middle
of October that the trout were fat and in good condition in the Waiwera
and Waipahi. It seems to me then that the trap formation is eminently
suitable to the abundant growth of insects and other minute food, and that,
from situation and exposure to the sun in early spring, the eggs and larve
of these insects must hatch sooner than in snow-fed waters of Otago. This
early supply of the finest of food must, together with the excellent shelter
of the banks of these rivers and warmth of the water, be the explanation of
the goodness of the trout and their appearing in condition in spring so soon.
The Pomahaka’s trout, on the other hand, are long of getting into con-
dition, and poor then with some exceptions ; the river itself, besides being
snow-fed half the summer perhaps, is frequently polluted by gold-mining
works, and has a very shingly bottom. It has plenty of the coarser food,
as the whitebait; but its water comes from a cold region, and flows away
from the sun. I can recollect very well in Scotland I have found the
same rule; the best trout were those I caught in streams flowing over
trap and old red sandstone; the worst in the shingly, slaty, mountain
streams.

Generally our low-lying streams and those freest from snow-water are
the ones where trout are soonest in edible condition. Still, even for these,
the fishing season begins too soon and ends too late, being from October 1st
to March 81st. It is true that, in some years, owing to a mild winter, the
trout may be fairly fat by middle of October, but not as a rule ; while, by
the middle of March they are black, lazy, and gravid. This season, 1883,
they are in poor condition, even in November. The fishing season should
be shortened by six weeks.

. The food of our trout may properly here claim a few remarks in connec-
tion with growth. Since 1878, I have examined the contents of the
stomachs of 62 trout. Frequently I found those of very fat trout quite
empty, saving a quantity of white sticky mucus. This was more notice-
able in Shag River and Wakatipu fish than in those from other waters.
Three or four Wakatipu fish, which were very fat, and almost the only ones
I have looked at, had nothing in their stomachs. So, also, with a large
trout taken from the Leith, and another from the mouth of that stream in
Otago Harbour during the spawning season. But among the other trout
I found flies and their larve in great abundance, alge very common, beetles,
grasshoppers, crickets, shell-fish, crayfish, bullies or bullheads, native
minnows, whitebait, small stones, and grass. I have never found any
earthworms ; neither in large male trout, even when lean and poor, a single
case of a small trout having been swallowed. In those streams furthest
removed from tidal estuaries, and consequently from a supply of whitebait,

Arruur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 493

I commonly find a large quantity of shell-fish (Limnaa) in the stomachs of
the trout; and many of our rivers are teeming with these curious little
molluscs. That the milky-like and sometimes yellow mud from gold
diggings is unwholesome for trout, and destructive to a great extent of insect
larve, I have no doubt. The upper waters of the Shag, the Waitahuna,
and Pomahaka are more or less so affected; and there the trout are com-
paratively poor in condition, particularly at the beginning of summer;
notably also on the Deep Stream, for half a mile or so below where some
Chinamen were digging five years ago or more, the trout all disappeared,
and I question whether any have come back again ; I have seen none at all
events. At the same time, I am aware that there are trout in the muddy
parts of the Taieri River; but these are large fish which, I think, have gone
there not from choice, but seeking heavier water and more range than
existed in the streams they had left. Trout of half a pound, I find, can
swallow other fish, as whitebait and crayfish, and feed on them just as
comfortably as fish of 5 lbs. or 10 lbs. weight. As to smaller trout than
half a pound here, I have never investigated the contents of their stomachs.
As no food has yet been found by me in most Wakatipu trout opened, the
mystery of their fat condition and excellent taste cannot easily be made
out, and its solution must be deferred.

It is difficult to say what proportion between the sexes of our trout exists ;
the question, however, has been forced on my attention owing to the males
which I have caught being so few compared with the females. During one
season I estimate the males taken by me did not exceed a quarter of the *
females! For the last two or three years, therefore, I have made special
notes of the sexes; but while this is comparatively easily done as regards
trout over 2]bs, in weight from their external markings, those of half
a pound to a pound I very often found puzzling, and when dissected even,
had not sufficient sexual development to make the sex certain. On two

-occasions in the Deep Stream I killed one male and five female trout, but
six days scattered over 1880-81-82 gave 11 males and 17 females. In the
Lee Stream also, in four days, from 1879 to 1882, the results were also 11
males and 17 females. On the other hand, when I have fished the Shag
River at night the trout taken were always males, so far as 1 recollect. Mr.
W. S. Pillans, when taking spawning fish in Lovell’s Creek in 1882, got 7
males and only 3 females! Mr. Deans explains this latter case by the cir-
cumstance of the females always going away from the redds when spawned,
while the males hang about long afterwards. Whatever may be generally `
the rule here, at present Í am of opinion that the females greatly out-
number the other sex. The effect of the disproportion, in whichever way it
really lies, on the stock in a river would probably be the same, that is,

494 Transactions. — Miscellaneous,

damaging. For where there are few males, the females would naturally,
one would expect, look for their mates near the redds. The same redds, as
a consequence, would get ploughed up and disturbed a good many times, to
the destruction of the ova by exposure to light, to the hungry stomachs of
the males, and in other ways; while with too many males there would be a
greater devouring by these of the ova, and more deaths among the same
sex through fighting. Excessively lean and attenuated male trout caught
sometimes in our rivers are very likely such as have contracted constitu-
tional maladies during spawning. These may be parasites, or fever induced
by injuries from fighting with other males. At all events the main evi-
dences of disease are wasting away of the tissues of their bodies and a vora-
cious appetite, while their colours remain as bright as during the spawning
season.
II.— Habits.

- Of the spawning season and time of incubation of our trout I have
already treated, showing the latter to be 78 days—the same as I found it
prior to 1878. The number of eggs we find to be 800 to 900 for every
pound weight of the spawner. During our stripping in August of this year
the eggs of fish 13 lbs. to 21bs. were straw-coloured and small, while those
of the larger females up to 16lbs. were dark pink and much larger. In 1880
one trout yielded about 80 eggs double the size of all the other eggs she
passed, and they hatched out just the same as the rest. The late Mr.
Worthington informed me that the ova of trout in Queenstown Creek in
1881 were very light straw-colour, almost white, but those from Butel’s
Creek, ten miles off, were pink as usual. One season he found the ova in
the former stream light straw-colour, light brown, and pink. A female of
12 lbs. weight, which he caught while it was attempting to ascend this
creek, was stripped by him. The eggs all went white, and became bad.
Long after spawning I have sometimes found empty eggs in the cavity of
the body in clusters in the same fish, and often a few single ova. But the
most extraordinary state of a female trout which has ever come under my
notice was that of a 61b. fish sent to me by Mr. Lowe from the Waipahi,
on October 25th, 1882. It was in good condition, and the ceca were sur-
rounded by plenty of fat, yet it had about three-fourths of its old ova still
in the ovaries, while the next season’s eggs, about the size of turnip seed,
were spread all through and around the old eggs. The latter, the old ones,
were mostly empty and of different colours—red, yellow, and white. The
left ovary sac was ruptured, and twenty old collapsed ova were in the abdo-
minal cavity. The only other abnormal appearance was the excessive
thickness and toughness of the coverings of the air-bladder and the dorsal
artery.

ArtHUR.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 495

I have already given my ideas on the effects of excessive sludge from
gold-mining on trout and their food-supply, so that here it is only necessary
to observe that it must retard, if it does not also extinguish the vitality of
the ova, where much exposed to its influence.

There is some reason to think that we have a proportion of both older
and younger trout which do not spawn, at least not every year. In the Lee,
for example, which is not an early river, I have known very fat trout taken
in October, and these may have fed all winter through not spawning. Also,
I have opened a number of trout half-a-pound to a pound, if not larger,
from different rivers, which had neither milt nor ova inthem. But, beyond
this, I have no evidence to adduce in support of the theory except great
similarity in the snouts of the sexes in the case of these barren fish.

The feeding times of our trout, however, are more abundantly evident,
and in my first paper I gave some particulars of these in our rivers: as
that during the day, the middle portion in particular, when the sun is
brightest and everything apparently against the angler, he finds by far the
most trout come to his lures. I have also mentioned the effects of meteo-
rological disturbances. Trout at Home are usually very shy and knowing,
and I assume that the Thames trout or southern form is equally so
with his more northerly cousin, which I know best. As a general rule
they are shy here too (or lazy it may be), in the morning and evening.
Also, towards the end of March, as they begin to get blackish in
colour and into spawning condition, they do not rise to feed unless
the day be such as suits their fancies—warm and bright, with a fair
supply of surface food. I have remarked that at the end of the fish-
ing season, when they do not move during the day, they wake up for
an hour or so about sunset, and then may be seen rising all over the
river. Excepting, then, in such rivers as the Kakanui, the Shag, and
Water of Leith, which are well stocked with whitebait, and which yield good
sport all night, as well as day sport, there is no doubt the chief feeding time
in all our streams is during broad daylight. Also, when really on the
* take," our trout, big and little, seem to abandon all caution, and come
boldly at a fly or bait if not very clumsily presented to them ; the largest
trout in a pool exercising its prerogative, and coming first. They have
often followed the fly or grasshopper to within a few feet of the angler, and
will sometimes take a bait a second time, after being hooked and running
for a while previously. In the Lee Gorge one day I hooked, with a big
green grasshopper, in the head of a pool of back-water which was slightly
discoloured, as I thought from seeing it a 3 1b. trout. It was on for some
time, and I could see it plainly as it struggled about the pool till it got off.
Very much disheartened, I gave it a rest for a little, and finding it would

496 . Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

not again look at the big sort, I put on two lively little grasshoppers and
cast well up into the stream, letting them gradually sink as they were borne
towards its lair. It took them at once for I felt the line tighten; so I gave
it plenty of time and then struck well, when the running began in earnest.
Being a strong fish, and in a pool with bad stones and boulders, I had much
trouble in playing it, but at last managed to net it, and found it a great deal
heavier than I had thought, as it weighed 5lbs. 60zs.! On another occa-
sion in the same water, while fishing close to the bank in some broken
streams, I hooked up above me a good trout, which got off. Several casts in
succession thereafter failing to start it, I gave it up as a hopeless case, and
started to walk up the bank past the trout, within three yards of where it lay.
In doing so, however, I let the bait drop in and float down, when he took
it at once, and I killed the fish, which weighed over 2lbs. Just one other
instance (and I have more I could mention), must suffice, as illustrative of
the boldness of these trout. This occurred in the Lee Gorge also, to a friend
of mine, on a day when the water was very clear, with not a ripple on it.
In a broad smooth pool a good trout was rising in the middle. Walking
down to the edge, this fisher cast with a cricket right over the fish, which
took it at once, and when killed it was found to weigh over three pounds.
The trout were not at all on the take that day. On the other hand their
shyness or laziness is just as extraordinary as their boldness. I remember,
for example, in the Deep Stream, when the fish would not move, fishing
down stream behind another angler, who fished pretty carefully, but, as I
noticed, missed a yard or two of the very shallowest parts at the top of
streams, which are usually thought to be barren spots. He also raised
nothing at a deep corner of Pillan’s Pool. In both places I gave the water
time to rest, or rather the fish, if any, and then fished very carefully the
aforesaid shallow parts with cricket, and also the deep corner. After
repeated throws, and sinking the bait well in the shallow, I killed a good
trout in each, weighing 81bs. 6 ozs., and 21bs. 10 ozs. respectively. This
was in February, 1882.

There is another thing worthy of remark in the feeding habits, which is,
that not only do the trout change their feed, so to speak, on different days,
but even during the same day. In October, 1877, in the Lee Stream, water
in good order, and the forenoon warm, but after a night's snow, with a
strong west and north-west wind blowing, I fished down below Snow’s with
small phantom minnow, about 50 yards behind Mr. A, Campbell, who had
on fly. This was before noon, and Mr. Campbell killed several trout of a
pound weight before I got any. Then, in the very same places, one above,
and the other in the Ledge Pool, which he had cast over without raising
anything, I got two with the minnow, weighing 211bs. and 24 lbs. After

TRANS. NZ INSTITUTE. VOL AVLPLXLIV

om oe Be,
; date òa ]

ie ih a Sa AA ra y 5
E PAE PT. wit." a
ar y the ' LA 1 à . a
ves, 7": .
e P s > Y

to
x T

e,
UA

Fic8
CANTERBURY TROUF-female 21bs., length /5 Ho rr

OTACOTROUT S farioldusorai) from. differerz rivers.
WA. del

X
Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced inio Otago. 497

one o'clock the trout would not look at minnow, but I killed a large fish,
43 lbs., with fly, and also some smaller ones. I remember, subsequently, in
the Deep Stream, above the Strath crossing, plenty of water and a north-
west gale blowing, fishing two days, or rather, parts of two days. On both
days I used exactly the same fly, cast with three flies on. The stretcher
had on it a creeper, first dropper, which was black hackle, a gentle, and top
dropper bare. The one day I killed seven trout, all with the hackle and
gentle, and but one, a 21b. fish, which was on the creeper. The other day
I got five trout, every one on the creeper, and which weighed nearly 15 lbs.
gross, the water being rather clearer.

The alteration in the time of daily feeding, from that observed at Home
among the trout is puzzling, and angling alone may not disclose all the
facts. Still, a very superficial observer of nature must admit that as yet
our streams possess a much greater food-supply, and more variety in it,
than the streams of the Old Country do. The more open winters we
experience will likewise permit a certain amount of insect life to come
within reach of feeding trout, and so prevent these getting much reduced in
condition. These two circumstances are sufficient to show, that, possess-
ing more available food than their ancestral stock, our trout do not require
to be so constantly feeding, and when so engaged have the extra temptation
of variety, to make them as capricious as we find them. So, therefore, they
choose their own time for satisfying their hunger, and select different food
at short intervals. But why mid-day should be preferred by them as their
banqueting hour is not so readily explained as their not feeding in early
morning or in the evening, which I have proved to be mainly owing to the
coldness of the air at these times. It is probable, however, that as most
insect life will be on the water during the warmest part of the day, it is then,
of course, that feeding trout show most on the surface, while at other times
they may be busy grubbing on the bottom for larve and shellfish, in the
absence of the more dainty surface diet. That the air immediately in con-
tact with the stream must have had a certain quantity of heat and light
imparted to it from the morning sun before trout will rise, I have seen
attested, by the trout beginning to take hours sooner on an open part of the
river than they did on a portion shut in by rocky gorges from the sun’s rays.
Repeated examples of this have convinced me of the fact. These remarks
must be understood to apply to ordinary states of most of our rivers. When
in flood, our trout do not take readily, nor, indeed, till the river has fallen
to a certain state. It is very likely at such times the fish are partly driven
from their haunts by the strength of the stream, and partly, are feeding on
the bottom on insect larve, which the disturbance of the gravel there has

“revealed to their keen eyesight.
32

498 Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

The positions in a large pool taken up by trout are only to be found out
by experience of the fish, and of the particular river. For while small trout,
of half-a-pound weight and less, locate themselves in every part, the heavier
fish, from 2lbs. upwards, select particular sites for their lairs. Some of
these sites are the very last an angler would anticipate, as exposed shallows
above the head and at the tail of a pool, and bends of dead backwater,
almost stagnant. Sometimes, also, a heavy fish will rest in very strict run-
ning water above a pool, and when hooked by a fisherman it often seems as
if the line were fast to a rock, so closely does the fish hug the bottom.
Then, when fairly “ struck," the astonished angler finds his supposed rock
dart with alarming velocity into the depths of the main pool below. I have
often lost my chance of good fish by not fishing the very last yard or two of
a long reach, for, on taking to the bank, I have seen, when too late, a big
trout sail away quietly up stream, from below my feet almost, making waves
like a steamboat. These remarks, again, are correct as to the state of the
case when our rivers are low; but when in spate, the trout are everywhere,
and their ordinary habits are not observed. So, also, at night in such
waters as the Shag and Kakanui, when a few old stagers keep to their beats,
but the multitude of fishes spread over every part, and wake the stillness
by splashing out of the water in all directions, and each fish almost simul-
taneously,—then a quiet spell succeeds for a quarter of an hour, to be followed
by another chorus of splashes, and so on, until the moment the first symp-
toms of dawn are felt, when all become quiet, and will look at no bait,
natural or invented, for hours afterwards.

When a river is low and clear, I have often known trout to be disturbed
by the vibrations in the water caused by the angler wading, and so make off
long before he himself was visible to the fish. This applies to up-stream
fishing, as well as to down-stream fishing.

The shelter of flax-bushes, Veronicas, or even a good rock, are appre-
ciated, and much used by our trout ; but as yet there are not enough of fish
. to occupy every sheltered retreat. Hence, where small creeks join the main
stream, trout are not so commonly seen as one would expect.

Another very marked evidence of the trout’s appreciation of sunlight and
warmth is, that black, rocky, dark pools in the Lee Gorge and other streams,
have no trout in them at all. I and others have, again and again, thrashed
such pools, and never seen a fin in one of them.

Cannibalism among our trout is a practice denounced by many fish-men
in language expressing the axiom “the big trout eat the little ones.” I
have frequently listened to such common cant, and when I haye asked for
proof, the best reply to be got was,— Oh, it is a well-known fact.” Now
having taken some pains to test this opinion, by a weference to the fish

Arrmur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 499

themselves, I do not find, as yet, that they have so far corroborated the
libel as to justify so sweeping an assertion. In confinement, or in barren
water where food is scarce, a big trout may very likely grab at its own
youngsters, or even larger ones if he be starving, as we have found them do
here; but let him have a good lair in a river with plenty of food, and I
don’t believe he will touch them. An examination of the stomachs of more
than seventy trout of both sexes, taken out of a score of different waters,
and in size ranging from 41b. to 14 lbs., has resulted in not a single young
trout being found by me in any of them. The only case I know of isa
doubtful one, and it was on the 14th February, 1881, when Mrs. Walsh,
at the Deep Stream, told me she had found a trout 4 inches long in the
stomach of a 4 lb. trout. As I do not recollect having seen this 4-inch un-
fortunate trout, I may be allowed to suggest that it possibly was a cock-i-
bully! At all events, granting it to have been a veritable trout, still there
are 70 to 1 trout in our streams which decline at present to be convicted as
cannibals !

Migration appears to be the refuge of trout in Otago when planted in a
stream deficient in size and range of water, and of food. Hence the dis-
appearance of the largest trout from the Water of Leith, except during the
spawning season. They evidently resort to the salt-water of Otago Har-
bour in search of more water and more food than can be got in the Leith,
For trout of the common S. fario species are being constantly caught in
fishermen’s nets in the bay. These show a tendency to acquire a sea-trout
appearance, as they are usually very silvery, and the black spots are often,
but not always, x-shaped. The belly fins also become very white, and the
head gets sharp and fine. Of course I give this as an opinion, because
unless the fish themselves are marked for identification, and examined again
after capture in the sea, there can be no absolute proof. I may at the same
time say, that other trout taken in the nets are so similar in markings to
sea-trout, that I consider they are of that species. These are, however,
becoming scarcer year by year. For years past in the experience of anglers,
the large trout have been found more towards the mouths of the Deep
Stream and Lee Stream. This, with the simultaneous appearance of large
trout in the Taieri River below the mouths of the above two streams, may
be regarded as additional corroboration of my statement. In Queenstown
Bay, Lake Wakatipu, the trout are not migratory, but hang about the creek
mouth and Peninsula Reef. This is, at least, partly because they have
plenty of water; and although 1 have not as yet found food in the stomachs
of more than one of these trout, their prime condition indicates abundant
nourishment of some kind in the waters of the Lake. I might quote other
cases of migration towards heavier water, but space will not admit of this.

500 Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

I come now to notice the vagaries of trout, if such an expression can be
permitted in connection with fish. There are two or three trout in the
ponds in the Botanical Gardens, Dunedin, from 2 to 81bs. in weight, which
live there from year to year, among ducks, swans and other fishes, and
seem to get past the spawning season without any inconvenience. They
have, also, lost much of their natural shyness and are comparatively tame.
The trout, also, in Mr. Pillans's private ponds are so tame as to come quite
close to him when feeding them. Mr. Connell, Mr. Digby Smith and Mr.
Maitland have each mentioned instances to me ofa large trout following close
behind a good trout, when hooked and before landing it—no timidity shown :
but the greatest boldness. Very likely the two fish were mates. One day
in December, 1881, Captain Fullarton and I were fishing below Rich’s Ford
in Shag River. I was trying to catch mullet with fly and maggot, when I
saw the mullet scatter repeatedly when near my hooks, as if scared. Pre-
sently a large trout became visible swimming round in circles, and, as it
came nearer the surface each turn, I cast over it in the vain hope of seeing
it take the fly. This it did not do, but it seemed once inclined to take my
companion’s natural minnow. Gradually it came closer to the bank and
began to get its head above water as it swam round, seemingly in distress
and wanting more air. It could see us plainly, and indeed appeared to
invite our assistance, for it came so near us gasping for breath, that at last
Captain Fullarton gaffed it. It was a 5 Ib. female trout, fat, with plenty of
curd, and ate well when boiled. There was no trace of fungus on any part
of the fish, and its viscera were quite healthy, only the gills were too highly
coloured ; but on the lateral line on both sides on the tail portion, between
the anal and caudal fins, a patch of scales of the size of a shilling had been
rubbed off apparently, and had small black hairs growing about #5 inch
long. These, under the microscope, had a root-like or star-like structure,
branching out from a centre, and were brownish in colour, probably para-
sites. As the weather for days had been very warm, and the water was low
and heated, we both concluded that this trout was suffering from the heat,
and was either sick or fevered.

The enemies of the trout in our streams may here be summarized. There
are native bullheads which attack the young fry, and eels, as both these fish
have been proved to eat trout. Large smelts, also, are probably offenders.
Among birds—kingfishers (where bush is plentiful), gulls, and shags or cor-
morants. The cormorants are by far the most destructive, and do more
harm to a stream in a season than all the anglers who may fish it. Their
favourite stations are a rock in mid-stream, or cliffs overhanging a pool.
Instances have been told me where at least a dozen trout have been taken

ArtHUR.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. . 501

out of their stomachs, as related by me above, and they are known or sup-
posed to have killed and eaten trout about 2 lbs. in weight. The ordinary
shag of our rivers is about as big as a tame duck, but much thinner in body
having a long sinewy neck and a dreadful bill with a hook at the point.

Disease at our Opoho hatchery among the ova is unknown. Dead eggs
have been found to be unimpregnated, and no loss has resulted from silt, of
which there is always a good deal. Deaths among the young fish have been
consequent on a dropsical affection of the umbilical sac, and of monstrosi-
ties. Having already made some remarks on very thin male trout which
appeared to be “dying by inches,” in consequence of their flesh and fat
consuming away, 1 will not add more than the suggestion that fever would
account for the symptoms or effects of their ailment. Several specimens
of trout found dead in our rivers have come under my notice. Dissection
showed that some internal organ as the intestine was ruptured, but how oc-
casioned it would be hard to say. For several years Mr. Nelson has seen
trout in Lovell's Creek which were quite blind. This he proved repeatedly
by trials; yet when a worm or bait was thrown into the water they took it
at once. These trout were of both sexes, 4-5 lbs. in weight, not by a long
way the largest trout in the stream, and their eyes had white opaque spots
on each. In the case of females, the ova were found at the spawning season
to be bad, although the fish were in good condition. No cause has been
found out for this singular eye affection, but probably its origin is parasitic.
Fungus, unfortunately, is not unknown in Otago waters. It was noticed
first on trout in confinement at the Wallacetown ponds, by Mr. Howard,
about 1874 or 1875. During spawning it has been seen on trout in Fulton’s
Creek; but in Queenstown Bay, Lake Wakatipu, it ig very prevalent among
the shoals of trout there, as formerly described by me.* The pathology (to
borrow a medical expression) of this disease has not yet been worked out
exhaustively, and it is surrounded by many difficulties. At the same time
I may be pardoned if I again give my opinion, that all the exciting causes
of the affection may be narrowed down to two conditions, viz.:—the absence
of sufficient salt in the water inhabited by the fish, and of sufficient oxygen
in the blood of the fish itself. Salt has been found to be a wonderful health
promoter among the Salmonide; and oxygen, in the necessary proportions
in the blood of the fish, is indispensable to secure it from fungoid attacks.
Trout in Shag River have died, as supposed, because of excessive heat.

; ILL — Structure.

Although external colour and markings can scarcely be referred to struc-
ture, yet these come more naturally under that heading than any other.
Specimens of trout from High Wycombe, Bucks, are thus described by Mr.

* Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1882, vol. xv., p. 198.

502 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

Francis Francis :— They are more like salmon than the common brown
trout, and are brilliantly silver in colour, very short and thick in make, and
weigh heavier for their length than almost any fish I know.” Otago trout,
of the same species as those referred to by Francis, show great variations in
colours, and that not confined to age or sex; yet these variations appear to
be limited. At the same time, they evidently depend on the colour of the
water and river bottom, mainly; but very little, if at all, on the nature of
the food-supply. A general feature, and the most noteworthy, is that the
females, of any age and from any stream, are silvery with black spots, red
ones seldom present or numerous, while the males are darker, with a
tendency to yellow on sides and belly, at times very golden, and they have
always, or nearly always, red spots, sometimes large and numerous. The
shape of the black spots, always round on the gill covers, shoulders, dorsal,
and adipose fins, varies on the body from round to rectangular and x-shaped
towards the tail. The theory that residence in salt water is shown by the
black spots assuming the x shape, is not altogether borne out by facts. For
example, trout of both sexes, in such water as the Shag river, Pomahaka,
and Wakatipu Lake, where there is clear or white water and a light bottom,
are silvery, and have black spots mostly x-shaped ; indeed I have often seen
bright silvery females with fine heads and x spots that might easily be taken
for sea-trout; while the Waiwera and Waipahi Rivers, which have dark
bottoms, produce trout of the ‘golden variety, with most of the black spots
rounded in form. The food in these four rivers is much the same. Brown
trout taken in Otago Harbour show a tendency to acquire x-shaped spots,
and take on a sea-trout appearance, but not always. On July 2nd, 1883,
among the trout taken out of the Leith for stripping, we had a beautiful
silvery female of about 16lbs., which I have no doubt had been resident in
the harbour; yet the black spots on it, which were large and numerous,
were of a rectangular shape. During the spawning season the males show
much brighter colours, and extra red spots appear faintly which at other
times might not be discernible; white the deciduous scales give place to
thick fleshy ones. The females, also, at that season, and when young, show
reddish spots, which might be very hard to distinguish during the summer,
or when older. The red and some of the dark spots are sometimes beauti- -
fully ocellated, or surrounded by a lighter ring of colour. The fins, too,
vary apparently with age and water within certain limits. The adipose
nearly always has a pink edge or margin; the pectoral fin is generally olive
brown in adults and olive yellow in young specimens, while the ventral and
anal fins are of the same hue but lighter, and sometimes almost white. In
dark individuals the anal and ventral fins have er a white anterior
margin,

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 508

The form of the head, body, and tail fin is subject to considerable modi-
fications. In females, more particularly adults, the head is smaller and finer
in shape than in males. In females the head is usually in adults one-fifth
of total length, and in males, one-third to one-fourth, among my specimens.
It is very difficult in young trout up to half a pound in weight, to tell the
sex from the head and spots. Even dissection sometimes has shown me no
sexual development sufficient to determine the question. But usually, in
trout from half a pound upwards, it may be seen from the size of the head,
form of mandible, and presence or absence of red spots. The male is most
commonly to be recognized by its large head and fins, the hook on the lower
jaw, and the red spots on its body. In one or two rare examples I have
found a male of 21bs. to 4lbs. with very little of a hook at all, while I have
seen a female of similar size with quite as large a hook on its mandible.
These cases are, however, very exceptional among Otago trout.* The
form of the maxillary is not very constant, being broad
and fine or coarse, narrow and fine or coarse, always
however, in adults having its posterior end in line of,
or behind line of, a vertical from posterior margin of
orbit. The opercula seem inconstant in shape within
certain limits. The preoperculum in our trout has
always, contrary to his description of non-migratory
trout, what Dr. Günther calls a ** lower limb," gener-
ally very pronounced in outline, and with three or
more strie on the surface of the bone. The suboper-
Bculum of our Otago trout is generally of a trapezoidal
form, as in fig. 1 in the attached woodcut, with the
exterior angle more or less circular, or it might be called
Ma roughly rectangular. Fig. 2 is a case of a young

female trout from the Waipahi, in which the rectangular
form is very decided. It approaches nearer to Mr.
Yarrell’s typical form (fig. 4) than in any other trout
il yet seen by me; although one other trout I have ex-
amined had nearly the same form of this bone. But
fig. 8 is a very common shape in the old male trout.
There is sometimes, but not often, a slight difference in
outline between the subopercles on either side of the
head in the same fish. In young examples the margins
of the opercula are rounded and graceful, but in old fish

ide s iii sale
* In such specimens the head is small like a female, and no development of either

melt or roe of a decided character.

504 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

they are found by me to become angular in the subopercle, and sinuous
in the operculum and preoperculum. A careful comparison of trout heads
preserved by me, shows that sex has no influence on the form of the sub-
opercle; or that the particular form does not indicate the sex. Neither
does residence in brackish or salt water appear to affect the shape of that
bone; but I have not as yet had more than a few specimens to examine,
taken in salt water.

The branchiostegal rays which I have carefully counted in many of our
trout are pretty constant at 10 in number. They vary, however, sometimes
from 9 to 11, and it is a common occurrence to find one more on the left
side than the right or vice versà. `

The eye in females is relatively nearer to the snout than in males.

The teeth of the vomer have been regarded by Dr. Günther and others
as a good character to fix the S. fario species as distinct from the S. trutta
species. That is, while the vomerine teeth in the latter are deciduous, those
of S. fario are described by Dr. Günther as “ persistent through life."
Now, whatever the case may be in the trout of Home rivers, I have abun-
dant proof in my notes, made when examining the teeth of Otago trout,
that they are very far from being persistent on the vomer. On the head of
the vomer (excepting in the case of a trout from the Wakatipu, got in
January, 1880) I have always found the teeth present. But, on the shaft
of that bone, the gradual disappearance, year after year, of the teeth, is from
behind forwards, and appears to be mainly a consequence of the increased
age of the individual trout.

The body of the trout in outline is much more varied than one would
suppose, and this is, I venture to think, the explanation of the difficulty
anglers find in guessing correctly the weight. Thus, taking the case only
of trout when in good or fair condition, the back is sometimes so slightly
arched as to be nearly straight, the belly in such a case being very deep and
full (see fig. 2, pl. xliii); so much so, indeed, as (with exceedingly fat
fish) to distort the mouth, and throw the ventrals nearer the tail. Then
our best-shaped trout are hog-backed from the head to the dorsal fin—both
back and belly being properly balanced in their eurves. "There are also two
distinct forms when viewing trout transversely: the one is narrow and deep
in section, the other broad across the back, and not at all deep in section. As
already mentioned, I find in good fat fish the minimum ratio of depth to
girth should be as 1-2}. I have not much to say about the form of the
fins, excepting that as regards the tail, or, as I should perhaps name it, the
caudal fin, I find it forked in our young trout; in mature fish of 2 lbs. it
often is forked also; but, in heavier and presumably older fish, it varies
from slightly emarginate to straight, and sometimes even truncate. I have

AnTHUR.— n the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 505

also frequently seen the upper lobe larger than the under one. The least
depth of the tail is pretty constant, being from a tenth to a twelfth of the
total length of the trout, or about that ratio.

But, as the size of the fins is thought by naturalists to have a direct
relation to the depth of water and nature of the bottom, it may be well to
see what evidence my specimens can give on that point. Dr. Giinther
says :—*“* Those individuals which live in rapid streams, being in almost
constant motion, and wearing off the delicate extremities of the fins, have
the fin-rays comparatively shorter and stouter, and the fins of a more
. rounded form, particularly at the corners, than individuals inhabiting ponds
or lakes.” * The number of trout I have measured with particular reference
to this question is not, in my opinion, sufficient to test the case fairly in
Otago waters. Out of 13 rivers, I have had 19 males and 6 females under
measurement, also 2 males from Lake Wakatipu; these are all. I have
classified them, however, distinguishing fish from rapid and rocky streams,
as separated from those frequenting larger and stiller water; and I find
that the evidence is very puzzling and contradictory, so that different
theories might easily be based on particular cases. I have therefore pre-
pared a large table, showing the ratio which each fin bears to the total
length of the fish—measuring the base of the single or median fins and the
longest ray of the double fins, as representing the lengths. The result on
the whole, and taking it for what it may be worth, is corroborative of the
above quotation from Giinther. Three of the fins, viz., the dorsal, pectoral,
and ventral, I find shorter in the rough, quick-running rivers, than in the
stiller, heavier streams, or in the lake; but the anal is doubtful. While,
therefore, my experiments on this point are not so complete as could be
desired, they have brought out other facts curious and interesting, and
which are not so open to dubiety. Thus I find the females have all smaller
fins than the males, excepting the anal, which is larger. Then, among the
females, the range of difference or variation in the size of fins is very great
as between different individuals, and also between the different fins of the
body themselves. But, among the males, the range is not nearly so great ;
neither is there the great difference of size between the body fins them-
selves. These latter facts will appear more clearly from this short
table :— 2
Range in ratio of fins to total length of trout.

D p v

Females aa; 1:38 Lù 1:93 e 2:10 x 4-86
Males .. 0:93 oe 0-91 .. 1:44 .. 0:94

* Study of Fishes, p. 634. 3

5 06 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

This table means that among females the least variation is among the
dorsal fins, which variation goes on increasing to a maximum in the anal
fins. Among males the variation is nearly the same among all the fins
but the ventral, and not at all to be compared in amount with that of the
females as before stated.

In the fin rays, nothing in the way of change has been seen by me
during the past five years, so that I can but repeat that I find the dorsal
and pectoral fin rays vary by one or two in number ; the ventral and the
caudal appear to be constant, while the anal differs by one ray at times.
Thus 12-14 D; 18-14 P ; 9 V; 10-11 A; and 19 C, will be the fin ray
formula ; and I may explain the numbers in the dorsal and anal fins
include simple spines, but those of the caudal do not, there being usually
four to six spines additional on either side supporting the base of the fin.
The caudal seems absolutely invariable as to number of bony and feathered
rays, 19 being constantly found by me. Then the ventral is almost as
eonstant,as I have never seen more than one or two cases where the rays
differed from 9, and then only by one ray. The dorsal and pectorals may
be taken as invariable within the limits of one to four rays; and, in short,
within these limits all the fin rays appear to be fixed in number. It is also
to be remarked that a comparison of the fin ray formula above with those
given by Yarrell, Günther, and others, shows no practical difference.
Neither is the difference greater when compared with the formula of the
S. salar and S. trutta, so that the number of fin rays is really of no specific
value as a distinction among these closely-allied species.

Scales.—The most constant in number are those in a row from adipose
fin back, or forwards to lateral line— probably, however, apparently so
only, because they are more easily counted—those taken along whole.
length and breadth of body being very hard to see at head and tail, and
along back and belly. Twenty-three female trout and nine males I found
to have 14 to 18 scales from the adipose back to lateral line. Lat. L. 117
to 128, and Trans. L. 48 to 66. The trout having these scales were from
l4ozs. to 14lbs., taken from fourteen different rivers or waters. Neither
sex nor age showed any real difference in the numbers.

The Vertebrz of our trout, so far as I can make them out, are fixed in
number; that is, they only vary from 56 to 60. As, however, I have found
great difficulty in deeiphering the terminal bones at the head and tail, I
cannot claim greater accuracy than to within one or two. Out of sixteen
trout examined, one had 56 vertebre, three 57, two 58, seven 59, and three
60. There does not appear to be any correlation between the sexes and
the number of vertebre ; thus the mean number among eleven females was
58:5, and among five males, which are all I have a record of, was 58:4.

ArTHUR.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 507

Neither as yet have I discovered any cases of two or any bones of the verte-
bre coalescing or subdividing. Whether young trout have fewer vertebre
than older ones, has not been examined into by me, but I suspect it may
be so.

The Pyloric ceca situated at the end of the stomach where it forms a
second bend in joining the great intestine or gut, appear to possess the
functions of assisting in absorbing and assimilating the food from the
stomach, and of secreting fat. In external colour they possess a rosy flesh
tint, when the trout is in good health and on its natural food, and in form
are exactly like miniature sausages. But I recently examined the intestines
of a trout taken from a pond, where the trout had been fed largely on
curdled milk, and where they were fat, strong, and in good condition, when
I found the ceca perfectly white, while the other organs were more or less
of the same colour. The interior of the ceca, I have often remarked, con-
tains an opaque fluid or juice, of an orange, red, or paler hue as the case
may be, and very much the same as is present in the intestine itself; while
the exterior is covered by more or less fat, at times indeed smothered in fat,
which is tied and laced in a most intricate and secure fashion to the
stomach and ceca by strong fibrous tissues like threads. The fat is whitish
in colour. From twenty-one female and seven male trout examined, and
which were taken from nine different rivers, a lake, and from Otago Har-
bour (two from each of the latter), the number of ceca was found among
the females to range from 33-61, the mean number being 47:3; while
among the males the range was from 37-55, with a mean of 48:7. This
shows that while the range in number is great (but among males not so
much so as among females, just as with the fins), the mean number does
not seem to vary much over the whole, or as between the sexes. But un-
doubtedly as a means of distinction between the fario and its nearly related
species, a comparison of the above figures with those given in Günther's
“Catalogue of Fishes,” will prove to anyone curious on the subject that
they are of no use whatever. I except, of course, the Loch Leven trout
from this category.

Ichthyologists say, and with apparent reason, that marine fishes are
furnished with more ceca than fresh-water forms as a general rule, because
they have a wider field to range over for their food, and are in so doing
exposed to more numerous and varied enemies than in fresh waters; and
that this necessitates the rapid digestion of food, and quick locomotion.
Applying this rule to such a restricted field as our trout supply—or rather,
I should say, applying to our trout for such contribution as their limited
circumstances can afford to our knowledge on this point—I cannot find
that the theory is supported as yet, our brown trout having nearly as many

508 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

cæca as sea-trout. Neither is there evidence that the superabundance of
food here has resulted in a rise in the average number of ceca during the
past five years or previously. By referring to my first paper of 1878, it
will be seen that the mean number for all the trout examined, was 48:3
while now the number is, as above given, for females, 47:8, and for males,
487. Thus it is plain the normal average number of cæca is neither on
the increase nor the decrease in our waters, whatever may be said of their
range varying. Then, as the same variety of fario in England is said to
have from 88-47 ceca (although the average is not stated, see Dr. Day
on the Salmonide), it would seem at first sight as if our trout had suddenly
developed an increased number of these organs, or in other words, had ex-
“perienced a rise from 42:5 to 48. But the comparison cannot be held to be
satisfactory unless all the particulars as to age, weight, sex, stream, and
feeding are also known. And just as the parr marks, scarlet spots, and
teeth are affected by age, may not the exca be subject to a similar law ?
Of course it is impossible to tell to a year or two the age of trout taken in a
wild state; at least I do not know any rule at present that can give us this.
So in the absence of any better guide, I have taken the weights of the trout
as the index of their age, and I find this:—Among eight female trout from
various rivers, in weight from 1lb. to 2}lbs., the ceca ranged from 838-
55, with a mean of 42:5 in number; and among fourteen female trout,
from 8lbs. to 10lbs. in weight, the ceca ranged from 44-61, with
a mean number of 50°5. Now Giinther’s largest trout was 15 inches,
which at Home means a trout of about the same age as my 24lbs.
. trout; while the approximate mean number (42°5) of the ceca observed
by him is exactly the same as the mean here, for trout of the cor-
responding age. I have not enough examples from males to warrant
me as yet in saying how the case is with them; but what I have
just now stated, proves that variation in the number of the ceca may
be quite as much due to age (the number increasing with age), as to
change of habitat from England to Otago, with, in our case, great increase
in the food-supply. And there is another principle which seems to have
something to do with the number of these organs. The ceca of the trout
which had 61 were unusually small, not over one inch in length, while those
of trout having 40 and 46 were large, in the latter ranging from half-an-inch
to two and a half inches long. If subsequent researches bear me out in
these facts, then it will be tolerably evident that while their numbers and
size are exceedingly variable, there probably may be a fixed relation between
the extent of the absorbing surface of the pylories, and the weight or age of
the trout itself.

Artuur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 509

Our heavier still rivers do not appear, with their grand stock of smelts
and whitebait, etc., to cause any increase in the number of the pyloric ceca,
over those of trout in our rougher and poorer streams. This I have proved
from a careful examination of a fair number of specimens. And, it is also
curious, that a sea-trout caught in Sawyer’s Bay, which I opened, had only
40 ceca, while it must have had the finest possible range of feeding
ground.

What I have now said regarding these organs in our trout amounts to
this:—The actual number of ceca observed in Otago is greater than
Giinther’s recorded number of them at Home; but the evidence I have
adduced shows that this increase in number is not owing to an additional
demand on the ceca to work, necessitated by the presence of more food,
but in all probability to a difference in age of the fish examined. Or, more
plainly, there has really been no alteration in the number of the pyloric
ceca, or in the extent of their absorbing surface.

There remain but one or two observations which I have to make on
structure before finishing my paper, which has expanded into dimensions I
did not anticipate, so much so that I may have to reduce the appendix I
thought of, if I do not omit it altogether. The first is, that in nearly every
female with developed ovaries the left lobe is much longer ‘than the right
lobe. And, as to the theory of the thickness of coating in stomachs of
trout, (as the Gillaroo trout of Ireland), being a consequence of the food
being shellfish, this I must say—that most of our rivers contain a wonderful
number of the previously mentioned Limnaa, an active little mollusc, which
I have found in our trouts’ stomachs in incredible numbers. At the same
time there are parts of some rivers where they are absent, and where of
course the trout cannot get them to eat. I have not paid particular
attention to the action of any food on trouts’ stomachs as yet; at the
same time, had there been any difference between those of trout from
either feeding grounds, it is probable that I should have noticed it. And,
I certainly have not seen either a thickening or hardening of the walls of
the stomach.*

Remarks on Zion:

1. The first variation is a decided one in the spawning season, being
two months later, and the duration of hatching a fortnight longer, than in
England. But what may be the cause of this I cannot explain.

* Since writing above, I have found this shellfish at the head of the stomach, and
near the vent in great intestine of a one-pound trout from Waipahi River, and in both
cases the living animal was digested out of the shells, while these were not broken or
affected in any other way.

510 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

2. The great increase in the yearly growth of our trout, compared to
that of trout in a wild state at Home, is neither a new nor so very wonderful
a variation. It seems to me to be due entirely to new and abundant food,
and it may to some extent be to new water, also to the constitution or stock
of trout. The same has occurred in Scotland, and with a warning note too
to us in New Zealand. Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown, of Dunipace, stocked a
loch in the north of Scotland, which had no trout in it at all. In two years
they multiplied and attained a weight of 44 lbs. So soon, however, as the
trouts’ numbers exceeded the food supply, or in two years, they fell off in
condition, colour, etc., and latterly were not worth catching. Like cases
have occurred elsewhere at home.

8. The colour and markings seem to be controlled, to some extent, by
the nature of the water and bottom, among trout of equal age and the same
sex, and to be partly an individual quality. But, as to food affecting the
colours, I cannot at present offer a very decided opinion ; but will mention
this—that the Shag River trout are all silvery, while those of the Waipahi
are mostly dark and golden, the food being the same, but the geologi-
cal formation and water very different in these two rivers. I have
seen a like variation in colour in two different parts of the same river
(the Endrick) in Scotland, with presumably one and the same sort of
food.

4, There does appear to be a considerable difference in the form of the
suboperculum between our trout and Yarrell’s typical specimen; but it is
not by any means certain that the latter was of the same species. Also,
while the form, with our trout, of this bone varies greatly, one or two
examples (fig. 2, p. 503), got by me within the last year or two, show a
decided tendency to revert to Yarrell's form. On the other hand, his draw-
ing of S. fario ausonii, p. 261, vol. i., shows this bone very much as it may
be seen in the great majority of our trout; so that there is hardly any
ground for believing that a new form or shape of bone has been induced by
a change to the antipodes.

5. There is no alteration in the number of fin rays of any moment ; but
whether the variation in size of the fins is the same as at Home, is a matter
which I have scarcely the means of deciding.

6. The scales appear to be more plentiful than in trout described by Dr.
Günther, but I can only repeat that probably no two observers would find
the same number, owing to their disappearance on the outlines of the
body.

7. The vertebre are not practically different in number from those
recorded of the progenitors of our trout.

Artaur.—On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago. 511

8. Neither is there any real variation in the pyloric ceca, excepting in
the range of numbers; if my explanations given above are borne out by
future research.

The numbers of our trout are increasing in such good breeding waters
as the Shag, Kaihiku, and Waiwera Rivers, but they are not so heavy by
a great deal as in former years. Poaching and fishing are no doubt largely
the cause of this; but some other rivers show a diminution in the numbers,
with a rise in the average weight of the trout caught. -Bad spawning and
plundering of shags are no doubt the prime causes.

APPENDIX.
Table of numbers of Scales, Pyloric Caca, and Vertebra of Otago Trout, 1888.

SCALES. |
Wght. Py- | Ver-
LOCALITY. SEX. Alice lorie| te- REMARKS,
I. on Teto llas Lift LIO |n
ral line.
Kakanui River ..| F | 8 .. | 124| 65 | 49 | 58 | Caught by Mr. 8. Lowe.
Shag River dI IUE BH DIPL La
i iM] 48| 15 | 124 .. | .. | +. | Sent by Mr. J. Muir.
35 Mag ARR We g! Da 117| 48 | 36 | 54
» se | F [1:14 17 | 120) 60 | 45 | 57
1 RT E ee .. | .. | 40 | 53?, Large ceca.
Waikouaiti River..| F |14 17
Water of Leith ..| F | 6 15 ss | 60 | 64
Lee Stream a hoe 15
1» ee y 1:13 oe oe oe 33 59
A I a ae 16
d EIOS ITI TS
sis E F | 4:8 14 I MAD E
ih x 481 1017 peal scr ME DO
” .. 4 y 48 17 ee ..
è pipe Pe Lig 6 L'E a Luke:
su so DE Oe i da 59
” cot MOI RIA .. 1191 55 | 44 | 59
Deep Stream .. = = Ct ie ease aa
oe 3" .. * ..
Tokomairiro River | F | 7:4 | .. | 121| 53 | 61 | 59 | Very short and thin ceca.
Waiwera River 7 | 2-18) 16 | 128) 66
IDE 4:65 Mol a dose BO
Waipahi River ..| Mj 42| 17 !..|..{..|.. | Sent by Captain Fullarton.
x SIMI 1a 3 A
” oe ] I 58 14 ee oe oe ” ”
» ..4IM| 810 16 | .. | ..] -. | -. | Caught by Mr. Bull.
” oe y 18 .. .. 39
si ae 7 | 6-13) 18 | 120) 55 50
” oe E y 3:24 ee oe oe 54
me sel M| 48| 16 | 120) 60 | 55 | 58
2 MITTIT. Di...
Kuriwao River ..| F | 1129 14 |..|..|46 :
Kaihiku Riv I F | BB] .. |.-|..|46| .. | Large ceca, j to 24 inches.
Wakatipu Lake ..| M |11 .. 1117153147 | .. | (Bent by Mr. TOP
a col M riU is ls [Dis Large ceca
» oo | M113 ibid FEE ii D and ido x "s
” .. 3 ] I 9:4 .. .. .. ee

512 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

Table of Lengths of Fins in Inches of Otago Trout, 1888.

Weht. Least
LOCALITY. SEX. |in ini VA ecd depth REMARKS.
& ozs. ‘lof tail.
(o ig eTOpDIHDU Oe
Kakanui River ..| F | 8 |3:3|3:5 |26 |24 [245 | 22 Caught by Mr. S. Lowe.
Shag River -LF|41230/|300/|2:6 | <. [23 2:0 » at Rich’s.
pem .. | M | 48 |28 |30 |22 |1:8 |20 1:8 » at Muir’s.
5 i.|F| 5 13:0 13-0 |2°5 | 2°0 |220 ci » At Rich’s.
ont ..| F | 24 |22 |26 |21 |17 (180 | 15 „ at Kitchener’s.
w CIEIS 190.128 L8 [b4 [16 15 3 »
Waikouaiti River | F |14. |8°75|4°5 |34 |2:7 |285 | 2°5 » byMr. H. Orbell.
Water of Leith .. | F |17 375,40 |8:25 40 | 33:0
5 ..|F|5 (125128 |22 [20 |2125 17 Harbour, mouth of Leith.
Lee Stream ..] F | 19/20/23 |19 |2°2 | 15° .. | Gorge water.
"m sé ` | 3-10|2-8 |2:8 |23 |2:5 |20: 5 i
sa .. | M | 212124 [3:0 [2:2 |1:6 | 18° 1:6 5
Tokomairiro River| F | 7:4 |3:6 |3:5 |2:8 |27 |265 | 22 Caught by Mr. J. Burt.
aiwera River ..| F | 213/22 |2:2 2:6 |18: 1:6
Teviot River ..| E | 01417 |2- 3 1140 | 13
bourCreek| F | 3:4 |2 2-0 120 |20°5 | 1:75| Found dead.
River F | 262 n ) 11-6 | 18° L:6
m ..|F|32 |24 13:0 [23 [20 | 19 75
Waipahi River .. | M | 42 |28 [3-0 [2:5 | 2:0 21:25| 1°75
"m .. [£1 6S [920124 [9 :3 (940 | 2:0
> ‘|M | 810/35 |3-75|3-0 |2°3 |2475 2:2 | Caught by Mr. Bull.
s ..| E | 6:1 [3°25] 3° 5| 24 25
M .. | M | 48 13:0 |34 |27 21-05} 2:0 ;
Kaihiku River ..| F | 55 |3:25|3:25|2:7 |225| 24-25) 2°0
Oreti River .. | F | 50 |2°75/3°0 |22 |20 |2075 1:9
Wakatipu Lake.. | M | 84 |3:2 [3-8 |27 |24 |25 23
ö ..| M | 94 |38 |40 |30 [2-8 |26°0 | 2:6
D ..| M |120 |3:75| 40 [31 |2:5 |26: 25 | Sent by Mr. Dalgleish.
(Canterbury fish) 7 | 20 |20 |21 |16 | F8 |15 1:6 » Mr. 8. C. Farr.

| a KE ELA era
Nore.—The proportion or ratio which the length of any fin bears to total length of the fish
as expressed by L--D, L+P, etc., has been used by me for ascertaining the differences in the
length of the fins between individual fish and between the sexes, and may be readily deduced
from above table.

Arr. LVI.—Sorghum Experiment, 1882-83. By Mx. Justice GILLIES.
[Read before the Auckland Institute, 20th August, 1883.)
Having no land of my own fit for growing Sorghum this year, Mr. W. E.
Buckland kindly undertook to grow half an acre for me on his property at
Remuera. The land is a strong volcanic loam, had been under crop for several
years, and had a good deal of sorrel in it. Mr. Buckland manured the
land with one and a half ewt. of bone dust. On the 20th of October, 1882,
he planted exactly half an acre with “ Early Amber” Sorghum seed sup-
plied by me. The seed was planted in rows 3 feet apart, and about three seeds

* See Trans, N.Z, Inst., vol. xiv., p. 373, and vol. xv., p. 261.

Ginnigs.— On Sorghum Haperiments. 518

2 feet 6 inches apart in the rows. The land was kept free from weeds by
one hand-hoeing and two scarifyings during the season. In a few days the
plants showed above ground, but, as usual, were very weakly at first, and
did not. make much growth for about six weeks, when they shot up with
extraordinary vigour. There were a few misses in the rows, in which fresh
seed was planted, but it never caught up to the first sown, and got
smothered out when the rapid growth set in. The crop, when fit to cut,
was about 11 feet high, and contained, by estimation (founded on one ton
cut and weighed), at least eight tons of cane. By the 7th March the cane,
or at least a considerable portion of it, seemed ripe enough for cutting. I,
therefore, had about half a ton cut, topped, stripped, and carted to my mill
on that date. On the morning of the 8th we commenced crushing (the
cutting being continued) till we had one ton weighed of cane, which was
crushed in about seven hours, yielding about 84 to 90 gallons of
juice. The juice showed a slightly acid reaction on litmus. I heated it in
a copper boiler to 160? F., and added cream of lime till the acid was neutral-
ized, without showing any alkaline reaction, and then brought it to boiling
point. After a few minutes boiling, allowed it to settle, and, when suffi-
ciently settled, we drew off between 60-65 gallons of fine clear amber
coloured juice into the evaporator. (We had not time to strain the re-
mainder of about 20 gallons.) I used no sulphurous acid on this occasion,
there appearing to be no excess of lime. We then evaporated the juice
carefully in the open evaporator. Fearing to burn the syrup, we drew it
off before it showed sufficient signs of crystallization. The nett result was
about 10 gallons of beautiful golden syrup. This we poured into shallow
wooden vessels to cool, but after leaving it in these for several days, and
finding but little signs of crystallization, I put it into glazed earthenware
jars, taking some samples in glass jars for further experiments. After a
few weeks I found a considerable amount of sugar crystallized in the jars.
One of the samplos taken I further evaporated, which, when cooled, erys-
tallized, giving, when drained under pressure, 8 ozs. sugar of fine grain of
a pale straw colour, leaving 6 ozs. of rich treacle. Mr. Buckland also expe-
rimented with a similar sample. He informed me that he carefully boiled
the syrup for about half an hour, when he found it give the proper test for
crystallization. He then poured the syrup back into the bottle, and in a
few daysit had crystallized. He had some difficulty in separating the sugar
from the treacle, but eventually succeeded in producing the sugar, fully
6 ozs., now exhibited in bottle No. 1. Bottle No. 2 contains the treacle
left. The greater weight produced from my sample arises probably from
it not having been so well dried as Mr. Buckland's,
83

514 Transactions. — Miscellaneous.

Mr. Buckland further experimented with a jar of the syrup containing
about one gallon. After it had stood for some months, he boiled the syrup
as before until it stood the proper test. He then poured it into soup-plates.
A week haying elapsed without any sign of crystallization, he poured it
from the plates into five glass salt jars. In a few days he found it had all
erystallized, but when he went to treat it further, he found that the con-
tents of two of the jars had reverted to syrup. He then treated the three
that were in order so as to extract the sugar.

On pouring out the contents of one of the jars, which had reverted to syrup,
it at once crystallized, and he extracted the sugar. The remaining jar has
since crystallized, but has not been further treated. He thinks that these two
obstinate jars got more of the thin top of the syrup than the others in pour-
ing it from the soup-plates. He obtained from this second experiment about
14 lbs. of the sugar you see in those two glass jars, Nos. 2 and 3.

Of course these hat roughly-made experiments give no data for esti-
mating the proportion of sugar which can be extracted from the syrup. In
dealing with these small quantities there is a constant loss, as every time the
material is poured from one vessel to another, a considerable portion sticks
to the vessel. What is proved, is, that in the syrup there is a large amount
of good sugar erystallizable and extractable even by the roughest processes.
If vacuum pans were used for concentrating with certainty the syrup to
crystallizing point without risk of burning, and centrifugal machines used
for extracting the sugar, as is now successfully practised in America, then,
alone, could the exact proportion of sugar to syrup be determined. A
much better quality of sugar is also thus prepared, fetching 8 cents. per lb. -
in the market in America, whilst that prepared in open pans fetches only
44-5 cents. 4

The following results I claim to have established :—1st. That the Early
Amber Sorghum is well suited for our soil and climate, from the Bay of
Plenty northwards. 2nd. That on average soils, from 12-16 tons per
acre of cane may be grown at an expenditure not greater than for a crop of
maize. 8rd. That 40-50 per cent. of weight of cane, equal to 90 gallons
per ton, may be expressed as juice. 4th. That the juice properly treated
will produce one-sixth of its bulk, or 15 gallons of a rich syrup, far guperior
to ordinary molasses, which will keep unaltered by fermentation for many
months.

What 1 expect to see in the future is this: that our northern farmers
will grow Sorghum, crush, and concentrate the juice to syrup, not attempt-
ing to make sugar themselves, but sending their syrup to the sugar-refining
works now in course of erection near Auckland, where it will be properly
treated, and the sugar produced by the most approved processes. As the

GiLLIEs.—On Sorghum Haperiments. 515

concentrated syrup weighs 144 lbs. to the gallon, it would, if sold at the
absurdly low price of 1d. per lb. (in America it sells for 7 cents. per 1b.—
or 834.), produce a gross return of £14 10s. per acre, a sum sufficient to
yield a fair profit per acre; as I calculate that with a two-horse mill crush-
ing 80 gallons of juice, or 1 ton of cane per hour, the total expense of
crushing and evaporating should not cost, (within reasonable distance of
coal,) over 10s. per ton, or £6 per acre. This is, of course, only calculation,
as the actual cost in my experiments, employing special labour, came to
about £1 per ton, or £16 per acre. But even this would leave a good profit
with syrup at 2d. per lb. On a farm no labour would be required other
than the ordinary labour of the farm, and the leaves and seed would be an
important and valuable item in the feeding of stock and poultry.

I have now finished my experiments, as my increasing public duties will
prevent my further prosecuting them. It remains for some intelligent
farmer to take up the matter, and test the results I have obtained. To
such an one I shall be happy to hand over my crushing-mill, boiler, and
other apparatus, as well as afford him every advice and assistance in my
power. I feel thoroughly convinced that, at no distant date, the growth of
Sorghum will be found to be one of the most paying crops that the northern
farmer can produce.

Supplementary Paper on Sorghum. By Mr. Justice Gus.
i [Read before the Auckland Institute, 17th September, 1883.]
Since reading my paper on Sorghum at last meeting I have received from
Dr. Hector the results of the Colonial Laboratory analysis of a one gallon
jar of syrup sent him some four months after it was made. These results
and the data they afford as to the commercial value of growing Sorghum
for sugar production are of the utmost value. The following is the

report :—
Syrup for proportion of cane and grape sugar— lbs. oz.
Weight of syrup separated from call m sugar .. P E N-
Weight of crystallized sugar therein — .. sé a" 0 123

Total vi .. oc a o
At a temperature of 60°, specific gravity 1-406 water at 1:000, the syrup contained
71:60 per cent. of cane sugar. The syrup and sugar gave 7:15 per cent. of

grape sugar.
A lbs. oz.
71:6 per cent. upon 12lbs. 3oz. of syrup gives of sugar .. be 8 113
Sugar crystallized spontaneously .. - .. 0 123

Total cane sugar .. $$ He 4 9 8

516 Banendttons:<i=Mixosllaneows:

These results astound me, and prove Sorghum as a sugar producing
crop to be valuable beyond my wildest imaginations. I proceed to the
proof.

Three years’ experiments have proved beyond a doubt that, on average
soils, in an average season, with ordinarily decent cultivation, as for maize,
the Early Amber Sorghwm will, in the northern part of New Zealand, that
is, from the Bay of Plenty (perhaps even from Napier) northwards, produce
a crop of from 12 to 16 tons of cane per acre. Two years’ experiments
prove that from each ton of cane from 80 to 90 gallons of juice can be
expressed by very inferior machinery. Two years’ experiments prove that,
if that juice is evaporated in an open evaporator down to 13-15 gallons
(that is to say one sixth), a rich syrup results, which will remain unaltered
by fermentation for many months. The analysis of the Colonial Laboratory
proves that each gallon of this syrup, weighing about 18 lbs., contains
91 lbs. of cane-sugar, besides 7:15 per cent of grape-sugar or glucose. That
means that each ton of cane produces 94 lbs. x 18 gallons (taking the
lowest quantity) — 1233 lbs. cane-sugar; and that means that every acre
produces (taking the lowest average of 12 tons cane) 1,482 lbs. cane-sugar,
besides grape-sugar and other what may be called waste products, such as
the leaves and seed—valuable for cattle- and fowl-feed. The value of this
. product of sugar, at £30 per ton, is nearly £20 per acre. This, it will be
observed, is taking all the products at the lowest quantities actually pro-
duced. Probably the amount of sugar to syrup, 71:6, shown by analysis to
be present, might not practically be secured ; but, even allowing a large
margin, the result is extraordinary. When I compare this with the latest
American results taken from the St. Louis Republican of 80th November,
1882, kindly furnished me by Mr. Consul Griffin, it will be seen that
the Early Amber Sorghwm produces here a greater weight of cane
and developes nearly double the quantity of sugar that it does in Illinois,
where the Sugar Company at Champaign pays 10 per cent. The following
is the extract referred to :— ;

* A company at Champaign, Illinois, which has recently made thorough
experiments in the manufacture of Sorghum sugar, professes to have
reached results in the highest degree satisfactory and convincing. The
company’s experiments were made on the cane grown on 200 acres, culti-
vated by itself, and that grown on 50 acres more by farmers in the
neighbourhood. The latfer was bought at $2 to $2 50 a ton. It has
made 125,000 Ibs. of fair sugar, worth 8} cents a pound, and 22,500
gallons of molasses worth 44 cents a gallon. This shows an average gross
product of $80 per acre, What the nett product is we cannot tell

Girzres.— On Sorghum Experiments. : 517

without knowing the cost of the whole. A very accurate account oí
the outcome from 12} acres of orange-cane was kept, which stands
as follows :—
“ Product.
“ 9,600 lbs. sugar at 8 cents — .. i as ue .. $768 00
** 1,450 gallons molasses at 40 cents .. T. ala i 580 00

.. $1,348 00

“ Total value of product A
* Total expense, including cost of cane at $2 50 per ton,
labour intend fuel 1 l 1

interest on capital, and wear of machinery ^a e 704 54
“ Nett profit .. ‘a i4 à A .. $633 46

“ Profit per acre ES vi be se dk 50 67

* This crop of twelve and one-half acres of early orange yielded 12} tons
of cane to the acre, which at $2 50 per ton, paid the grower $31 25
per acre for the crop. Twelve tons of early orange, and ten of early
amber, are regarded as a fair crop. These yields are certainly encouraging,
for they show that Sorghum cane will pay a farmer better than wheat; but
they are not equal to the product of a well cultivated crop of sugar cane in
Louisiana. The Champaign Company has paid out of the profits of its first
year’s business 10 per cent. on the cost of its buildings and machinery, 8
per cent. on its active capital, and laid aside $9,000 besides; and it is so
greatly encouraged that it has determined to increase its capital stock from
$25,000 to $50,000, expend from $8,000 to $10,000 for additional ma-
chinery, and cultivate 1,000 acres of land in cane next season.

“The Champaign experiment tends to prove, if it does not actually prove,
that Sorghum-cane growing and sugar making may be made profitable
industries in Illinois—not quite as profitable as sugar making from tropical `
cane in Louisiana, but still lucrative enough to become a permanent feature
in western agriculture.”

| After this I shall cease pitying a northern farmer who complains that he
cannot make farming pay by raising wheat or potatoes or rearing beef and
mutton, in all which the southern farmer can beat him, instead of taking
to Sorghum and other crops more suitable to his soil and climate with which
the south cannot compete.

518 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

Art: LVIIL— The Law of Gavelkind. By Coteman Pars.
(A Reply to Messrs. Wallace and George.)

[Read before the Wellington Philosophical Society, 14th November, 1883.]
Tre accompanying brief paper purposes to explain the Law of Gavelkind,
as opposed to the System of Nationalization of Land advocated by late writers,
such as Messrs. Wallace and George, and apparently adopted in New Zea-
land. The question, being a philosophical one, I have much pleasure in
presenting it for discussion to this Society.

The law of gavelkind, before a.n. 1066, was the general custom of Eng-
land; the feudal law of primogeniture succeeding it. The word is “ derived
from the Saxon word ‘gafol,’ or, as it is otherwise written ‘ gavel,’ which
signifies rent, or a customary performance of husbandry works; ” and, there-
fore, the land which yielded this kind of service, in contra-distinction to
knight-service land, was called ** gavelkind,” that is “ land of the kind that
yields rent.”*

Such is our best present authority for the word, but Lord Coke held a
different opinion. I am inclined to follow Lord Coke, although, perhaps,
in the opinion of feudal lawyers, the definition is a right one. It will be
necessary hereafter to enquire more fully into its origin. For present pur-
poses the explanation is sufficient. What I wish you to understand is, that
the custom of gavelkind means the compulsory subdivision of the land.

As to descent. *'Gavelkind land descends in the right line to all the
sons equally, being an exception to the law of primogeniture. In default of
sons, it descends to the daughters in the ordinary manner.”

« It is to be remarked, that though females, claiming in their own right,
are postponed to males, yet they may inherit, together with males, by repre-
sentation. If aman leave three sons, and purchase lands held in gavelkind,
and one of the sons dies in the lifetime of his father, leaving a daughter, she
will inherit the share of her father; yet she is not within the words of the
custom, inter heredes masculos partibilis ; for she is no male, but the daughter
of a male, coming in his stead jure representationis.”

« This custom extends also to the collateral line, for it has been resolved,
that where one brother dies without issue, all the other brothers shall in-
herit from him ; and, in default of brothers, their respective issue shall take
jure representationis. But, where the nephews succeed with an uncle, the
descent is per stirpes and not per capita ; and so from the nature of the thing |
it must be, where the sons of several brothers succeed, no uncle surviving,
for though in equal degree, they stand in the place of their respective
fathers.” t

* Wharton’s Law Lexicon. 1 Ibid.

Pumires.—On the Law of Gavelkind. 519

Primá facie all the land in Kent is gavelkind, except such as is dis-
gavelled by particular statute. How the custom came to survive the
Norman Conquest it is difficult to say, for no lands in England were treated
so rigorously as those in Kent, not a single tenant-in-chief being left by
William. We can only now suppose that the English sub-tenants of Odo,
Lanfranc, and other Norman nobles, held their lands, after the Conquest,
as their forefathers held them. I am inclined to doubt Archbishop Sti-
gand’s stipulation on behalf of the men of Kent, but nevertheless he may
have made the stipulation.

The custom also appears to have ruled in Wales before 84 and 35,
Henry VIII., c. 26.

In France, since the Revolution, a great number of small estates in land
aro held under a similar custom. All the children inherit. There are, I
believe, five million landowners in France. Public opinion in that country
tenaciously adheres to this compulsory division of land, which was adopted,
as John Stuart Mill tells us, to break down the law of primogeniture,
and “ counteract the tendency of inherited property to collect in large masses.*

In Norway this custom still holds good. Our Scanian ancestors doubt-
less brought the law of gavelkind with them to England, about five centu-
ries before the Norman Conquest.

In Belgium, too, some lands are held under this custom. Wherever it
is in force the custom appears rigorously to divide the land according to the
population, and while preserving the independence of each individual, it
prevents the accumulation of land into large estates. Under such a custom
as the law of gavelkind it is quite possible to cut up New Zealand into five
acre allotments, if population should ever grow so dense.

"The custom, apparently, arose in this way. Each individual man of
the Teutonic and Scanian tribes grew to feel himself so independent, that
he insisted upon holding the folkland as bocland (bookland, that is land held
by document). The mark was laid out upon the communal system, exactly
the same as the Maori held his land before he began to individualize it :—
so much corn land; so much forest; and so much pasturage; although
the Maori only used the two first divisions. If we were to ask our Maori
friends, I think the vast majority of them would prefer the individual title,
but the chiefs naturally object, as the individualization destroys their mana.

The atrocious lala custom in Fiji is kept up solely in consequence of the
communal title, with the result that the common people are slaves.

The Teuton or Scanian originally became so personally independent,
owing to his mode of life on land and sea, that we find he carried this feel-
ing so far as non-submission to chieftainship. He elected his chief for war

uve a

* Polit. Econ., B. ii.. cap. ii., sec. 4.

520 Transactions.— Miscellaneous.

and for peace. This election of chieftains is a strange exception to the
‘ ordinary custom of hereditary chieftainship. It is to be regretted that Mr.
Stubbs did not live and write in the days of our Stuart Kings and the men
who maintained the doctrine of “ Divine Right.”

Before converting the folkland into bocland, in order to keep his family
around him for purposes of defence, he (the Teuton) doubtless divided his
communal strip of cultivated land among his sons, share and share alike.
And when he individualized his title, the custom still ran. In some such
manner we may presume that the custom arose.

Taken as a whole, I may say that the north-western nations of Europe
adopted this mode of inheritance in preference to the Asiatic communal
customs, which their ancestors had brought with them from Asia Minor
during the course of the original migrations. The law of gavelkind is the
great opponent to any system of nationalization of land. It also flies
directly in the face of Leviticus, cap. xxv., 23:—“* The land shall not be
sold for ever; for the land is mine: Ye are but strangers and sojourners
with me.” 2

I would ask members to carefully read the Mosaic land laws as laid
down in Leviticus. It will be noticed that the peoples of Western Asia
apparently adopted a six-year rotation of crops. By the 50th Jubilee Year
too, all mortgaged property was to be returned to the mortgagor. A
curious mode of equalizing wealth, which of course failed.

While thanking Mr. Wallace, therefore, for having directed our attention
to the state of the land question in England, Ireland, and Scotland, we
must not overlook the fact that the Bible places these words in the mouth
of the Deity: ‘ The land shall not be sold for ever," and that the actions
of the north-western nations of Europe have run contrary to this
command,

We may therefore now accept as a fact, that this custom of gavelkind,
this division among the sons, ran concurrently with the individualization of
landed property. But while this was taking place, William the Norman
conquered England, and imposed his law of primogeniture, under which all
the land evils of Great Britain have arisen and grown: the law of primo-
geniture, the law of primogeniture alone.

William was a land nationalizator pure and simple. He compelled every
man to whom he had granted lands, to meet him upon Salisbury Plain,
within twenty years of his conquest, and swear to him that they held their
lands from him alone, Fifty-nine thousand men solemuly took this oath.
William had determined that every acre of land should be held from his
Crown. Strange to say, it is not until every vestige of this law, this con-
quest has been swept away, and we return to the customs of Saxon

Puruips.—On the Law of Gavelkind. 521

England, that we may hope to progress, and to check poverty and crime.
The feudal land law may be regarded as a great curse, which enslaved the
free English people.

Herein Mr. George's* reading of history and my own entirely disagree.
Mr. George, an able writer and an accomplished writer, advocates that the
land must be held as common property. I need only point to the fact that
the north-western nations of Europe broke away from the communal
custom, and they determined to individualize their title.

The reason why we attach so much importance to our ** Crown grant”
is, that previous to William the Norman's time, land was held some by
custom, other by direct grant from different kings. William determined
that every acre should be held from him alone, and by his grant, although
in the Domesday Survey all such grants as those made by Edward the
Confessor were duly recognized. This simplified matters greatly, and
because our ancestors each had to plead his Crown grant, therefore we have
learnt to value it.

The reason why William determined to take this step was, that the
Church of Rome at that time determined, not only that the occupant of the
Papal chair should be the spiritual lord of Europe, but also the temporal
lord. If the king of every feudal state was supreme lord of every acre of
land in that state, or a proper gradation of sub-lords established, then it
would be easy for the Roman Pontiff to over-lord the eight or ten kings,
and thereby restore, in a higher degree, the vanished splendour of the
Augustan Cesars. This policy was tried, but after a few centuries it com-
pletely failed. It left, however, the law of primogeniture firmly established.

The fact of William reserving a rent under all his grants, since lost by
the Crown, and appropriated by the English landlord, a matter specially
relied upon by Mr. George, who advocates a policy of re-confiscation, can be
dismissed with the remark that William had no right to subjugate the free
English people and impose this rent. We cannot allow Mr. George to
‘plead the benefit from a wrong. Previous to William’s coming, and the im-
position of the feudal laws, the lands of England were rapidly becoming
individualized among a free independent people. Our duty now is to return
to the custom of gavelkind, and endeavour to sweep away any vestige of
the feudal laws.

Mr. Wallace too relies upon this feudal reservation of rent in his advocacy
of State nationalization. Randolph Flambard certainly never dreamt that
he would have such strong supporters so many centuries after his death.
But herein Mr. Wallace has not treated us fairly. Travelling in Malaysia,
I au

* Progress and Poverty.

522 ; Transactions.—Miscellaneous.

becoming acquainted with the Indian Archipelago, he also became acquainted
with the Chinese land law. Quit rent and tenant right is, I believe, the land
law of China. Mr. Wallace was doubtless also aware that the land of India
is held under a State proprietary. I think both Mr. George and Mr. Wallace
should have given us these precedents. They have not doneso. Were they
afraid to quote precedents for their own argument ?

Looking then to the continents from out of which our ancestors migrated,
we find that China, India, portions of Turkey, and Egypt are countries
wherein the land is nationalized, and in all these countries the people are a
degraded people. In the face of the communal system, the north-western
nations of Europe individualized their land, although it does not appear
clear that they intended the law of gavelkind as any check against the
accumulation of large estates. I advocate it now as a check to accumulation,
as I do not wish to see the peoples of the Anglo-Saxon race become such
degraded beings as the Indians, Chinese, or the Egyptian fellahs. I take it
that perpetual leasehold property will sap and undermine the strength and
independence of any nation, as it is impossible for a man to prove himself
so free and independent a citizen under the leasehold as under the freehold
title.

It will be observed that the nationalization of land has not, in times
past, prevented the accumulation of land, nor has it divided the land
according to the population. Thus, if New Zealand were divided into 640-
acre blocks, or 820-acre blocks, to-morrow, and each given to one man, we
could not, by legislative enactment, get back any of this land for the
purpose of settling upon it a future excess of population. We might pass
laws to take it away, but those laws would be inoperative. On the other
hand, we cannot be sure that, under the perpetual leasing system, land will
not accumulate ; for it may so happen that, nothwithstanding any act we
may pass now against accumulation, yet, nevertheless, these two islands
may become separate governments, or foreign war may arise, and then
prominent and worthy citizens may be given large areas, or acquire them
in other ways.

Is it not therefore preferable to place the subdivision of the land apart
from the State, and apart from the people? To place the question upon
the imperishable basis of a great custom, used for many centuries by the
most independent nations of the globe, and still used and tenaciously clung
to by the people of France: a custom whereby the area of the land becomes
subdivided exactly in proportion to the population !

To prove this, let us refer to the history of the Roman Empire, and to
the Agrarian Laws, although I must apologise for troubling you with
historical events, with which you are all acquainted. Passing over then

Pariiws.—On the Law of Gavelkind. 528

the history of Greece, and the fact of Lycurgus dividing Sparta into 9,000
lots, and Laconia into 30,000, together with the euurevors title, the model
perhaps of feudalism, let us see what the Roman laws were.

You will remember that Rome gradually conquered the countries sur-
rounding the Mediterranean Sea, and confiscated the whole of the lands.
These lands became the spoil of the Imperial city, and she colonized them
in various ways—by military colonies, and by direct grant to favoured
citizens, leaving however to the inhabitants of the conquered countries as
much land as they required. Every Roman citizen was supposed, as his
birthright, to have a share in the publiclands. They were granted upon the
condition of paying a tithe rent, or a tenth of their produce, into the Public
Treasury, and rough records of the different ownerships were kept, upon
which perhaps the record of our own Domesday Survey was afterwards
founded. Suffice it to say that the Italian, Punic, and Grecian wars ended
by vastly increasing the landed estates of Roman citizens. These estates
were mere tenancies-at-will as we may imagine. Timeranon. The public
domain was taken up, although we should not consider the different private
estates large now-a-days. The mere tenants-at-will, by long-undisturbed
possession (I speak now of centuries of time), had converted their leaseholds
into absolute ownership. The mere course of time produced such an effect.
The lands changed hands, until it was difficult to tell which was public,
which private property. The population of the capital, Rome itself, and of
other great towns, increased in numbers, and Roman statesmen, in order to
relieve the distressed poor, asked themselves why the poor citizens should
not have a portion of the public estate ? Servius Tullius tried to pass an
agrarian law as it was called, but was defeated by the nobles and wealthy
capitalists (in many cases commoners) who were monopolizing these lands.
Spurius Cassius, the Consul, next tried, but his proposal met with no better
fate, and he himself was beheaded. Then Licinius Stolo (about 367 s.c.)
tried, and after a struggle of five years carried his Bill.

The Licinian Law was as follows :—Every Roman citizen should be
entitled to occupy any portion of the unallotted State land, not exceeding
500 jugera (a jugera was about two-thirds of an acre), and to feed on the
public pasture land any number of cattle not exceeding 100 head of large,
or 500 head of small; paying in both cases the usual rates to the Public
Treasury. Whatever portions of the public land, beyond 500 jugera,
were occupied by individuals, should be taken from them, and distributed
among the poorer citizens as absolute property, at the rate of seven jugera
(about 5 acres) a-piece.

For two centuries and a half this law, and the military colonies drafting
away emigrants, relieved distress ; but, about 180 8.c., a redistribution of
the public estate became absolutely necessary, and Tiberius Sempronius

524 Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

Gracchus determined to enforce the Licinian law, which had fallen into
abeyance. ‘Thereupon he passed the following law, called after him the
Sempronian Law:— That every father of a family might occupy 500
jugera of the State land for himself, and 250 jugera additional for each of
his sons ; but, where this amount was exceeded, the State was to resume
the surplus, paying, however, for the buildings erected thereon. And this
surplus was to be distributed among the poorer citizens, a clause being
inserted in the Bill to prevent their selling the land, as many of them
would have done.”

But the owners of the lands objected. They had taken them up or
bought them from others, improved them, made them their homesteads.
At this time, the Latifundia cannot be regarded as excessively large estates ;
and the owners naturally objected to aconfiscation. In subsequent centuries
the estates did increase in size under this system of State ownership, until
the system thoroughly undermined the independence of the citizens. But,
at the time of Tib. Semp. Gracchus, the estates were not excessively large; so
when he stood again for the tribuneship, fierce party strife shook the State,
and he and 800 others were slain. The Sempronian Law was constantly
evaded and rendered inoperative. Tiberius Semp. Gracchus was a good,
moderate, and conciliatory man.

We can fully imagine that the inhabitants of the towns stood no chance
in a contest of this kind with the sturdy agriculturists fighting for their
homesteads. It is a pity that the idea of a compulsory subdivision did not
enter the plans of Tib. Gracchus. But that could not be, for at that
time a father possessed the power of life and death over his children. The
world had not then emerged from slavery.

Thus, then, in Rome we find that the State had little power, and the
people became enslaved. (That is to say, the State had little power to
deal with their own leaseholds after they had been once granted. This is
the weak point in the Land Nationalization Scheme. It is easy to lease
the public land once, but it is found almost impossible for the State to take
re-possession and re-lease the land as a private owner would do). Yet we
must not overlook the harsh debtor and creditor laws of Rome, which also
conduced to this slavery. These had a greater effect ‘than the land laws.
Under our own Norman feudal laws, too, the free English people became
villeins and serfs.

So that we see that while China, India, and Egypt are still pure State
lands, the system in Greece and Rome failed, and that the north-western
nations of Europe improved upon it, by individualization ; carrying such
improvement with them, subject to the feudal law of primogeniture, in
their migrations to America and Australasia. Had they carried with them

Pues. —On the Law of Gavelkind, 525

the Anglo-Saxon custom of gavelkind, in place of the feudal laws, I much
doubt whether to-day there would be in New Zealand any attempt to
restore a system of nationalization of land which, perhaps, best applies to
tropical countries, where population is dense, and the rules of government
require to be simple. (Nothing is so simple in the way of taxation as a
land rent. But its very simplicity has the terrible effect of enslaving the
nation. It places too much power in the hands of the Government, whereas
a people should always reserve powers as much as possible, granting them
out year by year, as in the case of the Mutiny Act).

Having stated this much, I may now lay down certain principles, drawn
from the world’s history, with respect to the land. I only submit them for
your consideration. ;

1. The land laws of tropical countries do not apply to temperate
zones.

2. We cannot trust the State.

3. We cannot trust the people with the leases.

4. It is absolutely necessary that the area of the land of a State
should be divided in accordance with the density of the popu-
lation.

In explanation of the first principle, it is sufficient to say that the north-
western nations of Europe broke away from tropical or semi-tropical
customs. For the simplification of ruling dense masses of people, there is
no better means than nationalization of land and a land-tax. On the other
hand, nationalization of land destroys individual independence. The
highest aim of any government should be to render each man as free as
possible within the State. A very simple form of collecting revenue may
be found harmful to a State. —

In explanation of the second principle, “ that we cannot trust the State,”
it is only necessary to say that all modern writers, close students of history,
agree in condemning Mr. Wallace’s proposal upon this one ground. But,
then, Mr. Wallace has apparently a very slight knowlege of history. Mr.
George is a far more able man, but, living in so free a country as America,
he is apparently unaware of the evils of trusting to State management.
Would it, however, be well to trust the corrupt government of the United
States, or the constantly changing government of France, with the sale and
re-sale of the leaseholds? It would certainly not be found advisable, as
“party” would then rule in a question with which it, at present, has
nothing to do. ‘ Party” is a power which has ruined many a State. We
must keep it away from the land question. Directly a piece of land is sold,
say in New Zealand, it passes clear away from Government interference. It
is as far removed as our judges are supposed to be. All the need there is

526 Transactions.—Miscellaneous.

for State action is to declare in what manner the land shall pass at death,
for herein the paramount and sole duties of Government step in,—the order
and protection of life and property. We do not trust the State with a penny
of money, as our ancestors, since the Rebellion, found it absolutely neces-
sary to pass the estimates yearly. By placing this question apart from
Government interference, we do not interfere with private right. ‘ Although
the right of bequest forms part of the idea of private property, the right
of inheritance, as distinguished from bequest does not.” Primogeniture
gave the land to the eldest son. I simply wish to give it to all the sons.

In further explanation of the third principle, or maxim, ** that we cannot
trust the people,” it is only necessary to say that this principle varies in
degree. The Roman Senate found that those who held the leaseholds would
not give them up, and in our own case here, in New Zealand, we shall find
that, being a hilly country, the people will become independent and cling to
their lands in spite of any laws the Government may pass to the contrary.
Such are the Swiss and the “statesmen” of Cumberland and Westmoreland.
It will, therefore, be found highly injudicious to attempt to withhold the
free individual title from the people of this Colony; although, at present,
there is little necessity for any interference at all with the land question.
The people of New Zealand, too, must become a maritime nation, and mari-
time nations have a strange habit of growing very restive under any strict
measure of Government control. The sale of the Crown lands then by way
of lease and deferred payment, in order to encourage settlement, is, there-
fore good, and amply sufficient for our present wants. But, if we expect
more than that, we shall find that we cannot trust the people. They will
not peaceably resign their leaseholds. And should the Government attempt
to use force, the Government would find itself defeated. The best way to
treat the people of this colony appears to me to be to give them their lands
under the free individual title, and if alteration is required, declare the
custom of England previous to the Norman Conquest. The law of gavel-
kind is an inexorable law, by which we may trust the people, and yet divide
the area of the lands exactly in accordance with the population. We
recognize the justice of the principle every day, for when a person dies intes-
tate we divide his property among his children.

As to the fourth principle ** that the area of a state should be divided
in accordance with the density of the population ;” there are one or two
exceptions to this. 1. Commerce and manufactures will support a town
population; and, 2. A certain number of people can be supported by usury
or the profit of money-lending. Thus, Manchester, Birmingham, and Shef-
field support a fairly large population, and draw their food supplies from
abroad. And the profit derived by England from the mere loan of money

Puruuips.—On the Law of Gavelkind, 527

must amount to something like £100,000,000 per annum, which, of itself,
means an enormous foreign food-supply. England at present is a gigantic
money-lender, and the Stock Exchange is the London office. But both
sources of these two exceptions are precarious, and it would be better for a
state to depend upon its own food-supply. Therefore it follows that the
land should be fairly divided among the people. The danger arises, too, of
these great manufacturing towns breeding vast hordes of paupers, which in
times of war, pestilence, famine, or other trouble, would put to the test not
only the food-supply, but the whole machinery of law of whatever kind.
France, this custom of gavel-kind, and a slightly higher tone of civilization,
checks the increase of population beyond the food-supply limit, and it is
very doubtful whether we shall not have to educate the members of both
sexes of the Anglo-Saxon race in this direction. I, of course, include the
fish from the adjacent seas in the food-supply limit.

Mr. George ridicules Malthus. I simply desire to record my respect for
the principle enunciated by Malthus, and if the limits of this paper would
permit, I think I could show that Mr. George’s own observations are open
to numerous exceptions.

There is little doubt that England is in a precarious position, when she
has to import so many hundreds of thousands of tons of corn and meat to
feed her population. This is enough to prove to us here how utterly diverse
are our circumstances from the circumstances of America. Furthermore that
different land laws apply according to the density of the population. Thus
there is more necessity for an alteration in the English land law of the
present day than there is in Australasia or America. In the latter
countries we may still go on as we are, butin order to prevent accumulation
we may enact the custom of compulsory division, the same as France
enacted it after the revolution. But in England more immediate and drastic
measures are required, for from 20,000,000 of a population, in the course of
a few years, the United Kingdom has sprung up into 35,000,000, and it is
time to check the growth of this population which surpasses the food limit.
A: great population will test any land law. But then great populations of
paupers should not arise.

Of course emigration of a superabundant home population is no cure for
the root of the evil. Emigration only allows the matter from the ulcerous
sore to escape as it were.. The sore itself is not healed. The only cure is
the compulsory subdivision of the land, whereby the population itself imposes
the voluntary check to excessive increase. This is the cause found to be at
work in France. The five million land proprietors do not care to further
subdivide their small estates, and population becomes checked. Under any
system of leaseholding whatever paupers would continue to breed paupers,

528 Transactions. — Miscellaneous.

Take the case of Ireland. That country suffered from bad seasons, a
dense population, and American competition. The Government of England,
led by Mr. Forster, thought that as the people could not possibly pay their
rents the landlords should forgive them for a few years. But the law of
contract is higher than passing humanitarian motives, and directly the
Government began to intefere in the working of the law they stirred up the
landlords. The mistake was in having a feudal class of landlords at all, as
the only true remedy for Ireland is to divide the land among the population,
as in France, and make the people their own landlords. The emigration of
the people is a barbarous and temporary remedy. The custom of gavelkind
would have long since abolished the “ great ” landlords of Treland.

And as to this cure of pauperism and compulsory subdivision, I read
history differently from John Stuart Mill, who would prefer “to restrict, not
what any one might bequeath, but what any one should be permitted to
acquire by bequest or inheritance.” I prefer to leave the individual perfectly
free in all his dealings, only applying the compulsory law at his death.
Thus, for the present century, speaking of New Zealand lands, I would
content myself with so regulating the law of bequest that a man’s sons should
inherit their father’s land whatever it might be, share and share alike. But
with this limitation, that in order to preserve parental authority, the father .
may, by will, disinherit any one son, be that son an only one. There is no
necessity to divide the land among the female children of a family, as in a
properly regulated State the males should support the females. There
should not be so great a disparity in numbers as exists at the present time
in England, where there is supposed to be one million more females than
males. This is a further incident of the application of the unfortunate
feudal laws, and the source of so much misery and crime.

So far as to landed property. As to personalty, 1 should not hesitate to
declare even this divisible among all the children (with a fitting reservation
to preserve parental authority), if necessity arose. The accumulation of
capital leads to the accumulation of land, and it may be necessary for us to
insist upon a compulsory subdivision of both. But at the present time I
am only dealing with the land question. The subject of usury requires a
separate paper. Yet, I am doubtful whether the question of usury should
not occupy a higher place in our thoughts than the one of land.

It is necessary for any person desirous of making himself at all ac-
quainted with the land question, to read Leviticus, cap. xxv., the histories
of Greece, Rome, and England, and Adam Smith or John Stuart Mill,
before reading Messrs. Wallace and George.

Before an Anglo-Saxon Colony or State adopts the principle of national-
ization of land, it would be well for it to send a Commission to inquire into

Pururrs.—On the Law of Gavelkind. 529

the working of the land laws of China and India. The Imperial Govern-
ment would do well to publish a précis of these laws. In such a great
Empire as China, there are many different land laws just as there are four
or five in England; viz., freehold, copyhold, gavelkind, and borough-
English.

“There is nothing new under the sun,” especially with regard to this
question of land ownership. I wish to see the people of New Zealand, at
least, properly educated as to this question. ‘ Vox populi vox Dei,” says
the proverb; but it is only when the people act upon the experiences of
ages,—only when they are properly led,—only when they act with caution
and not with impulse, that the voice of the people can be ior considered
as the voice of God.

Having laid down four principles or maxims, I may be allowed to add
one or two more—

5. That the population of a state should not exceed the limit of its
home food-supply.

6. That the state has a perfect right to manipulate the rules of inhe-
ritance without injury to private property.

7. That different rules of inheritance apply according to the density
of the population.

These three principles have already been explained.

In order that we may perceive how easily we may be led into error, it is
only necessary to refer to the Rev. W. Blakely’s Scheme of National In-
surance as a cure for poverty and crime. This writer proposes a scheme
which, like emigration, only cures the outcome of the evil, not the cause.
Hither Mr. Wallace or Mr. George would laugh at Mr. Blakely, and yet
neither of those writers is to be depended upon; that is in regard to their
scheme of nationalization of land as the cure. To check poverty and crime
we must first teach the people that paupers should not breed paupers. The
best teacher is the compulsory subdivision of the land, as in France,
whereby the people themselves will see the inadvisability of too minutely
subdividing their frecholds. A leasehold title of any kind will only continue
existing evils. Neither emigration nor national insurance can possibly
check paupers breeding paupers.

Pauperism is a question best left to the people to voluntarily relieve.
The less a government interferes with a people the better, therefore a
government should stand apart both from the land question and the relief
of the poor. Under the compulsory subdivision of land there will be found
no need for poor laws. Furthermore, should a person, by bequest, devise
in charity, no tax ought to be levied upon such a bequest; and this to
encourage the independent action of the people. But in the ordinary

34

530 Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

bequest of personalty, I see no objection to a much higher scale of stamp
duties than exists at present. But the scale should be a graduated one, the
largest amounts paying the heaviest duty.

It may be desirable hereafter to watch carefully the manner in which
companies acquire large landed areas, but no immediate action is necessary.
No association partaking of the character of Mortmain should be allowed to
stand in the way of a compulsory subdivision of the land. Herein, too, I
would point out the growing danger to the State of ‘ capital,” when
administered by powerful companies. Justice, railroads, telegraphs, stocks,
even the constitution itself of the United States, may almost be said to be
at the mercy of powerful monetary combinations. Compulsory subdivision
appears to be the only safeguard against accumulation, whether of land or
money. The custom of gavelkind is advocated for the first ; the second is
hardly a matter for present consideration. Except, perhaps I may be
allowed now to say, that the State has a perfect right to declare in what
way property shall pass from the dead to a living possessor. By a proper
manipulation of the laws of inheritance, the State possesses a lever of
gigantic force. Never yet, in the world's history, has this Herculean
instrument been applied, except by our Anglo-Saxon ancestors, in their
custom of gavelkind. If I now uncover the baby giant from the dust of
ages, it is for the good of my fellow men, and I trust to see its strength
grow and grow, until the Anglo-Saxon world recognizes its power, and by
its aid sweeps away much of the misery, crime, and poverty, and unequal
distribution of wealth ruling amongst us. I think our Parliament should
once and for ever declare what the common law of England was previous to
the Norman Conquest (the custom of gavelkind), reserving the right of dis-
inheriting one son. -

As to the danger of the land, when subdivided, falling into the hands of
the usurer, it is only necessary to point out that the law of compulsory
division works inexorably. Of whatever land the usurer dies possessed, that
land would have again to be divided. There is no escape.

I therefore think the ideas of both Mr. Wallace and Mr. George un-
worthy of our adoption. They are as unsound as the Rev. W. Blakely’s.
History, too, condemns them. And I would say, as my earnest opinion,
that the nationalization of the land destroys personal independence. The
tendency of humanity has been to free the individual. Property now
belongs to the individual, not to the family, clan, or State. It would be a
step backwards were we to say that it should belong to the State. The
highest aim of Government should be to render the individual as free as
possible within the Home borders. The more the Government interferes,
the more the personal independence of the citizen suffers, and if the unit

PuruLirs.—On the Law of Gavelkind, 581

suffers, the State suffers accordingly. Has there not been too much State
interference of late, both with regard to the child and the man. From
slavery and from villein service we have developed into free individual
action. ‘Our home is our castle,” a noble maxim: Blackstone says from
the centre of the earth to the sky. For this principle Earl Godwin fought,
eight and a half centuries ago, and it is the highest principle a nation
can cherish.

It will be observed, too, that the tendency of the age has been to free
England from the feudal idea of nationalization of land. Primogeniture
has gone, entail has gone, settlement is being swept away. The next step
is to compulsorily divide the land as in France.

With respect to collateral relatives. I agree with Mill, that in cases of
intestacy, and the failure of direct heirs, property should escheat to the
State. But this is a minor point in the manipulation of the rules of in-
heritance.

If we really wish to check poverty and crime, and to progress as Mr.
George wishes, our bounden duty is to teach parents the great obligation of
“not bringing children into the world unless they can be maintained in
comfort during childhood, and brought up with a likelihood of supporting
themselves when of full age.”* I know of no better means than the com-
pulsory subdivision of the land. The great towns will not then become the
receptacle of agricultural paupers, as the English towns are flooded at the
present time by the Irish. The utter carelessness of the Irish population,
in the neglect of this important matter, shows how necessary it is for us to
strike at the root of the evil, and by subdividing the land to cause such a
people to impose the voluntary check to excessive increase. Poor Ireland
has terribly suffered from the incidence of the feudal laws. Time it is for
us to divide the area of that country exactly according to the population.

A feature, too, with regard to the free individual fee-simple title as
applied to the present circumstances of this colony merits our attention,
and our duty is to act for the present. Leaving upon one side the drainage
of great swamps, the irrigation of plains, the clearing of forests, or the de-
struction of pests, let us take the scant timber-supply of the South Island
into consideration. Men will not be found to plant trees as readily under
the leasehold title as under the freehold. A man will do anything, if he
consider his title secure in perpetuity to himself and his offspring ; but he
will weigh every action if he holds a lease, be that lease called a perpetual
lease or by any other title. Of course the State may, and perhaps should,
undertake the conservation of the forests; but it is very doubtful whether
the private individual will not carry out this work better, when it pays him to

* J. S. Mill.

582 + Transactions. —Miscellaneous.

do so. Thus in England, at the present time, there are large private planta-
tions. 1 would much rather see the private individual surround his pro-
perty with trees, than leave the State to conserve in different plantations.
The supply of wood to the community would be larger and cheaper by in-
dividual effort than by State production. Still, by all means, let the State
make a beginning. Personally, I have no faith in State interference with
‘material objects of any kind whatsoever. The duties of government are
best confined to the protection of life and property and immaterial require-
ments.

It is not my intention to refer to any of the minor objections to the
leasehold title, numerous as they are, such as the exhaustion of the land by
cropping, other bad treatment, the horde of officials necessary to form the
* department” when in full work, ete., ete. I confine myself to the broad
philosophical, or rather economical questions. These matters can best be
left to our politicians. In China, the beau ideal land of quit-rent and tenant-
right, there is a land board for every village, composed of the oldest in-
habitants. Ifa man farm his land badly, he is publicly admonished. And
if he still continue the malpractice, he is publicly whipped. Such, of
course, must be the effect of the submersion of the free independent title
to State ownership. There is also another curious law in that country,
worthy the attention of our legislators, viz., the right of the mortgagor to
offer his interest to so many members of his family before the mortgagee
can take possession. Thus: A mortgages to B for 10,000 taels. The time
expires, and B wishes to foreclose. A cannot pay, but he has the right,
first to offer his interest to C,—his brother,—who can pay if he is willing
and able, and take the property; or to D,—another brother,—or to E his
uncle, and so on. As I have before remarked, any Anglo-Saxon State or
Colony desirous of adopting the system proposed by Messrs. Wallace and
George, would do well to study the land laws of China. At the same time,
I think we might ask Sir James Fergusson, the present Governor of Bom-
bay, who, I believe is a member of this Institute, to furnish us with some
information touching the Indian land laws. I believe that gentleman would
willingly do so.

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE.

FIFTEENTH ÁNNUAL Report.
Tur Board held meetings on the following dates :—8th August, 25th October,
1882; 15th January and 20th March, 1883.

The members elected under clause 7 of the Act are: The Hon. Mr.
Rolleston, Mr. J. McKerrow, and Mr. Martin Chapman. The following
gentlemen were elected honorary members of the New Zealand Institute :
Sir William Thomson, F.R.S.; Dr. W. B. Carpenter, F.R.S., C.B.; and
Mr. R. L. Ellery, F.R.S., —there now being twenty-seven honorary
members.

The members now on the roll of the Institute are :

Honorary members =. Ki s yis gst |
* Ordinary members—
Auckland Institute ^... iu da ox BAD
Hawke's Bay Philosophieal Society xit p O
Wellington Philosophical Society ... ss v7 289
Westland Institute .. ics ion MM
Philosophical Institute of Onion "A .. 168
Otago Institute .. eos i e 1.::0278
Southland Tagliata kx aes DR ae ne DN
1,234

The printing of Volume XV. was commenced on the 10th January and
finished early in April, the first issue of the volumes being made about the
17th May. The volume contains sixty-two articles, also Presidents’
Addresses and abstracts of papers, which appear with the Proceedings
and Appendix. ‘There are 586 pages of letter-press and 40 plates.

The following is a division of the contents of the volume for comparison
with that of last year :—

1883. 1882.
Pages. Pages.
Miscellaneous ae sai 5400. 800
Zoology ... m SCOPI i. ¿ADO 144
Botany 124 104
Chemistry — 16
Geology id SA yan A o MO 52
Proceedings io. sn oe ici MO 54
Appendix 50 40 :
686 610

536 New Zealand Institute.

The volumes now in stock are: Vol I. (second edition), 400; vol. IL,
none; vol. III., none; vol. IV., none; vol. V., 48; vol. VI., 47; vol.
VII., 146; vol. VIII., 18; vol. IX., 150; vol. X., 8; vol. XI., 60; vol.
XII., 65; vol. XIII., 68; vol. XIV., 90; vol. XV., not yet fully distributed.

From the Hon. Treasurer’s statement of accounts it will be seen that
there is a balance in hand of £77 14s. 7d.

The annual reports of various Government departments connected with
the objects of the Institute under the Manager’s direction are appended.

James HECTOR,
Manager.
Approved by the Board, 8rd August, 1888.

Wa. F. Drummond JERvors,
Chairman.

Accounts of the New ZraLanp Institute, 1882-88.

RECEIPTS. EXPENDITURE.
£ 1.0 £ nd
To Balance in hand, 8th An, By Balance due for printing 3p.
gigs ip 5 11 10 XIV. Js 19 18 2
Vote for 1882 - 83 . 500 0 0 Printing Vol. D PEE .. 508 0 0
“Denti from Wellington Binding Ri si «È 9
Philosophical Society, one- Purchase of second - hand
sixth of annual revenue.. 28 17 6 volumes of Tenenti
Sale of volumes 5 0 New Zealand Institute, 4
Draft from London agents, volumes 730
sale of volumes 8 0 0 Miscellaneous items, contin-
gencies, etc. 10 9 1
Balance is o TJA T
£619 14 4 £619 14 4
Cisa toga sal
à ARTHUR STOCK,
8rd August, 1883. Hon. Treasurer.
Museum.

The estimated number of visitors to the Museum during the year is
86,180, of whom a large proportion visited the institution on Sunday after-
noons.

Natural History Collections.

The whole of the collections of stuffed skins have been examined and
thoroughly cleaned by the Taxidermist. No extensive additions have been
made to this section, chiefly because it has now become impossible to dis-
play, or even to store, such collections properly, owing to the crowded state
of the Museum.

Pisces.—Under this head it may be mentioned (1) that specimens of
Retropinna richardsoni and Agonostoma forsteri, caught with a rod four miles
up the Hutt River, were presented by the Hon. P. A. Buckley, M.L.C. ;

Fifteenth Annual Report. 587

(2) a specimen of Agriopus leucocephalus, presented by Mr. H. Hawke, of
Picton ; (3) a jar of fish, received from Mr. T. 8. Sandeyer, of Tiritiri,
Auckland ; (4) a young specimen of the torpedo (Torpedo fairchildi) and the
skipper (Schombressox forsteri), presented by Mr. C. H. Robson, of Napier.

Aves.—A fine specimen of the egg of the huia (Heteralocha acutirostris),
presented by Mr. G. M. Hewson, and a specimen of the South Island
thrush (Turnagra crassirostris), presented by Mr. Geddall, of the Government
steamer ** Stella,” are the most noteworthy under this head. Collections of
New Zealand birds have been forwarded to Mr. H. Wharton, England, and
to the Australian Museum, Sydney, as exchanges.

Reptilia.—Several species, new to New Zealand, have been determined
by the Museum Assistant, and a description of them will appear in Vol.
XVI. of the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute. Collections of
New Zealand lizards have been sent to Professor Pohlton, of Oxford, and
Mr. H. Wharton, England.

Invertebrata.—Twenty-two species of Echinodermata and nine of Crus-
tacea, presented by Professor von Haast, of Christchurch, have been added
to the type collections. A cuttlefish (Tremoctopus robsoni), which adds a
new genus and species to the New Zealand list, has been presented by Mr.
C. H. Robson. The Hectocotylus was found in the pouch of the female,
which adds to the value of the specimen. A collection of Mollusca, New
Zealand and foreign, has been presented to Mrs. Whitaker, of Auckland, in
exchange for some northern species. The New Zealand land shells belong-
ing to the Museum have been rearranged and named by Professor Hutton,
who, at the same time, has rendered the collection more complete by the
addition of some of his new species.

Ethnological.

The most important addition to this section is a Malocolo skull, pre-
sented by Mr. F. J. Barnett. The skull is remarkable, showing as it does
that there is a tribe in Fiji which, like the Caw-we-litcks Indians, flatten
the top of the head in childhood.

Miscellaneous.

Extensive additions have been received under this head, among which
may be mentioned forty-four samples of artistic earthenware, made and
presented by Messrs. Austin and Kirk, of Christchurch ; a black vase, glazed
with New Zealand manganese, presented by Mr. Hart, of the Press, Christ-
church; Japanese ware, presented by Captain Ito, of H.J.M.S. “ Riujio ;"
iron, made from Onehunga ironsand, presented by Messrs. Chambers and
Co. ; olive oil, made from olives grown at Kawau, presented by Sir George
Grey, K.C.B.; portrait of Sir David Monro, sani by Mr. C. Monro;
and Chinese ware, deposited by Mr. T. W. Kirk.

538 New Zealand Institute.

The collection illustrating industrial art in the colony has received further
additions by a valuable donation of terra-cotta ware, made by Messrs. Boyd,
of Auckland, the detailed list of which will appear in next year’s report.

Amongst the articles sent from the Museum, either as presentations or
exchanges, may be mentioned a collection of New Zealand auriferous quartz
to the Perth Museum ; a large collection of rocks, fossils, and casts to the
Oamaru Museum; New Zealand tanning barks to Messrs. Lightband, Allen,
and Co., Christchurch, and to Messrs. Krull and Co., Wellington.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

During the past year the survey has been extended in various districts,
and the result embodied in reports, illustrated with maps and sections, which
are published, as is usual, in a separate form. A stay of some weeks in the
interior of Otago, in connection with the observation of the transit of Venus,
afforded me an apportunity of re-examining the auriferous gravels and the
associated strata of the Manuherikia and Upper Clutha Plains. The result
confirmed my first expressed opinion that the excavation of these wide
valleys dates from a very early period, and prior to many important dislo-
cations of the basement rocks. Further, that the deposits by which they

‘have been filled up belong to various ages, and that the source of the alluvial

gold is to be found in the earliest formed of these deposits—in which the gold
is irregularly distributed, so that it can only be extracted by the process of
hydraulic mining. That enormous quantities of alluvial gold still remain
untouched in this forth in the above district is beyond doubt, but experience
shows that it is only under ci t favourable for obtaining a sufficient
supply of water and a good fall for the enormous volume of débris, or tailings,
that the gold can be profitably extracted. At Tinker's Gully, Drybread,
St. Bathans, and other places along the west side of the Manuherikia Plain,
the older auriferous gravels have been tilted at high angles, and thus brought
into a favourable position for being worked. In other places where they are
below the general drainage level of the basin, although equally rich, they
could not be profitably worked.

For hydraulic mining abundant water-supply is required, and could
without much difficulty or expense be obtained from the Clutha River,
which has a sufficiently rapid fall to afford power to raise part of its own
water to an altitude that would command the terraces. Any expenditure
for such a purpose would be of great ulterior advantage to the district, as
there are very considerable tracts of land suitable for agricultural occupa-
tion if they were irrigated. The proof of this is to be seen in many parts of
the district where water-races abandoned by the miners have been utilized
for gardens and fields with the most gratifying results, even when the soil
presents no marked superiority. The dry climate, and marked difference of

Fifteenth Annual Report. 539

the temperature of winter and summer, and day and night, which is so
characteristic of this district, is all in favour of successful cultivation if irri-
gation were afforded; and the destructive effects of the high winds might
easily be mitigated by the growth of plantations, as trees flourish vigorously
wherever there is even a small trickle of moisture. The claim of the dis-
| trict for expenditure on water-supply therefore appears to me to be better
founded than in many other districts, where it would have no ultimate
advantage beyond the extraction of gold. .

Other parts of the Otago District were visited during January and
February with special objects, and the remainder of the season was spent
in the Taupo and Rotorua Districts on business relating to ‘the general
examination of the distriet and particularly to the utilization of the thermal
springs.

Mr. Cox was engaged during the months of October, November
and December on an examination of the district lying between Col-
lingwood and Big River, along the coast-line, and bounded to the eastward
by the Aorere River. He reports that the well-known black slates of
the Perseverance Mine appear to be represented near the Golden Ridge
Mine at Slaty River, Anatori, and at this latter locality he obtained
specimens of graptolites which would place these beds as Silurian in
age. The Golden Ridge Mine is worked in similar beds, and, not-
withstanding the fact that very little systematic work has been car-
ried on there, the reef has yielded much richly auriferous stone, and
would, he thinks, prove of great value if worked on a wider basis. In the
vieinity of Big River and the Turimawiwi he mapped the boundary of the
granite, which extends from Rocks Point northwards, and, occurring nearly
at the mouth of Big River, forms a narrow strip inland, which is not seen
on the surface further than the Turimawiwi, where it ends, as a conical hill,
at the head of Independent Creek. He further examined the coal measures,
eliciting little further information than was previously known ; but, from
the limestones which overlie the caleareous sandstones of Kaipuhe cliffs,
obtained bones of the giant fossil penguin, and he traced the boundaries of
the different members of this Cretaceo-tertiary formation. The rocks in
which the Golden Ridge Mine is worked appear to extend southwards
through Friday and Independent Creeks, and form the greater part of the
Wakamarama Mountains, being again met with on the Gouland Downs; it
being from this district that Mr. Cox considers the auriferous cements were
derived which have been worked on the quartz ranges near Collingwood,
and which are probably contemporaneous in age with the Pliocene marls,
which occupy a considerable area along the present course of the Aorere
River and form the low hills along the coast-line between Takaka and

540 New Zealand Institute.

Pakawau. During January, February, and March he was engaged on an
examination of the Upper Buller District, between Rotoiti and the Maruia
River, in order to determine the extent of the coal measures in this direc-
tion and the thickness and value of the coal. He reports that they occur
flanking the crystalline rocks which occur in Mount Murchison, and extend
from there along the western flanks of the Spencer Mountains as far as the
Matakitaki River, from which point foliated and talcose schists are found,
also flanked to the westward by coal measures. The coal measures occupy
the greater part of the area between the line indicated and the mouth of the
Matakitaki River, at Hampden, being thrown into several sharp anticlinal
and synclinal folds, lapping, at places, round bosses of granite ; the coal
seams hitherto discovered vary from 2 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in thickness,
and are of very superior quality. The upper beds of the coal measures
consist of heavy beds of conglomerate, on which rest marly beds, and it is
probably from this conglomerate that a large proportion of the gold in the
Mangles has been derived, and not from reefs in the vicinity. At the base
of the foliated and talcose schists in the Alfred River, Maruia, Mr. Cox
found white and blue crystalline limestones interstratified with blue
calcareous slates and carbon-schists, which resemble the Lower Devonian
beds at Reefton. During May Mr. Cox further examined the beds at the
Whau, Auckland, in order to see if any prospects existed of coal being
found there; but reported that nothing fresh had been discovered and
there was no probability of coal being found.

Mr. McKay was engaged on Museum work until November, when he
went to Oamaru, and was engaged until the latter end of December in
making a collection of rocks and fossils, which were to form the nucleus of
a museum at Oamaru, and examining the strata between there and the
eastern slopes of the Kakanui Mountains. He endeavoured to prove the
identity of the Shag Point and South Canterbury coal fields by means of
their fossils, but failed to trace them farther south than the Kakanui River.
He examined the chalk deposits at Cave Valley, and traced them south to
Kakanui, opposite Mahemo, where they alternate with beds of Ototara stone
and associated floes of basalt. Further south he examined the coal beds in
the neighbourhood of Otepopo and the eastern slopes of the Kakanui Ranges
to the Kurow River, and determined the rocks there as belonging to the
Kakanui formation. Further west he examined the Otepopo slate quarries
on the boundary of the Te Anau series, and thence proceeded to Moeraki
and the district which has lately been bored, unsuccessfully, for coal, and
on the western section where these beds crop out no trace of coal could be
found. At Lyttelton he examined the deposits exposed in the cuttings for
the new dock, and determined them as true loess, the proof being found in

Fifteenth Annual Report. 541

the occurrence of rootlets from the base of the beds upwards, while at Hills-
borough the evidence was yet more conclusive. At Timaru and Oamaru he
examined beds of similar origin, and found that in these localities the ma-
terials of which they are composed are not of local origin, as is evidenced
by the presence of mica. At the mouth of the Kakanui River he traced the
so-called gem-stones, which consist chiefly of pyrope, olivine, and augite,
to their parent rock in the Waireka tufas, which it appears the Hon. Mr.
Mantell had previously discovered as far back as 1850, when he called the
cliffs on the south side of the Kakanui River the Ruby Cliffs. In the neigh-
bourhood of Palmerston he examined the section across the Horse Range,
finding the Port Chalmers breccia at the base of the Shag Point series, and
occurring along the line of fault previously described by Mr. Cox. He col-
lected specimens at Waihemo, Green Valley, and Pigroot, those from Green
Valley being identical with the fossils of the coal beds in the Waitaki Valley.
At Naseby he examined the shaft and surrounding country in Hogburn
Creek, where the Deep Sinking Prospecting Company is situated ; this shaft
has proved nothing more than could be equally well seen from the surface.
There is yet another hundred feet to sink before reaching the main bottom,
where there is a good prospect of gold occurring. He examined the country
from Clarke’s to the Kyeburn Diggings, and found the rocks there to belong
to the Te Anau series. In the neighbourhood of St. Bathans he found
small patches of volcanic rocks in the Manuherikia Valley, breaking through
the old lacustrine deposits of the district. He then made a further collec-
tion of fossils from Nugget Point, obtaining some important additions to
the fossils of that district, including an ammonite about 18 inches in
diameter across the chambered portion, which would give a diameter of
about 8 feet for the perfect shell. In the neighbourhood of Catlin’s River
he examined the Mataura beds, in which boreholes had been put down for
coal with unsatisfactory results. He found nothing which leads him to
suppose that workable seams of coal will be found here, the conditions being
similar to those at the Toitois and Hokonui Ranges. During May he
visited the Wairarapa, and made an examination of the Cretaceous rocks
along the coast, the most important discovery made being a series of
volcanic rocks occurring as dykes, and sheets in them. In June he visited
the Terawhiti Gold Field, and made a general examination of the district,
paying special attention to the Golden Crown claim, in which the reefs
appear to be very broken, but unquestionably containing a percentage of
gold which will be remunerative if the reefs hold. .
CoLLECTIONS.

During the intervals of field work Mr. Cox has been engaged on an

examination of the New Zealand minerals, and has embodied the results of

542 New Zealand Institute.

his work in two papers, read before the Wellington Philosophical Society,
in which he has scheduled all the minerals which are yet known in New
Zealand. The total number of varieties mentioned is 74 metallic and 184
non-metallic minerals, making 208 in all. He has since been engaged on
an examination of the rocks, and is grouping and classifying them prior to
description. He has also completed the classification of a fine collection of
foreign minerals, including a valuable series presented some years ago by
the Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, which has hitherto been
inaccessible for reference. The examination of very large collections of
New Zealand rocks has also been commenced, about fifty selected specimens
of volcanic rocks having been sliced and prepared for microscopic analysis,
and about a thousand specimens critically examined. During the past year
collections of fossils have been made at twenty different localities, chiefly
from Tertiary and Cretaceo-tertiary strata. The collections are not yet
fully worked out, but the number of specimens added to the Geological
Survey collections in the Museum cannot be short of 10,000 fossils. Nearly
9,000 of these came from a single locality. The remaining collections, not
numbering more than 1,300 specimens, are, though small, very valuable
additions to our knowledge of the fauna of the beds from whence they
came.
PUBLICATIONS.

The Seventeenth Museum and Laboratory Report (68 pages 8vo.), and
the Fifteenth Progress Report of the Geological Survey, have been dis-
tributed. The following are in the press: (1.) New Zealand Handbook,
3 Ed., Dr. Hector. A new geological map has been prepared to accompany
this work, and printed in colours, in the General Survey Lithographic
Department; and a copy of the map, together with explanatory letterpress,
has been forwarded to the Agent-General for incorporation with a similar
work which he is publishing in London. (2.) The Sixteenth Progress
Report of the Geological Survey, 1882. By Dr. Hector. With maps
and sections; and including Special Reports on the Norsewood Lignites
(Cox); on the Gold Fields of Cape Colville Peninsula (Cox); on Deep
Alluvial Gold Mines in Westland (Cox); on the Geology of Shag Valley
(Cox); on the Malvern Hills Coal Mines (Cox); on the Collingwood
District (Cox); on Motunau District (McKay); on the Antimony Lode,
Carrick Ranges (McKay); on Langdon’s Reef (McKay); on the Terawhiti |
Reefs (McKay); on the Antimony Lode, Reefton (MeKay) ; on the Geology
of the Reefton District (McKay). (3.) The Meteorological Reports for
1880-82 are being included in one volume, which is now in an advanced
state of preparation, and will be illustrated by diagrams showing the
changes for each month.

Fifteenth Annual Report. 548

LIBRARIES.

The libraries remain on the same footing as hitherto, and appear to be
greatly appreciated. But, as in all other parts of the Museum, the want of
sufficient space creates great inconvenience to the public.

New Zealand Institute Library.—There have been 275 volumes received
this year, chiefly in exchange for the Transactions of the New Zealand
Institute and the publications of the Museum and Geological Survey.

Public Library.—The number of persons using this library is steadily
‘ increasing. Twelve more, out of the large number of volumes missing when
the library was removed to the Museum, have been recovered by the
Librarian.

Patent Library.—It would seem that the vast amount of information
contained in this library is becoming more generally known, as the number
of persons referring to the volumes is much larger than last year. Twenty-
one volumes have been added since last report.

METEOROLOGY.

The meteorological observations now taken for statistical purposes are
limited to stations at Auckland, Wellington, Lincoln, and Dunedin, but
observations of rainfall, temperature, and wind-direction are received from
the following third-class stations, twenty in number, viz., at Petone,
Makara, Upper Hutt, Summit Station, Wellington, Masterton, Feilding,
New Plymouth, Wanganui, Palmerston North, Christchurch, Puysegur
Point, Cape Campbell, Oamaru, Timaru, The Brothers, Farewell Spit, Lee-
field, Marlborough, Brighton, Otago, Taupo, and Invercargill. The results
are published in most cases every month either in the Gazette or in the local
newspapers, and are collected into the annual volume of the statistics
of the colony published by the Registrar-General.

The system of intercolonial weather exchange has now been in opera-
tion for two years, and the expense has proved to be much under the
estimate formed at the Conference. The diagram of the weather for each
day over the south part of Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand is pub-
lished the same afternoon in Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide, and Hobart, and
by a system of numbered blocks, which have been supplied by this depart-
ment, a diagram of the weather of each day is published in the morning
newspapers in Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, and Dunedin, and the
information without diagrams is published by most of the other papers in
the colony, being distributed by the Press Agency. The local weather
warnings for the benefit of the shipping round the coast continue to be
supplied as heretofore by Captain Edwin, R.N., and are very generally
appreciated, ,

544 New Zealand Institute.

ORSERVATORY.

The time-ball is still dismounted, but hourly signals are given by galva-
nometer to the Telegraph Department and at the Museum. No change
has been made in the Observatory during the year, except that Mr. T. King
kindly undertook the meridian observations at a time when both Arch-
deacon Stock and myself were absent from Wellington. The principal
work of the year was the observation of the transit of Venus on the 7th
December, 1882, for which purpose I established a temporary observatory
at Clyde, in Otago, at the request of Colonel Tupman, R.E., the officer in
charge of the British Expedition. The account of my observations has been
already published (“ Eighteenth Museum and Laboratory Report, 1883,”
Appendix L, p. 18).

LABORATORY.

The total number of analyses made in the Colonial Laboratory during
the past year for general purposes is 298. Besides this, a number of
analyses have been made under the Adulteration Act of 1880, and a few in
aid of criminal procedures. The Laboratory number now arrived at is
8,511. The ordinary analyses are divisible as follows: Coals, 26; rock
and minerals, 64; metals and ores, 52; examinations for gold or silver,
50; water, 87; and miscellaneous, 64: making up a total of 293.

The heaviest labour of the year has been expended upon analyzing the
‘Taupo mineral waters—a work which has long been urgently required.
Twenty-two of these, representing the principal mineral waters of this
district, and well certified as to locality, etc., have been fully analyzed.

Those results which have a general interest are given in full in the
annual Laboratory report.

James Hector,
Director.
20th July, 1888.

35

PROCEEDINGS

PNE

ESSE m
1

WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

First MretIno. 13h June, 1888.
The Hon. G. Randall Johnson, President, in the chair.
New Members.—F. Stevens and Dr. Grabham.
1, Address by President.

He said the Society had been constituted fifteen years, and its efforts had been suc-
cessful in harmonizing views and in stimulating concerted action upon a wide range of
scientific and philosophical subjects. He then reviewed the work of the Society during
the past year. Speaking of University matters, he suggested the importance of having a
College established in Wellington similar to those in the other chief cities of the colony.
Referring, at the close of his address, to the recent ascent of Mount Cook by Mr. Green,
and to conflicting theories as to glacier action on the high lands in these islands as we see
them now, he inclined to the theory that the accumulations of snow on plateaux above
the line of perpetual snow would send down glaciers to scour deep fiords aud narrow
valleys till the area of the plateaux became reduced by this very process of vertical denu-
dation ; this theory being more in accord with our existing geological knowledge than the
more extreme supposition of a glacial epoch similar to that which was conjectured to have
once covered Europe. From all that was known of New Zealand geology, he concluded
that from long prior to the glacial epoch down to the present time, the same physical
forces had been at work, in the same manner and with the same intensity. The frost had
continued without intermission to break down the cliffs; the glaciers all along scoured
the valleys, polished the rocks, and carried the débris to valleys and plains below ; the
water most efficiently distributing what was so brought down; the only difference of cir-
cumstance being attributable to the alteration effected by those very forces in the mass on
which they had been so long at work, and the consequent diminution of the power of the
glaciers.

2, Dr. Hutchinson exhibited recent photographic views of the large active volcano
which forms a prominent landmark in the Sandwich Islands, and gave some interesting
information explanatory of the photographs.

Dr. Hector said the evidence afforded by these photographs of the extremely fluid
nature of the lava-flow from these volcanoes was most remarkable.

8. “ On the Igneous Rocks of the East Coast of Wellington,” by A.
McKay. (See Geol. Reports, 1883).

ABSTRACT.

The author described the geological features of a series of low hills and gullies about
fourteen miles from Masterton, on Mr. Beetham’s run; and showed a model indicating a
well-defined crater, which he had no doubt was the low neck of an extinct volcano, which
was in activity during the cretaceous period. He inferred from the adjacent strata, that
the voleano was not ancient in a geological sense, though he offered no comparative data
as to the period of its probable activity.

548 Proceedings.

Dr. Hector spoke of this voleanie rock as being chiefly important in fixing accu-
rately some of the grades in geological sequence. The discovery had also an impor-
tance in searching for gold and other minerals in the district. Although the Terawhiti
District showed indirect evidence of former volcanic influences, direct evidence was
afforded by large masses of hornblende, like the rock now exhibited from districts near
Wellington, and the nature and origin of which they had not been able to account for
until the discovery of this volcanic neck. Now they saw the reason, and there might be
found other necks of old volcanic craters not far from the surface and nearer Wellington.

Mr. Beetham said this survey near Masterton had been made at his suggestion,
and—though Mr. McKay might not know it—they in the district had been used to speak
of this broken hill as the “crater.” Then it was covered with bush, but now that the
bush was mostly burnt off, the crater shape had become more distinct. Gold had formerly
been traced in rock specimens, and in the early days he had lost some money in trying to
work a hole for gold quartz,

Seconp Mretinc. 4th July, 1883.
The Hon. G. Randall Johnson, President, in the chair.
New Members.—A. Hoby, H. Gully, W. Dawson.

1. “ Notes on Monstrosities in Animals," by Dr. Newman.
8

ABSTRACT.

The author stated that during several years of observation he had met with a number
of rare monstrosities in man, as well as among animals. By noting all the peculiarities
of monstrosities that came before them they might, by degrees, learn the law which
governed them, while they would also see more distinctly their connection with the early
history of the species in which it occurred. In the olden days monsters were looked upon
as objects for aversion, and perhaps as occurring as a punishment from God or the gods ;
now, however, science had shown that they were really nothing but animals, with extraor-
dinary variations from the original species. He then proceeded to describe and classify
the different malformations that give rise to monstrosities. In concluding his interesting
lecture he said it was possible to obtain monstrosities in chickens by treating eggs in par-
ticular ways. Monstrosities of the present day were losing interest, as they were now
known to be nothing but the reappearance of a portion of the form of an ancestor. They
were only of interest when they were of a very unusual type, when something new might
be gathered regarding the history of the species. +

Dr. Hector thanked Dr. Newman for the manner in which he had handled a very
difficult subject. He, however, doubted whether it was correct to say that monsters were
merely a reappearance of a portion of the form of an ancestor.

2. “On the History of the Aorere River, Collingwood, since the Miocene
times,” by S. H. Cox, F.G.S.; (see Geol. Reports, 1883).

ABSTRACT. l

The author showed that the various deposits in the lower portions of that river were
due to the fact that what now formed two separate streams, which found their way to the
West Coast, were formerly its head waters, as the débris could not have been derived from
any portion of its present channel,

3. Among the exhibits on the table were about two pounds of quartz, taken from 2
point between Lowry Bay and Pencarrow Lighthouse, which Dr. Hector said had been
tested, and found to contain gold at the rate of 607 oz. to the ton, Dr. Hector added

Wellington Philosophical Society. 549

that the breaks were all fresh, he himself having made them, but beyond that he could
say nothing about the find, except that the quartz had a very close resemblance to that
of the Wealth of Nations at Reefton.

Dr. Hector also exhibited a calf of Kogia breviceps, a rare species of whale, which had
been taken from a cow harpooned near Petone, and a fossil ammonite belonging to the
Permian formation, found near Nugget Point, in the South Island, by Mr. McKay, and
measuring nearly eighteen inches in diameter.

Tap Muero. 18th July, 1883.
The Hon. G. R. Johnson, President, in the Chair.
New Members.—E. F. Clarke, J. 8. M. Thompson, E. D. Bell.
1. “On Earth Tremors and Earthquakes,” by Hon. Robert Hart.

STRACT.

The author sought to establish that matter near the earth’s surface is in a constant
state of vibration; that matter so in a state of vibration is constantly seeking a level ;
that the level so sought is on no two consecutive days alike; and, incidentally, that the
denudation of a portion of surface of a considerable amount of superimposed weight
must tend to the elevation of the denuded surface by the pressure of the surrounding
accumulations.

Sections and drawings were exhibited.

Mr. Cox was not prepared to entirely support the author's conclusions, as elevation
must occur before denudation commences. As regards the origin of earthquakes, he was
of opinion that to a large extent they were due to the gradual shrinkage of the solid earth,
from the loss of heat by radiation—for, although we must consider the earth as a highly
elastic solid body as a whole, as shown by a comparison of the theoretical and actual
specific gravity of the surface rocks and the entire mass—still the earth was a solid, and
the shrinkage due to loss of heat could only be attended by sudden and at times violent
fractures, which are shown geologically in the faults which traverse the strata, and of
which in more recent times we have actual evidence in the earthquake shocks. He did
not mean to dispute that some earthquakes were due to volcanic energy, but these were of
secondary origin and were of comparatively small extent, while those which had a more
wide-spread character owed their origin equally with volcanic phenomena to the shrinkage
of the solid earth.

Dr. Hector considered that in discussing the causes of earthquakes and of changes of
relative level, the important part played by the interstitial water that is absorbed by rocks
under certain conditions, was too much lost sight of. j

Fourra Meeting. Ist August, 1883.
The Hon. G. R. Johnson, President, in the chair.
New Member.—J. S. Rutherford.
1. “On a new Cuttle-fish, Tremoctopus robsonianus, obtained by C. H.
Robson at Napier,” by T. W. Kirk.

ABSTRACT.

Tremoctopus robsoni, n. Sp.
This species differs from the description of the genus Tremoctopus as given by Adams,
in that the web reaches to and extends beyond the tips of the superior arms,

550 Proceedings.

Colour.—Above: dark-purple, lighter on the head. Below: bright silvery colour,
with patches of rose. The web, which shows strong transverse lines, is of a pale rose

our.

Three specimens were obtained at Napier by Mr. C. H. Robson ; but the pouches of
two of them contained each an Hectocotylus, or third right arm of the male, peculiarly
modified in order that it may perform certain functions, not yet fully understood, in con-
nection with the propagation of its kind.

The species being new, it has been named after the discoverer, who was good enough
to present the best specimen and also the Hectocotylus to the Museum.

2. “On the Occurrence of English Butterflies for the first time, at
least in Wellington District,” by T. W. Kirk.

ABSTRACT.

During the summer of 1881, the author captured in the Wellington Botanic Gardens,
a butterfly which, on examination, proved to be the English Red Admiral or Alderman
Butterfly (Vanessa atalanta). On several subsequent occasions specimens were seen, but
contrary to their habit in England, they proved exceedingly shy and capture was impos-
sible. However, examples of another English species, the Small Tortoiseshell butterfly
(Vanessa urtica) were obtained.

The importation of plants and seeds from various countries is now 80 extensive, that
it is almost certain numerous insects, some useful, some destructive, will be brought into
the colony. In order, therefore, that the noxious forms may be more speedily detected,
and that confusion may not hereafter arise in our lists and catalogues, it is important
that the appearance in a district of any uncommon or foreign form should be carefully
noted. :

3. “On certain Phenomena of Burning Camphor in Water,” by W.
Skey.

ABSTRACT.

The peculiarity is that the camphor moves in the direction from which the wind

blows, which is accounted for by the unequal output of oil around the camphor when dis-
aced by the oil collecting on the off-side of the camphor and forcing it through the still
water towards the wind. Experiments to illustrate this were exhibited.

4. “ On the Origin of the Old Lake Basins of Otago,” by A. McKay.
(See Geol. Reports, 1883.)

ABSTRACT.

This paper dealt with two theories of the origin of the old lake basins of Central
Otago—that of Dr. Hector, which accounts for these basins by the unequal movements of
the land—and that of Professor Hutton, who advocates their having been excavated by ice.

The author agreed in the main with Dr. Hector’s theory, but differed in the details as
to how it was brought about, and with respect to the age of some of the beds found in
these old lake basins. The author’s theory is, that in Miocene times a large river flowing
across North Otago was checked by the upheaval of the coast line, and converted into a
series of swampy lakes, the eastern outlet of which was barred by volcanic rock, thus
gradually deepening the lakes, and determining for a time the outflow of their waters by
way of the Molyneux River. Subsequently, movements determined the area of the
Taieri watershed, and compelled its waters to escape by their present channel along Strath
Taieri.

Wellington Philosophical Society. 551

Mr. Cox disagreed with Mr. McKay on his theory of formation of the lakes. He
thought that to a large extent they had been excavated by the action of ice, and we had
evidence of the great glaciers which had existed during Cretaceous times. He instanced
the Blue Spur and Weatherstone’s Gully as illustrations of this, and argued that these
glaciers, which had deposited the drifts, had also in the first instance determined the con-
figuration of the land, and that in all subsequent elevations and depressions, the form of
the mountains then assumed, had been more or less maintained.

Firra Meetine. 15th August, 1888.
Dr. Newman, Vice-president, in the chair.

1. * Remarks on the Distribution of the Organic Productions of New
Zealand,” by W. T. L. Travers, F.L.S. (Transactions, p. 461.)

Dr. Hector said the principle of the paper was to establish an isolated origin for the
fauna and flora of New Zealand. It did not, however, disclose any source for that origin.

Dr. Newman said a very short time would suffice to make difference in species. For
example, the colour of caterpillars depended on the food they ate.

Mr. Travers said he assumed that the flora and fauna of New Zealand were modified
descendants of the fauna and flora of these islands during geological epochs. They were
distinct from those seen elsewhere.

2. “ Some new Discoveries in the Neighbourhood of Milford Sound,” by
Donald Sutherland; communicated by A. McKay. (Transactions, p. 454.)

8. “On the Occurrence of Chalcotrichite in New Zealand,” by S. H.
Cox, F.G.S. (Transactions, p. 448.)

This paper recorded the occurrence, in the Champion Copper Mine, Nelson, of a
mineral not hitherto discovered in New Zealand. Specimens were shown ; and the author
also exhibited some very rich samples of copper ore from the same mine, that yielded as
much as 67 per cent. of copper.

4. A letter was read from Mr. F. L. Dodds, describing a supposed
Aerolite, which fell at Urenui on the 8th June last.

5. Dr. Hutchinson exhibited some transparencies of views taken in the Sandwich
Islands; and Dr. Hector called attention to an exhibit of some very fine oranges, grown
at the Bay of Islands by the Hon. Mr. Williams, M.L.C.

Sixra Meetma. 29th August, 1884.
The Hon. G. R. Johnson, President, in the chair.

New Member.—Lee Connell.

1. “ Remarks concerning the Greenway Floating Breakwater,” by J. C.
Crawford.

ABSTRACT.

This information was communicated by the author, in the hope that the system
might be applied to certain parts of Evans Bay, in Wellington Harbour, with a view to
converting it into a wet dock. He suggested also that certain improvements might be
made in the harbour itself, by placing these floating breakwaters in various places, which
would lessen the difficulty of landing from vessels in rough weather,

552 Proceedings.

2. “On the Storage of Energy by utilizing Water Power," by J. C.

Crawford.
ABSTRACT

He called attention to the splendid water supply in the neighbourhood of Wellington
—the best, perhaps, in the Colony—for the generation of electricity for lighting the towns
and manufacturing purposes.

3. Dr. Hector gave some interesting information relative to recent tidal disturbances.
He expressed his opinion that the disturbance in Wellington harbour and along the coast
of New Zealand yesterday morning had been caused by the voleanie eruption which took
place at Krakatoa, in the Straits of Sunda, on Monday last, telegraphic intelligence of
which appeared in last evening’s paper. In the course of his remarks, Dr. Hector men-
tioned that the Straits of Sunda had always been remarkable for the eruptions which

d tl and tradition i 1 thei

g formation and separation of the Islands of Java
and Sumatra to a violent convulsion during the eleventh century. One eruption in the
year 1772 swallowed up a tract of country fifteen miles long and six broad, and destroyed
about 3,000 people. This was followed in 1815 by a violent disturbance which resulted
in the loss of 7,000 lives, and the noise of which was heard 1,000 miles away ; it would be
interesting to trace the length of time occupied by the wave in reaching the shores of New

aland

4, “ Lecture on the Lower Miocene Formation in New Zealand,” by Dr.
Hector.

ABSTRACT.

An interesting geological lecture, illustrated by large maps and sections and large
collections of fossils, and dealing with the subject of the date of the last great emergence
of the land in the south of New Zealand.

Mr McKay said that if the glaciers had their greatest extension in Pliocene times it
appeared that, considering the amount of strata of intermediate age, it was difficult to
regard the Awamoa beds as belonging to the Upper Miocene period. The percentage of
recent fossils indicated these beds as belonging to the Lower Miocene period, and thus the
paleontological evidence was in accordance with the stratigraphical.

Mr. Travers referred to the important bearing of this subject on the origin of the
fauna and flora of the country.

5. Dr. Hector exhibited several additions to the Museum, viz., skull of frigate bird,
gannet, jaw of parrot fish, from Jervois Island, presented by Mr. H. Winkelmann ; also,

B

marine fossils from interior lake basins of Otago.

Seventa Mugrmo. 26th September, 1888.
The Hon. G. R. Johnson, President, in the chair.

New Members.—Dr. Sidney Skerman, C. C. Howard.

1. * On a new Lycopodium,” by T. Kirk, F.L.S., named Gracile, and
found in Nelson. (Transactions, p. 376.)

2, “On a Bird-catching Tree," by Mr. R. H. Govett. (Transactions,
p. 964.)

Dr. Hector conjectured that the viscid matter exuded from the seeds when ripe was
an incident of evolution, the seed attaching itself to a live bird, and so getting carried
away and dropped elsewhere for germination.

Wellington Philosophical Society. 553

Mr. Kirk thought the tree was identical with Pisonia umbellifera, and that the sticky
exudation did act like birdlime in getting those large seeds carried on the feathers of
birds.

3. Dr. Hector made some interesting remarks on earthquake disturbances in the
ocean, referring to what he had said at the previous meeting, that the tidal disturbances
felt on these shores about the time of the Sunda eruptions were due to their influence.
The editor of the “New Zealand Journal of Science” had objected that, as the great
Australian continent intervened directly between the Straits of Sunda and New Zealand,
no tidal wave from that cause could have been felt here without being felt much more
forcibly along the southern and western shores of Australia and Tasmania, and suggested
that the disturbances felt here were probably due to other submarine movements in the
Pacific. Late reports showed that the tidal disturbance was very marked on the west
coast of Tasmania; and the disturbances felt here were found to coincide suggestively with
the succession of earthquake shocks that followed the eruptions at Sunda. The retardation
or acceleration of the tidal swell by those earthquake shocks would act and react in various
directions, thereby causing disturbances of varying intensity on all the shores of these
islands. An extraordinary phenomenon to which he particularly drew attention was, that
atmospheric disturbances as self-registered by a delicately-adjusted barograph coincided
remarkably in the sudden jerks on several days ‘with the recorded eruptions at Sunda,
beginning on the evening of the 27th August, and recurring on four or five days. These
barometrical jerks and curves were exhibited by a diagram, with dates and hours given ;
and Dr. Hector moreover pointed out that these readings in Wellington corresponded with
similar jerks in the curves recorded by a self-registering barometer at Dunedin, showing
that they were produced by a fast-moving influence that traversed the atmosphere quite
independently of the ordinary cyclonic movements that were in progress during the same
period.

4. The President exhibited a skin of a rat from Poverty Bay, which the Natives
asserted was the true Maori rat, and raised a discussion as to there being a rat indigenous
to these islands.

Dr. Buller believed the so-called Maori rat, which lived in trees, was really identical
with the common Mus rattus of Europe.

Dr. Hector said that he concurred in this opinion ; but Captain Hutton had inferred
the former existence of another species from bones found in a subfossil state, and which
was a flesh-eating rat, and therefore not Mus rattus, which species is very common in the
bush country, and comes into Wellington during hard winters. In the northern forests they
become very fat at certain seasons, when they feed on the bark of the Patete. They also
feed largely on wild honey, and after Christmas are often found dead and stupefied in
large numbers at the foot of the Puriri trees, being poisoned by the honey, which in some
years is dangerous and even fatal to human life at that season.

Mr. McKay said rat bones were found mixed up with moa bones in situations which
suggested that the rat and the moa were contemporaries, and exhibited specimens to illus-
trate this. Either the moa was not so ancient an inhabitant of these islands, or the rat
must have been here anterior to the Maori immigration. If the Mus rattus of Europe
existed here with the moa, by what agency was the rat introduced into these remote
islands? It was suggested that the rat might have been introduced by the earliest navi-
gators—perhaps by Tasman—and that the earliest rats and the latest moas existed

ther.

554 Proceedings.

The President considered that what had been said, proved that this interesting point
in the natural history of New Zealand was far from being satisfactorily settled, and hoped
that no time would be lost in collecting authentic information on the subject from the
natives, before it was too late.

Eicutu Meetme. 81st October, 1883.
Dr. Newman, Vice-president, in the chair.

It was announced that Dr. Buller had been chosen to vote in the election of Governors
of the New Zealand Institute for the ensuing year.

1. *On the Anatomy of the Cuttle-fish, (Sepioteuthis bilineata),” by H.
B. Kirk, M.A.; with drawings and preparations in spirit. (Transactions,
p. 145.)

2. “On some rare Species of New Zealand Birds,” by Dr. Buller,
F.R.S. (Transactions, p. 308.)

8. Dr. Buller also communicated some notes made by Mr. C. H. Robson
on the Eastern Golden Plover, Charadrius fulvus. (Transactions, p. 308.)

Dr. Hector said that the fact that the Golden Plover was found breeding at sea-level
was curious, as he had only met with it formerly at great altitudes on Black Peak, Otago,
in 1862.

4. “On Hieracidea nova-zealandia and H. brunnea,” by W. W. Smith,
communicated by Dr. Buller. (Transactions, p. 318.)

5. Dr. Hector exhibited a specimen containing silver, and associated with Tellerium,
found at the Thames, which latter mineral is thus discovered for the first time in New
Zealand. - = SOIA it among some specimens shown to him by Mr. Pond of
Auckland, tion had been confirmed by Mr. Skey’s analysis of the mineral.
The tocility is reported to be near Karangahape Mine.

Ninta Meetine. 14th November, 1883.
Dr. Buller, Vice-president, in the chair.
New Member.—James Lambert.

A nomination was made for the election of an honorary member of the New Zealand
Institute.

1. ** On the Occurrence of a Species of Pregodis at Port Nicholson,” by
T. Kirk, F.L.S. (Transactions, p. 369.)

2. “Description of a new Pine, Podocarpus acutifolius,” by T. Kirk,
F.L.S. (Transactions, p. 370.)

3. * Notes on the Parapara and Puka," by T. Rs F.L.S. (Trans

actions, p. 367.)

4. ** Notes on a Fragment of Samaritan Pentateuch," by T. W. Penne-
father, LL.M. (communicated by the President.)

Wellington Philosophical Society. 555

ABSTRACT
The author exhibited a part of a roll of a Samaritan Pentateuch, brought by him from
Nablous, the ancient Shechem. He then read a paper briefly narrating the history of the
Kingdom of Israel or Samaria; discussing the question of the probable origin of the
‘Samaritans ” who were in occupation of the country at the time of the return of the
. Jews from Babylon; tracing the history of the Samaritan nation under the Roman Empire
and through the middle ages; and mentioning the accounts contained in the Samaritan
chronicles. He tl ferred to the bringing of theS it to Europe, and the
controversy which raged as to its supposed superiority to the Jewish form ; butistated that
it is now all but universally believed that the latter represents the original text. After
describing the great MS. at Nablous, which he had himself examined, he discussed the
question of the way in which the Samaritans had become possessed of the Pentateuch,
maintaining that the more probable view was that it had been brought to them by
Manasseh, a Jewish Priest expelled from Jerusalem by Nehemiah. He then mentioned
more in detail some of the points in which the Samaritan differs from the Jewish version,
especially the shape of the letters, and the words added by the Samaritan to Exodus xx.,
18. After speaking of the rolls now at St. Petersburg and Cambridge, he gave a full
account of the Samaritan Passover, Nablous being the only place in the world where the
Passover, as described in the Book of Exodus, is still celebrated.
The Rev. Mr. Van Staveren examined the fragment and expressed himself highly
pleased with it and the author’s remarks.
5. “The Law of Gavelkind,” by Coleman Phillips. (Transactions,
p. 518.)
6. Dr. Hector exhibited the original curve drawn by the large barograph at the
Melbourne Observatory on the 27th and 28th of August last, which have very courteously
been sent to him by Professor Ellery. This curve shows abnormal oscillations similar to
those which he (Dr. Hector) had pointed out at previous meetings of the Society on
29th August and 26th September last as having been produced simultaneously by the
barographs at Wellington and Dunedin. By expressing these curves in the same local
time it was found that the oscillations occurred about 90 minutes earlier at Melbourne
than in New Zealand. If, as was very probable, these remarkable oscillations were
connected with the great eruption in Sunda Straits, by measuring the distance along great
circles the actual difference in the time would be reduced to about 75 minutes, which
would give for the velocity of the transmission of these curious atmospheric waves 600
miles an hour or 1,000 feet per second, or nearly the velocity of sound.

This seems to point to the dispersal of waves through a medium very different from
anything we are acquainted with, and suggests the probability of the existence of a some-
what definite limit in altitude to the terrestrial atmosphere with which we are familiar,
and in which all our winds and slow moving cyclonic impulses are transmitted. On the
occasion of a great outburst of f from th th’s surface, such as the late Java eruption,
it is probable that a volume of gaseous matter may be projected through this denser part
of the atmospheric envelope, and being there condensed under very different conditions of
temperature and pressure, gives rise to pulsations that traverse the upper and more
attenuated medium. .

Dr. Hector mentioned that the extraordinary coloured glow in the sky which has been
visible every clear night and morning since the first week in September, seemed to support
this view by proving the existence at an enormous altitude of some vapourous matter
capable of refracting the sun’s light into its prismatic components. He had observed, to

556 Proceedings.

his surprise, on several evenings, that through rifts in the vapour masses, crimsoned in the
ordinary manner by the sun after it had set, a back-ground of intense greenish blue was
visible. After all the ordinary sun-set tints had faded, this blue changed to orange pink,
and graduated off through the various prismatic tints to a magnificent crimson spanning
over what appeared to be cloudless sky, considerably to the eastward of the meridian.
This spectacle gradually faded with the advance of nightfall, but lasted about one hour and.
twenty minutes after the ordinary twilight tints had faded. This shows that the vapour
causing the tints must have an enormous and very unusual altitude. A similar pheno-
menon in the evening sky was observed in New Zealand about sixteen years since, but
the exact date has not been ascertained. The glow of September last still continues, but
it is drawing now towards the pole, as if the unusual height of the refracting medium
was extending the antarctic twilight tint even to our latitudes.

With the hint we get from the self-recording barometers it is very difficult to avoid
connecting this curious phenomenon which has been seen all over Australia and New
Zealand, with the Sunda eruption.*

Dr. Hector also read a letter from Major Scannell, Inspector A. C., stationed at Taupo,
giving an account of marked oscillation in the level of Taupo Lake, amounting to a
vertical rise and fall of 18 inches, which was repeated several times at intervals of 20
minutes at about noon on the same date that the tidal disturbance was felt on the coast,
viz., on 28th August ; affording clear evidence of the passing of waves through the lake,
due to a motion of the land, probably produced by the unusual periods of the tidal
inequalities of pressure on either coast.

Mr. Higginson, C.E., reminded the meeting that in a paper read before this Society on
2nd February, 1878,t he had described similar disturbances of Lake Wakatipu, which were
observed by him on 17th November, 1877. :

7. ** Notes on the Colour of Tellerium," by W. Skey.

AxNvaL MxzriNG. 13th February, 1884.
Dr. Buller, President, in the chair.

New Members.—W. F. Wheeler, F. W. Pennefather, — Richmond, and
Rev. H. van Staveren.

AssrRACT or Report ror 1883,

During the past year ten general meetings and a conversazione were held. The
attendance at the meetings was larger than usual. Six papers had been read on Geolo-
gical subjects, 6 on Zoology, 13 on Botany, 2 on Chemistry, and 13 on Miscellaneous
subjects. There were now 247 members on the roll, 15 having been added during the
year. 75 volumes had been added to the library. Extensive alterations were being made
in the library of the New Zealand Institute, and the Museum authorities had converted

*In “ Nature,” October 25th, No. 730, p. 627, received to-day, I find that a similar
disturbance was traced by the barograph, at Mauritius, at the same Greenwich date as at
Melbourne, and as these two stations are at the same distance from Sunda, in nearly
opposite directions, there can be no doubt but that the disturbance was due to the propaga-
tion of a circular wave in the upper atmosphere haying the velocity already stated. J.
Hector, 20th December, 1883.

t Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. x., p. 180.

ERRATUM.

—

Page 557 (3)—
For “ being a reply to F. W. a by W. Skey :” read “being a reply to W.

Skey, by F. W. Franklan

Wellington Philosophical Society. 557

the lecture-room into a library for the use of the society. The balance-sheet showed the
total receipts for the past year to have been £316 15s. 7d., including balance from last
year’s accounts of £105 14s. 7d., and the expenditure to have been £171 13s. 8d., leaving
a balance of £145 1s. 11d. in hand.

The report and balance-sheet were adopted.

Exxection or Orricers FOR 1884 : — President — Dr. Buller, C.M.G.,
F.R.S. ; Vice-presidents—A. K. Newman, M.B., M.R.C.P., R. H. Govett ;
Council—James Hector, M.D., 8. H. Cox, F.G.8., F.0.8., T. King, W. T.
L. Travers, F.L.S., F. B. Hutchinson, M.R.C.S., G. W. Grabham, M. D.
Lond. etc., Martin Chapman; Secretary and Treasurer—R. B. Gore;
Auditor—H. Logan.

The new President, Dr. Buller, then delivered an address.

1. * On new Species of Plants," by J. Buchanan, F.L.S. (Transactions,
p. 394.)

9. « Botanical Notes,” by J. Buchanan. (Transactions, p. 897.)

3. « Non-Euclidean Geometry vindicated,” being a reply to F. W.

Frankland, by W. Skey.
- 4, “On the Lichenographia of New Zealand," by Dr. Knight. (Tran-
sactions, p. 400.)
5. * On Campbell Island Plants," by J. Buehanan. (Transactions,
- p. 398.)
6. “On Sunset Glows,” by Dr. Hector.
ABSTRA!

CT.

This paper gave an account of what has been observed of this curious phenomenon
in other parts of the world, as recorded in “Nature” and other periodicals recently
received. These mainly showed that all the phenomena to which he had directed the
attention of the Society had been seen in every part of the world.

7. “Notice of Discovery of Amphibromus in New Zealand;” with
Description of a new Species, by T. Kirk, F.L.S. (Transactions, p. 874.) -

8. “Description of new Plants from Stewart Island,” by T. Kirk.
(Transactions, p. 371.)

9. “Notes on Carmichalia,” with Descriptions of new Species ; by. T.
Kirk. (Transactions, p. 378.)

10. “On New Zealand Ichthyology,” by Dr. Hector. (Transactions,
p. 822.)

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE.

First Meetine. 4th June, 1883.
The Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D., President, in the chair.

New Members.—Professor F. D. Brown, A. J. Hunter, Dr. Mackellar,
J. K. Nicholls, Professor A. P. Thomas, Professor T. G. Tucker.

1. The President delivered the anniversary address.

ABSTRACT,

In thanking the members for his election he referred to the improved position of the
Institute, due to the munificent bequest of the late Mr. Edward Costley, and to the
endowment in land granted to the Museum by Parliament. The work of the Society was
next reviewed, and the increased facility provided for the study of science by the recent
establishment of the Auckland University College was pointed out. The important func-
tion which is exercised by courses of popular lectures and Sunday lectures was impressed
on the Institute as one of its duties in the promotion of science. The facilities which the .
Institute affords for the pursuit of literature and art as a recreation and means of mental
development, and the importance of enlarging and improving the Museum as one of the
most powerful educational institutions in the midst of a city population, was urged on the
members.

2. “ Notice of the Discovery of the Australian genus Rhagodia in New
Zealand,” by T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S. (Transactions, p. 408.)

8. * On a new Genus of Silphide," by Captain T. Broun, M.E.S.

4. “ Our Water-supply,” by Mr. Justice Gillies.

Seconp MereriNG. 2nd July, 1883.
The Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D., President, in the chair.

New Members,—E. Champtaloup, G. H. Moore, Rev. G. H. S. Walpole.

1. “ On the Effect of extreme Cold on Fishes,” by Neil Heath. (Transac-
tions, p. 275.) —.

. “ Descriptions of some new Species of Beetles of the genus Sayola,”
by Captain T. Broun, M.E.8.
3. “On the Botany of the Thames Goldfields,” by J. Adams. (Tran-
sactions, p. 885.)
4. ** The Law of Tolerance," by E. A. Mackechnie.

Tum» Meeting. 20th August, 1883.
The Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D., President, in the chair.
New Members.—T. Maben, J. Mayo.
1. “ Further Experiments with Sorghum,” by Mr. Justice Gillies. (Tran-
actions, p. 512.)

Auckland Institute. 559

2. « The Pottery Clays of the Auckland Provincial District,” by J. A.
Pond. (Transactions, p. 448.)

8. “ Comparative Philology and its relation to Polynesia,” by Professor
T. G. Tucker.

Fourta MzrrING. 17th September, 1883.
The Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D., President, in the chair.

1. Mr. Moore and Mr. Justice Gillies, made some remarks on Professor Tucker’s
paper on Comparative Philology, read at the previous meeting.

2. “ Supplementary Remarks on Sorghum Cultivation,” by Mr. Justice
Gillies. (Transactions, p. 515.)

8. * New Species of Carabidae,” by Captain T. Broun.

4. “Some recent Additions to the Flora of New Zealand,” by T. F.
Cheeseman, F.L.S. (Transactions, p. 409.)

5. * On the natural Spread of Eucalyptus in the Karaka District,” by
A. G. Urquhart. (Transactions, p. 383.)

6. “A Visit to Lord Howe's Group, Central Polynesia,” by Ge H.
Moore.
7. ‘ Psychological Investigations,” by W. D. Campbell, F.G.8.

‘Firra Meerine. 15th October, 1883.
E. A. Mackechnie, Vice-president, in the chair.
New Member.—J. Pickering.
1. * New Species of Coleoptera," by Captain T. Broun.
2. “ The Spell of the Supernatural,” by E. A. Mackechnie.
A lengthy discussion arose on Mr. Campbell's paper on Psychological Investigations,
read at the last meeting.

` Srxrm Muerisa. 12th November, 1888.
The Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D., President, in the chair.

New Member.—N. G. Lennox.

1. “ Direct Evidence of a Change in the Elevation of the Waikato Dis-
trict,” by A. J. Hunter, C.E. (Transactions, P. 459.)

2. * New Species of Coleoptera,” by Captain T. Broun.

3. “On the Habits of Earthworms in New Zealand,” by A. T. Urqu-
hart. (Transactions, p. 266.)

4. “ A Revision of the New Zealand species of Carex,” by T. F. Cheese-
man, F.L.8. (Transactions, p. 414.)

560 Proceedings.

5. The Citizenship of Women,” by Dr. Wallis.
6. * The New Zealand Railways," by S. Vaile.

Awwuan GENERAL Meetine. 25th February, 1884.
The Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D., President, in the chair.
ABSTRACT OF ANNUAL REPORT.

Twelve new members have been elected during the year. The losses amount to 29,
there being a decrease of 17 during the year. The total number on the roll at the pre-
sent time is 304.

The revenue for the year has been £422 9s. 3d., of which £294 consisted of members’
subscriptions. The expenditure amounts to £472 10s. 6d., thus leaving a debit balance of

0 1s. 3d

Attention was drawn to the bequest made to the Institute by the late Mr. Edward
Costley, estimated to be over £10,000, and which is expected to be paid over to trustees
for the benefit of the Institute in a short time. Steps were also being taken to utilize
the landed endowment granted to the Auckland Museum under the provisions of the
« Auckland Museum Endowment Act, 1882.”

Six meetings were held during the session, at which 23 papers on various scientific
and literary subjects were read.

Brief mention was made of the principal additions to the Museum, Art Gallery, and
Library during the year, and the valuable donations of paintings and books received from
Mr. J. T. Mackelvie were specially referred to.

ELECTION or Orricers Fog 1884 :— President —H. G. Seth Smith, R.M. ;
Vice-presidents—Rt. Rev. W. G. Cowie, D.D.; E. A Mackechnie ; Council
—G. Aickin, Professor F. D. Brown, B.Sc., J. L. Campbell, M.D., Hon.
Colonel Haultain, Neil Heath, J. Martin, F.G.S., J. Murray Moore, M.D.,
T. Peacock, M.H.R., J. A. Pond, Rev. A. G. Purchas, M.R.C.S.E., $.
Percy Smith, F.R.G.S.; Secretary and Treasurer—T. F. Cheeseman, F.L.S.,
F.Z.S.; Auditor—T. Macffarlane.

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY.

First Meetine. lst March, 1883.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.
` New Member.—L. Cohen.

A discussion took place on the “ Small Birds Question,” which was introduced by
Mr. M. Murphy, and was joined in by most of the members present.

Seconp MzzTmG. 5th April, 1888.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.
New Members. —J. A. Newell, W. Ives.
** On the Artesian Water Supply of Christchurch,” by G. Gray.

Taro Meetine. 8rd May, 1883.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.

New Members.—Dr. R. H. Bakewell, R. M. Laing, W. P. Evans.

1. “On the Economie Limit to the Use of Reservoirs,” by E. Dobson.

2. “ Description of a new Rosaceous Plant,” by R. Brown (commu-
nicated by the President). (Transactions, p. 882.)

8. “On the Occurrence of the Fern Botrychium lunaria,” by J. D. Enys.
(Transactions, p. 366.)

4. “ Description of N.Z. Micro-lepidoptera,” by E. Meyrick. (Transac-
tions, p. 3.)

Fourta MeetinG. Tth June, 1883.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.

New Member.—A. Loughrey.

1. ** Notes on the Fertilization of Red Clover," by J. B. Armstrong.

2. “ Notes on a Native Species of Mantis,” by T. H. Potts. (Transac-
tions, p. 114.)

3. “On some New Zealand Land-shells,” by the President. (Transac-
tions, p. 161.)

4. “Notes on some Marine Mollusca,” by the President, (Transactions,
p. 212.)

36

562 Proceedings.

Fiera Meetinc. 5th July, 1888.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.

1. The Chairman announced that Mr. George Gray had resigned his position as
Secretary, and that the Council had appointed Mr. C. Chilton in his stead, and that Mr.
Gray had been elected to fill the vacancy thus caused in the Council.

On the motion of Mr. W. M. Maskell, it was agreed “That a hearty vote of thanks be
accorded to Mr. Gray for the very able way in which he had discharged his duties as
Secretary.”

2. The Chairman then introduced Dr. R. von Lendenfeld, who delivered
a lecture on “A Visit to the Central Alps of New Zealand.”

The lecture was illustrated by numerous photographs, maps, ete., and at its close a
hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Dr. Lendenfeld.

Sixra MeetisG. 2nd August, 1888.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.

New Members.—T. P. Arnold, R. F. Irvine, A. W. Beaven, Dr. Stewart.

1. * The Germ Theory of Disease, with especial reference to the Infec-
tiveness of Consumption,” by Dr. R. H. Bakewell.

2, “A Monograph of the New Zealand Geometrina,” by E. Meyrick.
(Transactions, p. 49.)

3. “ Description of a new Species of Cidaria " (Lepidoptera), by B. W.
Fereday. (Transactions, p. 119.)

4, “Revision of the Zew Zealand Land-shells,” by the President.”
(Transactions, p. 186.) :

Seventa Meetine. 6th September, 1888.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.
1. “ Revision of the recent Rhachiglossate Mollusca of New Zealand,” by
the President. (Transactions, p. 216.
2. “Notes on Botrychium lunaria,” by T. Kirk, F.L.S. (Transactions,
p. 366.)

Eicata MeerisG. 4th October, 1883.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.

New Members.—Dr. R. von Lendenfeld, F. Wilding.

1. “On the Hot Winds of Canterbury,” by F. Barkas.

2. “A few Notes on Thermal Springs at Lyttelton,” by R. M. Laing.
(Transactions, p. 447.)

3. * Further Notes on Coccida in New Zealand, with Descriptions of
new Species,” by W. M. Maskell.” (Transactions, p. 120.)

Philosophical Institute of Canterbury. 563

Annuat Meetine. dst November, 1888.
Professor F. W. Hutton, President, in the chair.

ABSTRACT OF ANNUAL REPORT.

During the year nine ordinary meetings have been held, the attendance at which has
been fair. At these meetings, thirty papers have been read, viz.:—15 on Zoology, 5 on
Botany, 1 on Chemistry, 1 on Geology, and 8 on Miscellaneous subjects. These papers
have been contributed by 19 authors ; and the Council is glad to be able to draw attention
to this Tact, since it shows that a larger number of members are now taking an active part
in the work of the Society.

During the year the Council has made a somewhat new departure in endeavouring to
secure for each meeting a paper, which, while making no pretension to be an original
contribution to science, introduces some subject admitting of discussion by the members
generally.

Thirteen new members have joined during the year, while several have left; and the
total number of members is now 161.

Twenty-one volumes and numerous pamphlets have been added to the Library as
donations, several volumes have been purchased, a large number of volumes of various
periodicals have been suitably bound, and an order for about sixty pounds’ worth of
books, including a complete set of the Publications of the Ray Society, has been sent to

ondon.
The Hon. Wm. Rolleston has been chosen by the Council to vote at the election of
the Board of Governors of the New Zealand Institute.

The balance-sheet shows total receipts for the year £190 17s. 4d.. Expenditure,
£153 19s. Balance in bank, £37 5s. 4d. Balance in Savings Bank (Life Subscriptions),
£33 1s. 0d. Total balance, £70 6s. 4d.

Exection or Orricers ror 1884:—President—R. W. Fereday ; Vice-
presidents—Professor F. W. Hutton, J. Inglis ; Treasurer—W. M. Maskell ;
Secretary—C. Chilton ; Auditor—C. R. Blakiston ; Council—H. R. Webb,
G. Gray, G. Hogben, E. Dobson, T. Crook, Dr. Lendenfeld.

The retiring President, Professor F. W. Hutton, then delivered a
lecture on “ The Origin of the Fauna and Flora of New Zealand.”

OnpmaRy Meetino. 15th November, 1883.
R. W. Fereday, President, in the chair.
New Member.—J. R. Wilkin, junr.
1. “On the Lower Gorge of the Waimakariri,” by Professor F. W.
Hutton. (Transactions. p. 449.) :
‘ 9, «Additions. to the Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand,” by
C. Chilton. (Transactions, p. 249.)
3. “On the Occurrence of Phalaropus fulicarius, Pennant (Red Phal-
arope), in New Zealand,” by Professor J. von Haast. (Transactions, p. 219.)

__i_———

OTAGO INSTITUTE.
First Meztine. 8th May, 1883.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.

New Members.—E. A. Petherick, J. R. Wilkinson, M.A., T. Cheyne
Farnie, M.A., G. A. Chalmers.

1. * On the Pyenogonida, with Descriptions of Species,” by G. M. Thom-
son. (Transactions, p. 242.)

2. “On a new Daphnia,” by G. M. Thomson. (Transactions, p. 240.)

8. “ On a Torpedo recently caught near Dunedin,” by Professor Parker.
(Transactions, p. 281.)

. The Secretary exhibited, and described, some embryos of the Elephant Fish

(Callorhynchus antarcticus), which he had obtained from Wickliffe Bay, Otago Peninsula.

Seconp Mertinc. 12th June, 1888.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.

New Members.—A. Crooke, P. Goyen, J. B. Mason, Miss Wimperis.

The meeting resolved itself into a conversazione.

Tarp Muero. 10th July, 1888.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.

1. “ On a Specimen of the Great Ribbon Fish (Regalecus argenteus, n. Sp.)
recently obtained at Moeraki, Otago,” by Professor Parker. (Transactions,
p. 284.)

2. “ On the Occurrence of the Spinous Shark (Echinorhinus spinosus) in
New Zealand Waters,” by Professor Parker. (Transactions, p. 280.)

3. The following resolution was proposed by Mr. G. M. Thomson; seconded by Mr.
Petrie, and carried unanimously :— That, as a new Flora of New Zealand is now very
much wanted, the members of this Institute would ask the Governors of the New Zealand
Institute to request the Government to place a sum of money on the Estimates for bring-
ing out a new edition of the Phanerogamia of the * Handbook of the New Zealand Flora.’ ”
+ 4. The Secretary exhibited, and described, some recent additions to the museum,
including the disarticulated skull of a calf with the cartilaginous parts preserved.

Fourts Mretine. 14th August, 1888.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.

Mr. F. R. Chapman opened a discussion on * The Nationalization of Land,” con-
sidering the present aspects of the question, and bringing forward a scheme by which
freeholds might be acquired by the State,

Otago Institute. 565

The discussion was continued by Mr. J. A. Connell, Mr. W. D. Stewart, Professor
Mainwaring Brown, Mr. C. Y. O'Connor, and Mr. W. N. Blair.

Firra Mertino. 28th August, 1888.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.
1. The adjourned discussion on “ The Nationalization of Land,” was begun by Mr.
J. E. Denniston, and continued by Mr. W. Arthur and Mr. C. Y. O'Connor.
Mr. Chapman replied, answering the objections which had been made to nationaliza-
tion, and to his scheme for effecting it, and the discussion was brought to a close by a
few remarks from the President.

Sixra Meetme. 11th September, 1883.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.

1. * The Lower Harbour and Bar of Otago,” by G. M. Barr, C.E.

2. “On the Structure of the Head in Palinurus, with especial reference
to the Classification of the Genus,” by Professor Parker. (Transactions,
p. 297.) :

3. The Secretary exhibited some recent additions to the Museum, including the
skeleton of a Porbeagle Shark (glycerine jelly preparation), and the baleen of a large speci-
men of Balenoptera, the skeleton of which had lately been purchased.

Seventa Mzetine. 9th October, 1883.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.
New Members.—8. P. Seymour, J. C. Thomson.

A discussion on “Technical Education ” was opened by Professor Mainwaring
Brown, who considered the various methods which had been adopted or proposed for the
training of artizans in their various handicrafts, and promulgating a scheme which he
considered to be applicable to New Zealand.

The discussion was continued by Mr. R. Gillies, the Secretary, Mr. G. M. Thomson

and Mr. G. M. Barr.
Professor Brown replied, and a few concluding remarks were made by the President.

Annvat Meetme. 18th November, 1883.
A. Montgomery, President, in the chair.
New Members.— Lawrence V. Woods, M.A., Grant P. Farquhar, F. A.
Biilau, Ph.D., Mungo Watson, M.A., and J. de Zouche, M.D.
1. “On the Brown Trout introduced into Otago,” by W. Arthur.

(Transactions, p. 467.) ;
9. “Notice of Olearia hectori,” by D. Petrie. (Transactions, p. 899.)

9. “ New Species of Coprosma,” by D. Petrie.

566 Proceedings.

4. “New Pycnogonida,” by G. M. Thomson. (Transactions, p. 242.)
ABSTRACT OF ANNUAL REPORT.

Eight general meetings were held during the session, eleven original papers have been
read : of these—7 are on Zoological Subjects, 3 on Botanical, while the eleventh treats of
the proposed works for the Otago Harbour.

There were also discussions on the '* Nationalization of Land,” and on “ Technical
Education.”

Fifteen new members have joined the Institute, making the total number on the
roll 190.

The receipts of the session, including a balance from last year of £27 6s., amount to
£179 lls.; the total expenditure has been £178 3s. 5d., leaving a balance in hand of
£1 7s. 7d. The reserve fund in the Post Office Savings Bank is now about £170.

Exection or Orricers ror 1884 :—President—Donald Petrie, M.A. ;
Vice-presidents— Alex. Montgomery, Professor Scott; Hon. Secretary —
Professor Parker; Hon. Treasurer—J. C. Thomson ; Councit—F. R. Chap-
man, W. Arthur, C.E., Professor Mainwaring Brown, Professor Ulrich,
R. Gillies, F.L.S., G. M. Thomson, F.L.S., T. M. Hocken, M.R.O.8. ;
Auditor—D Brent, M.A.

7. The President delivered an address on “ Science and Ordinary
Knowledge."

WESTLAND INSTITUTE.

Annuat Mretine. 12th December, 1888.
ABSTRACT OF ANNUAL REPORT. :

The balance at credit of the Institute at the last annual meeting was £20 14s. 5d.
The accounts now show a credit balance of £145 12s. 5d.

- The number of members on the roll of the Institute for the year 1882, was 90, for
this year there are 113, showing an increase of 23, as also an increase in the amount of
subscriptions of £21 3s. 6d.

During the year there have been eight committee meetings, and two special meetings,
making ten meetings altogether.

A meeting of the Westland Institute was held on the evening of the 21st of May,
when a paper was read by Dr. Monckton, “ On the Priority that should be given in In-
struction in Natural History at the State School over many other Subjects.”

Thirteen new books have been added to the library during the year, making now a
total of 2,289.

It was resolved to send Home £50 for the purchase of new books.

The number of visitors to the public reading room have been as numerous as in 1882.

Applications have been made to the Borough and County Councils, and to the Har-
bour Board for subsidies to supplement the funds of the Institute, and they have received
£25 from the Borough Council, and a like sum from the Harbour Board.

Of the £6,000 voted for public libraries, the Institute will receive between £30 and
£40.

The committee acknowledge donations to the Library and Museum.

HAWKE’S BAY PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE.

ANNUAL GENERAL Meeting. 6th February, 1883.

ELECTION or Orricers rog 1883 :— President — The Right Rev. the
Bishop of Waiapu; Vice-president—Dr. Spencer; Honorary Secretary and
Treasurer—Mr. Colenso ; Council—Messrs. T. W. Balfour, J. N. Bowerman,
H. R. Holder, T. K. Newton, F. W. C. Sturm, and C. H. Weber; Auditor— .
Mr. T. K, Newton.

ABSTRACT OF ANNUAL REPORT.

During the past winter session six ordinary meetings were held, at which ten papers
prepared by members were read.

The present number of members is 108, being an increase of 1 on the previous year;
but, during the year, some had died and others resigned, and 11 new members haye been
elected.

Throughout the year several zoological, botanical, palwontological, and geological
specimens were collected by a few of the members of the Institute for the Museum.

Upwards of 70 volumes of valuable scientific works, obtained from England, America,
and Australia have been added to the Library.

The audited statement of accounts shows a balance of £215 to the credit of the
Society.

First Meetine. 14th May, 1883.
The Rt. Rey. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair.

New Members.—A. P. Sheath, C. I. Norton, and Rev. Brother Joseph.

1. “ Contributions towards a better Knowledge of the Maori Race: ”
Part v.—“ On the Hawaiki of the Maoris and the Greenstone Legends,”
division 1, by W. Colenso, F.L.S.

2. Specimens, mostly Conchological and Geological, a donation to the
Museum, in part collected at the Barrier Island (Thames) by Mr. C. P.
Winkelmann, and part at Jervis’ Island (near the Equator, in long.
160° W.), by Mr. Henry Winkelmann, were shown. Living larve,
chrysalides, and (artificially reared) imago of Pyrameis yonerilla, originally
captured by the honorary secretary in the Seventy-mile Bush, were also
shown; and also a fine specimen of Torpedo fairchildii.

Szconp Mzerine. 9th July, 1888. |
The Rt. Rev. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair.

New Members.—J. H. Coleman, C. W. Reardon, J. N. Livesey, and J.
Leonard,

Hawke's Bay Philosophical Institute. 569

1. Mr. Colenso gave an oral address respecting some of the smaller in-
digenous vegetable products of the country, their uses and economic value,
illustrated with specimens.

2. The following indigenous zoological specimens were exhibited :—Podi-
ceps cristatus, now very rare in the North Island; jaws of a large shark
(Carcharias, sp.) ; specimen of Ommastrephes, etc., etc.

Turp Meeting. 13th August, 1883.
Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair.
New Members.—Miss L. Large, Mr. R. Dobson.
** Notes on Zoological Specimens," exhibited by Mr. Hamilton.

Fourta Meerine. 10th September, 1888.
The Rt. Rev. the Bishop of Waiapu, President, in the chair.

New Members.—J. F. Matthews, M.R.C.S., Dr. von Mirbach.

1. “On the Men of Science who preceded us in these Seas and Lands,
with particular reference to their labours, adventures, and tragical ends ”
(illustrated with portraits of Sydney Parkinson, La Perouse, David
Douglas, the two brothers Richard and Allan Cunningham, Dr. Darwin, Sir
J. D. Hooker, and Wm. Swainson ; and, also, with some striking views and
scenes from La Perouse’s Voyage, and Sir J. Ross’s Antarctic Expedition) ;
by W. Colenso, F.L.S.

2. Several exhibits (mostly artificial) of the Ancient Maoris, and also small living
Cryptogams, chiefly Hepatice in fruit, were shown.

Firrm Meeting. 8th October, 1883.
Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair.

1. The Hon. Secretary read, from a late June number of “ Nature,” a lecture, lately
delivered before the University at Cambridge, England, by Professor Huxley, on
“ Evolution.”

2. Newly received specimens, zoological, botanical, and geological, were exhibited.

Sixra Mzetine. 12th November, 1883.
Dr. Spencer, Vice-president, in the chair.

1. * Descriptions of several newly discovered indigenous Plants, con-
sisting mostly of Cryptogams,” by W. Colenso, F.L.S. (Transactions,
p. 827.)

Specimens of the plants referred to were exhibited.

570 Proceedings.
2. Specimens of rare indigenous ferns, chiefly contributed and lent for the occasion, by
Messrs. Winkelmann, Hamilton, Norton, and Colenso, were exhibited.
Councin MeetIna. 8th October, 1883.
Dr. Spencer, the Vice-president, was chosen to vote in the election of

the Board of Governors for the ensuing year, in accordance with clause 7 of
the New Zealand Institute Act.

Councin Meetine. 12th November, 1888.

Nomination was made for the election of an honorary member of the
New Zealand Institute.

Annuar Meeting. 4th February, 1884.

ABSTRACT OF ANNUAL REPORT.

During the past Session six ordinary meetings have been held.

Only one original paper, viz., on Botany, was read at those meetings.

During the year 13 meetings of the Council were held.

There is a total of 113 members now on the roll; 2 members having died during the
year ; others resigned; and 13 new members were elected.

Several books have been added to the Library; and £50 additional voted and sent to
England for the purchase of more.

The statement of accounts shows a credit balance of £170 17s. 11d. The total ex-
penditure for the year having been £163 8s. 8d.

SOUTHLAND INSTITUTE.
First Meetme. 29th May, 1883.
J. T. Thomson, F.R.G.S., President, in the chair.
* On the Distribution of Seeds,” by J. C. Thomson.

SeconD Mretine. 22nd June, 1883.
J. T. Thomson, F.R.G.S., President, in the chair.
* On the Physical Geography of the North Island,” illustrated by views
of the Hot Spring districts, by J. T. Thomson.

Tarp Meerina. 17th July, 1888.
J. T. Thomson, F.K.G.S., President, in the chair.
* On the Physiology of Plants and Tree Life,” by W. S. Hamilton.

Fourra MxxrING. 14th August, 1883.
J. T. Thomson, F.R.G.S., President, in the chair.

- 1. “On Wind in Southland," by J. T. Thomson.
2. « On Lunar Influences and Popular Fallacies connected therewith,”
by the Rev. Mr. Fairclough.

Fira Meetine. 18th September, 1888.
J. T. Thomson, F.R.G.S., President, in the chair.

“ On the Resources of Southland,” by Mr. Scandrett.
This paper has been since printed in pamphlet form by the author.

A

SIXTH Meetinc. 16th October, 1888.
J. T. Thomson, F.R.G.S., President, in the chair.
1. “On the Coal and Lignite Deposits of Southland,” by W. S.

Hamilton.
2. “On certain Finds of Moa bones,” by Mr. Webber.

572 Proceedings.

Annuar Mzetine. 12th February, 1884.
J. T. Thomson, President, in the chair.

New Members.—Dr. Closs, — McArdell, — Froggatt, — Moir, R. B.
Rigg, James Borrowman.

ABSTRACT or ANNUAL REPORT.

The Report showed the total income for the year to have been £98 18s. 6d., and total
expenditure £60 7s. 10d., of which £39 19s. 4d. was for books and binding.

It was resolved to expend one-third of the year’s income in new books.

ELECTION oF OFFICERS FOR 1884 :—President—J. T. Thomson ; Vice-
president —Mr. Denniston ; Secretary—W. $. Hamilton ; Treasurer—W. R.
Robertson ; Council—Dr. Galbraith, — Scandrett, — Webber, J. T, Martin,
— Carswell, J. B. Greig.

Mr. Martin inquired if any effort had been made to secure a site from the Govern-
ment on which the Institute might build.

The President replied in the negative, but suggested that the matter be committed to
Messrs. Feldwick, M.H.R., and Joyce, M.H.R., to be attended to when they got to Well-
ington. This was agreed to.

NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

PreLimivary Meetine. 25th August, 1888.
The Bishop of Nelson in the chair.
Twenty-two gentlemen attended. ;
Resolutions were passed, affirming the desirability of forming an association to be
called the ** Nelson Philosophical Society," to be affiliated to the New Zealand Institute,
and fixing the subscription, time of meeting, and office-bearers.
A Provisional Committee was appointed to draw up rules.

GENERAL Meeting. 22nd September, 1888.
The Bishop of Nelson in the chair.

The Rules, as drawn up by the Provisional Committee, were read and passed with
alterations.

Exzcrion or Orricers ror 1883-84 :—President—The Bishop of Nelson ;
Vice-presidents—Dr. L. Boor, A. 8. Atkinson; Secretary—Dr. J. Hudson ;
Treasurer—J. Holloway ; Council—The Hon. J. C. Richmond, J. Meeson,
M. Fearnley, J. Park, Col. Walcott.

Orpinary Mertinc. Ist October, 1883.
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair.
The following Inaugural Address was then read by the President :—

ABSTRACT.

The President, after some introductory remarks, proceeded to discuss the position of
the Society and the reasons for its establishment: “ First of all there is the
a duty towards promoting the accumulation of knowledge in the community. There are
Commissions and Boards to look after primary education ; others to look after the
preservation of the peace and the maintenance of law and order ; the interests of religion,
too, have each of them their guardians, while the progress of culture in the departments
of science, art, and literature ought to have those whose duty it is to watch, and to watch
with intention to help, the spread of such culture in the midst of us, and not merely toe
a late facts (which is not culture), but the reduction of such facts into influence on
character, which is culture.

“ Further, the observation and registration of phenomena, pass
unnoticed, is a duty which is now left undone in this place. Formerly, the Government
had meteorological observations taken here, and rightly so too, for Nelson is exceptional
in many points of view, and its merits and attractions lie in that exceptional position,
and should be honestly and graphically, but not ostentatiously, set forth.

“ It is said we are too ambitious in setting up a Society of this kind here, where there
are few experts in any one branch of science: we can only answer, we see no unworthy
ambition in giving out publicly that we are seeking knowledge ; and it would seem

thinh wanla ntl

574 Proceedings.

unreasonable for us not to have in this our community an institution, a parallel to which
may be seen to exist, in far less promising fields, in the provincial towns and cities of
England. Should it be said, also, that there can be but one or two experts in so small a
population; yet the encouragement which association will give to such persons will
perhaps induce others to become specialists, and many facts will be saved from oblivion
which would otherwise perish.

« A further reason let me add of increasing cogency: Nelson is likely to become a ren-
dezvous for men of leisure and people of some substance, and the days and hours of a life
of retirement, especially after active business habits, are likely to become tedious and full
of ennui—it is something to occupy their minds. Labour, too, must not be allowed in
this our new country to exercise the tyranny it is doing in the old, consuming all the
hours of the day. Knowledge is also a kind of possession : a man who knows of what the
landscape consists, what goes to make up its varied tints, and what are the wonders of its
woods and the treasures of its rocks, though he may not possess any OF many acres of land
itself, gets more from the world as he looks on it, and enjoys it perhaps more than those
who only look at it as a means of livelihood.

«“ We associate together to communicate and to receive; to look at phenomena from
the point of view of others; to learn from others in a few words what many hours of
study and time-consuming research and inquiry would perhaps scarce have told us.

“ Above all, our position, with its many advantages, bids us exist ; and our existence
is its own best reason. No premium, political or social, invites us to unite, but only the
legitimate attraction of combined operation and the well-known, though not easily
accounted for, pleasure derived from the study of nature, the pursuit of knowledge,
and the cultivation of art—a pleasure so great and so unique as to be one of the most
distinguishing features of man above all other beings.” ;

He then proceeded to explain more closely and specifically the objects the Society
should have in view.

. Speaking of the importance of studying the changes effected by the introduction of
exotic animals and plants, the President said: “Is it altogether a vain idea that this
Society might purchase a few rough tracts or gullies here and there, in distinctive situa-
tions, to be exempted from the fowler's snare and the sportsman's gun, where no cattle
shall tear away the protective undergrowth, no lambent fire lick up the grassy carpet of
herbage, nor scorching flame make the landscape sorrowful with mournful edges of
blackened trunks, but where nature shall have her own sweet will? Are there no Govern-
ment lands which could be leased by, say 1,000 acres, to this Society, for, say 100 years
(not. sold, of course, for that would be out of keeping with the spirit of the age), which
might be our Yellowstene dominion? Must we have nature’s vagaries and eccentricities

to justify such a locality? I, myself, have secured on a lease, as much for the enjoyment
' of others as my own, the beautiful promontory near Cable Bay, in order to prevent its
destruction by fires and cattle, and an association like this might easily kindle sufficient
enthusiasm in the conservation of similar localities.

“The plot of ground which would suit us as an Herbarium or Aviarium would pro-
bably be of little use to the sheepfarmer or agriculturist, and the rising generation might
learn that there was pleasure in seeing as well as in receiving, and it might become a
recognized wrong to hurt or spoil in such a true sanctuary of nature.

« Would that I could say that these were the only animals and forces that we have to
dread, lest they should extinguish some herb or flower. I am informed that within the
very area of which I have spoken, @ person discovered recently a fern, or peculiar species

Nelson Philosophical Society. 575

of fern, never before seen, and deliberately rooted up every fibre and rootlet of it to trans-
port it to Melbourne to be raised there in their hot-houses in a strange land, for the sake
of the money to be obtained thereby. Vandalism is too good a word to be used for such
an act; that was chiefly directed against works of art of man’s construction, of which it
might be said, what man had done once he might do again; but, although his plea might
be the promotion of the species in the flower shows of Victoria, yet the risk run of its
extinction in the process does not justify the destruction, but legitimately calls forth my
protest. Similar ruthless proceedings have removed many ferns from out-of-door habitats
in England and elsewhere. The scientific botanist, indeed, knows how to take his specimen
so as not to injure, but to further aid, the extension of it, while the ignorant and thought-
less collector will pull up and tear away from its appropriate bed a whole pile of roots and
bulbs just to enlarge a nosegay, and too often to be cast away asa thing of no beauty,
which has been neglected till it is too late to be preserved within the leaves of the drying
book.

* What I say of Botany applies to the other departments as well, and I therefore am
proud to congratulate this Society on having before it a large field, an accessible field,
a varied field, and an untried field, a field in which it is well we should work, if only to
show to ourselves and others how much there is to be known.”

After impressing on the Society the importance of the Local Museum and Public
Library, and expressing a hope that popular lectures and popular scientific excursions to
collect observations in the field would be instituted as part of the work of the Society,
the President concluded by expressing the satisfaction felt at the prospect of so many
earnest workers being ready to take up many, if not all, of these branches in the pursuit
of knowledge, and hoped that “ the promise of this Society will be amply fulfilled, that its
members will yearly increase, and that it will receive the recognition and support of the
public, so that we may add to the natural attractions of the place an association
hospitable to the devotees of science, art, and literature, and so the pure light and genial
heat which the cultivation of these three departments gives to the human mind, will not
be absent from the midst of us.”

Orpinary Meertine. 5th November, 1883.
Dr. L. Boor, Vice-president, in the chair.

New Members.—W. Wells, A. Elliott, A. A. Scaife, J. Tatton, jun., T.
Mackay, David Burns, M. Andrews, C. Webb-Bowen, W. B. Gilmore,
Peter Donald, W. E. Farver, W. E. Rowe, R. G. Begley, J. Barfield Akers,
the Hon. Joseph Shepherd.

1. ** Notes on the Mineral Resources of New Zealand,” by J. Park.

2. Mr. S. Gully exhibited a specimen of a crab (Cancer nove-zealandie) prepared by
a process described by Professor Parker in vol. xiv. of the Trans. N.Z. Inst., p. 263.

Orpinary Meetine. 14th December, 1883.
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair.
New Members.—W. Oldham, Albert Pitt, Mostyn Jones, Charles Jones,
Ralph Jackson, H. D. Jaekson, — Banneher, J. Sigley, Colonel D. A.
Branfill, Rev. R. Moore.

576 Proceedings.

1. * On Forest Culture,” by Mr. Hackett.

In the course of the discussion which followed, attention was drawn to the number of
young birches which are growing up along the old Dun Mountain line, and the road
through the Big Bush, showing conclusively that New Zealand birch bush tends to
reproduce itself.

The Rev. J. C. Andrew remarked that totara bush can be cultivated, but that the
trees grow very slowly.

9. Mr. J. Park then read a description of the fossils exhibited on the table. They were
all found in the neighbourhood of Nelson, and included examples from the summit of the
Cambrian to the Trias inclusive. They were mostly obtained from the Baton River,
Eighty-eight Valley, and the Wairoa Gorge.

The President suggested that a pamphlet should be prepared by the Society, con-

taining a short description of the fossils found; and of the localities in which to look for

8. “ Description of a new Octopus, recently captured in the Harbour,” by
J. Park.
The author exhibited a drawing of the animal described.

4th February, 1884.
Dr. L. Boor, Vice-president, in the chair.

New Members.—C. E. Bunny, V. Harcourt (associate), Dr. Satchell.

1. Mr. J. C. Lockley, of the Cable Bay Station, then read a Paper on
Electricity, entitled ** Ohm’s Law."

2. “ On the Formation of a Sanitary Section in connection with the
Society,” by Colonel Walcott.

In consequence of the lateness of the hour, discussion on the subject was postponed
until the next ordinary meeting.

Ornivary Mretine. 8rd March, 1884.
The Bishop of Nelson, President, in the chair.
New Member.—Moss Davis. :

1. * The Drift Beds of Wakapuaka and the Port Hills, with some remarks
on the Boulder Bank and its Formation," by W. Wells.

In the eourse of the discussion which followed, Dr. Hector spoke at some length on
the geology of the district immediately around Nelson. In speaking of the Port Hills, he
said they were partly of river drift and of Mioceneage. The Moutere and Wakapuaka hills
were of the same series.. The Boulder Bank was undoubtedly derived from Maekay's Bluff;
but the true Boulder Bank only extended about as far as the lighthouse, the portion be-
tween that and Haul Ashore Island being analagous to the bar of the Maitai River.

The President spoke on the desirability of some Manual being compiled,
embodying the facts of the local geology of Nelson and other districts.

2. * On the Leg Bones of a new Species of Kiwi," by Professor von
Haast.

Nelson Philosophical Society. 577

ABSTRACT.

Professor von Haast said that he had found the leg bones of a new species of kiwi
amongst some moa bones in the Nelson Museum. His reasons for classing these bones as
belonging to a kiwi, and not to a moa, were their length as compared to their width and
size; moa bones being always thick and massive, while the bones in question were thin as
compared with moa bones of equal length. From their appearance he argued that they
had probably been found in some peaty deposit, and not in a cave; cave bones being
always highly charged with carbonate of lime. He proposed to call the new species
Megalapteryx hectori, in recognition of Dr. Hector's important services to science.

3. Dr. Hudson exhibited a cluster of cones from a Pinus insignis, sent to him by Mr.
Arthur Collins, Hillwood, Wakapuaka. Also a true New Zealand mackerel caught in
Blind Bay.

87

APPENDIX

2
SE i

De)
eas
qe

xliii.

Meteorology.

OFF 8-8F $19 8-39 L-L¢ 8-99 9-8F 9-09 urpaung
9-8F 8-8 9.99 8:19 2-39 19 1-89 8-£9 uouo A,
0:09 8-39 €-19 6-19 0-19 T-69 [au 6-96 pusppnuy
"6881 7881 £88T "¿881 £881 G88I "ESSI "6881
‘genny ‘Ame * ue 'uorv *‘Arenigeg ‘Arunuvy '1oquieoeq s AON “1990990 “ ey dog
AINIM 585 uo as > mpecat —_— >.
"189 snorao1d oy} JO 98073 yya pereduroo ‘sNosvag JO AUNLVAAJRAJ, ADVAHAY
= pe is ~ £9 | 90-9 v 612. -- = - — | 109 _ EVA.6 | Saved GI SHOTAOIT
0-9 |"OFI—OZL| 6II SLI | 618.86 9L 98% |O 0-S9T| 0-99 | S.EI | 9-09 | FBP- 160-08 | ** xe urpeun(
- Dx. - — st | 966.19 El 98€. -— = - — | oi _ 616-65 | Rrvo£ gr NOJA9IJ —
Sp [NY PI—209| 881 691 | v66-19 $8 £98- | 0-08 | O-8FT| 0-£9 | PZI | 0-92 | SF-T | 86-66 |" > IN
_ — - 881 | 808-87 9L 807 _ = cs — | pes - 196.63 | Saved GT SNOJAGIT
99 ra gs 91% | stase PL 08€ — |0-LFI| 1-67 | 6-11 | 6-69 | PL8- 960-08 | ** pusppny
A . "19 "toot "
eu pue 1094 "modvA "uy | daro ¡duo y,
(or 03 0) | 'smoH #3 Aun | 107 SOT | vom | ty meme]. Pinoli m-| n | < yl aue [pups
unoury | uso ur |ureorog| "e^ | reg jo 99103 amor | UT [PUE |o UPH | amex, | ono XA | uson
uven mora | ATV | efeq | por | costo: | PISA | uy | AOL | omoa | Ated | poy
umume | OFVIAY | ¡0 co uveg | ""9X "uw | TH | uvem "SNOLLV LS
i *£ysnojasad smog moj-Á3104.T, 10] =
"suonvAresqOo "urs 086 YY
‘puoro ur "ure Supp ur squorunagsug È
times uoa peyndui0) lac dom lc einguaedure L, SION

xliv. Appendix.

NOTES ON THE WEATHER DURING 1883.

Janvary.—Very fine throughout, with generally moderate winds prevailing from N.E.
and N.W.; little rain; temperature about the average.

Fesruary.—Rainfall at most places greatly in excess of average; on the whole a
wet unpleasant month; temperature in excess. Earthquakes at Wellington on 5th at
10 p.m., slight, and 14th, between 2 and 3 a.m., slight.

Mancu.—Rain generally in excess, but some very fine pleasant weather, with pre-
vailing southerly winds; the temperature about the average. Earthquakes at Wellington
on 21st at 7:30 a.m., slight, and 28th at 10:30 p.m., slight. Aurora on 28th.

Aprit.—Generally wet unpleasant weather, with S. and S.W. winds and low tempera-
ture, Tongariro in eruption.

Max.—In the north rain in excess, but moderate in south; moderate winds, and
temperature above the average.

Junz.—On the whole fine for time of year, with little rain, and temperature above
average ; strong winds at Central Station from westward, with hail, showers, and squally.

JuLy.—A showery month generally, although some fine weather at intervals; tem-
perature about the average. quakes reported at Wellington on 4th after midnight,
smart ; on 5th at 3:3 a.m., slight; and on 9th at 2:40 p.m., slight.

Aveust.—Fine month, with rain below the average, but at times squally cold
weather. Tidal disturbances felt, and sharp earthquake in north.

SEPTEMBER.—Generally showery early and latter part of month, but fine during
middle, with moderate variable winds. Earthquake at Wellington on 27th at 7:15 p.m.
A vivid colouration of the southern sky after sunset and before sunrise was observed during
this month, due probably to vapour being suspended at an unusually great altitude.

Ocroser.—Rainfall in north in excess of average, but in south less; the temperature
generally under the average ; unseasonable weather.

NovEMBER.—Generally a showery unpleasant month; rainfall in excess, and tem-
perature below the average, and

D

squally.
ECEMBER.—-Most unseasonable weather, cold, showery and squally at most places
north and south. Earthquakes recorded at Wellington on 8th at 9:30 p.m., slight ; and
at Dunedin on 18th. slight.

Meteorology. xlv.

Eartmquakes reported in New ZraLanp during 1883.

x H ss :
E p » A 3
Place. z È aj a s 9189: 3 E :
s a 2 a Q 51% Q 2 E
28.3 1418/35/8 27|2/$/5| 3 5
5 Fu 5 iqials |] 5 [4jan|¡oO|24/ A m
aupo sa DAS ds Es A. qe is t
Gisborne ee oe .. LJ LJ ee . .. 15+ ee .. .. LE ]
atea va Dus sa s mila Pai i Du. [owl ge 1
Wanganui = é sa ` .. è “pi ta | + Sa 1 3
Wellington | .. | 5,14 | 21,28 te A ee ee 11
Blenheim ..|. n Z vi sd BO bis pu 1
iko oe LE 5* ee .. 24* LI ee . .. .. 3
Christchurch | .. > de é #04 24 ; Sl rie e a ei
Hokitika jovi is ys se | atiis we veda es 18
Westport ..| .. dn A vous Ts oe Seo a 2 [eae T
talea A 14 vi ii UST T a ee ea Pee RAR )
Balclutha ..| .. e x d 1. da FECE Es 18*
nedin . a a x a 18
Greymouth ; 22 . è È .. È 18* }
Queenstown ` . Se 18* |
Invercargill v x es uud. Dus en e dia be koat |
Bluff e: up ia sa poa dos =» Ce ead ee bee 1
|

The figures denote the days of the month on which one or more shocks were felt. Those
with an asterisk affixed were described as smart, those with a dagger as severe shocks.
The remainder were only slight tremors, and no doubt escaped record at most stations,
there being no instrumental means employed for their detection. These tables are
therefore not reliable so far as indicating the geographical distribution of the shocks.

Appendix.

NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE.
HONORARY MEMBERS.
1870.

ry, Rr.-Admiral Byron, R.N.
Finsch, Otto, Ph.D., of Bremen
Flower, W. H., F.R.S., F.R.C.S.
Hochstetter, Dr. Ferdinand von
Hooker, Sir i Ð. KOSI- CB,

1872.

Grey, Sir George, K.C.B.,

Bowen, Sir Geo. Wiz G.C.M. a
Cambridge, The Rev. O. Pickard,
M.A., C.M.Z.S.

1874,

McLachlan, Robert, F.L.S. "s

D.C |
Stokes, Vic saa

Müeller, Baron Sir Ferdinand von,
K.C.M.G., 53 d.
Owen, Sir Richard, E C.B. D. Chi

F.
Richards Vice-Admiral Sir G. H.,
C.B., F.R.8.

ei Thomas H.,LL. Da F.R.S.
Ld, L.

Goles: A., M.D., M.A., Ph.D.,
F.R.S.

Newton, Alfred, F.R.S.

Selater, Philip bat, A., Ph.D., F.R.S.

Etheridge, Prof. Robert, F.R.S. +

1877,
Weld, Sir Frederick A., K.C.M.G. |

Sharp, D

1878.

Miiller, Prof. Max, F.R.S. |

enti Dr. 8.

Baird, Prof. Spencer F.
rna

Tenison- Woods, Rev. J. E., F.L.S.

1880.
The Most Noble the Marquis of Normanby, G.C.M.G.
1883.

Thomson, Sir Wm., F.R.8.

ORDINARY MEMBERS.
1882-83.
(* Life Members. ]
WELLINGTON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Allen, J. A. Masterton
Allen, F.

en,

en, G.
Arnold, T. P.
Ashcroft, G.

Atkinson, A. §., Nelson
Baillie, Hon. Capt. W. D. H.

Bannatyne, W. M.

| EE YS Dr. W. B., C.B., F.R.8.
Ellery, Robert L. J., F.R.S.

List of Members.

ora TT New Plymouth
Barron, C. C. N

L0.
Beithanr ü. M.H.R.
Beetham, W., sen., Hutt
1. D.

Bell, H. D.

Best, E., Gisbor

Bidwill, C. E, Walki
F

Blackett, J., C.E.
Blair, J. R.
Blundell, Henry

Browne, Dominick
Brown,
Buchanan, Jaha. F.L.S.

uller, L., C.M.G., D.Sc., F.R.S.
Burgess, W
_-
Byrn

,J. W.
Calders Hugh, Wanganui
Callis, C.

A Martin

Chatfield, W. C.

Chaytor, Brian Tunstall
Chesnais, Rev. La Menant des
Chudleigh, E. R

C E. F.

Cole, G. W., L.R.C.P.E.
Colenso, W., F.L.8., Napier
Collins, A. B., Nelson

din als J. R. W., Blenheim
e, G.

ae $. Herbert, F.G.S., F.C.S.
H.

Cutten,
Crawford, Jg
Cro n

Davies, George H.

xlvii.

D Wm
w, S. Ma; Wanganui
DEE G.

Edwards,

Edwin, R. p- Commander, R.N.

Evans, G. $.

Fearnley, M., Nelson

Ferard, B. A, Napier

Field, H. e Wanganui

Fox, E.

Por 3, Gi

Fox, The Hon. Sir W.

France, Charles, M.R.
rance, W.

Frankland, F. W.

Fraser, The Hon. Captain, F.R.G.S.,
Dunedin

, K.C.M.G.
C.B.E.

Gore, R. B.

Gould, George, Christehurch

Govett, R. H.

Grabham, G. W., M.D.Lond.

ecd The Hon. 'M. S., M.D.
Graham,

Gudgeon, Captain, Napier

Gul

y, J. C., Nelson
Halcombe, W. F., Feilding
Hall, MEM
Hamilton, A.

Harris, J. Chantrey
Harriso
Hart, The Hon. Robert
Hawkins, R. S., Masterton
Heywood, a :
Heaps, Wilso
Hector, Jas., 0.M.G., M.D., F.R.S.
Hedley, C., Auckland
Henley, J.

|| Higginson, H. P., M. Inst. C.E.
Hill, H., Napier
Ho by, A.
Hogg, Allen, Wanganui
Holdsworth, J. G.
Holland, L. FF.

*Holmes, R. L., F.M.S., Fiji
Holmes, R. T.
Holmes, W. H.

xlviii.

Appendix.

Hood, T. Cockburn, F.G.S., Waikato | Nairn, C. J., Hawke's Bay
oh Nancarrow, J.

Howard,
ee Charles, Wanganui

urley, J.
ma b FoB:
"ni od, s Ca

, M.R.C.S.
pee,

,

Irvi sii . D'Arcy

aaa John, Canterbury

«Johnson, The Hon. G. Randall
h

Kenny, Captain Courtenay
orth, J. W., M.D.Lond

King, T.

Kirk, Thomas, F.L.S.

Kirk, B. B., M.A

Kirk, T. W.

Knight, Charles, F.R.C.S., F.L.8.
Knight, C. G.

Knorpp, C.P., A.I.C.E.

Leckie, Colonel

Logan,
Lomax, H. A., Wanganui
Lowe, E. W.
Luckie, D. M.
Maedonald, W. C.
a E Kennoly
MacKellar
Macklin, H. P., Blenheim
McAlister, J. P.

cKay, Alexander
McLennan, J., Manawatu
McTavish, A.

IcWilliam, Rev. W., Otaki

Maginnity, A. T., M.S.T.E.
Mantell, The Hon. W.3B. D., F.G.S.
Marchant, J. W. A.
Marchant, N.

artin, J.
Mason, Thomas, M.H.R., Hutt
Maunsell,
Maxwell, A P., A.I.C.E.

Miiller, (E. D M.D., Blenheim

Nathan, J. E.
| Nation, DA ae
i Nelson, F.,

Newman, Aiea K., M. > M.R.C.P.
Nixon, ., Wangan
*Park, R.

earce, E.
Pennefather, F. W., LL.M
Pharazyn, C., Wairarapa
Pharazyn, The Hon. C. J.
Pharazyn, R., T R.G.S., Wanganui
Phillips, Coleman
Pollen, Hug
Potts, T. H., F.L.S., Lyttelton
Powles, C. P.
Prendergast His Honour Sir J.,
Chief Justice
Prenderville, J. 8S.
Rawson, H. P.
Rees, J. B, M.I.C.E., New Plymouth
Reid, J. 8.
Reid, L. $.

ei

Richardson, CE

Richmond, His Honour Mr. Justice
Richm ond, M SR

Roda. Dr., Foxton

Rotherham, F. F., Wanganui

Rowan, Captai n T. C.
owband, A.

Rutherfurd, J. S.

Samuels, W. R. G., M.R.C.S.E.,
.A.S., San Francisco
Sauzeau, Rev. Father A. M. J.,

Blenheim
Saxby, Gord on
axton, H. W., New Plymouth

W. H., Otaki
Shey, We Dr. Sydney, Marton
Smith
Smith, cha Wanganui
Stevens,

art, J. T., Manawatu
St tali

Thistle, W. G., B.A.

Thompson, J. 8. M.

List of Members.

Tod, Andrew, Wanganui
Toomath, Edward

on à
Turnbull, Thomas
Turnbull, E.

Van Btaveren, Rev. H.
Walker, J

Walker, W.
Walsh, Rev. Philip, ida
Ward, R., R.M., Mar
Waterhouse, R. 8.

xlix.
More The Hon. G. M.,
F.R.G.8.

Waters, F. V.

Watt, W.H., E H.R., Wanganui
Wheeler, W.F

White, J ohn, Napier

Wi leox, Ha

Williams, :

Williams, Giants Watkin

Woodhonse, Alfred J e ad London
Young, John

AUCKLAND INSTITUTE.

Adams, J., D.A., Thames
ickin, G.

Atkin, W., Tamaki
Baber, J., CE.
“al I J., Thames
Baker, Rev. S. W.
Ball, T., Onehunga
Ball, W. T.

., C.E., Thames
Beetham, A - Henderson
Berry, W.
msi G., Thames
A,

rown, Pro f. F..

Buchanan, J

Burgess, E. W.
“Burton, Captain, London

Burton , W.
Butt, W. A., Maketu
n, R.

Campbell, W. D., F. G. B.

Carr, R. C.

bai Hon. H.

Chambers, J.

Champtaloup, E.

Cheal, P. E., Thames

Cheeseman, T. F., F.L.S.
d.

e
BE
ya

Cooper, T.
Conte, The Right Rev. W. G., D.D.,
Bishop of Auckland

ranwell, R.
Cranwell, T.
Cruickshank, D. B.
Darby, P.
Dive I W., M.R.C.S.E.
Dignan, P.
Dobson, M

Douglas, Sir Ba Bart., Whangarei
W;

Dowden,

Dufaur, E. E

Earl, W., Ohaewai

Eastman, H., Kaipara

Edson, J.

Elam, E ‘M.R.C.S.E., Tamaki
Ellio tt, W.

can Ns C.E.
Esam, J. B

Benson, Aes
Fairburn, X. ‘Otahuhu

oam Ca ptain
Firth, J. hi

George, 8. T., M.H a Kawau
Gibbons, E., Onehun

Giblin, N.

Gillies, His Hon. Mr. Justice
Gittos, B.

oldie,

Goldsmith, E. C., en
Goodfellow, W., Otar

orri

Graham, W. K., London
Gray, A
Grey, J.

Grey, 0.
Greenway, J. H., Russell
Rev . E. H

Harrison, E. M.

Appendix.

Haultain, Hon. Colonel

Hetley, C. F., Tauranga
Herbert, 'T
Hickson, T. W.

Hill, W. J.
Hobbs, R., M.H.R., Pokeno

Jackson, J. H., Patetere
James, J
Johnstone, G., Gisborne

inder, Rev. J

Kirk, T, FEL. B. > Obzistohurok

Lamb, J.

Lanigan, Pierce *

Larkins, F.

Larkworthy, F., London

*Leaf, C. J., PLS, F.G.8., London
M.

K

Kenn
Kensington, W. C
Kid .R

K

*

Leys, T.
Lindsay, J., , CE. , Ngaruawahia
erus Ta ., Onehunga

acdonald, J. E.

MacElwaine, J.

A UA

List of Members.

Macfarland, R. J., C.E.

r
*Mackelvie, J. T., London
Mackenzie, D. H

M

acky, T.
MacLaughlin, W., et
Maclean, E., Cam

Maclean, J., Teall”

Masefield, T. T.
Maunsell, Archdeacon W.
Mayo, J., Drury

*Mainherirhagen, F. M., Napier
6T.

. M.

Moat, W. P., Mahurangi
Moody, E P., Kawakawa
Moore, G. H.

Moore, J. xcd M.D.
Morton

ME
Pub E. A,

Pond, J. A.

Purchas, Rev. A. G., M.R.C.S.E.
Rattray, W.

Rawlings, M.

Reid, J. .

Richmond, J.

Rose, R.

Russell, Jas.

Russell, J. B.

«Russell, T., London

Rye, Lewis, "Otamatea
Sender, C. W.
Saunder

ine W., Paterangi

8; d.
Shrovebus A.
ibbin, G i
Sa Ne F., Whangarei
sinclai
nales, "Rev. G., East Tamaki
smith, H. G. $.
mith, 8. P.. F.R.G.S.
stewart, J., C. E.
Mowart, T. M., Melbourne
itockwell, W., M.R.C.S.E.
stodart, J.
i \todart , Mrs
"cea Mrs. General

J.

Taylor, J.
Thomas, a et Coromandel
Thomas, Professor A. P., F.L.S.
Thomson, Neil, uni

Thorne, W.

*Tinne, H., Liverpool
Tinne, T. F. 8.

Tonks, B.

Tucker, Professor T. G.
Tyler, E. 5

Upton, J. H

Urquhart, A. T., Karaka
S.

Waymonth, J.

lii. Appendix.

Webb, F. R. es: A Archdeacon W. L.,
Webster, J., Hokianga Gisbor

Wells, T., Cambridge Williamson, Hon. Jas.

*Weetman, 8. Williamson, C.

Whitaker, E. H. Wilson, J. I. Whangarei
Whitaker, Hon. F Wilson, J. L.

White, F. A. Wilson, W. 8

Wickens, H. J Winks,

Wilkinson, G. T. Worthington,

H.
Wright, F. W., L.M.B. Toronto

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE OF CANTERBURY.
(Letters intended for any of the following members may be addressed “ Philosophical
Institute of Canterbury,” and will be duly forwarded. |

Acland, Hon. J. B. Cooper, A. M.
Adams, C. W. Corfe, .
Anderson, A. Coster, J poi
Anderson, J. Cotton, R. M
Anderson, J., jun. Cowlishaw, W. P.
Anstey, $. Craig, D.
Appleby, A. Crook, T.
Arnold, T. P. Cumming, Rev. J.
ustin, D., F.R.A.S. Cunningham,
Aynsley, H. P. M eacon, E.
ses A O. Dick, $. J.

r, 4. E. ixon, M.
Bakewell Dr. R, Dobson, A. D
Barkas, Dobson, E., C.E
Barnett, N. G. Duncan, T. 8
Bealey, $. Durand,

Beaven, A. Edwards, 8.
Bell, C. N. Enys, J. D., F.G.8.
Bickerton, Professor A, W. Evans, W. P.
Binsfield, Rev. J. N. Farr, $. $.
Bishop, R. W. i Fereday, F. W.
Black, Neil Flavel, Rev. T.
air, D. ord,
Blakiston, C. R. Fraser, Rev. C
Blakiston, A. F. N. Gaze, Dr. W.
Bowen, C. C. Goodall, J.
Bray, W. B. Gould, G.
Brittan, W. G. Gra +
idge, C. H. Gresson, Hon. W. B.

Brown, Captain R, Gresson, J. B.
Bruce, T. W. Haast, "Profesor J. von, 0.M.G..
Buller, Rev. J. D E

ick, A. all, a. W
Carruthers, W. D Hall, Sir J
*Chilton, C. TN
Clark, C. er, Mrs
Cohen, L. Harper, Bishop
Condell, I, I. D, Harper, L.

Cook, Professor COHB | Hart, G

Wt eb wine ena

Haslam, Professor F. W.
ONE el

ing,
Heywood, 3. M.
Hu. 3. E.
Hogben

Hollows y, J.

“Hutton, Professor F. W.

vr D.H.

hen E

Abel, H. J., Lawrence
Arthur r, W., C.E.

Allan , John, Greytown
Arkle, ds ames, Palmers ton

Bathgate, A.

List of Members. liii.

eel, :
| Wakefield, C. M.
WwW

alker, L.
Wason, Cathcart
Watt, W.

Webb, H. R.
Westbrooke, Rev. J.
Wes Fs

OTAGO INSTITUTE.

Beal, L. D.
ell,
Beverly, A.
Black, Prof., D.Sc.
i a Dl,

Burn, Mrs.
Butterworth, J. L,

liv. Appendiz.

Burt, Alex

Brown, J ames Elder, L'olio
Buckland, Jno. C., Waikoua

Banks,

Pannarmán, Rev. W.

e, W.
Dick, The Hon. Thos., M.H.R.
Douglas, Jno., Palmerston
Denniston,
Davis, Rev. J. Upton, B.A.
Dick, Robt.
Duncan, G. $.

Dymock, W.

Day, Edward D.

De Lautour, Dr. H. A., Oamaru
DeZouche, J., M.D.

Fulton

Glendinning, R.

Gibbs, H. J.

olmes
Howorth, H.
Hutton, Prof. F. W., Christchurch
Harvey, G. W.
Holmes, Hon. M., M.L.C.
Hislop, John
Hay, P. 8., M.A., Clint
Humphreys, E. We Strath Taieri

a

nd, E.
McGregor, Prof., M.A.
MeArthur, J. A.
McGregor, J., C.E.
MeKerrow, E Wellington
a a Rev E
Me an, Hon. George, M.L.C.
Macdonald, Dr. W.
McCaw , Dr.
Moleod, d, Jas. G.
Nevill, Right Rev. Bishop, D.D.
Oliver, Hon. R., M.L.C.

| Oliver, Thomas

Orbell, McL., Waikouaiti
C. xs

id, d.
Bale, Professor, M.A.
Seymour, $. P.
Shand, Professor, M.A.
Sievwright, B

Stewart A.
Stewart, W. D.
Stout, R.
Strode, E. C.

Allen, John
Pe Alex.
Andrews, H.
Bignell, "Dapteln a,

Bonar
Bramwell, ‘Thomas

Campbell, R.
Cran, P.
Chesney, James
Churches, James

38

List of Members.

WESTLAND

Levy E. J.

arrow, R. S.
land, Rev. Prof., D.D.
Smit E. B.

pet Capt. R.A.E., R.N.

Taylor, Wm
Turnbull, Geo.

urton, H.
Ulrich, Prof., F.G.S.
Ure, A R.

Wilkinson, J. R., M.A.

elc
Wilson, Robert

White, David

INSTITUTE.

Gibson, Edw,

Alex., M.A.
Williama, His Honour Mr. Justice
Welch, J. S.

lvi.

Giles, Jos
Gibson. Jahi,
Green, Thomas

McDonald D

NN D.
1, J.

redd J. M.
HAWKE'S BAY PHILO
Baker, H. ;
Baker, H. J., Waipawa
Balfour, D. P., Glenross
Balfour, T. W.
Balfour, W., Mohaka
Banner, H. A.

Beamish, N. E., Okawa

Be
Bendall, E. " < Mahia
Birch, re S.,

| Pa

Appendia.

McFarlane, Jas.
Menoe, : as.
Nicholson,
Nightingale, T.
Northeroft, L.

|

rry, Wm.
Pizzy, Samuel
R.

Treeloar, hos.

White, G.

SOPHICAL INSTITUTE.

Brown, J. H., Whakakit Wairoa
Camphalk H., Poukaw

Chambers, J., jun., Te Mat
Chambers, W. K, Poverty Pu

Birch, W. J., prese
Bowerman, J. N,

Coleman, J.
Colenso, W., F. L,S,

List of Members. lvii.

Colenso, R. L., England
Colenso, W., jun., England
DeLisle, F. L

Dennan, < d.

Dobso

Dolbel, P Springfield

Gilbe * H. J 7 Taradale
Glass, B., Waiau, Wairoa
Golla 3

Gollan, K., Taraw

Gosnell Mr cob

Gow, P., Waipukurau

Grant, J., Burnside, Ruataniwha
Hamilton, A.,

Harding, R. , Mount Vernon
Harding,

Hovell, De Berdt
Hutchinson, M.
Joseph, Brother

e via
Leyland, E., Clive
onard, J.

Locke, $.
Luff, A., Wellington
Livesey, J. N

Mackinnon, J., Arapawanui
McLean, R. D. D., Maraekakaho
Hoe i FO

R. D., Wairoa

Man
Mathews, J. F.
May, C., Mrs.
May, J. T.
SOUTHLAND
Anderson, og
ey

rown, J.
Carswell, H.

*Meinertzhagen, F. H., Waimarama
Miller, M. R.

Mirbach, R. von, Waipawa
Moorhouse, E., Patea

Mulvihill, A. D., Te Hawera

md T. ]
Norton, C. J., “Taupo
Ormond, J.

rice, R.
Rainbow, W., Hastings
Rearden, J. A.
Lenis C. W., Gisborne
Rochfor

t, J.
Russell, Á. E epulas N.
Russell, W. R
Scannell, D., dete
cott, W.
Sheath, A. P
Simcox, F. E. T., Porangahau

kapau
Stuart, E. C., Bishop of Waiapu
Sturm, F. ., Clive
e F., Royston

n, G. H.

Poca T., Riverslea
Tanner, E. D., Riverslea
Thomson, J. W., Norsewood
Tiffen, H. S.
Tiffen, G. W., Pata
Trestrail, Mrs, WEE ni
Vautie r,J.H
Weber "C. Hn
White, T., Glengarrie

hite, W. K.

Wilding, Hi, Waipukurau

n. J. N
Winke Rania, C. P., Kaipara Heads

INSTITUTE.

Feldwick, H., M.H.R,

lvin.
Ferguson, Rev. J., M.A.

Galbraith, Dr.
Gilbertson, C.

Mussen, H. G.

Appendix.

M’ Arthur, D. W.
M’Goun, R. P.
M’Lean, C.
M’Leod, R.

oir, W. $.
Paterson, Rev. J.
Rattray,

Rigg, R. B
Robertson, W. R.

Woodward, F.
x

NELSON PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Bishop of Nelson, The

Richmond, The Hon. J. C.
Shephard, Joseph, M.H.R.

Branfill, Colonel
Walcott, Colonel
Andrew, Rev. J. C.
Mules, Ven. Archdeacon
Broad, J

Atkinson, A. 8.

Hackett, —
Blackett, Geo.

Somerville,
irton, —
Holloway, J.
Scott, Thos.
Gully, J., jun.
arling, C.

apre Jas.
n, Baller

Co vag J. H.
Turnbull, A.
Harkness, James

Saxton, ‘Guava

List of Members. lix.

Lightband, Martin
8

Scaife,

Akers, y "funda
annehr, —

Jackson, H. D

Jackson, Ralph

Jones, Mostyn

Bunny, C. ÉD
| Hackworth, Vernon

lx, Appendia.

LIST OF lari veia AND INDIVIDUALS

WHOM
THIS VOLUME IS PRESENTED BY THE GOVERNORS OF THE
NEW ZEALAND INSTITUTE.

His Excellency the Governor, President of the Institute.
Governors of the Institute (eleven).

Honorary Members (thirty).

The Prime Minister.

The Colonial Secretary.

The Colonial Treasurer.

The Minister of Lands.

The Minister for Public Works.

The Postmaster-General.

The Attorney-General.

The Under-Secretary for the Colony,

The Legislative Council.

The House of Representatives.

The Colonial Office, London.

The Agent-General, London. 4

Messrs. Triibner and Co. (Agents), 57, Ludgate Hill, London.
British Museum, London.

Linnean Society, London.

Royal Society, London.

Royal Geographical Society, London.

Royal Asiatic Society, London.

Royal Society of Literature of the United Kingdom.
Royal Colonial Institute, London.

Geological Society, London.

Zoological Society, London.

Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London.
Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, London.
Geological Magazine, London.

Geological Record, London.

Editor of Nature, London.

Zoological Record, London.

Philosophical Society of Leeds, England.

Literary and Philosophical Bosiety, Liverpool, England.
Literary Institute, Norwich, England.

University Library, Oxford, England.

University Library, Cambridge, England.

School Library Committee, Eton, England.

School Library Committee, Harrow, England.

School Library Committee, Rugby, England.

Natural History Society, Marlborough College, England.
Royal Society, Edinburgh.

EA AA A a

List of Free Copies, lxi.

Royal Botanic Garden Library, Edinburgh.

Geological Society, Edinburgh.

University Library, Edinburgh. `

Philosophical Society of Glasgow.

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin,

Royal Society, Dublin.

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta,

Geological Survey of Canada, Montreal.

Canadian Institute, Toronto.

Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, Canada East.

Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

Public Library, Sydney.

Library of Australian Museu, Sydney.

University Library, Sydney.

Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

Public Library, Melbourne.

University Library, Melbourne.

Geological Survey of Victoria, Melbourne.

Legislative Library, Adelaide. |

South Australian Institute, Adelaide.

University Library, Adelaide.

Public Library of Tasmania, Hobart.

Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

Free Public Library, Capetown.

Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.

Geological Survey of U.S. Territory, Washington, D.C.

American Geographical Society, New

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

American Institute of Mining Engineers, Philadelphia.

Franklin Institute, Philadelphia.

Academy of Natural Sciences Library, Philadelphia.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Buffalo.

Academy of Natural Sciences, San Francisco.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Iowa.

Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.

Royal Society of Literature and Arts of Belgium, Brussels,

Royal Imperial Institute for Meteorology and Earth Magnetism Hohe-
Warte, ques

Jahrbuch d h-kóniglichen Geologischen Reich talt, Vienna.

Botanical Society of the Province of Brandenburg, Berlin.

Dr. Bastian, Berlin.

Imperial German Academy of Naturalists, ‘Dresden.

Physico-economic Society of Kónigsberg, E. Prussia.

Verein fiir vaterládische Naturkunde in Wiirttemburg, Stuttgart,

Appendix.

R. Accademia dei Lincei, Rome.
Imperial Museum of Florence.
Royal Geographical Society of Italy, Florence.
Tuscan Natural Science Society, Pisa.
Editor of Cosmos, Turin.
Academy of Science, Modena.
Royal Academy of Science, Stockholm.
National Library, Paris.
Société de Géographie, Paris
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, U.S.A.
Naturhistorischer Verein in Bonn.
Society of Natural Sciences, Batavia.
Société des Sciences de Finlande, Helsingfors.
North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical ig
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Clifton College, England.
Victoria Institute, London. _
Institution of Civil Engineers, London.
National Library, Honolulu.
Natural History Society, Glasgow.
Redaktion des Biologischen Centralblatts, Erlangen.
University of Christiania, Norway.
Bergen Museum, Norway.
Libraries and Societies in New Zealand.

Library, Auckland Institute.
Library, Hawke’s Bay Philosophical Institute.
Library, Wellington Philosophical Society.
Library, Westland Institute.
Library, Philosophical Institute of Canterbury.
Library, Otago Institute.
Library, Southland Institute.
General Assembly Library.
Library, New Zealand Institute.
Library, University College, Auckland.
Library, University College, Christchurch.
Library, University College, Dunedin.

Publishing Branch.
Editor.
Assistant Editor.
Draftsman (two copies).
Lithographer.
Government Printer.
Photo-lithographer.

LYON AND BLAIR, PRINTERS, LAMBTON QUAY, WELLINGTON. N.Z.